initial commit of ebook 6471HEADmain

7 files changed, 25876 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/6471.txt b/6471.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce22508
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6471.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12873 @@
+Project Gutenberg's The Children of the New Forest, by Captain Marryat
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: The Children of the New Forest
+
+Author: Captain Marryat
+
+Posting Date: January 14, 2013 [EBook #6471]
+Release Date: September, 2004
+First Posted: December 18, 2002
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CHILDREN OF THE NEW FOREST ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Charles Franks and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+THE CHILDREN OF THE NEW FOREST.
+
+BY CAPT. MARRYAT, R.N.
+
+
+
+1864.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+
+The circumstances which I am about to relate to my juvenile readers
+took place in the year 1647. By referring to the history of England, of
+that date, they will find that King Charles the First, against whom the
+Commons of England had rebelled, after a civil war of nearly five
+years, had been defeated, and was confined as a prisoner at Hampton
+Court. The Cavaliers, or the party who fought for King Charles, had all
+been dispersed and the Parliamentary army under the command of Cromwell
+were beginning to control the Commons.
+
+It was in the month of November in this year that King Charles,
+accompanied by Sir John Berkely, Ashburnham, and Legg, made his escape
+from Hampton Court, and rode as fast as the horses could carry them
+toward that part of Hampshire which led to the New Forest. The king
+expected that his friends had provided a vessel in which he might
+escape to France, but in this he was disappointed. There was no vessel
+ready, and after riding for some time along the shore, he resolved to
+go to Titchfield, a seat belonging to the Earl of Southampton. After a
+long consultation with those who attended him, he yielded to their
+advice, which was, to trust to Colonel Hammond, who was governor of the
+Isle of Wight for the Parliament, but who was supposed to be friendly
+to the king. Whatever might be the feelings of commiseration of Colonel
+Hammond toward a king so unfortunately situated, he was firm in his
+duties toward his employers, and the consequence was that King Charles
+found himself again a prisoner in Carisbrook Castle.
+
+But we must now leave the king and retrace history to the commencement
+of the civil war. A short distance from the town of Lymington, which is
+not far from Titchfield, where the king took shelter, but on the other
+side of Southampton Water, and south of the New Forest, to which it
+adjoins, was a property called Arnwood, which belonged to a Cavalier of
+the name of Beverley. It was at that time a property of considerable
+value, being very extensive, and the park ornamented with valuable
+timber; for it abutted on the New Forest, and might have been supposed
+to have been a continuation of it. This Colonel Beverley, as we must
+call him, for he rose to that rank in the king's army, was a valued
+friend and companion of Prince Rupert, and commanded several troops of
+cavalry. He was ever at his side in the brilliant charges made by this
+gallant prince, and at last fell in his arms at the battle of Naseby.
+Colonel Beverley had married into the family of the Villiers, and the
+issue of his marriage was two sons and two daughters; but his zeal and
+sense of duty had induced him, at the commencement of the war, to leave
+his wife and family at Arnwood, and he was fated never to meet them
+again. The news of his death had such an effect upon Mrs. Beverley,
+already worn with anxiety on her husband's account, that a few months
+afterward she followed him to an early tomb, leaving the four children
+under the charge of an elderly relative, till such time as the family
+of the Villiers could protect them; but, as will appear by our history,
+this was not at that period possible. The life of a king and many other
+lives were in jeopardy, and the orphans remained at Arnwood, still
+under the care of their elderly relation, at the time that our history
+commences.
+
+The New Forest, my readers are perhaps aware, was first inclosed by
+William the Conqueror as a royal forest for his own amusement--for in
+those days most crowned heads were passionately fond of the chase; and
+they may also recollect that his successor, William Rufus, met his
+death in this forest by the glancing of an arrow shot by Sir Walter
+Tyrrell. Since that time to the present day it has continued a royal
+domain. At the period of which we are writing, it had an establishment
+of verderers and keepers, paid by the crown, amounting to some forty or
+fifty men. At the commencement of the civil war they remained at their
+posts, but soon found, in the disorganized state of the country, that
+their wages were no longer to be obtained; and then, when the king had
+decided upon raising an army, Beverley, who held a superior office in
+the Forest, enrolled all the young and athletic men who were employed
+in the Forest, and marched them away with him to join the king's army.
+Some few remained, their age not rendering their services of value, and
+among them was an old and attached servant of Beverley, a man above
+sixty years of age, whose name was Jacob Armitage, and who had obtained
+the situation through Colonel Beverley's interest. Those who remained
+in the Forest lived in cottages many miles asunder, and indemnified
+themselves for the non-payment of their salaries by killing the deer
+for sale and for their own subsistence.
+
+The cottage of Jacob Armitage was situated on the skirts of the New
+Forest, about a mile and a half from the mansion of Arnwood; and when
+Colonel Beverley went to join the king's troops, feeling how little
+security there would be for his wife and children in those troubled
+times, he requested the old man, by his attachment to the family, not
+to lose sight of Arnwood, but to call there as often as possible to see
+if he could be of service to Mrs. Beverley. The colonel would have
+persuaded Jacob to have altogether taken up his residence at the
+mansion, but to this the old man objected. He had been all his life
+under the greenwood tree, and could not bear to leave the forest. He
+promised the colonel that he would watch over his family, and ever be
+at hand when required; and he kept his word. The death of Colonel
+Beverley was a heavy blow to the old forester, and he watched over Mrs.
+Beverley and the orphans with the greatest solicitude; but when Mrs.
+Beverley followed her husband to the tomb, he then redoubled his
+attentions, and was seldom more than a few hours at a time away from
+the mansion. The two boys were his inseparable companions, and he
+instructed them, young as they were, in all the secrets of his own
+calling. Such was the state of affairs at the time that King Charles
+made his escape from Hampton Court; and I now shall resume my narrative
+from where it was broken off.
+
+As soon as the escape of Charles I. was made known to Cromwell and the
+Parliament, troops of horse were dispatched in every direction to the
+southward, toward which the prints of the horses' hoofs proved that he
+had gone. As they found that he had proceeded in the direction of the
+New Forest, the troops were subdivided and ordered to scour the forest,
+in parties of twelve to twenty, while others hastened down to
+Southampton, Lymington, and every other seaport or part of the coast
+from which the king might be likely to embark. Old Jacob had been at
+Arnwood on the day before, but on this day he had made up his mind to
+procure some venison, that he might not go there again empty-handed;
+for Miss Judith Villiers was very partial to venison, and was not slow
+to remind Jacob, if the larder was for many days deficient in that
+meat. Jacob had gone out accordingly; he had gained his leeward
+position of a fine buck, and was gradually nearing him by stealth--now
+behind a huge oak tree, and then crawling through the high fern, so as
+to get within shot unperceived, when on a sudden the animal, which had
+been quietly feeding, bounded away and disappeared in the thicket. At
+the same time Jacob perceived a small body of horse galloping through
+the glen in which the buck had been feeding. Jacob had never yet seen
+the Parliamentary troops, for they had not during the war been sent
+into that part of the country, but their iron skull-caps, their buff
+accouterments, and dark habiliments assured him that such these must
+be; so very different were they from the gayly-equipped Cavalier
+cavalry commanded by Prince Rupert. At the time that they advanced,
+Jacob had been lying down in the fern near to some low black-thorn
+bushes; not wishing to be perceived by them, he drew back between the
+bushes, intending to remain concealed until they should gallop out of
+sight; for Jacob thought, "I am a king's forester, and they may
+consider me as an enemy, and who knows how I may be treated by them?"
+But Jacob was disappointed in his expectations of the troops riding
+past him; on the contrary, as soon as they arrived at an oak tree
+within twenty yards of where he was concealed, the order was given to
+halt and dismount; the sabers of the horsemen clattered in their iron
+sheaths as the order was obeyed, and the old man expected to be
+immediately discovered; but one of the thorn bushes was directly
+between him and the troopers, and effectually concealed him. At last
+Jacob ventured to raise his head and peep through the bush; and he
+perceived that the men were loosening the girths of their black horses,
+or wiping away the perspiration from their sides with handfuls of fern.
+
+A powerfully-formed man, who appeared to command the others, was
+standing with his hand upon the arched neck of his steed, which
+appeared as fresh and vigorous as ever, although covered with foam and
+perspiration. "Spare not to rub down, my men," said he, "for we have
+tried the mettle of our horses, and have now but one half-hour's
+breathing-time. We must be on, for the work of the Lord must be done."
+
+"They say that this forest is many miles in length and breadth,"
+observed another of the men, "and we may ride many a mile to no
+purpose; but here is James Southwold, who once was living in it as a
+verderer; nay, I think that he said that he was born and bred in these
+woods. Was it not so, James Southwold?"
+
+"It is even as you say," replied an active-looking young man; "I was
+born and bred in this forest, and my father was a verderer before me."
+
+Jacob Armitage, who listened to the conversation, immediately
+recognized the young man in question. He was one of those who had
+joined the king's army with the other verderers and keepers. It pained
+him much to perceive that one who had always been considered a frank,
+true-hearted young man, and who left the forest to fight in defense of
+his king, was now turned a traitor, and had joined the ranks of the
+enemy; and Jacob thought how much better it had been for James
+Southwold, if he had never quitted the New Forest, and had not been
+corrupted by evil company; "he was a good lad," thought Jacob, "and now
+he is a traitor and a hypocrite."
+
+"If born and bred in this forest, James Southwold," said the leader of
+the troop, "you must fain know all its mazes and paths. Now, call to
+mind, are there no secret hiding-places in which people may remain
+concealed; no thickets which may cover both man and horse? Peradventure
+thou mayest point out the very spot where this man Charles may be
+hidden?"
+
+"I do know one dell, within a mile of Arnwood," replied James
+Southwold, "which might cover double our troop from the eyes of the
+most wary."
+
+"We will ride there, then," replied the leader. "Arnwood, sayest thou?
+is not that the property of the Malignant Cavalier Beverley, who was
+shot down at Naseby?"
+
+"Even so," replied Southwold; "and many is the time--that is, in the
+olden time, before I was regenerated--many is the day of revelry that I
+have passed there; many the cup of good ale that I have quaffed."
+
+"And thou shalt quaff it again," replied the leader. "Good ale was not
+intended only for Malignants, but for those who serve diligently. After
+we have examined the dell which thou speakest of, we will direct our
+horses' heads toward Arnwood."
+
+"Who knows but what the man Charles may be concealed in the Malignant's
+house?" observed another.
+
+"In the day I should say no," replied the leader; "but in the night the
+Cavaliers like to have a roof over their heads; and, therefore, at
+night, and not before, will we proceed thither."
+
+"I have searched many of their abodes," observed another, "but search
+is almost in vain. What with their spring panels, and secret doors,
+their false ceilings, and double walls, one may ferret forever, and
+find nothing."
+
+"Yes," replied the leader, "their abodes are full of these popish
+abominations; but there is one way which is sure; and if the man
+Charles be concealed in any house, I venture to say that I will find
+him. Fire and smoke will bring him forth; and to every Malignant's
+house within twenty miles will I apply the torch; but it must be at
+night, for we are not sure of his being housed during the day. James
+Southwold, thou knowest well the mansion of Arnwood?"
+
+"I know well my way to all the offices below--the buttery, the cellar,
+and the kitchen; but I can not say that I have ever been into the
+apartments of the upper house."
+
+"That it needeth not; if thou canst direct us to the lower entrance it
+will be sufficient."
+
+"That can I, Master Ingram," replied Southwold, "and to where the best
+ale used to be found."
+
+"Enough, Southwold, enough; our work must be done, and diligently. Now,
+my men, tighten your girths; we will just ride to the dell: if it
+conceals not whom we seek, it shall conceal us till night, and then the
+country shall be lighted up with the flames of Arnwood, while we
+surround the house and prevent escape. Levelers, to horse!"
+
+The troopers sprung upon their saddles, and went off at a hard trot,
+Southwold leading the way. Jacob remained among the fern until they
+were out of sight, and then rose up. He looked for a short time in the
+direction in which the troopers had gone, stooped down again to take up
+his gun, and then said, "There's providence in this; yes, and there's
+providence in my not having my dog with me, for he would not have
+remained quiet for so long a time. Who would ever have thought that
+James Southwold would have turned a traitor! more than traitor, for he
+is now ready to bite the hand that has fed him, to burn the house that
+has ever welcomed him. This is a bad world, and I thank Heaven that I
+have lived in the woods. But there is no time to lose;" and the old
+forester threw his gun over his shoulder, and hastened away in the
+direction of his own cottage.
+
+"And so the king has escaped," thought Jacob, as he went along, "and he
+may be in the forest! Who knows but he may be at Arnwood, for he must
+hardly know where to go for shelter? I must haste and see Miss Judith
+immediately. 'Levelers, to horse!' the fellow said. What's a Leveler?"
+thought Jacob.
+
+As perhaps my readers may ask the same question, they must know that a
+large proportion of the Parliamentary army had at this time assumed the
+name of Levelers, in consequence of having taken up the opinion that
+every man should be on an equality, and property should be equally
+divided. The hatred of these people to any one above them in rank or
+property, especially toward those of the king's party, which mostly
+consisted of men of rank and property, was unbounded, and they were
+merciless and cruel to the highest degree, throwing off much of that
+fanatical bearing and language which had before distinguished the
+Puritans. Cromwell had great difficulty in eventually putting them
+down, which he did at last accomplish by hanging and slaughtering many.
+Of this Jacob knew nothing; all he knew was, that Arnwood was to be
+burned down that night, and that it would be necessary to remove the
+family. As for obtaining assistance to oppose the troopers, that he
+knew to be impossible. As he thought of what must take place, he
+thanked God for having allowed him to gain the knowledge of what was to
+happen, and hastened on his way. He had been about eight miles from
+Arnwood when he had concealed himself in the fern. Jacob first went to
+his cottage to deposit his gun, saddled his forest pony, and set off
+for Arnwood. In less than two hours the old man was at the door of the
+mansion; it was then about three o'clock in the afternoon, and being in
+the month of November, there was not so much as two hours of daylight
+remaining. "I shall have a difficult job with the stiff old lady,"
+thought Jacob, as be rung the bell; "I don't believe that she would
+rise out of her high chair for old Noll and his whole army at his back.
+But we shall see."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+
+Before Jacob is admitted to the presence of Miss Judith Villiers, we
+must give some account of the establishment at Arnwood. With the
+exception of one male servant, who officiated in the house and stable
+as his services might be required, every man of the household of
+Colonel Beverley had followed the fortunes of their master, and as none
+had returned, they, in all probability had shared his fate. Three
+female servants, with the man above mentioned, composed the whole
+household. Indeed, there was every reason for not increasing the
+establishment, for the rents were either paid in part, or not paid at
+all. It was generally supposed that the property, now that the
+Parliament had gained the day, would be sequestrated, although such was
+not yet the case; and the tenants were unwilling to pay, to those who
+were not authorized to receive, the rents which they might be again
+called upon to make good. Miss Judith Villiers, therefore, found it
+difficult to maintain the present household; and although she did not
+tell Jacob Armitage that such was the case, the fact was, that very
+often the venison which he brought to the mansion was all the meat that
+was in the larder. The three female servants held the offices of cook,
+attendant upon Miss Villiers, and housemaid; the children being under
+the care of no particular servant, and left much to themselves. There
+had been a chaplain in the house, but he had quitted before the death
+of Mrs. Beverley, and the vacancy had not been filled up; indeed, it
+could not well be, for the one who left had not received his salary for
+many months, and Miss Judith Villiers, expecting every day to be
+summoned by her relations to bring the children and join them, sat in
+her high chair waiting for the arrival of this summons, which, from the
+distracted state of the times, had never come.
+
+As we have before said, the orphans were four in number; the two eldest
+were boys, and the youngest were girls. Edward, the eldest boy, was
+between thirteen and fourteen years old; Humphrey, the second, was
+twelve; Alice, eleven; and Edith, eight. As it is the history of these
+young persons which we are about to narrate, we shall say little about
+them at present, except that for many months they had been under little
+or no restraint, and less attended to. Their companions were Benjamin,
+the man who remained in the house, and old Jacob Armitage, who passed
+all the time he could spare with them. Benjamin was rather weak in
+intellect, and was a source of amusement rather than otherwise. As for
+the female servants, one was wholly occupied with her attendance on
+Miss Judith, who was very exacting, and had a high notion of her own
+consequence. The other two had more than sufficient employment; as,
+when there is no money to pay with, every thing must be done at home.
+That, under such circumstances, the boys became boisterous and the
+little girls became romps, is not to be wondered at: but their having
+become so was the cause of Miss Judith seldom admitting them into her
+room. It is true that they were sent for once a day, to ascertain if
+they were in the house, or in existence, but soon dismissed and left to
+their own resources. Such was the neglect to which these young orphans
+was exposed. It must, however, be admitted, that this very neglect made
+them independent and bold, full of health from constant activity, and
+more fitted for the change which was so soon to take place.
+
+"Benjamin," said Jacob, as the other came to the door, "I must speak
+with the old lady."
+
+"Have you brought any venison, Jacob?" said Benjamin, grinning, "else,
+I reckon, you'll not be over welcome."
+
+"No, I have not; but it is an important business, so send Agatha to her
+directly."
+
+"I will; and I'll not say any thing about the venison."
+
+In a few minutes, Jacob was ushered up by Agatha into Miss Judith
+Villiers's apartment. The old lady was about fifty years of age, very
+prim and starched, sitting in a high-backed chair, with her feet upon a
+stool, and her hands crossed before her, her black mittens reposing
+upon her snow-white apron.
+
+The old forester made his obeisance.
+
+"You have important business with us, I am told," observed Miss Judith.
+
+"Most important, madam," replied Jacob. "In the first place, it is
+right that you should be informed that his majesty, King Charles, has
+escaped from Hampton Court."
+
+"His majesty escaped!" replied the lady.
+
+"Yes; and is supposed to be secreted somewhere in this neighborhood.
+His majesty is not in this house, madam, I presume?"
+
+"Jacob, his majesty is not in this house: if he were, I would suffer my
+tongue to be torn out sooner than I would confess it, even to you."
+
+"But I have more for your private ear, madam."
+
+"Agatha, retire; and Agatha, be mindful that you go down stairs, and do
+not remain outside the door."
+
+Agatha, with this injunction, bounced out of the room, slamming-to the
+door so as to make Miss Judith start from her seat.
+
+"Ill-mannered girl!" exclaimed Miss Judith. "Now, Jacob Armitage, you
+may proceed."
+
+Jacob then entered into the detail of what he had overheard that
+morning, when he fell in with the troopers, concluding with the
+information, that the mansion would be burned down that very night. He
+then pointed out the necessity of immediately abandoning the house, as
+it would be impossible to oppose the troopers.
+
+"And where am I to go to, Jacob?" said Miss Judith, calmly.
+
+"I hardly know, madam; there is my cottage; it is but a poor place, and
+not fit for one like you."
+
+"So I should presume, Jacob Armitage, neither shall I accept your
+offer. It would ill befit the dignity of a Villiers to be frightened
+out of her abode by a party of rude soldiers. Happen what will, I shall
+not stir from this--no, not even from this chair. Neither do I consider
+the danger so great as you suppose. Let Benjamin saddle, and be
+prepared to ride over to Lymington immediately. I will give him a
+letter to the magistrate there, who will send us protection."
+
+"But, madam, the children can not remain here. I will not leave them
+here. I promised the colonel--"
+
+"Will the children be in more danger than I shall be, Jacob Armitage?"
+replied the old lady, stiffly. "They dare not ill-treat me--they may
+force the buttery and drink the ale--they may make merry with that and
+the venison which you have brought with you, I presume, but they will
+hardly venture to insult a lady of the House of Villiers."
+
+"I fear they will venture any thing, madam. At all events, they will
+frighten the children, and for one night they will be better in my
+cottage."
+
+"Well, then, be it so; take them to your cottage, and take Martha to
+attend upon the Miss Beverleys. Go down now, and desire Agatha to come
+to me, and Benjamin to saddle as fast as he can."
+
+Jacob left the room, satisfied with the permission to remove the
+children. He knew that it was useless to argue with Miss Judith, who
+was immovable when once she had declared her intentions. He was
+debating in his own mind whether he should acquaint the servants with
+the threatened danger; but he had no occasion to do so, for Agatha had
+remained at the door while Jacob was communicating the intelligence,
+and as soon as he had arrived at that portion of it by which she
+learned that the mansion was to be burned down that night, had run off
+to the kitchen to communicate the intelligence to the other servants.
+
+"I'll not stay to be burned to death," exclaimed the cook, as Jacob
+came in. "Well, Mr. Armitage, this is pretty news you have brought.
+What does my lady say!"
+
+"She desires that Benjamin saddles immediately, to carry a letter to
+Lymington; and you, Agatha, are to go up stairs to her."
+
+"But what does she mean to do? Where are we to go?" exclaimed Agatha.
+
+"Miss Judith intends to remain where she is."
+
+"Then she will remain alone, for me," exclaimed the housemaid, who was
+admired by Benjamin. "Its bad enough to have little victuals and no
+wages, but as for being burned to death--Benjamin, put a pillion behind
+your saddle, and I'll go to Lymington with you. I won't be long in
+getting my bundle."
+
+Benjamin, who was in the kitchen with the maids at the time that Jacob
+entered, made a sign significant of consent, and went away to the
+stable. Agatha went up to her mistress in a state of great
+perturbation, and the cook also hurried away to her bedroom.
+
+"They'll all leave her," thought Jacob; "well, my duty is plain; I'll
+not leave the children in the house." Jacob then went in search of
+them, and found them playing in the garden. He called the two boys to
+him, and told them to follow him.
+
+"Now, Mr. Edward," said he, "you must prove yourself your father's own
+son. We must leave this house immediately; come up with me to your
+rooms, and help me to pack up yours and your sisters' clothes, for we
+must go to my cottage this night. There is no time to be lost."
+
+"But why, Jacob; I must know why?"
+
+"Because the Parliamentary troopers will burn it down this night."
+
+"Burn it down! Why, the house is mine, is it not? Who dares to burn
+down this house?"
+
+"They will dare it, and will do it."
+
+"But we will fight them, Jacob; we can bolt and bar; I can fire a gun,
+and hit too, as you know; then there's Benjamin and you."
+
+"And what can you and two men do against a troop of horse, my dear boy?
+If we could defend the place against them, Jacob Armitage would be the
+first; but it is impossible, my dear boy. Recollect your sisters. Would
+you have them burned to death, or shot by these wretches? No, no, Mr.
+Edward; you must do as I say, and lose no time. Let us pack up what
+will be most useful, and load White Billy with the bundles; then you
+must all come to the cottage with me, and we will make it out how we
+can."
+
+"That will be jolly!" said Humphrey; "come, Edward."
+
+But Edward Beverley required more persuasion to abandon the house; at
+last, old Jacob prevailed, and the clothes were put up in bundles as
+fast as they could collect them.
+
+"Your aunt said Martha was to go with your sisters, but I doubt if she
+will," observed Jacob, "and I think we shall have no room for her, for
+the cottage is small enough."
+
+"Oh no, we don't want her," said Humphrey; "Alice always dresses Edith
+and herself too, ever since mamma died."
+
+"Now we will carry down the bundles, and you make them fast on the pony
+while I go for your sisters."
+
+"But where does aunt Judith go?" inquired Edward.
+
+"She will not leave the house, Master Edward; she intends to stay and
+speak to the troopers."
+
+"And so an old woman like her remains to face the enemy, while I run
+away from them!" replied Edward. "I will not go."
+
+"Well, Master Edward," replied Jacob, "you must do as you please; but
+it will be cruel to leave your sisters here; they and Humphrey must
+come with me, and I can not manage to get them to the cottage without
+you go with us; it is not far, and you can return in a very short time."
+
+To this Edward consented. The pony was soon loaded, and the little
+girls, who were still playing in the garden, were called in by
+Humphrey. They were told that they were going to pass the night in the
+cottage, and were delighted at the idea.
+
+"Now, Master Edward," said Jacob, "will you take your sisters by the
+hand and lead them to the cottage? Here is the key of the door; Master
+Humphrey can lead the pony; and Master Edward," continued Jacob, taking
+him aside, "I'll tell you one thing which I will not mention before
+your brother and sisters: the troopers are all about the New Forest,
+for King Charles has escaped, and they are seeking for him. You must
+not, therefore, leave your brother and sisters till I return. Lock the
+cottage-door as soon as it is dark. You know where to get a light, over
+the cupboard; and my gun is loaded, and hangs above the mantlepiece.
+You must do your best if they attempt to force an entrance; but above
+all, promise me not to leave them till I return. I will remain here to
+see what I can do with your aunt, and when I come back we can then
+decide how to act."
+
+This latter ruse of Jacob's succeeded. Edward promised that he would
+not leave his sisters, and it wanted but a few minutes of twilight when
+the little party quitted the mansion of Arnwood. As they went out of
+the gates they were passed by Benjamin, who was trotting away with
+Martha behind him on a pillion, holding a bundle as large as herself.
+Not a word was exchanged, and Benjamin and Martha were soon out of
+sight.
+
+"Why, where can Martha be going?" said Alice. "Will she be back when we
+come home to-morrow?"
+
+Edward made no reply, but Humphrey said, "Well, she has taken plenty of
+clothes in that huge bundle for one night, at least."
+
+Jacob, as soon as he had seen the children on their way, returned to
+the kitchen, where he found Agatha and the cook collecting their
+property, evidently bent upon a hasty retreat.
+
+"Have you seen Miss Judith, Agatha?"
+
+"Yes; and she told me that she should remain, and that I should stand
+behind her chair that she might receive the troopers with dignity; but
+I don't admire the plan. They might leave her alone, but I am sure that
+they will be rude to me."
+
+"When did Benjamin say he would be back?"
+
+"He don't intend coming back. He said he would not, at all events, till
+to-morrow morning, and then he would ride out this way, to ascertain if
+the report was false or true. But Martha has gone with him."
+
+"I wish I could persuade the old lady to leave the house," said Jacob,
+thoughtfully. "I fear they will not pay her the respect that she
+calculates upon. Go up, Agatha, and say I wish to speak with her."
+
+"No, not I; I must be off, for it is dark already."
+
+"And where are you going, then?"
+
+"To Gossip Allwood's. It's a good mile, and I have to carry my things."
+
+"Well, Agatha, if you'll take me up to the old lady, I'll carry your
+things for you."
+
+Agatha consented, and as soon as she had taken up the lamp, for it was
+now quite dark, Jacob was once more introduced.
+
+"I wish, madam," said Jacob, "you would be persuaded to leave the house
+for this night."
+
+"Jacob Armitage, leave this house I will not, if it were filled with
+troopers; I have said so."
+
+"But, madam--"
+
+"No more, sir; you are too forward," replied the old lady, haughtily.
+
+"But, madam--"
+
+"Leave my presence, Jacob Armitage, and never appear again. Quit the
+room, and send Agatha here."
+
+"She has left, madam, and so has the cook, and Martha went away behind
+Benjamin; when I leave, you will be alone."
+
+"They have dared to leave?"
+
+"They dared not stay, madam."
+
+"Leave me, Jacob Armitage, and shut the door when you go out." Jacob
+still hesitated. "Obey me instantly," said the old lady; and the
+forester, finding all remonstrance useless, went out, and obeyed her
+last commands by shutting the door after him.
+
+Jacob found Agatha and the other maid in the court-yard; he took up
+their packages, and, as he promised, accompanied them to Gossip
+Allwood, who kept a small ale-house about a mile distant.
+
+"But, mercy on us! what will become of the children?" said Agatha, as
+they walked along, her fears for herself having up to this time made
+her utterly forgetful of them. "Poor things! and Martha has left them."
+
+"Yes, indeed; what will become of the dear babes?" said the cook, half
+crying.
+
+Now Jacob, knowing that the children of such a Malignant as Colonel
+Beverley would have sorry treatment if discovered, and knowing also
+that women were not always to be trusted, determined not to tell them
+how they were disposed of. He therefore replied,
+
+"Who would hurt such young children as those? No, no, they are safe
+enough; even the troopers would protect them."
+
+"I should hope so," replied Agatha.
+
+"You may be sure of that; no man would hurt babies," replied Jacob.
+"The troopers will take them with them to Lymington, I suppose. I've no
+fear for them; it's the proud old lady whom they will be uncivil to."
+
+The conversation here ended, and in due time they arrived at the inn.
+Jacob had just put the bundles down on the table, when the clattering
+of horses' hoofs was heard. Shortly afterward, the troopers pulled
+their horses up at the door, and dismounted. Jacob recognized the party
+he had met in the forest, and among them Southwold. The troopers called
+for ale, and remained some time in the house, talking and laughing with
+the women, especially Agatha, who was a very good-looking girl. Jacob
+would have retreated quietly, but he found a sentinel posted at the
+door to prevent the egress of any person. He reseated himself, and
+while he was listening to the conversation of the troopers he was
+recognized by Southwold, who accosted him. Jacob did not pretend not to
+know him, as it would have been useless; and Southwold put many
+questions to him as to who were resident at Arnwood. Jacob replied that
+the children were there, and a few servants, and he was about to
+mention Miss Judith Villiers, when a thought struck him--he might save
+the old lady.
+
+"You are going to Arnwood, I know," said Jacob, "and I have heard who
+you are in search of. Well, Southwold, I'll give you a hint. I may be
+wrong; but if you should fall in with an old lady or something like one
+when you go to Arnwood, mount her on your crupper and away with her to
+Lymington as fast as you can ride. You understand me?" Southwold nodded
+significantly, and squeezed Jacob's hand.
+
+"One word, Jacob Armitage; if I succeed in the capture by your means,
+it is but fair that you should have something for your hint. Where can
+I find you the day after to-morrow?"
+
+"I am leaving the country this night, and I must go. I am in trouble,
+that's the fact; when all is blown over, I will find you out. Don't
+speak to me any more just now." Southwold again squeezed Jacob's hand,
+and left him. Shortly afterward the order was given to mount, and the
+troopers set off.
+
+Armitage followed slowly and unobserved. They arrive at the mansion and
+surrounded it. Shortly afterward he perceived the glare of torches, and
+in a quarter of an hour more thick smoke rose up in the dark but clear
+sky; at last the flames burst forth from the lower windows of the
+mansion, and soon afterward they lighted up the country round to some
+distance.
+
+"It is done," thought Jacob; and he turned to bend his hasty steps
+toward his own cottage, when he heard the galloping of a horse and
+violent screams; a minute afterward James Southwold passed him with the
+old lady tied behind him, kicking and struggling as hard as she could.
+Jacob smiled as he thought that he had by his little stratagem saved
+the old woman's life, for that Southwold imagined that she was King
+Charles dressed up as an old woman was evident; and he then returned as
+fast as he could to the cottage.
+
+In half an hour Jacob had passed through the thick woods which were
+between the mansion and his own cottage, occasionally looking back, as
+the flames of the mansion rose higher and higher, throwing their light
+far and wide. He knocked at the cottage-door; Smoker, a large dog
+cross-bred between the fox and blood-hound, growled till Jacob spoke to
+him, and then Edward opened the door.
+
+"My sisters are in bed and fast asleep, Jacob," said Edward, "and
+Humphrey has been nodding this half hour; had he not better go to bed
+before we go back?"
+
+"Come out, Master Edward," replied Jacob, "and look." Edward beheld the
+flames and fierce light between the trees and was silent.
+
+"I told you that it would be so, and you would all have been burned in
+your beds, for they did not enter the house to see who was in it, but
+fired it as soon as they had surrounded it."
+
+"And my aunt!" exclaimed Edward, clasping his hands.
+
+"Is safe, Master Edward, and by this time at Lymington."
+
+"We will go to her to-morrow."
+
+"I fear not; you must not risk so much, Master Edward. These Levelers
+spare nobody, and you had better let it be supposed that you are all
+burned in the house."
+
+"But my aunt knows the contrary, Jacob."
+
+"Very true; I quite forgot that." And so Jacob had. He expected that
+the old woman would have been burned, and then nobody would have known
+of the existence of the children; he forgot, when he planned to save
+her, that she knew where the children were.
+
+"Well, Master Edward, I will go to Lymington to-morrow and see the old
+lady; but you must remain here, and take charge of your sisters till I
+come back, and then we will consider what is to be done. The flames are
+not so bright as they were."
+
+"No. It is my house that these Roundheads have burned down," said
+Edward, shaking his fist.
+
+"It was your house, Master Edward, and it was your property, but how
+long it will be so remains to be seen. I fear that it will be
+forfeited."
+
+"Woe to the people who dare take possession of it!" cried Edward; "I
+shall, if I live, be a man one of these days."
+
+"Yes, Master Edward, and then you will reflect more than you do now,
+and not be rash. Let us go into the cottage, for it's no use remaining
+out in the cold; the frost is sharp to-night."
+
+Edward slowly followed Jacob into the cottage. His little heart was
+full. He was a proud boy and a good boy, but the destruction of the
+mansion had raised up evil thoughts in his heart--hatred to the
+Covenanters, who had killed his father and now burned the
+property--revenge upon them (how he knew not); but his hand was ready
+to strike, young as he was. He lay down on the bed, but he could not
+sleep. He turned and turned again, and his brain was teeming with
+thoughts and plans of vengeance. Had he said his prayers that night he
+would have been obliged to repeat, "Forgive us as we forgive them who
+trespass against us." At last, he fell fast asleep, but his dreams were
+wild, and he often called out during the night and woke his brother and
+sisters.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+
+The next morning, as soon as Jacob had given the children their
+breakfast, he set off toward Arnwood. He knew that Benjamin had stated
+his intention to return with the horse and see what had taken place,
+and he knew him well enough to feel sure that he would do so. He
+thought it better to see him if possible, and ascertain the fate of
+Miss Judith. Jacob arrived at the still smoking ruins of the mansion,
+and found several people there, mostly residents within a few miles,
+some attracted by curiosity, others busy in collecting the heavy masses
+of lead which had been melted from the roof, and appropriating them to
+their own benefit; but much of it was still too hot to be touched, and
+they were throwing snow on it to cool it, for it had snowed during the
+night. At last, Jacob perceived Benjamin on horseback riding leisurely
+toward him, and immediately went up to him.
+
+"Well, Benjamin, this is a woeful sight. What is the news from
+Lymington?"
+
+"Lymington is full of troopers, and they are not over-civil," replied
+Benjamin. "And the old lady--where is she?"
+
+"Ah, that's a sad business," replied Benjamin, "and the poor children,
+too. Poor Master Edward! he would have made a brave gentleman."
+
+"But the old lady is safe," rejoined Jacob. "Did you see her?"
+
+"Yes, I saw her; they thought she was King Charles--poor old soul."
+
+"But they have found out their mistake by this time?"
+
+"Yes, and James Southwold has found it out too," replied Benjamin; "to
+think of the old lady breaking his neck!"
+
+"Breaking his neck? You don't say so! How was it?"
+
+"Why, it seems that Southwold thought that she was King Charles dressed
+up as an old woman, so he seized her and strapped her fast behind him,
+and galloped away with her to Lymington; but she struggled and kicked
+so manfully, that he could not hold on, and off they went together, and
+he broke his neck."
+
+"Indeed! A judgment--a judgment upon a traitor," said Jacob.
+
+"They were picked up, strapped together as they were, by the other
+troopers, and carried to Lymington."
+
+"Well, and where is the old lady, then? Did you see and speak to her?"
+
+"I saw her, Jacob, but I did not speak to her. I forgot to say that,
+when she broke Southwold's neck, she broke her own too."
+
+"Then the old lady is dead?"
+
+"Yes, that she is," replied Benjamin; "but who cares about her? it's
+the poor children that I pity. Martha has been crying ever since."
+
+"I don't wonder."
+
+"I was at the Cavalier, and the troopers were there, and they were
+boasting of what they had done, and called it a righteous work. I could
+not stand that, and I asked one of them if it were a righteous work to
+burn poor children in their beds? So he turned round, and struck his
+sword upon the floor, and asked me whether I was one of them--'Who are
+you, then?' and I--all my courage went away, and I answered, I was a
+poor rat-catcher. 'A rat-catcher; are you? Well, then, Mr. Ratcatcher,
+when you are killing rats, if you find a nest of young ones, don't you
+kill them too? or do you leave them to grow, and become mischievous,
+eh?' 'I kill the young ones, of course,' replied I. 'Well, so do we
+Malignants whenever we find them.' I didn't say a word more, so I went
+out of the house as fast as I could."
+
+"Have you heard any thing about the king?" inquired Jacob.
+
+"No, nothing; but the troopers are all out again, and, I hear, are gone
+to the forest."
+
+"Well, Benjamin, good-by, I shall be off from this part of the
+country--it's no use my staying here. Where's Agatha and cook?"
+
+"They came to Lymington early this morning."
+
+"Wish them good-by for me, Benjamin."
+
+"Where are you going, then?"
+
+"I can't exactly say, but I think London way. I only staid here to
+watch over the children; and now that they are gone, I shall leave
+Arnwood forever."
+
+Jacob, who was anxious, on account of the intelligence he had received
+of the troopers being in the forest, to return to the cottage, shook
+hands with Benjamin, and hastened away. "Well," thought Jacob, as he
+wended his way, "I'm sorry for the poor old lady, but still, perhaps,
+it's all for the best. Who knows what they might do with these
+children! Destroy the nest as well as the rats, indeed! they must find
+the nest first." And the old forester continued his journey in deep
+thought.
+
+We may here observe that, blood-thirsty as many of the Levelers were,
+we do not think that Jacob Armitage had grounds for the fears which he
+expressed and felt; that is to say, we believe that he might have made
+known the existence of the children to the Villiers family, and that
+they would never have been harmed by any body. That by the burning of
+the mansion they might have perished in the flames, had they been in
+bed, as they would have been at that hour, had he not obtained
+intelligence of what was about to be done, is true; but that there was
+any danger to them on account of their father having been such a stanch
+supporter of the king's cause, is very unlikely, and not borne out by
+the history of the times: but the old forester thought otherwise; he
+had a hatred of the Puritans, and their deeds had been so exaggerated
+by rumor, that he fully believed that the lives of the children were
+not safe. Under this conviction, and feeling himself bound by his
+promise to Colonel Beverley to protect them, Jacob resolved that they
+should live with him in the forest, and be brought up as his own
+grandchildren. He knew that there could be no better place for
+concealment; for, except the keepers, few people knew where his cottage
+was; and it was so out of the usual paths, and so imbosomed in lofty
+trees, that there was little chance of its being seen, or being known
+to exist. He resolved, therefore, that they should remain with him till
+better times; and then he would make known their existence to the other
+branches of the family, but not before. "I can hunt for them, and
+provide for them," thought he, "and I have a little money, when it is
+required; and I will teach them to be useful; they must learn to
+provide for themselves. There's the garden, and the patch of land: in
+two or three years, the boys will be able to do something. I can't
+teach them much; but I can teach them to fear God. We must get on how
+we can, and put our trust in Him who is a father to the fatherless."
+
+With such thoughts running in his head, Jacob arrived at the cottage,
+and found the children outside the door, watching for him. They all
+hastened to him, and the dog rushed before them, to welcome his master.
+"Down, Smoker, good dog! Well, Mr. Edward, I have been as quick as I
+could. How have Mr. Humphrey and your sisters behaved? But we must not
+remain outside to-day, for the troopers are scouring the forest, and
+may see you. Let us come in directly, for it would not do that they
+should come here."
+
+"Will they burn the cottage down?" inquired Alice, as she took Jacob's
+hand.
+
+"Yes, my dear, I think they would, if they found that you and your
+brothers were in it; but we must not let them see you."
+
+They all entered the cottage, which consisted of one large room in
+front, and two back rooms for bedrooms. There was also a third bedroom,
+which was behind the other two, but which had not any furniture in it.
+
+"Now, let's see what we can have for dinner--there's venison left, I
+know," said Jacob; "come, we must all be useful. Who will be cook?"
+
+"I will be cook," said Alice, "if you will show me how."
+
+"So you shall, my dear," said Jacob, "and I will show you how. There's
+some potatoes in the basket in the corner, and some onions hanging on
+the string; we must have some water--who will fetch it?"
+
+"I will," said Edward, who took a pail, and went out to the spring.
+
+The potatoes were peeled and washed by the children--Jacob and Edward
+cut the venison into pieces--the iron pot was cleaned; and then the
+meat and potatoes put with water into the pot, and placed on the fire.
+
+"Now I'll cut up the onions, for they will make your eyes water."
+
+"I don't care," said Humphrey, "I'll cut and cry at the same time."
+
+And Humphrey took up a knife, and cut away most manfully, although he
+was obliged to wipe his eyes with his sleeve very often.
+
+"You are a fine fellow, Humphrey," said Jacob. "Now we'll put the
+onions in, and let it all boil up together. Now you see, you have
+cooked your own dinner; ain't that pleasant?"
+
+"Yes," cried they all; "and we will eat our own dinners as soon as it
+is ready."
+
+"Then, Humphrey, you must get some of the platters down which are on
+the drawer; and, Alice, you will find some knives in the drawer. And
+let me see, what can little Edith do? Oh, she can go to the cupboard
+and find the salt-cellar. Edward, just look out, and if you see any
+body coming or passing, let me know. We must put you on guard till the
+troopers leave the forest."
+
+The children set about their tasks, and Humphrey cried out, as he very
+often did, "Now, this is jolly!"
+
+While the dinner was cooking, Jacob amused the children by showing them
+how to put things in order; the floor was swept, the hearth was made
+tidy. He shewed Alice how to wash out a cloth, and Humphrey how to dust
+the chairs. They all worked merrily, while little Edith stood and
+clapped her hands.
+
+But just before dinner was ready, Edward came in and said, "Here are
+troopers galloping in the forest!" Jacob went out, and observed that
+they were coming in a direction that would lead near to the cottage.
+
+He walked in, and, after a moment's thought, he said, "My dear
+children, those men may come and search the cottage; you must do as I
+tell you, and mind that you are very quiet. Humphrey, you and your
+sisters must go to bed, and pretend to be very ill. Edward, take off
+your coat and put on this old hunting-frock of mine. You must be in the
+bedroom attending your sick brother and sisters. Come, Edith, dear, you
+must play at going to bed, and have your dinner afterward."
+
+Jacob took the children into the bedroom, and, removing the upper
+dress, which would have betrayed that they were not the children of
+poor people, put them in bed, and covered them up to the chins with the
+clothes. Edward had put on the old hunting-shirt, which came below his
+knees, and stood with a mug of water in his hand by the bedside of the
+two girls. Jacob went to the outer room, to remove the platters laid
+out for dinner; and he had hardly done so when he heard the noise of
+the troopers, and soon afterward a knock at the cottage-door.
+
+"Come in," said Jacob.
+
+"Who are you, my friend?" said the leader of the troop, entering the
+door.
+
+"A poor forester, sir," replied Jacob, "under great trouble."
+
+"What trouble, my man?"
+
+"I have the children all in bed with the small-pox."
+
+"Nevertheless, we must search your cottage."
+
+"You are welcome," replied Jacob; "only don't frighten the children, if
+you can help it."
+
+The man, who was now joined by others, commenced his search. Jacob
+opened all the doors of the rooms, and they passed through. Little
+Edith shrieked when she saw them; but Edward patted her, and told her
+not to be frightened. The troopers, however, took no notice of the
+children; they searched thoroughly, and then came back to the front
+room.
+
+"It's no use remaining here," said one of the troopers. "Shall we be
+off! I'm tired and hungry with the ride."
+
+"So am I, and there's something that smells well." said another.
+"What's this, my good man?" continued he, taking off the lid of the pot.
+
+"My dinner for a week," replied Jacob. "I have no one to cook for me
+now, and can't light a fire every day."
+
+"Well, you appear to live well, if you have such a mess as that every
+day in the week. I should like to try a spoonful or two."
+
+"And welcome, sir," replied Jacob; "I will cook some more for myself."
+
+The troopers took him at his word; they sat down to the table, and very
+soon the whole contents of the kettle had disappeared. Having satisfied
+themselves, they got up, told him that his rations were so good that
+they hoped to call again; and, laughing heartily, they mounted their
+horses, and rode away.
+
+"Well," said Jacob, "they are very welcome to the dinner; I little
+thought to get off so cheap." As soon as they were out of sight, Jacob
+called to Edward and the children to get up again, which they soon did.
+Alice put on Edith's frock, Humphrey put on his jacket, and Edward
+pulled off the hunting-shirt.
+
+"They're gone now," said Jacob, coming in from the door.
+
+"And our dinners are gone," said Humphrey, looking at the empty pot and
+dirty platters.
+
+"Yes; but we can cook another, and that will be more play you know,"
+said Jacob. "Edward, go for the water; Humphrey, cut the onions; Alice,
+wash the potatoes; and Edith, help everybody, while I cut up some more
+meat."
+
+"I hope it will be as good," observed Humphrey; "that other did smell
+so nice!"
+
+"Quite as good, if not better; for we shall improve by practice, and we
+shall have a better appetite to eat it with," said Jacob.
+
+"Nasty men eat our dinner," said Edith. "Shan't have any more. Eat this
+ourselves."
+
+And so they did as soon as it was cooked; but they were very hungry
+before they sat down.
+
+"This is jolly!" said Humphrey with his mouth full.
+
+"Yes, Master Humphrey. I doubt if King Charles eats so good a dinner
+this day. Mr. Edward, you are very grave and silent."
+
+"Yes, I am, Jacob. Have I not cause? Oh, if I could but have mauled
+those troopers!"
+
+"But you could not; so you must make the best of it. They say that
+every dog has his day, and who knows but King Charles may be on the
+throne again!"
+
+There were no more visits to the cottage that day, and they all went to
+bed, and slept soundly.
+
+The next morning, Jacob, who was most anxious to learn the news,
+saddled the pony, having first given his injunctions to Edward how to
+behave in case any troopers should come to the cottage. He told him to
+pretend that the children were in bed with the small-pox, as they had
+done the day before. Jacob then traveled to Gossip Allwood's, and he
+there learned that King Charles had been taken prisoner, and was at the
+Isle of Wight, and that the troopers were all going back to London as
+fast as they came. Feeling that there was now no more danger to be
+apprehended from them, Jacob set off as fast as he could for Lymington.
+He went to one shop and purchased two peasant dresses which he thought
+would fit the two boys, and at another he bought similar apparel for
+the two girls. Then, with several other ready-made articles, and some
+other things which were required for the household, he made a large
+package, which he put upon the pony, and, taking the bridle, set off
+home, and arrived in time to superintend the cooking of the dinner,
+which was this day venison-steaks fried in a pan, and boiled potatoes.
+
+When dinner was over, he opened his bundle, and told the little ones
+that, now they were to live in a cottage, they ought to wear cottage
+clothes, and that he had bought them some to put on, which they might
+rove about the woods in, and not mind tearing them. Alice and Edith
+went into the bedroom, and Alice dressed Edith and herself, and came
+out quite pleased with their change of dress. Humphrey and Edward put
+theirs on in the sitting-room, and they all fitted pretty well, and
+certainly were very becoming to the children.
+
+"Now, recollect, you are all my grandchildren," said Jacob; "for I
+shall no longer call you Miss and Master--that we never do in a
+cottage. You understand me, Edward, of course?" added Jacob.
+
+Edward nodded his head; and Jacob telling the children that they might
+now go out of the cottage and play, they all set off, quite delighted
+with clothes which procured them their liberty.
+
+We must now describe the cottage of Jacob Armitage, in which the
+children have in future to dwell. As we said before, it contained a
+large sitting-room, or kitchen, in which was a spacious hearth and
+chimney, table, stools, cupboards, and dressers: the two bedrooms which
+adjoined it were now appropriated, one for Jacob and the other for the
+two boys; the third, or inner bedroom, was arranged for the two girls,
+as being more retired and secure. But there were outhouses belonging to
+it: a stall, in which White Billy, the pony, lived during the winter; a
+shed and pigsty rudely constructed, with an inclosed yard attached to
+them; and it had, moreover, a piece of ground of more than an acre,
+well fenced in to keep out the deer and game, the largest portion of
+which was cultivated as a garden and potato-ground, and the other,
+which remained in grass, contained some fine old apple and pear-trees.
+Such was the domicile; the pony, a few fowls, a sow and two young pigs,
+and the dog Smoker, were the animals on the establishment. Here Jacob
+Armitage had been born--for the cottage had been built by his
+grandfather--but he had not always remained at the cottage. When young,
+he felt an inclination to see more of the world, and had for several
+years served in the army. His father and brother had lived in the
+establishment at Arnwood, and he was constantly there as a boy The
+chaplain of Arnwood had taken a fancy to him, and taught him to
+read--writing he had not acquired. As soon as he grew up, he served, as
+we have said, in the troop commanded by Colonel Beverley's father; and,
+after his death, Colonel Beverley had procured him the situation of
+forest ranger, which had been held by his father, who was then alive,
+but too aged to do duty. Jacob Armitage married a good and devout young
+woman, with whom he lived several years, when she died, without
+bringing him any family; after which, his father being also dead, Jacob
+Armitage had lived alone until the period at which we have commenced
+this history.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+
+The old forester lay awake the whole of this night, reflecting how he
+should act relative to the children; he felt the great responsibility
+that he had incurred, and was alarmed when he considered what might be
+the consequences if his days were shortened. What would become of
+them--living in so sequestered a spot that few knew even of its
+existence--totally shut out from the world, and left to their own
+resources? He had no fear, if his life was spared, that they would do
+well; but if he should be called away before they had grown up and were
+able to help themselves, they might perish. Edward was not fourteen
+years old; it was true that he was an active, brave boy, and thoughtful
+for his years; but he had not yet strength or skill sufficient for what
+would be required. Humphrey, the second, also promised well; but still
+they were all children. "I must bring them up to be useful--to depend
+upon themselves; there is not a moment to be lost, and not a moment
+shall be lost; I will do my best, and trust to God; I ask but two or
+three years, and by that time I trust that they will be able to do
+without me. They must commence to-morrow the life of foresters'
+children."
+
+Acting upon this resolution, Jacob, as soon as the children were
+dressed, and in the sitting-room, opened his Bible, which he had put on
+the table, and said:
+
+"My dear children, you know that you must remain in this cottage, that
+the wicked troopers may not find you out; they killed your father, and
+if I had not taken you away, they would have burned you in your beds.
+You must, therefore, live here as my children, and you must call
+yourselves by the name of Armitage, and not that of Beverley; and you
+must dress like children of the forest, as you do now, and you must do
+as children of the forest do--that is, you must do every thing for
+yourselves, for you can have no servants to wait upon you. We must all
+work--but you will like to work if you all work together, for then the
+work will be nothing but play. Now, Edward is the oldest, and he must
+go out with me in the forest, and I must teach him to kill deer and
+other game for our support; and when he knows how, then Humphrey shall
+come out and learn how to shoot."
+
+"Yes," said Humphrey, "I'll soon learn."
+
+"But not yet, Humphrey, for you must do some work in the mean time; you
+must look after the pony and the pigs, and you must learn to dig in the
+garden with Edward and me when we do not go out to hunt; and sometimes
+I shall go by myself, and leave Edward to work with you when there is
+work to be done. Alice, dear, you must, with Humphrey, light the fire
+and clean the house in the morning. Humphrey will go to the spring for
+water, and do all the hard work; and you must learn to wash, my dear
+Alice--I will show you how; and you must learn to get dinner ready with
+Humphrey, who will assist you; and to make the beds. And little Edith
+shall take care of the fowls, and feed them every morning, and look for
+the eggs--will you, Edith?"
+
+"Yes," replied Edith, "and feed all the little chickens when they are
+hatched, as I did at Arnwood."
+
+"Yes, dear, and you'll be very useful. Now you know that you can not do
+all this at once. You will have to try and try again; but very soon you
+will, and then it will be all play. I must teach you all, and every day
+you will do it better, till you want no teaching at all. And now, my
+dear children, as there is no chaplain here, we must read the Bible
+every morning. Edward can read, I know; can you, Humphrey?"
+
+"Yes, all except the big words."
+
+"Well, you will learn them by-and-by. And Edward and I will teach Alice
+and Edith to read in the evenings, when we have nothing to do. It will
+be an amusement. Now tell me, do you all like what I have told you?"
+
+"Yes," they all replied; and then Jacob Armitage read a chapter in the
+Bible, after which they all knelt down and said the Lord's prayer. As
+this was done every morning and every evening, I need not repeat it
+again. Jacob then showed them again how to clean the house, and
+Humphrey and Alice soon finished their work under his directions; and
+then they all sat down to breakfast, which was a very plain one, being
+generally cold meat, and cakes baked on the embers, at which Alice was
+soon very expert; and little Edith was very useful in watching them for
+her, while she busied herself about her other work. But the venison was
+nearly all gone; and after breakfast Jacob and Edward, with the dog
+Smoker, went out into the woods. Edward had no gun, as he only went out
+to be taught how to approach the game, which required great caution;
+indeed Jacob had no second gun to give him, if he had wished so to do.
+
+"Now, Edward, we are going after a fine stag, if we can find him, which
+I doubt not; but the difficulty is, to get within shot of him.
+Recollect that you must always be hid, for his sight is very quick;
+never be heard, for his ear is sharp; and never come down to him with
+the wind, for his scent is very fine. Then you must hunt according to
+the hour of the day. At this time he is feeding; two hours hence he
+will be lying down in the high fern. The dog is no use unless the stag
+is badly wounded, when the dog will take him. Smoker knows his duty
+well, and will hide himself as close as we do. We are now going into
+the thick wood ahead of us, as there are many little spots of cleared
+ground in it where we may find the deer; but we must keep more to the
+left, for the wind is to the eastward, and we must walk up against it.
+And now that we are coming into the wood, recollect, not a word must be
+said, and you must walk as quietly as possible, keeping behind me.
+Smoker, to heel!" They proceeded through the wood for more than a mile,
+when Jacob made a sign to Edward, and dropped down into the fern,
+crawling along to an open spot, where, at some distance, were a stag
+and three deer grazing. The deer grazed quietly, but the stag was ever
+and anon raising up his head and snuffing the air as he looked round,
+evidently acting as a sentinel for the females.
+
+The stag was perhaps a long quarter of a mile from where they had
+crouched down in the fern. Jacob remained immovable till the animal
+began to feed again, and then he advanced, crawling through the fern,
+followed by Edward and the dog, who dragged himself on his stomach
+after Edward. This tedious approach was continued for some time, and
+they had neared the stag to within half the original distance, when the
+animal again lifted up his head and appeared uneasy. Jacob stopped and
+remained without motion. After a time the stag walked away, followed by
+the does, to the opposite side of the clear spot on which they had been
+feeding, and, to Edward's annoyance, the animal was half a mile from
+them. Jacob turned round and crawled into the wood, and when he knew
+that they were concealed, he rose on his feet and said,
+
+"You see, Edward, that it requires patience to stalk a deer. What a
+princely fellow! but he has probably been alarmed this morning, and is
+very uneasy. Now we must go through the woods till we come to the lee
+of him on the other side of the dell. You see he has led the does close
+to the thicket, and we shall have a better chance when we get there, if
+we are only quiet and cautious."
+
+"What startled him, do you think?" said Edward.
+
+"I think, when you were crawling through the fern after me, you broke a
+piece of rotten stick that was under you. Did you not?"
+
+"Yes, but that made but little noise."
+
+"Quite enough to startle a red deer, Edward, as you will find out
+before you have been long a forester. These checks will happen, and
+have happened to me a hundred times, and then all the work is to be
+done over again. Now then to make the circuit--we had better not say a
+word. If we get safe now to the other side, we are sure of him."
+
+They proceeded at a quick walk through the forest, and in half an hour
+had gained the side where the deer were feeding. When about three
+hundred yards from the game, Jacob again sunk down on his hands and
+knees, crawling from bush to bush, stopping whenever the stag raised
+his head, and advancing again when it resumed feeding; at last they
+came to the fern at the side of the wood, and crawled through it as
+before, but still more cautiously as they approached the stag. In this
+manner they arrived at last to within eighty yards of the animal, and
+then Jacob advanced his gun ready to put it to his shoulder, and, as he
+cocked the lock, raised himself to fire. The click occasioned by the
+cocking of the lock roused up the stag instantly, and he turned his
+head in the direction from whence the noise proceeded; as he did so
+Jacob fired, aiming behind the animal's shoulder: the stag made a
+bound, came down again, dropped on his knees, attempted to run, and
+fell dead, while the does fled away with the rapidity of the wind.
+
+Edward started up on his legs with a shout of exultation. Jacob
+commenced reloading his gun, and stopped Edward as he was about to run
+up to where the animal lay.
+
+"Edward, you must learn your craft," said Jacob; "never do that again;
+never shout in that way--on the contrary, you should have remained
+still in the fern."
+
+"Why so?--the stag is dead."
+
+"Yes, my dear boy, that stag is dead; but how do you know but what
+there may be another lying down in the fern close to us, or at some
+distance from us, which you have alarmed by your shout? Suppose that we
+both had guns, and that the report of mine had started another stag
+lying in the fern within shot, you would have been able to shoot it; or
+if a stag was lying at a distance, the report of the gun might have
+started him so as to induce him to move his head without rising. I
+should have seen his antlers move and have marked his lair, and we
+should then have gone after him and stalked him too."
+
+"I see," replied Edward, "I was wrong; but I shall know better another
+time."
+
+"That's why I tell you, my boy," replied Jacob. "Now let us go to our
+quarry. Ay, Edward, this is a noble beast. I thought that he was a hart
+royal, and so he is."
+
+"What is a hart royal, Jacob?"
+
+"Why, a stag is called a brocket until he is three years old, at four
+years he is a staggart; at five years a warrantable stag; and after
+five years he becomes a hart royal."
+
+"And how do you know his age?"
+
+"By his antlers: you see that this stag has nine antlers; now, a
+brocket has but two antlers, a staggart three, and a warrantable stag
+but four; at six years old, the antlers increase in number until they
+sometimes have twenty or thirty. This is a fine beast, and the venison
+is now getting very good. Now you must see me do the work of my craft."
+
+Jacob then cut the throat of the animal, and afterward cut off its head
+and took out its bowels.
+
+"Are you tired, Edward?" said Jacob, as he wiped his hunting-knife on
+the coat of the stag.
+
+"No, not the least."
+
+"Well, then, we are now, I should think, about four or five miles from
+the cottage. Could you find your way home? but that is of no
+consequence--Smoker will lead you home by the shortest path. I will
+stay here, and you can saddle White Billy and come back with him, for
+he must carry the venison back. It's more than we can manage--indeed,
+as much as we can manage with White Billy to help us. There's more than
+twenty stone of venison lying there, I can tell you."
+
+Edward immediately assented, and Jacob, desiring Smoker to go home, set
+about flaying and cutting up the animal for its more convenient
+transportation. In an hour and a half, Edward, attended by Smoker,
+returned with the pony, on whose back the chief portion of the venison
+was packed. Jacob took a large piece on his own shoulders, and Edward
+carried another, and Smoker, after regaling himself with a portion of
+the inside of the animal, came after them. During the walk home, Jacob
+initiated Edward into the terms of venery and many other points
+connected with deer-stalking, with which we shall not trouble our
+readers. As soon as they arrived at the cottage, the venison was hung
+up, the pony put in the stable, and then they sat down to dinner with
+an excellent appetite after their long morning's walk. Alice and
+Humphrey had cooked the dinner themselves, and it was in the pot,
+smoking hot, when they returned; and Jacob declared he never ate a
+better mess in his life. Alice was not a little proud of this, and of
+the praises she received from Edward and the old forester. The next
+day, Jacob stated his intention of going to Lymington to dispose of a
+large portion of the venison, and bring back a sack of oatmeal for
+their cakes. Edward asked to accompany him, but Jacob replied,
+
+"Edward, you must not think of showing yourself at Lymington, or any
+where else, for a long while, until you are grown out of memory. It
+would be folly, and you would risk your sisters' and brother's lives,
+perhaps, as well as your own. Never mention it again: the time will
+come when it will be necessary, perhaps; if so, it can not be helped.
+At present you would be known immediately. No, Edward, I tell you what
+I mean to do: I have a little money left, and I intend to buy you a
+gun, that you may learn to stalk deer yourself without me; for,
+recollect, if any accident should happen to me, who is there but you to
+provide for your brother and sisters? At Lymington I am known to many;
+but out of all who know me, there is not one who knows where my cottage
+is; they know that I live in the New Forest, and that I supply them
+venison, and purchase other articles in return. That is all that they
+know: and I may therefore go without fear. I shall sell the venison
+to-morrow, and bring you back a good gun; and Humphrey shall have the
+carpenters' tools which he wishes for, for I think, by what he does
+with his knife, that he has a turn that way, and it may be useful. I
+must also get some other tools for Humphrey and you, as we shall then
+be able to work all together; and some threads and needles for Alice,
+for she can sew a little, and practice will make her more perfect."
+
+Jacob went off to Lymington as he had proposed, and returned late at
+night with White Billy well loaded; he had a sack of oatmeal, some
+spades and hoes, a saw and chisels, and other tools; two scythes and
+two three-pronged forks; and when Edward came to meet him, he put into
+his hand a gun with a very long barrel.
+
+"I believe, Edward, that you will find that a good one, for I know
+where it came from. It belonged to one of the rangers, who was reckoned
+the best shot in the Forest. I know the gun, for I have seen it on his
+arm, and have taken it in my hand to examine it more than once. He was
+killed at Naseby, with your father, poor fellow! and his widow sold the
+gun to meet her wants."
+
+"Well," replied Edward, "I thank you much, Jacob, and I will try if I
+can not kill as much venison as will pay you back the purchase-money--I
+will, I assure you."
+
+"I shall be glad if you do, Edward; not because I want the money back,
+but because then I shall be more easy in my mind about you all, if any
+thing happens to me. As soon as you are perfect in your woodcraft, I
+shall take Humphrey in hand, for there is nothing like having two
+strings to your bow. To-morrow we will not go out: we have meat enough
+for three weeks or more; and now the frost has set in, it will keep
+well. You shall practice at a mark with your gun, that you may be
+accustomed to it; for all guns, even the best, require a little
+humoring."
+
+Edward, who had often fired a gun before, proved the next morning that
+he had a very good eye; and, after two or three hours' practice, hit
+the mark at a hundred yards almost every time.
+
+"I wish you would let me go out by myself," said Edward, overjoyed at
+his success.
+
+"You would bring home nothing, boy," replied Jacob. "No, no, you have a
+great deal to learn yet; but I tell you what you shall do: any time
+that we are not in great want of venison, you shall have the first
+fire."
+
+"Well, that will do," replied Edward.
+
+The winter now set in with great severity, and they remained almost
+altogether within doors. Jacob and the boys went out to get firewood,
+and dragged it home through the snow.
+
+"I wish, Jacob," said Humphrey, "that I was able to build a cart, for
+it would be very useful, and White Billy would then have something to
+do; but I can't make the wheels, and there is no harness."
+
+"That's not a bad idea of yours, Humphrey," replied Jacob; "we will
+think about it. If you can't build a cart, perhaps I can buy one. It
+would be useful if it were only to take the dung out of the yard on the
+potato-ground, for I have hitherto carried it out in baskets, and it's
+hard work."
+
+"Yes, and we might saw the wood into billets, and carry it home in the
+cart, instead of dragging it in this way; my shoulder is quite sore
+with the rope, it cuts me so."
+
+"Well, when the weather breaks up, I will see what I can do, Humphrey;
+but just now the roads are so blocked up, that I do not think we could
+get a cart from Lymington to the cottage, although we can a horse,
+perhaps."
+
+But if they remained in-doors during the inclement weather, they were
+not idle. Jacob took this opportunity to instruct the children in every
+thing. Alice learned how to wash and how to cook. It is true, that
+sometimes she scalded herself a little, sometimes burned her fingers;
+and other accidents did occur, from the articles employed being too
+heavy for them to lift by themselves; but practice and dexterity
+compensated for want of strength, and fewer accidents happened every
+day. Humphrey had his carpenters' tools; and although at first he had
+many failures, and wasted nails and wood, by degrees he learned to use
+his tools with more dexterity, and made several little useful articles.
+Little Edith could now do something, for she made and baked all the
+oatmeal cakes, which saved Alice a good deal of time and trouble in
+watching them. It was astonishing how much the children could do, now
+that there was no one to do it for them; and they had daily instruction
+from Jacob. In the evening Alice sat down with her needle and thread to
+mend the clothes; at first they were not very well done, but she
+improved every day. Edith and Humphrey learned to read while Alice
+worked, and then Alice learned; and thus passed the winter away so
+rapidly, that, although they had been five months at the cottage, it
+did not appear as if they had been there as many weeks. All were happy
+and contented, with the exception, perhaps, of Edward, who had fits of
+gloominess, and occasionally showed signs of impatience as to what was
+passing in the world, of which he remained in ignorance.
+
+That Edward Beverley had fits of gloominess and impatience is not
+surprising. Edward had been brought up as the heir of Arnwood; and a
+boy at a very early age imbibes notions of his position, if it promises
+to be a high one. He was not two miles from that property which by
+right was his own. His own mansion had been reduced to ashes--he
+himself was hidden in the forest; and he could but not feel his
+position. He sighed for the time when the king's cause should be again
+triumphant, and his arrival at that age when he could in person support
+and uphold the cause. He longed to be in command, as his father had
+been--to lead his men on to victory--to recover his property, and to
+revenge himself on those who had acted so cruelly toward him. This was
+human nature; and much as Jacob Armitage would expostulate with him,
+and try to divert his feelings into other channels--long as he would
+preach to him about forgiveness of injuries, and patience until better
+times should come, Edward could not help brooding over these thoughts,
+and if ever there was a breast animated with intense hatred against the
+Puritans, it was that of Edward Beverley. Although this was to be
+lamented, it could not create surprise or wonder in the old forester.
+All he could do was, as much as possible to reason with him, to soothe
+his irritated feelings, and by constant employment try to make him
+forget for a time the feelings of ill-will which he had conceived.
+
+One thing was, however, sufficiently plain to Edward, which was, that
+whatever might be his wrongs, he had not the power at present to
+redress them; and this feeling, perhaps, more than any other, held him
+in some sort of check; and as the time when he might have an
+opportunity appeared far distant, even to his own sanguine imagination,
+so by degrees did he contrive to dismiss from his thoughts what it was
+no use to think about at present.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+
+As we have before said, time passed rapidly; with the exception of one
+or two excursions after venison, they remained in the cottage, and
+Jacob never went to Lymington. The frost had broken up, the snow had
+long disappeared, and the trees began to bud. The sun became powerful,
+and in the month of May the forest began again to look green.
+
+"And now, Edward," said Jacob Armitage, one day at breakfast, "we will
+try for venison again to sell at Lymington, for I must purchase
+Humphrey's cart and harness; so let us get our guns, and go out this
+fine morning. The stags are mostly by themselves at this season, for
+the does are with their young calves. We must find the slot of a deer,
+and track him to his lair, and you shall have the first shot if you
+like; but, that, however, depends more upon the deer than upon me."
+
+They had walked four or five miles when they came upon the slot or
+track of a deer, but Jacob's practiced eye pointed out to Edward that
+it was the slot of a young one, and not worth following. He explained
+to Edward the difference in the hoof-marks and other signs by which
+this knowledge was gained, and they proceeded onward until they found
+another slot, which Jacob declared to be that of a warrantable
+stag--that is, one old enough to kill and to be good venison.
+
+"We must now track him to his lair, Edward."
+
+This took them about a mile farther, when they arrived at a small
+thicket of thorns about an acre in extent.
+
+"Here he is, you see, Edward; let me now see if he is harbored."
+
+They walked round the thicket, and could not find any slot or track by
+which the stag had left the covert, and Jacob pronounced that the
+animal must be hid in it.
+
+"Now, Edward, do you stay here while I go back to the lee side of the
+covert: I will enter it with Smoker, and the stag will, in all
+probability, when he is roused, come out to breast the wind. You will
+then have a good shot at him; recollect to fire so as to hit him behind
+the shoulder: if he is moving quick, fire a little before the
+shoulders; if slow, take aim accurately; but recollect, if I come upon
+him in the covert, I shall kill him if I can, for we want the venison,
+and then we will go after another to give you a chance."
+
+Jacob then left Edward, and went down to the lee side of the covert,
+where he entered it with Smoker. Edward was stationed behind a
+thorn-bush, which grew a few yards clear of the covert, and he soon
+heard the creaking of the branches.
+
+A short time elapsed, and a fine stag came out at a trot; he turned his
+head, and was just bounding away when Edward fired, and the animal
+fell. Remembering the advice of Jacob, Edward remained where he was, in
+silence reloading his piece, and was soon afterward joined by Jacob and
+the dog.
+
+"Well done, Edward!" said the forester, in a low voice; and, covering
+his forehead to keep off the glare of the sun, he looked earnestly at a
+high brake between some thorn-trees, about a half a mile to the
+windward. "I think I see something there--look Edward, your eyes are
+younger than mine. Is that the branch of a tree in the fern, or is it
+not?"
+
+"I see what you mean," replied Edward. "It is not, it moves."
+
+"I thought so, but my eyes are not so good as they once were. It's
+another stag, depend upon it; but how are we to get near him? We never
+can get across this patch of clear grass without being seen."
+
+"No, we can not get at him from this spot," replied Edward; "but if we
+were to fall back to leeward, and gain the forest again, I think that
+there are thorns sufficient from the forest to where he lies, to creep
+from behind one to the other, so as to get a shot at him, don't you?"
+
+"It will require care and patience to manage that; but I think it might
+be done. I will try it; it is my turn now, you know. You had better
+stay here with the dog, for only one can hide from thorn to thorn."
+
+Jacob, ordering Smoker to remain, then set off. He had to make a
+circuit of three miles to get to the spot where the thorns extended
+from the forest, and Edward saw no more of him, although he strained
+his eyes, until the stag sprung out, and the gun was discharged. Edward
+perceived that the stag was not killed, but severely wounded, running
+toward the covert near which he was hid. "Down, Smoker," said he, as he
+cocked his gun. The stag came within shot, and was coming nearer, when,
+seeing Edward, it turned. Edward fired, and then cheered on the dog,
+who sprung after the wounded animal, giving tongue, as he followed him.
+Edward, perceiving Jacob hastening toward him, waited for him.
+
+"He's hard hit, Edward," cried Jacob, "and Smoker will have him; but we
+must follow as fast as we can."
+
+They both caught up their guns and ran as fast as they could, when, as
+they entered the wood, they heard the dog at bay.
+
+"We shan't have far to go, Edward; the animal is done up: Smoker has
+him at bay."
+
+They hastened on another quarter of a mile, when they found that the
+stag had fallen on his knees, and had been seized by the throat by
+Smoker.
+
+"Mind, Edward, now, how I go up to him, for the wound from the horn of
+the deer is very dangerous."
+
+Jacob advanced from behind the stag, and cut his throat with his
+hunting-knife. "He is a fine beast, and we have done well to-day, but
+we shall have two journeys to make to get all this venison home. I
+could not get a fair shot at him--and see, I have hit him here in the
+flank."
+
+"And here is my ball in his throat," said Edward.
+
+"So it is. Then it was a good shot that you made, and you are master of
+the hunt this day, Edward. Now, I'll remain, and you go home for White
+Billy. Humphrey is right about the cart. If we had one, we could have
+carried all home at once; but I must go now and cut the throat of the
+other stag which you killed so cleverly. You will be a good hunter one
+of these days, Edward. A little more knowledge, and a little more
+practice, and I will leave it all to you, and hang up my gun over the
+chimney."
+
+It was late in the evening before they had made their two trips and
+taken all the venison home, and very tired were they before it was
+safely housed. Edward was delighted with his success, but not more so
+than was old Jacob. The next morning, Jacob set off for Lymington, with
+the pony loaded with venison, which he sold, as well as two more loads
+which he promised to bring the next day, and the day after. He then
+looked out for a cart, and was fortunate in finding a small one, just
+fitted to the size of the pony, who was not tall but very strong, as
+all the New Forest ponies are. He also procured harness, and then put
+Billy in the cart to draw him home; but Billy did not admire being put
+in a cart, and for some time was very restive, and backed and reared,
+and went every way but the right; but by dint of coaxing and leading,
+he at last submitted, and went straight on; but then the noise of the
+cart behind him frightened him, and he ran away. At last, having tired
+himself out, he thought that he might as well go quietly in harness, as
+he could not get out of it; and he did so, and arrived safe at the
+cottage. Humphrey was delighted at the sight of the cart, and said that
+now they should get on well. The next day, Jacob contrived to put all
+the remainder of the venison in the cart, and White Billy made no more
+difficulty; he dragged it all to Lymington, and returned with the cart
+as quietly and cleverly as if he had been in harness all his life.
+
+"Well, Edward, the venison paid for the cart at all events," said
+Jacob, "and now, I will tell you all the news I collected while I was
+at Lymington. Captain Burly, who attempted to incite the people to
+rescue the king, has been hung, drawn, and quartered, as a traitor."
+
+"They are traitors who condemned him," replied Edward, in wrath.
+
+"Yes, so they are; but there is better news, which is, that the Duke of
+York has escaped to Holland."
+
+"Yes, that is good news; and the king?"
+
+"He is still a prisoner in Carisbrook Castle. There are many rumors and
+talks, but no one knows what is true and what is false; but depend upon
+it, this can not last long, and the king will have his rights yet."
+
+Edward remained very grave for some time.
+
+"I trust in Heaven we all shall have our rights yet, Jacob," said he at
+last. "I wish I was a man!"
+
+Here the conversation ended, and they went to bed.
+
+This was now a busy time at the cottage. The manure had to be got out
+of the stable and pigsties, and carried out to the potato-ground and
+garden; the crops had to be put in, and the cart was now found
+valuable. After the manure had been carried out and spread, Edward and
+Humphrey helped Jacob to dig the ground, and then to put in the seed.
+The cabbage-plants of last year were then put out, and the turnips and
+carrots sown. Before the month was over, the garden and potato-field
+were cropped, and Humphrey took upon himself to weed and keep it clean.
+Little Edith had also employment now, for the hens began to lay eggs,
+and as soon as she heard them cackling, she ran for the eggs and
+brought them in; and before the month was over, Jacob had set four hens
+upon eggs. Billy, the pony, was now turned out to graze in the forest;
+he came home every night of his own accord.
+
+"I'll tell you what we want," said Humphrey, who took the command
+altogether over the farm: "we want a cow."
+
+"Oh yes, a cow," cried Alice, "I have plenty of time to milk her."
+
+"Whose cows are those which I see in the forest sometimes?" said
+Humphrey to Jacob.
+
+"If they belong to any body, they belong to the king," replied Jacob;
+"but they are cattle which have strayed and found their way to the
+forest, and have remained here ever since. They are rather wild and
+savage, and you must be careful how you go too near them, as the bulls
+will run at you. They increase very fast: there were but six a few
+years ago, and now there are at least fifty in the herd."
+
+"Well, I'll try and get one, if I can," said Humphrey.
+
+"You will be puzzled to do that, boy," replied Jacob, "and as I said
+before, beware of the bulls."
+
+"I don't want a bull," replied Humphrey, "but a cow would give us milk,
+and then we should have more manure for the garden. My garden will then
+grow more potatoes."
+
+"Well, Humphrey, if you can catch a cow, no one will interfere; but I
+think you will not find it very easy, and you may find it very
+dangerous."
+
+"I'll look out for one," replied Humphrey, "any how. Alice, if we only
+had a cow, wouldn't that be jolly?"
+
+The crops were now all up, and as the days began to be long, the work
+became comparatively light and easy. Humphrey was busy making a little
+wheelbarrow for Edith, that she might barrow away the weeds as he hoed
+them up; and at last this great performance was completed, much to the
+admiration of all, and much to his own satisfaction. Indeed, when it is
+recollected that Humphrey had only the hand-saw and ax, and that he had
+to cut down the tree; and then to saw it into plank, it must be
+acknowledged that it required great patience and perseverance even to
+make a wheelbarrow; but Humphrey was not only persevering, but was full
+of invention. He had built up a hen-house with fir-poles, and made the
+nests for the hens to lay and hatch in, and they now had between forty
+and fifty chickens running about. He had also divided the pigsty, so
+that the sow might be kept apart from the other pigs; and they expected
+very soon to have a litter of young pigs. He had transplanted the wild
+strawberries from the forest, and had, by manure, made them large and
+good; and he had also a fine crop of onions in the garden, from seed
+which Jacob had bought at Lymington; now Humphrey was very busy cutting
+down some poles in the forest to make a cow-house, for he declared that
+he would have a cow somehow or another. June arrived, and it was time
+to mow down grass to make into hay for the winter, and Jacob had two
+scythes. He showed the boys how to use them, and they soon became
+expert; and as there was plenty of long grass at this time of the year,
+and they could mow when they pleased, they soon had White Billy in full
+employment carrying the hay home. The little girls helped to make it,
+for Humphrey had made them two rakes. Jacob thought that there was hay
+enough made, but Humphrey said that there was enough for the pony, but
+not enough for the cow.
+
+"But where is the cow to come from, Humphrey?"
+
+"Where the venison comes from," replied he: "out of the forest."
+
+So Humphrey continued to mow and make hay, while Edward and Jacob went
+out for venison. After all the hay was made and stacked, Humphrey found
+out a method of thatching with fern, which Jacob had never thought of;
+and when that was done, they commenced cutting down fern for fodder.
+Here again Humphrey would have twice as much as Jacob had ever cut
+before, because he wanted litter for the cow. At last it became quite a
+joke between him and Edward, who, when he brought home more venison
+than would keep in the hot weather, told Humphrey that the remainder
+was for the cow. Still Humphrey would not give up the point, and every
+morning and evening he would be certain to be absent an hour or two,
+and it was found out he was watching the herd of wild cattle who were
+feeding: sometimes they were very near, at others a long way off. He
+used to get up into the trees, and examine them as they passed under
+him without perceiving him. One night Humphrey returned very late, and
+the next morning he was off before daylight. Breakfast was over, and
+Humphrey did not make his appearance, and they could not tell what was
+the matter. Jacob felt uneasy, but Edward laughed, and said:
+
+"Oh, depend upon it, he'll come back and bring the cow with him."
+
+Hardly had Edward said these words when in came Humphrey, red with
+perspiration.
+
+"Now then, Jacob and Edward, come with me; we must put Billy in the
+cart, and take Smoker and a rope with us. Take your guns too, for fear
+of accident."
+
+"Why, what's the matter?"
+
+"I'll tell you as we go along; but I must put Billy in the cart, for
+there is no time to be lost."
+
+Humphrey disappeared, and Jacob said to Edward--
+
+"What can it be?"
+
+"It can be nothing but the cow he is so mad about," replied Edward.
+"However, when he comes with the pony, we shall know; let us take our
+guns and the dog Smoker as he wishes."
+
+Humphrey now drove up the pony and cart, and they set off.
+
+"Well, I suppose you'll tell us now what we are going for?" said Edward.
+
+"Yes, I will. You know I've been watching the cattle for a long while,
+because I wanted a cow. I have been in a tree when they have passed
+under me several times, and I observed that one or two of the heifers
+were very near calving. Yesterday evening I thought one could not help
+calving very soon indeed, and as I was watching, I saw that she was
+uneasy, and that she at last left the herd and went into a little copse
+of wood. I remained three hours to see if she came out again, and she
+did not. It was dark when I came home, as you know. This morning I
+went before daylight and found the herd. She is very remarkable, being
+black and white spotted; and, after close examination, I found that she
+was not with the herd; so I am sure that she went into the copse to
+calve, and that she has calved before this."
+
+"Well, that may be," replied Jacob; "but now I do not understand what
+we are to do."
+
+"Nor I," replied Edward.
+
+"Well, then, I'll tell you what I hope to do. I have got the pony and
+cart to take the calf home with us, if we can get it--which I think we
+can. I have got Smoker to worry the heifer and keep her employed, while
+we put the calf in the cart; a rope that we may tie the cow if we can;
+and you with your guns must keep off the herd if they come to her
+assistance. Now do you understand my plan?"
+
+"Yes, and I think it very likely to succeed, Humphrey," replied Jacob,
+"and I give you credit for the scheme. We will help you all we can.
+Where is the copse?"
+
+"Not half a mile farther," replied Humphrey. "We shall soon be there."
+
+On their arrival, they found that the herd were feeding at a
+considerable distance from the copse, which was, perhaps, as well.
+
+"Now," said Jacob, "I and Edward will enter into the copse with Smoker,
+and you follow us, Humphrey. I will make Smoker seize the heifer, if
+necessary; at all events he will keep her at bay--that is, if she is
+here. First, let us walk round the copse and find her _slot_, as we
+call the track of a deer. See, here is her footing. Now let us go in."
+
+They advanced cautiously into the thicket, following the track of the
+heifer, and at last came upon her. Apparently she had not calved more
+than an hour, and was licking the calf, which was not yet on its legs.
+As soon as the animal perceived Jacob and Edward, she shook her head,
+and was about to run at them; but Jacob told Smoker to seize her, and
+the dog flew at her immediately. The attack of the dog drove back the
+heifer quite into the thicket, and as the dog bounded round her,
+springing this way and that way to escape her horns, the heifer was
+soon separated from the calf.
+
+"Now then, Edward and Humphrey," said Jacob, advancing between the
+heifer and the calf, "lift up the calf between you and put it in the
+cart. Leave Smoker and me to manage the mother."
+
+The boys put their arms under the stomach of the calf, and carried it
+away. The heifer was at first too busy defending herself against the
+dog to perceive that the calf was gone; when she did, Jacob called
+Smoker to him, so as to bring him between the heifer and where the boys
+were going out of the thicket. At last the heifer gave a loud bellow,
+and rushed out of the thicket in pursuit of her calf, checked by
+Smoker, who held on to her ear, and sometimes stopped her from
+advancing.
+
+"Hold her, Smoker," said Jacob, who now went back to help the boys.
+"Hold her, boy. Is the calf in the cart?"
+
+"Yes, and tied fast," replied Edward, "and we are in the cart, too."
+
+"That's right," replied Jacob. "Now I'll get in too, and let us drive
+off. She'll follow us, depend upon it. Here, Smoker! Smoker! let her
+alone."
+
+Smoker, at this command, came bounding out of the copse, followed by
+the heifer, lowing most anxiously. Her lowing was responded to by the
+calf in the cart, and she ran wildly up to it.
+
+"Drive off, Humphrey," said Jacob; "I think I heard the lowing of the
+heifer answered by some of the herd, and the sooner we are off the
+better."
+
+Humphrey, who had the reins, drove off; the heifer followed, at one
+time running at the dog, at another putting her head almost into the
+hind part of the cart; but the lowing of the heifer was now answered by
+deeper tones, and Jacob said,
+
+"Edward, get your gun ready, for I think the herd is following. Do not
+fire, however, until I tell you. We must be governed by circumstances.
+It won't do to lose the pony, or to run any serious risk, for the sake
+of the heifer and calf. Drive fast, Humphrey."
+
+A few minutes afterward they perceived, at about a quarter of a mile
+behind them, not the whole herd, but a single bull, who was coming up
+at a fast trot, with his tail in the air, and tossing his head, lowing
+deeply in answer to the heifer.
+
+"There's only one, after all," said Jacob; "I suppose the heifer is his
+favorite. Well, we can manage him. Smoker, come in. Come in, sir,
+directly," cried Jacob, perceiving that the dog was about to attack the
+bull.
+
+Smoker obeyed, and the bull advanced till he was within a hundred yards.
+
+"Now, Edward, do you fire first--aim for his shoulder. Humphrey, pull
+up."
+
+Humphrey stopped the pony and the bull continued to advance, but seemed
+puzzled who to attack, unless it was the dog. As soon as the bull was
+within sixty yards, Edward fired, and the animal fell down on its
+knees, tearing the ground with its horns.
+
+"That will do," said Jacob; "drive on again, Humphrey; we will have a
+look at that fellow by-and-by. At present we had better get home, as
+others may come. He's up again, but he is at a stand-still. I have an
+idea that he is hit hard."
+
+The cart drove on, followed by the heifer, but no more of the wild herd
+made their appearance, and they very soon gained the cottage.
+
+"Now, then, what shall we do?" said Jacob. "Come, Humphrey, you have
+had all the ordering of this, and have done it well."
+
+"Well, Jacob, we must now drive the cart into the yard, and shut the
+gate upon the cow, till I am ready."
+
+"That's easy done, by setting Smoker at her," replied Jacob; "but,
+mercy on us, there's Alice and Edith running out!--the heifer may kill
+them. Go back, Alice, run quite into the cottage, and shut the door
+till we come."
+
+Alice and Edith hearing this, and Edward also crying out to them, made
+a hasty retreat to the cottage. Humphrey then backed the cart against
+the paling of the yard, so as to enable Edward to get on the other side
+of it, ready to open the gate. Smoker was set at the heifer, and, as
+before, soon engaged her attention; so that the gate was opened and the
+cart drove in, and the gate closed again, before the heifer could
+follow.
+
+"Well, Humphrey, what next?"
+
+"Why, now lift the calf out, and put it into the cow-house. I will go
+into the cow-house with a rope and a slip-knot at the end of it, get
+upon the beam above, and drop it over her horns as she's busy with the
+calf, which she will be as soon as you let her in. I shall pass the end
+of the rope outside for you to haul up when I am ready, and then we
+shall have her fast, till we can secure her properly. When I call out
+Ready, do you open the gate and let her in. You can do that and jump
+into the cart afterward, for fear she may run at you; but I don't think
+that she will, for it's the calf she wants, and not either of you."
+
+As soon as Humphrey was ready with the rope, he gave the word, and the
+gate was opened; the cow ran in immediately, and, hearing her calf
+bleat, went into the cow-house, the door of which was shut upon her. A
+minute afterward Humphrey cried out to them to haul upon the rope,
+which they did.
+
+"That will do," said Humphrey from the inside; "now make the rope fast,
+and then you may come in."
+
+They went in and found the heifer drawn close to the side of the
+cow-house by the rope which was round her horns, and unable to move her
+head.
+
+"Well, Humphrey, that's very clever; but now what is to be done?"
+
+"First, I'll saw off the tips of her horns, and then if she does run at
+us, she won't hurt us much. Wait till I go for the saw."
+
+As soon as the ends of her horns were sawed off, Humphrey took another
+piece of rope, which he fastened securely round her horns, and then
+made the other end fast to the side of the building, so that the animal
+could move about a little and eat out of the crib.
+
+"There," said Humphrey, "now time and patience must do the rest. We
+must coax her and handle her, and we soon shall tame her. At present
+let us leave her with the calf. She has a yard of rope, and that is
+enough for her to lick her calf, which is all that she requires at
+present. To-morrow we will cut some grass for her."
+
+They then went out, shutting the cow-house door.
+
+"Well, Humphrey, you've beat us after all, and have the laugh on your
+side now," said Jacob. "'Where there's a will, there's a way,' that's
+certain; and I assure you, that when you were making so much hay, and
+gathering so much litter, and building a cow-house, I had no more idea
+that we should have a cow than that we should have an elephant; and I
+will say that you deserve great credit for your way of obtaining it."
+
+"That he certainly does," replied Edward. "You have more genius than I
+have, brother. But dinner must be ready, if Alice has done her duty.
+What think you Jacob, shall we after dinner go and look after that
+bull?"
+
+"Yes, by all means. He will not be bad eating, and I can sell all I can
+carry in the cart at Lymington. Besides, the skin is worth money."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+
+Alice and Edith were very anxious to see the cow, and especially to see
+the calf; but Humphrey told them that they must not go near till he
+went with them, and then they should see it. After dinner was over,
+Jacob and Edward took their guns, and Humphrey put Billy in the cart
+and followed them. They found the bull where they left him, standing
+quite still; he tossed his head when they approached him, which they
+did carefully, but he did not attempt to run at them.
+
+"It's my idea that he has nearly bled to death," said Jacob; "but
+there's nothing like making sure. Edward, put a bullet just three
+inches behind his shoulder, and that will make all safe."
+
+Edward did so, and the animal fell dead. They went up to the carcass,
+which they estimated to weigh at least fifty stone.
+
+"It is a noble beast," said Edward; "I wonder we never thought of
+killing one before?"
+
+"They aren't game, Edward," replied Jacob.
+
+"No, they are not now, Jacob," said Humphrey; "as you and Edward claim
+all the game, I shall claim the cattle as my portion of the forest.
+Recollect, there are more, and I mean to have more of them yet."
+
+"Well, Humphrey, I give you up all my rights, if I have any,"
+
+"And I, all mine," added Edward.
+
+"Be it so. Some day you'll see what I shall do," replied Humphrey.
+"Recollect, I am to sell the cattle for my own self-advantage until I
+buy a gun, and one or two things which I want."
+
+"I agree to that too, Humphrey," replied Jacob; "and now to skin the
+beast."
+
+The skinning and quartering took up the whole afternoon, and Billy was
+heavy laden when he drew his cart home. The next day Jacob went to
+Lymington to sell the bull and the skin, and returned home well
+satisfied with the profit he had made. He had procured, as Humphrey
+requested, some milk-pans, a small churn, and milk-pail out of the
+proceeds, and had still money left. Humphrey told them that he had not
+been to see the heifer yet, as he thought it better not.
+
+"She will be tame to-morrow morning, depend upon it," said he.
+
+"But if you give her nothing to eat, will not the calf die?"
+
+"Oh no, I should think not. I shall not starve her, but I will make her
+thankful for her food before she gets it. I shall cut her some grass
+to-morrow morning."
+
+We may as well here say, that the next morning Humphrey went in to the
+heifer. At first she tossed about, and was very unruly. He gave her
+some grass, and patted her and coaxed her for a long while, till at
+last she allowed him to touch her gently. Every day for a fortnight he
+brought her food, and she became quieter every day, till at last if he
+went up to her, she never pushed with her horns. The calf became quite
+tame, and as the heifer perceived that the calf was quiet, she became
+more quiet herself. After the fortnight, Humphrey would not allow the
+heifer to receive any thing except from the hand of Alice, that the
+animal might know her well; and when the calf was a month old, Humphrey
+made the first attempt to milk her. This was resisted at first by
+kicking, but in the course of ten days she gave down her milk. Humphrey
+then let her loose for a few days to run about the yard, still keeping
+the calf in the cow-house, and putting the heifer in to her at night,
+milking her before the calf was allowed to suck. After this he
+adventured upon the last experiment, which was to turn her out of the
+yard to graze in the forest. She went away to some distance, and he was
+fearful that she would join the herd, but in the evening she came back
+again to her calf. After this he was satisfied, and turned her out
+every day, and they had no further trouble with her. He would not,
+however, wean the calf till the winter time, when she was shut up in
+the yard and fed on hay. He then weaned the calf, which was a cow calf,
+and they had no more trouble with the mother. Alice soon learned to
+milk her, and she became very tractable and good-tempered. Such was the
+commencement of the dairy at the cottage.
+
+"Jacob," said Humphrey, "when do you go to Lymington again?"
+
+"Why, I do not know. The end of August, as it is now, and the month of
+September, is not good for venison; and, therefore, I do not see what I
+shall have to go for."
+
+"Well, I wish when you do go, you would get something for Alice and
+something for me."
+
+"And what is it that Alice wants?"
+
+"She wants a kitten."
+
+"Well, I think I may find that. And what do you want, Humphrey?"
+
+"I want a dog. Smoker is yours altogether; I want a dog for myself, to
+bring up after my own fashion."
+
+"Well, I ought to look out for another dog: although Smoker is not old,
+yet one ought to have two dogs to one's gun in case of accident."
+
+"I think so too," replied Edward; "see if you can get two puppies, one
+for Humphrey and one for myself."
+
+"Well, I must not go to Lymington for them. I must cross the forest, to
+see some friends of mine whom I have not seen for a long while, and I
+may get some of the right sort of puppies there, just like Smoker. I'll
+do that at once, as I may have to wait for them, even if I do have the
+promise."
+
+"May I go with you, Jacob?" said Edward.
+
+"Why, I would rather not; they may ask questions."
+
+"And so would I rather he would not, for he will shirk his work here."
+
+"Why, what is there to do, Humphrey?"
+
+"Plenty to do, and hard work, Edward; the acorns are fit for beating
+down, and we want a great many bushels for the pigs. We have to fatten
+three, and to feed the rest during the winter. I can not get on well
+with only Alice and Edith; so if you are not very lazy, you will stay
+with us and help us."
+
+"Humphrey, you think of nothing but your pigs and farmyard."
+
+"And you are too great a hunter to think of any thing but a stag; but a
+bird in the hand is worth two in the bush, in my opinion; and I'll make
+more by my farmyard than you ever will by the forest."
+
+"Humphrey has nothing to do with the poultry and eggs, has he, Edward?
+they belong to Edith and me, and Jacob shall take them to Lymington and
+sell them for us, and get us some new clothes for Sunday, for these
+begin to look rather worn--and no wonder."
+
+"No, dearest, the poultry are yours, and I will sell them for you as
+soon as you please, and buy what you wish with the money," replied
+Jacob. "Let Humphrey make all the money he can with his pigs."
+
+"Yes; and the butter belongs to me, if I make it," said Alice.
+
+"No no," replied Humphrey; "that's not fair; I find cows, and get
+nothing for them. We must go halves Alice."
+
+"Well, I've no objection to that," said Alice "because you find the
+cows and feed them. I made a pound of butter yesterday, just to try
+what I could do; but it's not firm, Jacob. How is that?"
+
+"I have seen the women make butter, and know how, Alice; so next time I
+will be with you. I suppose you did not wash your butter-milk well out,
+nor put any salt in it?"
+
+"I did not put any salt in it."
+
+"But you must, or the butter will not keep."
+
+It was arranged that Edward should stay at home to assist in collecting
+the acorns for the pigs, and that Jacob should cross the forest alone
+to see after the puppies, and he set off the next morning. He was away
+two days, and then returned; said that he had a promise of two puppies,
+and that he had chosen them; they were of the same breed as Smoker, but
+they were only a fortnight old, and could not be taken from the mother
+yet awhile, so that he had arranged to call again when they were three
+or four months old, and able to follow him across the forest. Jacob
+also said that he was very near being hurt by a stag that had made at
+him--for at that season of the year the stags were very dangerous and
+fierce--but that he had fired, and struck off one of the animal's
+horns, which made it turn.
+
+"You must be careful, Edward, how you go about the forest now."
+
+"I have no wish to go," replied Edward; "as we can not hunt, it is no
+use; but in November we shall begin again."
+
+"Yes," replied Jacob, "that will be soon enough. To-morrow I will help
+you with the acorns, and the day afterward, if I am spared, I will take
+Alice's poultry to Lymington for her."
+
+"Yes, and when you come back you will help me to churn for then I shall
+have a good deal of cream."
+
+"And don't forget to buy the kitten, Jacob," said Edith.
+
+"What's the good of a kitten?" said Humphrey, who was very busy making
+a bird-cage for Edith, having just finished one for Alice; "she will
+only steal your cream and eat up your birds."
+
+"No, she won't; for we'll shut the door fast where the milk and cream
+are, and we'll hang the cages so high that Miss Puss won't be able to
+get at them."
+
+"Well, then, a kitten will be useful," said Edward, "for she will teach
+you to be careful."
+
+"My coat is a little the worse for wear, and so is yours, Edward. We
+must try if we can not, like Alice, find means to pay for another."
+
+"Humphrey," said Jacob, "I'll buy all you want, and trust to you for
+paying me again as soon as you can."
+
+"That's just what I want," replied Humphrey. "Then you must buy me a
+gun and a new suit of clothes first; when I've paid for them, I shall
+want some more tools, and some nails and screws, and two or three other
+things; but I will say nothing about them just now. Get me my gun, and
+I'll try what the forest will do for me--especially after I have my
+dog."
+
+"Well, we shall see; perhaps you'll like to come out with me sometimes
+and learn woodcraft, for Edward knows as much as I do now, and can go
+out by himself."
+
+"Of course I will, Jacob: I want to learn every thing."
+
+"Well, there's a little money left in the bag yet, and I will go to
+Lymington to-morrow. Now I think it is time we were in bed; and if you
+are all as tired as I am, you will sleep soundly."
+
+Jacob put into the cart the next day about forty of the chickens which
+Alice had reared; the others were kept to increase the number in the
+poultry-yard. They had cost little or nothing bringing up; for when
+quite young, they only had a little oatmeal cake, and afterward, with
+the potatoes which were left, they found themselves, as fowls can
+always do when they have a great range of ground to go over.
+
+Jacob came back at sunset, with all the articles. He brought a new suit
+for Alice and Edith, with some needles and thread, and worsted, and
+gave her some money which was left from the sale of the chickens, after
+he had made the purchases. He also bought a new suit for Edward and
+Humphrey, and a gun, which was much approved of by Humphrey, as it had
+a larger bore and carried a heavier bullet than either Jacob's or
+Edward's; and there was a white kitten for Alice and Edith. There was
+no news, only that the Levelers had opposed Cromwell, and he had put
+them down with the other troops, and Jacob said that it appeared that
+they were all squabbling and fighting with each other.
+
+Time passed; the month of November came on without any thing to disturb
+the daily employments of the family in the forest: when one evening,
+Jacob, who had returned from hunting with Edward (the first time they
+had been out since the season commenced) told Alice that she must do
+all she could to give them a good dinner the next day, as it was to be
+a feast.
+
+"Why so, Jacob?"
+
+"If you can not guess, I won't tell you till the time comes," replied
+Jacob.
+
+"Well then, Humphrey must help us," replied Alice, "and we will do what
+we can. I will try, now that we have some meat, to make a grand dinner."
+
+Alice made all the preparations, and had for dinner the next day a
+piece of baked venison, a venison stew, a pair of roast chickens, and
+an apple pie--which, for them, was a very grand dinner indeed. And it
+was very well dressed: for Jacob had taught her to cook, and by degrees
+she improved upon Jacob's instruction. Humphrey was quite as clever at
+it as she was; and little Edith was very useful, as she plucked the
+fowls, and watched the things while they were cooking.
+
+"And now I'll tell you," said Jacob, after saying grace, "why I asked
+you for a feast this day. It is because exactly on this day twelvemonth
+I brought you all to the cottage. Now you know."
+
+"I did not know it, certainly, but I dare say you are right," replied
+Edward.
+
+"And now, children, tell me," said Jacob, "has not this year passed
+very quickly and very happily--quite as quickly and quite as happily as
+if you had been staying at Arnwood?"
+
+"Yes, more so," replied Humphrey; "for then very often I did not know
+what to do to amuse myself, and since I have been here the days have
+always been too short."
+
+"I agree with Humphrey," said Edward.
+
+"And I am sure I do," replied Alice; "I'm always busy and always happy,
+and I'm never scolded about dirtying my clothes or tearing them, as I
+used to be."
+
+"And what does little Edith say?"
+
+"I like to help Alice, and I like to play with the kitten," replied
+Edith.
+
+"Well, my children," said Jacob, "depend upon it, you are most happy
+when your days pass quickest, and that is only the case when you have
+plenty to do. Here you are in peace and safety; and may it please God
+that you may continue so! We want very few things in this world--that
+is, we really want very few things, although we wish and sigh for many.
+You have health and spirits, which are the greatest blessings in life.
+Who would believe, to look at you all, that you were the same children
+that I brought away from Arnwood? You were then very different from
+what you are now. You are strong and healthy, rosy and brown, instead
+of being fair and delicate. Look at your sisters, Edward. Do you think
+that any of your former friends--do you think that Martha, who had the
+care of them, would know them?"
+
+Edward smiled, and said, "Certainly not; especially in their present
+dresses."
+
+"Nor would, I think, Humphrey be known again. You, Edward, were always
+a stout boy; and, except that you have grown very much, and are more
+brown, there is no great difference. You would be known again, even in
+your present forester's dress; but what I say is, that we ought to be
+thankful to the Almighty that you, instead of being burned in your
+beds, have found health, and happiness, and security, in a forester's
+hut; and I ought to be, and am, most thankful to Heaven, that it has
+pleased it to spare my life, and enable me to teach you all to the
+present, how to gain your own livelihoods after I am called away. I
+have been able so far to fulfill my promise to your noble father; and
+you know not what a heavy load on my mind is every day lessened, as I
+see each day that you are more and more able to provide for yourselves.
+God bless you, dear children, and may you live to see many returns, and
+happy returns, of the day;" and Jacob was so much moved as he said
+this, that a tear was seen rolling down his furrowed cheek.
+
+The second winter now came on. Jacob and Edward went out hunting
+usually about twice a-week; for the old forester complained of
+stiffness and rheumatism, and not feeling so active as he used to be.
+Humphrey now accompanied Edward perhaps one day in the week, but not
+more, and they seldom returned without having procured venison, for
+Edward knew his business well, and no longer needed the advice of
+Jacob. As the winter advanced, Jacob gave up going out altogether. He
+went to Lymington to sell the venison and procure what was necessary
+for the household, such as oatmeal and flour, which were the principal
+wants, but even these journeys fatigued him, and it was evident that
+the old man's constitution was breaking fast. Humphrey was always busy.
+One evening he was making something which puzzled them all. They asked
+him what it was for, but he would not tell them.
+
+"It's an experiment that I am trying," said he as he was bending a
+hazel stick. "If it answers, you shall know: if it does not, I've only
+had a little trouble for nothing. Jacob, I hope you will not forget the
+salt to-morrow when you go to Lymington, for my pigs are ready for
+killing, and we must salt the greatest part of the pork. After the legs
+and shoulders have lain long enough in salt, I mean to try if I can not
+smoke them, and if I do, I'll then smoke some bacon. Won't that be
+jolly, Alice? Won't you like to have a great piece of bacon hanging up
+there, and only to have to get on a stool to cut off what you want,
+when Edward and I come home hungry, and you've nothing to give us to
+eat?"
+
+"I shall be very glad to have it, and I think so will you too, by the
+way you talk."
+
+"I shall, I assure you. Jacob, didn't you say the ash sticks were the
+best to smoke bacon with?"
+
+"Yes, boy: when you are ready, I'll tell you how to manage. My poor
+mother used to smoke very well up this very chimney."
+
+"I think that will do," said Humphrey, letting his hazel stick spring
+up, after he had bent it down, "but to-morrow I shall find out."
+
+"But what is it for, Humphrey?" said Edith.
+
+"Go away, puss, and play with your kitten," replied Humphrey, putting
+away his tools and his materials in a corner; "I've a great deal on my
+hands now, but I must kill my pigs before I think of any thing else."
+
+The next day Jacob took the venison into Lymington, and brought back
+the salt and other articles required. The pigs were then killed, and
+salted down under Jacob's directions; his rheumatism did not allow him
+to assist, but Humphrey and Edward rubbed in the salt, and Alice took
+the pieces of pork away to the tub when they were finished. Humphrey
+had been out the day before with the unknown article he had been so
+long about. The next morning he went out early before breakfast and
+when he returned, he brought a hare in his hand, which he laid on the
+table.
+
+"There," said he, "my spring has answered, and this is the first fruits
+of it. Now I'll make some more, and we will have something by way of a
+change for dinner."
+
+They were very much pleased with Humphrey's success, and he was not a
+little proud of it.
+
+"How did you find out how to make it?"
+
+"Why, I read in the old book of travels which Jacob brought home with
+him last summer, of people catching rabbits and hares in some way like
+this; I could not make it out exactly, but it gave me the idea."
+
+We ought to have told the reader that Jacob had more than once brought
+home an old book or two which he had picked up, or had given him, and
+that these had been occasionally looked into by Humphrey and Edward,
+but only now and then, as they had too much to do to find much time for
+reading, although sometimes, in the evening, they did take them up.
+When it is considered how young they were, and what a practical and
+busy life they led, this can not be surprising.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+
+Humphrey was now after something else. He had made several traps, and
+brought in rabbits and hares almost every day. He had also made some
+bird-traps, and had caught two goldfinches for Alice and Edith, which
+they put in the cages he had made for them. But, as we said, Humphrey
+was about something else; he was out early in the morning, and in the
+evening, when the moon was up, he came home late, long after they had
+all gone to bed; but they never knew why, nor would he tell them. A
+heavy fall of snow took place, and Humphrey was more out than ever. At
+last, about a week after the snow had laid on the ground, one morning
+he came in with a hare and rabbit in his hand, and said,
+
+"Edward, I have caught something larger than a hare or a rabbit, and
+you must come and help me, and we must take our guns. Jacob, I suppose
+your rheumatism is too bad to let you come too?"
+
+"No; I think I can manage. It's the damp that hurts me so much. This
+frosty air will do me good, perhaps. I have been much better since the
+snow fell. Now, then, let us see what you have caught."
+
+"You will have to walk two miles," said Humphrey, as they went out.
+
+"I can manage it, Humphrey, so lead the way."
+
+Humphrey went on till they came close to a clump of large trees, and
+then brought them to a pitfall which he had dug, about six feet wide
+and eight feet long, and nine feet deep.
+
+"There's my large trap," said Humphrey, "and see what I have caught in
+it."
+
+They looked down into the pit and perceived a young bull in it. Smoker,
+who was with him, began to bark furiously at it.
+
+"Now, what are we to do? I don't think it is hurt. Can we get it out?"
+said Humphrey.
+
+"No, not very well. If it was a calf, we might; but it is too heavy,
+and if we were to get it out alive, we must kill it after ward, so we
+had better shoot it at once."
+
+"So I think," replied Humphrey.
+
+"But how did you catch him?" said Edward.
+
+"I read of it in the same book I did about the traps for hares,"
+replied Humphrey. "I dug out the pit and covered it with brambles, and
+then put snow at the top. This is the thicket that the herd comes to
+chiefly in winter time; it is large and dry, and the large trees
+shelter it; so that is why I chose this spot. I took a large bundle of
+hay, put some on the snow about the pit, and then strewed some more
+about in small handfuls, so that the cattle must find it, and pick it
+up, which I knew they would be glad to do, now that the snow is on the
+ground. And now, you see, I have succeeded."
+
+"Well, Humphrey, you beat us, I will say," said Edward. "Shall I shoot
+him?"
+
+"Yes, now that he is looking up."
+
+Edward shot his ball through the forehead of the animal, which fell
+dead: but they were then obliged to go home for the pony and cart, and
+ropes to get the animal out of the pit, and a hard job they had of it
+too; but the pony helped them, and they did get it out at last.
+
+"I will do it easier next time," said Humphrey. "I will make a windlass
+as soon as I can, and we will soon hoist out another, like they turn a
+bucket of water up from a well."
+
+"It's nice young meat," said Jacob, who was skinning the bull, "not
+above eighteen months old, I should think. Had it been a full-grown
+one, like that we shot, it must have remained where it was, for we
+never could have got it out."
+
+"Yes, Jacob, we should, for I should have gone down and cut it up in
+the pit, so that we would have handed it out by bits, if we could not
+have managed him whole."
+
+They loaded the cart with the skin and quarters of the animal, and then
+drove home.
+
+"This will go far to pay for the gun, Humphrey," said Jacob, "if it
+don't pay for more."
+
+"I am glad of it," said Humphrey, "but I hope it will not be the last
+which I take."
+
+"That reminds me, Humphrey, of one thing; I think you must come back
+with the cart and carry away all the entrails of the beast, and remove
+all the blood which is on the snow, for I've observed that cattle are
+very scared with the smell and sight of blood. I found that out by once
+or twice seeing them come to where I have cut the throat of a stag, and
+as soon as they have put their noses down to where the blood was on the
+ground, they have put their tails up and galloped away, bellowing at a
+terrible rate. Indeed, I've heard say, that if a murder has been
+committed in a wood, and you want to find the body, that a herd of
+cattle drove into it will serve you better than even a bloodhound."
+
+"Thank you for telling me that, Jacob, for I should never have supposed
+it, and I'll tell you what I'll also do; I'll load the cart with fern
+litter, and put it at the bottom of the pit, so that if I could get a
+heifer or calf worth taking, it may not be hurt by the fall."
+
+"It must have taken you a long while to dig that pit, Humphrey."
+
+"Yes, it did, and as I got deeper the work was harder, and then I had
+to carry away all the earth and scatter it about. I was more than a
+month about it from the time that I began till it was finished, and I
+had a ladder to go up and down by at last, and carried the baskets of
+earth up, for it was too deep to throw it out."
+
+"Nothing like patience and perseverance, Humphrey. You've more than I
+have."
+
+"I'm sure he has more than I have, or shall ever have, I'm afraid,"
+replied Edward.
+
+During this winter, which passed rapidly way very few circumstances of
+any consequence occurred. Old Jacob was more or less confined to the
+cottage by the rheumatism, and Edward hunted either by himself or
+occasionally with Humphrey. Humphrey was fortunate enough to take a
+bull and a cow calf in his pitfall, both of them about a year or
+fifteen months old, and by a rude invention of his, by way of windlass,
+contrived, with the assistance of Edward, to hoist them uninjured out
+of the pit. They were put into the yard, and after having been starved
+till they were tamed, they followed the example of the heifer and calf,
+and became quite tame. These were an important addition to their stock,
+as may well be imagined. The only mishap under which they labored was,
+old Jacob's confinement to the cottage, which, as the winter advanced,
+prevented him from going to Lymington; they could not, therefore, sell
+any venison; and Humphrey, by way of experiment, smoked some venison
+hams, which he hung up with the others. There was another point on
+which they felt anxiety, which was, that Jacob could not cross the
+forest to get the puppies which had been promised them, and the time
+was passed, for it was now January, when he was to have called for
+them. Edward and Humphrey pressed the old man very hard to let one of
+them go, but the only answer they could obtain was "that he'd be better
+soon." At last, finding that he got worse instead of better, he
+consented that Edward should go. He gave directions how to proceed, the
+way he was to take, and a description of the keeper's lodge; cautioned
+him to call himself by the name of Armitage, and describe himself as
+his grandson. Edward promised to obey Jacob's directions, and the next
+morning he set off, mounted upon White Billy, with a little money in
+his pocket in case he should want it.
+
+"I wish I was going with you," said Humphrey, as he walked by the side
+of the pony.
+
+"I wish you were, Humphrey: for my part, I feel as if I were a slave
+set at liberty. I do justice to old Jacob's kindness and good will, and
+acknowledge how much we are indebted to him; but still to be housed up
+here in the forest, never seeing or speaking to any one, shut out from
+the world, does not suit Edward Beverley. Our father was a soldier, and
+a right good one, and if I were old enough I think even now I should
+escape and join the royal party, broken as it may be and by all
+accounts is, at this moment. Deer stalking is all very well, but I fly
+at higher game."
+
+"I feel the same as you do," replied Humphrey: "but recollect, Edward,
+that the old man's very infirm, and what would become of our sisters if
+we were to leave them?"
+
+"I know that well, Humphrey--I have no idea of leaving them, you may be
+sure; but I wish they were with our relations in safety, and then we
+should be free to act."
+
+"Yes, we should, Edward; but recollect that we are not yet men, and
+boys of fifteen and thirteen can not do much, although they may wish to
+do much."
+
+"It's true that I am only fifteen," replied Edward, "but I am strong
+enough, and so are you. I think if I had a fair cut at a man's head I
+would make him stagger under it, were he as big as a buffalo. As young
+as I have been to the wars, that I know well; and I recollect my father
+promising me that I should go with him as soon as I was fifteen."
+
+"What puzzles me," replied Humphrey, "is, the fear that old Jacob has
+of our being seen at Lymington."
+
+"Why, what fear is there?"
+
+"I can not tell more than you; in my opinion, the fear is only in his
+own imagination. They surely would not hurt us (if we walked about
+without arms like other people) because our father had fought for the
+king? That they have beheaded some people it is true, but then they
+were plotting in the king's favor, or in other ways opposed to
+Parliament. This I have gathered from Jacob: but I can not see what we
+have to fear if we remain quiet. But now comes the question, Edward,
+for Jacob has, I believe, said more to me on one subject than he has to
+you. Suppose you were to leave the forest, what would be the first step
+which you would take?"
+
+"I should, of course, state who I was, and take possession of my
+father's property at Arnwood, which is mine by descent."
+
+"Exactly; so Jacob thinks, and he says that would be your ruin, for the
+property is sequestered, as they call it, or forfeited to the
+Parliament, in consequence of your father having fought against it on
+the king's side. It no longer belongs to you, and you would not be
+allowed to take it: on the contrary, you would, in all probability, be
+imprisoned, and who knows what might then take place? You see there is
+danger."
+
+"Did Jacob say this to you?"
+
+"Yes, he did: he told me he dare not speak to you on the subject, you
+were so fiery; and if you heard that the property was confiscated, you
+would certainly do some rash act, and that any thing of the kind would
+be a pretense for laying hold of you; and then he said that he did not
+think that he would live long, for he was weaker every day; and that he
+only hoped his life would be spared another year or two, that he might
+keep you quiet till better times came. He said that if they supposed
+that we were all burned in the house when it was fired, it would give
+them a fair opportunity of calling you an impostor and treating you
+accordingly, and that there were so many anxious to have a gift of the
+property, that you would have thousands of people compassing your
+death. He said that your making known yourself and claiming your
+property would be the very conduct that your enemies would wish you to
+follow, and would be attended with most fatal consequences; for he
+said, to prove that you were Edward Beverley, you must declare that I
+and your sisters were in the forest with him, and this disclosure would
+put the whole family in the power of their bitterest enemies; and what
+would become of your sisters, it would be impossible to say, but most
+likely they would be put under the charge of some Puritan family who
+would have a pleasure in ill-treating and humiliating the daughters of
+such a man as Colonel Beverley."
+
+"And why did he not tell me all this?"
+
+"He was afraid to say any thing to you; he thought that you would be so
+mad at the idea of this injustice that you would do something rash: and
+he said, I pray every night that my otherwise useless life may be
+spared; for, were I to die, I know that Edward would quit the forest."
+
+"Never, while my sisters are under my protection," replied Edward;
+"were they safe, I would be out of it to-morrow."
+
+"I think, Edward, that there is great truth in what Jacob says; you
+could do no good (for they would not restore your property) by making
+your seclusion known at present, and you might do a great deal of
+harm--'bide your time' is good advice in such troubled times. I
+therefore think that I should be very wary if I were you; but I still
+think that there is no fear of either you or I going out of the forest,
+in our present dresses and under the name of Armitage. No one would
+recognize us; you are grown tall and so am I, and we are so tanned and
+sunburned with air and exercise, that we do look more like Children of
+the Forest than the sons of Colonel Beverley."
+
+"Humphrey, you speak very sensibly, and I agree with you. I am not
+quite so fiery as the old man thinks; and if my bosom burns with
+indignation, at all events I have sufficient power to conceal my
+feelings when it is necessary; I can oppose art to art, if it becomes
+requisite, and which, from what you have said, I believe now is really
+so. One thing is certain, that while King Charles is a prisoner, as he
+now is, and his party dispersed and gone abroad, I can do nothing, and
+to make myself known would only be to injure myself and all of us. Keep
+quiet, therefore, I certainly shall, and also remain as I am now, under
+a false name; but still I must and will mix up with other people and
+know what is going on. I am willing to live in this forest and protect
+my sisters as long as it is necessary so to do; but although I will
+reside here, I will not be confined to the forest altogether."
+
+"That's exactly what I think too, Edward--what I wish myself; but let
+us not be too hasty even in this. And now, I will wish you a pleasant
+ride; and, Edward, if you can, procure of the keepers some small shot
+for me; I much wish to have some."
+
+"I will not forget; good-by, brother."
+
+Humphrey returned home to attend his farmyard, while Edward continued
+his journey through the forest. Some estimate of the character of the
+two boys may be formed from the above conversation. Edward was
+courageous and impetuous hasty in his resolves, but still open to
+conviction. Brought up as the heir to the property, he felt, more than
+Humphrey could be expected to do, the mortification of being left a
+pauper, after such high prospects in his early days: his vindictive
+feelings against the opposite party were therefore more keen, and his
+spirit mounted more from the conviction under which he labored. His
+disposition was naturally warlike, and this disposition had been
+fostered by his father when he was a child--still a kinder heart or a
+more generous lad never existed.
+
+Humphrey was of a much more subdued and philosophical temperament, not
+perhaps so well calculated to lead as to advise; there was great
+prudence in him united with courage, but his was a passive courage
+rather than an active one--a courage which, if assailed, would defend
+itself valiantly, but would be wary and reflective before it would
+attack. Humphrey had not that spirit of chivalry possessed by Edward.
+He was a younger son, and had to earn, in a way, his own fortune, and
+he felt that his inclinations were more for peace than strife.
+Moreover, Humphrey had talents which Edward had not--a natural talent
+for mechanics, and an inquisitive research into science, as far as his
+limited education would permit him. He was more fitted for an engineer
+or an agriculturist than for a soldier, although there is no doubt that
+he would have made a very brave soldier, if such was to have become his
+avocation.
+
+For kindness and generosity of nature he was equal to his brother, and
+this was the reason why an angry word never passed between them; for
+the question between them was not which should have his way, but which
+should give up most to the wishes of the other. We hardly need say,
+that there never were two brothers who were more attached, and who so
+mutually respected each other.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+
+Edward put the pony to a trot, and in two hours was on the other side
+of the New Forest. The directions given to him by Jacob were not
+forgotten, and before it was noon he found himself at the gate of the
+keeper's house. Dismounting, and hanging the bridle of the pony over
+the rail, he walked through a small garden, neatly kept, but, so early
+in the year, not over gay, except that the crocus and snowdrops were
+peeping. He rapped at the door with his knuckles, and a girl of about
+fourteen, very neatly dressed, answered the summons.
+
+"Is Oswald Partridge at home, maiden," said Edward.
+
+"No, young man, he is not. He is in the forest."
+
+"When will he return?"
+
+"Toward the evening is his time, unless he is more than usually
+successful."
+
+"I have come some distance to find him," replied Edward; "and it would
+vex me to return without seeing him. Has he a wife, or any one that I
+could speak to?"
+
+"He has no wife; but I am willing to deliver a message."
+
+"I am come about some dogs which he promised to Jacob Armitage, my
+relation; but the old man is too unwell, and has been for some time, to
+come himself for them, and he has sent me."
+
+"There are dogs, young and old, large and small, in the kennels; so far
+do I know, and no more."
+
+"I fear, then, I must wait till his return," replied Edward.
+
+"I will speak to my father," replied the young girl, "if you will wait
+one moment."
+
+In a minute or two the girl returned, saying that her father begged
+that he would walk in, and he would speak with him. Edward bowed, and
+followed the young girl, who led the way to a room, in which was seated
+a man dressed after the fashion of the Roundheads of the day. His
+steeple-crowned hat lay on the chair, with his sword beneath it. He was
+sitting at a table covered with papers.
+
+"Here is the youth, father," said the girl; and having said this, she
+crossed the room and took a seat by the side of the fire. The man, or
+we should rather say gentleman--for he had the appearance of one,
+notwithstanding the somber and peculiar dress he wore, continued to
+read a letter which he had just opened; and Edward, who feared himself
+the prisoner of a Roundhead, when he only expected to meet a keeper,
+was further irritated by the neglect shown toward him by the party.
+Forgetting that he was, by his own assertion, not Edward Beverley, but
+the relative of one Jacob Armitage, he colored up with anger as he
+stood at the door. Fortunately the time that it took the other party to
+read through the letter gave Edward also time for recollecting the
+disguise under which he appeared; the color subsided from his cheeks,
+and he remained in silence, occasionally meeting the look of the little
+girl, who, when their eyes met, immediately withdrew her glance.
+
+"What is your business, young man?" at last said the gentleman at the
+table.
+
+"I came, sir, on private business with the keeper, Oswald Partridge, to
+obtain two young hounds, which he promised to my grandfather, Jacob
+Armitage."
+
+"Armitage!" said the other party, referring to a list on the table;
+"Armitage--Jacob--yes--I see he is one of the verderers. Why has he not
+been here to call upon me?"
+
+"For what reason should he call upon you, sir?" replied Edward.
+
+"Simply, young man, because the New Forest is, by the Parliament,
+committed to my charge. Notice has been given for all those who were
+employed to come here, that they might be permitted to remain, or be
+discharged, as I may deem most advisable."
+
+"Jacob Armitage has heard nothing of this, sir," replied Edward. "He
+was a keeper, appointed under the king; for two or three years his
+allowances have never been paid, and he has lived on his own cottage,
+which was left to him by his father, being his own property."
+
+"And pray, may I ask, young man, do you live with Jacob Armitage?"
+
+"I have done so for more than a year."
+
+"And as your relation has received no pay and allowances, as you state,
+pray by what means has he maintained himself?"
+
+"How have the other keepers maintained themselves?" replied Edward.
+
+"Do not put questions to me, sir," replied the gentleman; "but be
+pleased to reply to mine. What has been the means of subsistence of
+Jacob Armitage?"
+
+"If you think he has no means of subsistence, sir, you are mistaken,"
+replied Edward. "We have land of our own, which we cultivate; we have
+our pony and our cart; we have our pigs and our cows."
+
+"And they have been sufficient?"
+
+"Had the patriarchs more?" replied Edward.
+
+"You are pithy at reply, young man; but I know something of Jacob
+Armitage, and we know," continued he, putting his finger close to some
+writing opposite the name on the list, "with whom he has associated,
+and with whom he has served. Now allow me to put one question. You have
+come, you say, for two young hounds. Are their services required for
+your pigs and cows, and to what uses are they to be put."
+
+"We have as good a dog as there is in the forest," replied Edward; "but
+we wished to have others in case we should lose him."
+
+"As good a dog as in the forest--good for what?"
+
+"For hunting."
+
+"Then you acknowledge that you do hunt?"
+
+"I acknowledge nothing for Jacob Armitage; he may answer for himself,"
+replied Edward; "but allow me to assure you that if he has killed
+venison, no one can blame him."
+
+"Perhaps you will explain why?"
+
+"Nothing is more easy. Jacob Armitage served King Charles, who employed
+him as a verderer in the forest, and paid him his wages. Those who
+should not have done so rebelled against the king, took his authority
+from him, and the means of paying those he employed. They were still
+servants of the king, for they were not dismissed; and, having no other
+means of support, they considered that their good master would be but
+too happy that they should support themselves by killing, for their
+subsistence, that venison which they could no longer preserve for him
+without eating some themselves."
+
+"Then you admit that Jacob Armitage has killed the deer in the forest?"
+
+"I admit nothing for Jacob Armitage."
+
+"You admit that you have killed it yourself."
+
+"I shall not answer that question, sir; in the first place, I am not
+here to criminate myself; and, in the next, I must know by what
+authority you have the right to inquire."
+
+"Young man," replied the other, in a severe tone, "if you wish to know
+my authority, malapert as you are (at this remark Edward started, yet,
+recollecting himself, he compressed his lips and stood still), this is
+my commission, appointing me the agent of Parliament to take charge and
+superintend the New Forest, with power to appoint and dismiss those
+whom I please. I presume you must take my word for it, as you can not
+read and write."
+
+Edward stepped up to the table, and very quietly took up the paper and
+read it. "You have stated what is correct, sir," said he, laying it
+down; "and the date of it is, I perceive, on the 20th of the last
+month--December. It is, therefore, but eighteen days old."
+
+"And what inference would you draw from that, young man?" replied the
+gentleman, looking up to him with some astonishment.
+
+"Simply this, sir--that Jacob Armitage has been laid up with the
+rheumatism for three months, during which time he certainly has not
+killed any venison. Now, sir, until the Parliament took the forest into
+their hands, it undoubtedly belonged to his majesty, if it does not
+now; therefore Jacob Armitage, for whatever slaughter he may have
+committed, is, up to the present, only answerable to his sovereign,
+King Charles."
+
+"It is easy to perceive the school in which you have been brought up,
+young man, even if there was not evidence on this paper that your
+forefather served under the Cavalier, Colonel Beverley, and has been
+brought up to his way of thinking."
+
+"Sir, it is a base dog that bites the hand that feeds him," replied
+Edward, with warmth. "Jacob Armitage, and his father before him, were
+retainers in the family of Colonel Beverley; they were indebted to him
+for the situation they held in the forest; indebted to him for every
+thing; they revere his name, they uphold the cause for which he fell,
+as I do."
+
+"Young man, if you do not speak advisedly, at all events you speak
+gratefully; neither have I a word of disrespect to offer to the memory
+of Colonel Beverley, who was a gallant man, and true to the cause which
+he espoused, although it was not a holy one; but, in my position, I can
+not, in justice to those whom I serve, give places and emolument to
+those who have been, and still are, as I may judge by your expressions,
+adverse to the present government."
+
+"Sir," replied Edward, "your language, with respect to Colonel
+Beverley, has made me feel respect for you, which I confess I did not
+at first; what you say is very just, not that I think you harm Jacob
+Armitage, as, in the first place, I know that he would not serve under
+you; and, in the next, that he is too old and infirm to hold the
+situation; neither has he occasion for it, as his cottage and land are
+his own, and you can not remove him."
+
+"He has the title, I presume," replied the gentleman.
+
+"He has the title given to his grandfather, long before King Charles
+was born, and I presume the Parliament do not intend to invalidate the
+acts of former kings."
+
+"May I inquire what relation you are to Jacob Armitage?"
+
+"I believe I have said before, his grandson."
+
+"You live with him?"
+
+"I do."
+
+"And if the old man dies, will inherit his property?"
+
+Edward smiled, and looking at the young girl, said:
+
+"Now, I ask you, maiden, if your father does not presume upon his
+office."
+
+The young girl laughed, and said:
+
+"He is in authority."
+
+"Not over me, certainly, and not over my grandfather, for he has
+dismissed him."
+
+"Were you brought up at the cottage, young man?"
+
+"No, sir, I was brought up at Arnwood. I was playmate of the children
+of Colonel Beverley."
+
+"Educated with them?"
+
+"Yes, for as far as my willfulness would permit, the chaplain was
+always ready to give me instruction."
+
+"Where were you when Arnwood was burned down?"
+
+"I was at the cottage at that time," replied Edward, grinding his teeth
+and looking wildly.
+
+"Nay, nay, I can forgive any expression of feeling on your part, young
+man, when that dreadful and disgraceful deed is brought to your memory.
+It was a stain that can never be effaced--a deed most diabolical, and
+what we thought would call down the vengeance of Heaven. If prayers
+could avert, or did avert it, they were not wanting on our side."
+
+Edward remained silent: this admission on the part of the Roundhead
+prevented an explosion on his part. He felt that all were not so bad as
+he had imagined. After a long pause, he said:
+
+"When I came here, sir, it was to seek Oswald Partridge, and obtain the
+hounds which he had promised us; but I presume that my journey is now
+useless."
+
+"Why so?"
+
+"Because you have the control of the forest, and will not permit dogs
+for the chase to be given away to those who are not employed by the
+powers that now govern."
+
+"You have judged correctly, in so far that my duty is to prevent it;
+but as the promise was made previous to the date of my commission, I
+presume," said he, smiling, "you think I have no right to interfere, as
+it will be an _ex post facto_ case if I do: I shall not, therefore,
+interfere, only I must point out to you that the laws are still the
+same relative to those who take the deer in the forest by stealth--you
+understand me?"
+
+"Yes, sir, I do; and if you will not be offended, I will give you a
+candid reply."
+
+"Speak, then."
+
+"I consider that the deer in this forest belong to King Charles, who is
+my lawful sovereign, and I own no authority but from him. I hold myself
+answerable to him alone for any deer I may kill, and I feel sure of his
+permission and full forgiveness for what I may do."
+
+"That may be your opinion, my good sir, but it will not be the opinion
+of the ruling powers; but if caught, you will be punished, and that by
+me, in pursuance of the authority vested in me."
+
+"Well, sir, if so, so be it. You have dismissed the Armitages on
+account of their upholding the king, and you can not, therefore, be
+surprised that they uphold him more than ever. Nor can you be surprised
+if a dismissed verderer becomes a poacher."
+
+"Nor can you be surprised, if a poacher is caught, that he incurs the
+penalty," replied the Roundhead. "So now there's an end of our
+argument. If you go into the kitchen you will find wherewithal to
+refresh the outward man, and if you wish to remain till Oswald
+Partridge comes home, you are welcome."
+
+Edward, who felt indignant at being dismissed to the kitchen, nodded
+his head and smiled upon the little girl, and left the room. "Well,"
+thought he, as he went along the passage, "I came here for two puppies,
+and I have found a Roundhead. I don't know how it is, but I am not
+angry with him as I thought I should be. That little girl had a nice
+smile--she was quite handsome when she smiled. Oh, this is the kitchen,
+to which," thought he, "the Lord of Arnwood is dismissed by a
+Covenanter and Roundhead, probably a tradesman or outlaw, who has
+served the cause. Well, be it so; as Humphrey says, 'I'll bide my
+time.' But there is no one here, so I'll try if there is a stable for
+White Billy, who is tired, I presume, of being at the gate."
+
+Edward returned by the way he came, went out of the front door and
+through the garden to where the pony was made fast, and led him away in
+search of a stable. He found one behind the house, and filling the rack
+with hay, returned to the house and seated himself at a porch which was
+at the door which led to the back premises, for the keeper's house was
+large and commodious. Edward was in deep thought, when he was roused by
+the little girl, the daughter of the newly-appointed intendant of the
+forest, who said:
+
+"I am afraid, young sir, you have had but sorry welcome in the kitchen,
+as there was no one to receive you. I was not aware that Phoebe had
+gone out. If you will come with me, I may perhaps find you refreshment."
+
+"Thanks, maiden, you are kind and considerate to an avowed poacher,"
+replied Edward.
+
+"Oh, but you will not poach, I'm sure; and if you do, I'll beg you off
+if I can," replied the girl, laughing.
+
+Edward followed her into the kitchen, and she soon produced a cold fowl
+and a venison pasty, which she placed on the table; she then went out
+and returned with a jug of ale.
+
+"There," said she, putting it on the table, "that is all that I can
+find."
+
+"Your father's name is Heatherstone, I believe. It was so on the
+warrant."
+
+"Yes, it is."
+
+"And yours?"
+
+"The same as my father's, I should presume."
+
+"Yes, but your baptismal name?"
+
+"You ask strange questions, young sir; but still I will answer you
+that: my baptismal name is Patience."
+
+"I thank you for your condescension," replied Edward "You live here?"
+
+"For the present, good sir; and now I leave you."
+
+"That's a nice little girl, thought Edward, although she is the
+daughter of a Roundhead; and she calls me 'Sir.' I can not, therefore,
+look like Jacob's grandson, and must be careful." Edward then set to
+with a good appetite at the viands which had been placed before him,
+and had just finished a hearty meal when Patience Heatherstone again
+came in and said:
+
+"Oswald Partridge is now coming home."
+
+"I thank you, maiden," replied Edward. "May I ask a question of you?
+Where is the king now?"
+
+"I have heard that he resides at Hurst Castle," replied the girl;
+"but," added she in a low tone, "all attempts to see him would be
+useless and only hurt him and those who made the attempt." Having said
+this, she left the room.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+
+Edward, having finished his meal, and had a good pull at the jug of
+ale, which was a liquor he had not tasted for a long while, rose from
+the table and went out of the back door, and found there Oswald
+Partridge. He accosted him, stating the reason for his coming over to
+him. "I did not know that Jacob had a grandson: indeed I never knew
+that he had a son. Have you been living with him long?"
+
+"More than a year," replied Edward; "before that, I was in the
+household at Arnwood."
+
+"Then you are of the king's side, I presume?" replied Oswald.
+
+"To death," replied Edward, "when the time comes."
+
+"And I am also; that you may suppose, for never would I give a hound to
+any one that was not. But we had better go to the kennels. Dogs may
+hear, but they can't repeat."
+
+"I little thought to have met any one but you here when I came," said
+Edward; "and I will now tell you all that passed between me and the new
+intendant." Edward then related the conversation.
+
+"You have been bold," said Oswald; "but perhaps it is all the better. I
+am to retain my situation, and so are two others; but there are many
+new hands coming in as rangers. I know nothing of them, but that they
+are little fitted for their places, and rail against the king all day
+long, which, I suppose, is their chief merit in the eyes of those who
+appoint them. However, one thing is certain, that if those fellows can
+not stalk a deer themselves, they will do all they can to prevent
+others; so you must be on the alert, for the punishment is severe."
+
+"I fear them not; the only difficulty is, that we shall not be able to
+find a sale for the venison now," replied Edward.
+
+"Oh never fear that; I will give you the names of those who will take
+all your venison off your hands without any risk on your part, except
+in the killing of it. They will meet you in the park, lay down ready
+money, and take it away. I don't know, but I have an idea, that this
+new intendant, or what you may call him, is not so severe as he
+pretends to be. Indeed, his permitting you to say what he did, and his
+own words relative to the colonel, convince me that I am right in the
+opinion that I formed."
+
+"Do you know who he is?"
+
+"Not much about him, but he is a great friend of General Cromwell, and
+they say has done good service to the Parliamentary cause; but we shall
+meet again, for the forest is free at all events."
+
+"If you come here," continued Oswald, "do not carry your gun--and see
+that you are not watched home. There are the dogs for your grandfather.
+Why, how old must you be, for Jacob is not more than sixty or
+thereabout?"
+
+"I am fifteen, past, nevertheless."
+
+"I should have put you down for eighteen or nineteen at least. You are
+well grown indeed for that age. Well, nothing like a forest life to
+turn a boy into a man! Can you stalk a deer?"
+
+"I seldom go out without bringing one down."
+
+"Indeed! That Jacob is a master of his craft, is certain; but you are
+young to have learned it so soon. Can you tell the slot of a brocket
+from a stag?"
+
+"Yes, and the slot of a brocket from a doe."
+
+"Better still. We must go out together; and besides, I must know where
+the old man's cottage is (for I do not exactly), in the first place,
+because I may want to come to you, and in the next, that I may put
+others on a false scent. Do you know the clump of large oaks which they
+call the Clump Royal?"
+
+"Yes, I do."
+
+"Will you meet me there the day after to-morrow, at early dawn?"
+
+"If I live and do well."
+
+"That's enough. Take the dogs in the leashes, and go away now."
+
+"Many thanks; but I must not leave the pony, he is in the stable."
+
+The keeper nodded adieu to Edward, who left him to go to the stable for
+the pony. Edward saddled White Billy, and rode away across the forest
+with the dogs trotting at the pony's heels.
+
+Edward had much to reflect upon as he rode back to the cottage. He felt
+that his position was one of more difficulty than before. That old
+Jacob Armitage would not last much longer, he was convinced; even now
+the poor old man was shrunk away to a skeleton with pain and disease.
+That the livelihood to be procured from the forest would be attended
+with peril, now that order had been restored, and the forest was no
+longer neglected, was certain; and he rejoiced that Humphrey had, by
+his assiduity and intelligence, made the farm so profitable as it
+promised to be. Indeed he felt that, if necessary, they could live upon
+the proceeds of the farm, and not run the risk of imprisonment by
+stalking the deer. But he had told the intendant that he considered the
+game as the king's property, and he was resolved that he would at all
+events run the risk, although he would no longer permit Humphrey so to
+do. "If any thing happens to me," thought Edward, "Humphrey will still
+be at the cottage to take care of my sisters; and if I am obliged to
+fly the country, it will suit well my feelings, as I can then offer my
+services to those who still support the king." With these thoughts and
+many others he amused himself until, late in the evening, he arrived at
+the cottage. He found all in bed except Humphrey, who had waited for
+him, and to whom he narrated all that had passed. Humphrey said little
+in reply; he wished to think it over before he gave any opinion. He
+told Edward that Jacob had been very ill the whole of the day, and had
+requested Alice to read the Bible to him during the evening.
+
+The next morning Edward went to Jacob, who for the last ten days had
+altogether kept his bed, and gave him the detail of what had happened
+at the keeper's lodge.
+
+"You have been more bold than prudent, Edward," replied Jacob; "but I
+could not expect you to have spoken otherwise. You are too proud and
+too manly to tell a lie, and I am glad that it is so. As for your
+upholding the king, although he is now a prisoner in their hands, they
+can not blame you or punish you for that, as long as you have not
+weapons in your hands; but now that they have taken the forest under
+their jurisdiction, you must be careful, for they are the ruling powers
+at present, and must be obeyed, or the forfeit must be paid. Still I do
+not ask you to promise me this or that; I only point out to you that
+your sisters will suffer by any imprudence on your part; and for their
+sakes be careful. I say this, Edward, because I feel that my days are
+numbered, and that in a short time I shall be called away. You will
+then have all the load on your shoulders which has been latterly on
+mine. I have no fear for the result if you are prudent; these few
+months past, during which I have only been a burden to you, have proved
+that you and Humphrey can find a living here for yourselves and your
+sisters; and it is fortunate, now that the forest laws are about to be
+put in force, that you have made the farm so profitable. If I might
+advise, let your hunting in the forest be confined to the wild cattle;
+they are not game, and the forest laws do not extend to them, and the
+meat is as valuable as venison--that is to say, it does not sell so
+dear, but there is more of it; but stick to the farm as much as you
+can; for you see, Edward, you do not look like a low-born forester, nor
+ought you to do so; and the more quiet you keep the better. As for
+Oswald Partridge, you may trust him; I know him well; and he will prove
+your friend for my sake, as soon as he hears that I am dead. Leave me
+now--I will talk to you again in the evening. Send Alice to me, my dear
+boy."
+
+Edward was much distressed to perceive the change which had taken place
+in old Jacob. He was evidently much worse; but Edward had no idea how
+much worse he was. Edward assisted Humphrey in the farm, and in the
+evening again went to Jacob, and then told him of the arrangement he
+had made to meet Oswald Partridge on the following morning.
+
+"Go, my boy," said Jacob; "be as intimate with him as you can, and make
+a friend of him--nay, if it should be necessary, you may tell him who
+you are; I did think of telling him myself, as it might be important to
+you one day as evidence. I think you had better bring him here
+to-morrow night, Edward; tell him I am dying, and wish to speak to him
+before I go. Alice will read the Bible to me now, and I will talk with
+you another time."
+
+Early the next morning Edward set off to the appointed rendezvous with
+Oswald Partridge. The Clump Royal, as it was called, from the peculiar
+size and beauty of the oaks, was about seven miles from the cottage;
+and at the hour and time indicated, Edward, with his gun in his hand,
+and Smoker lying beside him, was leaning against one of those monarchs
+of the forest. He did not wait long. Oswald Partridge, similarly
+provided, made his appearance, and Edward advanced to meet him.
+
+"Welcome, Oswald," said Edward.
+
+"And welcome to you also, my fine lad," replied Oswald. "I have been
+hard questioned about you since we parted--first by the Roundhead
+Heatherstone, who plied me in all manner of ways to find out whether
+you are what you assert, the grandson of Jacob--or some other person. I
+really believe that he fancies you are the Duke of York--but he, could
+not get any more from me than what I knew. I told him that your
+grandfather's cottage was his own property, and a grant to his
+forefathers; that you were brought up at Arnwood, and had joined your
+grandfather after the death of the colonel, and the murderous burning
+of the house and all within it by his party. But the pretty little
+daughter was more curious still. She cross-questioned me in every way
+when her father was not present, and at last begged me as a favor to
+tell you not to take the deer, as her father was very strict in his
+duty, and, if caught, you would be imprisoned."
+
+"Many thanks to her for her caution, but I hope to take one to-day,
+nevertheless," replied Edward; "a hart royal is not meat for
+Roundheads, although the king's servants may feast on them."
+
+"That's truly said. Well, now I must see your woodcraft. You shall be
+the leader of the chase."
+
+"Think you we can harbor a stag about here?"
+
+"Yes, in this month, no doubt."
+
+"Let us walk on," said Edward. "The wind is fresh from the eastern
+quarter; we will face it, if you please--or, rather, keep it blowing on
+our right cheek for the present."
+
+"'Tis well," replied Oswald; and they walked for about half an hour.
+
+"This is the slot of a doe," said Edward, in a low voice, pointing to
+the marks; "yonder thicket is a likely harbor for the stag." They
+proceeded, and Edward pointed out to Oswald the slot of the stag into
+the thicket. They then walked round, and found no marks of the animal
+having left his lair.
+
+"He is here," whispered Edward; and Oswald made a sign for Edward to
+enter the thicket, while he walked to the other side. Edward entered
+the thicket cautiously. In the center he perceived, through the trees,
+a small cleared spot, covered with high fern, and felt certain that the
+stag was lying there. He forced his way on his knees till he had a
+better view of the place, and then cocked his gun. The noise induced
+the stag to move his antlers, and discover his lair. Edward could just
+perceive the eye of the animal through the heath; he waited till the
+beast settled again, took steady aim, and fired. At the report of the
+gun another stag sprung up and burst away. Oswald fired and wounded it,
+but the animal made off, followed by the dogs. Edward, who hardly knew
+whether he had missed or not, but felt almost certain that he had not,
+hastened out of the thicket to join in the chase; and, as he passed
+through the fern patch, perceived that his quarry lay dead. He then
+followed the chase, and, being very fleet of foot, soon came up with
+Oswald, and passed him without speaking. The stag made for a swampy
+ground, and finally took to the water beyond it, and stood at bay.
+Edward then waited for Oswald, who came up with him.
+
+"He has soiled," said Edward, "and now you may go in and kill him."
+
+Oswald, eager in the chase, hastened up to where the dogs and stag were
+in the water, and put a bullet through the animal's head.
+
+Edward went to him, assisted him to drag the stag out of the water, and
+then Oswald cut its throat, and proceeded to perform the usual offices.
+
+"How did you happen to miss him?" said Oswald; "for these are my shots."
+
+"Because I never fired at him," said Edward; "my quarry lies dead in
+the fern--and a fine fellow he is."
+
+"This is a warrantable stag," said Oswald.
+
+"Yes, but mine is a hart royal, as you will see when we go back."
+
+As soon as Oswald had done his work, he hung the quarters of the animal
+on an oak-tree, and went back with Edward.
+
+"Where did you hit him, Edward?" said Oswald, as they walked along.
+
+"I could only see his eye through the fern, and I must have hit him
+thereabouts."
+
+On their arrival at the spot, Oswald found that Edward had put the ball
+right into the eye of the stag.
+
+"Well," said he, "you made me suppose that you knew something of our
+craft, but I did not believe that you were so apt as you thought
+yourself to be. I now confess that you are a master, as far as I can
+see, in all branches of the craft. This is indeed a hart royal.
+Twenty-five antlers, as I live! Come, out with your knife, and let us
+finish; for if we are to go to the cottage, we have no time to lose. It
+will be dark in half an hour." They hung all the quarters of the stag
+as before, and then set off for Jacob's cottage, Edward proposing that
+Oswald should take the cart and pony to carry the meat home next
+morning, and that he would accompany him to bring it back.
+
+"That will do capitally," said Oswald; "and here we are, if I recollect
+right, and I hope there is something to eat."
+
+"No fear of that--Alice will be prepared for us," replied Edward.
+
+Their dinner was ready for them, and Oswald praised the cooking. He was
+much surprised to see that Jacob had four grandchildren. After dinner,
+he went into Jacob's room, and remained with him more than an hour.
+During this conference, Jacob confided to Oswald that the four children
+were the sons and daughters of Colonel Beverley, supposed to have been
+burned in the firing of Arnwood. Oswald came out, much surprised as
+well as pleased with the information, and with the confidence reposed
+in him. He saluted Edward and Humphrey respectfully, and said, "I was
+not aware with whom I was in company, sir, as you may well imagine; but
+the knowledge of it has made my heart glad."
+
+"Nay, Oswald," replied Edward, "remember that I am still Edward
+Armitage, and that we are the grandchildren of old Jacob."
+
+"Certainly, sir, I will, for your own sake, not forget that such is to
+be supposed to be the case. I assure you, I think it very fortunate
+that Jacob has confided the secret to me, as it may be in my power to
+be useful. I little thought that I should ever have had my dinner
+cooked by the daughter of Colonel Beverley."
+
+They then entered into a long conversation, during which Oswald
+expressed his opinion that the old man was sinking fast, and would not
+last more than three or four days. Oswald had a bed made up for him on
+the floor of the room where Edward and Humphrey slept; and the next
+morning they set off, at an early hour, with the pony and cart, loaded
+it with venison, and took it across the forest to the keeper's lodge.
+It was so late when they arrived, that Edward consented to pass the
+night there, and return home on the following morning. Oswald went into
+the sitting-room to speak with the intendant of the forest, leaving
+Edward in the kitchen with Phoebe, the maid-servant. He told the
+intendant that he had brought home some fine venison, and wished his
+orders about it. He also stated that he had been assisted by Edward
+Armitage, who had brought the venison home for him in his cart, and who
+was now in the kitchen, as he would be obliged to pass the night there;
+and, on being questioned, he was lavish in his praises of Edward's
+skill and knowledge of woodcraft, which he declared to be superior to
+his own.
+
+"It proves that the young man has had much practice, at all events,"
+replied Mr. Heatherstone, smiling. "He has been living at the king's
+expense, but he must not follow it up at the cost of the Parliament. It
+would be well to take this young man as a ranger if we could; for
+although he is opposed to us, yet, if he once took our service, he
+would be faithful, I am sure. You can propose it to him, Oswald. The
+hunches of that hart royal must be sent up to General Cromwell
+to-morrow: the remainder we will give directions for, as soon as I have
+made up my mind how to dispose of it."
+
+Oswald left the room, and came back to Edward. "General Cromwell is to
+have the hunches of your stag," said he to Edward, smiling: "and the
+intendant proposes that you should take service as one of the rangers."
+
+"I thank you," replied Edward, "but I've no fancy to find venison for
+General Cromwell and his Roundheads; and so, you may tell the
+intendant, with many thanks for his good-will toward me, nevertheless."
+
+"I thought as much, but the man meant kindly, that I really think. Now,
+Phoebe, what can you give us to eat, for we are hungry?"
+
+"You shall be served directly," replied Phoebe. "I have some steaks on
+the fire."
+
+"And you must find a bed for my young friend here."
+
+"I have none in the house, but there is plenty of good straw over the
+stables."
+
+"That will do," replied Edward; "I'm not particular."
+
+"I suppose not. Why should you be?" replied Phoebe, who was rather old
+and rather cross. "If you mount the ladder that you will see against
+the wall, you will find a good bed when you are at the top of it."
+
+Oswald was about to remonstrate, but Edward held up his finger and no
+more was said.
+
+As soon as they had finished their supper, Phoebe proposed that they
+should go to bed. It was late, and she would sit up no longer. Edward
+rose and went out, followed by Oswald, who had given up the keeper's
+house to the intendant and his daughter, and slept in the cottage of
+one of the rangers, about a quarter of a mile off. After some
+conversation, they shook hands and parted, as Edward intended returning
+very early the next morning, being anxious about old Jacob.
+
+Edward went up the ladder into the loft. There was no door to shut out
+the wind, which blew piercingly cold and after a time he found himself
+so chilled that he could not sleep. He rose to see if he could not find
+some protection from the wind by getting more into a corner; for
+although Phoebe had told him that there was plenty of straw, it proved
+that there was very little indeed in the loft, barely enough to lie
+down upon. Edward, after a time, descended the ladder to walk in the
+yard, that by exercise he might recover the use of his limbs. At last,
+turning to and fro, he cast his eyes up to the window of the bedroom
+above the kitchen, where he perceived a light was still burning. He
+thought it was Phoebe, the maid, going to bed; and with no very
+gracious feelings toward her for having deprived him of his own night's
+rest, he was wishing that she might have the toothache or something
+else to keep her awake, when suddenly through the white window curtain
+he perceived a broad light in the room--it increased every moment--and
+he saw the figure of a female rush past it, and attempt to open the
+window--the drawing of the curtains showed him that the room was on
+fire. A moment's thought, and he ran for the ladder by which he had
+ascended to the loft, and placed it against the window. The flames were
+less bright, and he could not see the female who had been at the window
+when lie went for the ladder. He ascended quickly, and burst open the
+casement--the smoke poured out in such volumes that it neatly
+suffocated him, but he went in; and as soon as he was inside, he
+stumbled against the body of the person who had attempted to open the
+window, but who had fallen down senseless. As he raised the body, the
+fire, which had been smothered from want of air when all the windows
+and doors were closed, now burst out, and he was scorched before he
+could get on the ladder again, with the body in his arms; but he
+succeeded in getting it down safe. Perceiving that the clothes were on
+fire, he held them till they were extinguished, and then for the first
+time discovered that he had brought down the daughter of the intendant
+of the forest. There was no time to be lost, so Edward carried her into
+the stable and left her there, still insensible, upon the straw, in a
+spare stall, while he hastened to alarm the house. The watering-butt
+for the horses was outside the stable; Edward caught up the pail,
+filled it, and hastening up the ladder, threw it into the room, and
+then descended for more.
+
+By this time Edward's continual calls of "Fire! fire!" had aroused the
+people of the house, and also of the cottages adjacent. Mr.
+Heatherstone came out half dressed, and with horror on his countenance.
+Phoebe followed screaming, and the other people now hastened from the
+cottages.
+
+"Save her! my daughter is in the room!" exclaimed Mr. Heatherstone.
+"Oh, save her, or let me do so!" cried the poor man, in agony; but the
+fire burst out of the window in such force, that any attempt would have
+been in vain.
+
+"Oswald," cried Edward to him, "let the people pass the water up to me
+as fast as possible. They can do no good looking on."
+
+Oswald set the men to work, and Edward was now supplied with water so
+fast that the fire began to diminish. The window was now approachable,
+and a few more buckets enabled him to put one foot into the room, and
+then every moment the flames and smoke decreased.
+
+Meanwhile it would be impossible to describe the agony of the
+intendant, who would have rushed up the ladder into the flames, had he
+not been held by some of the men. "My daughter! my
+child!--burned--burned to death!" exclaimed he, clasping his hands.
+
+At that moment a voice in the crowd called out, "There were four burned
+at Arnwood!"
+
+"God of Heaven!" exclaimed Mr. Heatherstone, falling down in a swoon,
+in which state he was carried to a neighboring cottage.
+
+Meanwhile the supply of water enabled Edward to put out the fire
+altogether: the furniture of the room was burned, but the fire had
+extended no farther; and when Edward was satisfied that there was no
+more danger, he descended the ladder, and left it to others to see that
+all was safe. He then called Oswald to him, and desired that he would
+accompany him to the stable.
+
+"Oh, sir," replied Oswald, "this is dreadful! and such a sweet young
+lady too."
+
+"She is safe and well," replied Edward, "I think so, at least. I
+brought her down the ladder, and put her in the stable before I
+attempted to put out the fire. See, there she is; she has not recovered
+yet from her swoon. Bring some water. She breathes! thank God! There,
+that will do, Oswald, she is recovering. Now let us cover her up in
+your cloak, and carry her to your cottage. We will recover her there."
+
+Oswald folded up the still unconscious girl in his cloak, and earned
+her away in his arms, followed by Edward.
+
+As soon as they arrived at the cottage, the inmates of which were all
+busy at the keeper's lodge, they put her on a bed, and very soon
+restored her to consciousness.
+
+"Where is my father?" cried Patience, as soon as she was sufficiently
+recovered.
+
+"He is safe and well, miss," replied Oswald.
+
+"Is the house burned down?"
+
+"No. The fire is all out again."
+
+"Who saved me? tell me."
+
+"Young Armitage, miss."
+
+"Who is he? oh, I recollect now; but I must go to my father. Where is
+he?"
+
+"In the other cottage, miss."
+
+Patience attempted to stand, but found that she was too much exhausted,
+and she fell back again on the bed. "I can't stand," said she. "Bring
+my father to me."
+
+"I will, miss," replied Oswald. "Will you stay here, Edward?"
+
+"Yes," replied Edward. He went out of the cottage door, and remained
+there while Oswald went to Mr. Heatherstone.
+
+Oswald found him sensible, but in deep distress, as may be imagined.
+"The fire is all out, sir," said Oswald.
+
+"I care not for that. My poor, poor child!"
+
+"Your child is safe, sir," replied Oswald.
+
+"Safe, did you say?" cried Mr. Heatherstone, starting up. "Safe!
+where'?"
+
+"In my cottage. She has sent me for you."
+
+Mr. Heatherstone rushed out, passed by Edward, who was standing at the
+door of the other cottage, and was in his daughter's arms. Oswald came
+out to Edward, who then detailed to him the way in which he had saved
+the girl.
+
+"Had it not been for the ill-nature of that woman Phoebe, in sending me
+to sleep where there was no straw, they would all have been burned,"
+observed Edward.
+
+"She gave you an opportunity of rewarding good for evil," observed
+Oswald.
+
+"Yes, but I am burned very much in my arm," said Edward. "Have you any
+thing that will be good for it?"
+
+"Yes, I think I have: wait a moment."
+
+Oswald went into the cottage and returned with some salve, with which
+he dressed Edward's arm, which proved to be very severely burned.
+
+"How grateful the intendant ought to be--and will be, I have no doubt!"
+observed Oswald.
+
+"And for that very reason I shall saddle my pony and ride home as fast
+as I can; and, do you hear, Oswald, do not show him where I live."
+
+"I hardly know how I can refuse him, if he requires it."
+
+"But you must not. He will be offering me a situation in the forest, by
+way of showing his gratitude, and I will accept of none. I have no
+objection to save his daughter, as I would save the daughter of my
+worst enemy, or my worst enemy himself, from such a dreadful death; but
+I do not want their thanks or offers of service. I will accept nothing
+from a Roundhead; and as for the venison in the forest, it belongs to
+the king, and I shall help myself whenever I think proper. Good-by,
+Oswald, you will call and see us when you have time?"
+
+"I will be with you before the week is out, depend upon it," replied
+Oswald.
+
+Edward then asked Oswald to saddle his pony for him, as his arm
+prevented him from doing it himself, and, as soon as it was done, he
+rode away from the cottage.
+
+Edward rode fast, for he was anxious to get home and ascertain the
+state of poor old Jacob; and, moreover, his burned arm was very
+painful. He was met by Humphrey about a mile from the cottage, who told
+him that he did not think that the old man could last many hours, and
+that he was very anxious to see him. As the pony was quite tired with
+the fast pace that Edward had ridden, Edward pulled up to a walk, and
+as they went along acquainted Humphrey with what had passed.
+
+"Is your arm very painful?"
+
+"Yes, it is, indeed," replied Edward; "but it can't be helped."
+
+"No, of course not, but it may be made more easy. I know what will do
+it some good; for I recollect, when Benjamin burned his hand at
+Arnwood, what they applied to it, and it gave him great relief."
+
+"Yes, very likely; but I am not aware that we have any drugs or
+medicine in the cottage. But here we are: will you take Billy to the
+stable, while I go on to old Jacob?
+
+"Thank God that you are come, Edward," said the old forester, "for I
+was anxious to see you before I die; and something tells me that I have
+but a short time to remain here."
+
+"Why should you say so! Do you feel very ill?"
+
+"No, not ill; but I feel that I am sinking fast. Recollect that I am an
+old man, Edward."
+
+"Not so very old, Jacob; Oswald said that you were not more than sixty
+years old."
+
+"Oswald knows nothing about it. I am past seventy-six, Edward; and you
+know, Edward, the Bible says that the days of man are threescore years
+and ten; so that I am beyond the mark. And now, Edward, I have but few
+words to say. Be careful--if not for your own sake, at least for your
+little sisters'. You are young, but you are strong and powerful above
+your years, and can better protect them than I could. I see darker days
+yet coming--but it is His will, and who shall doubt that that is right?
+I pray you not to make your birth and lineage known as yet--it can do
+no good, and it may do harm--and if you can be persuaded to live in the
+cottage, and to live on the farm, which will now support you all, it
+will be better. Do not get into trouble about the venison, which they
+now claim as their own. You will find some money in the bag in my
+chest, sufficient to buy all you want for a long while--but take care
+of it; for there is no saying but you may require it. And now, Edward,
+call your brother and sisters to me, that I may bid them farewell. I
+am, as we all are, sinful, but I trust in the mercy of God through
+Jesus Christ. Edward, I have done my duty toward you, as well as I have
+been able; but promise me one thing--that you will read the Bible and
+prayers every morning and evening, as I have always done, after I am
+gone; promise me that, Edward."
+
+"I promise you that it shall be done, Jacob," replied Edward, "and I
+will not forget your other advice."
+
+"God bless you, Edward. Now call the children."
+
+Edward summoned his sisters and Humphrey.
+
+"Humphrey, my good boy," said Jacob, "recollect, that in the midst of
+life we are in death; and that there is no security for young or old.
+You or your brother may be cut off in your youth; one may be taken, and
+the other left. Recollect, your sisters depend upon you, and do not
+therefore be rash: I fear that you will run too much risk after the
+wild cattle, for you are always scheming after taking them. Be careful,
+Humphrey, for you can ill be spared. Hold to the farm as it now is: it
+will support you all. My dear Alice and Edith, I am dying; very soon I
+shall be laid by your brothers in my grave. Be good children, and look
+up to your brothers for every thing. And now kiss me, Alice; you have
+been a great comfort to me, for you have read the Bible to me when I
+could no longer read myself. May your death-bed be as well attended as
+mine has been, and may you live happily, and die the death of a
+Christian! Good-by, and may God bless you. Bless you, Edith; may you
+grow up as good and as innocent as you are now. Farewell,
+Humphrey--farewell, Edward--my eyes are dim--pray for me, children. O
+God of mercy, pardon my many sins, and receive my soul, through Jesus
+Christ. Amen, Amen."
+
+These were the last words spoken by the old forester. The children, who
+were kneeling by the side of the bed, praying as he had requested, when
+they rose up, found that he was dead. They all wept bitterly, for they
+dearly loved the good old man. Alice remained sobbing in Edward's arms,
+and Edith in Humphrey's, and it was long before the brothers could
+console them. Humphrey at last said to Alice, "You hurt poor Edward's
+arm--you don't know how painful it is! Come, dears, let us go into the
+other room, and get something to take the pain away."
+
+These requests diverted the attention, at the same time that it roused
+fresh sympathy in the little girls--they all went into the
+sitting-room. Humphrey gave his sisters some potatoes to scrape upon a
+piece of linen, while he took off Edward's coat, and turned up his
+shirt sleeves. The scraped potatoes were then laid on the burn, and
+Edward said they gave him great relief. Some more were then scraped by
+the little girls, who could not, however, repress their occasional
+sobs. Humphrey then told them that Edward had had nothing to eat, and
+that they must get him some supper. This again occupied them for some
+time; and when the supper was ready, they all sat down to it. They went
+to bed early, but not before Edward had read a chapter out of the
+Bible, and the prayers, as old Jacob had always done; and this again
+caused their tears to flow afresh.
+
+"Come, Alice, dear, you and Edith must go to bed," said Humphrey.
+
+The little girls threw themselves into their brothers' arms; and having
+wept for some time, Alice raised herself, and taking Edith by the hand,
+led her away to her bedroom.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+
+"Humphrey," said Edward, "the sooner all this is over the better. As
+long as poor Jacob's body remains in the cottage there will be nothing
+but distress with the poor girls."
+
+"I agree with you," replied Humphrey; "where shall we bury him?"
+
+"Under the great oak-tree, at the back of the cottage," replied Edward.
+"One day the old man said to me, that he should like to be buried under
+one of the oaks of the forest."
+
+"Well then, I will go and dig his grave to-night," replied Humphrey;
+"the moon is bright, and I shall have it finished before morning."
+
+"I am sorry that I can not help you, Humphrey."
+
+"I am sorry that you are hurt; but I want no help, Edward. If you will
+lie down a little, perhaps you will be able to sleep. Let us change the
+potato poultice before you go on."
+
+Humphrey put the fresh dressing on Edward's arm; and Edward, who was
+very much exhausted, lay down in his clothes on the bed. Humphrey went
+out, and having found his tools, set to his task--he worked hard, and,
+before morning, had finished. He then went in, and took his place on
+the bed, by the side of Edward, who was in a sound sleep. At daylight
+Humphrey rose, and waked Edward. "All is ready, Edward; but I fear you
+must help me to put poor Jacob in the cart: do you think you can?"
+
+"Oh, yes; my arm is much easier, and I feel very different from what I
+did last night. If you will go and get the cart, I will see what I can
+do in the mean time."
+
+When Humphrey returned, he found Edward had selected a sheet to wind
+the body in, but could not do more till Humphrey came to help him. They
+then wrapped it round the body, and carried it out of the cottage, and
+put it into the cart.
+
+"Now, Edward, shall we call our sisters?"
+
+"No, not yet; let us have the body laid in the grave first, and then we
+will call them."
+
+They dragged the body on the cart to the grave, and laid it in it, and
+then returned back and put the pony in the stable again.
+
+"Are there not prayers proper for reading over the dead?" said Humphrey.
+
+"I believe that there are, but they are not in the Bible, so we must
+read some portion of the Bible," said Edward.
+
+"Yes, I think there is one of the Psalms which it would be right to
+read, Edward," said Humphrey, turning over the leaves; "here it is, the
+ninetieth, in which you recollect it says, 'that the days of man are
+threescore years and ten.'"
+
+"Yes," replied Edward, "and we will read this one also, the 146th."
+
+"Are our sisters risen, do you think?"
+
+"I am sure that they are," replied Humphrey, "and I will go to them."
+
+Humphrey went to the door, and said, "Alice--Alice and Edith--come out
+immediately." They were both ready dressed.
+
+Edward took the Bible under his arm, and Alice by the hand. Humphrey
+led Edith until they arrived at the grave, when the two little girls
+saw the covered body of Jacob lying in it.
+
+"Kneel down," said Edward, opening the Bible. And they all knelt down
+by the grave. Edward read the two Psalms, and then closed the book. The
+little girls took one last look at the body, and then turned away
+weeping to the cottage. Edward and Humphrey filled up the grave, and
+then followed their sisters home.
+
+"I'm glad it's over," said Humphrey, wiping his eyes. "Poor old Jacob!
+I'll put a paling round his grave."
+
+"Come in, Humphrey," said Edward.
+
+Edward sat down upon old Jacob's chair, and took Alice and Edith to
+him. Putting his arm round each, he said--
+
+"Alice and Edith, my dear little sisters, we have lost a good friend,
+and one to whose memory we can not be too grateful. He saved us from
+perishing in the flames which burned down our father's house, and has
+protected us here ever since. He is gone, for it has pleased God to
+summon him to him, and we must bow to the will of Heaven; and here we
+are, brother and sisters, orphans, and with no one to look to for
+protection but Heaven. Here we are away from the rest of the world,
+living for one another. What, then, must we do? We must love one
+another dearly, and help one another. I will do my part, if my life is
+spared, and so will Humphrey, and so will you my dear sisters. I can
+answer for all. Now it is no use to lament--we must all work, and work
+cheerfully; and we will pray every morning and every night that God
+will bless our endeavors and enable us to provide for ourselves, and
+live here in peace and safety. Kiss me, dear Alice and Edith, and kiss
+Humphrey, and kiss one another. Let these kisses be the seals to our
+bond; and let us put our trust in Him who only is a father to the widow
+and the orphan. And now let us pray."
+
+Edward and the children repeated the Lord's Prayer, and then rose up.
+They went to their respective employments, and the labor of the day
+soon made them composed, although then, for many days afterward, it was
+but occasionally that a smile was seen upon their lips.
+
+Thus passed a week, by which time Edward's arm was so far well that it
+gave him no pain, and he was able to assist Humphrey in the work on the
+farm. The snow had disappeared, and the spring, although it had been
+checked for a time, now made rapid advances. Constant occupation, and
+the return of fine weather, both had the effect of returning the
+serenity of their minds; and while Humphrey was preparing the paling to
+fix round the grave of old Jacob, Alice and Edith collected the wild
+violets which now peeped forth on sheltered spots, and planted the
+roots over the grave. Edward also procured all the early flowers he
+could collect, and assisted his sisters in their task; and thus, in
+planting it, and putting up the paling, the grave of the old man became
+the constant work-ground; and when their labor was done, they would
+still remain there and talk over his worth. The Sunday following the
+burial, the weather being fine and warm, Edward proposed that they
+should read the usual service, which had been selected by old Jacob, at
+the grave, and not in the cottage, as formerly; and this they continued
+afterward to do, whenever the weather would permit: thus did old
+Jacob's resting-place become their church, and overpower them with
+those feelings of love and devotion which gave efficacy to prayer. As
+soon as the paling was finished, Humphrey put up a board against the
+oak-tree, with the simple words carved on it, "Jacob Armitage."
+
+Edward had, every day, expected that Oswald Partridge would have called
+upon him, as he had promised to do, before the week was out; but Oswald
+had not made his appearance, much to Edward's surprise. A month passed
+away; Edward's arm was now quite well, and still Oswald came not. One
+morning, Humphrey and Edward were conversing upon many points--the
+principal of which was upon Edward going to Lymington, for they were
+now in want of flour and meal, when Edward thought of what old Jacob
+had told him relative to the money that he would find in his chest. He
+went into Jacob's room and opened the chest, at the bottom of which,
+under the clothes, he found a leather bag, which he brought out to
+Humphrey; on opening it, they were much surprised to find in it more
+than sixty gold pieces, besides a great deal of silver coin.
+
+"Surely this is a great sum of money," observed Humphrey. "I don't know
+what is the price of things; but it appears to me, that it ought to
+last us a long while."
+
+"I think so too," replied Edward. "I wish Oswald Partridge would come,
+for I want to ask him many questions. I don't know the price of flour,
+or anything else we have to purchase, nor do I know what I ought to be
+paid for venison. I don't like to go to Lymington till I see him for
+that reason. If he does not come soon, I shall ride over and see what
+is the matter."
+
+Edward then replaced the money in the chest, and he and Humphrey then
+went out to the farmyard to go on with their work.
+
+It was not until six weeks after the death of old Jacob that Oswald
+Partridge made his appearance.
+
+"How is the old man, sir?" was his first question.
+
+"He was buried a few days after you left," replied Edward.
+
+"I expected as much," said the forester. "Peace be with him--he was a
+good man. And how is your arm?"
+
+"Nearly well," replied Edward. "Now sit down, Oswald, for I have a
+great deal to say to you; and first, let me ask you what has detained
+you from coming here according to your promise?"
+
+"Simply, and in few words--murder."
+
+"Murder!" exclaimed Edward.
+
+"Yes, deliberate murder, sir; in short, they have beheaded King
+Charles, our sovereign."
+
+"Have they dared to do it?"
+
+"They have," replied Oswald. "We in the forest know little that is
+going on; but when I saw you last, I heard that he was then in London,
+and was to be tried."
+
+"Tried!" exclaimed Edward. "How could they try a king? by the laws of
+our country, a man must be tried by his equals; and where were his
+equals?"
+
+"Majesty becomes naught, I suppose," replied Oswald; "but still it is
+as I say. Two days after you left, the intendant hastened up to London,
+and, from what I have understood, he was strongly opposed to the deed,
+and did all he could to prevent it; but it was of no use. When he left,
+he gave me strict injunctions not to go away from the cottage for an
+hour, as his daughter was left alone; and as I promised, I could not
+come to you; but, nevertheless, Patience received letters from him, and
+told me what I tell you."
+
+"You have not dined, Oswald?" said Edward.
+
+"No, that I have not."
+
+"Alice, dear, get some dinner, will you? And Oswald, while you dine,
+excuse me if I leave you for a while. Your intelligence has so
+astounded me that I can listen to nothing else till I have had a little
+while to commune with myself and subdue my feelings."
+
+Edward was indeed in a state of mind which required calming down. He
+quitted the cottage and walked out for some distance into the forest,
+in deep thought.
+
+"Murdered at last!" exclaimed he. "Yes, well may it be called murder,
+and no one to save him--not a blow struck in his defense--not an arm
+raised. How much gallant blood has been shed in vain! Spirit of my
+fathers, didst thou leave none of thy mettle and thy honour behind
+thee; or has all England become craven? Well, the time will come, and
+if I can no longer hope to fight for my king, at all events I can fight
+against those who have murdered him."
+
+Such were Edward's thoughts as he wandered through the forest, and more
+than an hour elapsed before his impetuous blood could return to its
+usual flow; at last, his mind having partially resumed its wonted
+calmness, he returned to the cottage and listened to the details which
+Oswald now gave to him of what he had heard.
+
+When Oswald had finished, Edward asked him whether the intendant had
+returned.
+
+"Yes, or I should not have been here," replied Oswald. "He came back
+yesterday, looking most disconsolate and grave, and I hear that he
+returns to London in a few days. Indeed, he told me so himself, for I
+requested permission to come over to see your grandfather. He said that
+I might go, but must return soon, as he must go back to London. I
+believe, from what Miss Patience told me, and what I have seen myself,
+that he is sincerely amazed and vexed at what has taken place; and so,
+indeed, are many more, who, although opposed to the king's method of
+government, never had an idea that things should have turned out as
+they have done. I have a message from him to you, which is, that he
+begs you will come to see him, that he may thank you for the
+preservation of his child."
+
+"I will take his thanks from you, Oswald: that will do as well as if he
+gave them me in person."
+
+"Yes, perhaps so; but I have another message from another party, which
+is--the young lady herself. She desires me to tell you that she will
+never be happy till she has seen you, and thanked you for your courage
+and kindness; and that you have no right to put her under such an
+obligation, and not give her an opportunity of expressing what she
+feels. Now, Mr. Edward, I am certain that she is earnest in what she
+says, and she made me promise that I would persuade you to come. I
+could not refuse her, for she is a dear little creature; as her father
+will go to London in a few days, you may ride over and see her without
+any fear of being affronted by any offers which he may make to you."
+
+"Well," replied Edward, "I have no great objection to see her again,
+for she was very kind to me; and as you say that the intendant will not
+be there, I perhaps may come. But now I must talk to you about other
+matters."
+
+Edward then put many questions to Oswald relative to the value of
+various articles, and to the best method of disposing of his venison.
+
+Oswald answered all his questions, and Edward took down notes and
+directions on paper.
+
+Oswald remained with them for two days, and then bade them farewell,
+exacting a promise from Edward that he would come to the ranger's
+cottage as soon as he could. "Should the intendant come back before he
+is expected I will come over and let you know; but I think, from what I
+heard him say he expected to be at least a month in London."
+
+Edward promised that Oswald should see him in less than ten days, and
+Oswald set out on his journey.
+
+"Humphrey," said Edward, as soon as Oswald was gone, "I have made up my
+mind to go to Lymington to-morrow We must have some flour, and many
+other articles, which Alice says she can no longer do without."
+
+"Why should we not both go, Edward?" replied Humphrey.
+
+"No, not this time," replied Edward. "I have to find out many things
+and many people, and I had rather go by myself; besides, I can not
+allow my sisters to be left alone. I do not consider there is any
+danger, I admit; but should any thing happen to them, I should never
+forgive myself. Still, it is necessary that you should go to Lymington
+with me some time or another, that you may know where to purchase and
+sell, if required. What I propose is, that I will ask Oswald to come
+and stay here a couple of days. We will then leave him in charge of our
+sisters, and go to Lymington together."
+
+"You are right, Edward, that will be the best plan."
+
+As Humphrey made this remark, Oswald re-entered the cottage.
+
+"I will tell you why I have returned, Mr. Edward," said Oswald. "It is
+of no consequence whether I return now or to-morrow. It is now early,
+and as you intend going to Lymington, it occurred to me that I had
+better go with you. I can then show you all you want, which will be
+much better than going by yourself."
+
+"Thank you, Oswald, I am much obliged to you," said Edward.
+
+"Humphrey, we will get the cart out immediately, or we shall be late.
+Will you get it, Humphrey, for I must go for some money, and speak to
+Alice."
+
+Humphrey went immediately to put the pony in the cart, when Edward said,
+
+"Oswald, you must not call me Mr. Edward, even when we are alone: if
+you do you will be calling me so before other people, and, therefore,
+recollect in future, it must be plain Edward."
+
+"Since you wish it, certainly," replied Oswald; "indeed it would be
+better, for a slip of the tongue before other people might create
+suspicion."
+
+The pony and cart were soon at the door, and Edward having received
+further instructions from Alice, set off for Lymington, accompanied by
+Oswald.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+
+"Would you have found your way to Lymington?" said Oswald, as the pony
+trotted along.
+
+"Yes; I think so," replied Edward; "but I must have first gone to
+Arnwood. Indeed, had I been alone I should have done so; but we have
+made a much shorter cut."
+
+"I did not think that you would have liked to have seen the ruins of
+Arnwood," replied Oswald.
+
+"Not a day passes without my thinking of them," replied Edward. "I
+should like to see them. I should like to see if any one has taken
+possession of the property, for they say it is confiscated."
+
+"I heard that it was to be, but not that it was yet," said Oswald; "but
+we shall know more when we get to Lymington. I have not seen it for
+more than a year. I hardly think that any one will recognize you."
+
+"I should think not; but I care little if they do. Indeed, who is thee
+to know me?"
+
+"Well, my introduction of you will save some surmises, probably; and I
+shall not take you among those who may be inclined to ask questions.
+See, there is the steeple; we have not more than a quarter of an hour's
+drive."
+
+As soon as they arrived at Lymington, Oswald directed the way to a
+small hostelry to which the keepers and verderers usually resorted. In
+fact, the landlord was the party who took all the venison off their
+hands, and disposed of it. They drove into the yard, and, giving the
+pony and cart in charge of the hostler, went into the inn, where they
+found the landlord, and one or two other people, who were drinking.
+
+"Well, Master Andrew, how fare you?" said Oswald.
+
+"Let me see," said the corpulent landlord, throwing back his head, and
+putting out his stomach, as he peered at Oswald. "Why, Oswald
+Partridge, as I am a born man. Where have you been this many a day!"
+
+"In the forest, Master Andrew, where there are no few chops and
+changes."
+
+"Yes, you have a sort of Parliamentary keeper, I'm told; and who is
+this with you?"
+
+"The grandson of an old friend of yours, now dead, poor old Jacob
+Armitage."
+
+"Jacob dead, poor fellow! As true as flint was Jacob Armitage, as I'm a
+born man! And so he is dead! Well, we all owe Heaven a death. Foresters
+and landlords, as well as kings, all must die!"
+
+"I have brought Edward Armitage over here to introduce him to you,
+Master Andrew. Now that the old man is dead, you must look to him for
+forest meat."
+
+"Oh, well, well, it is scarce now. I have not had any for some time.
+Old Jacob brought me the last. You are not one of the Parliamentary
+foresters, then, I presume?" continued the landlord, turning to Edward.
+
+"No," replied Edward, "I kill no venison for Roundheads."
+
+"Right, my sapling; right and well said. The Armitages were all good
+men and true, and followed the fortunes of the Beverleys; but there are
+no Beverleys to follow now. Cut off--root and branch--more's the pity.
+That was a sad business. But come in; we must not talk here, for walls
+have ears, they say, and one never knows who one dares to speak before
+now."
+
+Oswald and Edward then entered with the landlord, and arrangements were
+made between Master Andrew and the latter for a regular supply of
+venison during the season, at a certain price; but as it would now be
+dangerous to bring it into the town, it was agreed that when there was
+any ready, Edward should come to Lymington and give notice, and the
+landlord would send out people to bring it in during the night. This
+bargain concluded, they took a glass with the landlord, and then went
+into the town to make the necessary purchases. Oswald took Edward to
+all the shops where the articles he required were to be purchased; some
+they carried away with them; others, which were too heavy, they left,
+to be called for with the cart as they went away. Among other articles,
+Edward required powder and lead, and they went to a gunsmith's where it
+was to be procured. While making his purchases, Edward perceived a
+sword, which he thought he had seen before, hanging up against the wall
+among other weapons.
+
+"What sword is that?" said he, to the man who was measuring out the
+powder.
+
+"It's not my sword, exactly," replied the man; "and yet I can not
+return it to its owner or to the family. It was brought me to be
+cleaned by one of Colonel Beverley's people, and before it was called
+for the house was burned, and every soul perished. It was one of the
+colonel's swords, I am sure, as there is E. B. on a silver plate
+engraved on it. I have a bill owing me for work done at Arnwood, and I
+have no chance of its being paid now; so, whether I am to sell the
+sword, or what to do, I hardly know."
+
+Edward remained silent for some little while, for he could not trust
+himself to speak; at last he replied: "To be candid with you, I am, and
+all my family have been, followers of the Beverley family, and I should
+be sorry if the colonel's sword was to fall into any other hands. I
+think, therefore, if I pay the bill which is due, you may safely let me
+hold the sword as a security for the money, with the express
+understanding that if it is ever claimed by the Beverley family I am to
+give it up."
+
+"Certainly," said Oswald; "nothing can be fairer or more clearly put."
+
+"I think so, too, young man," replied the shopkeeper. "Of course you
+will leave your name and address?"
+
+"Yes; and my friend here will vouch for its being correct," replied
+Edward.
+
+The shopkeeper then produced the account, which Edward paid; and giving
+on the paper the name of Edward Armitage, he took possession of the
+sword. He then paid for the powder and lead, which Oswald took charge
+of, and, hardly able to conceal his joy, hastened out of the shop.
+
+"Oswald," cried Edward, "I would not part with it for thousands of
+pounds. I never will part with it but with my life."
+
+"I believe so," replied Oswald; "and I believe more, that it will never
+be disgraced in your hands; but do not talk so loud, for there are
+listeners and spies everywhere. Is there any thing else that you
+require?"
+
+"No, I think not; the fact is, that this sword has put every thing out
+of my head. If there was anything else, I have forgotten it. Let us go
+back to the inn, and we will harness the pony, and call for the flour
+and oatmeal."
+
+When they arrived at the inn, Oswald went out to the yard to get the
+cart ready, while Edward went into the landlord's room to make
+inquiries as to the quantity of venison he would be able to take off
+his hands at a time. Oswald had taken the sword from Edward, and had
+put it in the cart while he was fastening the harness, when a man came
+up to the cart and looked earnestly at the sword. He then examined it,
+and said to Oswald,
+
+"Why that was Colonel Beverley's, my old master's sword. I knowed it
+again directly. I took it to Phillips, the gun maker, to be cleaned."
+
+"Indeed!" replied Oswald; "I pray, what may be your name?"
+
+"Benjamin White," replied the man; "I served at Arnwood till the night
+it was burned down; and I have been here ever since."
+
+"And what are you doing now?"
+
+"I'm tapster at the 'Commonwealth,' in Fish-street--not much of a
+place."
+
+"Well, well, you stand by the pony, and look that nobody takes any
+thing out of the cart, while I go in for some parcels."
+
+"Yes, to be sure I will; but, I say, forester, how came you by that
+sword?'
+
+"I will tell you when I come out again," replied Oswald.
+
+Oswald then went in to Edward, and told him what had occurred.
+
+"He will certainly know you, sir, and you must not come out till I can
+get him away," said he.
+
+"You are right, Oswald; but before he goes, ask him what became of my
+aunt, and where she was buried; and also ask him where the other
+servants are--perhaps they are at Lymington as well as he."
+
+"I will find it all out," replied Oswald, who then left Edward, and
+returned to the landlord and recommenced conversation.
+
+Oswald on his return, told Benjamin in what manner the sword had been
+procured from the shopman, by the grandson of old Armitage.
+
+"I never knew that he had one," replied Benjamin; "nor did I know that
+old Jacob was dead."
+
+"What became of all the women who were at Arnwood?" inquired Oswald.
+
+"Why, Agatha married one of the troopers, and went away to London."
+
+"And the others?"
+
+"Why, cook went home to her friends, who live about ten miles from
+here, and I have never heard of her since."
+
+"But there were three of them," said Oswald.
+
+"Oh, yes; there was Phoebe," relied Benjamin, looking rather confused.
+"She married a trooper--the jilt!--and went off to London when Agatha
+did. If I'd have thought that she would have done so, I would not have
+earned her away from Arnwood behind me, on a pillion, as I did; she
+might have been burned with the poor children, for all as I cared."
+
+"Was not the old lady killed?"
+
+"Yes; that is to say, she killed herself, rather than not kill
+Southwold."
+
+"Where was she buried?"
+
+"In the church-yard at St. Faith's, by the mayor and the corporation;
+for there was not money enough found upon her person to pay the
+expenses of her burial."
+
+"And so you are tapster at the Commonwealth. Is it a good inn?"
+
+"Can't say much for it. I shan't stay longer than I can help, I can
+tell you."
+
+"Well, but you must have an easy place, if you can stay away as long as
+you do now."
+
+"Won't I be mobbed when I go back! but that's always the case, make
+haste or not, so it's all one. However, I do think I must be agoing
+now, so good-by, Mr. Forester; and tell Jacob Armitage's grandson that
+I shall be glad to see him, for old Jacob's sake; and it's hard, but
+I'll find him something to drink when he calls."
+
+"I will: I shall see him to-morrow." replied Oswald, getting into the
+cart; "so good-by, Benjamin," much to the satisfaction of Oswald, who
+thought that he would never go.
+
+They went away at a rapid pace to make up for lost time, and soon
+disappeared around the corner of the street. Oswald then got out again,
+summoned Edward, and having called for the flour and other heavy
+articles, they set off on their return.
+
+During the drive, Oswald made known to Edward the information which he
+had gained from Benjamin, and at a late hour they arrived safely at the
+cottage.
+
+They staid up but a short time, as they were tired; and Oswald had
+resolved upon setting off before daylight on the following morning,
+which he did without disturbing any one; for Humphrey was up and
+dressed as soon as Oswald was and gave him something to eat as he went
+along. All the others remained fast asleep. Humphrey walked about a
+mile with Oswald, and was returning to the farm when he thought, as he
+had not examined his pitfall for many days, that he might as well look
+at it before he went back. He therefore struck out in the direction in
+which it lay, and arrived there just as the day began to dawn.
+
+It was the end of March, and the weather was mild for the season.
+Humphrey arrived at the pit, and it was sufficiently light for him to
+perceive that the covering had been broken in, and therefore, in all
+probability, something must have been trapped. He sat down and waited
+for daylight, but at times he thought he heard a heavy breathing, and
+once a low groan. This made him more anxious, and he again and again
+peered into the pit, but could not for a long while discover any thing,
+until at last he thought that he could make out a human figure lying at
+the bottom. Humphrey called out, asking if there was any one there. A
+groan was the reply, and now Humphrey was horrified with the idea that
+somebody had fallen into the pit, and had perished, or was perishing
+for want of succor. Recollecting that the rough ladder which he had
+made to take the soil up out of the pit was against an oak-tree, close
+at hand, he ran for it, and put it down the pit, and then cautiously
+descended. On his arrival at the bottom, his fears were found to be
+verified, for he saw the body of a lad, half clothed, lying there. He
+turned it up as it was lying with its face to the ground, and attempted
+to remove it, and to ascertain if there was life in it, which he was
+delighted to find was the case. The lad groaned several times, and
+opened his eyes. Humphrey was afraid that he was not strong enough to
+lift him on his shoulders and carry him up the ladder; but, on making
+the attempt he found out, from exhaustion, the poor lad was light
+enough for him to carry him, which he did, and safely landed him by the
+side of the pit.
+
+Recollecting that the watering-place of the herd of cattle was not far
+off, Humphrey then hastened to it, and filled his hat half full of
+water. The lad, although he could not speak, drank eagerly, and in a
+few minutes appeared much recovered. Humphrey gave him some more, and
+bathed his face and temples. The sun had now risen, and it was broad
+daylight. The lad attempted to speak, but what he did say was in so low
+a tone, and evidently in a foreign language, that Humphrey could not
+make him out. He, therefore, made signs to the lad that he was going
+away, and would be back soon; and having, as he thought, made the lad
+comprehend this, Humphrey ran away to the cottage as fast as he could;
+and as soon as he arrived he called for Edward, who came out, and when
+Humphrey told him in few words what had happened, Edward went into the
+cottage again for some milk and some cake, while Humphrey put the pony
+into the cart.
+
+In a few moments they were off again, and soon arrived at the pitfall,
+where they found the lad, still lying where Humphrey had left him. They
+soaked the cake in the milk, and as soon as it was soft gave him some;
+after a time, he swallowed pretty freely, and was so much recovered as
+to be able to sit up. They then lifted him into the cart, and drove
+gently home to their cottage.
+
+"What do you think he is, Edward?" said Humphrey.
+
+"Some poor beggar lad, who has been crossing the forest."
+
+"No, not exactly: he appears to me to be one of the Zingaros or
+Gipsies, as they call them: he is very dark, and has black eyes and
+white teeth, just like those I saw once near Arnwood, when I was out
+with Jacob. Jacob said that no one knew where they came from, but that
+they were all over the country, and that they were great thieves, and
+told fortunes, and played all manner of tricks."
+
+"Perhaps it may be so; I do not think that he can speak English."
+
+"I am most thankful to Heaven that I chanced this morning to visit the
+pitfall. Only suppose that I had found the poor boy starved and dead! I
+should have been very unhappy, and never should have had any pleasure
+in looking at the cows, as they would always have reminded me of such a
+melancholy accident."
+
+"Very true, Humphrey; but you have been saved that misfortune, and
+ought to be grateful to Heaven that such is the case. What shall we do
+with him now we have him?"
+
+"Why if he chooses to remain with us, he will be very useful in the
+cow-yard," said Humphrey.
+
+"Of course," replied Edward, laughing, "as he was taken in the
+pit-fall, he must go into the yard with all the others who were
+captured in the same way."
+
+"Well, Edward, let us get him all right again first, and then we will
+see what is to be done with him; perhaps he will refuse to remain with
+us."
+
+As soon as they arrived at the cottage, they lifted the lad out of the
+cart, and carried him into Jacob's room, and laid him on the bed, for
+he was too weak to stand.
+
+Alice and Edith, who were much surprised at the new visitor and the way
+in which he had been caught, hastened to get some gruel ready for him.
+As soon as it was ready, they gave it to the boy, who then fell back on
+the bed with exhaustion, and was soon in a sound sleep. He slept
+soundly all that night; and the next morning, when he awoke, he
+appeared much better, although very hungry. This last complaint was
+easy to remedy, and then the lad got up, and walked into the
+sitting-room.
+
+"What's your name?" said Humphrey to the lad.
+
+"Pablo," replied the lad.
+
+"Can you speak English?"
+
+"Yes, little," replied he.
+
+"How did you happen to fall into the pit?"
+
+"Not see hole."
+
+"Are you a gipsy?"
+
+"Yes, gitano--same thing."
+
+Humphrey put a great many more questions to the lad, and elicited from
+him, in his imperfect English, the following particulars:
+
+That he was in company with several others of his race, going down to
+the sea-coast on one of their usual migrations, and that they had
+pitched their tents not far from the pitfall. That during the night he
+had gone out to set some snares for rabbits, and going back to the
+tents, it being quite dark, he had fallen into the hole; that he had
+remained there three days and nights, having in vain attempted to get
+out. His mother was with the party of gipsies to which he belonged, but
+he had no father. He did not know where to follow the gang, as they had
+not said where they were going, farther than to the sea-coast. That it
+was no use looking for them; and that he did not care much about
+leaving them, as he was very unkindly treated. In reply to the question
+as to whether he would like to remain with them, and work with them on
+the farm, he replied that he should like it very much if they would be
+kind to him, and not make him work too hard; that he would cook the
+dinner, and catch them rabbits and birds, and make a great many things.
+
+"Will you be honest, if we keep you, and not tell lies?" said Edward.
+
+The lad thought a little while, and then nodded his head in the
+affirmative.
+
+"Well, Pablo, we will try you, and if you are a good lad we will do all
+we can to make you happy," said Edward; "but if you behave ill we shall
+be obliged to turn you out of doors: do you understand?"
+
+"Be as good as I can," replied Pablo; and here the conversation ended
+for the present.
+
+Pablo was a very short-built lad, of apparently fifteen or sixteen
+years of age, very dark in complexion, but very handsome in features,
+with beautiful white teeth and large dark eyes; and there was certainly
+something in his intelligent countenance which recommended him,
+independent of his claim to their kindness from his having been left
+thus friendless in consequence of his misadventure. Humphrey was
+particularly pleased with and interested about him, as the lad had so
+nearly lost his life through his means.
+
+"I really think, Edward," said Humphrey, as they were standing outside
+of the door of the cottage, "that the lad may be very useful to us, and
+I sincerely hope that he may prove honest and true. We must first get
+him into health and spirits, and then I will see what he can do."
+
+"The fact is, my dear Humphrey, we can do no otherwise; he is separated
+from his friends, and does not know where to go. It would be inhuman,
+as we have been the cause of his misfortune, to turn him away; but
+although I feel this, I do not feel much security as to his good
+behavior and being very useful. I have always been told that these
+gipsies were vagrants, who lived by stealing all they could lay their
+hands upon; and, if he has been brought up in that way, I fear that he
+will not easily be reformed. However, we can but try, and hope for the
+best."
+
+"What you say is very just, Edward; at the same time there is an honest
+look about this lad, although he is a gipsy, that makes me put a sort
+of confidence in him. Admitting that he has been taught to do wrong, do
+you not think that when told the contrary he may be persuaded to do
+right?"
+
+"It is not impossible, certainly," replied Edward; "but, Humphrey, be
+on the safe side, and do not trust him too far until you know more of
+him."
+
+"That I most certainly will not," replied Humphrey. "When do you
+purpose going over to the keepers cottage, Edward?"
+
+"In a day or two; but I am not exactly in a humor now to be very civil
+to the Roundheads, although the one I have promised to visit is a lady,
+and a very amiable, pretty little girl in the bargain."
+
+"Why, Edward, what has made you feel more opposed to them than usual?"
+
+"In the first place, Humphrey, the murder of the king--for it was
+murder and nothing better--I can not get that out of my head; and
+yesterday I obtained what I consider as almost a gift from Heaven, and
+if it is so it was not given but with the intention that I should make
+use of it."
+
+"And what was that, Edward?"
+
+"Our gallant father's sword, which he drew so nobly and so well in
+defense of his sovereign, Humphrey, and which I trust his son may one
+day wield with equal distinction, and, it may be, better fortune. Come
+in with me, and I will show it to you."
+
+Edward and Humphrey went into the bedroom, and Edward brought out the
+sword, which he had placed by his side on the bed.
+
+"See, Humphrey, this was our father's sword; and," continued Edward,
+kissing the weapon, "I trust I may be permitted to draw it to revenge
+his death, and the death of one whose life ever should have been
+sacred."
+
+"I trust that you will, my dear brother," replied Humphrey; "you will
+have a strong arm and a good cause. Heaven grant that both may prosper!
+But tell me how you came by it."
+
+Edward then related all that had passed during his visit with Oswald to
+Lymington, not forgetting to tell him of Benjamin's appearance, and the
+arrangements he had made relative to the sale of the venison.
+
+As soon as dinner was over, Edward and Humphrey took down their guns,
+having agreed that they would go and hunt the wild cattle.
+
+"Humphrey, have you any idea where the herd of cattle are feeding at
+this time?"
+
+"I know where they were feeding yesterday and the day before, and I do
+not think that they will have changed their ground, for the grass is
+yet very young and only grown on the southern aspects. Depend upon it
+we shall fall in with them not four miles from where we now are, if not
+nearer."
+
+"We must stalk them as we do the deer, must we not? They won't allow us
+to approach within shot, Humphrey, will they?" said Edward.
+
+"We have to take our chance, Edward; they will allow us to advance
+within shot, but the bulls will then advance upon us, while the herd
+increase their distance. On the other hand, if we stalk them, we may
+kill one, and then the report of the gun will frighten the others away.
+In the first instance there is a risk; in the second there is none, but
+there is more fatigue and trouble. Choose as you please; I will act as
+you decide."
+
+"Well, Humphrey, since you give me the choice, I think that this time I
+shall take the bull by the horns, as the saying is; that is, if there
+are any trees near us, for if the herd are in an open place I would not
+run such a risk; but if we can fire upon them and fall back upon a tree
+in case of a bull charging, I will take them openly."
+
+"With all my heart, Edward; I think it will be very hard if, with our
+two guns and Smoker to back us, we do not manage to be masters of the
+field. However, we must survey well before we make our approach; and if
+we can get within shot without alarming or irritating them, we, of
+course, will do so."
+
+"The bulls are very savage at this spring time," observed Edward.
+
+"They are so at all times, as far as I can see of them," replied
+Humphrey; "but we are near to them now, I should think--yes, there is
+the herd."
+
+"There they are, sure enough," replied Edward; "now we have not to do
+with deer, and need not to be so very cautious; but still the animals
+are wary, and keep a sharp look-out. We must approach them quietly, by
+slipping from tree to tree. Smoker, to heel!--down---quiet,
+Smoker!--good dog!"
+
+Edward and Humphrey stopped to load their guns, and then approached the
+herd in manner which had been proposed, and were very soon within two
+hundred yards of the cattle, behind a large oak, when they stopped to
+reconnoiter. The herd contained about seventy head of cattle, of
+various sizes and ages. They were feeding in all directions, scattered,
+as the young grass was very short; but although the herd was spread
+over many acres of land, Edward pointed out to Humphrey that all the
+full-grown large bulls were on the outside, as if ready to defend the
+others in case of attack.
+
+"Humphrey," said Edward, "one thing is clear--as the herd is placed at
+present, we must have a bull or nothing. It is impossible to get within
+shot of the others without passing a bull, and depend upon it, our
+passage will be disputed; and moreover the herd will take to flight,
+and we shall get nothing at all."
+
+"Well," replied Humphrey, "beef is beef; and, as they say, beggars must
+not be choosers, so let it be a bull if it must be so."
+
+"Let us get nearer to them, and then we will decide what we shall do.
+Steady, Smoker!"
+
+They advanced gradually, hiding from tree to tree, until they were
+within eighty yards of one of the bulls. The animal did not perceive
+them, and as they were now within range, they again stepped behind the
+tree to consult.
+
+"Now, Edward, I think that it would be best to separate. You can fire
+from where we are, and I will crawl through the fern, and get behind
+another tree."
+
+"Very well, do so," replied Edward: "if you can manage, get to that
+tree with the low branches, and then perhaps you will be within shot of
+the white bull, which is coming down in this direction. Smoker, lie
+down! He can not go with you, Humphrey; it will not be safe."
+
+The distance of the tree which Humphrey ventured to get to was one
+about one hundred and fifty yards from where Edward was standing.
+Humphrey crawled along for some time in the fern, but at last he came
+to a bare spot of about ten yards wide, which they were not aware of,
+and where he could not be concealed. Humphrey hesitated, and at last
+decided upon attempting to cross it. Edward, who was one moment
+watching the motions of Humphrey, and at another that of the two
+animals nearest to them, perceived that the white bull farthest from
+him, but nearest to Humphrey, threw its head in the air, pawed with his
+foot, and then advanced with a roar to where Humphrey was on the
+ground, still crawling toward the tree, having passed the open spot,
+and being now not many yards from the tree. Perceiving the danger that
+his brother was in, and that, moreover, Humphrey himself was not aware
+of it, he hardly knew how to act. The bull was too far from him to fire
+at it with any chance of success; and how to let Humphrey know that the
+animal had discovered him and was making toward him, without calling
+out, he did not know. All this was the thought of a moment, and then
+Edward determined to fire at the bull nearest to him, which he had
+promised not to do till Humphrey was also ready to fire, and after
+firing to call to Humphrey. He therefore, for one moment, turned away
+from his brother, and, taking aim at the bull, fired his gun; but
+probably from his nerves being a little shaken at the idea of Humphrey
+being in danger, the wound was not mortal, and the bull galloped back
+to the herd, which formed a closed phalanx about a quarter of a mile
+distant. Edward then turned to where his brother was, and perceived
+that the bull had not made off with the rest of the cattle, but was
+within thirty yards of Humphrey, and advancing upon him, and that
+Humphrey was standing up beside the tree with his gun ready to file.
+Humphrey fired, and, as it appeared, he also missed his aim; the animal
+made at him; but Humphrey, with great quickness, dropped his gun, and,
+swinging by the lower boughs, was into the tree, and out of the bull's
+reach in a moment. Edward smiled when he perceived that Humphrey was
+safe; but still he was a prisoner, for the bull went round and round
+the tree roaring and looking up at Humphrey. Edward thought a minute,
+then loaded his gun, and ordered Smoker to run in to the bull. The dog,
+who had only been restrained by Edward's keeping him down at his feet,
+sprung forward to the attack. Edward had intended, by calling to the
+dog, to induce the bull to follow it till within gun-shot; but before
+the bull had been attacked, Edward observed that one or two more of the
+bulls had left the herd, and were coming at a rapid pace toward him.
+Under these circumstances, Edward perceived that his only chance was to
+climb into a tree himself, which he did, taking good care to take his
+gun and ammunition with him. Having safely fixed himself in a forked
+bough, Edward then surveyed the position of the parties. There was
+Humphrey in the tree, without his gun. The bull who had pursued
+Humphrey was now running at Smoker, who appeared to be aware that he
+was to decoy the bull toward Edward, for he kept retreating toward him.
+In the mean time, the two other bulls were quite close at hand,
+mingling their bellowing and roaring with the first; and one of them as
+near to Edward as the first bull, which was engaged with Smoker. At
+last, one of the advancing bulls stood still, pawing the ground as if
+disappointed at not finding an enemy, not forty yards from where Edward
+was perched. Edward took good aim, and when he fired the bull fell
+dead. Edward was reloading his piece when he heard a howl, and looking
+round, saw Smoker flying up in the air, having been tossed by the first
+bull; and at the same time he observed that Humphrey had descended from
+the tree, recovered his gun, and was now safe again upon the lower
+bough.
+
+The first bull was advancing again to attack Smoker, who appeared
+incapable of getting away, so much was he injured by the fall, when the
+other bull, who apparently must have been an old antagonist of the
+first, roared and attacked him; and now the two boys were up in the
+tree, the two bulls fighting between them, and Smoker lying on the
+ground, panting and exhausted. As the bulls, with locked horns, were
+furiously pressing each other, both guns were discharged, and both
+animals fell. After waiting a little while to see if they rose again,
+or if any more of the herd came up, Edward and Humphrey descended from
+the trees and heartily shook hands.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+
+"A narrow escape, Humphrey!" said Edward as he held his brother's hand.
+
+"Yes, indeed, we may thank Heaven for our preservation," replied
+Humphrey; "and poor Smoker! let us see if he is much hurt."
+
+"I trust not," said Edward, going up to the dog, who remained quite
+still on the ground, with his tongue out, and panting violently.
+
+They examined poor Smoker all over very carefully, and found that there
+was no external wound; but on Edward pressing his side, the animal gave
+a low howl.
+
+"It is there where the horn of the bull took him," observed Humphrey.
+
+"Yes," said Edward, pressing and feeling softly: "and he has two of his
+ribs broken. Humphrey, see if you can get him a little water, that will
+recover him more than any thing else; the bull has knocked the breath
+out of his body. I think he will soon be well again, poor fellow."
+
+Humphrey soon returned with some water from a neighboring pool. He
+brought it in his hat and gave it to the dog, who lapped it slowly at
+first, but afterward much faster, and wagging his tail.
+
+"He will do now," said Edward; "we must give him time to recover
+himself. Now then, let us examine our quarry. Why, Humphrey, what a
+quantity of meat we have here! It will take three journeys to Lymington
+at least."
+
+"Yes, and no time to lose, for the weather is getting warm already,
+Edward. Now what to do? Will you remain while I go home for the cart?"
+
+"Yes, it's no use both going; I will stay here and watch poor Smoker,
+and take off the skins ready by the time you are back again. Leave me
+your knife as well as my own, for one will soon be blunt."
+
+Humphrey gave his knife to Edward, and taking up his gun, set off for
+the cottage. Edward had skinned two of the bulls before Humphrey's
+return; and Smoker, although he evidently was in great pain, was on his
+legs again. As soon as they had finished and quartered the beasts, the
+cart was loaded and they returned home; they had to return a second
+time, and both the pony and they were very tired before they sat down
+to supper They found the gipsy boy very much recovered and in good
+spirits. Alice said that he had been amusing Edith and her by tossing
+up three potatoes at a time, and playing them like balls; and that he
+has spun a platter upon an iron skewer and balanced it on his chin.
+They gave him some supper, which he ate in the chimney corner, looking
+up and staring every now and then at Edith, to whom he appeared very
+much attached already.
+
+"Is it good?" said Humphrey to the boy, giving him another venison
+steak.
+
+"Yes; not have so good supper in pithole," replied Pablo, laughing.
+
+Early on the following morning, Edward and Humphrey set off to
+Lymington with the cart laden with meat. Edward showed Humphrey all the
+shops and the streets they were in where the purchases were to be
+made--introduced him to the landlord of the hostelry--and having sold
+their meat, they returned home. The rest of the meat was taken to
+Lymington and disposed of by Humphrey on the following day; and the day
+after that the three skins were carried to the town and disposed of.
+
+"We made a good day's work, Edward," said Humphrey, as he reckoned up
+the money they had made.
+
+"We earned it with some risk, at all events," replied Edward; "and now,
+Humphrey, I think it is time that I keep my promise to Oswald, and go
+over to the intendant's house, and pay my visit to the young lady, as I
+presume she is--and certainly she has every appearance of being one. I
+want the visit to be over, as I want to be doing."
+
+"How do you mean, Edward?"
+
+"I mean that I want to go out and kill some deer, but I will not do it
+till after I have seen her: when I shall have acquitted myself of my
+visit, I intend to defy the intendant and all his verderers."
+
+"But why should this visit prevent you going out this very day, if so
+inclined?"
+
+"I don't know, but she may ask me if I have done so, and I do not want
+to tell her that I have; neither do I want to say that I have not, if I
+have; and therefore I shall not commence till after I have seen her."
+
+"When will you set off?"
+
+"To-morrow morning; and I shall take my gun, although Oswald desired me
+not; but after the fight we had with the wild cattle the other day, I
+don't think it prudent to be unarmed; indeed, I do not feel comfortable
+without I have my gun, at any time."
+
+"Well, I shall have plenty to do when you are away--the potatoes must
+be hoed up, and I shall see what I can make of Master Pablo. He appears
+well enough, and he has played quite long enough, so I shall take him
+with me to the garden to-morrow, and set him to work. What a quantity
+of fruit there is a promise of in the orchard this year! And Edward, if
+this boy turns out of any use, and is a help to me, I think that I
+shall take all the orchard into garden, and then inclose another piece
+of ground, and see if we can not grow some corn for ourselves. It is
+the greatest expense that we have at present, and I should like to take
+my own corn to the mill to be ground."
+
+"But will not growing corn require plow and horses?" said Edward.
+
+"No; we will try it by hand: two of us can dig a great deal at odd
+times, and we shall have a better crop with the spade than with the
+plow. We have now so much manure that we can afford it."
+
+"Well, if it is to be done, it should be done at once, Humphrey, before
+the people from the other side of the forest come and find us out, or
+they will dispute our right to the inclosure."
+
+"The forest belongs to the king, brother, and not to the Parliament;
+and we are the king's liege men, and only look to him for permission,"
+replied Humphrey; "but what you say is true: the sooner it is done the
+better, and I will about it at once."
+
+"How much do you propose fencing in?"
+
+"About two or three acres."
+
+"But that is more than you can dig this year or the next."
+
+"I know that; but I will manure it without digging, and the grass will
+grow so rich to what it will outside of the inclosure, that they will
+suppose it has been inclosed a long while."
+
+"That's not a bad idea, Humphrey; but I advise you to look well after
+that boy, for he is of a bad race, and has not been brought up, I am
+afraid, with too strict notions of honesty. Be careful, and tell your
+sisters also to be cautious not to let him suppose that we have any
+money in the old chest, till we find out whether he is to be trusted or
+not."
+
+"Better not let him know it under any circumstances," replied Humphrey;
+"he may continue honest, if not tempted by the knowledge that there is
+any thing worth stealing."
+
+"You are right, Humphrey. Well, I will be off to-morrow morning and get
+this visit over. I hope to be able to get all the news from her, now
+that her father is away.
+
+"I hope to get some work out of this Pablo," replied Humphrey; "how
+many things I could do, if he would only work! Now, I'll tell you one
+thing--I will dig a sawpit and get a saw, and then I can cut out boards
+and build any thing we want. The first time I go to Lymington I will
+buy a saw--I can afford it now; and I'll make a carpenter's bench for
+the first thing, and then, with some more tools, I shall get on; and
+then, Edward, I'll tell you what else I will do."
+
+"Then, Humphrey," replied Edward, laughing, "you must tell me some
+other time, for it is now very late, and I must go to bed, as I have to
+rise early. I know you have so many projects in your mind that it would
+take half the night to listen to them."
+
+"Well, I believe what you say is true," replied Humphrey, "and it will
+be better to do one thing at a time than to talk about doing a hundred;
+so we will, as you say, to bed."
+
+At sunrise, Edward and Humphrey were both up; Alice came out when they
+tapped at her door, as she would not let Edward go without his
+breakfast. Edith joined them, and they went to prayers. While they were
+so employed, Pablo came out and listened to what was said. When prayers
+were over, Humphrey asked Pablo if he knew what they had been doing.
+
+"No, not much; suppose you pray sun to shine."
+
+"No, Pablo," said Edith, "pray to God to make us good."
+
+"You bad then?" said Pablo; "me not bad."
+
+"Yes, Pablo, every body very bad," said Alice; "but if we try to be
+good, God forgives us."
+
+The conversation was then dropped, and as soon as Edward had made his
+breakfast, he kissed his sisters, and wished Humphrey farewell.
+
+Edward threw his gun over his arm, and calling his puppy, which he had
+named Holdfast, bade Humphrey and his sisters farewell, and set off on
+his journey across the forest.
+
+Holdfast, as well as Humphrey's puppy, which had been named Watch, had
+grown very fine young animals. The first had been named Holdfast,
+because it would seize the pigs by the ears and lead them into the sty,
+and the other because it was so alert at the least noise; but, as
+Humphrey said, Watch ought to have learned to lead the pigs, it being
+more in his line of business than Holdfast's, which was to be brought
+up for hunting in the forest, while Watch was being educated as a house
+and farmyard dog.
+
+Edward had refused to take the pony, as Humphrey required it for the
+farm-work, and the weather was so fine that he preferred walking; the
+more so, as it would enable him on his return across the forest to try
+for some venison, which he could not have done if he had been mounted
+on Billy's back. Edward walked quick, followed by his dog, which he had
+taught to keep to heel. He felt happy, as people do who have no cares,
+from the fine weather--the deep green of the verdure checkered by the
+flowers in bloom, and the majestic scenery which met his eye on every
+side. His heart was as buoyant as his steps, as he walked along, the
+light summer breeze fanning his face. His thoughts, however, which had
+been more of the chase than any thing else, suddenly changed, and he
+became serious. For some time he had heard no political news of
+consequence, or what the Commons were doing with the king. This revery
+naturally brought to his mind his father's death, the burning of his
+property, and its sequestration. His cheeks colored with indignation,
+and his brow was moody. Then he built castles for the future. He
+imagined the king released from his prison, and leading an army against
+his oppressors; he fancied himself at the head of a troop of cavalry,
+charging the Parliamentary horse. Victory was on his side. The king was
+again on his throne, and he was again in possession of the family
+estate. He was rebuilding the hall, and somehow or another it appeared
+to him that Patience was standing by his side, as he gave directions to
+the artificers, when his revery was suddenly disturbed by Holdfast
+barking and springing forward in advance.
+
+Edward, who had by this time got over more than half his journey,
+looked up, and perceived himself confronted by a powerful man,
+apparently about forty years of age, and dressed as a verderer of the
+forest. He thought at the time that he had seldom seen a person with a
+more sinister and forbidding countenance.
+
+"How now, young fellow, what are you doing here?" said the man, walking
+up to him and cocking the gun which he held in hand as he advanced.
+
+Edward quietly cocked his own gun, which was loaded, when he perceived
+that hostile preparation on the part of the other person, and then
+replied, "I am walking across the forest, as you may perceive."
+
+"Yes, I perceive you are walking, and you are walking with a dog and a
+gun: you will now be pleased to walk with me. Deer-stealers are not any
+longer permitted to range this forest."
+
+"I am no deer-stealer," replied Edward. "It will be quite sufficient to
+give me that title when you find me with venison in my possession; and
+as for going with you, that I certainly shall not. Sheer off, or you
+may meet with harm."
+
+"Why, you young good-for-nothing, if you have not venison, it is not
+from any will not to take it; you are out in pursuit of it, that is
+clear. Come, come, you've the wrong person to deal with; my orders are
+to take up all poachers, and take you I will."
+
+"If you can," replied Edward; "but you must first prove that you are
+able so to do; my gun is as good and my aim is as sure as yours,
+whoever you may be. I tell you again, I am no poacher, nor have I come
+out to take the deer, but to cross over to the intendant's cottage,
+whither I am now going. I tell you thus much, that you may not do any
+thing foolish; and having said this, I advise you to think twice before
+you act once. Let me proceed in peace, or you may lose your place, if
+you do not, by your own rashness, lose your life."
+
+There was something so cool and so determined in Edward's quiet manner,
+that the verderer hesitated. He perceived that any attempt to take
+Edward would be at the risk of his own life; and he knew that his
+orders were to apprehend all poachers, but not to shoot people. It was
+true, that resistance with firearms would warrant his acting in
+self-defense; but admitting that he should succeed, which was doubtful,
+still Edward had not been caught in the act of killing venison, and he
+had no witnesses to prove what had occurred. He also knew that the
+intendant had given very strict orders as to the shedding of blood,
+which he was most averse to, under any circumstances; and there was
+something in Edward's appearance and manner so different from a common
+person, that he was puzzled. Moreover, Edward had stated that he was
+going to the intendant's house. All things considered, as he found that
+bullying would not succeed, he thought it advisable to change his tone,
+and therefore said, "You tell me that you are going to the intendant's
+house; you have business there, I presume? If I took you prisoner, it
+is there I should have conducted you, so, young man, you may now walk
+on before me."
+
+"I thank you," replied Edward, "but walk on before you I will not: but
+if you choose to half-cock your gun again, and walk by my side, I will
+do the same. Those are my terms, and I will listen to no other; so be
+pleased to make up your mind, as I am in haste."
+
+The verderer appeared very indignant at this reply, but after a time
+said, "Be it so."
+
+Edward then uncocked his gun, with his eyes fixed upon the man, and the
+verderer did the same: and then they walked side by side, Edward
+keeping at the distance of three yards from him, in case of treachery.
+
+After a few moments' silence, the verderer said, "You tell me you are
+going to the intendant's house; he is not at home."
+
+"But young Mistress Patience is, I presume," said Edward.
+
+"Yes," replied the man, who, finding that Edward appeared to know so
+much about the intendant's family, began to be more civil. "Yes, she is
+at home, for I saw her in the garden this morning."
+
+"And Oswald, is he at home?" rejoined Edward.
+
+"Yes, he is. You appear to know our people, young man; who may you be,
+if it is a fair question?"
+
+"It would have been a fair question had you treated me fairly," replied
+Edward; "but as it is no concern of yours, I shall leave you to find it
+out."
+
+This reply puzzled the man still more; and he now, from the tone of
+authority assumed by Edward, began to imagine that he had made some
+mistake, and that he was speaking to a superior, although clad in a
+forester's dress. He therefore answered humbly, observing that he had
+only been doing his duty.
+
+Edward walked on without making any reply.
+
+As they arrived within a hundred yards of the intendant's house Edward
+said--
+
+"I have now arrived at my destination, and am going into that house, as
+I told you. Do you choose to enter it with me, or will you go to Oswald
+Partridge and tell him that you have met with Edward Armitage in the
+forest, and that I should be glad to see him? I believe you are under
+his orders, are you not?"
+
+"Yes I am," replied the verderer, "and as I suppose that all's right, I
+shall go and deliver your message."
+
+Edward then turned away from the man, and went into the wicket-gate of
+the garden, and knocked at the door of the House. The door was opened
+by Patience Heatherstone herself, who said, "Oh, how glad I am to see
+you! Come in." Edward took off his hat and bowed. Patience led the way
+into her father's study, where Edward had been first received.
+
+"And now," said Patience, extending her hand to Edward, "thanks, many
+thanks, for your preserving me from so dreadful a death. You don't know
+how unhappy I have been at not being able to give you my poor thanks
+for your courageous behavior."
+
+Her hand still remained in Edward's while she said this.
+
+"You rate what I did too highly," replied Edward; "I would have done
+the same for any one in such distress: it was my duty as a--man,"
+Cavalier he was about to say, but he checked himself.
+
+"Sit down," said Patience, taking a chair; "nay, no ceremony; I can not
+treat as an inferior one to whom I owe such a debt of gratitude."
+
+Edward smiled as he took his seat.
+
+"My father is as grateful to you as I am--I'm sure that he is--for I
+heard him, when at prayer, call down blessings on your head. What can
+he do for you? I begged Oswald Partridge to bring you here that I might
+find out. Oh, sir, do, pray, let me know how we can show our gratitude
+by something more than words."
+
+"You have shown it already, Mistress Patience," replied Edward; "have
+you not honored a poor forester with your hand in friendship, and even
+admitted him to sit down before you?"
+
+"He who has preserved my life at the risk of his own becomes to me as a
+brother--at least I feel as a sister toward him: a debt is still a
+debt, whether indebted to a king or to a--"
+
+"Forester, Mistress Patience; that is the real word that you should not
+have hesitated to have used. Do you imagine that I am ashamed of my
+calling?"
+
+"To tell you candidly the truth, then," replied Patience: "I can not
+believe that you are what you profess to be. I mean to say that,
+although a forester now, you were never brought up as such. My father
+has an opinion allied to mine."
+
+"I thank you both for your good opinion of me, but I fear that I can
+not raise myself above the condition of a forester; nay, from your
+father's coming down here, and the new regulations, I have every chance
+of sinking down to the lower grade of a deer-stealer and poacher;
+indeed, had it not been that I had my gun with me, I should have been
+seized as such this very day as I came over."
+
+"But you were not shooting the deer, were you, sir?" inquired Patience.
+
+"No, I was not; nor have I killed any since last I saw you."
+
+"I am glad that I can say that to my father," replied Patience; "it
+will much please him. He said to me that he thought you capable of much
+higher employment than any that could be offered here, and only wished
+to know what you would accept. He has interest--great
+interest--although just now at variance with the rulers of this
+country, on account of the--"
+
+"Murder of the king, you would or you should have said, Mistress
+Patience. I have heard how much he was opposed to that foul deed, and I
+honor him for it."
+
+"How kind, how truly kind you are to say so!" said Patience, the tears
+starting in her eyes; "what pleasure to hear my father's conduct
+praised by you!"
+
+"Why, of course, Mistress Patience, all of my way of thinking must
+praise him. Your father is in London, I hear?"
+
+"Yes, he is; and that reminds me that you must want some refreshment
+after your walk. I will call Phoebe." So saying, Patience left the room.
+
+The fact was, Mistress Patience was reminded that she had been sitting
+with a young man some time, and alone with him--which was not quite
+proper in those times; and when Phoebe appeared with the cold viands,
+she retreated out of hearing, but remained in the room.
+
+Edward partook of the meal offered him in silence, Patience occupying
+herself with her work, and keeping her eyes fixed on it, unless when
+she gave a slight glance at the table to see if any thing was required.
+When the meal was over, Phoebe removed the tray, and then Edward rose
+to take his leave.
+
+"Nay, do not go yet--I have much to say first; let me again ask you how
+we can serve you."
+
+"I never can take any office under the present rulers of the nation, so
+that question is at rest."
+
+"I was afraid that you would answer so," replied Patience, gravely: "do
+not think I blame you; for many are there already who would gladly
+retrace their steps if it were possible. They little thought, when they
+opposed the king, that affairs would have ended as they have done.
+Where do you live, sir?"
+
+"At the opposite side of the forest, in a house belonging to me now,
+but which was inherited by my grandfather."
+
+"Do you live alone--surely not?"
+
+"No, I do not."
+
+"Nay, you may tell me any thing, for I would never repeat what might
+hurt you, or you might not wish to have known."
+
+"I live with my brother and two sisters, for my grandfather is lately
+dead."
+
+"Is your brother younger than you are?"
+
+"He is."
+
+"And your sisters, what are their ages?"
+
+"They are younger still."
+
+"You told my father that you lived upon your farm?"
+
+"We do."
+
+"Is it a large farm?"
+
+"No; very small."
+
+"And does that support you?"
+
+"That and killing wild cattle has lately."
+
+"Yes, and killing deer also, until lately?"
+
+"You have guessed right."
+
+"You were brought up at Arnwood, you told my father; did you not?"
+
+"Yes, I was brought up there, and remained there until the death of
+Colonel Beverley."
+
+"And you were educated, were you not?"
+
+"Yes; the chaplain taught me what little I do know."
+
+"Then, if you were brought up in the house and educated by the
+chaplain, surely Colonel Beverley never intended you for a forester?"
+
+"He did not; I was to have been a soldier as soon as I was old enough
+to bear arms."
+
+"Perhaps you are distantly related to the late Colonel Beverley."
+
+"No; I am not _distantly_ related," replied Edward, who began to feel
+uneasy at this close cross-examination; "but still, had Colonel
+Beverley been alive, and the king still required his services, I have
+no doubt that I should have been serving under him at this time. And
+now, Mistress Patience, that I have answered so many questions of
+yours, may I be permitted to ask a little about yourself in return?
+Have you any brothers?"
+
+"None; I am an only child."
+
+"Have you only one parent alive?"
+
+"Only one."
+
+"What families are you connected with?"
+
+Patience looked up with surprise at this last question.
+
+"My mother's name was Cooper; she was sister to Sir Anthony Ashley
+Cooper, who is a person well known."
+
+"Indeed! then you are of gentle blood?"
+
+"I believe so," replied Patience, with surprise.
+
+"Thank you for your condescension, Mistress Patience; and now, if you
+will permit me, I will take my leave."
+
+"Before you go, let me once more thank you for saving a worthless
+life," said Patience. "Well, you must come again, when my father is
+here; he will be but too glad to have an opportunity of thanking one
+who has preserved his only child. Indeed, if you knew my father, you
+would feel as much regard for him as I do. He is very good, although he
+looks so stern and melancholy; but he has seldom smiled since my poor
+mother's death."
+
+"As to your father, Mistress Patience, I will think as well as I can of
+one who is joined to a party which I hold in detestation; I can say no
+more."
+
+"I must not say all that I know, or you would, perhaps, find out that
+he is not quite so wedded to that party as you suppose. Neither his
+brother-in-law nor he are great friends of Cromwell's, I can assure
+you; but this is in confidence."
+
+"That raises him in my estimation; but why then does he hold office?"
+
+"He did not ask it; it was given to him, I really believe, because they
+wished him out of the way; and he accepted it because he was opposed to
+what was going on, and wished himself to be away. At least I infer so
+much from what I have learned. It is not an office of power or trust
+which leagues him with the present government."
+
+"No; only one which opposes him to me and my malpractices," replied
+Edward, laughing. "Well, Mistress Patience, you have shown great
+condescension to a poor forester, and I return you many thanks for your
+kindness toward me: I will now take my leave."
+
+"And when will you come and see my father?"
+
+"I can not say; I fear that I shall not be able very soon to look in
+his injured face, and it will not be well for a poacher to come near
+him," replied Edward: "however, some day I may be taken and brought
+before you as a prisoner, you know, and then he is certain to see me."
+
+"I will not tell you to kill deer," replied Patience; "but if you do
+kill them no one shall harm you--or I know little of my power or my
+father's. Farewell then, sir, and once more gratitude and thanks."
+
+Patience held out her hand again to Edward, who this time, like a true
+Cavalier, raised it respectfully to his lips. Patience colored a
+little, but did not attempt to withdraw it, and Edward, with a low
+obeisance, quitted the room.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+
+As soon as he was out of the intendant's house, Edward hastened to the
+cottage of Oswald Partridge, whom he found waiting for him, for the
+verderer had not failed to deliver his message.
+
+"You have had a long talk with Mistress Patience," said Oswald, after
+the first greeting, "and I am glad of it, as it gives you consequence
+here. The Roundhead rascal whom you met was inclined, to be very
+precise about doing his duty, and insisted that he was certain that you
+were on the look-out for deer; but I stopped his mouth by telling him
+that I often took you out with me, as you were the best shot in the
+whole forest, and that the intendant knew that I did so. I think that
+if you were caught in the act of killing a deer, you had better tell,
+them that you killed it by my request, and I will bear you out if they
+bring you to the intendant, who will, I'm sure, thank me for saying so;
+you might kill all the deer in the forest, after what you have done for
+him."
+
+"Many thanks; but I do not think I can take advantage of your offer.
+Let them catch me if they can, and if they do catch me, let them take
+me if they can."
+
+"I see, sir, that you will accept no favor from the Roundheads,"
+replied Oswald. "However, as I am now head keeper, I shall take care
+that my men do not interfere with you, if I can help it; all I wish is
+to prevent any insult or indignity being offered to you, they not being
+aware who you are, as I am."
+
+"Many thanks, Oswald; I must take my chance."
+
+Edward then told Oswald of their having taken the gipsy boy in the pit,
+at which he appeared much amused.
+
+"What is the name of the verderer whom I met in the forest?" inquired
+Edward.
+
+"James Corbould; he was discharged from the army," replied Oswald.
+
+"I do not like his appearance," said Edward.
+
+"No; his face tells against him," replied Oswald; "but I know nothing
+of him; he has been here little more than a fortnight."
+
+"Can you give me a corner to put my head in to-night, Oswald? for I
+shall not start till to-morrow morning."
+
+"You may command all I have, sir," replied Oswald; "but I fear there is
+little more than a hearty welcome; I have no doubt that you could be
+lodged at the intendant's house if you choose."
+
+"No, Oswald, the young lady is alone, and I will not trust to Phoebe's
+accommodation again; I will stay here, if you will permit me."
+
+"And welcome, sir; I will put your puppy in the kennel at once."
+
+Edward remained that night at Oswald's, and at daylight he rose, and
+having taken a slight breakfast, throwing his gun over his shoulder,
+went to the kennel for Holdfast, and set off on his return home.
+
+"That's a very nice little girl," were the words which Edward found
+himself constantly saying to himself as he walked along; "and she is of
+a grateful disposition, or she would not have behaved as she has done
+toward me--supposing me to be of mean birth;" and then he thought of
+what she had told him relative to her father, and Edward felt his
+animosity against a Roundhead wasting fast away. "I am not likely to
+see her again very soon," thought Edward, "unless, indeed, I am brought
+to the intendant as a prisoner." Thus thinking upon, one subject or
+another, Edward had gained above eight miles of his journey across the
+forest, when he thought that he was sufficiently far away to venture to
+look out for some venison. Remembering there was a thicket not far from
+him in which there was a clear pool of water, Edward thought it very
+likely that he might find a stag there cooling himself, for the weather
+was now very warm at noonday. He therefore called Holdfast to him, and
+proceeded cautiously toward the thicket. As soon as he arrived at the
+spot, he crouched and crept silently through the underwood. At last he
+arrived close to the cleared spot by the pool. There was no stag there,
+but fast asleep upon the turf lay James Corbould, the sinister-looking
+verderer who had accosted him in the forest on the previous day.
+Holdfast was about to bark, when Edward silenced him, and then advanced
+to where the verderer was lying; and who, having no dog with him to
+give notice of Edward's approach, still remained snoring with the sun
+shining on his face. Edward perceived that his gun was under him on the
+grass, he took it up, gently opened the pan and scattered the powder,
+and then laid it down again--for Edward said to himself, "That man has
+come out after me, that I am certain; and as there are no witnesses, he
+may be inclined to be mischievous, for a more wretched-looking person I
+never saw. Had he been deer-hunting, he would have brought his dog; but
+he is man-hunting, that is evident. Now I will leave him, and should he
+fall in with anything, he will not kill at first shot, that's certain;
+and if he follows me, I shall have the same chance of escape as
+anything else he may fire at." Edward then walked out of the covert,
+thinking that if ever there was a face which proclaimed a man to be a
+murderer, it was that of James Corbould. As he was threading his way,
+he heard the howl of a dog, and on looking round, perceived that
+Holdfast was not with him. He turned back, and Holdfast came running to
+him--the fact was, that Holdfast had smelled some meat in the pocket of
+the verderer, and had been putting his nose in to ascertain what it
+was: in so doing, he had wakened up Corbould, who had saluted him with
+a heavy blow on the head: this occasioned the puppy to give the howl,
+and also occasioned Corbould to seize his gun, and follow stealthily in
+the track of the dog, which he well knew to be the one he had seen the
+day before with Edward.
+
+Edward waited for a short time, and not perceiving that Corbould made
+his appearance, continued on his way home, having now given up all
+thoughts of killing any venison. He walked fast, and was within six
+miles of the cottage, when he stopped to drink at a small rill of
+water, and then sat down to rest himself for a short time. While so
+doing, he fell into one of his usual reveries, and forgot how time
+passed away. He was, however, aroused by a low growl on the part of
+Holdfast, and it immediately occurred to him that Corbould must have
+followed him. Thinking it as well to be prepared, he quietly loaded his
+gun, and then rose up to reconnoiter. Holdfast sprung forward, and
+Edward, looking in the direction, perceived Corbould partly hidden
+behind a tree, with his gun leveled at him. He heard the trigger
+pulled, and snap of the lock, but the gun did not go off; and then
+Corbould made his appearance, striking at Holdfast with the butt-end of
+his gun. Edward advanced to him and desired him to desist, or it would
+be the worse for him.
+
+"Indeed, younker! it may be the worse for you," cried Corbould.
+
+"It might have been if your gun had gone off," replied Edward.
+
+"I did not aim at you. I aimed at the dog, and I will kill the brute if
+I can."
+
+"Not without danger to yourself; but it was not him that you aimed
+at--your gun was not pointed low enough to hit the dog--it was leveled
+at me, you sneaking wretch; and I have only to thank my own prudence
+and your sleepy head for having escaped with my life. I tell you
+candidly, that I threw the powder out of your pan while you were
+asleep. If I served you as you deserve, I should now put my bullet into
+you; but I can not kill a man who is defenseless--and that saves your
+life; but set off as fast as you can away from me, for if you follow me
+I will show no more forbearance. Away with you directly," continued
+Edward, raising his gun to his shoulder and pointing it at Corbould;
+"if you do not be off, I'll fire."
+
+Corbould saw that Edward was resolute, and thought proper to comply
+with his request: he walked away till he considered himself out of
+gunshot, and then commenced a torrent of oaths and abusive language,
+with which we shall not offend our readers. Before he went farther, he
+swore that he would have Edward's life before many days had passed, and
+then shaking his fist, he went away. Edward remained where he was
+standing till the man was fairly out of sight, and then proceeded on
+his journey. It was now about four o'clock in the afternoon, and
+Edward, as he walked on, said to himself, "That man must be of a very
+wicked disposition, for I have offended him in nothing except in not
+submitting to be made his prisoner; and is that an offense to take a
+man's life for? He is a dangerous man, and will be more dangerous after
+being again foiled by me as he has been to-day. I doubt if he will go
+home; I am almost sure that he will turn and follow me when he thinks
+that he can without my seeing him; and if he does, he will find out
+where our cottage is--and who knows what mischief he may not do, and
+how he may alarm my little sisters? I'll not go home till dark; and
+I'll now walk in another direction, that I may mislead him." Edward
+then walked away more to the north, and every half hour shifted his
+course so as to be walking in a very different direction from where the
+cottage stood. In the mean time it grew gradually dark; and as it
+became so, every now and then when Edward passed a large tree, he
+turned round behind it and looked to see if Corbould was following him.
+At last, just as it was dark, he perceived the figure of a man at no
+great distance from him, who was following him, running from tree to
+tree, so as to make his approach. "Oh, you are there!" thought Edward;
+"now will I give you a nice dance, and we will see whose legs are tired
+soonest. Let me see, where am I?" Edward looked round, and then
+perceived that he was close to the clump of trees where Humphrey had
+made his pitfall for the cattle, and there was a clear spot of about a
+quarter of a mile between it and where he now stood. Edward made up his
+mind, and immediately walked out to cross the clearing, calling
+Holdfast to heel. It was now nearly dark, for there was only the light
+of the stars, but still there was sufficient light to see his way. As
+Edward crossed the cleared spot, he once looked round and perceived
+that Corbould was following him, and nearer than he was before,
+trusting probably to the increased darkness to hide his approach. "That
+will do," thought Edward; "come along, my fine fellow." And Edward
+walked on till he came to the pitfall; there he stopped and looked
+round, and soon discovered the verderer at a hundred yards' distance.
+Edward held his dog by the mouth, that he should not growl or bark, and
+then went on in a direction so as to bring the pitfall exactly between
+Corbould and himself. Having done so, he proceeded at a more rapid
+pace; and Corbould, following him, also increased his, till he arrived
+at the pitfall, which he could not perceive, and fell into it headlong;
+and as he fell into the pit, at the same time Edward heard the
+discharge of his gun, the crash of the small branches laid over it, and
+a cry on the part of Corbould. "That will do," thought Edward, "now you
+may lie there as long as the gipsy did, and that will cool your
+courage. Humphrey's pitfall is full of adventure. In this case it has
+done me a service. Now I may turn and go home as fast as I can. Come
+Holdfast, old boy, we both want our suppers. I can answer for one, for
+I could eat the whole of that pasty which Oswald set before me this
+morning." Edward walked at a rapid pace, quite delighted at the issue
+of the adventure. As he arrived near to the cottage he found Humphrey
+outside, with Pablo, on the look-out for him. He soon joined them, and
+soon after embraced Alice and Edith, who had been anxiously waiting for
+his return, and who had wondered at his being out so late. "Give me my
+supper, my dear girls," said Edward, "and then you shall know all about
+it."
+
+As soon as Edward had satisfied his craving appetite--for he had not,
+as my readers must recollect, eaten any thing since his departure early
+in the morning from the house of Oswald Partridge--he entered into a
+narrative of the events of the day. They all listened with great
+interest; and when Edward had finished, Pablo, the gipsy boy, jumped up
+and said,
+
+"Now he is in the pit, to-morrow morning I take gun and shoot him."
+
+"No, no, Pablo, you must not do that," replied Edward, laughing.
+
+"Pablo," said little Edith, "go and sit down; you must not shoot
+people."
+
+"He shoot master then," said Pablo; "he very bad man."
+
+"But if you shoot him, you will be a bad boy, Pablo," replied Edith,
+who appeared to have assumed an authority over him. Pablo did not
+appear to understand this, but he obeyed the order of his little
+mistress, and resumed his seat at the chimney corner.
+
+"But, Edward," said Humphrey, "what do you propose to do?"
+
+"I hardly know; my idea was to let him remain there for a day or two,
+and then send to Oswald to let him know where the fellow was."
+
+"The only objection to that is," replied Humphrey, "that you say his
+gun went off as he fell into the pit; it may be probable that he is
+wounded, and if so, he might die if he is left there."
+
+"You are right, Humphrey, that is possible; and I would not have the
+life of a fellow-creature on my conscience."
+
+"I think it would be advisable, Edward, that I should set off early
+to-morrow on the pony, and see Oswald, tell him all that has occurred,
+and show him where the pitfall is."
+
+"I believe that would be the best plan, Humphrey."
+
+"Yes," said Alice, "it would be dreadful that a man should die in so
+wicked a state; let him be taken out, and perhaps he will repent."
+
+"Won't God punish him, brother?" said Edith.
+
+"Yes, my dear; sooner or later the vengeance of Heaven overtakes the
+wicked. But I am very tired after so long a walk to Prayers, and then
+to bed."
+
+The danger that Edward had incurred that day was felt strongly by the
+whole party; and, with the exception of Pablo there was earnest
+devotion and gratitude to Heaven when their orisons were offered up.
+
+Humphrey was off before daybreak, and at nine o'clock had arrived at
+the cottage of Oswald, by whom he was warmly greeted before the cause
+of his unexpected arrival was made known. Oswald was greatly annoyed at
+Humphrey's narration, and appeared to be very much of the opinion of
+Pablo, which was, to leave the scoundrel where he was; but, on the
+remonstrance of Humphrey, he set off, with two of the other verderers,
+and before nightfall Humphrey arrived at the pitfall, where they heard
+Corbould groaning below.
+
+"Who's there?" said Oswald, looking into the pit.
+
+"It's me, it's Corbould," replied the man.
+
+"Are you hurt?"
+
+"Yes, badly," replied Corbould; "when I fell, my gun went off, and the
+ball has gone through my thigh. I have almost bled to death."
+
+Humphrey went for the ladder, which was at hand, and, with much
+exertion on the part of the whole four of them, they contrived to drag
+out Corbould, who groaned heavily with pain. A handkerchief was tied
+tightly round his leg, to prevent any further bleeding, and they gave
+him some water, which revived him.
+
+"Now, what's to be done?" said Oswald; "we can never get him home."
+
+"I will tell you," said Humphrey, walking with him aside. "It will not
+do for any of these men to know our cottage, and we can not take them
+there. Desire them to remain with the man, while you go for a cart to
+carry him home. We will go to the cottage, give Billy his supper, and
+then return with him in the cart, and bring your men something to eat.
+Then I will go with you, and bring the cart back again before daylight.
+It will be a night's work, but it will be the safest plan."
+
+"I think so, too," replied Oswald, who desired the men to wait till his
+return, as he was going to borrow a cart, and then set off with
+Humphrey.
+
+As soon as they arrived at the cottage, Humphrey gave the pony to Pablo
+to put into the stable and feed, and then communicated to Edward the
+state of Corbould.
+
+"It's almost a pity that he had not killed himself outright." observed
+Oswald; "it would have been justice to him, for attempting your life
+without any cause; he is a bloodthirsty scoundrel, and I wish he was
+any where but where he is. However, the intendant shall know of it, and
+I have no doubt that he will be discharged.
+
+"Do nothing in a hurry, Oswald," replied Edward; "at present let him
+give his own version of the affair, for he may prove more dangerous
+when discharged than when under your control. Now sit down and take
+your supper. Billy must have an hour to get his, and therefore there is
+no hurry for you."
+
+"That is your gipsy lad, Edward, is he not?" said Oswald.
+
+"Yes."
+
+"I like the boy's looks; but they are a queer race. You must not trust
+him too much," continued Oswald, in an undertone, "until you have tried
+him, and are satisfied of his fidelity. They are very excitable, and
+capable of strong attachment if well treated. That I know, for I did a
+gipsy a good turn once, and it proved to be the saving of my life
+afterward."
+
+"Oh, tell us how, Oswald," said Alice.
+
+"It is too long a story now, my dear little lady," replied Oswald; "but
+I will another time. Whatever he may do, do not strike him; for they
+never forgive a blow, I am told by those who know them, and it never
+does them any good; as I said before, they are a queer race."
+
+"He will not be beaten by us," replied Humphrey, "depend upon it,
+unless Edith slaps him, for she is the one who takes most pains with
+him, and I presume he would not care much about her little hand."
+
+"No, no," replied Oswald, laughing; "Edith may do as she pleases. What
+does he do for you?"
+
+"Oh, nothing as yet, for he is hardly recovered, poor fellow," replied
+Humphrey. "He follows Edith, and helps her to look for the eggs; and
+last night he set some springes after his own fashion, and certainly
+beat me, for he took three rabbits and a hare, while I, with all my
+traps, only took one rabbit."
+
+"I think you had better leave that part of your livelihood entirely to
+him; he has been bred up to it, Humphrey, and it will be his amusement.
+You must not expect him to work very hard; they are not accustomed to
+it. They live a roving and never work if they can help it: still, if
+you can make him fond of you, he may be very useful, for they are very
+clever and handy."
+
+"I hope to make him useful," replied Humphrey; "but still I will not
+force him to do what he does not like. He is very fond of the pony
+already, and likes to take care of him."
+
+"Bring him over to me one of these days, so that he may know where to
+find me. It may prove of consequence if you have a message to send, and
+can not come yourselves."
+
+"That is very true," replied Edward; "I shall not forget it. Humphrey,
+shall you or I go with the cart?"
+
+"Humphrey, by all means; it will not do for them to suppose I had the
+cart from you, Edward; they do not know Humphrey, and he will be off
+again in the morning before they are up."
+
+"Very true," replied Edward.
+
+"And it is time for us to set off," replied Oswald. "Will Mistress
+Alice oblige me with something for my men to eat, for they have fasted
+the whole day."
+
+"Yes," replied Alice; "I will have it ready before the pony is in the
+cart. Edith, dear, come with me."
+
+Humphrey then went out to harness the pony, and when all was ready, he
+and Oswald set off again.
+
+When they arrived at the pitfall, they found Corbould lying between the
+two other verderers, who were sitting by his side. Corbould was much
+recovered since his wound had been bound up, and he was raised up and
+put on the fodder which Humphrey had put into the cart; and they
+proceeded on their journey to the other side of the forest, the
+verderers eating what Humphrey had brought for them as they walked
+along. It was a tedious and painful journey for the wounded man, who
+shrieked out when the cart was jolted by the wheel getting into a rut
+or hole; but there was no help for it, and he was very much exhausted
+when they arrived, which was not till past midnight. Corbould was then
+taken to his cottage and put on the bed, and another verderer sent for
+a surgeon; those who had been with Oswald were glad to go to bed, for
+it had been a fatiguing day. Humphrey remained with Oswald for three
+hours, and then again returned with Billy, who, although he had crossed
+the forest three times in the twenty-four hours, appeared quite fresh
+and ready to go back again.
+
+"I will let you know how he gets on, Humphrey, and what account he
+gives of his falling into the pit; but you must not expect me for a
+fortnight at least."
+
+Humphrey wished Oswald good-by; and Billy was so anxious to get back to
+his stable, that Humphrey could not keep him at a quiet pace. "Horses,
+and all animals indeed, know that there is no place like home; it is a
+pity that men who consider themselves much wiser, have not the same
+consideration," thought Humphrey, as the pony trotted along. Humphrey
+thought a good deal about the danger that Edward had been subjected to,
+and said to himself, "I really think that I should be more comfortable
+if Edward was away. I am always in a fidget about him. I wish the new
+king, who is now in France would raise an army and come over. It is
+better that Edward should be fighting in the field than remain here and
+risk being shot as a deer-stealer, or put in prison. The farm is
+sufficient for us all; and when I have taken in more ground it will be
+much more than sufficient, even if I do not kill the wild cattle. I am
+fit for the farm, but Edward is not. He is thrown away, living in this
+obscurity, and he feels it. He will always be in hot water some way or
+another, that is certain. What a narrow escape he has had with that
+scoundrel, and yet how little he cares for it! He was intended for a
+soldier, that is evident; and, if ever he is one, he will be in his
+element, and distinguish himself, if it pleases God to spare his life.
+I'll persuade him to stay at home a little while to help me to inclose
+the other piece of ground; and, after that is done, I'll dig a saw-pit,
+and see if I can coax Pablo to saw with me. I must go to Lymington and
+buy a saw. If I once could get the trees sawed up into planks, what a
+quantity of things I could make, and how I could improve the place!"
+
+Thus thought Humphrey, as he went along; he was all for the farm and
+improvements, and was always calculating when he should have another
+calf, or a fresh litter of pigs. His first idea was that he would make
+Pablo work hard, but the advice he had received from Oswald was not
+forgotten; and he now was thinking how he should coax Pablo into
+standing below in the sawpit, which was not only hard work, but
+disagreeable from the sawdust falling into the eyes. Humphrey's
+cogitations were interrupted by a halloo, and turning round in the
+direction of the voice, he perceived Edward, and turned the cart to
+join him.
+
+"You've just come in time, Humphrey; I have some provision for Alice's
+larder. I took my gun and came on the path which I knew you would
+return by, and I have killed a young buck. He is good meat, and we are
+scarce of provisions."
+
+Humphrey helped Edward to put the venison in the cart, and they
+returned to the cottage, which was not more than three miles off.
+Humphrey told Edward the result of his journey, and then proposed that
+Edward should stop at home for a few days and help him with the new
+inclosure. To this Edward cheerfully consented; and as soon as they
+arrived at the cottage, and Humphrey had his breakfast, they took their
+axes and went out to fell at a cluster of small spruce-fir about a mile
+off.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+
+"Now, Humphrey, what do you propose to do?"
+
+"This," replied Humphrey: "I have marked out three acres or thereabout
+of the land running in a straight line behind the garden. There is not
+a tree on it, and it is all good feeding-ground. What I intend to do is
+to inclose it with the spruce-fir posts and rails that we are about to
+cut down, and then set a hedge upon a low bank which I shall raise all
+round inside the rails. I know where there are thousands of
+seedling-thorns, which I shall take up in the winter, or early in the
+spring, to put in, as the bank will be ready for them by that time."
+
+"Well, that's all very good; but I fear it will be a long while before
+you have such a quantity of land dug up."
+
+"Yes, of course it will; but, Edward, I have plenty of manure to spare,
+and I shall put it all over this land, and then it will become a rich
+pasture, and also an earlier pasture than what we can get from the
+forest, and will be very handy to turn the cows and the calves upon; or
+even Billy, if we want him in a hurry."
+
+"All that is very true," replied Edward; "so that it will be useful at
+all events, if you do not dig it up."
+
+"Indeed it will," replied Humphrey; "I only wish it were six acres
+instead of three."
+
+"I can't say I do," replied Edward, laughing; "you are too grand in
+your ideas; only think what a quantity of spruces we shall have to cut
+down on it, to post and rail what you just propose. Let it be three
+acres first, Humphrey; and when they are inclosed, you may begin to
+talk of three more."
+
+"Well, perhaps you are right, Edward," said Humphrey.
+
+"Why, here's Pablo coming after us; he's not coming to work, I presume,
+but to amuse himself by looking on."
+
+"I don't think he's strong enough to do much hard work, Humphrey,
+although he appears very ingenious."
+
+"No, I agree with you; and if he is to work, depend upon it it must not
+be by having work set out for him; he would take a disgust to it
+directly. I have another plan for him."
+
+"And what is that, Humphrey?"
+
+"I shall not set him any thing to do, and shall make him believe that I
+do not think he is able to do any thing. That will pique him, and I
+think by that means I shall get more work out of him than you would
+think, especially when, after he has done it, I express my wonder and
+give him praise."
+
+"Not a bad idea, that; you will work upon his pride, which is probably
+stronger than his laziness."
+
+"I do not think him lazy, but I think him unused to hard work, and
+having lived a life of wandering and idleness, not very easy to be
+brought to constant and dayly work, except by degrees, and by the means
+which I propose. Here we are," continued Humphrey, throwing his ax and
+bill-hook down, and proceeding to take off his doublet; "now for an
+hour or two's fulfillment of the sentence of our first parents--to wit,
+'the sweat of the brow.'"
+
+Edward followed Humphrey's example in taking off his doublet; they
+selected the long thin trees most fitted for rails, and were hard at
+work when Pablo came up to them. More than a dozen trees had fallen,
+and lay one upon the other, before they stopped a while to recover
+themselves a little.
+
+"Well, Pablo," said Humphrey, wiping his forehead, "I suppose you think
+looking on better than cutting down trees; and so it is."
+
+"What cut down trees for?"
+
+"To make posts and rails to fence in more ground. I shall not leave the
+boughs on."
+
+"No cut them off by-and-by, and then put poles on the cart and carry
+them home."
+
+Edward and Humphrey then recommenced their labor, and worked for
+another half hour, when they paused to recover their wind.
+
+"Hard work, Pablo," said Humphrey.
+
+"Yes, very hard work; Pablo not strong enough."
+
+"Oh no, you are not able to do any thing of this kind, I know. No work
+this for gipsies; they take birds' nests and catch rabbits."
+
+"Yes," replied Pablo, nodding, "and you eat them."
+
+"So he does, Pablo," said Edward, "so you are useful in your way; for
+if he had nothing to eat, he would not be able to work. Strong man cut
+down trees, weak man catch rabbits."
+
+"Both good," said Pablo.
+
+"Yes, but strong man like work; not strong man not like work, Pablo. So
+now look on again, for we must have another spell."
+
+"Strong man cut down trees, not strong man cut off branches," said
+Pablo, taking up the bill-hook and setting to work to cut off the
+boughs, which he did with great dexterity and rapidity.
+
+Edward and Humphrey exchanged glances and smiles, and then worked away
+in silence till it was, as they supposed, dinner time. They were not
+wrong in their supposition, although they had no other clock than their
+appetites, which, however, tell the time pretty correctly to those who
+work hard. Alice had the platters on the table, and was looking out to
+see if they were coming.
+
+"Why, Pablo, have you been at work?" said Edith.
+
+"Yes, little missy, work all the morning."
+
+"Indeed he has, and has worked very well, and been very useful," said
+Edward.
+
+"It has given you an appetite for your dinner, Pablo, has it not?" said
+Humphrey.
+
+"Have that without work," replied the boy.
+
+"Pablo, you are a very good gipsy boy," said Edith, patting his head
+with a patronizing air; "I shall let you walk out with me and carry the
+basket to put the eggs in when you come home in the evening."
+
+"That is a reward," said Humphrey, laughing.
+
+After dinner they continued their labor, and by supper time had so many
+trees cut down, that they determined to carry home the next day, and
+lay them along to see how many more they would want. While they put the
+trees in the cart and took them home, Pablo contrived to lop off the
+boughs and prepare the poles for them to take away. As soon as they had
+cut down sufficient and carted them home, they then selected shorter
+trees for posts; and when Pablo had cleared them of the boughs, they
+sawed them out the proper lengths, and then carted them home. This
+occupied nearly the whole week, and then they proceeded to dig holes
+and set the posts in. The railing was then to be nailed to the posts,
+and that occupied them three days more; so that it was altogether a
+fortnight of hard work before the three acres were inclosed.
+
+"There," said Humphrey, "that's a good job over; many thanks, Edward,
+for your assistance; and thank you, too, Pablo, for you really have
+helped us very much indeed, and are a very useful, good boy. Now for
+raising the bank; that I must do when I can spare time; but my garden
+is overrun with weeds, and I must get Edith and Alice to help me there."
+
+"If you don't want me any longer, Humphrey," said Edward, "I think I
+shall go over to see Oswald, and take Pablo with me. I want to know how
+that fellow Corbould is, and what he says; and whether the intendant
+has come back; not that I shall go near him or his good little
+daughter, but I think I may as well go, and it will be a good
+opportunity of showing Pablo the way to Oswald's cottage."
+
+"I think so too; and when you come back, Edward, one of us must go to
+Lymington, for I require some tools, and Pablo is very ragged. He must
+have some better clothes than these old ones of ours, if he is to be
+sent messages. Don't you think so?"
+
+"Certainly I do."
+
+"And I want a thousand things," said Alice.
+
+"Indeed, mistress, won't less than a thousand content you?"
+
+"Yes, perhaps not quite a thousand, but I really do want a great many,
+and I will make you a list of them. I have not pans enough for my milk;
+I want salt; I want tubs; but I will make out a list, and you will find
+it a very long one."
+
+"Well, I hope you have something to sell to pay for them?"
+
+"Yes; I have plenty of butter salted down."
+
+"What have you, Edith?"
+
+"Oh, my chickens are not large enough yet; as soon as they are Humphrey
+must get me some ducks and geese; for I mean to keep some; and
+by-and-by I will have some turkeys, but not yet. I must wait till
+Humphrey builds me the new house for them he has promised me."
+
+"I think you are right, Edith, about the ducks and geese; they will do
+well on the water behind the yard, and I will dig you out a bigger pool
+for them."
+
+"Edith, my dear, your little fingers are just made to weed my onions
+well, and I wish you would do it to-morrow morning, if you have time."
+
+"Yes, Humphrey, but my little fingers won't smell very nice afterward."
+
+"Not till you have washed them, I guess; but there is soap and water,
+you know."
+
+"Yes, I know there is; but if I weed the onions, I can not help Alice
+to make the butter; however, if Alice can do without me, I will do it."
+
+"I want some more seeds sadly," said Humphrey, "and I must make out my
+list. I must go to Lymington myself this time, Edward, for you will be
+puzzled with all our wants."
+
+"Not if I know exactly what you do want; but as I really do not, and
+probably should make mistakes, I think it will be better if you do go.
+But it is bedtime, and as I shall start early, good-night, sisters; I
+beg you will let me have something to eat before I start. I shall try
+for some venison as I come back, and shall take Smoker with me; he is
+quite well again, and his ribs are as stout as ever."
+
+"And, Edward," said Alice, "I wish, when you kill any venison, that you
+would bring home some of those parts which you usually throw away, for
+I assure you, now that we have three dogs, I hardly know how to find
+enough for them to eat."
+
+"I'll not fail, Alice," replied Edward, "and now once more good-night."
+
+Early the next morning Edward took his gun, and, with Pablo and Smoker,
+set off for Oswald's cottage.
+
+Edward talked a great deal with Pablo relative to his former life; and,
+by the answers which the boy gave him, was satisfied that,
+notwithstanding his doubtful way of bringing up, the lad was not
+corrupted, but was a well-minded boy. As they walked through a grove of
+trees, Edward still talking, Pablo stopped and put his hand before
+Edward's mouth, and then stooping down, at the same time seizing Smoker
+by the neck, he pointed with his finger. Edward at first could see
+nothing, but eventually he made out the horns of an animal just rising
+above a hillock. It was evidently one of the wild cattle. Edward cocked
+his gun and advanced cautiously, while Pablo remained where he was,
+holding Smoker. As soon as he was near enough to hit the head of the
+animal, Edward leveled and fired, and Pablo let Smoker loose, who
+bounded forward over the hillock. They followed the dog and found him
+about to seize a calf which stood by a heifer that Edward had shot.
+Edward called him over and went up to the animal; it was a fine young
+heifer, and the calf was not more than a fortnight old.
+
+"We can not stop now, Pablo," said Edward. "Humphrey would like to have
+the calf, and we must take our chance of its remaining by its mother
+till we come back. I think it will for a day or two, so let us push on."
+
+No further adventure happened, and they arrived a little after noon at
+Oswald's cottage. He was not at home, his wife saying that she believed
+that he was with the intendant, who had come back from London the day
+before.
+
+"But I will put on my hood and see," said the young woman.
+
+In a few minutes she returned with Oswald.
+
+"I am glad that you have come, sir," said Oswald, as Edward extended
+his hand, "as I have just seen the intendant, and he has been asking
+many questions about you. I am certain he thinks that you are not the
+grandson of Jacob Armitage, and that he supposes I know who you are. He
+asked me where your cottage was, and whether I could take him to it, as
+he wished to speak to you, and said that he felt great interest about
+you."
+
+"And what did you say?"
+
+"I said that your cottage was a good day's journey from here, and I was
+not certain that I knew the exact way, as I had been there but seldom,
+but that I knew where to find it after I saw the forests of Arnwood; I
+told him about Corbould and his attempt upon you, and he was very
+wroth. I never saw him moved before; and young Mistress Patience, she
+was indeed angry and perplexed, and begged her father to send the
+assailant away as soon as he could be moved. Master Heatherstone
+replied, 'Leave it to me, my dear;' and then asked me what account
+Corbould gave of himself, and his falling into the pit. I told him that
+Corbould stated that he was following a deer, which he had severely
+wounded about noonday, and having no dog with him he could not overtake
+it, although he knew by its bleeding track that it could not hold out
+much longer. That he followed it until nightfall, and had it in view
+and close to him, when he fell into the pit."
+
+"Well, the story was not badly made up," said Edward, "only for _a
+deer_ read _man:_ and what did the intendant say to that?"
+
+"He said that he believed you, and that Corbould's story was false--as,
+if it had been a stag that he was following, no one would have known
+that he had fallen into the pit, and he would have remained there till
+now. I quite forgot to say, that when the intendant said that he wished
+to call at your cottage, the young mistress said that she wished to go
+with him, as you had told her that you had two sisters living with you,
+and she wished very much to see them and make their acquaintance."
+
+"I am afraid that we shall not be able to prevent this visit, Oswald,"
+replied Edward. "He is in command here, and the forest is in his
+charge. We must see to it. I only should like, if possible, to have
+notice of his coming, that we may be prepared."
+
+"You need no preparation, sir, if he should come," replied Oswald.
+
+"Very true," said Edward; "we have nothing to conceal, and if he finds
+us in a pickle, it is of no consequence."
+
+"Rather the better, sir," replied Oswald. "Let your sisters be at the
+wash-tub, and you and your brother carting manure; he will then be more
+likely to have no suspicion of your being otherwise than what you
+assume to be."
+
+"Have you heard any news from London, Oswald?"
+
+"Not as yet. I was away yesterday evening, when Master Heatherstone
+came back, and I have not seen his man this morning. While you eat your
+dinner, I will go into the kitchen; and if he is not there, Phoebe will
+be sure to tell me all that she has heard."
+
+"Do not say that I am here, Oswald, as I do not wish to see the
+intendant."
+
+"Mum's the word, sir; but you must stay in the cottage, or others will
+see you, and it may come to his ears."
+
+Oswald's wife then put before him a large pie, and some wheaten bread,
+with a biggin of good beer. Edward helped Pablo to a large allowance,
+and then filled his own platter; while thus occupied, Oswald Partridge
+had left the cottage, as agreed.
+
+"What do you say, Pablo? do you think you can walk back to-night?"
+
+"Yes; like walking at night. My people always do; sleep in a daytime."
+
+"Well, I think it will be better to go home: Oswald has only one bed,
+and I do not wish them to know that I am here; so, Pablo, eat heartily,
+and then we shall not be so tired. I want to get home, that I may send
+Humphrey after the calf."
+
+"One bed here; you stay," replied Pablo. "I go home, and tell Master
+Humphrey."
+
+"Do you think you would be able to find your way, Pablo?"
+
+"Once go one way, always know same way again."
+
+"You are a clever fellow, Pablo, and I have a mind to try you. Now
+drink some beer. I think, Pablo, you shall go home, and tell Humphrey
+that I and Smoker will be where the heifer lies dead, and have it
+skinned by nine o'clock tomorrow morning; so, if he comes, he will find
+me there."
+
+"Yes, I go now."
+
+"No, not now; you must rest yourself a little more."
+
+"Pablo not tired," replied the gipsy, getting up; "be back before
+supper. As I go along, look at calf and dead cow--see if calf stay with
+mother."
+
+"Very well, then, if you wish it, you may go now," said Edward.
+
+Pablo nodded his head and disappeared.
+
+A few minutes afterward, Oswald made his appearance.
+
+"Is the boy gone?"
+
+"Yes; he is gone back to the cottage;" and Edward then stated how he
+had killed the heifer, and wanted to obtain the calf.
+
+"I've an idea that you will find that boy very useful, if he is
+properly managed."
+
+"I think so too," replied Edward; "and I am glad to perceive that he is
+already attached to all of us. We treat him as ourselves."
+
+"You are right; and now for the news that I have to tell you. The Duke
+Hamilton, the Earl of Holland, and Lord Capel have been tried,
+condemned, and executed."
+
+Edward sighed. "More murder! but we must expect it from those who have
+murdered their king. Is that all?"
+
+"No. King Charles the Second has been proclaimed in Scotland, and
+invited to come over."
+
+"That is indeed news," replied Edward. "Where is he now?"
+
+"At the Hague; but it was said that he was going to Paris."
+
+"That is all that you have heard?"
+
+"Yes; that was what was current when Master Heatherstone, was in town.
+His man, Samson, gave me the news; and he further said, 'that his
+master's journey to London was to oppose the execution of the three
+lords; but it was all in vain.'"
+
+"Well," replied Edward, after a pause, "if the king does come over,
+there will be some work cut out for some of us, I expect. Your news has
+put me in a fever," continued Edward, taking up the biggin and drinking
+a large draught of beer.
+
+"I thought it would," replied Oswald; "but until the time comes, the
+more quiet you keep the better."
+
+"Yes, Oswald; but I can't talk any more; I must be left alone to think.
+I will go to bed, as I shall be off early in the morning. Is that
+fellow, Corbould, getting well?"
+
+"Yes, sir; he is out of bed, and walks a little with a stick; but he is
+still very lame, and will be for some time."
+
+"Good-night, Oswald; if I have any thing to say, I will write and send
+the boy. I do not want to be seen here any more."
+
+"It will be best, sir. Good-night; I will put Smoker in the kennel to
+the right, as he will not be friendly with the other dogs."
+
+Edward retired to bed, but not to sleep. The Scots had proclaimed the
+king, and invited him over. "He will surely come," thought Edward, "and
+he will have an army round him as soon as he lands." Edward made up his
+resolution to join the army, as soon as he should hear that the king
+had landed; and what with considering how he should be able so to do,
+and afterward building castles as to what he would do, it was long
+before he fell asleep; and when he did he dreamed of battles and
+victory--he was charging at the head of his troops--he was surrounded
+by the dying and the dead. He was wounded, and he was somehow or other
+well again, as if by magic; and then the scene was changed, and he was
+rescuing Patience Heatherstone from his own lawless men, and preserving
+the life of her father, which was about to be sacrificed; and at last
+he awoke, and found that the daylight peeped through the windows, and
+that he had slept longer than he intended to do. He arose and dressed
+himself quickly, and, not waiting for breakfast, went to the kennel,
+released Smoker from his durance, and set off on his return.
+
+Before nine o'clock, he had arrived at the spot where the heifer lay
+dead. He found the calf still by its side, bleating and walking round
+uneasily. As he approached with the dog, it went to a farther distance,
+and there remained. Edward took out his knife and commenced skinning
+the heifer, and then took out the inside. The animal was quite fresh
+and good, but not very fat, as may be supposed. While thus occupied,
+Smoker growled and then sprung forward, bounding away in the direction
+of the cottage, and Edward thought Humphrey was at hand. In a few
+minutes, the pony and cart appeared between the trees, with Humphrey
+and Pablo in it, and Smoker leaping up at his friend Billy.
+
+"Good-morning, Humphrey," said Edward: "I am almost ready for you; but
+the question is, how are we to take the calf? It is as wild as a deer."
+
+"It will be a puzzler, without Smoker can run it down," said Humphrey.
+
+"I take him, with Smoker," said Pablo.
+
+"How will you take it?"
+
+Pablo went to the cart, and took out a long small cord, which Humphrey
+had brought with them, and made a noose at one end; he coiled the rope
+in his hand, and then threw it out to its full length, by way of trial.
+"This way I take him, suppose I get near enough. This way take bulls in
+Spain; call him Lasso. Now come with me." Pablo had his rope again
+coiled in his hand, and then went round to the other side of the calf,
+which still remained lowing at about two hundred yards' distance.
+
+"Now tell Smoker," cried Pablo.
+
+Humphrey set Smoker upon the calf, which retreated from the dog,
+presenting his head to run at it; and Pablo kept behind the animal,
+while Smoker attacked it, and drove it near to him.
+
+As soon as the calf, which was so busy with the dog that it did not
+perceive Pablo, came sufficiently near to him, Pablo threw his rope,
+and caught the loop round the animal's neck. The calf set off galloping
+toward Humphrey, and dragging Pablo after him, for the latter was not
+strong enough to hold it.
+
+Humphrey went to his assistance, and then Edward; and the calf was
+thrown down by Smoker, who seized it by the neck, and it was tied and
+put on the cart in a few minutes.
+
+"Well done, Pablo! you are a clever fellow," said Edward, "and this
+calf shall be yours."
+
+"It is a cow calf," said Humphrey, "which I am glad of. Pablo, you did
+that well, and, as Edward says, the calf belongs to you."
+
+Pablo look pleased, but said nothing.
+
+The meat and hide were put into the cart, with some of the offal which
+Alice had asked for the dogs, and they set off on their return home.
+
+Humphrey was very anxious to go to Lymington, and was not sorry that he
+had some meat to take with him: he determined to get off the next
+morning, and Edward proposed that he should take Pablo with him, that
+he might know the way there in case of any emergency, for they both
+felt that Pablo could be trusted. Edward said he would remain at home
+with his sisters, and see if he could be of any use to Alice; if not,
+there would be work in the garden. Humphrey and Pablo went away after
+breakfast, with Billy, and the meat and skin of the heifer in the cart.
+Humphrey had also a large basket of eggs and three dozen of chickens
+from Alice to be disposed of, and a list as long as the tail of a kite,
+of articles which she and Edith required; fortunately there was nothing
+very expensive on the list, long as it was--but women in those days
+required needles, pins, buttons, tapes, thread, worsted, and a hundred
+other little necessaries, as they do now. As soon as they were gone,
+Edward, who was still castle-building, instead of offering his services
+to Alice, brought out his father's sword and commenced cleaning it.
+When he had polished it up to his satisfaction, he felt less inclined
+than ever to do any thing; so after dinner he took his gun and walked
+out into the forest that he might indulge in his reveries. He walked
+on, quite unconscious of the direction in which he was going, and more
+than once finding his hat knocked off by the branch of a tree which he
+had not perceived--for the best of all possible reasons, because his
+eyes were cast on the ground--when his ears were saluted with the
+neighing of a horse. He looked up and perceived that he was near to a
+herd of forest ponies, the first that he had seen since he had lived in
+the forest.
+
+This roused him, and he looked about him. "Where can I have been
+wandering to?" thought Edward; "I never fell in with any of the forest
+ponies before; I must, therefore, have walked in a direction quite
+contrary to what I usually do. I do not know where I am--the scenery is
+new to me. What a fool I am! It's lucky that nobody except Humphrey
+digs pitfalls, or I should probably have been in one by this time; and
+I've brought out my gun and left the dog at home. Well, I suppose I can
+find my way back." Edward then surveyed the whole herd of ponies, which
+were at no great distance from him. There was a fine horse or two among
+them, which appeared to be the leaders of the herd. They allowed Edward
+to approach to within two hundred yards, and then, with manes and tails
+streaming in the air, they darted off with the rapidity of the wind.
+
+"Now I'll puzzle Humphrey when I go back," thought Edward. "He says
+that Billy is getting old, and that he wishes he could get another
+pony. I will tell him what a plenty there are, and propose that he
+should invent some way of catching one. That will be a poser for him;
+yet I'm sure that he will try, for he is very ingenious. And now, which
+way am I to turn to find my way home? I think it ought to be to the
+north; but which is north? for there is no sun out, and now I perceive
+it looks very like rain. I wonder how long I have been walking! I am
+sure I don't know." Edward then hurried in a direction which he
+considered might lead him homeward, and walked fast; but he once more
+fell into his habit of castle-building, and was talking to himself:
+"The king proclaimed in Scotland! he will come over of course: I will
+join his army, and then--" Thus he went on, again absorbed in the news
+which he had gained from Oswald, till on a sudden he again recollected
+himself, and perceived that he had lost sight of the copse of trees on
+a high hill, to which he had been directing his steps. Where was it? He
+turned round and round, and at last found out that he had been walking
+away from it. "I must dream no more," thought he, "or if I do indulge
+in any more daydreams, I certainly shall neither sleep nor dream
+to-night. It is getting dark already, and here I am lost in the forest,
+and all through my own foolishness. If the stars do not shine, I shall
+not know how to direct my steps; indeed, if they do, I don't know
+whether I have walked south or north, and I am in a pretty pickle; not
+that I care for being out in the forest on a night like this, but my
+sisters and Humphrey will be alarmed at my absence. The best thing that
+I can do, is to decide upon taking some straight line, and continue in
+it: I must then get out the forest at last, even if I walk right across
+it. That will be better than going backward and forward, or round and
+round, as I shall otherwise do, just like a puppy running alter its own
+tail. So now shine out, stars!" Edward waited until he could make out
+Charles's Wain, which he well knew, and then the Polar Star. As soon as
+he was certain of that, he resolved to travel by it due north, and he
+did so, sometimes walking fast, and at others keeping up a steady trot
+for a half a mile without stopping. As he was proceeding on his
+travels, he observed, under some trees ahead of him, a spark of fire
+emitted; he thought it was a glow-worm at first, but it was more like
+the striking of a flint against steel; and as he saw it a second time,
+he stopped that he might ascertain what it might be, before he advanced
+farther.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+
+It was now very dark, as there was no moon, and the stars were often
+obscured by the clouds, which were heavy and borne along by the wind,
+which was very high. The light again appeared, and this time Edward
+heard the clash of the flint against the steel, and he was quite
+certain that it was somebody striking a light. He advanced very
+cautiously, and arrived at a large tree, behind which he remained to
+reconnoiter. The people, whoever they might be, were not more than
+thirty yards from him; a light spread its rays for a moment or two, and
+he could make out a figure kneeling and holding his hat to protect it
+from the wind; then it burned brighter, and he saw that a lantern had
+been lighted, and then again, of a sudden, all was dark: so Edward
+immediately satisfied himself that a dark lantern had been lighted and
+then closed. Who the parties might be, he of course had no idea; but he
+was resolved that he would ascertain, if he could, before he accosted
+them and asked his way.
+
+"They have no dog," thought Edward, "or it would have growled before
+this; and it's lucky that I have none either." Edward then crept softly
+nearer to them: the wind, which was strong, blew from where they were
+to where Edward stood, so that there was less chance of their hearing
+his approach.
+
+Edward went on his hands and knees, and crawled through the fern until
+he gained another tree, and within ten yards of them, and from where he
+could hear what they might say. He was thus cautious, as he had been
+told by Oswald that there were many disbanded soldiers who had taken up
+their quarters in the forest, and had committed several depredations
+upon the houses adjacent to it, always returning to the forest as a
+rendezvous. Edward listened, and heard one say--
+
+"It is not time yet! No, no: too soon by half an hour or more. The
+people from Lymington, who buy him what he wants, always bring it to
+him at night, that his retreat may not be discovered. They sometimes do
+not leave the cottage till two hours after dark, for they do not leave
+Lymington to go there till it is dark."
+
+"Do you know who it is who supplies him with food?"
+
+"Yes, the people at the inn in Parliament-street--I forget the sign."
+
+"Oh, I know. Yes, the landlord is a downright Malignant in his heart!
+We might squeeze him well, if we dared show ourselves in Lymington."
+
+"Yes, but they would squeeze our necks tighter than would be agreeable,
+I expect," replied the other.
+
+"Are you sure that he has money?"
+
+"Quite sure; for I peeped through the chinks of the window-shutters,
+and I saw him pay for the things brought to him; it was from a canvas
+bag, and it was gold that he took out."
+
+"And where did he put the bag after he had paid them?"
+
+"That I can't tell, for, as I knew that they would come out as soon as
+they were paid, I was obliged to beat a retreat, lest I should be seen."
+
+"Well, then, how is it to be managed?"
+
+"We must first tap at the door, and try if we can get in as benighted
+travelers; if that won't do--and I fear it will not--while you remain
+begging for admittance at the door, and keep him occupied, I will try
+the door behind, that leads into the garden; and if not the door, I
+will try the window. I have examined them both well, and have been
+outside when he has shut up his shutters, and I know the fastenings.
+With a pane out, I could open them immediately."
+
+"Is there any body else besides him in the cottage?"
+
+"Yes, a lad who attends him, and goes to Lymington for him."
+
+"No women?"
+
+"Not one."
+
+"But do you think we two are sufficient? Had we not better get more
+help? There is Broom, and Black the gipsy, at the rendezvous. I can go
+for them, and be back in time; they are stout and true."
+
+"Stout enough, but not true. No, no, I want no sharers in this
+business, and you know how ill they behaved in the last affair. I'll
+swear that they only produced half the swag. I like honor between
+gentlemen and soldiers; and that's why I have chosen you. I know I can
+trust you, Benjamin. It's time now--what do you say? We are two to one,
+for I count the boy as nothing. Shall we start?"
+
+"I am with you. You say there's a bag of gold, and that's worth
+fighting for."
+
+"Yes, Ben, and I'll tell you: with what I've got buried, and my share
+of that bag, I shall have enough, I think; and I'll start for the Low
+Countries, for England's getting rather too warm for me."
+
+"Well, I shan't go yet," replied Benjamin. "I don't like your foreign
+parts; they have no good ale, and I can't understand their talk. I'd
+sooner remain in jolly old England with a halter twisted ready for me,
+than pass my life with such a set of chaps, who drink nothing but
+scheidam, and wear twenty pair of breeches. Come, let's be off; if we
+get the money, you shall go to the Low Countries, Will, and I'll start
+for the North, where they don't know me; for if you go, I won't stay
+here."
+
+The two men then rose up; and the one whose name appeared to be Will
+first examined if the candle in his dark lantern burned well; and then
+they both set off, followed by Edward, who had heard quite enough to
+satisfy him that they were bent upon a burglary, if not murder. Edward
+followed them, so as to keep their forms indistinctly in sight, which
+was as much as he could do at twenty yards' distance; fortunately the
+wind was so high that they did not hear his footsteps, although he
+often trod upon a rotten stick, which snapped as it broke in twain. As
+near as Edward could guess, he had tracked them about three miles, when
+they stopped, and he perceived that they were examining their pistols,
+which they took from their belts. They then went on again, and entered
+a small plantation of oak-trees, of about forty years' growth--very
+thick and very dark, with close underwood below. They followed each
+other through a narrow path, until they came to a cleared place in the
+middle of the plantation, in which there stood a low cottage,
+surrounded with covert on every side, with the exception of some thirty
+yards of land around it. All was still, and as dark as pitch; Edward
+remained behind the trees, and when the two men again stopped, he was
+not six feet from them. They consulted in a low tone but the wind was
+so high that he could not distinguish what they said. At last they
+advanced to the cottage, and Edward, still keeping within the trees,
+shifted his position, so that he should be opposite the gable end of
+the cottage. He observed one man to go up to the front door, while the
+other went round to the door behind, as had been agreed. Edward threw
+open the pan of the lock of the gun, and reprimed it, that he might be
+sure, and then waited for what was to follow. He heard the man Will at
+the front door, talking and asking for shelter in a plaintive but loud
+voice; and shortly afterward he perceived a light through the chinks of
+the shutters--for Edward was continually altering his position to see
+what was going on in the front and in the back. At one time, he thought
+of leveling his gun and killing one of the men at once; but he could
+not make up his mind to do that, as a burglary, although intended, had
+not yet been committed; so he remained passive until the attack was
+really made, when he resolved that he would come to the rescue. After
+some minutes of entreaty that they would open the door, the man in
+front commenced thumping and beating against it, as if he would make
+them open the door by force; but this was to attract the attention of
+those within, and divert it from the attempts that the other was making
+to get in behind. Edward was aware of this; he now kept his eye upon
+what was going on at the back. Advancing nearer--which he ventured to
+do now that both the men were so occupied--he perceived that the fellow
+had contrived to open the window close to the back door, and was
+remaining quite close to it with a pistol in his hand, apparently not
+wishing to run the risk of climbing in. Edward slipped under the eaves
+of the cottage, not six feet from the man, who remained with his back
+partly turned to him. Edward then, finding he had obtained this
+position unperceived, crouched down with his gun ready pointed.
+
+As Edward remained in this position, he heard a shrill voice cry out,
+"They are getting in behind!" and a movement in cottage. The man near
+him, who had his pistol in his hand, put his arm through the window and
+fired inside. A shriek was given, and Edward fired his gun into the
+body of the man, who immediately fell. Edward lost no time in reloading
+his gun, during which he heard the bursting open of the front door and
+the report of firearms; then all was silent for a moment, excepting the
+wailing of somebody within. As soon as his gun was reloaded, Edward
+walked round to the front of the cottage, where he found the man who
+was called Ben, lying across the threshold of the open door. He stepped
+across the body, and, looking into the room within, perceived a body
+stretched on the floor, and a young lad weeping over it.
+
+"Don't be alarmed, I am a friend," said Edward, going in to where the
+body lay; and, taking the light which was at the farther end of the
+chamber, he placed it on the floor, that he might examine the state of
+the person, who was breathing heavily, and apparently badly wounded.
+"Rise up, my lad," said Edward, "and let me see if I can be of any use."
+
+"Ah, no!" cried the boy, throwing back his long hair from his temples,
+"he bleeds to death!"
+
+"Bring me some water, quick," said Edward, "there's a good lad, while I
+see where he is hurt."
+
+The boy ran up to fetch the water, and Edward discovered that the ball
+had entered the neck above the collar-bone, and that the blood poured
+out of the man's mouth, who was choking with the effusion. Although
+ignorant of surgery, Edward thought that such a wound must be mortal;
+but the man was not only alive but sensible, and although he could not
+utter a word, he spoke with his eyes and with signs. He raised his hand
+and pointed to himself first, and shook his head, as if to say that it
+was all over with him; and then he turned round his head, as if looking
+for the lad, who was now returning with the water. When the lad again
+knelt by his side, weeping bitterly, the man pointed to him, and gave
+such an imploring look that Edward immediately comprehended what he
+wished: it was to ask protection for the boy. It could not be
+misunderstood, and could Edward do otherwise than promise it to the
+dying man? His generous nature could not refuse it, and he said, "I
+understand you; you wish me to take care of your boy when you are gone.
+Is it not so?"
+
+The man signified assent.
+
+"I promise you I will do so. I will take him into my own family, and he
+shall share with us."
+
+The man raised his hand again, and a gleam of joy passed over his
+features, as he took the hand of the lad and put it into that of
+Edward. His eyes were then fixed upon Edward as if to scrutinize into
+his character by his features, while the former bathed his temples and
+washed the blood from his mouth with the water brought by the boy, who
+appeared in a state of grief so violent as to paralyze his senses.
+After a minute or two, another effusion of blood choked the wounded
+man, who, after a short struggle, fell back dead.
+
+"He is gone!" thought Edward, "and now what is to be done? I must first
+ascertain whether the two villains are dead or not. Edward took a light
+and examined the body of Ben, lying over the threshold of the door; the
+man was quite dead, the ball having entered his brain. He was
+proceeding round the outside of the cottage to examine the state of the
+other man, whom he had shot himself; but the wind nearly blew out the
+light, and he therefore returned to the chamber and placed it on the
+floor, near to where the boy lay insensible over the corpse of the man
+who had died in the arms of Edward; and then went out without a light,
+and with his gun, to the other side of the cottage, where the other
+robber had fallen. As he approached the man, a faint voice was heard to
+say--
+
+"Ben, Ben! some water, for the love of God! Ben, I'm done for!"
+
+Edward, without giving an answer, went back to the room for the water,
+which he took round to the man, and put it to his lips; he felt that he
+was bound by humanity so to do to a dying man, scoundrel though he
+might be. It was still dark, but not so dark as it had previously been,
+for the late moon was just rising.
+
+The man drank the water eagerly, and said, "Ben, I can speak now, but I
+shan't long." He then pulled the basin toward him again, and after he
+had drank, ho said, in broken sentences, "I feel--that I'm bleeding--to
+death--inside." Then he paused. "You know the oak--struck by
+lightning--a mile north--of this. Oh! I'm going fast. Three yards from
+it south--I buried all my--money; it's yours. Oh! another drink!" The
+man again attempted to drink out of the basin proffered by Edward, but
+as he made the attempt, he fell back with a groan.
+
+Edward perceiving that he was dead, returned to the cottage to look
+after the lad, who still remained prostrate and embracing the corpse in
+the chamber. Edward then reflected upon what had best be done. After a
+time, he decided upon dragging away the body of the robber named Ben
+outside of the threshold, and then securing the door. This, with some
+trouble, he effected, and he then made fast the window that had been
+forced open behind. Before he removed the boy, who lay with his face
+buried on the corpse, and appeared to be in a state of insensibility,
+Edward examined the corpse as it lay. Although plainly dressed, yet it
+was evident that it was not the body of a rustic; the features were
+fair, and the beard was carefully cut; the hands were white, and the
+fingers long, and evidently had never been employed in labor. That the
+body was that of some superior person disguised as a rustic, was
+evident, and this was corroborated by the conversation which took place
+between the two robbers. "Alas!" thought Edward, "the family of Arnwood
+appear not to be the only people who are in disguise in this forest.
+That poor boy! he must not remain there." Edward looked round, and
+perceived that there was a bed in the adjoining room, the door of which
+was open; he lifted up the boy, and carried him, still insensible, into
+the room, and laid him on the bed. He then went for some more water,
+which he found and threw into his face, and poured a little into his
+mouth. Gradually the boy stirred, and recovered from his stupor, and
+then Edward held the water to his mouth, and made him drink some, which
+he did; and then, suddenly aroused to a recollection of what had
+passed, the boy gave a shriek of woe, and burst into a paroxysm of
+tears. This ended in convulsive sobbings and low moanings. Edward felt
+that he could do no more at present, and that it would be better if he
+was left for a time to give vent to his grief. Edward sat down on a
+stool by the side of the orphan, and remained for some time in deep and
+melancholy thought. "How strange," thought he at last, "it is, that I
+should feel so little as I do now, surrounded by death, compared to
+what I did when good old Jacob Armitage died! Then I felt it deeply,
+and there was an awe in death. Now I no longer dread it. Is it because
+I loved the good old man, and felt that I had lost a friend? No, that
+can not be the cause; I may have felt more grief, but not awe or dread.
+Or is it because that was the first time that I had seen death, and it
+is the first sight of death which occasions awe? or is it because that
+every day I have fancied myself on the battle-field, with hundreds
+lying dead and wounded around me, in my dreamings? I know not. Poor old
+Jacob died peaceably in his bed, like a good Christian and trusting,
+after a blameless life, to find mercy through his Savior. Two of these
+who are now dead, out of the three, have been, summoned away in the
+height of their wickedness, and in the very commission of crime; the
+third has been foully murdered, and out of three lying dead, one has
+fallen by my own hand, and yet I feel not so much as when I attended
+the couch, and listened to the parting words of a dying Christian! I
+cannot account for it, or reason why; I only know that it is so, and I
+now look upon death unconcerned. Well, this is a kind of preparation
+for the wholesale murder and horrors of the battlefield, which I have
+so long sighed for: God forgive me if I am wrong! And this poor boy! I
+have promised to protect him, and I will. Could I fail my promise, I
+should imaging the spirit of his father (as I presume he was) looking
+down and upbraiding me. No, no, I will protect him. I and my brother
+and sisters have been preserved and protected, and I were indeed vile
+if I did not do to others as I have been done by. And now let me
+reflect what is to be done. I must not take the boy away, and bury the
+bodies; this person has friends at Lymington, and they will come here.
+The murder has taken place in the forest: then I must let the intendant
+know what has occurred. I will send over to Oswald; Humphrey shall go.
+Poor fellow! what a state of anxiety must he and my little sisters be
+in, at my not returning home! I had quite forgotten that, but it can
+not be helped. I will wait till sunrise, and then see if the boy will
+be more himself, and probably from him I shall be able to find out what
+part of the forest I am in."
+
+Edward took up the candle and went into the room in which he had laid
+the boy on the bed. He found him in a sound sleep. "Poor fellow," said
+Edward, "he has for a time forgotten his misery. What a beautiful boy
+he is! I long to know his history. Sleep on, my poor fellow! it will do
+you service."
+
+Edward then returned to the other room, and recollected, or, rather,
+was reminded, that he had had no supper, and it was now nearly dawn of
+day. He looked into a cupboard and found plenty of provisions, and some
+flasks of wine. "I have earned my supper," thought he, "and I will not,
+therefore, deny myself." So ho brought out the viands and a flask of
+wine, and made a hearty meal. "It is long since I have tasted wine,"
+thought he, "and it maybe long ere I drink it again. I have little
+relish for it now: it is too fiery to the palate. I recollect, when a
+child, how my father used to have me at the table, and give me a stoup
+of claret, which I could hardly lift to my lips, to drink to the health
+of the king." The memory of the king raised other thoughts in Edward's
+mind, and he again sunk into one of his reveries, which lasted till he
+fell into a slumber. When he woke up, it was at the voice of the boy,
+who in his sleep had cried out "Father!" Edward started up, and found
+that the sun was an hour high, and that he must have slept some time.
+He gently opened the cottage door, looked at the bodies of the two men,
+and then walked out to survey the locality of the cottage, which he had
+but faintly made out during the night. He found that it was surrounded
+by a thicket of trees and underwood, so close and thick that there
+appeared to him no outlet in any direction. "What a place for
+concealment!" thought Edward, "but still these prowling thieves
+discovered it. Why, troops of horse might scour the forest for months,
+and never discover such a hiding-place." Edward walked round by the
+side of the thicket, to find out the track by which the robbers had
+entered when he followed them, and at last succeeded in doing so. He
+followed the path through the thicket until he was clear of it, and
+again in the forest; but the scenery outside was unknown to him, and he
+had not an idea as to what part of the forest it was in. "I must
+question the boy," thought Edward. "I will go back and wake him up, for
+it is time that I was moving." As he was again turning into the
+thicket, he heard a dog giving tongue, as if on a scent. It came nearer
+and nearer to him, and Edward remained to see what it might be. In a
+moment more, he perceived his own dog, Smoker, come bounding out of a
+neighboring copse, followed by Humphrey and Pablo. Edward hallooed.
+Smoker sprung toward him, leaping up, and loading him with caresses,
+and in another moment he was in Humphrey's arms.
+
+"Oh, Edward, let me first thank God!" said Humphrey, as the tears
+started and rolled down his cheeks. "What a night we have passed! What
+has happened? That dear fellow, Pablo, thought of putting Smoker on the
+scent; he brought out your jacket and showed it to Smoker, and gave it
+him to smell, and then led him along till he was on your footsteps; and
+the dog followed him, it seems, although it has been round and round in
+every direction, till at last he has brought us to you."
+
+Edward shook hands with Pablo, and thanked him. "How far are we from
+the cottage, Humphrey?"
+
+"About eight miles, I should say, Edward; not more."
+
+"Well, I have much to tell you, and I must tell it to you in few words
+before I go farther, and afterward I will tell you all in detail."
+
+Edward then gave a succinct narration of what had occurred, and, having
+thus prepared Humphrey and Pablo for what they were to see, led the way
+back through the thicket to the cottage inside of it. Humphrey and
+Pablo were much shocked at the scene of slaughter which presented
+itself to their eyes; and, after having viewed the bodies, they began
+to consult what had best be done.
+
+The proposal of Edward, that Humphrey should go over and make known the
+circumstances to Oswald, that they might be communicated to the
+intendant, was readily acceded to; and Pablo, it was agreed, should go
+home and tell Alice and Edith that Edward was safe.
+
+"But now, Humphrey, about this boy; we can not leave him here."
+
+"Where is he?"
+
+"He still sleeps, I believe. The question is, whether you should ride
+over with the pony, or walk, and leave Pablo to return with the pony
+and cart; for I will not take the boy away, or leave the house myself,
+without removing the property which belongs to the boy, and of which I
+will make inquiry when he awakes. Besides, there is money, by what the
+robbers stated in my hearing, which of course must be taken care of for
+him."
+
+"I think it will be best for me to walk over, Edward. If I ride, I
+should arrive too late in the afternoon for any thing to be done till
+next morning, and if I walk I shall be in time enough; so that is
+settled. Besides, it will give you more time to remove the boy's
+property, which, as his father was in all probability a Malignant, and
+denounced man, they might think right to secure for the government."
+
+"Very true; then be it so. Do you start for the intendant's; and,
+Pablo, go home and fetch the pony and cart, while I remain here with
+the boy, and get every thing ready."
+
+Humphrey and Pablo both set off, and then Edward went to waken the boy,
+still lying on the bed.
+
+"Come, you must get up now. You know that what's done can not be
+undone; and if you are a good boy, and have read the Bible, you must
+know that we must submit to the will of God, who is our kind father in
+heaven."
+
+"Ah me!" said the boy, who was awake when Edward went to him; "I know
+well it is my duty, but it is a hard duty, and I am heartbroken. I have
+lost my father, the only friend I had in the world; who is there to
+love and to cherish me now? What will become of me!"
+
+"I promised your father, before he died, that I would take care of you,
+my poor fellow; and a promise is sacred with me, even if it were not
+made to a dying man. I will do my best, depend upon it, for I have
+known myself what it is to want and to find a protector. You shall live
+with me and my brother and sisters, and you shall have all we have."
+
+"Have you sisters, then?" replied the boy.
+
+"Yes; I have sent for the cart to take you away from this, and to-night
+you shall be in our cottage; but now tell me--I do not ask who your
+father was, or why he was living here in secret, as I found it out by
+what I overheard the robbers say to one another--but how long have you
+lived here?"
+
+"More than a year."
+
+"Whose cottage is it?"
+
+"My father bought it when he came, as he thought it safer so, that he
+might not be discovered or betrayed; for he had escaped from prison
+after having been condemned to death by the Parliament."
+
+"Then he was a loyal man to his king?"
+
+"Yes, he was, and that was his only crime."
+
+"Then fear not, my good boy; we are all loyal as well as he was, and
+will never be otherwise. I tell you this that you may safely trust to
+us. Now, if the cottage was his, the furniture and property were his
+also?"
+
+"Yes, all was his."
+
+"And it is now yours, is it not?"
+
+"I suppose so," said the boy, bursting into tears.
+
+"Then listen to me: your father is safe from all persecution now; he
+is, I trust, in heaven; and you they can not touch, as you have done
+nothing to offend them; but still they will take possession of your
+father's property as soon as they know of his death, and find out who
+he was. This, for your sake I wish to prevent them from doing, and have
+therefore sent for the cart, that I may remove to my cottage every
+thing that is of value, that it may be held for your benefit; some day
+or another you may require it. The murder having been committed in the
+forest, and I having been a witness and, moreover, having shot one of
+the robbers, I have considered it right to send to the intendant of the
+forest, to give him notice of what has taken place within his
+jurisdiction. I do not think he is so bad a man as the rest; but still,
+when he comes here, he may consider it his duty to take possession of
+every thing for the Parliament, as I have no doubt such are his orders,
+or will be when he communicates with the Parliament. Now this is a
+robbery which I wish to prevent, by carrying away your property before
+they come over, which they will to-morrow; and I propose that you shall
+accompany me, with all that you can take away, or that may be useful,
+this evening."
+
+"You are very kind," replied the boy. "I will do all you wish, but I
+feel very weak, and very unwell."
+
+"You must exert yourself, for your own sake, my poor fellow. Come, now,
+sit up and put all your own clothes together. Collect every thing in
+this room, while I look about the house. And tell me, had not your
+father some money? for the robbers said that they saw him counting it
+out of a sack, through the chinks of the shutters, and that was why
+they made the attack."
+
+"Hateful money!" cried the boy. "Yes, he had, I believe, a great deal
+of money; but I can not say how much."
+
+"Now get up, and do as I request, my dear boy," said Edward, raising
+him up in his arms; "when your grief is lessened, you may have many
+happy days yet in store for you; you have a Father in heaven that you
+must put your trust in, and with him you will find peace."
+
+The boy rose up, and Edward closed the door of the chamber that he
+might not see his father's corpse.
+
+"I do put my trust in Heaven, good sir," replied the boy; "for it has
+already sent me a kind friend in my distress. You are good, I am sure;
+I see that in your face. Alas! how much more wretched would have been
+my condition if you had not fortunately come to our assistance! too
+late indeed to save my poor father, but not too late to succor and
+console his child. I will go away with you, for I can not stay here."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI.
+
+
+Edward then took the counterpane off the bed, and went with it into the
+next room. He gently drew the body to the corner of the room, and
+covered it up with the counterpane, and then proceeded to examine the
+cupboards, etc. In one he found a good store of books, in another there
+was linen of all sorts, a great many curious arms, two suits of bright
+armor such as was worn in those times, pistols, and guns, and
+ammunition. On the floor of one of the cupboards was an iron chest
+about two feet by eighteen inches. It was locked. Edward immediately
+concluded that this chest held the money of the unfortunate man; but
+where was the key? Most likely about his person. He did not like to
+afflict the poor boy by putting the question to him, but he went to the
+body and examined the pockets of the clothes; he found a bunch of
+several keys, which he took, and then replaced the coverlid. He tried
+one of the keys, which appeared to be of the right size, to the lock of
+the iron chest, and found that it fitted it. Satisfied with this, he
+did not raise the lid of the chest, but dragged it out into the center
+of the room. There were many things of value about the room; the
+candlesticks were silver, and there were goblets of the same metal.
+Edward collected all these articles, and a timepiece, and put them into
+a basket, of which there were two large ones at the end of the room,
+apparently used for holding firewood. Every thing that he thought could
+be useful, or of value, he gathered together for the benefit of the
+poor orphan boy. He afterward went into another small room, where he
+found sundry small trunks and cases locked up. These he brought out
+without examining, as he presumed that they contained what was of
+value, or they would not be locked. When he had collected every thing,
+he found that he had already more than the cart could carry in one
+trip; and he wanted to take some bedding with him, as he had not a
+spare bed in the cottage to give to the boy. Edward decided in his own
+mind that he would take the most valuable articles away that night, and
+return with the cart for the remainder early on the following morning.
+It was now past noon, and Edward took out of the cupboard what victuals
+were left, and then went into the chamber where the boy was, and begged
+that he would eat something. The poor boy said that he had no appetite;
+but Edward insisted and at last prevailed upon him to eat some bread
+and drink a glass of wine, which proved of great service to him. The
+poor fellow shuddered as he saw the body covered up in the corner of
+the room, but said nothing. Edward was trying to make him eat a little
+more, when Pablo made his appearance at the door.
+
+"Have you put up all that you want in the bedchamber?" said Edward.
+
+"Yes, I have put up every thing."
+
+"Then we will bring them out. Come, Pablo, you must help us."
+
+Pablo made signs, and pointed to the door. Edward went out.
+
+"First pull body away from this."
+
+"Yes," replied Edward, "we must do so."
+
+Edward and Pablo pulled the body of the robber on one side of the
+doorway, and threw over it some dried fern which lay by; they then
+backed the cart down to the door; the iron chest was first got in, then
+all the heavy articles, such as armor, guns, and books, etc., and by
+that time the cart was more than half loaded. Edward then went into the
+chamber, and brought out the packages the boy had made up, and put them
+all in the cart until it was loaded high up; they brought out some
+blankets, and laid over all to keep things steady; and then Edward told
+the boy that all was ready, and that they had better go.
+
+"Yes, I am willing," replied he, with streaming eyes; "but let me see
+him once more."
+
+"Come, then," said Edward, leading him to the corpse, and uncovering
+the face.
+
+The boy knelt down, kissed the forehead and cold lips, covered up the
+face again, and then rose and wept bitterly on Edward's shoulder.
+Edward did not attempt to check his sorrow, he thought it better it
+should have vent; but, after a time, he led the boy by degrees till
+they were out of the cottage.
+
+"Now then," said Edward, "we must go, or we shall be late. My poor
+little sisters have been dreadfully alarmed at my not having come home
+last night, and I long to clasp them in my arms."
+
+"Indeed you must," replied the boy, wiping away his tears, "and I am
+very selfish; let us go on."
+
+"No room for cart to get through wood," said Pablo; "hard work, cart
+empty--more hard work, cart full."
+
+And so it proved to be; and it required all the united efforts of
+Billy, Edward, and Pablo to force a passage for the cart through the
+narrow pathway; but at last it was effected, and then they went on at a
+quick pace, and in less than two hours the cottage was in sight. When
+within two hundred yards of it, Edith, who had been on the watch, came
+bounding out, and flew into Edward's arms, and covered him with kisses.
+
+"You naughty Edward, to frighten us so!"
+
+"Look, Edith, I have brought you a nice little playfellow. Welcome him,
+dearest."
+
+Edith extended her hand as she looked into the boy's face.
+
+"He is a pretty boy, Edward, much prettier than Pablo."
+
+"No, Missy Edith," said Pablo; "Pablo more man than he."
+
+"Yes, you may be more man, Pablo; but you are not so pretty."
+
+"And where is Alice?"
+
+"She was getting supper ready, and I did not tell her that I saw you
+coming, because I wanted first kiss."
+
+"You little jealous thing! but here comes Alice. Dear Alice, you have
+been very uneasy, but it was not my fault," said Edward, kissing her.
+"If I had not been where I was, this poor boy would have been killed as
+well as his father. Make him welcome, Alice, for he is an orphan now,
+and must live with us. I have brought many things in the cart, and
+tomorrow we will bring more, for we have no bed for him, and to-night
+he must sleep with me."
+
+"We will make him as happy as we can, Edward; and we will be sisters to
+him," said Alice, looking at the boy, who was blushing deeply. "How old
+are you, and what is your name?"
+
+"I shall be thirteen years old next January," replied the boy.
+
+"And your Christian name?"
+
+"I will tell you by-and-by," replied he, confused.
+
+They arrived at the cottage, and Edward and Pablo were busy unpacking
+the cart, and putting all the contents into the inner chamber, where
+Pablo now slept, when Alice, who, with Edith, had been talking to the
+boy, came to Edward and said,
+
+"Edward, she's a girl!"
+
+"A girl!" replied Edward, astonished.
+
+"Yes, she has told me so, and wished me to tell you."
+
+"But why does she wear boys' clothes?"
+
+"It was her father's wish, as he was very often obliged to send her to
+Lymington to a friend's house, and he was afraid of her getting into
+trouble; but she has not told me her story as yet--she says that she
+will to-night."
+
+"Well, then," replied Edward, "you must make up a bed for her in your
+room to-night. Take Pablo's bed, and he shall sleep with me. To-morrow
+morning I will bring some more bedding from her cottage."
+
+"How Humphrey will be surprised when he comes back!" said Alice,
+laughing..
+
+"Yes; she will make a nice little wife for him some years hence; and
+she may prove an heiress, perhaps, for there is an iron chest with
+money in it."
+
+Alice returned to her new companion, and Edward and Pablo continued to
+unload the cart.
+
+"Well, Pablo, I suppose you will allow that, now that you know she is a
+girl, she is handsomer than you?"
+
+"Oh yes," replied Pablo, "very handsome girl; but too much girl for
+handsome boy."
+
+At last every thing was out of the cart, the iron chest dragged into
+Pablo's room, and Billy put into his stable and given his supper, which
+he had well earned, for the cart had been very heavily loaded. They
+then all sat down to supper, Edward saying to their new acquaintance,
+
+"So I find that I am to have another sister instead of another brother.
+Now you will tell me your name?"
+
+"Yes; Clara is my name."
+
+"And why did you not tell me that you were a girl?"
+
+"I did not like, because I was in boys' clothes, and felt ashamed;
+indeed I was too unhappy to think about what I was. My poor dear
+father!" and she burst into tears.
+
+Alice and Edith kissed her and consoled her, and she became calm again.
+After supper was over, they busied themselves making arrangements for
+her sleeping in their room, and then they went to prayers.
+
+"We have much to be thankful for, my dears," said Edward. "I am sure I
+feel that I have been in great danger, and I only wish that I had been
+more useful than I have been; but it has been the will of God, and we
+must not arraign his decrees. Let us return thanks for his great
+mercies, and bow in submission to his dispensations, and pray that he
+will give peace to poor little Clara, and soften her affliction."
+
+And as Edward prayed, little Clara knelt and sobbed, while Alice
+caressed her with her arm round her waist, and stopped at times her
+prayer to kiss and console her. When they had finished, Alice led her
+away to her bedroom, followed by Edith, and they put her to bed. Edward
+and Pablo also retired, both worn out by the fatigue and excitement of
+the day.
+
+They were up on the following morning at day-dawn, and, putting Billy
+in the cart, set off for the cottage of Clara. They found every thing
+as they had left it, and, having loaded the cart with what had been
+left behind the day before, and bedding for two beds, with several
+articles of furniture which Edward thought might be useful, there being
+still a little room left, Edward packed up, in a wooden case with dried
+fern, all the wine that was in the cupboard; and, having assisted Pablo
+in forcing the cart once more through the path in the wood, he left him
+to return home with the cart, while he remained to wait the arrival of
+Humphrey, and whoever might come with him from the intendant's. About
+ten o'clock, as he was watching outside of the wood, he perceived
+several people approaching him, and soon made out that Humphrey, the
+intendant, and Oswald were among the number. When they came up to him,
+Edward saluted the intendant in a respectful manner, and shook hands
+with Oswald, and then led the way by the narrow path which led through
+the wood to the cottage. The intendant was on horseback, but all the
+rest were on foot.
+
+The intendant left his horse to the care of one of the verderers, and
+went through the wood on foot with the rest of the party, preceded by
+Edward. He appeared to be very grave and thoughtful, and Edward thought
+that there was a coolness in his manner toward himself--for it must be
+recollected that Mr. Heatherstone had not seen Edward since he had
+rendered him such service in saving the life of his daughter. The
+consequence was that Edward felt somewhat indignant; but he did not
+express his feelings, by his looks even, but conveyed the party in
+silence to the cottage. On their arrival, Edward pointed to the body of
+the robber, which had been covered with fern, and the verderers exposed
+it.
+
+"By whose hand did that man fall?" said the intendant.
+
+"By the hand of the party who lived in the cottage."
+
+Edward then led the way round to the back of the cottage where the
+other robber lay--
+
+"And this man was slain by my hand," replied Edward.
+
+"We have one more body to see," continued Edward, leading the way into
+the cottage, and uncovering the corpse of Clara's father.
+
+Mr. Heatherstone looked at the face and appeared much moved. "Cover it
+up," said he, turning away; and then sitting down on a chair close to
+the table--
+
+"And how was this found?" he said.
+
+"I neither saw this person killed, nor the robber you first saw, but I
+heard the report of the firearms at almost the same moment, and I
+presume that they fell by each other's hands."
+
+The intendant called his clerk, who had accompanied him, and desired
+him to get ready his writing materials, and then said--
+
+"Edward Armitage, we will now take down your deposition as to what has
+occurred."
+
+Edward then commenced by stating, "that he was out in the forest and
+had lost his way, and was seeking a path home."
+
+"You were out in the forest during the night?
+
+"Yes, sir, I was."
+
+"With your gun?"
+
+"I always carry my gun," replied Edward.
+
+"In pursuit of game?"
+
+"No, sir; I was not. I have never been out in pursuit of game during
+night-time in my life."
+
+"What were you then about? you did not go out for nothing?"
+
+"I went out to commune with my own thoughts; I was restless, and I
+wandered about without knowing where I went, and that is the reason why
+I lost my way."
+
+"And pray what may have excited you?"
+
+"I will tell you: I was over with Oswald Partridge the day before; you
+had just arrived from London, and he gave me the news that King Charles
+had been proclaimed in Scotland, and that news unsettled me."
+
+"Well, proceed."
+
+Edward met with no more interruption in his narrative. He stated
+briefly all that had taken place, from the time he fell in with the
+robbers till the winding up of the catastrophe.
+
+The clerk took down all that Edward had stated, and then read it over
+to him to ascertain if he had written it down correctly, and then
+inquired of Edward "if he could read and write?"
+
+"I should hope so," replied Edward, taking the pen and signing his name.
+
+The clerk stared, and then said--"People in your condition do not often
+know how to read and write, Mr. Forester, and therefore you need not be
+offended at the question."
+
+"Very true," replied Edward. "May I ask if my presence is considered
+any longer to be necessary?"
+
+"You stated that there was a boy in the house, young man," said the
+intendant: "what has become of him?"
+
+"He is removed to my cottage."
+
+"Why did you do so?"
+
+"Because when his father died I promised to him that I would take care
+of his child; and I intend to keep my word."
+
+"You had spoken with him, then, before he died?" said the intendant.
+
+"Not so; it was all carried on by signs on his part, but it was as
+intelligible as if he spoke, and what I replied he well understood; and
+I really think I removed a great anxiety off his mind by giving him the
+promise."
+
+The intendant paused, and then said--"I perceive that some articles
+have been removed--the bedding, for instance--have you taken any thing
+away?"
+
+"I have removed bedding, for I had no bed to offer to the lad, and he
+told me that the cottage and furniture belonged to his father; of
+course by his father's death it became his, and I felt that I was
+warranted in so doing."
+
+"May I ask, did you remove any papers?"
+
+"I can not tell; the lad packed up his own things; there were some
+boxes removed, which were locked up, and the contents are to me wholly
+unknown. I could not leave the boy here in this scene of death, and I
+could not well leave the property belonging to him to be at the mercy
+of any other plunderers of the forest. I did as I considered right for
+the benefit of the boy, and in accordance with the solemn promise which
+I made to his father."
+
+"Still the property should not have been removed. The party who now
+lies dead there is a well-known Malignant."
+
+"How do you know that, sir?" interrupted Edward; "did you recognize him
+when you saw the body?"
+
+"I did not say that I did," replied the intendant.
+
+"You either must have so done, sir." replied Edward, "or you must have
+been aware that he was residing in this cottage: you have to choose
+between."
+
+"You are bold, young man," replied the intendant, "and I will reply to
+your observation. I did recognize the party when I saw his face, and I
+knew him to be one who was condemned to death, and who escaped from
+prison a few days before the one appointed for his execution. I heard
+search had been made for him, but in vain, and it was supposed that he
+had escaped beyond the seas. Now his papers may be the means of giving
+the Parliament information against others as well as himself."
+
+"And enable them to commit a few more murders," added Edward.
+
+"Silence, young man; the authorities must not be spoken of in so
+irreverent a manner. Are you aware that your language is treasonable?"
+
+"According to act of Parliament, as now present constituted, it may
+be," replied Edward, "but as a loyal subject of King Charles the
+Second, I deny it."
+
+"I have no concern with your loyalty, young man, but I will not admit
+any language to be uttered in my presence against the ruling powers.
+The inquest is over. Let every one leave the house except Edward
+Armitage, to whom I would speak alone."
+
+"Excuse me one moment, sir," said Edward, "and I will return."
+
+Edward went out with the rest, and, calling Humphrey aside, said to
+him, "Contrive to slip away unperceived; here are the keys; haste to
+the cottage as fast as you can; look for all tho papers you can find in
+the packages taken there; bury them and the iron chest in the garden,
+or anywhere where they can not be discovered."
+
+Humphrey nodded and turned away, and Edward re-entered the cottage.
+
+He found the intendant was standing over the corpse; he had removed the
+coverlid, and was looking mournfully down on the face disfigured with
+blood. Perceiving the entrance of Edward, he again took his seat at the
+table, and after a pause said,
+
+"Edward Armitage, that you have been brought up very superior to your
+station in life is certain; and that you are loyal, bold, and resolute
+is equally so; you have put me under an obligation which I never can
+repay, even if you allowed me to exert myself in your behalf. I take
+this opportunity of acknowledging it; and now allow me to say, that,
+for these times, you are much too frank and impetuous. This is no time
+for people to give vent to their feelings and opinions. Even I am as
+much surrounded with spies as others, and am obliged to behave myself
+accordingly. Your avowed attachment to the king's cause has prevented
+me from showing that more than cordiality that I really feel for you,
+and to which you are in every way entitled."
+
+"I can not conceal my opinions, sir; I was brought up in the house of a
+loyal Cavalier, and never will be otherwise."
+
+"Granted--why should you be? but do you not yourself see that you do
+the cause more harm than good by thus avowing your opinions when such
+avowal is useless? If every other man in the county, who is of your
+opinion, was to express himself, now that your cause is hopeless, as
+you have done, the prisons would be crowded, the executions would be
+dayly, and the cause would be, in proportion, weakened by the loss of
+the most daring. 'Bide your time' is a good motto, and I recommend it
+to you. You must feel that, however we may be at variance in our
+opinions, Edward Armitage, my hand and my authority never can be used
+against one to whom I am so indebted; and, feeling this, you compel me,
+in the presence of others, to use a harshness and coldness toward you,
+contrary, wholly contrary, to what, you may believe me when I say it, I
+really feel for one who so nobly rescued my only child."
+
+"I thank you, sir, for your advice, which I feel to be good, and for
+your good opinion, which I value."
+
+"And which I feel that you deserve; and you shall have, young as you
+are, my confidence, which I know you will not abuse. I did know this
+man who now lies dead before us, and I did also know that he was
+concealed in this cottage; Major Ratcliffe was one of my earliest and
+dearest friends, and until this unhappy civil war, there never was any
+difference between us, and even afterward only in politics, and the
+cause we each espoused. I knew, before I came down here as intendant,
+where his place of concealment was, and have been most anxious for his
+safety."
+
+"Excuse me, Mr. Heatherstone, but each day I find more to make me like
+you than I did the day before; at first I felt most inimical; now I
+only wonder how you can be leagued with the party you now are."
+
+"Edward Armitage, I will now answer for myself and thousands more. You
+are too young a man to have known the cause of the insurrection, or,
+rather, opposition, to the unfortunate King Charles. He attempted to
+make himself absolute, and to wrest the liberties from the people of
+England: that his warmest adherents will admit. When I joined the party
+which opposed him, I little thought that matters would have been
+carried so far as they have been; I always considered it lawful to take
+up arms in defense of our liberties, but at the same time I equally
+felt that the person of the king was sacred."
+
+"I have heard so, sir."
+
+"Yes, and in truth; for never did any people strive more zealously to
+prevent the murder of the king--for murder it was--than my relative
+Ashley Cooper and myself--so much so, indeed, as to have incurred not
+only the suspicion but the ill-will of Cromwell, who, I fear, is now
+making rapid advances toward that absolute authority for which the king
+has suffered, and which he would now vest in his own person. I
+considered that our cause was just; and, had the power been left in the
+hands of those who would have exercised it with discretion and
+moderation, the king would even now have been on the throne, and the
+liberties of his subjects sacred; but it is easier to put a vast and
+powerful engine into motion than to stop it, and such has been the case
+in this unfortunate civil war. Thousands who took an active part
+against the king will, when the opportunity is ripe, retrace their
+steps; but I expect that we have much to suffer before that time will
+come. And now, Edward Armitage, I have said more to you than I have to
+any person breathing, except my own kinsman."
+
+"I thank you for your confidence, sir, which not only will not be
+betrayed, but will act as a warning to guide my future conduct."
+
+"I meant it should. Be no longer rash and careless in avowing your
+opinions. You can do no good to the cause, and may do yourself much
+harm. And now I must ask you another question, which I could not before
+the other people. You have surprised me by stating that Major Ratcliffe
+had a son here; there must be some mistake, or the boy must be an
+impostor. He had a daughter, an only daughter, as I have; but he never
+had a son."
+
+"It is a mistake that I fell into, sir, by finding a boy here, as I
+stated to you at the inquest; and I considered it to be a boy, until I
+brought her home, and she then discovered to my sisters that she was a
+girl dressed in boys' clothes. I did not give that as explanation at
+the inquest, as it was not necessary."
+
+"I am right, then. I must relieve you of that charge, Edward Armitage;
+she shall be to me as a daughter, and I trust that you will agree with
+me, without any disparagement to your feelings, that my house will be a
+more fit residence for her than your cottage."
+
+"I will not prevent her going, if she wishes it, after your explanation
+and confidence, Mr. Heatherstone."
+
+"One thing more. As I said to you before, Edward Armitage, I believe
+many of these verderers, all of which have been selected from the army,
+are spies upon me: I must therefore be careful. You said that you were
+not aware that there were any papers?"
+
+"I saw none, sir; but I suspect, from the many locked-up trunks and
+small boxes, that there may be; but when I went out with the others
+from the inquest, I dispatched my brother Humphrey to the cottage,
+advising him to open all the locks and to remove any papers which he
+might find."
+
+The intendant smiled.
+
+"Well, if such is the case, we have only to go to your cottage and make
+an examination. We shall find nothing, and I shall have performed my
+duty. I was not aware that your brother was here. I presume it was the
+young man who walked with Oswald Partridge."
+
+"It was, sir."
+
+"By his appearance, I presume that he, also, was brought up at Arnwood?"
+
+"He was, sir, as well as I," replied Edward.
+
+"Well, then, I have but one word more to say--recollect, if I appear
+harsh and severe in the presence of others, it is only assumed toward
+you, and not real. You understand that?"
+
+"I do, sir, and beg you will exercise your discretion."
+
+The intendant then went out and said to the party, "It appears from
+what I can extract from this lad Armitage, that there are boxes which
+he removed to his cottage; we will go there to see what they may
+contain. It is now noon. Have you any refreshment to offer us in your
+cottage, young man, when we arrive?"
+
+"I keep no hostelry, sir," replied Edward, somewhat gloomily; "my own
+labor and my brother's is sufficient for the support of my own family,
+but no more."
+
+"Let us move on; and two of you keep your eye upon that young man,"
+said the intendant aside.
+
+They then proceeded through the wood; the intendant mounted his horse,
+and they set off for the cottage, where they arrived at about two
+o'clock in the afternoon.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII.
+
+
+Humphrey came out as soon as he perceived the intendant and his party
+approaching, and whispered to Edward that all was safe. The intendant
+dismounted, and ordering every body but his clerk to wait outside, was
+ushered into the cottage by Edward. Alice, Edith, and Pablo were in the
+room; the two girls were not a little flushed and frightened by the
+unusual appearance of so large a party of strangers.
+
+"These are my sisters, sir," said Edward. "Where is Clara, Alice?"
+
+"She is alarmed, and has gone into our bedroom."
+
+"I hope you are not alarmed at my presence," said the intendant,
+looking earnestly at the two girls. "It is my duty which obliges me to
+pay this visit; but you have nothing to fear. Now, Edward Armitage, you
+must produce all the boxes and packages which you took from the
+cottage."
+
+"I will, sir," replied Edward, "and here are the keys. Humphrey, do you
+and Pablo bring them out."
+
+The boxes were brought out, opened, and examined by the intendant and
+his clerk, but of course no papers were found in them.
+
+"I must now send in two of my people to search the house," said the
+intendant. "Had you not better go to the little girl, that she may not
+be frightened?"
+
+"I will go to her," said Alice.
+
+Two of the people, assisted by the clerk, then searched the house; they
+found nothing worthy of notice, except the weapons and armor which
+Edward had removed, and which he stated to the intendant that he took
+away as valuable property belonging to the little girl.
+
+"It is sufficient," said the intendant to his clerk; "undoubtedly there
+are no papers; but I must, before I go, interrogate this child who has
+been removed thus; but she will be frightened, and I shall obtain no
+answer from her, if we are so many, so let every body leave the cottage
+while I speak to her."
+
+The clerk and the others left the cottage, and the intendant desired
+Edward to bring Clara from the bedroom. She came out, accompanied by
+and clinging indeed to Alice, for she was much alarmed.
+
+"Come here, Clara," said the intendant, gently; "you do not know
+perhaps that I am your sincere friend; and now that your father is
+dead, I want you to come and live with my daughter, who will be
+delighted to have you as a companion. Will you go with me, and I will
+take care of you and be a father to you?"
+
+"I do not like to leave Alice and Edith; they treat me so kindly, and
+call me sister," replied Clara, sobbing.
+
+"I am sure they do, and that you must be fond of them already, but
+still it is your duty to come with me; and if your father could speak
+to you now, he would tell you so. I will not force you away; but
+remember, you are born a lady, and must be brought up and educated as a
+lady, which can not be the case in this cottage, although they are very
+kind to you, and very nice young people. You do not recollect me,
+Clara; but you have often sat on my knee when you were a little girl
+and when your father lived in Dorsetshire. You recollect the great
+walnut-tree by the sitting-room window, which looked out in the garden;
+don't you?"
+
+"Yes," replied Clara, with surprise.
+
+"Yes, so do I too, and how you used to sit on my knee; and do you
+remember Jason, the big mastiff, and how you used to ride upon his
+back?"
+
+"Yes," replied Clara, "I do; but he died a long while ago."
+
+"He did, when you were not more than six years old. And now tell me,
+where did the old gardener bury him?"
+
+"Under the mulberry-tree," replied Clara.
+
+"Yes, so he did, and I was there when poor Jason was buried. You don't
+recollect me. But I will take off my hat, for I did not wear the same
+dress that I do now. Now look, Clara, and see if you remember me."
+
+Clara, who was no longer alarmed, looked on the intendant's face, and
+then said, "You called my father Philip, and he used to call you
+Charles."
+
+"You are right, my sweet one," replied the intendant, pressing Clara to
+his bosom; "I did so, and we were great friends. Now, will you come
+with me? and I have a little girl, older than you by three or four
+years, who will be your companion, and love you dearly."
+
+"May I come and see Alice and Edith sometimes?"
+
+"Yes, you shall, and she will come with you and make their
+acquaintance, if their brother will permit it. I will not take you away
+now, dearest; you shall remain here for a few days, and then we will
+come over and fetch you. I will send Oswald Partridge over to let you
+know the day, Edward Armitage, when we will come for her. Good-by, dear
+Clara; and good-by, my little girls. Humphrey Armitage, good-by. Who is
+this lad you have here?"
+
+"He is a gipsy whom Humphrey trapped in his pitfall, sir, and we have
+soon tamed him," replied Edward.
+
+"Well, then, Edward Armitage, good-by," said the intendant, extending
+his hand to him, "we must meet soon again."
+
+The intendant then went out of the cottage, and joined his people
+outside. Edward went out after him; and as the intendant mounted his
+horse, he said very coldly to Edward, "I shall keep a sharp look-out on
+your proceedings, sir, depend upon it; I tell you so decidedly, so fare
+you well."
+
+With these words the intendant put the spurs to his horse, and rode
+away.
+
+"What made him speak so sharply to you, Edward?" said Humphrey.
+
+"Because he means kindly, but does not want other people to know it,"
+replied Edward. "Come in, Humphrey; I have much to tell you and much to
+surprise you with."
+
+"I have been surprised already," replied Humphrey. "How did this
+Roundhead know Clara's father so well?"
+
+"I will explain all before we go to bed," replied Edward; "let us go in
+now."
+
+The two brothers had a long conversation that evening, in which Edward
+made Humphrey acquainted with all that had passed between him and the
+intendant.
+
+"It's my opinion, Edward," said Humphrey, "that he thinks matters have
+been carried too far, and that he is sorry that he belongs to the
+Parliamentary party. He finds out, now that it is too late, that he has
+allied himself with those who have very different feelings and motives
+than his own, and has assisted to put power into the hands of those who
+have not the scruples which he has."
+
+"Yes, and in ridding themselves of one tyranny, as they considered it,
+they have every prospect of falling into the hands of a greater tyrant
+than before; for, depend upon it, Cromwell will assume the sovereign
+power, and rule this kingdom with a rod of iron."
+
+"Well, many more are, I have no doubt, or soon will be, of his opinion;
+and the time will come, be it sooner or later, when the king will have
+his own again. They have proclaimed him in Scotland already. Why does
+he not come over and show himself? His presence would, I think, induce
+thousands to flock to him; I'm sure that it would me."
+
+"I am very glad of this good intelligence with the intendant, Edward,
+as it will not now be necessary for us to be so careful; we may go and
+come when we please. I almost wish you could be persuaded to accept any
+eligible offer he may make you. Many, no doubt, are in office, and
+serving the present government, who have the same feelings as the
+intendant, or even feelings as strong as your own."
+
+"I can not bear the idea of accepting any thing from them or their
+instruments, Humphrey; nor, indeed, could I leave my sisters."
+
+"On that score you may make your mind easy: Pablo and I are quite
+sufficient for the farm, or any thing else we may want to do. If you
+can be more useful elsewhere, have no scruple in leaving us. If the
+king was to come and raise an army, you would leave us, of course; and
+I see no reason why, if an eligible offer is made you, you should not
+do it now. You and your talents are thrown away in this forest; and you
+might serve the king and the king's cause better by going into the
+world and watching the times than you ever can by killing his venison."
+
+"Certainly," replied Edward, laughing, "I do not much help his cause by
+killing his deer, that must be admitted; all I shall say is this, if
+any thing is offered to me which I can accept without injury to my
+feelings and my honor, I shall not decline it, provided that I may, by
+accepting it, prove of service to the king's cause."
+
+"That is all I wish, Edward. And now I think we had better go to bed."
+
+The next day they dug up the iron chest and the box into which Humphrey
+had put all the papers he had collected together. Edward opened the
+iron chest, and found in it a considerable quantity of gold in bags,
+and many trinkets and jewels which he did not know the value of. The
+papers he did not open, but resolved that they should be given to the
+intendant, for Edward felt that he could trust in him. The other boxes
+and trunks were also opened and examined, and many other articles of
+apparent value discovered.
+
+"I should think all these jewels worth a great deal of money,
+Humphrey," said Edward; "if so, all the better for poor little Clara. I
+am sorry to part with her, although we have known her so short a time;
+she appears to be such an amiable and affectionate child."
+
+"That she is; and certainly the handsomest little girl I ever saw. What
+beautiful eyes! Do you know that on one of her journeys to Lymington
+she was very nearly taken by a party of gipsies? and by what Pablo can
+make out, it would appear that it was by the party to which he
+belonged."
+
+"I wonder at her father permitting her to go alone such a distance."
+
+"Her father could not do otherwise. Necessity has no law. He could
+trust no other person, so he put her in boys' clothes that there might
+be less risk. Still, she must have been very intelligent to have done
+the office."
+
+"She is thirteen years old, although she is small," replied Edward.
+"And intelligent she certainly is, as you may see by her countenance.
+Who would ever have imagined that our sisters would have been able to
+do what they are doing now? It's an old saying, 'We never know what we
+can do till we try.' By-the-by Humphrey, I met a famous herd of forest
+ponies the other day, and I said to myself, 'I wonder whether Humphrey
+will be clever enough to take one of them, as he has the wild cattle?'
+For Billy is getting old, and we want a successor."
+
+"We want more than a successor to Billy, Edward: we want two more to
+help him--and I have the means of maintaining two more ponies if I
+could catch them."
+
+"I fear that you will never manage that, Humphrey," said Edward,
+laughing.
+
+"I know well what you mean," replied Humphrey: "you wish to dare me to
+it--well. I won't be dared to any thing, and I most certainly will try
+to catch a pony or two; but I must think about it first, and when I
+have arranged my plan in my mind, I will then make the attempt."
+
+"When I see the ponies in the yard, I will believe it, Humphrey. They
+are as wild as deer and as fleet as the wind, and you can not catch
+them in a pitfall."
+
+"I know that, good brother; but all I can say is, that I will try what
+I can do, and I can do no more--but not at present, for I am too busy."
+
+Three days after this conversation, Oswald Partridge made his
+appearance, having been sent by the intendant to tell Edward that he
+should come over on the following day to take away little Clara.
+
+"And how is she to go?" said Edward.
+
+"He will bring a little nag for her, if she can ride--if she can not,
+she must ride in the cart which will come for the baggage."
+
+"Clara, can you ride a horse?"
+
+"Yes," replied Clara, "if it does not jump about too much. I always
+rode one when I lived in Dorsetshire."
+
+"This won't jump about, my little lady," said Oswald, "for he is thirty
+years old, I believe, and as steady as an old gentleman ought to be."
+
+"I have had some conversation with Master Heatherstone," continued
+Oswald to Edward. "He is much pleased with you, I can tell you. He said
+that in times like these he required young men like you about him; and
+that, as you would not take the berth of verderer, he must find one
+better suited for you; for he said you were too good for such an
+office."
+
+"Many thanks to him for his good opinion," replied Edward; "but I do
+not think that he has any office in his gift which I can accept."
+
+"So I thought, but I said nothing. He again asked many questions
+relative to old Jacob Armitage, and he pressed me very hard. He said
+that Humphrey was as much above his position in appearance as you were,
+but as he was brought up at Arnwood, he presumed that he had had the
+same advantages. And then he said--'But were his two sisters brought up
+at Arnwood also?' I replied, that I believed not, although they were
+often there, and were allowed to play with the children of the house.
+He looked at me steadfastly, as if he would read my thoughts, and then
+went on writing. I can not help thinking that he has a suspicion that
+you are not the grandchildren of old Jacob; but at the same time I do
+not think that he has an idea who you really are."
+
+"You must keep our secret, Oswald," replied Edward. "I have a very good
+opinion of the intendant, I acknowledge; but I will trust nobody."
+
+"As I hope for future mercy, sir, I never will divulge it until you bid
+me," replied Oswald.
+
+"I trust to you, Oswald, and so there's an end of the matter. But tell
+me, Oswald, what do they say about his taking charge of this little
+girl?"
+
+"Why, they did begin to talk about it; but when he gave out that it was
+the order of Parliament that the child should remain with him until
+further directions, of course they said nothing, for they dared not. It
+seems that the Ratcliffe property is sequestrated, but not yet granted
+to any one; and the Parliament will most likely, as soon as she is old
+enough, give her as a wife, with the property, to one of their party;
+they have done it before now, as it secures the property under all
+changes."
+
+"I perceive," replied Edward. "When did you hear that the little girl
+was to live with him?"
+
+"Not till yesterday morning; and it was not till the evening that we
+knew it was the order of Parliament."
+
+Edward did not think it right to tell Oswald what he knew, as it was a
+secret confided to him by the intendant, and therefore merely
+observed--"I presumed that the child would not be permitted to remain
+on our hands;" and then the conversation dropped.
+
+As Oswald had informed them, the intendant made his appearance in the
+forenoon of the following day, and was accompanied by his daughter, who
+rode by his side. A groom, on horse, led a pony for Clara to ride; and
+a cart for the luggage followed at some distance. Edward went out to
+assist Miss Heatherstone to dismount, and she frankly extended her hand
+to him as she reached the ground. Edward was a little surprised as well
+as pleased, at this condescension on her part toward a forester.
+
+"You do me much honor, Mistress Patience," said he, bowing.
+
+"I can not forget that I owe my life to you, Master Armitage," replied
+Patience, "and I can not be too grateful. May I request another favor
+of you?"
+
+"Certainly, if it is in my power to do as you wish."
+
+"It is this," said she, in a low voice--"that you will not hastily
+reject any overtures which may be made to you by my father; that is
+all. And now let me go in and see your sisters, for my father has
+praised them very much, and I wish to know them."
+
+Edward led the way into the cottage, and Patience followed him, while
+the intendant was in conversation with Humphrey. Edward, having
+introduced his sisters and Clara, then went out to pay his respects to
+the intendant, who, now they were alone, was very candid toward both
+him and Humphrey.
+
+Edward then told the intendant that there was an iron chest with a good
+deal of money in it, and jewels also, and many other articles of value
+in the other boxes.
+
+"I fear, sir, that the cart will hardly hold all the goods."
+
+"I do not intend to take away the heavy or more bulky articles, such as
+the bedding, armor, &c. I will only take Clara's own packages, and the
+valuables and papers. The remainder may stay here, as they can be of no
+use, till they are demanded from you. Where is Oswald Partridge?"
+
+"In the stable with the horses, sir," replied Humphrey.
+
+"Then, when the cart is loaded--and it had better be done by you while
+the men are in the stable--Oswald shall take charge of it, and take the
+things to my house."
+
+"Here are the keys, sir," said Edward, presenting them.
+
+"Good. And now, Edward Armitage, that we are alone, I want to have a
+little conversation with you. You are aware how much I feel indebted to
+you for the service you have rendered me, and how anxious I am to show
+my gratitude. You are born for better things than to remain an obscure
+forester, and perhaps a deer-stalker. I have now an offer to make to
+you, which I trust, upon reflection, you will not refuse--and I say
+reflection, because I do not wish you to give an answer till you have
+well reflected. I know that you will not accept any thing under the
+present government; but a private situation you can raise no objection
+to; the more so as, so far from leaving your family, you will be more
+in a position to protect them. I am in want of a secretary, and I wish
+you to accept that office, to live entirely in my house, and to receive
+a handsome salary for your services, which will not, I trust, be too
+heavy. You will be near to your family here in the cottage, and be able
+to protect them and assist them; and what is more, you will mix with
+the world and know what is going on, as I am in the confidence of the
+government. Of course, I put implicit confidence in you, or I would not
+offer the situation. But you will not be always down here: I have my
+correspondents and friends, to whom I shall have to send you
+occasionally on most trusty missions. You, I am sure, will suit me in
+every respect, and I hope you will undertake the post which I now offer
+to you. Give me no answer just now; consult with your brother, and give
+the offer due consideration, and when you have made up your mind you
+can let me know."
+
+Edward bowed, and the intendant went into the cottage.
+
+Edward then assisted Humphrey and Pablo to get the iron chest on the
+cart, and covered it with the other packages and boxes, till the cart
+was well loaded. Leaving Pablo in charge till Oswald came from the
+stables, Edward and Humphrey then went into the cottage, where they
+found a very social party; Patience Heatherstone having succeeded in
+making great friends with the other three girls, and the intendant, to
+Edward's surprise, laughing and joking with them. Alice and Edith had
+brought out some milk, biscuits, and all the fruit that was ripe, with
+some bread, a cold piece of salt beef, and a ham; and they were eating
+as well as talking.
+
+"I have been praising your sisters' house-keeping, Armitage," said the
+intendant. "Your farm appears to be very productive."
+
+"Alice expected Miss Heatherstone, sir," replied Edward, "and made an
+unusual provision. You must not think that we live on such fare every
+day."
+
+"No," replied the intendant, dryly; "on other days I dare say you have
+other fare. I would almost make a bet that there is a pasty in the
+cupboard which you dare not show to the intendant of the New Forest."
+
+"You are mistaken, sir, for once," replied Humphrey. "Alice knows well
+how to make one, but she has not one just now."
+
+"Well, I must believe you, Master Humphrey," replied the intendant.
+"And now, my dear child, we must think of going, for it is a long ride,
+and the little girl is not used to a horse."
+
+"Mistress Alice, many thanks for your hospitality; and now, farewell.
+Edith, good-by, dear. Now, Clara, are you quite ready?"
+
+They all went out of the cottage. The intendant put Clara on the pony,
+after she had kissed Alice and Edith. Edward assisted Patience; and
+when she was mounted, she said--
+
+"I hope you will accept my father's offer--you will oblige me so much
+if you do."
+
+"I will give it every consideration it deserves," replied Edward.
+"Indeed, it will depend more upon my brother than myself whether I
+accept it or not."
+
+"Your brother is a very sensible young man, sir; therefore, I have
+hopes," replied Patience.
+
+"A quality which it appears you do not give me credit for, Miss
+Heatherstone."
+
+"Not when pride or vindictive feelings obtain the mastery," replied she.
+
+"Perhaps you will find that I am not quite so proud, or bear such
+ill-will, as I did when I first saw your father, Miss Heatherstone; and
+some allowance should be made, even if I did show such feelings, when
+you consider that I was brought up at Arnwood."
+
+"True--most true, Master Armitage. I had no right to speak so boldly,
+especially to you, who risked your own life to save the daughter of one
+of those Roundheads who treated the family of your protector so
+cruelly. You must forgive me; and now, farewell!"
+
+Edward bowed, and then turned to the intendant, who had apparently been
+waiting while the conversation was going on. The intendant bade him a
+cordial farewell; Edward shook Clara by the hand, and the cavalcade set
+off. They all remained outside of the cottage till the party were at
+some distance, and then Edward walked apart with Humphrey, to
+communicate to him the offer made by the intendant, and ask his opinion.
+
+"My opinion is made up, Edward, which is that you should accept it
+immediately. You are under no obligation to the government, and you
+have already conferred such an obligation upon the intendant that you
+have a right to expect a return. Why stay here, when you can safely mix
+with the world and know how things are going on? I do not require your
+assistance, now that I have Pablo, who is more useful every day. Do not
+lose such an opportunity of making a friend for yourself and all of
+us--a protector, I may say--and who is, by what he has confided to you,
+any thing but approving of the conduct of the present government. He
+has paid you a deserved compliment by saying that he can and will trust
+you. You must not refuse the offer, Edward--it would really be folly if
+you did."
+
+"I believe you are right, Humphrey; but I have been so accustomed to
+range the forest--I am so fond of the chase--I am so impatient of
+control or confinement, that I hardly know how to decide. A secretary's
+life is any thing but pleasing to me, sitting at a table writing and
+reading all day long. The pen is a poor exchange for the long-barreled
+gun."
+
+"It does more execution, nevertheless," replied Humphrey, "if what I
+have read is true. But you are not to suppose that your life will be
+such a sedentary one. Did he not say that he would have to trust you
+with missions of importance? Will you not, by going to London and other
+places, and mixing with people of importance, be preparing yourself for
+your proper station in life, which I trust that one day you will
+resume? And does it follow, that because you are appointed a secretary,
+you are not to go out in the forest and shoot a deer with Oswald, if
+you feel inclined--with this difference, that you may do it then
+without fear of being insulted or persecuted by such a wretch as that
+Corbould? Do not hesitate any longer, my dear brother; recollect that
+our sisters ought not to live this forest life as they advance in
+years--they were not born for it, although they have so well conformed
+to it. It depends upon you to release them eventually from their false
+position; and you can never have such an opening as is now offered you,
+by one whose gratitude alone will make him anxious to serve you."
+
+"You are right, Humphrey, and I will accept the offer; I can but return
+to you if things do not go on well."
+
+"I thank you sincerely for your decision, Edward," replied Humphrey.
+"What a sweet girl that Patience Heatherstone is! I think I never saw
+such an enchanting smile!"
+
+Edward thought of the smile she gave him when they parted but an hour
+ago, and agreed with Humphrey, but he replied--
+
+"Why, brother, you are really in love with the intendant's daughter."
+
+"Not so, my dear brother; but I am in love with her goodness and
+sweetness of disposition, and so are Alice and Edith, I can tell you.
+She has promised to come over and see them, and bring them flowers for
+their garden, and I hardly know what; and I am very glad of it, as my
+sisters have been buried here so long, that they can not but gain by
+her company now and then. No! I will leave Mistress Heatherstone for
+you; I am in love with little Clara."
+
+"Not a bad choice, Humphrey: we both aspire high, for two young
+foresters, do we not? However, they say 'Every dog has his day,' and
+Cromwell and his Parliament may have theirs. King Charles may be on his
+throne again now, long before you catch a forest pony, Humphrey."
+
+"I hope he will, Edward; but recollect how you laughed at the idea of
+my catching a cow--you may be surprised a second time. 'Where there is
+a will there is a way,' the saying is. But I must go and help Alice
+with the heifer: she is not very quiet yet, and I see her going out
+with her pail."
+
+The brothers then parted, and Edward then walked about, turning over in
+his mind the events of the day, and very often finding his thoughts
+broken in upon by sudden visions of Patience Heatherstone--and
+certainly the remembrance of her was to him the most satisfactory and
+pleasing portion of the prospect in his offered situation.
+
+"I shall live with her, and be continually in her company," thought he.
+"Well, I would take a less pleasing office if only for that. She
+requested me to accept it to oblige her, and I will do so. How hasty we
+are in our conclusions! When I first saw her father, what an aversion I
+felt for him! Now, the more I know him the more I like him, nay,
+more--respect him. He said that the king wished to be absolute, and
+wrest the liberties from his subjects, and that they were justified in
+opposing him; I never heard that when at Arnwood."
+
+"If so, was it lawful so to do?"
+
+"I think it was, but not to murder him; that I can never admit, nor
+does the intendant; on the contrary, he holds his murderers in as great
+detestation as I do. Why, then, we do not think far apart from one
+another. At the commencement, the two parties were those who supported
+him, not admitting that he was right, but too loyal to refuse to fight
+for their king; and those who opposed, hoping to force him to do right;
+the king for his supposed prerogatives, the people for their liberties.
+The king was obstinate, the people resolute, until virulent warfare
+inflamed both parties, and neither would listen to reason; and the
+people gained the upper hand--they wreaked their vengeance, instead of
+looking to the dictates of humanity and justice. How easy it had been
+to have deposed him, and have sent him beyond the seas! instead of
+which they detained him a prisoner and then murdered him. The
+punishment was greater than the offense, and dictated by malice and
+revenge; it was a diabolical act, and will soil the page of our
+nation's history." So thought Edward, as he paced before the cottage,
+until he was summoned in by Pablo to their evening meal.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+
+"Edward," said Edith, "scold Pablo; he has been ill-treating my poor
+cat; he is a cruel boy."
+
+Pablo laughed.
+
+"See, Edward, he's laughing; put him in the pitfall again, and let him
+stay there till he says he's sorry."
+
+"I very sorry now, Missy Edith--but cat bite me," said Pablo.
+
+"Well, if pussy did, it didn't hurt you much; and what did I tell you
+this morning out of the Bible?--that you must forgive them who behave
+ill to you."
+
+"Yes, Missy Edith, you tell me all that, and so I do; I forgive pussy
+'cause she bite me, but I kick her for it."
+
+"That's not forgiveness, is it, Edward? You should have forgiven it at
+once, and not kicked it at all."
+
+"Miss Edith, when pussy bite me, pussy hurt me, make me angry, and I
+give her a kick; then I think what you tell me, and I do as you tell
+me. I forgive pussy with all my heart."
+
+"I think you must forgive Pablo, Edith," said Edward, "if it is only to
+set him a good example."
+
+"Well, I will this time; but if he kicks pussy again he must be put in
+the pitfall--mind that, Pablo."
+
+"Yes, Missy Edith, I go into pitfall, and then you cry, and ask Master
+Edward to take me out. When you have me put in pitfall, then you not
+good Christian, 'cause you not forgive; when you cry and take me out,
+then you good Christian once more."
+
+By this conversation it will appear to the reader that they had been
+trying to impress Pablo with the principles of the Christian
+religion--and such was the case; Edith having been one of the most
+active in the endeavor, although very young for a missionary. However,
+Alice and Humphrey had been more successful, and Pablo was now
+beginning to comprehend what they had attempted to instill, and was
+really progressing dayly.
+
+Edward remained at the cottage, expecting to bear some message from the
+intendant. He was right in his conjecture, for, on the third day,
+Oswald Partridge came over to say that the intendant would be happy to
+see him, if he could make it convenient to go over; which Edward
+assented to do on the following day. Oswald had ridden over on a pony;
+Edward arranged to take Billy and return with him. They started early
+the next morning, and Edward asked Oswald if he knew why the intendant
+had sent for him.
+
+"Not exactly," replied Oswald; "but I think, from what I heard Miss
+Patience say, it is to offer you some situation, if you could be
+prevailed upon to accept it."
+
+"Very true," replied Edward; "he offers me the post of secretary. What
+do you think?"
+
+"Why, sir, I think I would accept it; at all events, I would take it on
+trial--there can be no harm done. If you do not like it, you can only
+go back to the cottage again. One thing I am sure of, which is, that
+Master Heatherstone will make it as pleasant to you as he can, for he
+is most anxious to serve you."
+
+"That I really believe," replied Edward; "and I have pretty well made
+up my mind to accept the office. It is a post of confidence, and I
+shall know all that is going on, which I can not do while I am secluded
+in the forest; and, depend upon it, we shall have stirring news."
+
+"I suppose you think that the king will come over," replied Oswald.
+
+"I feel certain of it, Oswald; and that is the reason why I want to be
+where I can know all that is going on."
+
+"Well, sir, it is my opinion that the king will come over, as well as
+yours; yet I think at present he stands but a poor chance; but Master
+Heatherstone knows more on that score than any one, I should think; but
+he is very close."
+
+The conversation then changed, and, after a ride of eight hours, they
+arrived at the intendant's house. Edward gave Billy into Oswald's
+charge, and knocked at the door. Phoebe let him in, and asked him into
+the sitting-room, where he found the intendant alone.
+
+"Edward Armitage, I am glad to see you, and shall be still more so if I
+find that you have made up your mind to accept my proposition. What is
+your reply?"
+
+"I am very thankful to you for the offer, sir," replied Edward, "and
+will accept it if you think that I am fitting for it, and if I find
+that I am equal to it; I can but give it a trial, and leave if I find
+it too arduous or too irksome."
+
+"Too arduous it shall not be--that shall be my concern; and too irksome
+I hope you will not find it. My letters are not so many but that I
+could answer them myself, were it not that my eyes are getting weak,
+and I wish to save them as much as possible. You will therefore have to
+write chiefly what I shall dictate; but it is not only for that I
+require a person that I can confide in. I very often shall send you to
+London instead of going myself, and to that I presume you will have no
+objection!"
+
+"Certainly none, sir."
+
+"Well, then, it is no use saying any more just now; you will have a
+chamber in this house, and you will live with me, and at my table
+altogether. Neither shall I say any thing just now about remuneration,
+as I am convinced that you will be satisfied. All that I require now
+is, to know the day that you will come, that every thing may be ready."
+
+"I suppose, sir, I must change my attire?" replied Edward, looking at
+his forester's dress; "that will hardly accord with the office of
+secretary."
+
+"I agree with you that it will be better to keep that dress for your
+forest excursions, as I presume you will not altogether abandon them,"
+replied the intendant. "You can provide yourself with a suit at
+Lymington. I will furnish you the means."
+
+"I thank you, sir, I have means, much more than sufficient," replied
+Edward, "although not quite so wealthy as little Clara appeared to be."
+
+"Wealthy, indeed!" replied the intendant. "I had no idea that poor
+Ratcliffe possessed so much ready money and jewels. Well, then, this is
+Wednesday; can you come over next Monday?"
+
+"Yes, sir," replied Edward; "I see no reason to the contrary."
+
+"Well, then, that is settled, and I suppose you would like to see your
+accommodation. Patience and Clara are in the next room. You can join
+them, and you will make my daughter very happy by telling her that you
+are to become a resident with us. You will, of course, dine with us
+to-day, and sleep here to-night."
+
+Mr. Heatherstone then opened the door, and saying to his daughter
+Patience, "My dear, I leave you to entertain Edward Armitage till
+dinner time," he ushered Edward in, and closed the door again. Clara
+ran up to Edward as soon as he went in, and having kissed him, Edward
+then took Patience's offered hand.
+
+"Then you have consented?" said Patience, inquiringly.
+
+"Yes, I could not refuse such kindness," replied Edward.
+
+"And when do you come?"
+
+"On Monday night, if I can be ready by that time."
+
+"Why, what have you to get ready?" said Clara.
+
+"I must not appear in a forester's dress, my little Clara. I can wear
+that with a gun in my hand, but not with a pen: so I must go to
+Lymington and see what a tailor can do for me."
+
+"You will feel as strange in a secretary's dress as I did in boys'
+clothes," said Clara. "Perhaps I may," said Edward, although he felt
+that such would not be the case, having been accustomed to much better
+clothes when at Arnwood than what were usually worn by secretaries; and
+this remembrance brought back Arnwood in its train, and Edward became
+silent and pensive.
+
+Patience observed it, and after a time said--
+
+"You will be able to watch over your sisters, Mr. Armitage, as well
+here, almost, as if you were at the cottage. You do not return till
+to-morrow? How did you come over?"
+
+"I rode the pony Billy, Mistress Patience."
+
+"Why do you call her Mistress Patience, Edward?" said Clara. "You call
+me Clara; why not call her Patience?"
+
+"You forget that I am only a forester, Clara," replied Edward, with a
+grave smile.
+
+"No, you are a secretary now," replied Clara.
+
+"Mistress Patience is older than you by several years. I call you
+Clara, because you are but a little girl; but I must not take that
+liberty with Mistress Heatherstone."
+
+"Do you think so, Patience?" said Clara.
+
+"I certainly do not think that it would be a liberty in a person, after
+being well acquainted with me, to call me Patience," replied she;
+"especially when that person lives in the house with us, eats and
+associates with us as one of the family, and is received on an
+equality; but I dare say, Clara, that Master Armitage will be guided by
+his own feelings, and act as he considers to be proper."
+
+"But you give him leave, and then it is proper," replied Clara.
+
+"Yes, if he gave himself leave, Clara," said Patience. "But we will now
+show him his own room, Clara," continued Patience, wishing to change
+the subject of conversation. "Will you follow us, sir?" said Patience,
+with a little mock ceremony.
+
+Edward did so without replying, and was ushered into a large airy room,
+very neatly furnished.
+
+"This is your future lodging," said Patience; "I hope you will like it."
+
+"Why, he never saw any thing like it before," said Clara.
+
+"Yes I have, Clara," replied Edward.
+
+"Where did you?"
+
+"At Arnwood; the apartments were on a much larger scale."
+
+"Arnwood! oh yes, I have heard my father speak of it," said Clara, with
+the tears starting in her eyes at his memory. "Yes, it was burned down,
+and all the children burned to death!"
+
+"So they say, Clara; but I was not there when it was burned."
+
+"Where were you then?"
+
+"I was at the cottage where I now live." Edward turned round to
+Patience, and perceived that her eyes were fixed upon him, as if she
+would have read his thoughts. Edward smiled, and said--
+
+"Do you doubt what I say?"
+
+"No, indeed!" said she, "I have no doubt that you were at the cottage
+at the time; but I was thinking that if the apartments at Arnwood were
+more splendid, those at your cottage are less comfortable. You have
+been used to better and to worse, and therefore will, I trust, be
+content with these."
+
+"I trust I have shown no signs of discontent. I should indeed be
+difficult to please if an apartment like this did not suit me. Besides,
+allow me to observe, that although I stated that the apartments at
+Arnwood were on a grander scale, I never said that I had ever been a
+possessor of one of them."
+
+Patience smiled and made no reply.
+
+"Now that you know your way to your apartment, Master Armitage, we
+will, if you please, go back to the sitting-room," said she. As they
+were going back into the sitting-room, she said--
+
+"When you come over on Monday, you will, I presume, bring your clothes
+in a cart? I ask it, because I promised some flowers and other things
+to your sisters, which I can send back by the cart."
+
+"You are very kind to think of them, Mistress Patience," replied
+Edward; "they are fond of flowers, and will be much pleased with
+possessing any."
+
+"You sleep here to-night, I think my father said?" inquired Patience.
+
+"He did make the proposal, and I shall gladly avail myself of it, as I
+am not to trust to Phoebe's ideas of comfort this time," said Edward,
+smiling.
+
+"Yes, that was a cross action of Phoebe's; and I can tell you, Master
+Armitage, that she is ashamed to look you in the face ever since; but
+how fortunate for me that she was cross, and turned you out as she did!
+You must forgive her, as she was the means of your performing a noble
+action; and I must forgive her, as she was the means of my life being
+saved."
+
+"I have no feeling except kindness toward Phoebe," replied Edward;
+"indeed I ought to feel grateful to her; for if she had not given me so
+bad a bed that night, I never should have been so comfortably lodged as
+it is proposed that I shall be now."
+
+"I hope you are hungry, Edward," said Clara; "dinner is almost ready."
+
+"I dare say I shall eat more than you do, Clara."
+
+"So you ought, a great big man like you. How old are you, Edward?" said
+Clara; "I am thirteen; Patience is past sixteen: now, how old are you?"
+
+"I am not yet eighteen, Clara, so that I can hardly be called a man."
+
+"Why, you are as tall as Mr. Heatherstone."
+
+"Yes, I believe I am."
+
+"And can't you do every thing that a man can do?"
+
+"I really don't know; but I certainly shall always try so to do."
+
+"Well, then, you must be a man."
+
+"Well, Clara, if it pleases you, I will be a man."
+
+"Here comes Mr. Heatherstone, so I know dinner is ready; is it not,
+sir?"
+
+"Yes, my child, it is," replied Mr. Heatherstone, kissing Clara, "so
+let us all go in."
+
+Mr. Heatherstone, as was usual at that time with the people to whose
+party he ostensibly belonged, said a grace before meat, of considerable
+length, and then they sat down to table. As soon as the repast was
+over, Mr. Heatherstone returned to his study, and Edward went out to
+find Oswald Partridge, with whom he remained the larger portion of the
+afternoon, going to the kennel and examining the dogs, and talking of
+matters connected with the chase.
+
+"I have not two men that can stalk a deer," observed Oswald "the men
+appointed here as verderers and keepers have not one of them been
+brought up to the business. Most of them are men who have been in the
+army, and I believe have been appointed to these situations to get rid
+of them because they were troublesome; and they are any thing but good
+characters: the consequence is, that we kill but few deer, for I have
+so much to attend to here, as none of them know their duties, that I
+can seldom take my own gun out. I stated so to the intendant, and he
+said that if you accepted an offer he had made you, and came over here,
+we should not want venison; so it is clear that he does not expect you
+to have your pen always in your hand."
+
+"I am glad to hear that," replied Edward; "depend upon it, his own
+table, at all events, shall be well supplied. Is not that fellow
+Corbould, who is leaning against the wall?"
+
+"Yes; he is to be discharged as he can not walk well, and the surgeon
+says he will always limp. He owes you a grudge, and I am glad that he
+is going away, for he is a dangerous man. But the sun is setting, Mr.
+Edward, and supper will soon be on the table; you had better go back to
+the house."
+
+Edward bade Oswald farewell, and returned to the intendant's, and found
+that Oswald was correct, as supper was being placed on the table.
+
+Soon after supper, Phoebe and the men-servants were summoned, and
+prayers offered up by the intendant, after which Patience and Clara
+retired. Edward remained in conversation with the intendant for about
+an hour, and then was conducted by him to his room, which had already
+been shown to him by Patience.
+
+Edward did not sleep much that night. The novelty of his situation--the
+novelty of his prospects, and his speculations thereon, kept him awake
+till near morning: he was, however, up in good time, and having
+assisted at the morning prayers, and afterward eaten a most substantial
+breakfast, he took his leave of the intendant and the two girls, and
+set off on his return to the cottage, having renewed his promise of
+coming on the following Monday to take up his abode with them. Billy
+was fresh, and cantered gayly along, so that Edward was back early in
+the afternoon, and once more welcomed by his household. He stated to
+Humphrey all that had occurred, and Humphrey was much pleased at Edward
+having accepted the offer of the intendant. Alice and Edith did not
+quite so much approve of it, and a few tears were shed at the idea of
+Edward leaving the cottage. The next day, Edward and Humphrey set off
+for Lymington, with Billy in the cart.
+
+"Do you know, Edward," said Humphrey, "what I am going to try and
+purchase? I will tell you: as many kids as I can, or goats and kids, I
+don't care which."
+
+"Why, have you not stock enough already? You will this year have four
+cows in milk, and you have two cow calves bringing up."
+
+"That is very true; but I do not intend to have goats for their milk,
+but simply for eating in lieu of mutton. Sheep I can not manage, but
+goats, with a little hay in winter, will do well, and will find
+themselves in the forest all the year round. I won't kill any of the
+females for the first year or two, and after that I expect we shall
+have a flock sufficient to meet any demand upon it."
+
+"It is not a bad idea, Humphrey; they will always come home if you have
+hay for them during the winter."
+
+"Yes, and a large shed for them to lie in when the snow is on the
+ground."
+
+"Now I recollect, when we used to go to Lymington, I saw a great many
+goats, and I have no doubt that they are to be purchased. I will soon
+ascertain that for you, from the landlord of the hostelry," replied
+Edward. "We will drive there first, as I must ask him to recommend me
+to a tailor."
+
+On their arrival at Lymington, they went straight to the hostelry, and
+found the landlord at home. He recommended a tailor to Edward, who sent
+for him to the inn, and was measured by him for a plain suit of dark
+cloth. Edward and Humphrey then went out, as Edward had to procure
+boots, and many other articles of dress, to correspond with the one
+which he was about to assume.
+
+"I am most puzzled about a hat, Humphrey," said Edward: "I hate those
+steeple-crowned hats worn by the Roundheads; yet the hat and feather is
+not proper for a secretary."
+
+"I would advise you to submit to wear the steeple-crowned hats,
+nevertheless," said Humphrey. "Your dress, as I consider, is a sort of
+disgrace to a Cavalier born, and the heir of Arnwood; why not,
+therefore, take its hat as well? As secretary to the intendant, you
+should dress like him; if not, you may occasion remarks, especially
+when you travel on his concerns."
+
+"You are right, Humphrey, I must not do things by halves; and unless I
+wear the hat, I might be suspected."
+
+"I doubt if the intendant wears it for any other reason," said Humphrey.
+
+"At all events, I will not go to the height of the fashion," replied
+Edward, laughing. "Some of the hats are not quite so tall as the
+others."
+
+"Here is the shop for the hat and for the sword-belt."
+
+Edward chose a hat and a plain sword-belt, paid for them, and desired
+the man to carry them to the hostelry.
+
+While all these purchases on the part of Edward, and many others by
+Humphrey, such as nails, saws, tools, and various articles which Alice
+required for the household, were gathered together, the landlord had
+sent out to inquire for the goats, and found out at what price they
+were to be procured. Humphrey left Edward to put away these in the
+cart, while he went out a second time to see the goats; he made an
+agreement with the man who had them for sale, for a male and three
+females with two kids each at their sides, and ten more female kids
+which had just been weaned. The man engaged to drive them from
+Lymington as far as the road went into the forest, on the following
+day, when Humphrey would meet them, pay him his money, and drive them
+to the cottage, which would be only three miles from the place agreed
+upon. Having settled that satisfactorily, he returned to Edward, who
+was all ready, and they went back home.
+
+"We have dipped somewhat into the bag to-day, Edward," said Humphrey,
+"but the money is well spent."
+
+"I think so, Humphrey; but I have no doubt that I shall be able to
+replace the money very soon, as the intendant will pay me for my
+services. The tailor has promised the clothes on Saturday without fail,
+so that you or I must go for them."
+
+"I will go, Edward; my sisters will wish you to stay with them now, as
+you are so soon to leave them; and I will take Pablo with me, that he
+may know his way to the town; and I will show him where to buy things,
+in case he goes there by himself."
+
+"It appears to me to have been a most fortunate thing, your having
+caught Pablo as you did, Humphrey, for I do not well know how I could
+have left you, if you had not."
+
+"At all events, I can do much better without you than I should have
+done," replied Humphrey; "although I think now that I could get on by
+myself; but still, Edward, you know we can not tell what a day may
+bring forth, and I might fall sick, or something happen which might
+prevent my attending to any thing; and then, without you or Pablo,
+every thing might have gone to rack and ruin. Certainly, when we think
+how we were left, by the death of old Jacob, to our own resources, we
+have much to thank God for, in having got on so well."
+
+"I agree with you, and also that it has pleased Heaven to grant us all
+such good health. However, I shall be close at hand if you want me, and
+Oswald will always call and see how you get on."
+
+"I hope you will manage that he calls once a-week."
+
+"I will if I can, Humphrey, for I shall be just as anxious as you are
+to know if all goes on well. Indeed, I shall insist upon coming over to
+you once a-fortnight; and I hardly think the intendant will refuse
+me--indeed, I am sure that he will not."
+
+"So am I," replied Humphrey. "I am certain that he wishes us all well,
+and has, in a measure, taken us under his protection; but, Edward,
+recollect, I shall never kill any venison after this, and so you may
+tell the intendant."
+
+"I will, and that will be an excuse for him to send some over, if he
+pleases. Indeed, as I know I shall be permitted to go out with Oswald,
+it will be hard if a stray buck does not find its way to the cottage."
+
+Thus did they continue talking over matters till they arrived at the
+cottage. Alice came out to them, saying to Humphrey,
+
+"Well, Humphrey, have you brought my geese and ducks?"
+
+Humphrey had forgotten them, but he replied, "You must wait till I go
+to Lymington again on Saturday, Alice, and then I hope to bring them
+with me. As it is, look how poor Billy is loaded. Where's Pablo?"
+
+"In the garden. He has been working there all day, and Edith is with
+him."
+
+"Well, then, we will unload the cart, while you get us something to
+eat, Alice, for we are not a little hungry. I can tell you."
+
+"I have some rabbit-stew on the fire, Humphrey, all ready for you, and
+you will find it very good."
+
+"Nothing I like better, my dear girl. Pablo won't thank me for bringing
+this home," continued Humphrey, taking the long saw out of the cart;
+"he will have to go to the bottom of the pit again, as soon as the pit
+is made."
+
+The cart was soon unloaded, Billy taken out and turned out to feed, and
+then they went in to the supper.
+
+Humphrey was off the next morning, with Pablo, at an early hour, to
+meet the farmer of whom he had purchased the goats and kids. He found
+them punctual to the time, at the place agreed upon; and being
+satisfied with the lot, paid the farmer his money, and drove them home
+through the forest.
+
+"Goat very good, kid better; always eat kid in Spain," said Pablo.
+
+"Were you born in Spain, Pablo?"
+
+"Not sure, but I think so. First recollect myself in that country."
+
+"Do you recollect your father?"
+
+"No; never see him."
+
+"Did your mother never talk about him?"
+
+"Call her mother, but think no mother at all. Custom with Gitanas."
+
+"Why did you call her mother?"
+
+"'Cause she feed me when little, beat me when I get big."
+
+"All mothers do that. What made you come to England?"
+
+"I don't know, but I hear people say, plenty of money in
+England--plenty to eat--plenty to drink; bring plenty money back to
+Spain."
+
+"How long have you been in England?"
+
+"One, two, three year; yes, three year and a bit."
+
+"Which did you like best--England or Spain?"
+
+"When with my people, like Spain best; warm sun--warm night. England,
+little sun, cold night, much rain, snow, and air always cold; but now I
+live with you, have warm bed, plenty victuals, like England best."
+
+"But when you were with the gipsies, they stole every thing, did they
+not?"
+
+"Not steal every thing," replied Pablo, laughing; "sometimes take and
+no pay when nobody there; farmer look very sharp--have big dog."
+
+"Did you ever go out to steal?"
+
+"Make me go out. Not bring back something, beat me very hard; suppose
+farmer catch me, beat hard too; nothing but beat, beat, beat."
+
+"Then they obliged you to steal?"
+
+"Suppose bring nothing home, first beat, and then not have to eat for
+one, two, three days. How you like that, Master Humphrey? I think you
+steal, after no victuals for three days!"
+
+"I should hope not," replied Humphrey, "although I have never been so
+severely punished: and I hope, Pablo, you will never steal any more."
+
+"Why steal any more?" replied Pablo. "I not like to steal, but because
+hungry I steal. Now, I never hungry, always have plenty to eat; no one
+beat me now; sleep warm all night. Why I steal, then? No, Master
+Humphrey, I never steal more, 'cause I have no reason why, and 'cause
+Missy Alice and Edith tell me how the good God up there say must not
+steal."
+
+"I am glad to hear you give that as a reason, Pablo," replied Humphrey,
+"as it proves that my sisters have not been teaching you in vain."
+
+"Like to hear Missy Alice talk; she talk grave. Missy Edith talk too,
+but she laugh very much; very fond Missy Edith, very happy little girl;
+jump about just like one of these kids we drive home; always merry.
+Hah! see cottage now; soon get home, Massa Humphrey. Missy Edith like
+see kids very much. Where we put them?"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX.
+
+
+"We will put them into the yard for the present. I mean that Holdfast
+shall take charge of them by-and-by. I will soon teach him."
+
+"Yes, he take charge of coat, or any thing I tell him; why not take
+charge of goats. Clever dog, Holdfast. Massa Humphrey, you think Massa
+Edward take away both his dogs, Smoker and Watch? I say better not take
+puppy. Take Smoker, and leave puppy."
+
+"I agree with you, Pablo. We ought to have two dogs here. I will speak
+to my brother. Now run forward and open the gate of the yard, and throw
+them some hay, Pablo, while I go and call my sisters."
+
+The flock of goats were much admired, and the next morning were driven
+out into the forest to feed, attended by Pablo and Holdfast. When it
+was dinner time, Pablo drove the flock near to the cottage, telling the
+dog to mind them. The sensible animal remained at once with the goats
+until Pablo's return from dinner; and it may be as well to observe
+here, that in a few days the dog took charge of them altogether,
+driving them home to the yard every evening; and as soon as the goats
+were put into the yard, the dog had his supper; and the dog took care,
+therefore, not to be too late. To return to our narrative.
+
+On Saturday, Humphrey and Pablo went to Lymington, to bring home
+Edward's clothes, and Humphrey made Pablo acquainted with all that he
+wanted to know, in case it might be necessary to send Pablo there alone.
+
+Edward remained with his sisters, as he was to leave them on the Monday.
+
+Sunday was passed as usual; they read the service at old Armitage's
+grave, and afterward they walked in the forest; for Sunday was the only
+day on which Alice could find time to leave her duties in the cottage.
+They were not more grave than usual at the idea of Edward's leaving
+them; but they kept up their spirits, as they were aware that it was
+for the advantage of all.
+
+On Monday morning, Edward, to please his sisters, put on his new
+clothes, and put his forester's dress in the bundle with his linen.
+Alice and Edith thought he looked very well in them, and said that it
+reminded them of the days of Arnwood. The fact was, that Edward
+appeared as he was--a gentleman born; that could not well be concealed
+under a forester's dress, and in his present attire it was undeniable.
+After breakfast, Billy was harnessed and brought to the cottage-door.
+Edward's linen was put in the cart, and as he had agreed with Humphrey,
+he took only Smoker with him, leaving the puppy at the cottage. Pablo
+went with him, to bring back the cart. Edward kissed his sisters, who
+wept at the idea of his leaving them, and, shaking hands with Humphrey,
+he set off to cross the forest.
+
+"Who would ever have believed this?" thought Edward, as he drove across
+the forest, "that I should put myself under the roof and under the
+protection of a Roundhead--one in outward appearance, and in the
+opinion of the world at least, if he is not so altogether in opinions.
+There is surely some spell upon me, and I almost feel as if I were a
+traitor to my principles. Why I know not, I feel a regard for that man,
+and a confidence in him. And why should I not? He knows my principles,
+my feelings against his party, and he respects them. Surely he can not
+wish to gain me over to his party; that were indeed ridiculous--a young
+forester--a youth unknown. No, he would gain nothing by that, for I am
+nobody. It must be from goodwill, and no other feeling. I have obliged
+him in the service I rendered his daughter, and he is grateful."
+Perhaps, had Edward put the question to himself, "Should I have been on
+such friendly terms with the intendant--should I have accepted his
+offer, if there had been no Patience Heatherstone?" he might then have
+discovered what was the "spell upon him" which had rendered him so
+tractable; but of that he had no idea. He only felt that his situation
+would be rendered more comfortable by the society of an amiable and
+handsome girl, and he inquired no further.
+
+His revery was broken by Pablo, who appeared tired of holding his
+tongue, and said, "Massa Edward, you not like leave home--you think
+very much. Why you go there?"
+
+"I certainly do not like to leave home, Pablo, for I am very fond of my
+brother and sisters; but we can not always do as we wish in this world,
+and it is for their sakes, more than from my own inclinations, that I
+have done so."
+
+"Can't see what good you do Missy Alice and Missy Edith 'cause you go
+away. How it possible do good, and not with them? Suppose bad accident,
+and you away, how you do good? Suppose bad accident, and you at
+cottage, then you do good. I think, Massa Edward, you very foolish."
+
+Edward laughed at this blunt observation of Pablo's, and replied, "It
+is very true, Pablo, that I can not watch over my sisters, and protect
+them in person, when I am away; but there are reasons why I should go,
+nevertheless, and I may be more useful to them by going than by
+remaining with them. If I did not think so, I would not leave them.
+They know nobody, and have no friends in the world. Suppose anything
+was to happen to me--suppose both Humphrey and I were to die--for you
+know that we never know how soon that event may take place--who would
+there be to protect my poor sisters, and what would become of them? Is
+it not, therefore, wise that I should procure friends for them, in case
+of accident, who would look after them and protect them? and it is my
+hope, that by leaving them now, I shall make powerful and kind friends
+for them. Do you understand me?"
+
+"Yes, I see now; you think more than me, Massa Edward. I say just now,
+you foolish; I say now, Pablo great fool."
+
+"Besides, Pablo, recollect that I never would have left them as long as
+there was only Humphrey and I to look after them, because an accident
+might have happened to one of us; but when you came to live with us,
+and I found what a good, clever boy you were, and that you were fond of
+us all, I then said, 'Now I can leave my sisters, for Pablo shall take
+my place, and assist Humphrey to do what is required, and to take care
+of them.' Am I not right, Pablo?"
+
+"Yes, Massa Edward," replied Pablo, taking hold of Edward's wrist, "you
+quite right. Pablo does love Missy Alice, Missy Edith, Massa Humphrey,
+and you, Massa Edward; he love you all very much indeed; he love you so
+much that he die for you! Can do no more."
+
+"That is what I really thought of you, Pablo, and yet I am glad to hear
+it from your own mouth. If you had not come to live with us, and not
+proved so faithful, I could not have left to benefit my sisters; but
+you have induced me to leave, and they have to thank you if I am able
+to be of any service to them."
+
+"Well, Massa Edward, you go; never mind us, we make plenty of work; do
+every thing all the same as you."
+
+"I think you will, Pablo, and that is the reason why I have agreed to
+go away. But, Pablo, Billy is growing old, and you will want some more
+ponies."
+
+"Yes, Massa Edward; Massa Humphrey talk to me about ponies last night,
+and say plenty in the forest. Ask me if I think us able catch them. I
+say yes, catch one, two, twenty, suppose want them."
+
+"Ah! how will you do that, Pablo?"
+
+"Massa Edward, you tell Massa Humphrey no possible, so I no tell you
+how," replied Pablo, laughing. "Some day you come and see us, see five
+ponies in the stable. Massa Humphrey and I, we talk about, find out
+how; you see."
+
+"Well, then, I shall ask no more questions, Pablo; and when I see the
+ponies in the stable, then I'll believe it, and not before."
+
+"Suppose you want big horse for ride, catch big horse, Massa Edward,
+you see. Massa Humphrey very clever, he catch cow."
+
+"Catch gipsy," said Edward.
+
+"Yes," said Pablo, laughing, "catch cow, catch gipsy, and by-and-by
+catch horse."
+
+When Edward arrived at the intendant's house, he was very kindly
+received by the intendant and the two girls. Having deposited his
+wardrobe in his bedroom, he went out to Oswald and put Smoker in the
+kennel, and on his return found Pablo sitting on the carpet in the
+sitting-room, talking to Patience and Clara, and they all three
+appeared much amused. When Pablo and Billy had both had something to
+eat, the cart was filled with pots of flowers, and several, other
+little things as presents from Patience Heatherstone, and Pablo set off
+on his return.
+
+"Well, Edward, you do look like a--" said Clara, stopping.
+
+"Like a secretary, I hope," added Edward.
+
+"Well, you don't look like a forester; does he, Patience?" continued
+Clara.
+
+"You must not judge of people by their clothes, Clara."
+
+"Nor do I," replied Clara. "Those clothes would not look well upon
+Oswald, or the other men, for they would not suit them; but they do
+suit you: don't they, Patience?"
+
+Patience Heatherstone, however, did not make any answer to this second
+appeal made by Clara.
+
+"Why don't you answer me, Patience?", said Clara.
+
+"My dear Clara, it's not the custom for young maidens to make remarks
+upon people's attire. Little girls like you may do so."
+
+"Why, did you not tell Pablo that he looked well in his new clothes?"
+
+"Yes, but Pablo is not Mr. Armitage, Clara. That is very different."
+
+"Well, it may be, but still you might answer a question, if put to you,
+Patience: and I ask again, does not Edward look much better in the
+dress he has on than in the one that he has generally worn?"
+
+"I think it a becoming dress, Clara, since you will have an answer."
+
+"Fine feathers make fine birds, Clara," said Edward, laughing; "and so
+that is all we can say about it."
+
+Edward then changed the conversation. Soon afterward dinner was
+announced, and Clara again observed to Edward,
+
+"Why do you always call Patience Mistress Heatherstone? Ought he not to
+call her Patience, sir?" said Clara, appealing to the intendant.
+
+"That must depend upon his own feelings, my dear Clara," replied Mr.
+Heatherstone. "It is my intention to wave ceremony as much as possible.
+Edward Armitage has come to live with us as one of the family, and he
+will find himself treated by me as one of us. I shall, therefore, in
+future address him as Edward; and he has my full permission, and I may
+say it is my wish, that he should be on the same familiar terms with us
+all. When Edward feels inclined to address my daughter as he does you,
+by her name of baptism, he will, I dare say, now that he has heard my
+opinion, do so; and reserve 'Mistress Heatherstone,' for the time when
+they have a quarrel."
+
+"Then I hope he will never again address me that way," observed
+Patience, "for I am under too great obligations to him to bear even the
+idea of being on bad terms with him."
+
+"Do you hear that, Edward?" said Clara.
+
+"Yes, I do, Clara, and after such a remark you may be sure that I shall
+never address her in that way again."
+
+In a few days, Edward became quite at home. In the forenoon, Mr.
+Heatherstone dictated one or two letters to him, which he wrote; and
+after that his time was at his own disposal, and was chiefly passed in
+the company of Patience and Clara. With the first he had now become on
+the most intimate and brotherly footing; and when they addressed each
+other, Patience and Edward were the only appellations made use of. Once
+Mr. Heatherstone asked Edward whether he would not like to go out with
+Oswald to kill a deer, which he did; but the venison was hardly yet in
+season. There was a fine horse in the stable at Edward's order, and he
+often rode out with Patience and Clara; indeed his time passed so
+agreeably that he could hardly think it possible that a fortnight had
+passed away, when he asked permission to go over to the cottage and see
+his sisters. With the intendant's permission, Patience and Clara
+accompanied him; and the joy of Alice and Edith was great when they
+made their appearance. Oswald had, by Edward's request, gone over a day
+or two before, to tell them that they were coming, that they might be
+prepared; and the consequence was, that it was a holyday at the
+cottage. Alice had cooked her best dinner, and Humphrey and Pablo were
+at home to receive them.
+
+"How pleasant it will be, if we are to see you and Clara whenever we
+see Edward!" said Alice to Patience. "So far from being sorry that
+Edward is with you, I shall be quite glad of it."
+
+"I water the flowers every day," said Edith, "and they make the garden
+look so gay."
+
+"I will bring you plenty more in the autumn, Edith; but this is not the
+right time for transplanting flowers yet," replied Patience. "And now,
+Alice, you must take me to see your farm, for when I was here last I
+had no time; let us come now, and show me every thing."
+
+"But my dinner, Patience; I can not leave it, or it will be spoiled,
+and that will never do. You must either go with Edith now, or wait till
+after dinner, when I can get away."
+
+"Well, then, we will stay till after dinner, Alice, and we will help
+you to serve it up."
+
+"Thank you; Pablo generally does that, for Edith can not reach down the
+things. I don't know where he is."
+
+"He went away with Edward and Humphrey I think," said Edith. "I'll
+scold him when he comes back, for being out of the way."
+
+"Never mind, Edith, I can reach the dishes," said Patience, "and you
+and Clara can then take them, and the platters, and put them on the
+table for Alice."
+
+And Patience did as she proposed, and the dinner was soon afterward on
+the table. There was a ham, and two boiled fowls, and a piece of salted
+beef, and some roasted kid, besides potatoes and green peas; and when
+it is considered that such a dinner was bet on the table by such young
+people left entirely to their own exertions and industry, it must be
+admitted that it did then and their farm great credit.
+
+In the mean time, Edward and Humphrey, after the first greetings were
+over, had walked out to converse, while Pablo had taken the horses into
+the stable.
+
+"Well, Humphrey how do you get on?"
+
+"Very well," replied Humphrey. "I have just finished a very tough job.
+I have dug out the saw-pit, and have sawed the slabs for the sides of
+the pit, and made it quite secure. The large fir-tree that was blown
+down is now at the pit, ready for sawing up into planks, and Pablo and
+I are to commence to-morrow. At first we made but a bad hand of sawing
+off the slabs, but before we had cut them all, we got on pretty well
+Pablo don't much like it, and indeed no more do I much, it is such
+mechanical work, and so tiring; but he does not complain--I do not
+intend that he shall saw more than two days in a week; that will be
+sufficient: we shall get on fast enough.
+
+"You are right, Humphrey; it is an old saying, that you must not work a
+willing horse to death. Pablo is very willing, but hard work he is not
+accustomed to.
+
+"Well, now you must come and look at my flock of goats, Edward, they
+are not far off. I have taught Holdfast to take care of them, and he
+never leaves them now, and brings them home at night. Watch always
+remains with me, and is an excellent dog, and very intelligent."
+
+"You have indeed a fine flock, Humphrey!" said Edward.
+
+"Yes, and they are improved in appearance already since they have been
+here. Alice has got her geese and ducks, and I have made a place large
+enough for them to wash in, until I have time to dig them out a pond."
+
+"I thought we had gathered more hay than you required; but with this
+addition, I think you will find none to spare before the spring."
+
+"So far from it, that I have been mowing down a great deal more,
+Edward, and it is almost ready to carry away. Poor Billy has had hard
+work of it, I assure you, since he came back, with one thing and
+another."
+
+"Poor fellow! but it won't last long, Humphrey," said Edward, smiling;
+"the other horses will soon take his place."
+
+"I trust they will," said Humphrey, "at all events by next spring;
+before that I do not expect that they will."
+
+"By-the-by, Humphrey, you recollect what I said to you that the robber
+I shot told me just before he died."
+
+"Yes, I do recollect it now," replied Humphrey; "but I had quite
+forgotten all about it till you mentioned it now, although I wrote it
+down that we might not forget it."
+
+"Well, I have been thinking all about it, Humphrey. The robber told me
+that the money was mine, taking me for another person; therefore I do
+not consider it was given to me, nor do I consider that it was his to
+give. I hardly know what to do about it, nor to whom the money can be
+said to belong."
+
+"Well, I think I can answer that question. The property of all
+malefactors belongs to the king; and therefore this money belongs to
+the king; and we may retain it for the king, or use it for his service."
+
+"Yes, it would have belonged to the king, had the man been condemned,
+and hung on the gallows as he deserved; but he was not, and therefore I
+think that it does not belong to the king."
+
+"Then it belongs to whoever finds it, and who keeps it till it is
+claimed--which will never be."
+
+"I think I must speak to the intendant about it," replied Edward; "I
+should feel more comfortable."
+
+"Then do so," replied Humphrey; "I think you are right to have no
+concealments from him."
+
+"But, Humphrey," replied Edward, laughing, "what silly fellows we are!
+we do not yet know whether we shall find any thing; we must first see
+if there is any thing buried there; and when we have done so, then we
+will decide how to act. I shall, if it please God, be over again in a
+fortnight, and in the mean time, do you find out the place, and
+ascertain if what the fellow said is true."
+
+"I will," replied Humphrey. "I will go to-morrow, with Billy and the
+cart, and take a spade and pickax with me. It may be a fool's errand,
+but still they say, and one would credit, for the honor of human
+nature, that the words of a dying man are those of truth. We had better
+go back now, for I think dinner must be ready."
+
+Now that they had become so intimate with Patience Heatherstone--and, I
+may add, so fond of her--there was no longer any restraint, and they
+had a very merry dinner party; and after dinner, Patience went out with
+Alice and Edith, and looked over the garden and farm. She wished very
+much to ascertain if there was any thing that they required, but she
+could discover but few things, and those only trifles; but she
+recollected them all, and sent them to the cottage a few days
+afterward. But the hour of parting arrived, for it was a long ride
+back, and they could not stay any longer if they wished to get home
+before dark, as Mr. Heatherstone had requested Edward that they should
+do; so the horses were brought out, and wishing good-by, they set off
+again--little Edith crying after them, "Come again soon! Patience, you
+must come again soon!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX.
+
+
+The summer had now advanced, when Oswald one day said to Edward,
+
+"Have you heard the news, sir?"
+
+"Nothing very particular," replied Edward; "I know that General
+Cromwell is over in Ireland, and they say very successful; but I have
+cared little for particulars."
+
+"They say a great deal more, sir," replied Oswald; "they say that the
+king is in Scotland, and that the Scotch have raised an army for him."
+
+"Indeed!" replied Edward, "that is news indeed! The intendant has never
+mentioned it to me."
+
+"I dare say not, sir; for he knows your feelings, and would sorry to
+part with you."
+
+"I will certainly speak to him on the subject," said Edward, at the
+"risk of his displeasure; and join the army I will, if I find what you
+say is true. I should hold myself a craven to remain here while the
+king is fighting for his own, and not to be at his side."
+
+"Well, sir, I think it is true, for I heard that the Parliament had
+sent over for General Cromwell to leave Ireland, and lead the troops
+against the Scotch army."
+
+"You drive me mad, Oswald! I will go to the intendant immediately!"
+
+Edward, much excited by the intelligence, went into the room where he
+usually sat with the intendant. The latter, who was at his desk, looked
+up, and saw how flushed Edward was, and said very quietly,
+
+"Edward, you are excited, I presume, from hearing the news which has
+arrived?"
+
+"Yes, sir, I am very much so; and I regret very much that I should be
+the last to whom such important news is made known."
+
+"It is, as you say, important news," replied the intendant; "but if you
+will sit down, we will talk a little upon the subject."
+
+Edward took a chair, and the intendant said,
+
+"I have no doubt that your present feeling is to go to Scotland, and
+join the army without delay."
+
+"Such is my intention, I candidly confess, sir. It is my duty."
+
+"Perhaps you may be persuaded to the contrary before we part," replied
+the intendant. "The first duty you owe is to your family in their
+present position; they depend upon you; and a false step on your part
+would be their ruin. How can you leave them, and leave my employ,
+without it being known for what purpose you are gone? It is impossible!
+I must myself make it known, and even then it would be very injurious
+to me, the very circumstance of my having one of your party in my
+service. I am suspected by many already, in consequence of the part I
+have taken against the murder of the late king, and also of the lords
+who have since suffered. But, Edward, I did not communicate this
+intelligence to you for many reasons. I knew that it would soon come to
+your ears, and I thought it better that I should be more prepared to
+show you that you may do yourself and me harm, and can do no good to
+the king. I will now show you that I do put confidence in you; and if
+you will read these letters, they will prove to you that I am correct
+in what I assert."
+
+The intendant handed three letters to Edward, by which it was evident
+that all the king's friends in England were of opinion that the time
+was not ripe for the attempt, and that it would be only a sacrifice to
+stir in the matter; that the Scotch army raised was composed of those
+who were the greatest enemies to the king, and that the best thing that
+could happen for the king's interest would be that they were destroyed
+by Cromwell; that it was impossible for the English adherents of
+Charles to join them, and that the Scotch did not wish them so to do.
+
+"You are no politician, Edward," said the intendant, smiling, as Edward
+laid the letters down on the table. "You must admit that, in showing
+you these letters, I have put the utmost confidence in you."
+
+"You have, indeed, sir; and, thanking you for having so done, I need
+hardly add that your confidence will never be betrayed."
+
+"That I am sure of; and I trust you will now agree with me and my
+friends that the best thing is to remain quiet."
+
+"Certainly, sir, and in future I will be guided by you."
+
+"That is all I require of you; and, after that promise, you shall hear
+all the news as soon as it arrives. There are thousands who are just as
+anxious to see the king on the throne again as you are, Edward--and you
+now know that I am one of them; but the hour is not yet come, and we
+must bide our time. Depend upon it, General Cromwell will scatter that
+army like chaff. He is on his march now. After what has passed between
+us this day, Edward, I shall talk unreserved to you on what is going
+on."
+
+"I thank you, sir, and I promise you faithfully, as I said before, not
+only to be guided by your advice, but to be most secret in all that you
+may trust me with."
+
+"I have confidence in you, Edward Armitage; and now we will drop the
+subject for the present; Patience and Clara want you to walk with them,
+so good-by for the present."
+
+Edward left the intendant, much pleased with the interview. The
+intendant kept his word, and concealed nothing from Edward. All turned
+out as the intendant had foretold. The Scotch army was cut to pieces by
+Cromwell, and the king retreated to the Highlands; and Edward now felt
+satisfied that he could do no better than be guided by the intendant in
+all his future undertakings.
+
+We must now pass over some time in a few words. Edward continued at the
+intendant's, and gave great satisfaction to Mr. Heatherstone. He passed
+his time very agreeably, sometimes going out to shoot deer with Oswald,
+and often supplying venison to his brother and sisters at the cottage.
+During the autumn, Patience very often went to the cottage, and
+occasionally Mr. Heatherstone paid them a visit; but after the winter
+set in, Edward came over by himself, shooting as he went; and when he
+and Smoker came to the cottage, Billy always had a journey to go for
+the venison left in the forest. Patience sent Alice many little things
+for the use of her and Edith, and some very good books for them to
+read; and Humphrey, during the evenings, read with his sisters, that
+they might learn what he could teach them. Pablo also learned to read
+and write. Humphrey and Pablo had worked at the saw-pit, and had sawed
+out a large quantity of boards and timber for building, but the
+building was put off till the spring.
+
+The reader may recollect that Edward had proposed to Humphrey that he
+should ascertain whether what the robber had stated before his death
+relative to his having concealed his ill-gotten wealth under the tree
+which was struck by lightning was true. About ten days afterward
+Humphrey set off on this expedition. He did not take Pablo with him,
+as, although he had a very good opinion of him, he agreed with Oswald
+that temptation should not be put in his way. Humphrey considered that
+it would be the best plan to go at once to Clara's cottage, and from
+that proceed to find the oak-tree mentioned by the robber. When he
+arrived at the thicket which surrounded the cottage, it occurred to him
+that he would just go through it and see if it was in the state which
+they had left it in; for after the intendant had been there, he had
+given directions to his men to remain and bury the bodies, and then to
+lock up the doors of the cottage, and bring the keys to him, which had
+been done. Humphrey tied Billy and the cart to a tree, and walked
+through the thicket. As he approached the cottage he heard voices; this
+induced him to advance very carefully, for he had not brought his gun
+with him. He crouched down as he came to the opening before the
+cottage. The doors and windows were open, and there were two men
+sitting outside, cleaning their guns; and in one of them Humphrey
+recognized the man Corbould, who had been discharged by the intendant
+as soon as his wound had been cured, and who was supposed to have gone
+to London. Humphrey was too far off to hear what they said; he remained
+there some time, and three more men came out of the cottage. Satisfied
+with what he had seen, Humphrey cautiously retreated, and, gaining the
+outside of the thicket, led away Billy and the cart over the turf, that
+the noise of the wheels might not be heard.
+
+"This bodes no good," thought Humphrey as he went along, every now and
+then looking back to ascertain if the men had come out and seen him.
+"That Corbould we know has vowed vengeance against Edward, and all of
+us; and has, no doubt, joined those robbers--for robbers they must
+be--that he may fulfill his vow. It is fortunate that I have made the
+discovery and I will send over immediately to the intendant." As soon
+as a clump of trees had shut out the thicket, and he had no longer any
+fear of being seen by these people, Humphrey went in the direction
+which the robber had mentioned, and soon afterward he perceived the oak
+scathed with lightning, which stood by itself on a green spot of about
+twenty acres. It had been a noble tree before it had been destroyed;
+now it spread its long naked arms, covering a large space of ground,
+but without the least sign of vegetation or life remaining. The trunk
+was many feet in diameter, and was apparently quite sound, although the
+tree was dead. Humphrey left Billy to feed on the herbage close by, and
+then, from the position of the sun in the heavens, ascertained the
+point at which he was to dig. First looking around him to see that he
+was not overlooked, he took his spade and pick-ax out of the cart and
+begun his task. There was a spot not quite so green as the rest, which
+Humphrey thought likely to be the very place that he should dig at, as
+probably it was not green from the soil having been removed. He
+commenced at this spot, and, after a few moments' labor, his pick-ax
+struck upon something hard, which, on clearing away the earth, he
+discovered to be a wooden lid of a box. Satisfied that he was right,
+Humphrey now worked hard, and in a few minutes he had cleared away
+sufficiently to be able to lift out the box and place it on the turf.
+He was about to examine it, when he perceived, at about five hundred
+yards' distance, three men coming toward him. "They have discovered
+me," thought Humphrey; "and I must be off as soon as I can." He ran to
+Billy, who was close to him, and bringing the cart to where the box
+lay, he lifted it in. As he was getting in himself, with the reins in
+his hands, he perceived that the three men were running toward him as
+fast as they could, and that they all had guns in their hands. They
+were not more than a hundred and fifty yards from him when Humphrey set
+off, putting Billy to a full trot.
+
+The three men, observing this, called out to Humphrey to stop, or they
+would fire; but Humphrey's only reply was giving a lash to Billy, which
+set him off at a gallop. The men immediately fired, and the bullets
+whistled past Humphrey without doing any harm. Humphrey looked round,
+and finding that he had increased his distance, pulled up the pony, and
+went at a more moderate pace. "You'll not catch me," thought Humphrey;
+"and your guns are not loaded, so I'll tantalize you a little." He made
+Billy walk, and turned round to see what the men were about; they had
+arrived at where he had dug out the box, and were standing round the
+hole, evidently aware that it was no use following him. "Now," thought
+Humphrey as he went along at a faster pace, "those fellows will wonder
+what I have been digging up. The villains little think that I know
+where to find them, and they have proved what they are by firing at me.
+Now, what must I do? They may follow me to the cottage, for I have no
+doubt that they know where we live, and that Edward is at the
+intendant's. They may come and attack us, and I dare not leave the
+cottage tonight, or send Pablo away, in case they should; but I will
+tomorrow morning." Humphrey considered, as he went along, all the
+circumstances and probabilities, and decided that he would act as he at
+first proposed to himself. In an hour he was at the cottage; and as
+soon as Alice had given him his dinner--for he was later than the usual
+dinner hour--he told her what had taken place.
+
+"Where is Pablo?"
+
+"He has been working in the garden with Edith all the day," replied
+Alice.
+
+"Well, dear, I hope they will not come tonight: tomorrow I will have
+them all in custody; but if they do come, we must do our best to beat
+them off. It is fortunate that Edward left the guns and pistols which
+he found in Clara's cottage, as we shall have no want of firearms; and
+we can barricade the doors and windows, so that they can not get in in
+a hurry; but I must have Pablo to help me, for there is no time to be
+lost."
+
+"But can not I help you, Humphrey?" said Alice. "Surely I can do
+something?"
+
+"We will see, Alice; but I think I can do without you. We have still
+plenty of daylight. I will take the box into your room."
+
+Humphrey, who had only taken the box out of the cart and carried it
+within the threshold of the door, now took it into his sisters'
+bedroom, and then went out and called Pablo, who came running to him.
+
+"Pablo," said Humphrey, "we must bring to the cottage some of the large
+pieces we sawed out for rafters; for I should not be surprised if the
+cottage were attacked this night." He then told Pablo what had taken
+place. "You see, Pablo, I dare not send to the intendant to-night, in
+case the robbers should come here."
+
+"No, not send to-night," said Pablo; "stay here and fight them; first
+make door fast, then cut hole to fire through."
+
+"Yes, that was my idea. You don't mind fighting them, Pablo?"
+
+"No; fight hard for Missy Alice and Missy Edith," said Pablo; "fight
+for you too, Massa Humphrey, and fight for myself," added Pablo,
+laughing.
+
+They then went for the pieces of squared timber, brought them from the
+saw-pit to the cottage, and very soon fitted them to the doors and
+windows, so as to prevent several men, with using all their strength,
+from forcing them open.
+
+"That will do," said Humphrey; "and now get me the small saw, Pablo,
+and I will cut a hole or two to fire through."
+
+It was dark before they had finished, and then they made all fast, and
+went to Pablo's room for the arms, which they got ready for service,
+and loaded.
+
+"Now we are all ready, Alice, so let us have our supper," said
+Humphrey. "We will make a fight for it, and they shall not get in so
+easily as they think."
+
+After they had had their supper, Humphrey said the prayers, and told
+his sisters to go to bed.
+
+"Yes, Humphrey, we will go to bed, but we will not undress, for if they
+come, I must be up to help you. I can load a gun, you know, and Edith
+can take them to you as fast as I load them. Won't you, Edith?"
+
+"Yes, I will bring you the guns, Humphrey, and you shall shoot them,"
+replied Edith.
+
+Humphrey kissed his sisters, and they went to their room. He then put a
+light in the chimney, that he might not have to get one in case the
+robbers came, and then desired Pablo to go and lie down on his bed, as
+he intended to do the same. Humphrey remained awake till past three
+o'clock in the morning, but no robbers came. Pablo was snoring loud,
+and at last Humphrey fell asleep himself, and did not wake till broad
+daylight. He got up, and found Alice and Edith were already in the
+sitting-room, lighting the fire.
+
+"I would not wake you, Humphrey, as you had been sitting up so long.
+The robbers have not made their appearance, that is clear; shall we
+unbar the door and window-shutters now?"
+
+"Yes, I think we may. Here, Pablo!"
+
+"Yes," replied Pablo, coming out half asleep; "what the matter? thief
+come?"
+
+"No," replied Edith, "thief not come, but sun shine, and lazy Pablo not
+get up."
+
+"Up now, Missy Edith."
+
+"Yes, but not awake yet."
+
+"Yes, Missy Edith, quite awake."
+
+"Well, then, help me to undo the door, Pablo."
+
+They took down the barricades, and Humphrey opened the door cautiously,
+and looked out.
+
+"They won't come now, at all events, I should think," observed
+Humphrey; "but there is no saying--they may be prowling about, and may
+think it easier to get in during daytime than at night. Go out, Pablo,
+and look about every where; take a pistol with you, and fire it off if
+there is any danger, and then come back as fast as you can."
+
+Pablo took the pistol, and then Humphrey went out of the door and
+looked well round in front of the cottage, but he would not leave the
+door till he was assured that no one was there. Pablo returned soon
+after, saying that he had looked round every where, and into the
+cow-house and yard, and there was nobody to be seen. This satisfied
+Humphrey, and they returned to the cottage.
+
+"Now, Pablo, get your breakfast, while I write the letter to the
+intendant," said Humphrey; "and then you must saddle Billy, and go over
+to him as fast as you can with the letter. You can tell him all I have
+not said in it. I shall expect you back at night, and some people with
+you."
+
+"I see," said Pablo, who immediately busied himself with some cold meat
+which Alice put before him. Pablo had finished his breakfast and
+brought Billy to the door, before Humphrey had finished his letter. As
+soon as it was written and folded, Pablo set off, as fast as Billy
+could go, to the other side of the forest.
+
+Humphrey continued on the look-out during the whole day, with his gun
+on his arm, and his two dogs by his side; for he knew the dogs would
+give notice of the approach of any one, long before he might see them;
+but nothing occurred during the whole day; and when the evening closed
+in he barricaded the doors and windows, and remained on the watch with
+the dogs, waiting for the coming of the robbers, or for the arrival of
+the party which he expected would be sent by the intendant to take the
+robbers. Just as it was dark, Pablo returned with a note from Edward,
+saying that he would be over, and at the cottage by ten o'clock, with a
+large party.
+
+Humphrey had said in his letter, that it would be better that any force
+sent by the intendant should not arrive till after dark, as the robbers
+might be near and perceive them, and then they might escape; he did not
+therefore expect them to come till some time after dark. Humphrey was
+reading a book--Pablo was dozing in the chimney corner--the two girls
+had retired into their room and had lain down on the bed in their
+clothes, when the dogs both gave a low growl.
+
+"Somebody come," said Pablo, starting up.
+
+Again the dogs growled, and Humphrey made a sign to Pablo to hold his
+tongue. A short time of anxious silence succeeded, for it was
+impossible to ascertain whether the parties were friends or enemies.
+The dogs now sprung up and barked furiously at the door, and as soon as
+Humphrey had silenced them, a voice was heard outside, begging for
+admission to a poor benighted traveler. This was sufficient; it could
+not be the party from the intendant's, but the robbers who wished to
+induce them to open the door. Pablo put a gun into Humphrey's hand, and
+took another for himself; he then removed the light into the chimney,
+and on the application from outside being repeated, Humphrey answered,
+
+"That he never opened the door at that hour of the night, and that it
+was useless their remaining."
+
+No answer or repetition of the request was made, but, as Humphrey
+retreated with Pablo into the fireplace, a gun was fired into the lock
+of the door, which was blown off into the room, and, had it not been
+for the barricades, the doors must have flown open. The robbers
+appeared surprised at such not being the case, and one of them inserted
+his arm into the hole made in the door, to ascertain what might be the
+further obstacle to open it, when Pablo slipped past Humphrey, and
+gaining the door, discharged his gun under the arm which had been
+thrust into the hole in the door. The party, whoever it might have
+been, gave a loud cry, and fell at the threshold outside.
+
+"I think that will do," said Humphrey: "we must not take more life than
+is necessary. I had rather that you had fired through his arm--it would
+have disabled him, and that would have sufficed."
+
+"Kill much better," said Pablo. "Corbould shot through leg, come again
+to rob; suppose shot dead, never rob more."
+
+The dogs now flew to the back of the cottage, evidently pointing out
+that the robbers were attempting that side. Humphrey put his gun
+through the hole in the door, and discharged it.
+
+"Why you do that, Massa Humphrey? nobody there!"
+
+"I know that, Pablo; but if the people are coming from the intendant's,
+they will see the flash and perhaps hear the report, and it will let
+them know what is going on."
+
+"There is another gun loaded, Humphrey," said Alice, who with Edith had
+joined them without Humphrey observing it.
+
+"Thanks, love; but you and Edith must not remain here; sit down on the
+hearth, and then you will be sheltered from any bullet which they may
+fire into the house. I have no fear of their getting in, and we shall
+have help directly, I have no doubt. Pablo, I shall fire through the
+back door; they must be there, for the dogs have their noses under it,
+and are so violent. Do you fire another gun, as a signal, through the
+hole in the front door."
+
+Humphrey stood within four feet of the back door, and fired just above
+where the dogs held their noses and barked. Pablo discharged his gun as
+directed, and then returned to reload the guns. The dogs were now more
+quiet, and it appeared as if the robbers had retreated from the back
+door. Pablo blew out the light, which had been put more in the center
+of the room when Alice and Edith took possession of the fireplace.
+
+"No fear, Missy Edith, I know where find every thing," said Pablo, who
+now went and peered through the hole in the front door, to see if the
+robbers were coming to it again; but he could see and hear nothing for
+some time.
+
+At last the attack was renewed; the dogs flew backward and forward,
+sometimes to one door and then to another, as if both were to be
+assailed; and at the same time a crash in Alice's bedchamber told them
+that the robbers had burst in the small window in that room, which
+Humphrey had not paid any attention to, as it was so small that a man
+could hardly introduce his body through it. Humphrey immediately called
+Holdfast and opened the door of the room, for he thought that a man
+forcing his way in would be driven back or held by the dog, and he and
+Pablo dared not leave the two doors. Watch, the other dog, followed
+Holdfast into the bedroom; and oaths and curses, mingled with the
+savage yells of the dogs, told them that a conflict was going on. Both
+doors were now battered with heavy pieces of timber at the same time,
+and Pablo said,
+
+"Great many robbers here."
+
+A moment or more had passed, during which Pablo and Humphrey had both
+again fired their guns through the door, when, of a sudden, other
+sounds were heard--shots were fired outside, loud cries, and angry
+oaths and exclamations.
+
+"The intendant's people are come," said Humphrey, "I am sure of it."
+
+Shortly afterward Humphrey heard his name called by Edward, and he
+replied, and went to the door and undid the barricades.
+
+"Get a light, Alice, dear," said Humphrey, "we are all safe now. I will
+open the door directly, Edward, but in the dark I can not see the
+fastenings."
+
+"Are you all safe, Humphrey?"
+
+"Yes, all safe, Edward. Wait till Alice brings a light,"
+
+Alice soon brought one, and then the door was unfastened. Edward
+stepped over the body of a man which lay at the threshold, saying--
+
+"You have settled somebody there, at all events," and then caught Edith
+and Alice in his arms.
+
+He was followed by Oswald and some other men, leading in the prisoners.
+
+"Bind that fellow fast, Oswald," said Edward. "Get another light,
+Pablo; let us see who it is that lies outside the door."
+
+"First see who is in my bedroom, Edward," said Alice, "for the dogs are
+still there."
+
+"In your bedroom, dearest? Well, then, let us go there first."
+
+Edward went in with Humphrey, and found a man half in the window and
+half out, held by the throat and apparently suffocated by the two dogs.
+He took the dogs off; and desiring the men to secure the robber, and
+ascertain whether he was alive or not, he returned to the sitting-room,
+and then went to examine the body outside the door.
+
+"Corbould, as I live!" cried Oswald.
+
+"Yes," replied Edward, "he has gone to his account. God forgive him!"
+
+On inquiry they found, that of all the robbers, to the number of ten,
+not one had escaped--eight they had made prisoners, Corbould, and the
+man whom the dogs had seized, and who was found to be quite dead, made
+up the number. The robbers were all bound and guarded; and then,
+leaving them under the charge of Oswald and five of his men, Edward and
+Humphrey set off with seven more to Clara's cottage, to ascertain if
+there were any more to be found there. They arrived by two o'clock in
+the morning, and, on knocking several times, the door was opened and
+they seized another man, the only one who was found in it. They then
+went back to the cottage with their prisoner, and by the time that they
+had arrived it was daylight. As soon as the party sent by the intendant
+had been supplied with a breakfast, Edward bade farewell to Humphrey
+and his sisters, that he might return and deliver up his prisoners.
+Pablo went with him to bring back the cart which carried the two dead
+bodies. This capture cleared the forest of the robbers which had so
+long infested it, for they never had any more attempts made from that
+time.
+
+Before Edward left, Humphrey and he examined the box which Humphrey had
+dug up from under the oak, and which had occasioned such danger to the
+inmates of the cottage; for one of the men stated to Edward that they
+suspected that the box which they had seen Humphrey dig out contained
+treasure, and that without they had seen him in possession of it, they
+never should have attacked the cottage, although Corbould had often
+persuaded them so to do; but as they knew that he was only seeking
+revenge--and they required money to stimulate them--they had refused,
+as they considered that there was nothing to be obtained in the cottage
+worth the risk, as they knew that the inmates had firearms, and would
+defend themselves. On examination of its contents, they found in the
+box a sum of 40 pounds in gold, a bag of silver, and some other
+valuables in silver spoons, candlesticks, and ornaments for women.
+Edward took a list of the contents, and when he returned he stated to
+the intendant all that had occurred, and requested to know what should
+be done with the money and other articles which Humphrey had found.
+
+"I wish you had said nothing to me about it," said the intendant,
+"although I am pleased with your open and fair dealing. I can not say
+any thing, except that you had better let Humphrey keep it till it is
+claimed--which, of course, it never will be. But, Edward, Humphrey must
+come over here and make his deposition, as I must report the capture of
+these robbers, and send them to trial. You had better go with the clerk
+and take the depositions of Pablo and your sisters, while Humphrey
+comes here. You can stay till his return. Their depositions are not of
+so much consequence as Humphrey's, as they can only speak as to the
+attack, but Humphrey's I must take down myself."
+
+When Patience and Clara heard that Edward was going over, they obtained
+leave to go with him to see Alice and Edith, and were to be escorted
+back by Humphrey. This the intendant consented to, and they had a very
+merry party. Humphrey remained two days at the intendant's house, and
+then returned to the cottage, where Edward had taken his place during
+his absence.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI.
+
+
+The winter set in very severe, and the falls of snow were very heavy
+and frequent. It was fortunate that Humphrey had been so provident in
+making so large a quantity of hay, or the stock would have been
+starved. The flock of goats, in a great part, subsisted themselves on
+the bark of trees and moss; at night they had some hay given to them,
+and they did very well. It was hardly possible for Edward to come over
+to see his brother and sisters, for the snow was so deep as to render
+such a long journey too fatiguing for a horse. Twice or thrice after
+the snow fell, he contrived to get over; but after that they knew it
+was impossible, and they did not expect him. Humphrey and Pablo had
+little to do except attending to the stock, and cutting firewood to
+keep up their supply, for they now burned it very fast. The snow lay
+several feet high round the cottage, being driven against it by the
+wind. They had kept a passage clear to the yard, and had kept the yard
+as clear of snow as possible: they could do no more. A sharp frost and
+clear weather succeeded to the snow-storms, and there appeared no
+chance of the snow melting away. The nights were dark and long, and
+their oil for their lamp was getting low. Humphrey was anxious to go to
+Lymington, as they required many things but it was impossible to go any
+where except on foot, and walking was, from the depth of the snow, a
+most fatiguing exercise. There was one thing, however, that Humphrey
+had not forgotten, which was, that he had told Edward that he would try
+and capture some of the forest ponies; and during the whole of the time
+since the heavy fall of snow had taken place he had been making his
+arrangements. The depth of the snow prevented the animals from
+obtaining any grass, and they were almost starved, as they could find
+nothing to subsist upon except the twigs and branches of trees which
+they could reach. Humphrey went out with Pablo, and found the herd,
+which was about five miles from the cottage, and near to Clara's
+cottage. He and Pablo brought with them as much hay as they could
+carry, and strewed it about, so as to draw the ponies nearer to them,
+and then Humphrey looked for a place which would answer his purpose.
+About three miles from the cottage, he found what he thought would suit
+him; there was a sort of avenue between the two thickets, about a
+hundred yards wide; and the wind blowing through this avenue, during
+the snow-storm, had drifted the snow at one end of it, and right across
+it raised a large mound several feet high. By strewing small bundles of
+hay, he drew the herd of ponies into this avenue; and in the avenue he
+left them a good quantity to feed upon every night for several nights,
+till at last the herd of ponies went there every morning.
+
+"Now, Pablo, we must make a trial," said Humphrey. "You must get your
+lassoes ready, in case they should be required. We must go to the
+avenue before daylight, with the two dogs, tie one upon one side of the
+avenue and the other on the other, that they may bark and prevent the
+ponies from attempting to escape through the thicket. Then we must get
+the ponies between us and the drift of snow which lies across the
+avenue, and try if we can not draw them into the drift. If so, they
+will plunge in so deep that some of them will not be able to get out
+before we have thrown the ropes round their necks."
+
+"I see," said Pablo; "very good--soon catch them."
+
+Before daylight they went with the dogs and a large bundle of hay,
+which they strewed nearer to the mound of drift-snow. They then tied
+the dogs up on each side, ordering them to lie down and be quiet. They
+then walked through the thicket so as not to be perceived, until they
+considered that they were far enough from the drift-snow. About
+daylight, the herd came to pick up the hay as usual, and after they had
+passed them Humphrey and Pablo followed in the thicket, not wishing to
+show themselves till the last moment. While the ponies were busy with
+the hay, they suddenly ran out into the avenue and separated, so as to
+prevent the ponies from attempting to gallop past them. Shouting as
+loud they could, as they ran up to the ponies, and calling to the dogs,
+who immediately set up barking on each side, the ponies, alarmed at the
+noise and the appearance of Humphrey and Pablo, naturally set off in
+the only direction which appeared to them to be clear, and galloped
+away over the mound of drift-snow, with their tails streaming, snorting
+and plunging in the snow as they hurried along; but as soon as they
+arrived at the mound of drift-snow, they plunged first up to their
+bellies, and afterward, as they attempted to force their way where the
+snow was deeper, many of them stuck fast altogether, and attempted to
+clear themselves in vain. Humphrey and Pablo, who had followed them as
+fast as they could run, now came up with them and threw the lasso over
+the neck of one, and ropes with slip-nooses over two more, which were
+floundering in the snow there together. The remainder of the herd,
+after great exertions, got clear of the snow by turning round and
+galloping back through the avenue. The three ponies captured made a
+furious struggle, but by drawing the ropes tight round their necks they
+were choked, and soon unable to move. They then tied their fore-legs,
+and loosed the ropes round their necks, that they might recover their
+breath.
+
+"Got them now, Massa Humphrey," said Pablo.
+
+"Yes; but our work is not yet over, Pablo; we must get them home; how
+shall we manage that?"
+
+"Suppose they no eat to-day and to-morrow, get very tame."
+
+"I believe that will be the best way; they can not get loose again, do
+all they can."
+
+"No, sir; but get one home to-day. This very fine pony; suppose we try
+him."
+
+Pablo then put the halter on, and tied the end short to the fore-leg of
+the pony, so that it could not walk without keeping its head close to
+the ground--if it raised its head, it was obliged to lift up its leg.
+Then he put the lasso round its neck, to choke it if it was too unruly,
+and having done that, he cast loose the ropes which had tied its
+fore-legs together.
+
+"Now, Massa Humphrey, we get him home somehow. First I go loose the
+dogs; he 'fraid of the dogs, and run t'other way."
+
+The pony, which was an iron-gray and very handsome, plunged furiously
+and kicked behind, but it could not do so without falling down, which
+it did several times before Pablo returned with the dogs. Humphrey held
+one part of the lasso on one side, and Pablo on the other, keeping the
+pony between them; and with the dogs barking at it behind, they
+contrived, with a great deal of exertion and trouble, to get the pony
+to the cottage. The poor animal, driven in this way on three legs, and
+every now and then choked with the lasso, was covered with foam before
+they arrived. Billy was turned out of his stable to make room for the
+new-comer, who was fastened securely to the manger and then left
+without food, that he might become tame. It was too late then, and they
+were too tired themselves to go for the other two ponies; so they were
+left lying on the snow all night, and the next morning they found they
+were much tamer than the first; and during the day, following the same
+plan, they were both brought to the stable and secured alongside of the
+other. One was a bay pony with black legs, and the other a brown one.
+The bay pony was a mare, and the other two horses. Alice and Edith were
+delighted with the new ponies, and Humphrey was not a little pleased
+that he had succeeded in capturing them, after what had passed between
+Edward and him. After two days' fasting, the poor animals were so tame
+that they ate out of Pablo's hand, and submitted to be stroked and
+caressed; and before they were a fortnight in the stable, Alice and
+Edith could go up to them without danger. They were soon broken in; for
+the yard being full of muck, Pablo took them into it and mounted them.
+They plunged and kicked at first, and tried all they could to get rid
+of him, but they sunk so deep into the muck that they were soon tired
+out; and after a month, they were all three tolerably quiet to ride.
+
+The snow was so deep all over the country that there was little
+communication with the metropolis. The intendant's letters spoke of
+King Charles raising another army in Holland, and that his adherents in
+England were preparing to join him as soon at he marched southward.
+
+"I think, Edward," said the intendant, "that the king's affairs do now
+wear a more promising aspect; but there is plenty of time yet. I know
+your anxiety to serve your king, and I can not blame it. I shall not
+prevent your going, although, of course, I must not appear to be
+cognizant of your having so done. When the winter breaks up I shall
+send you to London. You will then be better able to judge of what is
+going on, and your absence will not create any suspicion; but you must
+be guided by me."
+
+"I certainly will, sir," replied Edward. "I should, indeed, like to
+strike one blow for the king, come what will."
+
+"All depends upon whether they manage affairs well in Scotland; but
+there is so much jealousy and pride, and, I fear, treachery also, that
+it is hard to say how matters may end."
+
+It was soon after this conversation that a messenger arrived from
+London with letters, announcing that King Charles had been crowned in
+Scotland, with great solemnity and magnificence.
+
+"The plot thickens," said the intendant; "and by this letter from my
+correspondent, Ashley Cooper, I find that the king's army is well
+appointed, and that David Lesley is lieutenant-general; Middleton
+commands the horse, and Wemyss the artillery. That Wemyss is certainly
+a good officer, but was not true to the late king: may he behave better
+to the present! Now, Edward, I shall send you to London, and I will
+give you letters to those who will advise you how to proceed. You may
+take the black horse; he will bear you well. You will of course write
+to me, for Sampson will go with you, and you can send him back when you
+consider that you do not require or wish for his presence: there is no
+time to be lost, for, depend upon it, Cromwell, who is still at
+Edinburgh, will take the field as soon as he can. Are you ready to
+start to-morrow morning?"
+
+"Yes, sir, quite ready."
+
+"I fear that you can not go over to the cottage to bid farewell to your
+sisters; but, perhaps, it is better that you should not."
+
+"I think so too, sir," replied Edward; "now that the snow has nearly
+disappeared, I did think of going over, having been so long absent, but
+I must send Oswald over instead."
+
+"Well, then, leave me to write my letters, and do you prepare your
+saddle-bags. Patience and Clara will assist you. Tell Sampson to come
+to me."
+
+Edward went to Patience and Clara, and told them that he was to set off
+for London on the following morning, and was about to make his
+preparations.
+
+"How long do you remain, Edward?" inquired Patience.
+
+"I can not tell; Sampson goes with me, and I must, of course, be guided
+by your father. Do you know where the saddle-bags are, Patience?"
+
+"Yes; Phoebe shall bring them to your room."
+
+"And you and Clara must come and give me your assistance."
+
+"Certainly we will, if you require it; but I did not know that your
+wardrobe was so extensive."
+
+"You know that it is any thing but extensive, Patience; but that is the
+reason why your assistance is more required. A small wardrobe ought at
+least to be in good order; and what I would require is, that you would
+look over the linen, and where it requires a little repair, you will
+bestow upon it your charity."
+
+"That we will do, Clara;" replied Patience; "so get your needles and
+thread, and let us send him to London with whole linen. We will come
+when we are ready, sir."
+
+"I don't like his going to London at all," said Clara, "we shall be so
+lonely when he is gone."
+
+Edward had left the room, and having obtained the saddlebags from
+Phoebe had gone up to his chamber. The first thing that he laid hold of
+was his father's sword; he took it down, and having wiped it carefully,
+he kissed it, saying, "God grant that I may do credit to it, and prove
+as worthy to wield it as was my brave father!" He had uttered these
+words aloud; and again taking the sword, and laying it down on the bed,
+turned round, and perceived that Patience had, unknown to him, entered
+the room, and was standing close to him. Edward was not conscious that
+he had spoken aloud, and therefore merely said, "I was not aware of
+your presence, Patience. Your foot is so light."
+
+"Whose sword is that, Edward?"
+
+"It is mine; I bought it at Lymington."
+
+"But what makes you have such an affection for that sword?"
+
+"Affection for it?"
+
+"Yes; as I came into the room you kissed it as fervently as--"
+
+"As a lover would his mistress, I presume you would say," replied
+Edward.
+
+"Nay, I meant not to use such vain words. I was about to say, as a
+devout Catholic would a relic. I ask you again, Why so? A sword is but
+a sword. You are about to leave this on a mission of my father's. You
+are not a soldier, about to engage in strife and war; if you were, why
+kiss your sword?"
+
+"I will tell you. I do love this sword. I purchased it, as I told you,
+at Lymington, and they told me that it belonged to Colonel Beverley. It
+is for his sake that I love it. You know what obligations our family
+were under to him."
+
+"This sword was then wielded by Colonel Beverley, the celebrated
+Cavalier, was it?" said Patience, taking it off the bed, and examining
+it.
+
+"Yes, it was; and here, you see, are his initials upon the hilt."
+
+"And why do you take it to London with you? Surely it is not the weapon
+which should be worn by a secretary, Edward; it is too large and
+cumbrous, and out of character."
+
+"Recollect, that till these last few months I have been a forester,
+Patience, and not a secretary. Indeed, I feel that I am more fit for
+active life than the situation which your father's kindness has
+bestowed upon me. I was brought up, as you have heard, to follow to the
+wars, had my patron lived."
+
+Patience made no reply. Clara now joined them, and they commenced the
+task of examining the linen; and Edward left the room, as he wished to
+speak with Oswald. They did not meet again till dinner time. Edward's
+sudden departure had spread a gloom over them all--even the intendant
+was silent and thoughtful. In the evening he gave Edward the letters
+which he had written, and a considerable sum of money, telling him
+where he was to apply if he required more for his expenses. The
+intendant cautioned him on his behavior in many points, and also
+relative to his dress and carriage during his stay in the metropolis.
+
+"If you should leave London, there will be no occasion--nay, it would
+be dangerous to write to me. I shall take it for granted that you will
+retain Sampson till your departure, and when he returns here I shall
+presume that you have gone north. I will not detain you longer, Edward:
+may Heaven bless and protect you!"
+
+So saying, the intendant went away to his own room.
+
+"Kind and generous man!" thought Edward; "how much did I mistake you
+when we first met!"
+
+Taking up the letters and bag of money, which still remained on the
+table, Edward went to his room, and having placed the letters and money
+in the saddle-bag, he commended himself to the Divine Protector, and
+retired to rest.
+
+Before daylight, the sound of Sampson's heavy traveling-boots below
+roused up Edward, and he was soon dressed. Taking his saddle-bags on
+his arm, he walked softly down stairs, that he might not disturb any of
+the family; but when he was passing the sitting-room, he perceived that
+there was a light in it, and, on looking in, that Patience was up and
+dressed. Edward looked surprised, and was about to speak, when Patience
+said--
+
+"I rose early, Edward, because, when I took leave of you last night, I
+forgot a little parcel that I wanted to give you before you went. It
+will not take much room, and may beguile a weary hour. It is a little
+book of meditations. Will you accept it, and promise me to read it when
+you have time?"
+
+"I certainly will, my dear Patience--if I may venture on the
+expression--read it, and think of you."
+
+"Nay, you must read it, and think of what it contains," replied
+Patience.
+
+"I will, then. I shall not need the book to remind me of Patience
+Heatherstone, I assure you."
+
+"And now, Edward, I do not pretend to surmise the reason of your
+departure, nor would it be becoming in me to attempt to discover what
+my father thinks proper to be silent upon; but I must beg you to
+promise one thing."
+
+"Name it, dear Patience," replied Edward; "my heart is so full at the
+thought of leaving you, that I feel I can refuse you nothing."
+
+"It is this: I have a presentiment, I know not why, that you are about
+to encounter danger. If so, be prudent--be prudent for the sake of your
+dear sisters--be prudent for the sake of all your friends, who would
+regret you--promise me that."
+
+"I do promise you, most faithfully, Patience, that I will ever have my
+sisters and you in my thoughts, and will not be rash under any
+circumstances."
+
+"Thank you, Edward; may God bless you and preserve you!"
+
+Edward first kissed Patience's hand, that was held in his own; but,
+perceiving the tears starting in her eyes, he kissed them off, without
+any remonstrance on her part, and then left the room. In a few moments
+more he was mounted on a fine, powerful black horse, and, followed by
+Sampson, on his road to London.
+
+We will pass over the journey, which was accomplished without any event
+worthy of remark. Edward had, from the commencement, called Sampson to
+his side, that he might answer the questions he had to make upon all
+that he saw, and which, the reader must be aware, was quite new to one
+whose peregrinations had been confined to the New Forest and the town
+adjacent. Sampson was a very powerful man, of a cool and silent
+character, by no means deficient in intelligence, and trustworthy
+withal. He had long been a follower of the intendant, and had served in
+the army. He was very devout, and generally, when not addressed, was
+singing hymns in a low voice.
+
+On the evening of the second day, they were close to the metropolis,
+and Sampson pointed out to Edward St. Paul's Cathedral and Westminster
+Abbey, and other objects worthy of note.
+
+"And where are we to lodge, Sampson?" inquired Edward.
+
+"The best hotel that I know of for man and beast is the 'Swan with
+Three Necks,' in Holborn. It is not over-frequented by roisterers, and
+you will there be quiet, and, if your affairs demand it, unobserved."
+
+"That will suit me, Sampson: I wish to observe and not be observed,
+during my stay in London."
+
+Before dark they had arrived at the hotel, and the horses were in the
+stable. Edward had procured an apartment to his satisfaction, and,
+feeling fatigued with his two days' traveling, had gone to bed.
+
+The following morning he examined the letters which had been given to
+him by the intendant, and inquired of Sampson if he could direct him on
+his way. Sampson knew London well; and Edward set out to Spring
+Gardens, to deliver a letter, which the intendant informed him was
+confidential, to a person of the name of Langton. Edward knocked and
+was ushered in, Sampson taking a seat in the hall, while Edward was
+shown into a handsomely-furnished library, where he found himself in
+the presence of a tall, spare man, dressed after the fashion of the
+Roundheads of the time. He presented the letter. Mr. Langton bowed, and
+requested Edward to sit down; and, after Edward had taken a chair, he
+then seated himself and opened the letter.
+
+"You are right welcome, Master Armitage," said Mr. Langton; "I find
+that, young as you appear to be, you are in the whole confidence of our
+mutual friend, Master Heatherstone. He hints at your being probably
+obliged to take a journey to the north, and that you will be glad to
+take charge of any letters which I may have to send in that direction.
+I will have them ready for you; and, in case of need, they will be such
+as will give a coloring to your proceeding, provided you may not choose
+to reveal your true object. How wears our good friend Heatherstone and
+his daughter?"
+
+"Quite well, sir."
+
+"And he told me in one of his former letters that he had the daughter
+of our poor friend Ratcliffe with him. Is it not so?"
+
+"It is, Master Langton; and a gentle, pretty child as you would wish to
+see."
+
+"When did you arrive in London?"
+
+"Yesterday evening, sir."
+
+"And do you purpose any stay?"
+
+"That I can not answer, sir; I must be guided by your advice. I have
+naught to do here, unless it be to deliver some three or four letters,
+given me by Mr. Heatherstone."
+
+"It is my opinion, Master Armitage, that the less you are seen in this
+city the better; there are hundreds employed to find out new-comers,
+and to discover, from their people, or by other means, for what purpose
+they may have come; for you must be aware, Master Armitage, that the
+times are dangerous, and people's minds are various. In attempting to
+free ourselves from what we considered despotism, we have created for
+ourselves a worse despotism, and one that is less endurable. It is to
+be hoped that what has passed will make not only kings but subjects
+wiser than they have been. Now, what do you propose--to leave this
+instantly?"
+
+"Certainly, if you think it advisable."
+
+"My advice, then, is to leave London immediately. I will give you
+letters to some friends of mine in Lancashire and Yorkshire; in either
+county you can remain unnoticed, and make what preparations you think
+necessary. But do nothing in haste--consult well, and be guided by
+them, who will, if it is considered advisable and prudent, join with
+you in your project. I need say no more. Call upon me to-morrow
+morning, an hour before noon, and I will have letters ready for you."
+
+Edward rose to depart, and thanked Mr. Langton for his kindness.
+
+"Farewell, Master Armitage," said Langton; "to-morrow, at the eleventh
+hour!"
+
+Edward then quitted the house, and delivered the other letters of
+credence; the only one of importance at the moment was the one of
+credit; the others were to various members of the Parliament, desiring
+them to know Master Armitage as a confidential friend of the intendant,
+and, in case of need, to exert their good offices in his behalf. The
+letter of credit was upon a Hamburgh merchant, who asked Edward if he
+required money. Edward replied that he did not at present, but that he
+had business to do for his employer in the north, and might require
+some when there, if it was possible to obtain it so far from London.
+
+"When do you set out, and to what town do you go?"
+
+"That I can not well tell until to-morrow."
+
+"Call before you leave this, and I will find some means of providing
+for you as you wish."
+
+Edward then returned to the hotel. Before he went to bed, he told
+Sampson that he found that he had to leave London on Mr. Heatherstone's
+affairs, and might be absent some time; he concluded by observing that
+he did not consider it necessary to take him with him, as he could
+dispense with his services, and Mr. Heatherstone would be glad to have
+him back.
+
+"As you wish, sir," replied Sampson. "When am I to go back?"
+
+"You may leave to-morrow as soon as you please. I have no letter to
+send. You may tell them that I am well, and will write as soon as I
+have any thing positive to communicate."
+
+Edward then made Sampson a present, and wished him a pleasant journey.
+
+At the hour appointed on the following day, Edward repaired to Mr.
+Langton, who received him very cordially.
+
+"I am all ready for you, Master Armitage; there is a letter to two
+Catholic ladies in Lancashire, who will take great care of you; and
+here is one to a friend of mine in Yorkshire. The ladies live about
+four miles from the town of Bolton, and my Yorkshire friend in the city
+of York. You may trust to any of them. And now, farewell; and, if
+possible, leave London before nightfall--the sooner the better. Where
+is your servant?"
+
+"He has returned to Master Heatherstone this morning."
+
+"You have done right. Lose no time to leave London; and don't be in a
+hurry in your future plans. You understand me. If any one accosts you
+on the road, put no trust in any professions. You, of course, are going
+down to your relations in the north. Have you pistols?"
+
+"Yes, sir; I have a pair which did belong to the unfortunate Mr.
+Ratcliffe."
+
+"Then they are good ones, I'll answer for it; no man was more
+particular about his weapons, or knew how to use them better. Farewell,
+Master Armitage, and may success attend you!"
+
+Mr. Langton held out his hand to Edward, who respectfully took his
+leave.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII.
+
+
+Edward was certain that Mr. Langton would not have advised him to leave
+London if he had not considered that it was dangerous to remain. He
+therefore first called upon the Hamburgh merchant, who, upon his
+explanation, gave him a letter of credit to a friend who resided in the
+city of York; and then returned to the hotel, packed up his
+saddle-bags, paid his reckoning, and, mounting his horse, set off on
+the northern road. As it was late in the afternoon before he was clear
+of the metropolis, he did not proceed farther than Barnet, where he
+pulled up at the inn. As soon as he had seen his horse attended to,
+Edward, with his saddle-bags on his arm, went into the room in the inn
+where all the travelers congregated. Having procured a bed, and given
+his saddle-bags into the charge of the hostess, he sat down by the
+fire, which, although it was warm weather, was nevertheless kept alight.
+
+Edward had made no alteration in the dress which he had worn since he
+had been received in the house of Mr. Heatherstone. It was plain,
+although of good materials. He wore a high-crowned hat, and,
+altogether, would, from his attire, have been taken for one of the
+Roundhead party. His sword and shoulder-belt were indeed of more gay
+appearance than those usually worn by the Roundheads; but this was the
+only difference.
+
+When Edward first entered the room, there were three persons in it,
+whose appearance was not very prepossessing. They were dressed in what
+had once been gay attire, but which now exhibited tarnished lace,
+stains of wine, arid dust from traveling. They eyed him as he entered
+with his saddle-bags, and one of them said--
+
+"That's a fine horse you were riding, sir. Has he much speed?"
+
+"He has," replied Edward, as he turned away and went into the bar to
+speak with the hostess, and give his property into her care.
+
+"Going north, sir?" inquired the same person when Edward returned.
+
+"Not exactly," replied Edward, walking to the window to avoid further
+conversation.
+
+"The Roundhead is on the stilts," observed another of the party.
+
+"Yes," replied the first; "it is easy to see that he has not been
+accustomed to be addressed by gentlemen; for half a pin I would slit
+his ears!"
+
+Edward did not choose to reply; he folded his arms and looked at the
+man with contempt.
+
+The hostess, who had overheard the conversation, now called for her
+husband, and desired him to go into the room and prevent any further
+insults to the young gentleman who had just come in. The host, who knew
+the parties, entered the room, and said--
+
+"Now you'll clear out of this as fast as you can; be off with you, and
+go to the stables, or I'll send for somebody whom you will not like."
+
+The three men rose and swaggered, but obeyed the host's orders, and
+left the room.
+
+"I am sorry, young master, that these roisterers should have affronted
+you, as my wife tells me that they have. I did not know that they were
+in the house. We can not well refuse to take in their horses; but we
+know well who they are, and, if you are traveling far, you had better
+ride in company."
+
+"Thank you for your caution, my good host," replied Edward; "I thought
+that they were highwaymen, or something of that sort."
+
+"You have made a good guess, sir; but nothing has yet been proved
+against them, or they would not be here. In these times we have strange
+customers, and hardly know who we take in. You have a good sword there,
+sir, I have no doubt; but I trust that you have other arms."
+
+"I have," replied Ed ward, opening his doublet, and showing his pistols.
+
+"That's right, sir. Will you take any thing before you go to bed?"
+
+"Indeed I will, for I am hungry; any thing will do, with a pint of
+wine."
+
+As soon as he had supped, Edward asked the hostess for his saddle-bags,
+and went up to his bed.
+
+Early the next morning he rose and went to the stable to see his horse
+fed. The three men were in the stables, but they did not say any thing
+to him. Edward returned to the inn, called for breakfast, and as soon
+as he had finished, took out his pistols to renew the priming. While so
+occupied, he happened to look up, and perceived one of the men with his
+face against the window, watching him. "Well, now you see what you have
+to expect, if you try your trade with me," thought Edward. "I am very
+glad that you have been spying." Having replaced his pistols, Edward
+paid his reckoning, and went to the stable, desiring the hostler to
+saddle his horse and fix on his saddle-bags. As soon as this was done,
+he mounted and rode off. Before he was well clear of the town, the
+highwaymen cantered past him on three well-bred active horses. "I
+presume we shall meet again," thought Edward, who for some time
+cantered at a gentle pace, and then, as his horse was very fresh, he
+put him to a faster pace, intending to do a long day's work. He had
+ridden about fifteen miles, when he came to a heath, and, as he
+continued at a fast trot, he perceived the three highwaymen about a
+quarter of a mile in advance of him; they were descending a hill which
+was between them, and he soon lost sight of them again. Edward now
+pulled up his horse to let him recover his wind, and walked him gently
+up the hill. He had nearly gained the summit when he heard the report
+of firearms, and soon afterward a man on horseback, in full speed,
+galloped over the hill toward him. He had a pistol in his hand, and his
+head turned back. The reason for this was soon evident, as immediately
+after him appeared the three highwaymen in pursuit. One fired his
+pistol at the man who fled, and missed him. The man then fired in
+return, and with true aim, as one of the highwaymen fell. All this was
+so sudden, that Edward had hardly time to draw his pistol and put spurs
+to his horse, before the parties were upon him, and were passing him.
+Edward leveled at the second highwayman as he passed him, and the man
+fell. The third highwayman, perceiving this, turned his horse to the
+side of the road, cleared a ditch, and galloped away across the heath.
+The man who had been attacked had pulled up his horse when Edward came
+to his assistance, and now rode up to him, saying,
+
+"I have to thank you, sir, for your timely aid; for these rascals were
+too many for me."
+
+"You are not hurt, I trust, sir?" replied Edward. "No, not the least;
+the fellow singed my curls though, as you may perceive. They attacked
+me about half a mile from here. I was proceeding north when I heard the
+clatter of hoofs behind me; I looked round and saw at once what they
+were, and I sprung my horse out of the road to a thicket close to it,
+that they might not surround me. One of the three rode forward to stop
+my passage, and the other two rode round to the back of the thicket to
+get behind me. I then saw that I had separated them, and could gain a
+start upon them by riding back again, which I did, as fast as I could,
+and they immediately gave chase. The result you saw. Between us we have
+broken up the gang; for both these fellows seem dead, or nearly so."
+
+"What shall we do with them?"
+
+"Leave them where they are," replied the stranger. "I am in a hurry to
+get on. I have important business at the city of York, and can not
+waste my time in depositions, and such nonsense. It is only two
+scoundrels less in the world, and there's an end of the matter."
+
+As Edward was equally anxious to proceed, he agreed with the stranger,
+that it was best to do as he proposed.
+
+"I am also going north," replied Edward, "and am anxious to get there
+as soon as I can."
+
+"With your permission we will ride together," said the stranger. "I
+shall be the gainer, as I shall feel that I have one with me who is to
+be trusted to in case of any further attacks during our journey."
+
+There was such a gentlemanlike, frank, and courteous air about the
+stranger, that Edward immediately assented to his proposal, of their
+riding in company for mutual protection. He was a powerful, well-made
+man, of apparently about one or two-and-twenty, remarkably handsome in
+person, dressed richly, but not gaudily, in the Cavalier fashion, and
+wore a hat with a feather. As they proceeded, they entered into
+conversation on indifferent matters for some time, neither party
+attempting by any question to discover who his companion might be.
+Edward had more than once, when the conversation flagged for a minute,
+considered what reply he should give in case his companion should ask
+him the cause of his journey, and at last had made up his mind what to
+say.
+
+A little before noon they pulled up to bait their horses at a small
+village; the stranger observing that he avoided St. Alban's, and all
+other large towns, as he did not wish to satisfy the curiosity of
+people, or to have his motions watched; and therefore, if Edward had no
+objection, he knew the country so well, that he could save time by
+allowing him to direct their path. Edward was, as may be supposed, very
+agreeable to this, and, during their whole journey, they never entered
+a town, except they rode through it after dark; and put up at humble
+inns on the roadside, where, if not quite so well attended to, at all
+events they were free from observation.
+
+It was, however, impossible that this reserve could continue long, as
+they became more and more intimate every day. At last the stranger said,
+
+"Master Armitage, we have traveled together for some time,
+interchanging thoughts and feelings, but with due reserve as respects
+ourselves and our own plans. Is this to continue? If so, of course you
+have but to say so; but if you feel inclined to trust me, I have the
+same feeling toward you. By your dress I should imagine that you
+belonged to a party to which I am opposed; but your language and
+manners do not agree with your attire; and I think a hat and feathers
+would grace that head better than the steeple-crowned affair which now
+covers it. It may be that the dress is only assumed as a disguise: you
+know best. However, as I say, I feel confidence in you, to whatever
+party you may belong, and I give you credit for your prudence and
+reserve in these troubled times. I am a little older than you, and may
+advise you; and I am indebted to you, and can not therefore betray
+you--at least I trust you believe so."
+
+"I do believe it," replied Edward; "and I will so far answer you,
+Master Chaloner, that this attire of mine is not the one which I would
+wear, if I had my choice."
+
+"I believe that," replied Chaloner; "and I can not help thinking you
+are bound north on the same business as myself, which is, I confess to
+you honestly, to strike a blow for the king. If you are on the same
+errand, I have two old relations in Lancashire, who are stanch to the
+cause; and I am going to their house to remain until I can join the
+army. If you wish it, you shall come with me, and I will promise you
+kind treatment and safety while under their roof."
+
+"And the names of these relatives of yours, Master Chaloner?" said
+Edward.
+
+"Nay, you shall have them; for when I trust, I trust wholly. Their name
+is Conynghame."
+
+Edward took his letters from out of his side-pocket, and handed one of
+them to his fellow-traveler. The address was, "To the worthy Mistress
+Conynghame, of Portlake, near Bolton, county of Lancashire."
+
+"It is to that address that I am going myself," said Edward, smiling.
+"Whether it is the party you refer to, you best know."
+
+Chaloner burst out with a loud laugh.
+
+"This is excellent! Two people meet, both bound on the same business,
+both going to the same rendezvous, and for three days do not venture to
+trust each other."
+
+"The times require caution," replied Edward, as he replaced his letter.
+
+"You are right," answered Chaloner, "and you are of my opinion. I know
+now that you have both prudence and courage. The first quality has been
+scarcer with us Cavaliers than the last; however, now, all reserve is
+over, at least on my part."
+
+"And on mine also," replied Edward. Chaloner then talked about the
+chances of the war. He stated that King Charles's army was in a good
+state of discipline, and well found in everything; that there were
+hundreds in England who would join it, as soon as it had advanced far
+enough into England; and that every thing wore a promising appearance.
+
+"My father fell at the battle of Naseby, at the head of his retainers,"
+said Chaloner, after a pause; "and they have contrived to fine the
+property, so that it has dwindled from thousands down to hundreds.
+Indeed, were it not for my good old aunts, who will leave me their
+estates, and who now supply me liberally, I should be but a poor
+gentleman."
+
+"Your father fell at Naseby?" said Edward. "Were you there?"
+
+"I was," replied Chaloner.
+
+"My father also fell at Naseby," said Edward.
+
+"Your father did?" replied Chaloner; "I do not recollect the
+name--Armitage--he was not in command there, was he?" continued
+Chaloner.
+
+"Yes, he was," replied Edward.
+
+"There was none of that name among the officers that I can recollect,
+young sir," replied Chaloner, with an air of distrust. "Surely you have
+been misinformed."
+
+"I have spoken the truth," replied Edward; "and have now said so much
+that I must, to remove your suspicion say more than perhaps I should
+have done. My name is not Armitage, although I have been so called for
+some time. You have set me the example of confidence, and I will follow
+it. My father was Colonel Beverley, of Prince Rupert's troop."
+
+Chaloner started with astonishment.
+
+"I'm sure that what you say is true," at last said he; "for I was
+thinking who it was that you reminded me of. You are the very picture
+of your father. Although a boy at the time, I knew him well, Master
+Beverley; a more gallant Cavalier never drew sword. Come, we must be
+sworn friends in life and death, Beverley," continued Chaloner,
+extending his hand, which was eagerly grasped by Edward, who then
+confided to Chaloner the history of his life. When he had concluded,
+Chaloner said,
+
+"We all heard of the firing of Arnwood, and it is at this moment
+believed that all the children perished. It is one of the tales of woe
+that our nurses repeat to the children, and many a child has wept at
+your supposed deaths. But tell me, now, had you not fallen in with me,
+was it your intention to have joined the army under your assumed name
+of Armitage?"
+
+"I hardly know what I intended to do. I wanted a friend to advise me."
+
+"And you have found one, Beverley. I owe my life to you, and I will
+repay the debt as far as is in my power. You must not conceal your name
+to your sovereign; the very name of Beverley is a passport, but the son
+of Colonel Beverley will be indeed welcomed. Why, the very name will be
+considered as a harbinger of good fortune. Your father was the best and
+truest soldier that ever drew sword; and his memory stands unrivaled
+for loyalty and devotion. We are near to the end of our journey; yonder
+is the steeple of Bolton church. The old ladies will be out of their
+wits when they find that they have a Beverley under their roof."
+
+Edward was much delighted at this tribute paid to his father's memory;
+and the tears more than once started into his eyes as Chaloner renewed
+his praise.
+
+Late in the evening they arrived at Portlake, a grand old mansion
+situated in a park crowded with fine old timber. Chaloner was
+recognized, as they rode up the avenue, by one of the keepers, who
+hastened forward to announce his arrival; and the domestics had opened
+the door for them before they arrived at it. In the hall they were met
+by the old ladies, who expressed their delight at seeing their nephew,
+as they had had great fear that something had happened to him.
+
+"And something did very nearly happen to me," replied Chaloner, "had it
+not been for the timely assistance of my friend here, who,
+notwithstanding his Puritan attire, I hardly need tell you, is a
+Cavalier devoted to the good cause, when I state that he is the son of
+Colonel Beverley, who fell at Naseby with my good father."
+
+"No one can be more welcome, then," replied the old ladies, who
+extended their hands to Edward. They then went into a sitting-room, and
+supper was ordered to be sent up immediately.
+
+"Our horses will be well attended to, Edward," said Chaloner; "we need
+not any longer look after them ourselves. And now, good aunts, have you
+no letters for me?"
+
+"Yes, there are several; but you had better eat first."
+
+"Not so; let me have the letters; we can read them before supper, and
+talk them over when at table."
+
+One of the ladies produced the letters, which Chaloner, as he read
+them, handed over to Edward for his perusal. They were from General
+Middleton, and some other friends of Chaloner's who were with the army,
+giving him information as to what was going on, and what their
+prospects were supposed to be.
+
+"You see that they have marched already," said Chaloner, "and I think
+the plan is a good one, and it has put General Cromwell in an awkward
+position. Our army is now between his and London, with three days'
+march in advance. And we shall now be able to pick up our English
+adherents, who can join us without risk, as we go along. It has been a
+bold step, but a good one; and if they only continue as well as they
+have begun, we shall succeed. The Parliamentary army is not equal to
+ours in numbers, as it is; and we shall add to ours dayly. The king has
+sent to the Isle of Man for the Earl of Derby, who is expected to join
+to-morrow."
+
+"And where is the army at this moment?" inquired Edward.
+
+"They will be but a few miles from us to-night, their march is so
+rapid; to-morrow we will join, if it pleases."
+
+"Most willingly," replied Edward.
+
+After an hour's more conversation, they were shown into their rooms,
+and retired for the night.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII.
+
+
+The next morning, before they had quitted their beds, a messenger
+arrived with letters from General Middleton, and from him they found
+that the king's army had encamped on the evening before not six miles
+from Portlake. As they hastily dressed themselves, Chaloner proposed to
+Edward that a little alteration in his dress would be necessary; and
+taking him to a wardrobe in which had been put aside some suits of his
+own, worn when he was a younger and slighter-made man than he now was,
+he requested Edward to make use of them. Edward, who was aware that
+Chaloner was right in his proposal, selected two suits of colors which
+pleased him most; and dressing in one, and changing his hat for one
+more befitting his new attire, was transformed into a handsome
+Cavalier. As soon as they had broken their fast they took leave of the
+old ladies, and mounting their horses set off for the camp. An hour's
+ride brought them to the outposts; and communicating with the officer
+on duty, they were conducted by an orderly to the tent of General
+Middleton, who received Chaloner with great warmth as an old friend,
+and was very courteous to Edward as soon as he heard that he was the
+son of Colonel Beverley.
+
+"I have wanted you, Chaloner," said Middleton; "we are raising a troop
+of horse; the Duke of Buckingham commands it, but Massey will be the
+real leader of it; you have influence in this county, and will, I have
+no doubt, bring us many good hands."
+
+"Where is the Earl of Derby?"
+
+"Joined us this morning; we have marched so quick that we have not had
+time to pick our adherents up."
+
+"And General Leslie?"
+
+"Is by no means in good spirits: why, I know not. We have too many
+ministers with the army, that is certain, and they do harm; but we can
+not help ourselves. His majesty must be visible by this time; if you
+are ready, I will introduce you; and, when that is done, we will talk
+matters over."
+
+General Middleton then walked with them to the house in which the king
+had taken up his quarters for the night; and after a few minutes'
+waiting in the anteroom, they were admitted into his presence.
+
+"Allow me, your majesty," said General Middleton, after the first
+salutations, "to present to you Major Chaloner, whose father's name is
+not unknown to you."
+
+"On the contrary, well known to us," replied the king, "as a loyal and
+faithful subject whose loss we must deplore. I have no doubt that his
+son inherits his courage and his fidelity."
+
+The king held out his hand, and Chaloner bent his knee and kissed it.
+
+"And now, your majesty will be surprised that I should present to you
+one of a house supposed to be extinct--the eldest son of Colonel
+Beverley."
+
+"Indeed!" replied his majesty; "I heard that all his family perished at
+the ruthless burning of Arnwood. I hold myself fortunate, as a king,
+that even one son of so loyal and brave a gentleman as Colonel Beverley
+has escaped. You are welcome, young sir--most welcome to us; you must
+be near us; the very name of Beverley will be pleasing to our ears by
+night or day."
+
+Edward knelt down and kissed his majesty's hand, and the king said--
+
+"What can we do for a Beverley? let us know, that we may show our
+feelings toward his father's memory."
+
+"All I request is, that your majesty will allow me to be near you in
+the hour of danger," replied Edward.
+
+"A right Beverley reply," said the king; "and so we shall see to it,
+Middleton."
+
+After a few more courteous words from his majesty, they withdrew, but
+General Middleton was recalled by the king for a minute or two to
+receive his commands. When he rejoined Edward and Chaloner, he said to
+Edward--
+
+"I have orders to send in for his majesty's signature your commission
+as captain of horse, and attached to the king's personal staff; it is a
+high compliment to the memory of your father, sir, and, I may add, your
+own personal appearance. Chaloner will see to your uniforms and
+accouterments; you are well mounted, I believe; you have no time to
+lose, as we march to-morrow for Warrington, in Cheshire."
+
+"Has any thing been heard of the Parliamentary army?"
+
+"Yes; they are on the march toward London by the Yorkshire road,
+intending to cut us off if they can. And now, gentlemen, farewell; for
+I have no idle time, I assure you."
+
+Edward was soon equipped, and now attended upon the king. When they
+arrived at Warrington, they found a body of horse drawn up to oppose
+their passage onward. These were charged, and fled with a trifling
+loss; and as they were known to be commanded by Lambert, one of
+Cromwell's best generals, there was great exultation in the king's
+army; but the fact was, that Lambert had acted upon Cromwell's orders,
+which were to harass and delay the march of the king as much as
+possible, but not to risk with his small force any thing like an
+engagement. After this skirmish it was considered advisable to send
+back the Earl of Derby and many other officers of importance into
+Lancashire, that they might collect the king's adherents in that
+quarter and in Cheshire. Accordingly the earl, with about two hundred
+officers and gentlemen, left the army with that intention. It was then
+considered that it would be advisable to march the army direct to
+London; but the men were so fatigued with the rapidity of the march up
+to the present time, and the weather was so warm, that it was decided
+in the negative; and as Worcester was a town well affected to the king,
+and the country abounded with provisions, it was resolved that the army
+should march there, and wait for English re-enforcements. This was
+done; the city opened the gates with every mark of satisfaction, and
+supplied the army with all that it required. The first bad news which
+reached them was the dispersion and defeat of the whole of the Earl of
+Derby's party, by a regiment of militia which had surprised them at
+Wigan during the night, when they were all asleep, and had no idea that
+any enemy was near to them. Although attacked at such disadvantage,
+they defended themselves till a large portion of them was killed, and
+the remainder were taken prisoners, and most of them brutally put to
+death. The Earl of Derby was made a prisoner, but not put to death with
+the others.
+
+"This is bad news, Chaloner," said Edward.
+
+"Yes; it is more than bad," replied the latter; "we have lost our best
+officers, who never should have left the army; and now the consequences
+of the defeat will be, that we shall not have any people come forward
+to join us. The winning side is the right side in this world; and there
+is more evil than that; the Duke of Buckingham has claimed the command
+of the army, which the king has refused, so that we are beginning to
+fight among ourselves. General Leslie is evidently dispirited, and
+thinks bad of the cause. Middleton is the only man who does his duty.
+Depend upon it, we shall have Cromwell upon us before we are aware of
+it; and we are in a state of sad confusion: officers quarreling, men
+disobedient, much talking, and little doing. Here we have been five
+days, and the works which have been proposed to be thrown up as
+defenses, not yet begun."
+
+"I can not but admire the patience of the king, with so much to harass
+and annoy him."
+
+"He must be patient, perforce," replied Chaloner; "he plays for a
+crown, and it is a high stake; but he can not command the minds of men,
+although he may the persons. I am no croaker, Beverley, but if we
+succeed with this army, as at present disorganized, we shall perform a
+miracle."
+
+"We must hope for the best," replied Edward; "common danger may cement
+those who would otherwise be asunder; and when they have the army of
+Cromwell before them, they may be induced to forget their private
+quarrels and jealousies, and unite in the good cause."
+
+"I wish I could be of your opinion, Beverley," replied Chaloner; "but I
+have mixed with the world longer than you have, and I think otherwise."
+
+Several more days passed, during which no defenses were thrown up, and
+the confusion and quarreling in the army continued to increase, until
+at last news arrived that Cromwell was within half a day's march of
+them, and that he had collected all the militia on his route, and was
+now in numbers nearly double to those in the king's army. All was
+amazement and confusion--nothing had been done--no arrangements had
+been made--Chaloner told Edward that all was lost if immediate steps
+were not taken.
+
+On the 3d of October, the army of Cromwell appeared in sight. Edward
+had been on horseback, attending the king, for the best part of the
+night; the disposition of the troops had been made as well as it could;
+and it was concluded, as Cromwell's army remained quiet, that no
+attempt would be made on that day. About noon the king returned to his
+lodging, to take some refreshment after his fatigue. Edward was with
+him; but before an hour had passed, the alarm came that the armies were
+engaged. The king mounted his horse, which was ready saddled at the
+door; but before he could ride out of the city, he was met and nearly
+beaten back by the whole body almost of his own cavalry, who came
+running on with such force that he could not stop them. His majesty
+called to several of the officers by name, but they paid no attention;
+and so great was the panic, that both the king and his staff, who
+attended him, were nearly overthrown, and trampled under foot.
+
+Cromwell had passed a large portion of his troops over the river
+without the knowledge of the opponents, and when the attack was made in
+so unexpected a quarter, a panic ensued. Where General Middleton and
+the Duke Hamilton commanded, a very brave resistance was made; but
+Middleton being wounded, Duke Hamilton having his leg taken off by a
+round-shot, and many gentlemen having fallen, the troops, deserted by
+the remainder of the army, at last gave way, and the rout was general,
+the foot throwing away their muskets before they were discharged.
+
+His majesty rode back into the town, and found a body of horse, who had
+been persuaded by Chaloner to make a stand. "Follow me," said his
+majesty; "we will see what the enemy are about. I do not think they
+pursue, and if so, we may yet rally from this foolish panic."
+
+His majesty, followed by Edward, Chaloner, and several of his personal
+staff, then galloped out to reconnoiter; but to his mortification he
+found that the troops had not followed him, but gone out of the town by
+the other gate, and that the enemy's cavalry in pursuit were actually
+in the town. Under such circumstances, by the advice of Chaloner and
+Edward, his majesty withdrew, and, turning his horse's head, he made
+all haste to leave Worcester. After several hours' riding, the king
+found himself in company of about 4000 of the cavalry who had so
+disgracefully fled; but they were still so panic-struck that he could
+put no confidence in them, and having advised with those about him, he
+resolved to quit them. This he did without mentioning his intention to
+any of his staff, not even Chaloner or Edward--leaving at night with
+two of his servants, whom he dismissed as soon as it was daylight,
+considering that his chance of escape would be greater if he were quite
+alone.
+
+It was not till the next morning that they discovered that the king had
+left them, and then they determined to separate, and, as the major
+portion were from Scotland, to make what haste they could back to that
+country. And now Chaloner and Edward consulted as to their plans.
+
+"It appears to me," said Edward, laughing, "that the danger of this
+campaign of ours will consist in getting back again to our own homes,
+for I can most safely assert that I have not as yet struck a blow for
+the king."
+
+"That is true enough, Beverly. When do you purpose going back to the
+New Forest? I think, if you will permit me, I will accompany you," said
+Chaloner. "All the pursuit will be to the northward, to intercept and
+overtake the retreat into Scotland. I can not therefore go to
+Lancashire; and, indeed, as they know that I am out, they will be
+looking for me every where."
+
+"Then come with me," said Edward, "I will find you protection till you
+can decide what to do. Let us ride on away from this, and we will talk
+over the matter as we go; but depend upon it, the further south we get
+the safer we shall be, but still not safe, unless we can change our
+costume. There will be a strict search for the king to the south, as
+they will presume that he will try to get safe to France. Hark! what is
+that? I heard the report of arms. Let us ride up this hill and see what
+is going on."
+
+They did so, and perceived that there was a skirmish between a party of
+Cavaliers and some of the Parliamentary cavalry, at about a quarter of
+a mile distant.
+
+"Come, Chaloner, let us at all events have one blow," said Edward.
+
+"Agreed," replied Chaloner, spurring his horse; and down they went at
+full speed, and in a minute were in the melee, coming on the rear of
+the Parliamentary troops.
+
+This sudden attack from behind decided the affair. The Parliamentary
+troopers, thinking that there were more than two coming upon them, made
+off after another minute's combat, leaving five or six of their men on
+the ground.
+
+"Thanks, Chaloner! thanks, Beverley!" said a voice which they
+immediately recognized. It was that of Grenville, one of the king's
+pages. "These fellows with me were just about to run, if you had not
+come to our aid. I will remain with them no longer, but join you if you
+will permit me. At all events, remain here till they go away--I will
+send them off."
+
+Grenville then said to the men, "My lads, you must all separate, or
+there will be no chance of escape. No more than two should ride
+together. Depend upon it, we shall have more of the troops here
+directly."
+
+The men, about fifteen in number, who had been in company with
+Grenville, considered that Chaloner's advice was good, and without
+ceremony set off, with their horses' heads to the northward, leaving
+Chaloner, Edward, and Grenville together on the field of the affray.
+About a dozen men were lying on the ground, either dead or severely
+wounded: seven of them were of the king's party, and the other five of
+the Parliamentary troops.
+
+"Now, what I propose," said Edward, "is this: let us do what we can for
+those who are wounded, and then strip off the dresses and accouterments
+of those Parliamentary dragoons who are dead, and dress ourselves in
+them, accouterments and all. We can then pass through the country in
+safety, as we shall be supposed to be one of the parties looking for
+the king."
+
+"That is a good idea," replied Chaloner, "and the sooner it is done the
+better."
+
+"Well," said Edward, wiping his sword, which he still held drawn, and
+then sheathing it, "I will take the spoils of this fellow nearest to
+me: he fell by my hand, and I am entitled to them by the laws of war
+and chivalry; but first, let us dismount and look to the wounded."
+
+They tied their horses to a tree, and having given what assistance they
+could to the wounded men, they proceeded to strip three of the
+Parliamentary troopers; and then laying aside their own habiliments,
+they dressed themselves in the uniform of the enemy, and, mounting
+their horses, made all haste from the place. Having gained about twelve
+miles, they pulled up their horses, and rode at a more leisurely pace.
+It was now eight o'clock in the evening, but still not very dark; they
+therefore rode on another five miles, till they came to a small
+village, where they dismounted at an ale-house, and put their horses
+into the stable.
+
+"We must be insolent and brutal in our manners, or we shall be
+suspected."
+
+"Very true," said Grenville, giving the hostler a kick, and telling him
+to bestir himself, if he did not want his ears cropped.
+
+They entered the ale-house, and soon found out they were held in great
+terror. They ordered every thing of the best to be produced, and
+threatened to set fire to the house if it was not; they turned the man
+and his wife out of their bed, and all three went to sleep in it; and,
+in short, they behaved in such an arbitrary manner, that nobody doubted
+that they were Cromwell's horse. In the morning they set off again by
+Chaloner's advice, paying for nothing that they had ordered, although
+they had all of them plenty of money. They now rode fast, inquiring at
+the places which they passed through, whether any fugitives had been
+seen, and, if they came to a town, inquiring, before they entered,
+whether there were any Parliamentary troops. So well did they manage,
+that after four days they had gained the skirts of the New Forest, and
+concealed themselves in a thicket till night-time, when Edward proposed
+that he should conduct his fellow-travelers to the cottage, where he
+would leave them till his plans were adjusted.
+
+Edward had already arranged his plans. His great object was to ward off
+any suspicion of where he had been, and, of course, any idea that the
+intendant had been a party to his acts; and the fortunate change of his
+dress enabled him now to do so with success. He had decided to conduct
+his two friends to the cottage that night, and the next morning to ride
+over in his Parliamentary costume to the intendant's house, and bring
+the first news of the success of Cromwell and the defeat at Worcester;
+by which stratagem it would appear as if he had been with the
+Parliamentary, and not with the Jacobite, army.
+
+As they had traveled along, they found that the news of Cromwell's
+success had not yet arrived: in those times there was not the rapidity
+of communication that we now have, and Edward thought it very probable
+that he would be the first to communicate the intelligence to the
+intendant and those who resided near him.
+
+As soon as it was dusk the three travelers left their retreat, and,
+guided by Edward, soon arrived at the cottage. Their appearance at
+first created no little consternation, for Humphrey and Pablo happened
+to be in the yard, when they heard the clattering of the swords and
+accouterments, and through the gloom observed, as they advanced, that
+the party were troopers. At first, Humphrey was for running on and
+barring the door; but, on a second reflection, he felt that he could
+not do a more imprudent thing if there was danger; and he therefore
+contented himself with hastily imparting the intelligence to his
+sisters, and then remaining at the threshold to meet the coming of the
+parties. The voice of Edward calling him by name dissipated all alarm,
+and in another minute he was in the arms of his brother and sisters.
+
+"First, let us take our horses to the stables, Humphrey," said Edward,
+after the first greeting was over, "and then we will come and partake
+of any thing that Alice can prepare for us, for we have not fared over
+well for the last three days."
+
+Accompanied by Humphrey and Pablo, they all went to the stables, and
+turned out the ponies to make room for the horses; and as soon as they
+were all fed and littered down, they returned to the cottage, and
+Chaloner and Grenville were introduced. Supper was soon on the table,
+and they were too hungry to talk while they were eating, so that but
+little information was gleaned from them that night. However, Humphrey
+ascertained that all was lost, and that they had escaped from the field
+previous to Alice and Edith leaving the room to prepare beds for the
+new-comers. When the beds were ready, Chaloner and Grenville retired,
+and then Edward remained half an hour with Humphrey, to communicate to
+him what had passed. Of course he could not enter into detail; but told
+him that he would get information from their new guests after he had
+left, which he must do early in the morning.
+
+"And now, Humphrey, my advice is this. My two friends can not remain in
+this cottage, for many reasons; but we have the key of Clara's cottage,
+and they can take up their lodging there, and we can supply them with
+all they want, until they find means of going abroad, which is their
+intention. I must be off to the intendant's to-morrow, and the day
+after I will come over to you. In the mean time, our guests can remain
+here, while you and Pablo prepare the cottage for them; and when I
+return every thing shall be settled, and we will conduct them to it. I
+do not think there is much danger of their being discovered while they
+remain there, certainly not so much as if they were here; for we must
+expect parties of troops in every direction now, as they were when the
+king's father made his escape from Hampton Court. And now to bed, my
+good brother; and call me early, for I much fear that I shall not wake
+up if you do not."
+
+The brothers then parted for the night.
+
+The next morning, long before their guests were awake, Edward had been
+called by Humphrey, and found Pablo at the door with his horse. Edward,
+who had put on his Parliamentary accouterments, bade a hasty farewell
+to them, and set off across the forest to the house of the intendant,
+where he arrived before they had left their bedrooms. The first person
+he encountered was, very fortunately, Oswald, who was at his cottage
+door. Edward beckoned to him, being then about one hundred yards off;
+but Oswald did not recognize him at first, and advanced toward him in a
+very leisurely manner, to ascertain what the trooper might wish to
+inquire. But Edward called him Oswald, and that was sufficient. In a
+few words Edward told him how all was lost, and how he had escaped by
+changing clothes with one of the enemy.
+
+"I am now come to bring the news to the intendant, Oswald. You
+understand me, of course?"
+
+"Of course I do, Master Edward, and will take care that it is well
+known that you have been fighting by the side of Cromwell all this
+time. I should recommend you to show yourself in this dress for the
+remainder of the day, and then every one will be satisfied. Shall I go
+to the intendant's before you?"
+
+"No, no, Oswald; the intendant does not require me to be introduced to
+him, of course. I must now gallop up to his house and announce myself.
+Farewell for the present--I shall see you during the day."
+
+Edward put spurs to his horse, and arrived at the intendant's at full
+speed, making no small clattering in the yard below as he went in, much
+to the surprise of Sampson, who came out to ascertain what was the
+cause, and who was not a little surprised at perceiving Edward, who
+threw himself off the horse, and desiring Sampson to take it to the
+stable, entered the kitchen, and disturbed Phoebe, who was preparing
+breakfast. Without speaking to her, Edward passed on to the intendant's
+room, and knocked.
+
+"Who is there?" said the intendant.
+
+"Edward Armitage," was the reply; and the door was opened. The
+intendant started back at the sight of Edward in the trooper's costume.
+
+"My dear Edward, I am glad to see you in any dress, but this requires
+explanation. Sit down and tell me all."
+
+"All is soon told, sir," replied Edward, taking off his iron skull-cap,
+and allowing his hair to fall down on his shoulders.
+
+He then, in a few words, stated what had happened, and by what means he
+had escaped, and the reason why he had kept on the trooper's
+accouterments, and made his appearance in them.
+
+"You have done very prudently," replied the intendant, "and you have
+probably saved me; at all events, you have warded off all suspicion,
+and those who are spies upon me will now have nothing to report, except
+to my favor. Your absence has been commented upon, and made known at
+high quarters, and suspicion has arisen in consequence. Your return as
+one of the Parliamentary forces will now put an end to all ill-natured
+remarks. My dear Edward, you have done me a service. As my secretary,
+and having been known to have been a follower of the Beverleys, your
+absence was considered strange, and it was intimated at high quarters
+that you had gone to join the king's forces, and that with my knowledge
+and consent. This I have from Langton; and it has in consequence
+injured me not a little: but now your appearance will make all right
+again. Now we will first to prayers, and then to breakfast; and after
+that we will have a more detailed account of what has taken place since
+your departure. Patience and Clara will not be sorry to recover their
+companion; but how they will like you in that dress I can not pretend
+to say. However, I thank God that you have returned safe to us; and I
+shall be most happy to see you once more attend in the more peaceful
+garb of a secretary."
+
+"I will, with your permission, sir, not quit this costume for one day,
+as it may be as well that I should be seen in it."
+
+"You are right, Edward: for this day retain it; to-morrow you will
+resume your usual costume. Go down to the parlor; you will find
+Patience and Clara anxiously waiting for you, I have no doubt. I will
+join you there in ten minutes."
+
+Edward left the room, and went down stairs. It hardly need be said how
+joyfully he was received by Patience and Clara. The former, however,
+expressed her joy in tears--the latter, in wild mirth.
+
+We will pass over the explanations and the narrative of what had
+occurred, which was given by Edward to Mr. Heatherstone in his own
+room. The intendant said, as he concluded.
+
+"Edward, you must now perceive that, for the present, nothing more can
+be done; if it pleases the Lord, the time will come when the monarch
+will be reseated on his throne; at present, we must bow to the powers
+that be; and I tell you frankly, it is my opinion that Cromwell aims at
+sovereignty and will obtain it. Perhaps it may be better that we should
+suffer the infliction for a time, as for a time only can it be upheld,
+and it may be the cause of the king being more schooled and more fitted
+to reign than, by what you have told me in the course of your
+narrative, he at present appears to be."
+
+"Perhaps so, sir," replied Edward. "I must say that the short campaign
+I have gone through has very much opened my eyes. I have seen but
+little true chivalric feeling, and much of interested motives, in those
+who have joined the king's forces. The army collected was composed of
+most discordant elements, and were so discontented, so full of jealousy
+and ill-will, that I am not surprised at the result. One thing is
+certain, that there must be a much better feeling existing between all
+parties before such a man as Cromwell can ever be moved from his
+position; and, for the present, the cause may be considered as lost."
+
+"You are right, Edward," replied the intendant; "I would they were
+better, but as they are, let us make the best of them. You have now
+seen enough to have subdued that fiery zeal for the cause which
+previously occupied your whole thoughts; now let us be prudent, and try
+if we can not be happy."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV.
+
+
+It was only to Oswald that Edward made known what had occurred; he knew
+that he was to be trusted. The next day, Edward resumed his forester's
+dress, while another one was preparing for him, and went over to the
+cottage, where, with the consent of the intendant, he proposed
+remaining for a few days. Of course, Edward had not failed to acquaint
+the intendant with his proposed plans relative to Chaloner and
+Grenville, and received his consent; at the same time advising that
+they should gain the other side of the Channel as soon as they possibly
+could. Edward found them all very anxious for his arrival. Humphrey and
+Pablo had been to the cottage, which they had found undisturbed since
+the capture of the robbers, and made every thing ready for the
+reception of the two Cavaliers, as, on their first journey, they took
+with them a cart-load of what they knew would be necessary. Chaloner
+and Grenville appeared to be quite at home already, and not very
+willing to shift their quarters. They, of course, still retained their
+troopers' clothes, as they had no other to wear until they could be
+procured from Lymington; but, as we have before mentioned, they were in
+no want of money. They had been amusing the girls and Humphrey with a
+description of what had occurred during the campaign, and Edward found
+that he had but little to tell them, as Chaloner had commenced his
+narrative with an account of his first meeting with Edward when he had
+been attacked by the highwaymen. As soon as he could get away, Edward
+went out with Humphrey to have some conversation with him.
+
+"Now, Humphrey, as you have pretty well heard all my adventures since
+our separation, let me hear what you have been doing."
+
+"I have no such tales of stirring interest to narrate as Chaloner has
+been doing as your deputy, Edward," replied Humphrey. "All I can say
+is, that we have had no visitors--that we have longed for your
+return--and that we have not been idle since you quitted us."
+
+"What horses were those in the stable," said Ed ward, "that you turned
+out to make room for ours when we arrived?"
+
+Humphrey laughed, and then informed Edward of the manner in which they
+had succeeded in capturing them.
+
+"Well, you really deserve credit, Humphrey, and certainly were not born
+to be secluded in this forest."
+
+"I rather think that I have found that I was born for it," replied
+Humphrey, "although, I must confess, that since you have quitted us, I
+have not felt so contented here as I did before. You have returned, and
+you have no idea what an alteration I see in you since you have mixed
+with the world, and have been a party in such stirring scenes."
+
+"Perhaps so, Humphrey," replied Edward; "and yet do you know, that,
+although I so ardently wished to mix with the world, and to follow the
+wars, I am any thing but satisfied with what I have seen of it; and so
+far from feeling any inclination to return to it, I rather feel more
+inclined to remain here, and remain in quiet and in peace. I have been
+disappointed, that is the truth. There is a great difference between
+the world such as we fancy it when we are pining for it, and the world
+when we actually are placed within the vortex, and perceive the secret
+springs of men's actions. I have gained a lesson, but not a
+satisfactory one, Humphrey; it may be told in a very few words. It is a
+most deceitful and hollow world! and that is all said in a few words."
+
+"What very agreeable, pleasant young men are Master Chaloner and
+Grenville," observed Humphrey.
+
+"Chaloner I know well," replied Edward; "he is to be trusted, and he is
+the only one in whom I have been able to place confidence, and
+therefore I was most fortunate in falling in with him as I did on my
+first starting. Grenville, I know little about; we met often, it is
+true, but it was in the presence of the king, being both of us on his
+staff; at the same time, I must acknowledge that I know nothing against
+him; and this I do know, which is, that he is brave."
+
+Edward then narrated what had passed between the intendant and him
+since his return; and how well satisfied the intendant had been with
+his ruse in returning to him in the dress of a trooper.
+
+"Talking about that, Edward, do you not think it likely that we shall
+have the troopers down here in search of the king?"
+
+"I wonder you have not had them already," replied Edward.
+
+"And what shall we do if they arrive?"
+
+"That is all prepared for," replied Edward; "although, till you
+mentioned it, I had quite forgotten it. The intendant was talking with
+me on the subject last night, and here is an appointment for you as
+verderer, signed by him, which you are to use as you may find
+necessary; and here is another missive, ordering you to receive into
+your house two of the troopers who may be sent down here, and find them
+quarters and victuals, but not to be compelled to receive more. Until
+the search is over, Chaloner and Grenville must retain their
+accouterments and remain with us. And, Humphrey, if you have not made
+any use of the clothes which I left here--I mean the first dress I had
+made when I was appointed secretary, and which I thought rather too
+faded to wear any longer--I will put it on now, as should any military
+come here as scouters to the intendant, I shall have some authority
+over them."
+
+"It is in your chest, where you left it, Edward. The girls did propose
+to make two josephs out of it for winter wear, but they never have
+thought of it since, or have not had time. By-the-by, you have not told
+me what you think of Alice and Edith after your long absence."
+
+"I think they are both very much grown and very much improved," replied
+Edward; "but I must confess to you that I think it is high time that
+they were, if possible, removed from their present homely occupations,
+and instructed as young ladies should be."
+
+"But how, Edward, is that to be?"
+
+"That I can not yet tell, and it grieves me that I can not; but still I
+see the necessity of it, if ever we are to return to our position in
+society."
+
+"And are we ever to return?"
+
+"I don't know. I thought little of it before I went away and mixed in
+society; but since I have been in the world, I have been compelled to
+feel that my dear sisters are not in their sphere, and I have resolved
+upon trying if I can not find a more suitable position for them. Had we
+been successful I should have had no difficulty, but now I hardly know
+what to do."
+
+"I have not inquired about Mistress Patience, brother; how is she?"
+
+"She is as good and as handsome as ever, and very much grown; indeed,
+she is becoming quite womanly."
+
+"And Clara?"
+
+"Oh, I do not perceive any difference in her: I think she is grown, but
+I hardly observed her. Here comes Chaloner; we will tell him of our
+arrangements in case we are disturbed by the military parties."
+
+"It is a most excellent arrangement," said Chaloner, when Edward had
+made the communication; "and it was a lucky day when I first fell in
+with you, Beverley."
+
+"Not Beverley, I pray you; that name is to be forgotten; it was only
+revived for the occasion."
+
+"Very true; then, Master Secretary Armitage, I think the arrangement
+excellent: the only point will be to find out what troops are sent down
+in this direction, as we must of course belong to some other regiment,
+and have been pursued from the field of battle. I should think that
+Lambert's squadrons will not be this way."
+
+"We will soon ascertain that; let your horses be saddled and
+accoutered, so that should any of them make their appearance, the
+horses may be at the door. It is my opinion that they will be here some
+time to-day."
+
+"I fear that it will be almost impossible for the king to escape,"
+observed Chaloner. "I hardly know what to think of his leaving us in
+that way."
+
+"I have reflected upon it," replied Edward, "and I think it was perhaps
+prudent: some were to be trusted and some not; it was impossible to
+know who were and who were not--he therefore trusted nobody. Besides,
+his chance of escape, if quite alone, is greater than if in company."
+
+"And yet I feel a little mortified that he did not trust me," continued
+Edward; "my life was at his service."
+
+"He could no more read your heart, than he could mine or others,"
+observed Chaloner; "and any selection would have been invidious: on the
+whole, I think he acted wisely, and I trust that it will prove so. One
+thing is certain, which is, that all is over now, and that for a long
+while we may let our swords rest in their scabbards. Indeed, I am
+sickened with it, after what I have seen, and would gladly live here
+with you, and help to till the land, away from the world and all its
+vexations. What say you, Edward; will you and your brother take me as a
+laborer till all is quiet again?"
+
+"You would soon tire of it, Chaloner; you were made for active exertion
+and bustling in the world."
+
+"Nevertheless, I think, under two such amiable and pretty mistresses, I
+could stay well contented here; it is almost Arcadian. But still it is
+selfish for me to talk in this way; indeed, my feelings are contrary to
+my words."
+
+"How do you mean, Chaloner?"
+
+"To be candid with you, Edward, I was thinking what a pity it is that
+two such sweet girls as your sisters should be employed here in
+domestic drudgery, and remain in such an uncultivated state--if I may
+be pardoned for speaking so freely--but I do so because I am convinced
+that, if in proper hands, they would grace a court; and you must feel
+that I am right."
+
+"Do you not think that the same feelings have passed in my mind,
+Chaloner? Indeed, Humphrey will tell you that we were speaking on the
+same subject but an hour ago. You must, however, be aware of the
+difficulty I am in: were I in possession of Arnwood and its domain,
+then indeed--but that is all over now, and I presume I shall shortly
+see my own property, whose woods are now in sight of me, made over to
+some Roundhead, for good services against the Cavaliers at Worcester."
+
+"Edward," replied Chaloner, "I have this to say to you, and I can say
+it because you know that I am indebted to you for my life, and that is
+a debt that nothing can cancel: if at any time you determine upon
+removing your sisters from this, recollect my maiden aunts at Portlake.
+They can not be in better hands, and they can not be in the hands of
+any person who will more religiously do their duty toward them, and be
+pleased with the trust confided to them. They are rich, in spite of
+exactions; but in these times, women are not fined and plundered as men
+are; and they have been well able to afford all that has been taken
+from them, and all that they have voluntarily given to the assistance
+of our party. They are alone, and I really believe that nothing would
+make them more happy than to have the care of the two sisters of Edward
+Beverley--be sure of that. But I will be more sure of it if you will
+find means of sending to them a letter which I shall write to them. I
+tell you that you will do them a favor, and that if you do not accept
+the offer, you will sacrifice your sisters' welfare to your own
+pride--which I do not think you would do."
+
+"Most certainly I will not do that," replied Edward; "and I am fully
+sensible of your kind offer; but I can say no more until I hear what
+your good aunts may reply to your letter. You mistake me much,
+Chaloner, if you think that any sense of obligation would prevent me
+from seeing my sisters removed from a position so unworthy of them, but
+which circumstances have driven them to. That we are paupers, is
+undeniable, but I never shall forgot that my sisters are the daughters
+of Colonel Beverley."
+
+"I am delighted with your reply, Edward, and I fear not that of my good
+aunts. It will be a great happiness to me when I am wandering abroad to
+know that your sisters are under their roof, and are being educated as
+they ought to be."
+
+"What's the matter, Pablo?" said Humphrey to the former, who came
+running, out of breath.
+
+"Soldiers," said Pablo, "plenty of them, gallop this way--gallop every
+way."
+
+"Now, Chaloner, we must get ourselves out of this scrape, and I trust
+that afterward all be well," said Edward. "Bring the horses out to the
+door; and, Chaloner, you and Grenville must wait within; bring my horse
+out also, as it will appear as if I had just ridden over. I must in to
+change my dress. Humphrey, keep a look-out and let us know when they
+come."
+
+Chaloner and Edward went in, and Edward put on his dress of secretary.
+Shortly afterward, a party of Roundhead cavalry were seen galloping
+toward the cottage. They soon arrived there, and pulled up their
+horses. An officer who headed them addressed Humphrey in a haughty
+tone, and asked him who he was.
+
+"I am one of the verderers of the forest, sir," replied Humphrey,
+respectfully.
+
+"And whose cottage is that? and who have you there?"
+
+"The cottage is mine, sir; two of the horses at the door belong to two
+troopers who have come in quest of those who fled from Worcester, the
+other horse belongs to the secretary of the intendant of the forest,
+Master Heatherstone, who has come over with directions from the
+intendant as to the capture of the rebels."
+
+At this moment, Edward came out and saluted the officer.
+
+"This is the secretary, sir, Master Armitage," said Humphrey, falling
+back.
+
+Edward again saluted the officer, and said--
+
+"Master Heatherstone, the intendant, has sent me over here to make
+arrangements for the capture of the rebels. This man is ordered to
+lodge two troopers as long as they are considered necessary to remain;
+and I have directions to tell any officer whom I may meet, that Master
+Heatherstone and his verderers will take good care that none of the
+rebels are harbored in this direction; and that it will be better that
+the troops scour the southern edge of the forest, as it is certain that
+the fugitives will try all that they can to embark for France."
+
+"What regiment do the troopers belong to that you have here?"
+
+"I believe to Lambert's troop, sir; but they shall come out and answer
+for themselves. Tell those men to come out," said Edward to Humphrey.
+
+"Yes, sir, but they are hard to wake, for they have ridden from
+Worcester; but I will rouse them."
+
+"Nay, I can not wait," replied the officer. "I know none of Lambert's
+troops, and they have no information to give."
+
+"Could you not take them with you, sir, and leave two of your men
+instead of them; for they are troublesome people to a poor man, and
+devour every thing?" said Humphrey, submissively.
+
+"No, no," replied the officer, laughing, "we all know Lambert's
+people--a friend or enemy is much the same to them. I have no power
+over them, and you must make the best of it. Forward! men," continued
+the officer, saluting Edward as he passed on; and in a minute or two
+they were far away.
+
+"That's well over," observed Edward. "Chaloner and Grenville are too
+young-looking and too good-looking for Lambert's villains; and a sight
+of them might have occasioned suspicion. We must, however, expect more
+visits. Keep a good look-out, Pablo."
+
+Edward and Humphrey then went in and joined the party inside the
+cottage, who were in a state of no little suspense during the colloquy
+outside.
+
+"Why, Alice, dearest! you look quite pale!" said Edward, as he came in.
+
+"I feared for our guests, Edward. I'm sure that if they had come into
+the cottage, Master Chaloner and Master Grenville would never have been
+believed to be troopers."
+
+"We thank you for the compliment, Mistress Alice," said Chaloner; "but
+I think, if necessary, I could ruffle and swear with the best, or
+rather the worst of them. We passed for troopers very well on the road
+here."
+
+"Yes, but you did not meet any other troopers."
+
+"That's very true, and shows your penetration. I must acknowledge that,
+with troopers, there would have been more difficulty; but still, among
+so many thousands, there must be many varieties, and it would be an
+awkward thing for an officer of one troop to arrest upon suspicion the
+men belonging to another. I think when we are visited again I shall
+sham intoxication--that will not be very suspicious."
+
+"No, not on either side," replied Edward. "Come, Alice, we will eat
+what dinner you may have ready for us."
+
+For three or four days the Parliamentary forces continued to scour the
+forest, and another visit or two was paid to the cottage, but without
+suspicion being created, in consequence of the presence of Edward and
+his explanations. The parties were invariably sent in another
+direction. Edward wrote to the intendant, informing him what had
+occurred, and requesting permission to remain a few days longer at the
+cottage; and Pablo, who took the letter, returned with one from the
+intendant, acquainting him that the king had not yet been taken; and
+requesting the utmost vigilance on his part to insure his capture, with
+directions to search various places, in company with the troopers who
+had been stationed at the cottage; or, if he did not like to leave the
+cottage, to shew the letter to any officer commanding parties in
+search, that they might act upon the suggestions contained in it. This
+letter Edward had an opportunity of showing to one or two officers,
+commanding parties, who approached the cottage, and to whom Edward went
+out to communicate with, thereby preventing their stopping there.
+
+At last, in about a fortnight, there was not a party in the forest; all
+of them having gone down to the seaside, to look out for the fugitives,
+several of whom were taken.
+
+Humphrey took the cart to Lymington, to procure clothes for Chaloner
+and Grenville, and it was decided that they should assume those of
+verderers of the forest, which would enable them to carry a gun. As
+soon as Humphrey had obtained what was requisite, Chaloner and
+Grenville were conducted to Clara's cottage, and took possession, of
+course never showing themselves outside the wood which surrounded it.
+Humphrey lent them Holdfast as a watch, and they took leave of Alice
+and Edith with much regret. Humphrey and Edward accompanied them to
+their new abode. It was arranged that the horses should remain under
+the care of Humphrey, as they had no stable at Clara's cottage.
+
+On parting, Chaloner gave Edward the letter for his aunts; and then
+Edward once more bent his steps toward the intendant's house, and found
+himself in the company of Patience and Clara.
+
+Edward narrated to the intendant all that had occurred, and the
+intendant approved of what he had done, strongly advising that Chaloner
+and Grenville should not attempt to go to the Continent till all
+pursuit was over.
+
+"Here's a letter I have received from the government, Edward, highly
+commending my vigilance and activity in pursuit of the fugitives. It
+appears that the officers you fell in with have written up to state
+what admirable dispositions we had made. It is a pity, is it not,
+Edward, that we are compelled to be thus deceitful in this world?
+Nothing but the times, and the wish to do good, could warrant it. We
+meet the wicked, and fight them with their own weapons; but although it
+is treating them as they deserve, our conscience must tell us that it
+is not right."
+
+"Surely, sir, to save the lives of people who have committed no other
+fault except loyalty to their king, will warrant our so doing--at
+least, I hope so."
+
+"According to the Scriptures, I fear it will not, but it is a
+difficult, question for us to decide. Let us be guided by our own
+consciences; if they do not reproach us, we can not be far from right."
+
+Edward then produced the letter he had received from Chaloner,
+requesting that the intendant would have the kindness to forward it.
+
+"I see," replied the intendant; "I can forward these through Langton. I
+presume it is to obtain credit for money. It shall go on Thursday."
+
+The conference was then broken up, and Edward went to see Oswald.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXV.
+
+
+For several days Edward remained at home, anxiously awaiting every news
+which arrived; expecting every time that the capture of the king would
+be announced, and, with great joy, finding that hitherto all efforts
+had been unsuccessful. But there was a question which now arose in
+Edward's mind, and which was the cause of deep reflection. Since the
+proposal of sending his sisters away had been started, he felt the
+great inconvenience of his still representing himself to the intendant
+as the grandson of Armitage. His sisters, if sent to the ladies at
+Portlake, must be sent without the knowledge of the intendant; and if
+so, the discovery of their absence would soon take place, as Patience
+Heatherstone would be constantly going over to the cottage; and he now
+asked himself the question, whether, after all the kindness and
+confidence which the intendant had shown him, he was right in any
+longer concealing from him his birth and parentage. He felt that he was
+doing the intendant an injustice, in not showing to him that confidence
+which ho deserved.
+
+That he was justified in so doing at first, he felt; but since the
+joining the king's army, and the events which had followed, he
+considered that he was treating the intendant ill, and he now resolved
+to take the first opportunity of making the confession. But to do it
+formally, and without some opportunity which might offer, he felt
+awkward. At last he thought that he would at once make the confession
+to Patience, under the promise of secrecy. That he might do at once;
+and, after he had done so, the intendant could not tax him with want of
+confidence altogether. He had now analyzed his feelings toward
+Patience; and he felt how dear she had become to him. During the time
+he was with the army, she had seldom been out of his thoughts; and
+although he was often in the society of well bred women, he saw not one
+that, in his opinion, could compare with Patience Heatherstone; but
+still, what chance had he of supporting a wife? at present, at the age
+of nineteen, it was preposterous. Thoughts like these ran in his mind,
+chasing each other, and followed by others as vague and unsatisfactory;
+and, in the end, Edward came to the conclusion, that he was without a
+penny, and that being known as the heir of Beverley would be to his
+disadvantage; that he was in love with Patience Heatherstone, and had
+no chance at present of obtaining her; and that he done well up to the
+present time in concealing who he was from the intendant, who could
+safely attest that he knew not that he was protecting the son of so
+noted a Cavalier; and that he would confess to Patience who he was, and
+give as a reason for not telling her father, that he did not wish to
+commit him by letting him know who it was that was under his
+protection. How far the reader may be satisfied with the arguments
+which Edward was satisfied with, we can not pretend to say; but Edward
+was young, and hardly knew how to extricate himself from the cloak
+which necessity had first compelled him to put on. Edward was already
+satisfied that he was not quite looked upon with indifference by
+Patience Heatherstone; and he was not yet certain whether it was not a
+grateful feeling that she had toward him more than any other; that she
+believed him to be beneath her in birth, he felt convinced, and
+therefore she could have no idea that he was Edward Beverley. It was
+not till several days after he had made up his mind that he had an
+opportunity of being with her alone, as Clara Ratcliffe was their
+constant companion. However, one evening Clara went out, and staid out
+so long, carelessly wrapped up, that she caught cold; and the following
+evening she remained at home, leaving Edward and Patience to take their
+usual walk unaccompanied by her. They had walked for some minutes in
+silence, when Patience observed,
+
+"You are very grave, Edward, and have been very grave ever since your
+return; have you any thing to vex you beyond the failure of the
+attempt."
+
+"Yes, I have, Patience. I have much on my conscience, and do not know
+how to act. I want an adviser and a friend, and know not where to find
+one."
+
+"Surely, Edward, my father is your sincere friend, and not a bad
+adviser."
+
+"I grant it; but the question is between your father and me, and I can
+not advise with him for that reason."
+
+"Then advise with me, Edward, if it is not a secret of such moment that
+it is not to be trusted to a woman; at all events it will be the advice
+of a sincere friend; you will give me credit for that."
+
+"Yes, and for much more; for I think I shall have good advice, and will
+therefore accept your offer. I feel, Patience, that although I was
+justified, on my first acquaintance with your father, in not making
+known to him a secret of some importance, yet now that he has put such
+implicit confidence, in me, I am doing him and myself an injustice in
+not making the communication--that is, as far as confidence in him is
+concerned. I consider that he has a right to know all, and yet I feel
+that it would be prudent on my part that he should not know all, as the
+knowledge might implicate him with those with whom he is at present
+allied. A secret sometimes is dangerous; and if your father could not
+say that on his honor he knew not of the secret, it might harm him if
+the secret became afterward known. Do you understand me?"
+
+"I can not say that I exactly do; you have a secret that you wish to
+make known to my father, and you think the knowledge of it may harm
+him. I can not imagine what kind of secret that may be."
+
+"Well, I can give you a case in point. Suppose now that I knew that
+King Charles was hidden in your stable-loft: such might be the case,
+and your father be ignorant of it, and his assertion of his ignorance
+would be believed; but if I were to tell your father that the king was
+there, and it was afterward discovered, do you not see that, by
+confiding such a secret to him, I should do harm, and perhaps bring him
+into trouble?"
+
+"I perceive now, Edward; do you mean to say that you know where the
+king is concealed? for, if you do, I must beg of you not let my father
+know any thing about it. As you say, it would put him in a difficult
+position, and must eventually harm him much. There is a great
+difference between wishing well to a cause and supporting it in person.
+My father wishes the king well, I believe, but, at the same time, he
+will not take an active part, as you have already seen; at the same
+time, I am convinced that he would never betray the king if he knew
+where he was. I say, therefore, if that is your secret, keep it from
+him, for his sake and for mine, Edward, if you regard me."
+
+"You know not how much I regard you, Patience. I saw many highborn
+women when I was away, but none could I see equal to Patience
+Heatherstone, in my opinion; and Patience was ever in my thoughts
+during my long absence."
+
+"I thank you for your kind feelings toward me," replied Patience; "but,
+Master Armitage, we were talking about your secret."
+
+"Master Armitage!" rejoined Edward; "how well you know how to remind
+me, by that expression, of my obscure birth and parentage, whenever I
+am apt to forget the distance which I ought to observe!"
+
+"You are wrong!" replied Patience; "but you flattered me so grossly,
+that I called you Master Armitage to show that I disliked flattery,
+that was all. I dislike flattery from those who are above me in rank,
+as well as those who are below me; and I should have done the same to
+any other person, whatever his condition might be. But forget what I
+said, I did not mean to vex you, only to punish you for thinking me so
+silly as to believe such nonsense."
+
+"Your humility may construe that into flattery which was said by me in
+perfect sincerity and truth-that I can not help," replied Edward. "I
+might have added much more, and yet have been sincere; if you had not
+reminded me of my not being of gentle birth, I might have had the
+presumption to have told you much more; but I have been rebuked."
+
+Edward finished speaking, and Patience made no reply; they walked on
+for several moments without exchanging another syllable. At last
+Patience said,
+
+"I will not say who is wrong, Edward; but this I do know, that the one
+who first offers the olive branch after a misunderstanding, can not but
+be right. I offer it now, and ask you whether we are to quarrel about
+one little word. Let me ask you, and give me a candid answer: Have I
+ever been so base as to treat as an inferior one to whom I have been so
+much obliged?"
+
+"It is I who am in fault, Patience," replied Edward. "I have been
+dreaming for a long while, pleased with my dreams, and forgetting that
+they were dreams, and not likely to be realized. I must now speak
+plainly. I love you, Patience; love you so much, that to part from you
+would be misery-to know that my love was rejected, as bitter as death.
+That is the truth, and I can conceal it no longer. Now I admit you have
+a right to be angry."
+
+"I see no cause for anger, Edward," replied Patience. "I have not
+thought of you but as a friend and benefactor; it would have been wrong
+to have done otherwise. I am but a young person, and must be guided by
+my father. I would not offend him by disobedience. I thank you for your
+good opinion of me, and yet I wish you had not said what you have."
+
+"Am I to understand from your reply, that, if your father raised no
+objection, my lowly birth would be none in your opinion?"
+
+"Your birth has never come into my head, except when reminded of it by
+yourself."
+
+"Then, Patience, let me return for the present to what I had to confide
+to you. I was--"
+
+"Here comes my father, Edward," said Patience. "Surely I have done
+wrong, for I feel afraid to meet him."
+
+Mr. Heatherstone now joined them, and said to Edward--
+
+"I have been looking for you: I have news from London which has
+rejoiced me much. I have at last obtained what I have some time been
+trying for; and, indeed, I may say, that your prudence and boldness in
+returning home as a trooper, added to your conduct in the forest, has
+greatly advanced, and ultimately obtained for me, my suit. There was
+some suspense before that, but your conduct has removed it; and now we
+shall have plenty to do."
+
+They walked to the house, and the intendant, as soon as he had gained
+his own room, said to Edward--
+
+"There is a grant to me of a property which I have long solicited for
+my services--read it."
+
+Edward took up the letter in which the Parliament informed Mr.
+Heatherstone that his application to the property of Arnwood had been
+acceded to, and signed by the commissioners; and that he might take
+immediate possession. Edward turned pale as he laid the document down
+on the table.
+
+"We will ride to-morrow, Edward, and look it over. I intend to rebuild
+the house."
+
+Edward made no reply.
+
+"Are you not well?" said the intendant, with surprise.
+
+"Yes, sir," replied Edward, "I am well, I believe; but I confess to you
+that I am disappointed. I did not think that you would have accepted a
+property from such a source, and so unjustly sequestrated."
+
+"I am sorry, Edward," replied the intendant, "that I should have fallen
+in your good opinion; but allow me to observe that you are so far right
+that I never would have accepted a property to which there were living
+claimants; but this is a different case. For instance, the Ratcliffe
+property belongs to little Clara, and is sequestrated. Do you think I
+would accept it? Never! But here is property without an heir; the whole
+family perished in the flames of Arnwood! There is no living claimant!
+It must be given to somebody, or remain with the government. This
+property, therefore, and this property only, out of all sequestrated, I
+selected, as I felt that, in obtaining it, I did harm to no one. I have
+been offered others, but have refused them. I would accept of this, and
+this only; and that is the reason why my applications have hitherto
+been attended with no success. I trust you believe me, Edward, in what
+I assert?"
+
+"First answer me one question, Mr. Heatherstone. Suppose it were proved
+that the whole of the family did not, as it is supposed, perish at the
+conflagration of Arnwood? Suppose a rightful heir to it should at any
+time appear, would you then resign the property to him?"
+
+"As I hope for Heaven, Edward, I would!" replied the intendant,
+solemnly raising his eyes upward as he spoke. "I then should think that
+I had been an instrument to keep the property out of other hands less
+scrupulous, and should surrender it as a trust which had been confided
+to me for the time only."
+
+"With such feelings, Mr. Heatherstone, I can now congratulate you upon
+your having obtained possession of the property," replied Edward.
+
+"And yet I do not deserve so much credit, as there is little chance of
+my sincerity being put to the test, Edward. There is no doubt that the
+family all perished; and Arnwood will become the dower of Patience
+Heatherstone."
+
+Edward's heart beat quick. A moment's thought told him his situation.
+He had been prevented, by the interruption of Mr. Heatherstone, from
+making his confession to Patience; and now he could not make it to any
+body without a rupture with the intendant, or a compromise, by asking
+what he so earnestly desired--the hand of Patience. Mr. Heatherstone
+observing to Edward that he did not look well, said supper was ready,
+and that they had better go into the next room. Edward mechanically
+followed. At supper he was tormented by the incessant inquiries of
+Clara, as to what was the matter with him. He did not venture to look
+at Patience, and made a hasty retreat to bed, complaining, as he might
+well do, of a severe headache.
+
+Edward threw himself on his bed, but to sleep was impossible. He
+thought of the events of the day over and over again. Had he any reason
+to believe that Patience returned his affection? No; her reply was too
+calm, too composed to make him suppose that; and now that she would be
+an heiress, there would be no want of pretenders to her hand; and he
+would lose her and his property at the same time. It was true that the
+intendant had declared that he would renounce the property if the true
+heir appeared, but that was easy to say upon the conviction that no
+heir would appear; and even if he did renounce it, the Parliament would
+receive it again rather than it should fall into the hands of a
+Beverley. "Oh that I had never left the cottage!" thought Edward. "I
+might then, at least, have become resigned and contented with my lot.
+Now I am miserable, and, whichever way I turn, I see no prospect of
+being otherwise. One thing only I can decide upon, which is, that I
+will not remain any longer than I can help under this roof. I will go
+over and consult with Humphrey; and if I can only place my sisters as I
+want, Humphrey and I will seek our fortunes."
+
+Edward rose at daylight, and, dressing himself, went down and saddled
+his horse. Desiring Sampson to tell the intendant that he had gone over
+to the cottage and would return by the evening, he rode across the
+forest, and arrived just as they were sitting down to breakfast. His
+attempts to be cheerful before his sisters did not succeed, and they
+were all grieved to see him look so pale and haggard. As soon as
+breakfast was over, Edward made a sign, and he and Humphrey went out.
+
+"What is the matter, my dear brother?" said Humphrey.
+
+"I will tell you all. Listen to me," replied Edward, who then gave him
+the detail of all that had passed from the time he had walked out with
+Patience Heatherstone till he went to bed. "Now, Humphrey, you know
+all; and what shall I do? remain there I can not!"
+
+"If Patience Heatherstone had professed regard for you," replied
+Humphrey, "the affair had been simple enough. Her father could have no
+objections to the match; and he would at the same time have acquitted
+his conscience as to the retaining of the property: but you say she
+showed none."
+
+"She told me very calmly that she was sorry that I had said what I did."
+
+"But do women always mean what they say, brother?" said Humphrey.
+
+"She does, at all events," replied Edward; "she is truth itself. No, I
+can not deceive myself. She feels a deep debt of gratitude for the
+service I rendered her; and that prevented her from being more harsh in
+her reply than what she was."
+
+"But if she knew that you were Edward Beverley, do you not think it
+would make a difference in her?"
+
+"And if it did, it would be too humiliating to think that I was only
+married for my rank and station."
+
+"But, considering you of mean birth, may she not have checked those
+feelings which she considered under the circumstances improper to
+indulge?"
+
+"Where there is such a sense of propriety there can be little
+affection."
+
+"I know nothing about these things, Edward," replied Humphrey; "but I
+have been told that a woman's heart is not easily read; or if I have
+not been told it, I have read it or dreamed it."
+
+"What do you propose to do?"
+
+"What I fear you will not approve of, Humphrey; it is to break up our
+establishment altogether. If the answer is favorable from the Misses
+Conynghame my sisters shall go to them; but that we had agreed upon
+already. Then for myself--I intend to go abroad, resume my name, and
+obtain employment in some foreign service. I will trust to the king for
+assisting me to that."
+
+"That is the worst part of it, Edward; but if your peace of mind
+depends upon it, I will not oppose it."
+
+"You, Humphrey, may come with me and share my fortunes, or do what you
+think more preferable."
+
+"I think then, Edward, that I shall not decide rashly. I must have
+remained here with Pablo if my sisters had gone to the Ladies
+Conynghame and you had remained with the intendant; I shall, therefore,
+till I hear from you, remain where I am, and shall be able to observe
+what is going on here, and let you know."
+
+"Be it so," replied Edward; "let me only see my sisters well placed,
+and I shall be off the next day. It is misery to remain there now."
+
+After some more conversation, Edward mounted his horse and returned to
+the intendant's. He did not arrive till late, for supper was on the
+table. The intendant gave him a letter for Mr. Chaloner, which was
+inclosed in one from Mr. Langton; and further informed Edward that news
+had arrived of the king having made his escape to France.
+
+"Thank God for that!" exclaimed Edward. "With your leave, sir, I will
+to-morrow deliver this letter to the party to whom it is addressed, as
+I know it to be of consequence."
+
+The intendant having given his consent, Edward retired without having
+exchanged a word with Patience or Clara beyond the usual civilities of
+the table.
+
+The following morning, Edward, who had not slept an hour during the
+night, set off for Clara's cottage, and found Chaloner and Grenville
+still in bed. At the sound of his voice the door was opened, and he
+gave Chaloner the letter; the latter read it and then handed it to
+Edward. The Misses Conynghame were delighted at the idea of receiving
+the two daughters of Colonel Beverley, and would treat them as their
+own; they requested that they might be sent to London immediately,
+where the coach would meet them to convey them down to Lancashire. They
+begged to be kindly remembered to Captain Beverley, and to assure him
+that his sisters should be well cared for.
+
+"I am much indebted to you, Chaloner," said Edward; "I will send my
+brother off with my sisters as soon as possible. You will soon think of
+returning to France; and if you will permit me, I will accompany you."
+
+"You, Edward! that will be delightful; but you had no idea of the kind
+when last we met. What has induced you to alter your mind?"
+
+"I will tell you by-and-by; I do not think I shall be here again for
+some days. I must be a great deal at the cottage when Humphrey is away,
+for Pablo will have a great charge upon him--what with the dairy, and
+horses, and breed of goats, and other things--more than he can attend
+to; but as soon as Humphrey returns, I will come to you and make
+preparations for our departure. Till then, farewell, both of you. We
+must see to provision you for three weeks or a month, before Humphrey
+starts."
+
+Edward bade them a hearty farewell, and then rode to the cottage.
+
+Although Alice and Edith had been somewhat prepared for leaving the
+cottage, yet the time was so very uncertain, that the blow fell heavy
+upon them. They were to leave their brothers whom they loved so dearly,
+to go to strangers; and when they understood that they were to leave in
+two days, and that they should not see Edward again, their grief was
+very great; but Edward reasoned with Alice and consoled her, although
+with Edith it was a more difficult task. She not only lamented her
+brothers, but her cow, her pony, and her kids; all the dumb animals
+were friends and favorites of Edith; and even the idea of parting with
+Pablo, was the cause of a fresh burst of tears. Having made every
+arrangement with Humphrey, Edward once more took his leave, promising
+to come over and assist Pablo as soon as he could.
+
+The next day Humphrey was busied in his preparations. They supplied the
+provisions to Clara's cottage; and when Pablo took them over in the
+cart, Humphrey rode to Lymington and provided a conveyance to London
+for the following day. We may as well observe, that they set off at the
+hour appointed, and arrived safely at London in three days. There, at
+an address given in a letter, they found the coach waiting; and having
+given his sisters into the charge of an elderly waiting-woman, who had
+come up in the coach to take charge of them, they quitted him with many
+tears, and Humphrey hastened back to the New Forest.
+
+On his return, he found to his surprise that Edward had not called at
+the cottage as he had promised; and with a mind foreboding evil, he
+mounted a horse and set off across the forest to ascertain the cause.
+As he was close to the intendant's house he was met by Oswald, who
+informed him that Edward had been seized with a violent fever, and was
+in a very dangerous state, having been delirious for three or four days.
+
+Humphrey hastened to dismount, and knocked at the door of the house; it
+was opened by Sampson, and Humphrey requested to be shown up to his
+brother's room. He found Edward in the state described by Oswald, and
+wholly unconscious of his presence; the maid, Phoebe, was by his
+bedside.
+
+"You may leave," said Humphrey, rather abruptly; "I am his brother."
+
+Phoebe retired, and Humphrey was alone with his brother.
+
+"It was, indeed, an unhappy day when you came to this house," exclaimed
+Humphrey, as the tears rolled down his cheeks; "my poor, poor Edward!"
+
+Edward now began to talk incoherently, and attempted to rise from the
+bed, but his efforts were unavailing--he was too weak; but he raved of
+Patience Heatherstone, and he called himself Edward Beverley more than
+once, and he talked of his father and of Arnwood.
+
+"If he has raved in this manner," thought Humphrey, "he has not many
+secrets left to disclose. I will not leave him, and will keep others
+away if I can."
+
+Humphrey had been sitting an hour with his brother, when the surgeon
+came to see his patient. He felt his pulse, and asked Humphrey if he
+was nursing him.
+
+"I am his brother, sir," replied Humphrey.
+
+"Then, my good sir, if you perceive any signs of perspiration--and I
+think now that there is a little--keep the clothes on him and let him
+perspire freely. If so, his life will be saved."
+
+The surgeon withdrew, saying that he would return again late in the
+evening.
+
+Humphrey remained for another two hours at the bedside, and then
+feeling that there was a sign of perspiration, he obeyed the
+injunctions of the surgeon, and held on the clothes against all
+Edward's endeavors to throw them off. For a short time the perspiration
+was profuse, and the restlessness of Edward subsided into a deep
+slumber.
+
+"Thank Heaven! there are then hopes."
+
+"Did you say there were hopes?" repeated a voice behind him.
+
+Humphrey turned round and perceived Patience and Clara behind him, who
+had come in without his observing it.
+
+"Yes," replied Humphrey, looking reproachfully at Patience, "there are
+hopes, by what the surgeon said to me--hopes that he may yet be able to
+quit this house which he was so unfortunate as to enter."
+
+This was a harsh and rude speech of Humphrey; but he considered that
+Patience Heatherstone had been the cause of his brother's dangerous
+state, and that she had not behaved well to him.
+
+Patience made no reply, but falling down on her knees by the bedside,
+prayed silently; and Humphrey's heart smote him for what he had said to
+her. "She can not be so bad," thought Humphrey, as Patience and Clara
+quitted the room without the least noise.
+
+Shortly afterward the intendant came up into the room and offered his
+hand to Humphrey, who pretended not to see it, and did not take it.
+
+"He has got Arnwood: that is enough for him," thought Humphrey; "but my
+hand in friendship he shall not receive."
+
+The intendant put his hand within the clothes, and feeling the high
+perspiration that Edward was in, said--
+
+"I thank thee, O God! for all thy mercies, and that thou hast been
+pleased to spare this valuable life. How are your sisters, Master
+Humphrey?" said the intendant; "my daughter bade me inquire. I will
+send over to them and let them know that your brother is better, if you
+do not leave this for the cottage yourself after the surgeon has called
+again."
+
+"My sisters are no longer at the cottage, Master Heatherstone," replied
+Humphrey; "they have gone to some friends who have taken charge of
+them. I saw them safe to London myself, or I should have known of my
+brother's illness and have been here before this."
+
+"You indeed tell me news, Master Humphrey," replied the intendant.
+"With whom, may I ask, are your sisters placed, and in what capacity
+are they gone?"
+
+This reply of the intendant's reminded Humphrey that he had somewhat
+committed himself, as, being supposed to be the daughters of a
+forester, it was not to be thought that they had gone up to be
+educated; and he therefore replied--
+
+"They found it lonely in the forest, Master Heatherstone, and wished to
+see London; so we have taken them there, and put them into the care of
+those who have promised that they shall be well placed."
+
+The intendant appeared to be much disturbed and surprised, but he said
+nothing, and soon afterward quitted the room. He almost immediately
+returned with the surgeon, who, as soon as he felt Edward's pulse,
+declared that the crisis was over, and that when he awoke he would be
+quite sensible. Having given directions as to the drink of his patient,
+and some medicine which he was to take, the surgeon then left, stating
+that he should not call until the next evening, unless he was sent for,
+as he considered all danger over.
+
+Edward continued in a quiet slumber for the major portion of the night.
+It was just break of day when he opened his eyes. Humphrey offered him
+some drink, which Edward took greedily; and seeing Humphrey, said--
+
+"Oh, Humphrey, I had quite forgotten where I was--I'm so sleepy!" and
+with these words his head fell on the pillow, and he was again asleep.
+
+When it was broad daylight, Oswald came into the room:
+
+"Master Humphrey, they say that all danger is over now, but that you
+have remained here all night. I will relieve you now if you will let
+me. Go and take a walk in the fresh air--it will revive you."
+
+"I will, Oswald, and many thanks. My brother has woke up once, and, I
+thank God, is quite sensible. He will know you when he wakes again, and
+then do you send for me."
+
+Humphrey left the room, and was glad, after a night of close
+confinement in a sick-room, to feel the cool morning air fanning his
+cheeks. He had not been long out of the house before he perceived Clara
+coming toward him.
+
+"How d'ye do, Humphrey?" said Clara; "and how is your brother this
+morning?"
+
+"He is better, Clara, and I hope now out of danger."
+
+"But, Humphrey," continued Clara, "when we came into the room last
+night, what made you say what you did?"
+
+"I do not recollect that I said any thing."
+
+"Yes, you did; you said that there were now hopes that your brother
+would be able soon to quit this house which he had been so unfortunate
+as to enter. Do you recollect?"
+
+"I may have said so, Clara," replied Humphrey; "it was only speaking my
+thoughts aloud."
+
+"But why do you think so, Humphrey? Why has Edward been unfortunate in
+entering this house? That is what I want to know. Patience cried so
+much after she left the room because you said that. Why did you say so?
+You did not think so a short time ago."
+
+"No, my dear Clara, I did not, but I do now, and I can not give you my
+reasons; so you must say no more about it."
+
+Clara was silent for a time, and then said--
+
+"Patience tells me that your sisters have gone away from the cottage.
+You told her father so."
+
+"It is very true; they have gone."
+
+"But why have they gone? What have they gone for? Who is to look after
+the cows, and goats, and poultry? Who is to cook your dinner, Humphrey?
+What can you do without them, and why did you send them away without
+letting me or Patience know that they were going, so that at least we
+might have bid them farewell?"
+
+"My dear Clara," replied Humphrey--who, feeling no little difficulty in
+replying to all these questions, resolved to cut the matter short, by
+appearing to be angry--"you know that you are the daughter of a
+gentleman, and so is Patience Heatherstone. You are both of gentle
+birth, but my sisters, you know, are only the daughters of a forester,
+and my brother Edward and I are no better. It does not become Mistress
+Patience and you to be intimate with such as we are, especially now
+that Mistress Patience is a great heiress; for her father has obtained
+the large property of Arnwood, and it will be hers after his death. It
+is not fit that the heiress of Arnwood should mix herself up with
+foresters' daughters; and as we had friends near Lymington, who offered
+to assist us, and take our sisters under their charge, we thought it
+better that they should go; for what would become of them, if any
+accident was to happen to Edward or to me? Now they will be provided
+for. After they have been taught, they will make very nice tirewomen to
+some lady of quality," added Humphrey, with a sneer. "Don't you think
+they will, my pretty Clara?"
+
+Clara burst into tears.
+
+"You are very unkind, Humphrey," sobbed she. "You had no right to send
+away your sisters. I don't believe you--that's more!" and Clara ran
+away into the house.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVI.
+
+
+Our readers may think that Humphrey was very unkind, but it was to
+avoid being questioned by Clara, who was evidently sent for the
+purpose, that he was so harsh. At the same time it must be admitted,
+that Mr. Heatherstone having obtained possession of Arnwood, rankled,
+no doubt, in the minds of both the brothers, and every act now, on the
+part of him or his family, was viewed in a false medium. But our
+feelings are not always at our control, and Edward was naturally
+impetuous, and Humphrey so much attached, and so much alarmed at his
+brother's danger, that he was even more excited. The blow fell doubly
+heavy, as it appeared that at the very same time Patience had rejected
+his brother, and taken possession of their property, which had been
+held by the family for centuries. What made the case more annoying was,
+that explanation, if there was any to offer on either side, was, under
+present circumstances, almost impossible.
+
+Soon after Clara left him, Humphrey returned to his brother's room. He
+found him awake and talking to Oswald. Ardently pressing his brother's
+hand, Edward said--
+
+"My dear Humphrey, I shall soon be well now, and able, I trust, to quit
+this house. What I fear is, that some explanation will be asked for by
+the intendant, not only relative to my sisters having left us, but also
+upon other points. This is what I wish to avoid without giving offense.
+I do not think that the intendant is so much to blame in having
+obtained my property, as he does not know that a Beverley existed; but
+I can not bear to have any further intimacy with him, especially after
+what has taken place between me and his daughter. What I have to
+request is, that you will never quit this room while I am still here
+unless you are relieved by Oswald; so that the intendant or any body
+else may have no opportunity of having any private communication with
+me, or forcing me to listen to what they may have to say. I made this
+known to Oswald before you came in."
+
+"Depend upon it, it shall be so, Edward, for I am of your opinion.
+Clara came to me just now, and I had much trouble, and was compelled to
+be harsh, to get rid of her importunity."
+
+When the surgeon called, he pronounced Edward out of danger, and that
+his attendance would be no longer necessary. Edward felt the truth of
+this. All that he required was strength; and that he trusted in a few
+days to obtain.
+
+Oswald was sent over to the cottage, to ascertain how Pablo was going
+on by himself. He found that every thing was correct, and that Pablo,
+although he felt proud of his responsibility, was very anxious for
+Humphrey's return, as he found himself very lonely. During Oswald's
+absence on this day, Humphrey never quitted the room; and although the
+intendant came up several times, he never could find an opportunity of
+speaking to Edward, which he evidently wished to do.
+
+To the inquiries made as to how he was, Edward always complained of
+great weakness, for a reason which will soon be understood. Several
+days elapsed, and Edward had often been out of bed during the night,
+when not likely to be intruded upon, and he now felt himself strong
+enough to be removed; and his object was to leave the intendant's house
+without his knowledge, so as to avoid an explanation.
+
+One evening Pablo came over with the horses after it was dark. Oswald
+put them into the stable; and the morning proving fine and clear, a
+little before break of day, Edward came softly down stairs with
+Humphrey, and, mounting the horses, set off for the cottage, without
+any one in the intendant's house being aware of their departure.
+
+It must not be supposed, however, that Edward took this step without
+some degree of consideration as to the feelings of the intendant. On
+the contrary, he left a letter with Oswald, to be delivered after his
+departure, in which he thanked the intendant sincerely for all the
+kindness and compassion he had shown toward him; assured him of his
+gratitude and kind feelings toward him and his daughter, but said that
+circumstances had occurred, of which no explanation could be given
+without great pain to all parties, which rendered it advisable that he
+should take such an apparently unkind step as to leave without bidding
+them farewell in person; that he was about to embark immediately for
+the Continent, to seek his fortune in the wars; and that he wished all
+prosperity to the family, which would ever have his kindest wishes and
+remembrances.
+
+"Humphrey," said Edward, after they had ridden about two miles across
+the forest, and the sun had risen in an unclouded sky, "I feel like an
+emancipated slave. Thank God! my sickness has cured me of all my
+complaints, and all I want now is active employment. And now, Humphrey,
+Chaloner and Grenville are not a little tired of being mured up in the
+cottage, and I am as anxious as they are to be off. What will you do?
+Will you join us, or will you remain at the cottage?"
+
+"I have reflected upon it, Edward, and I have come to the determination
+of remaining at the cottage. You will find it expensive enough to
+support one where you are going, and you must appear as a Beverley
+should do. We have plenty of money saved to equip you, and maintain you
+well for a year or so, but after that you may require more. Leave me
+here. I can make money now that the farm is well stocked; and I have no
+doubt that I shall be able to send over a trifle every year, to support
+the honor of the family. Besides, I do not wish to leave this for
+another reason. I want to know what is going on, and watch the motions
+of the intendant and the heiress of Arnwood. I also do not wish to
+leave the country until I know how my sisters get on with the Ladies
+Conynghame: it is my duty to watch over them. I have made up my mind,
+so do not attempt to dissuade me."
+
+"I shall not, my dear Humphrey, as I think you have decided properly;
+but I beg you will not think of laying by money for me-a very little
+will suffice for my wants."
+
+"Not so, good brother; you must and shall, if I can help you, ruffle it
+with the best. You will be better received if you do; for, though
+poverty is no sin, as the saying is, it is scouted as sin should be,
+while sins are winked at. You know that I require no money, and,
+therefore, you must and shall, if you love me, take it all."
+
+"As you will, my dear Humphrey. Now then, let us put our horses to
+speed, for, if possible, we will, to-morrow morning, leave the forest."
+
+By this time all search for the fugitives from Worcester had long been
+over, and there was no difficulty in obtaining the means of
+embarkation. Early the next morning every thing was ready, and Edward,
+Humphrey, Chaloner, Grenville, and Pablo set off for Southampton, one
+of the horses carrying the little baggage which they had with them.
+Edward, as we have before mentioned, with the money he had saved, and
+the store at the cottage, which had been greatly increased, was well
+supplied with cash; and that evening they embarked, with their horses,
+in a small sailing vessel, and, with a favorable, light wind, arrived
+at a small port of France on the following day. Humphrey and Pablo
+returned to the cottage, we need hardly now say, very much out of
+spirits at the separation.
+
+"Oh, Massa Humphrey," said Pablo, as they rode along, "Missy Alice and
+Missy Edith go away-I wish go with them. Massa Edward go away--I wish
+go with him. You stay at cottage--I wish stay with you. Pablo can not
+be in three places."
+
+"No, Pablo; all you can do is to stay where you can be most useful."
+
+"Yes, I know that. You want me at cottage very much. Missy Alice and
+Edith and Massa Edward no want me, so I stay at cottage."
+
+"Yes, Pablo, we will stay at the cottage, but we can't do every thing
+now. I think we must give up the dairy, now that my sisters are gone.
+I'll tell you what I have been thinking of, Pablo. We will make a large
+inclosed place, to coax the ponies into during the winter, pick out as
+many as we think are good, and sell them at Lymington. That will be
+better than churning butter."
+
+"Yes, I see; plenty of work for Pablo."
+
+"And plenty for me, too, Pablo; but you know when the inclosure is once
+made it will last for a long while; and we will get the wild cattle
+into it if we can."
+
+"Yes, I see," said Pablo. "I like that very much; only not like trouble
+to build place."
+
+"We shan't have much trouble, Pablo; if we fell the trees inside the
+wood at each side, and let them lie one upon the other, the animals
+will never break through them."
+
+"That very good idea--save trouble," said Pablo. "And what you do with
+cows, suppose no make butter?"
+
+"Keep them, and sell their calves; keep them to entice the wild cattle
+into the pen."
+
+"Yes, that good. And turn out old Billy to 'tice ponies into pen,"
+continued Pablo, laughing.
+
+"Yes, we will try it."
+
+We must now return to the intendant's house. Oswald delivered the
+letter to the intendant, who read it with much astonishment.
+
+"Gone! is he actually gone?" said Mr. Heatherstone.
+
+"Yes, sir, before daylight this morning."
+
+"And why was I not informed of it?" said Mr. Heatherstone; "why have
+you been a party to this proceeding, being my servant?--may I inquire
+that?"
+
+"I knew Master Edward before I knew you, sir," replied Oswald.
+
+"Then you had better follow him," rejoined the intendant, in an angry
+tone.
+
+"Very well, sir," replied Oswald, who quitted the room.
+
+"Good Heaven! how all my plans have been frustrated!" exclaimed the
+intendant, when he was alone. He then read the letter over more
+carefully than he had done at first. "'Circumstances had occurred of
+which no explanation could be given by him.' I do not comprehend
+that--I must see Patience."
+
+Mr. Heatherstone opened the door, and called to his daughter.
+
+"Patience," said Mr. Heatherstone, "Edward has left the house this
+morning; here is a letter which he has written to me. Read it, and let
+me know if you can explain some portion of it, which to me is
+incomprehensible. Sit down and read it attentively."
+
+Patience, who was much agitated, gladly took the seat and perused
+Edward's letter. When she had done so, she let it drop in her lap and
+covered all her face, the tears trickling through her fingers. After a
+time, the intendant said,
+
+"Patience, has any thing passed between you and Edward Armitage?"
+
+Patience made no reply, but sobbed aloud. She might not have shown so
+much emotion, but it must be remembered that for the last three weeks
+since Edward had spoken to her, and during his subsequent illness, she
+had been very unhappy. The reserve of Humphrey, the expressions he had
+made use of, his repulse of Clara, and her not having seen anything of
+Edward during his illness, added to his sudden and unexpected departure
+without a word to her, had broken her spirits, and she sank beneath the
+load of sorrow.
+
+The intendant left her to recover herself before he again addressed
+her. When she had ceased sobbing, her father spoke to her in a very
+kind voice, begging her that she would not conceal any thing from him,
+as it was most important to him that the real facts should be known.
+
+"Now tell me, my child, what passed between Edward and you."
+
+"He told me, just before you came up to us that evening, that he loved
+me."
+
+"And what was your reply?"
+
+"I hardly know, my dear father, what it was that I said. I did not like
+to be unkind to one who saved my life, and I did not choose to say what
+I thought because--because--because he was of low birth; and how could
+I give encouragement to the son of a forester without your permission?"
+
+"Then you rejected him?"
+
+"I suppose I did, or that he considered that I did so. He had a secret
+of importance that he would have confided to me had you not interrupted
+us."
+
+"And now, Patience, I must request you to answer me one question
+candidly. I do not blame you for your conduct, which was correct under
+the circumstances. I also had a secret which I perhaps ought to have
+confided; but I did consider that the confidence and paternal kindness
+with which I treated Edward would have been sufficient to point out to
+you that I could not have been very averse to a union; indeed, the
+freedom of communication which I allowed between you, must have told
+you so: but your sense of duty and propriety has made you act as you
+ought to have done, I grant, although contrary to my real wishes."
+
+"Your wishes, my father?" said Patience.
+
+"Yes--my wishes; there is nothing that I so ardently desired as a union
+between you and Edward; but I wished you to love him for his own
+merits."
+
+"I have done so, father," replied Patience, sobbing again, "although I
+did not tell him so."
+
+The intendant remained silent for some time, and then said,
+
+"There is no cause for further concealment, Patience; I have only to
+regret that I was not more explicit sooner. I have long suspected, and
+have since been satisfied, that Edward Armitage is Edward Beverley, who
+with his brothers and sisters were supposed to have been burned to
+death at Arnwood."
+
+Patience removed her handkerchief from her face, and looked at her
+father with astonishment.
+
+"I tell you that I had a strong suspicion of it, my dear child, first,
+from the noble appearance, which no forest garb could disguise; but
+what gave me further conviction was, that when at Lymington I happened
+to fall in with one Benjamin, who had been a servant at Arnwood, and
+interrogated him closely. He really believed that the children were
+burned; it is true that I asked him particularly relative to the
+appearance of the children--how many were boys, and how many were
+girls, their ages, &c.--but the strongest proof was, that the names of
+the four children corresponded with the names of the Children of the
+Forest, as well as their ages, and I went to the church register and
+extracted them. Now this was almost amounting to proof; for it was not
+likely that four children in the forest cottage should have the same
+ages and names as those of Arnwood. After I had ascertained this point,
+I engaged Edward, as you know, wishing to secure him, for I was once
+acquainted with his father, and at all events well acquainted with the
+colonel's merits. You remained in the house together, and it was with
+pleasure that I watched the intimacy between you; and then I exerted
+myself to get Arnwood restored to him. I could not ask it for him, but
+I prevented it being given to any other by laying claim to it myself.
+Had Edward remained with us, all might have succeeded as I wished; but
+he would join in the unfortunate insurrection. I knew it was useless to
+prevent him, so I let him go. I found that he took the name of Beverley
+during the time he was with the king's army, and when I was last in
+town I was told so by the commissioners, who wondered where he had come
+from; but the effect was that it was now useless for me to request the
+estate for him, as I had wished to do--his having served in the royal
+army rendered it impossible. I therefore claimed it for myself, and
+succeeded. I had made up my mind that he was attached to you, and you
+were equally so to him; and as soon as I had the grant sent down, which
+was on the evening he addressed you, I made known to him that the
+property was given to me; and I added, on some dry questions being put
+to me by him, relative to the possibility of there being still existing
+an heir to the estate, that there was no chance of that, and that you
+would be the mistress of Arnwood. I threw it out as a hint to him,
+fancying that, as far as you were concerned, all would go well, and
+that I would explain to him my knowledge of who he was, after he had
+made known his regard for you."
+
+"Yes, I see it all now," replied Patience; "in one hour he is rejected
+by me, and in the next he is told that I have obtained possession of
+his property. No wonder that he is indignant, and looks upon us with
+scorn. And now he has left us; we have driven him into danger, and may
+never see him again. Oh, father! I am very, very miserable!"
+
+"We must hope for the best, Patience. It is true that he has gone to
+the wars, but it does not therefore follow that he is to be killed. You
+are both very young--much too young to marry--and all may be explained.
+I must see Humphrey and be candid with him.".
+
+"But Alice and Edith--where are they gone, father?"
+
+"That I can inform you. I have a letter from Langton on the subject,
+for I begged him to find out. He says that there are two young ladies
+of the name of Beverley, who have been placed under the charge of his
+friends, the Ladies Conynghame, who is aunt to Major Chaloner, who has
+been for some time concealed in the forest. But I have letters to
+write, my dear Patience. To-morrow, if I live and do well, I will ride
+over to the cottage to see Humphrey Beverley."
+
+The intendant kissed his daughter, and she left the room.
+
+Poor Patience! she was glad to be left to herself, and think over this
+strange communication. For many days she had felt how fond she had been
+of Edward, much more so than she had believed herself to be. "And now,"
+she thought, "if he really loves me, and hears my father's explanation,
+he will come back again." By degrees she recovered her serenity, and
+employed herself in her quiet domestic duties.
+
+Mr. Heatherstone rode over to the cottage the next day, where he found
+Humphrey busily employed as usual, and, what was very unusual,
+extremely grave. It was not a pleasant task for Mr. Heatherstone to
+have to explain his conduct to so very young a man as Humphrey, but he
+felt that he could not be comfortable until the evil impression against
+him was removed, and he knew that Humphrey had a great deal of sterling
+good sense. His reception was cool; but when the explanation was made,
+Humphrey was more than satisfied, as it showed that the intendant had
+been their best friend, and that it was from a delicacy on the part of
+Patience, rather than from any other cause, that the misunderstanding
+had occurred. Humphrey inquired if he had permission to communicate the
+substance of their conversation to his brother, and Mr. Heatherstone
+stated that such was his wish and intention when he confided it to
+Humphrey. It is hardly necessary to say that Humphrey took the earliest
+opportunity of writing to Edward at the direction which Chaloner had
+left with him.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVII.
+
+
+But we must follow Edward for a time. On his arrival at Paris, he was
+kindly received by King Charles, who promised to assist his views in
+joining the army.
+
+"You have to choose between two generals, both great in the art of
+war--Conde and Turenne. I have no doubt that they will be opposed to
+each other soon--that will be the better for you, as you will learn
+tactics from such great players."
+
+"Which would your majesty recommend me to follow?" inquired Edward.
+
+"Conde is my favorite, and he will soon be opposed to this truculent
+and dishonest court, who have kept me here as an instrument to
+accomplish their own wishes, but who have never intended to keep their
+promises, and place me on the English throne. I will give you letters
+to Conde; and, recollect that whatever general you take service under,
+you will follow him without pretending to calculate how far his
+movements may be right or wrong--that is not your affair. Conde is just
+now released from Vincennes, but depend upon it he will be in arms very
+soon."
+
+As soon as he was furnished with the necessary credentials from the
+king, Edward presented himself at the levee of the Prince of Conde.
+
+"You are here highly spoken of," said the prince, "for so young a man.
+So you were at the affair of Worcester? We will retain you, for your
+services will be wanted by-and-by. Can you procure any of your
+countrymen?"
+
+"I know but of two that I can recommend from personal knowledge; but
+these two officers I can venture to pledge myself for."
+
+"Any more?"
+
+"That I can not at present reply to your highness; but I should think
+it very possible."
+
+"Bring me the officers to-morrow at this hour, Monsieur Beverley--_au
+revoir_."
+
+The Prince of Conde then passed on to speak to other officers and
+gentlemen who were waiting to pay their respects. Edward went to
+Chaloner and Grenville, who were delighted with the intelligence which
+he brought them. The next day they were at the prince's levee, and
+introduced by Edward.
+
+"I am fortunate, gentlemen," said the prince, "in securing the services
+of such fine young men. You will oblige me by enlisting as many of your
+countrymen as you may consider likely to do good service, and then
+follow me to Guienne, to which province I am now about to depart. Be
+pleased to put yourself into communication with the parties named in
+this paper, and after my absence you will receive from them every
+assistance and necessary supplies which may be required."
+
+A month after this interview, Conde, who had been joined by a great
+number of nobles, and had been re-enforced by troops from Spain, set up
+the standard of revolt. Edward and his friends joined them, with about
+three hundred English and Scotchmen, which they had enlisted, and very
+soon afterward Conde obtained the victory at Blenan, and in April,
+1652, advanced to Paris. Turenne, who had taken the command of the
+French army, followed him, and a severe action was fought in the
+streets of the suburb of St. Antoine, in which neither party had the
+advantage. But eventually Conde was beaten back by the superior force
+of Turenne; and, not receiving the assistance he expected from the
+Spaniards, he fell back to the frontiers of Champagne.
+
+Previous to his departure from Paris, Edward had received Humphrey's
+letter, explaining away the intendant's conduct; and the contents
+removed a heavy load from Edward's mind; but he now thought of nothing
+but war, and although he cherished the idea of Patience Heatherstone,
+he was resolved to follow the fortunes of the prince as long as he
+could. He wrote a letter to the intendant, thanking him for his kind
+feelings and intentions toward him, and he trusted that he might one
+day have the pleasure of seeing him again. He did not however think it
+advisable to mention the name of his daughter, except in inquiring
+after her health, and sending his respects. "It may be years before I
+see her again," thought Edward, "and who knows what may happen?"
+
+The Prince of Conde now had the command of the Spanish forces in the
+Netherlands; and Edward, with his friends, followed his fortunes, and
+gained his good-will: they were rapidly promoted.
+
+Time flew on, and in the year 1654 the court of France concluded an
+alliance with Cromwell, and expelled King Charles from the French
+frontiers. The war was still carried on in the Netherlands. Turenne
+bore down Conde, who had gained every campaign; and the court of Spain,
+wearied with reverses, made overtures of peace, which was gladly
+accepted by the French.
+
+During these wars, Cromwell had been named Protector, and had shortly
+afterward died.
+
+Edward, who but rarely heard from Humphrey, was now anxious to quit the
+army and go to the king, who was in Spain; but to leave his colors,
+while things were adverse, was impossible.
+
+After the peace and the pardon of Conde by the French king, the armies
+were disbanded, and the three adventurers were free. They took their
+leave of the prince, who thanked them for their long and meritorious
+services; and they then hastened to King Charles, who had left Spain
+and come to the Low Countries. At the time of their joining the king,
+Richard, the son of Cromwell, who had been nominated Protector, had
+resigned, and every thing was ready for the Restoration.
+
+On the 15th of May, 1660, the news arrived that Charles had been
+proclaimed king on the 8th, and a large body of gentlemen went to
+invite him over. The king sailed from Scheveling, was met at Dover by
+General Monk, and conducted to London, which he entered amid the
+acclamations of the people, on the 29th of the same month.
+
+We may leave the reader to suppose that Edward, Chaloner, and Grenville
+were among the most favored of those in his train. As the procession
+moved slowly along the Strand, through a countless multitude, the
+windows of all the houses were filled with well-dressed ladies, who
+waved their white kerchiefs to the king and his attendant suit.
+Chaloner, Edward, and Grenville, who rode side by side as gentlemen in
+waiting, were certainly the most distinguished among the king's retinue.
+
+"Look, Edward," said Chaloner, "at those lovely girls at yon window. Do
+you recognize them?"
+
+"Indeed I do not. Are they any of our Paris beauties?"
+
+"Why, thou insensible and unnatural animal! they are thy sisters, Alice
+and Edith; and do you not recognize behind them my good aunts
+Conynghame?"
+
+"It is so, I believe," replied Edward. "Yes, now that Edith smiles, I'm
+sure it is them."
+
+"Yes," replied Grenville, "there can be no doubt of that; but will
+they, think you, recognize us?"
+
+"We shall see," replied Edward, as they now approached within a few
+yards of the window; for while they had been speaking the procession
+had stopped.
+
+"Is it possible," thought Edward, "that these can be the two girls in
+russet gowns, that I left at the cottage? And yet it must be. Well,
+Chaloner, to all appearance, your good aunts have done justice to their
+charge."
+
+"Nature has done more, Edward. I never thought that they would have
+grown into such lovely girls as they have, although I always thought
+that they were handsome."
+
+As they passed, Edward caught the eye of Edith, and smiled.
+
+"Alice, that's Edward!" said Edith, so loud, as to be heard by the
+king, and all near him.
+
+Alice and Edith rose and waved their handkerchiefs, but they were soon
+obliged to cease, and put them to their eyes.
+
+"Are those your sisters, Edward?" said the king.
+
+"They are, your majesty."
+
+The king rose in his stirrups, and made a low obeisance to the window
+where they were standing.
+
+"We shall have some court beauties, Beverley," said the king, looking
+at him over his shoulder.
+
+As soon as the ceremonies were over, and they could escape from their
+personal attentions, Edward and his two friends went to the house in
+which resided the Ladies Conynghame and his sisters.
+
+We pass over the joy of this meeting after so many years' absence, and
+the pleasure which it gave to Edward to find his sisters grown such
+accomplished and elegant young women. That his two friends, who were,
+as the reader will recollect, old acquaintances of Alice and Edith,
+were warmly received, we hardly need say.
+
+"Now, Edward, who do you think was here to-day--the reigning belle, and
+the toast of all the gentlemen?"
+
+"Indeed! I must be careful of my heart. Dear Edith, who is she?"
+
+"No less than one with whom you were formerly well acquainted,
+Edward--Patience Heatherstone."
+
+"Patience Heatherstone," cried Edward, "the toast of all London!"
+
+"Yes; and deservedly so, I can assure you; but she is as good as she is
+handsome, and, moreover, treats all the gay gallants with perfect
+indifference. She is staying with her uncle, Sir Ashley Cooper; and her
+father is also in town, for he called here with her to-day."
+
+"When did you hear from Humphrey, Edith?"
+
+"A few days back. He has left the cottage now, altogether."
+
+"Indeed? Where does he reside then?"
+
+"At Arnwood. The house has been rebuilt, and I understand is a very
+princely mansion. Humphrey has charge of it until it is ascertained to
+whom it is to belong."
+
+"It belongs to Mr. Heatherstone, does it not?" replied Edward.
+
+"How can you say so, Edward! You received Humphrey's letters a long
+while ago."
+
+"Yes, I did; but let us not talk about it any more, my dear Edith. I am
+in great perplexity."
+
+"Nay, dear brother, let us talk about it," said Alice, who had come up
+and overheard the latter portion of the conversation. "What is your
+perplexity?"
+
+"Well," replied Edward, "since it is to be so, let us sit down and talk
+over the matter. I acknowledge the kindness of Mr. Heatherstone, and
+feel that all he asserted to Humphrey is true: still I do not like that
+I should be indebted to him for a property which is mine, and that he
+has no right to give. I acknowledge his generosity, but I do not
+acknowledge his right of possession. Nay, much as I admire, and I may
+say, fond as I am (for time has not effaced the feeling) of his
+daughter, it still appears to me that, although not said, it is
+expected that she is to be included in the transfer; and I will accept
+no wife on such conditions."
+
+"That is to say, because all you wish for, your property and a woman
+you love, are offered you in one lot, you will not accept them; they
+must be divided, and handed over to you in two!" said Alice, smiling.
+
+"You mistake, dearest; I am not so foolish; but I have a certain pride,
+which you can not blame. Accepting the property from Mr. Heatherstone
+is receiving a favor were it given as a marriage portion with his
+daughter. Now, why should I accept as a favor what I can claim as a
+right! It is my intention of appealing to the king and demanding the
+restoration of my property. He can not refuse it."
+
+"Put not your trust in princes, brother," replied Alice. "I doubt if
+the king, or his council, will consider it advisable to make so many
+discontented as to restore property which has been so long held by
+others, and by so doing create a host of enemies. Recollect also that
+Mr. Heatherstone, and his brother-in-law, Sir Ashley Cooper, have done
+the king much more service than you ever have or can do. They have been
+most important agents in his restoration, and the king's obligations to
+them are much greater than they are to you. Besides, merely for what
+may be called a point of honor, for it is no more, in what an
+unpleasant situation will you put his majesty! At all events, Edward,
+recollect you do not know what are the intentions of Mr. Heatherstone;
+wait and see what he proffers first."
+
+"But, my dear sister, it appears to me that his intentions are evident.
+Why has he rebuilt Arnwood? He is not going to surrender my property
+and make me a present of the house."
+
+"The reason for rebuilding the mansion was good. You were at the wars;
+it was possible that you might, or might not return. He said this to
+Humphrey, who has all along been acting as his factotum in the
+business; and recollect, at the time that Mr. Heatherstone commenced
+the rebuilding of the mansion, what prospect was there of the
+restoration of the king, or of your ever being in a position to apply
+for the restoration of your property! I believe, however, that Humphrey
+knows more of Mr. Heatherstone's intentions than he has made known to
+us; and I therefore say again, my dear Edward, make no application till
+you ascertain what Mr. Heatherstone's intentions may be."
+
+"Your advice is good, my dear Alice, and I will be guided by it,"
+replied Edward.
+
+"And now let me give you some advice for your friends, Masters Chaloner
+and Grenville. That much of their property has been taken away and put
+into other hands, I know; and probably they expect it will be restored
+upon their application to the king. Those who hold the property think
+so too, and so far it is fortunate. Now, from wiser heads than mine, I
+have been told that these applications will not be acceded to, HM is
+supposed; but, at the same time, if they were to meet the parties, and
+close with them at once, before the king's intentions are known, they
+would recover their property at a third or a quarter of the value. Now
+is their time: even a few days' delay may make a difference. They can
+easily obtain a delay for the payment of the moneys. Impress that upon
+them, my dear Edward, and let them, if possible, be off to their
+estates to-morrow and make the arrangements."
+
+"That is advice which must be followed," replied Edward. "We must go
+now, and I will not fail to communicate it to them this very night."
+
+We may as well here inform the reader that the advice was immediately
+acted upon, and that Chaloner and Grenville recovered all their estates
+at about five years' purchase.
+
+Edward remained at court several days. He had written to Humphrey, and
+had dispatched a messenger with the letter; but the messenger had not
+yet returned. The court was now one continual scene of fetes and
+gayety. On the following day a drawing-room was to be held, and
+Edward's sisters were to be presented. Edward was standing, with many
+others of the suit, behind the chair of the king, amusing himself with
+the presentations as they took place, and waiting for the arrival of
+his sisters--Chaloner and Grenville were not with him, they had
+obtained leave to go into the country, for the object we have before
+referred to--when his eyes caught, advancing toward the king, Mr.
+Heatherstone, who led his daughter, Patience. That they had not
+perceived him was evident; indeed her eyes were not raised once, from
+the natural timidity felt by a young woman in the presence of royalty.
+Edward half concealed himself behind one of his companions that he
+might gaze upon her without reserve. She was indeed a lovely young
+person, but little altered, except having grown taller and more rounded
+and perfect in her figure; and her court-dress displayed proportions
+which her humble costume at the New Forest had concealed, or which time
+had not matured. There was the same pensive, sweet expression in her
+face, which had altered little; but the beautiful rounded arms, the
+symmetrical fall of the shoulders, and the proportion of the whole
+figure was a surprise to him; and Edward, in his own mind, agreed that
+she might well be the reigning toast of the day.
+
+Mr. Heatherstone advanced and made his obeisance, and then his daughter
+was led forward, and introduced by a lady unknown to Edward. After he
+had saluted her, the king said, loud enough for Edward to hear,
+
+"My obligations to your father are great. I trust that the daughter
+will often grace our court."
+
+Patience made no reply, but passed on; and, soon afterward, Edward lost
+sight of her in the crowd.
+
+If there ever had been any check to Edward's feelings toward
+Patience--and time and absence have their effect upon the most ardent
+of lovers--the sight of her so resplendent in beauty acted upon him
+like magic; and he was uneasy till the ceremony was over and he was
+enabled to go to his sisters.
+
+When he entered the room, he found himself in the arms of Humphrey, who
+had arrived with the messenger. After the greetings were over, Edward
+said,
+
+"Alice and I have seen Patience, and I fear I must surrender at
+discretion. Mr. Heatherstone may make his own terms; I must wave all
+pride rather than lose her. I thought that I had more control over
+myself; but I have seen her, and feel that my future happiness depends
+upon obtaining her as a wife. Let her father but give me her, and
+Arnwood will be but a trifle in addition!"
+
+"With respect to the conditions upon which you are to possess Arnwood,"
+said Humphrey, "I can inform you what they are. They are wholly
+unshackled, further than that you are to repay by installments the
+money expended in the building of the house. This I am empowered to
+state to you, and I think you will allow that Mr. Heatherstone has
+fully acted up to what he stated were his views when he first obtained
+a grant of the property."
+
+"He has, indeed," replied Edward.
+
+"As for his daughter, Edward, you have yet to 'win her and wear her,'
+as the saying is. Her father will resign the property to you as yours
+by right, but you have no property in his daughter, and I suspect that
+she will not be quite so easily handed over to you."
+
+"But why should you say so, Humphrey? Have we not been attached from
+our youth?"
+
+"Yes, it was a youthful passion, I grant; but recollect nothing came of
+it, and years have passed away. It is now seven years since you quitted
+the forest, and in your letters to Mr. Heatherstone you made no remark
+upon what had passed between you and Patience. Since that, you have
+never corresponded or sent any messages; and you can hardly expect that
+a girl, from the age of seventeen to twenty-four, will cherish the
+image of one, who, to say the least, had treated her with indifference.
+That is my view of the matter, Edward. It may be wrong."
+
+"And it may be true," replied Edward, mournfully.
+
+"Well, my view is different," replied Edith. "You know, Humphrey, how
+many offers Patience Heatherstone has had, and has every day, I may
+say. Why has she refused them all I In my opinion, because she has been
+constant to a proud brother of mine, who does not deserve her!"
+
+"It may be so, Edith," replied Humphrey. "Women are riddles--I only
+argued upon the common sense of the thing."
+
+"Much you know about women," replied Edith. "To be sure, you do not
+meet many in the New Forest, where you have lived all your life."
+
+"Very true, my dear sister; perhaps that is the reason that the New
+Forest has had such charms for me."
+
+"After that speech, sir, the sooner you get back again the better!"
+retorted Edith. But Edward made a sign to Humphrey, and they beat a
+retreat.
+
+"Have you seen the intendant, Humphrey?"
+
+"No; I was about to call upon him, but I wanted to see you first."
+
+"I will go with you. I have not done him justice," replied Edward; "and
+yet I hardly know how to explain to him."
+
+"Say nothing, but meet him cordially; that will be explanation
+sufficient."
+
+"I shall meet him as one whom I shall always revere and feel that I owe
+a deep debt of gratitude. What must he think of my not having called
+upon him!"
+
+"Nothing. You hold a place at court. You may not have known that he was
+in London, as you have never met him; your coming with me will make it
+appear so. Tell him that I have just made known to you his noble and
+disinterested conduct."
+
+"You are right--I will. I fear, however, Humphrey, that you are right
+and Edith wrong as regards his daughter."
+
+"Nay, Edward, recollect that I have, as Edith observed, passed my life
+in the woods."
+
+Edward was most kindly received by Mr. Heatherstone. Edward, on Mr.
+Heatherstone repeating to him his intentions relative to Arnwood,
+expressed his sense of that gentleman's conduct, simply adding--
+
+"You may think me impetuous, sir, but I trust you will believe me
+grateful."
+
+Patience colored up and trembled when Edward first saw her. Edward did
+not refer to the past for some time after they had renewed their
+acquaintance. He wooed her again, and won her. Then all was explained.
+
+About a year after the Restoration, there was a fete at Hampton Court,
+given in honor of three marriages taking place--Edward Beverley to
+Patience Heatherstone, Chaloner to Alice, and Grenville to Edith; and,
+as his majesty himself said, as he gave away the brides, "Could loyalty
+be better rewarded?"
+
+But our young readers will not be content if they do not hear some
+particulars about the other personages who have appeared in our little
+history. Humphrey must take the first place. His love of farming
+continued. Edward gave him a large farm, rent free; and in a few years
+Humphrey saved up sufficient to purchase a property for himself. He
+then married Clara Ratcliffe, who has not appeared lately on the scene,
+owing to her having been, about two years before the Restoration,
+claimed by an elderly relation, who lived in the country, and whose
+infirm state of health did not permit him to quit the house. He left
+his property to Clara, about a year after her marriage to Humphrey. The
+cottage in the New Forest was held by, and eventually made over to,
+Pablo, who became a very steady character, and in the course of time
+married a young girl from Arnwood, and had a houseful of young gipsies.
+Oswald, so soon as Edward came down to Arnwood, gave up his place in
+the New Forest, and lived entirely with Edward as his steward; and
+Phoebe also went to Arnwood, and lived to a good old age, in the
+capacity of housekeeper, her temper becoming rather worse than better
+as she advanced in years.
+
+This is all that we have been able to collect relative to the several
+parties; and so now we must say farewell.
+
+THE END.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's The Children of the New Forest, by Captain Marryat
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CHILDREN OF THE NEW FOREST ***
+
+***** This file should be named 6471.txt or 6471.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/6/4/7/6471/
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Charles Franks and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team.
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+  www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at 809
+North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887.  Email
+contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the
+Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit:  www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For forty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/6471.zip b/6471.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9d1d05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/6471.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b83706f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #6471 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/6471)
diff --git a/old/chnfs10.txt b/old/chnfs10.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9422fe0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/chnfs10.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12987 @@
+Project Gutenberg's The Children of the New Forest, by Capt. Marryat
+#2 in our series by Captain Marryat
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the
+copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing
+this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook.
+
+This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project
+Gutenberg file.  Please do not remove it.  Do not change or edit the
+header without written permission.
+
+Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the
+eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file.  Included is
+important information about your specific rights and restrictions in
+how the file may be used.  You can also find out about how to make a
+donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved.
+
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!*****
+
+
+Title: The Children of the New Forest
+
+Author: Captain Marryat
+
+Release Date: September, 2004 [EBook #6471]
+[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule]
+[This file was first posted on December 18, 2002]
+
+Edition: 10
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CHILDREN OF THE NEW FOREST ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Charles Franks
+and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team.
+
+
+
+
+
+THE CHILDREN OF THE NEW FOREST.
+
+BY CAPT. MARRYAT, R.N.
+
+
+
+1864.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+
+The circumstances which I am about to relate to my juvenile readers
+took place in the year 1647. By referring to the history of England,
+of that date, they will find that King Charles the First, against whom
+the Commons of England had rebelled, after a civil war of nearly five
+years, had been defeated, and was confined as a prisoner at Hampton
+Court. The Cavaliers, or the party who fought for King Charles, had
+all been dispersed and the Parliamentary army under the command of
+Cromwell were beginning to control the Commons.
+
+It was in the month of November in this year that King Charles,
+accompanied by Sir John Berkely, Ashburnham, and Legg, made his escape
+from Hampton Court, and rode as fast as the horses could carry them
+toward that part of Hampshire which led to the New Forest. The king
+expected that his friends had provided a vessel in which he might
+escape to France, but in this he was disappointed. There was no vessel
+ready, and after riding for some time along the shore, he resolved to
+go to Titchfield, a seat belonging to the Earl of Southampton. After a
+long consultation with those who attended him, he yielded to their
+advice, which was, to trust to Colonel Hammond, who was governor of
+the Isle of Wight for the Parliament, but who was supposed to be
+friendly to the king. Whatever might be the feelings of commiseration
+of Colonel Hammond toward a king so unfortunately situated, he was
+firm in his duties toward his employers, and the consequence was that
+King Charles found himself again a prisoner in Carisbrook Castle.
+
+But we must now leave the king and retrace history to the commencement
+of the civil war. A short distance from the town of Lymington, which
+is not far from Titchfield, where the king took shelter, but on the
+other side of Southampton Water, and south of the New Forest, to which
+it adjoins, was a property called Arnwood, which belonged to a
+Cavalier of the name of Beverley. It was at that time a property of
+considerable value, being very extensive, and the park ornamented with
+valuable timber; for it abutted on the New Forest, and might have been
+supposed to have been a continuation of it. This Colonel Beverley, as
+we must call him, for he rose to that rank in the king's army, was a
+valued friend and companion of Prince Rupert, and commanded several
+troops of cavalry. He was ever at his side in the brilliant charges
+made by this gallant prince, and at last fell in his arms at the
+battle of Naseby. Colonel Beverley had married into the family of the
+Villiers, and the issue of his marriage was two sons and two
+daughters; but his zeal and sense of duty had induced him, at the
+commencement of the war, to leave his wife and family at Arnwood, and
+he was fated never to meet them again. The news of his death had such
+an effect upon Mrs. Beverley, already worn with anxiety on her
+husband's account, that a few months afterward she followed him to an
+early tomb, leaving the four children under the charge of an elderly
+relative, till such time as the family of the Villiers could protect
+them; but, as will appear by our history, this was not at that period
+possible. The life of a king and many other lives were in jeopardy,
+and the orphans remained at Arnwood, still under the care of their
+elderly relation, at the time that our history commences.
+
+The New Forest, my readers are perhaps aware, was first inclosed by
+William the Conqueror as a royal forest for his own amusement--for in
+those days most crowned heads were passionately fond of the chase; and
+they may also recollect that his successor, William Rufus, met his
+death in this forest by the glancing of an arrow shot by Sir Walter
+Tyrrell. Since that time to the present day it has continued a royal
+domain. At the period of which we are writing, it had an establishment
+of verderers and keepers, paid by the crown, amounting to some forty
+or fifty men. At the commencement of the civil war they remained at
+their posts, but soon found, in the disorganized state of the country,
+that their wages were no longer to be obtained; and then, when the
+king had decided upon raising an army, Beverley, who held a superior
+office in the Forest, enrolled all the young and athletic men who were
+employed in the Forest, and marched them away with him to join the
+king's army. Some few remained, their age not rendering their services
+of value, and among them was an old and attached servant of Beverley,
+a man above sixty years of age, whose name was Jacob Armitage, and who
+had obtained the situation through Colonel Beverley's interest. Those
+who remained in the Forest lived in cottages many miles asunder, and
+indemnified themselves for the non-payment of their salaries by
+killing the deer for sale and for their own subsistence.
+
+The cottage of Jacob Armitage was situated on the skirts of the New
+Forest, about a mile and a half from the mansion of Arnwood; and when
+Colonel Beverley went to join the king's troops, feeling how little
+security there would be for his wife and children in those troubled
+times, he requested the old man, by his attachment to the family, not
+to lose sight of Arnwood, but to call there as often as possible to
+see if he could be of service to Mrs. Beverley. The colonel would have
+persuaded Jacob to have altogether taken up his residence at the
+mansion, but to this the old man objected. He had been all his life
+under the greenwood tree, and could not bear to leave the forest. He
+promised the colonel that he would watch over his family, and ever be
+at hand when required; and he kept his word. The death of Colonel
+Beverley was a heavy blow to the old forester, and he watched over
+Mrs. Beverley and the orphans with the greatest solicitude; but when
+Mrs. Beverley followed her husband to the tomb, he then redoubled his
+attentions, and was seldom more than a few hours at a time away from
+the mansion. The two boys were his inseparable companions, and he
+instructed them, young as they were, in all the secrets of his own
+calling. Such was the state of affairs at the time that King Charles
+made his escape from Hampton Court; and I now shall resume my
+narrative from where it was broken off.
+
+As soon as the escape of Charles I. was made known to Cromwell and the
+Parliament, troops of horse were dispatched in every direction to the
+southward, toward which the prints of the horses' hoofs proved that he
+had gone. As they found that he had proceeded in the direction of the
+New Forest, the troops were subdivided and ordered to scour the
+forest, in parties of twelve to twenty, while others hastened down to
+Southampton, Lymington, and every other seaport or part of the coast
+from which the king might be likely to embark. Old Jacob had been at
+Arnwood on the day before, but on this day he had made up his mind to
+procure some venison, that he might not go there again empty-handed;
+for Miss Judith Villiers was very partial to venison, and was not slow
+to remind Jacob, if the larder was for many days deficient in that
+meat. Jacob had gone out accordingly; he had gained his leeward
+position of a fine buck, and was gradually nearing him by stealth--now
+behind a huge oak tree, and then crawling through the high fern, so as
+to get within shot unperceived, when on a sudden the animal, which had
+been quietly feeding, bounded away and disappeared in the thicket. At
+the same time Jacob perceived a small body of horse galloping through
+the glen in which the buck had been feeding. Jacob had never yet seen
+the Parliamentary troops, for they had not during the war been sent
+into that part of the country, but their iron skull-caps, their buff
+accouterments, and dark habiliments assured him that such these must
+be; so very different were they from the gayly-equipped Cavalier
+cavalry commanded by Prince Rupert. At the time that they advanced,
+Jacob had been lying down in the fern near to some low black-thorn
+bushes; not wishing to be perceived by them, he drew back between the
+bushes, intending to remain concealed until they should gallop out of
+sight; for Jacob thought, "I am a king's forester, and they may
+consider me as an enemy, and who knows how I may be treated by them?"
+But Jacob was disappointed in his expectations of the troops riding
+past him; on the contrary, as soon as they arrived at an oak tree
+within twenty yards of where he was concealed, the order was given to
+halt and dismount; the sabers of the horsemen clattered in their iron
+sheaths as the order was obeyed, and the old man expected to be
+immediately discovered; but one of the thorn bushes was directly
+between him and the troopers, and effectually concealed him. At last
+Jacob ventured to raise his head and peep through the bush; and he
+perceived that the men were loosening the girths of their black
+horses, or wiping away the perspiration from their sides with handfuls
+of fern.
+
+A powerfully-formed man, who appeared to command the others, was
+standing with his hand upon the arched neck of his steed, which
+appeared as fresh and vigorous as ever, although covered with foam and
+perspiration. "Spare not to rub down, my men," said he, "for we have
+tried the mettle of our horses, and have now but one half-hour's
+breathing-time. We must be on, for the work of the Lord must be done."
+
+"They say that this forest is many miles in length and breadth,"
+observed another of the men, "and we may ride many a mile to no
+purpose; but here is James Southwold, who once was living in it as a
+verderer; nay, I think that he said that he was born and bred in these
+woods. Was it not so, James Southwold?"
+
+"It is even as you say," replied an active-looking young man; "I was
+born and bred in this forest, and my father was a verderer before me."
+
+Jacob Armitage, who listened to the conversation, immediately
+recognized the young man in question. He was one of those who had
+joined the king's army with the other verderers and keepers. It pained
+him much to perceive that one who had always been considered a frank,
+true-hearted young man, and who left the forest to fight in defense of
+his king, was now turned a traitor, and had joined the ranks of the
+enemy; and Jacob thought how much better it had been for James
+Southwold, if he had never quitted the New Forest, and had not been
+corrupted by evil company; "he was a good lad," thought Jacob, "and
+now he is a traitor and a hypocrite."
+
+"If born and bred in this forest, James Southwold," said the leader of
+the troop, "you must fain know all its mazes and paths. Now, call to
+mind, are there no secret hiding-places in which people may remain
+concealed; no thickets which may cover both man and horse?
+Peradventure thou mayest point out the very spot where this man
+Charles may be hidden?"
+
+"I do know one dell, within a mile of Arnwood," replied James
+Southwold, "which might cover double our troop from the eyes of the
+most wary."
+
+"We will ride there, then," replied the leader. "Arnwood, sayest thou?
+is not that the property of the Malignant Cavalier Beverley, who was
+shot down at Naseby?"
+
+"Even so," replied Southwold; "and many is the time--that is, in the
+olden time, before I was regenerated--many is the day of revelry that
+I have passed there; many the cup of good ale that I have quaffed."
+
+"And thou shalt quaff it again," replied the leader. "Good ale was not
+intended only for Malignants, but for those who serve diligently.
+After we have examined the dell which thou speakest of, we will direct
+our horses' heads toward Arnwood."
+
+"Who knows but what the man Charles may be concealed in the
+Malignant's house?" observed another.
+
+"In the day I should say no," replied the leader; "but in the night
+the Cavaliers like to have a roof over their heads; and, therefore, at
+night, and not before, will we proceed thither."
+
+"I have searched many of their abodes," observed another, "but search
+is almost in vain. What with their spring panels, and secret doors,
+their false ceilings, and double walls, one may ferret forever, and
+find nothing."
+
+"Yes," replied the leader, "their abodes are full of these popish
+abominations; but there is one way which is sure; and if the man
+Charles be concealed in any house, I venture to say that I will find
+him. Fire and smoke will bring him forth; and to every Malignant's
+house within twenty miles will I apply the torch; but it must be at
+night, for we are not sure of his being housed during the day. James
+Southwold, thou knowest well the mansion of Arnwood?"
+
+"I know well my way to all the offices below--the buttery, the cellar,
+and the kitchen; but I can not say that I have ever been into the
+apartments of the upper house."
+
+"That it needeth not; if thou canst direct us to the lower entrance it
+will be sufficient."
+
+"That can I, Master Ingram," replied Southwold, "and to where the best
+ale used to be found."
+
+"Enough, Southwold, enough; our work must be done, and diligently.
+Now, my men, tighten your girths; we will just ride to the dell: if it
+conceals not whom we seek, it shall conceal us till night, and then
+the country shall be lighted up with the flames of Arnwood, while we
+surround the house and prevent escape. Levelers, to horse!"
+
+The troopers sprung upon their saddles, and went off at a hard trot,
+Southwold leading the way. Jacob remained among the fern until they
+were out of sight, and then rose up. He looked for a short time in the
+direction in which the troopers had gone, stooped down again to take
+up his gun, and then said, "There's providence in this; yes, and
+there's providence in my not having my dog with me, for he would not
+have remained quiet for so long a time. Who would ever have thought
+that James Southwold would have turned a traitor! more than traitor,
+for he is now ready to bite the hand that has fed him, to burn the
+house that has ever welcomed him. This is a bad world, and I thank
+Heaven that I have lived in the woods. But there is no time to lose;"
+and the old forester threw his gun over his shoulder, and hastened
+away in the direction of his own cottage.
+
+"And so the king has escaped," thought Jacob, as he went along, "and
+he may be in the forest! Who knows but he may be at Arnwood, for he
+must hardly know where to go for shelter? I must haste and see Miss
+Judith immediately. 'Levelers, to horse!' the fellow said. What's a
+Leveler?" thought Jacob.
+
+As perhaps my readers may ask the same question, they must know that a
+large proportion of the Parliamentary army had at this time assumed
+the name of Levelers, in consequence of having taken up the opinion
+that every man should be on an equality, and property should be
+equally divided. The hatred of these people to any one above them in
+rank or property, especially toward those of the king's party, which
+mostly consisted of men of rank and property, was unbounded, and they
+were merciless and cruel to the highest degree, throwing off much of
+that fanatical bearing and language which had before distinguished the
+Puritans. Cromwell had great difficulty in eventually putting them
+down, which he did at last accomplish by hanging and slaughtering
+many. Of this Jacob knew nothing; all he knew was, that Arnwood was to
+be burned down that night, and that it would be necessary to remove
+the family. As for obtaining assistance to oppose the troopers, that
+he knew to be impossible. As he thought of what must take place, he
+thanked God for having allowed him to gain the knowledge of what was
+to happen, and hastened on his way. He had been about eight miles from
+Arnwood when he had concealed himself in the fern. Jacob first went to
+his cottage to deposit his gun, saddled his forest pony, and set off
+for Arnwood. In less than two hours the old man was at the door of the
+mansion; it was then about three o'clock in the afternoon, and being
+in the month of November, there was not so much as two hours of
+daylight remaining. "I shall have a difficult job with the stiff old
+lady," thought Jacob, as be rung the bell; "I don't believe that she
+would rise out of her high chair for old Noll and his whole army at
+his back. But we shall see."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+
+Before Jacob is admitted to the presence of Miss Judith Villiers, we
+must give some account of the establishment at Arnwood. With the
+exception of one male servant, who officiated in the house and stable
+as his services might be required, every man of the household of
+Colonel Beverley had followed the fortunes of their master, and as
+none had returned, they, in all probability had shared his fate. Three
+female servants, with the man above mentioned, composed the whole
+household. Indeed, there was every reason for not increasing the
+establishment, for the rents were either paid in part, or not paid at
+all. It was generally supposed that the property, now that the
+Parliament had gained the day, would be sequestrated, although such
+was not yet the case; and the tenants were unwilling to pay, to those
+who were not authorized to receive, the rents which they might be
+again called upon to make good. Miss Judith Villiers, therefore, found
+it difficult to maintain the present household; and although she did
+not tell Jacob Armitage that such was the case, the fact was, that
+very often the venison which he brought to the mansion was all the
+meat that was in the larder. The three female servants held the
+offices of cook, attendant upon Miss Villiers, and housemaid; the
+children being under the care of no particular servant, and left much
+to themselves. There had been a chaplain in the house, but he had
+quitted before the death of Mrs. Beverley, and the vacancy had not
+been filled up; indeed, it could not well be, for the one who left had
+not received his salary for many months, and Miss Judith Villiers,
+expecting every day to be summoned by her relations to bring the
+children and join them, sat in her high chair waiting for the arrival
+of this summons, which, from the distracted state of the times, had
+never come.
+
+As we have before said, the orphans were four in number; the two
+eldest were boys, and the youngest were girls. Edward, the eldest boy,
+was between thirteen and fourteen years old; Humphrey, the second, was
+twelve; Alice, eleven; and Edith, eight. As it is the history of these
+young persons which we are about to narrate, we shall say little about
+them at present, except that for many months they had been under
+little or no restraint, and less attended to. Their companions were
+Benjamin, the man who remained in the house, and old Jacob Armitage,
+who passed all the time he could spare with them. Benjamin was rather
+weak in intellect, and was a source of amusement rather than
+otherwise. As for the female servants, one was wholly occupied with
+her attendance on Miss Judith, who was very exacting, and had a high
+notion of her own consequence. The other two had more than sufficient
+employment; as, when there is no money to pay with, every thing must
+be done at home. That, under such circumstances, the boys became
+boisterous and the little girls became romps, is not to be wondered
+at: but their having become so was the cause of Miss Judith seldom
+admitting them into her room. It is true that they were sent for once
+a day, to ascertain if they were in the house, or in existence, but
+soon dismissed and left to their own resources. Such was the neglect
+to which these young orphans was exposed. It must, however, be
+admitted, that this very neglect made them independent and bold, full
+of health from constant activity, and more fitted for the change which
+was so soon to take place.
+
+"Benjamin," said Jacob, as the other came to the door, "I must speak
+with the old lady."
+
+"Have you brought any venison, Jacob?" said Benjamin, grinning, "else,
+I reckon, you'll not be over welcome."
+
+"No, I have not; but it is an important business, so send Agatha to
+her directly."
+
+"I will; and I'll not say any thing about the venison."
+
+In a few minutes, Jacob was ushered up by Agatha into Miss Judith
+Villiers's apartment. The old lady was about fifty years of age, very
+prim and starched, sitting in a high-backed chair, with her feet upon
+a stool, and her hands crossed before her, her black mittens reposing
+upon her snow-white apron.
+
+The old forester made his obeisance.
+
+"You have important business with us, I am told," observed Miss
+Judith.
+
+"Most important, madam," replied Jacob. "In the first place, it is
+right that you should be informed that his majesty, King Charles, has
+escaped from Hampton Court."
+
+"His majesty escaped!" replied the lady.
+
+"Yes; and is supposed to be secreted somewhere in this neighborhood.
+His majesty is not in this house, madam, I presume?"
+
+"Jacob, his majesty is not in this house: if he were, I would suffer
+my tongue to be torn out sooner than I would confess it, even to you."
+
+"But I have more for your private ear, madam."
+
+"Agatha, retire; and Agatha, be mindful that you go down stairs, and
+do not remain outside the door."
+
+Agatha, with this injunction, bounced out of the room, slamming-to the
+door so as to make Miss Judith start from her seat.
+
+"Ill-mannered girl!" exclaimed Miss Judith. "Now, Jacob Armitage, you
+may proceed."
+
+Jacob then entered into the detail of what he had overheard that
+morning, when he fell in with the troopers, concluding with the
+information, that the mansion would be burned down that very night. He
+then pointed out the necessity of immediately abandoning the house, as
+it would be impossible to oppose the troopers.
+
+"And where am I to go to, Jacob?" said Miss Judith, calmly.
+
+"I hardly know, madam; there is my cottage; it is but a poor place,
+and not fit for one like you."
+
+"So I should presume, Jacob Armitage, neither shall I accept your
+offer. It would ill befit the dignity of a Villiers to be frightened
+out of her abode by a party of rude soldiers. Happen what will, I
+shall not stir from this--no, not even from this chair. Neither do I
+consider the danger so great as you suppose. Let Benjamin saddle, and
+be prepared to ride over to Lymington immediately. I will give him a
+letter to the magistrate there, who will send us protection."
+
+"But, madam, the children can not remain here. I will not leave them
+here. I promised the colonel--"
+
+"Will the children be in more danger than I shall be, Jacob Armitage?"
+replied the old lady, stiffly. "They dare not ill-treat me--they may
+force the buttery and drink the ale--they may make merry with that and
+the venison which you have brought with you, I presume, but they will
+hardly venture to insult a lady of the House of Villiers."
+
+"I fear they will venture any thing, madam. At all events, they will
+frighten the children, and for one night they will be better in my
+cottage."
+
+"Well, then, be it so; take them to your cottage, and take Martha to
+attend upon the Miss Beverleys. Go down now. and desire Agatha to come
+to me, and Benjamin to saddle as fast as he can."
+
+Jacob left the room, satisfied with the permission to remove the
+children. He knew that it was useless to argue with Miss Judith, who
+was immovable when once she had declared her intentions. He was
+debating in his own mind whether he should acquaint the servants with
+the threatened danger; but he had no occasion to do so, for Agatha had
+remained at the door while Jacob was communicating the intelligence,
+and as soon as he had arrived at that portion of it by which she
+learned that the mansion was to be burned down that night, had run off
+to the kitchen to communicate the intelligence to the other servants.
+
+"I'll not stay to be burned to death," exclaimed the cook, as Jacob
+came in. "Well, Mr. Armitage, this is pretty news you have brought.
+What does my lady say!"
+
+"She desires that Benjamin saddles immediately, to carry a letter to
+Lymington; and you, Agatha, are to go up stairs to her."
+
+"But what does she mean to do? Where are we to go?" exclaimed Agatha.
+
+"Miss Judith intends to remain where she is."
+
+"Then she will remain alone, for me," exclaimed the housemaid, who was
+admired by Benjamin. "Its bad enough to have little victuals and no
+wages, but as for being burned to death--Benjamin, put a pillion
+behind your saddle, and I'll go to Lymington with you. I won't be long
+in getting my bundle."
+
+Benjamin, who was in the kitchen with the maids at the time that Jacob
+entered, made a sign significant of consent, and went away to the
+stable. Agatha went up to her mistress in a state of great
+perturbation, and the cook also hurried away to her bedroom.
+
+"They'll all leave her," thought Jacob; "well, my duty is plain; I'll
+not leave the children in the house." Jacob then went in search of
+them, and found them playing in the garden. He called the two boys to
+him, and told them to follow him.
+
+"Now, Mr. Edward," said he, "you must prove yourself your father's own
+son. We must leave this house immediately; come up with me to your
+rooms, and help me to pack up yours and your sisters' clothes, for we
+must go to my cottage this night. There is no time to be lost."
+
+"But why, Jacob; I must know why?"
+
+"Because the Parliamentary troopers will burn it down this night."
+
+"Burn it down! Why, the house is mine, is it not? Who dares to burn
+down this house?"
+
+"They will dare it, and will do it."
+
+"But we will fight them, Jacob; we can bolt and bar; I can fire a gun,
+and hit too, as you know; then there's Benjamin and you."
+
+"And what can you and two men do against a troop of horse, my dear
+boy? If we could defend the place against them, Jacob Armitage would
+be the first; but it is impossible, my dear boy. Recollect your
+sisters. Would you have them burned to death, or shot by these
+wretches? No, no, Mr. Edward; you must do as I say, and lose no time.
+Let us pack up what will be most useful, and load White Billy with the
+bundles; then you must all come to the cottage with me, and we will
+make it out how we can."
+
+"That will be jolly!" said Humphrey; "come, Edward."
+
+But Edward Beverley required more persuasion to abandon the house; at
+last, old Jacob prevailed, and the clothes were put up in bundles as
+fast as they could collect them.
+
+"Your aunt said Martha was to go with your sisters, but I doubt if she
+will," observed Jacob, "and I think we shall have no room for her, for
+the cottage is small enough."
+
+"Oh no, we don't want her," said Humphrey; "Alice always dresses Edith
+and herself too, ever since mamma died."
+
+"Now we will carry down the bundles, and you make them fast on the
+pony while I go for your sisters."
+
+"But where does aunt Judith go?" inquired Edward.
+
+"She will not leave the house, Master Edward; she intends to stay and
+speak to the troopers."
+
+"And so an old woman like her remains to face the enemy, while I run
+away from them!" replied Edward. "I will not go."
+
+"Well, Master Edward," replied Jacob, "you must do as you please; but
+it will be cruel to leave your sisters here; they and Humphrey must
+come with me, and I can not manage to get them to the cottage without
+you go with us; it is not far, and you can return in a very short
+time."
+
+To this Edward consented. The pony was soon loaded, and the little
+girls, who were still playing in the garden, were called in by
+Humphrey. They were told that they were going to pass the night in the
+cottage, and were delighted at the idea.
+
+"Now, Master Edward," said Jacob, "will you take your sisters by the
+hand and lead them to the cottage? Here is the key of the door; Master
+Humphrey can lead the pony; and Master Edward," continued Jacob,
+taking him aside, "I'll tell you one thing which I will not mention
+before your brother and sisters: the troopers are all about the New
+Forest, for King Charles has escaped, and they are seeking for him.
+You must not, therefore, leave your brother and sisters till I return.
+Lock the cottage-door as soon as it is dark. You know where to get a
+light, over the cupboard; and my gun is loaded, and hangs above the
+mantlepiece. You must do your best if they attempt to force an
+entrance; but above all, promise me not to leave them till I return. I
+will remain here to see what I can do with your aunt, and when I come
+back we can then decide how to act."
+
+This latter ruse of Jacob's succeeded. Edward promised that he would
+not leave his sisters, and it wanted but a few minutes of twilight
+when the little party quitted the mansion of Arnwood. As they went out
+of the gates they were passed by Benjamin, who was trotting away with
+Martha behind him on a pillion, holding a bundle as large as herself.
+Not a word was exchanged, and Benjamin and Martha were soon out of
+sight.
+
+"Why, where can Martha be going?" said Alice. "Will she be back when
+we come home to-morrow?"
+
+Edward made no reply, but Humphrey said, "Well, she has taken plenty
+of clothes in that huge bundle for one night, at least."
+
+Jacob, as soon as he had seen the children on their way, returned to
+the kitchen, where he found Agatha and the cook collecting their
+property, evidently bent upon a hasty retreat.
+
+"Have you seen Miss Judith, Agatha?"
+
+"Yes; and she told me that she should remain, and that I should stand
+behind her chair that she might receive the troopers with dignity; but
+I don't admire the plan. They might leave her alone, but I am sure
+that they will be rude to me."
+
+"When did Benjamin say he would be back?"
+
+"He don't intend coming back. He said he would not, at all events,
+till to-morrow morning, and then he would ride out this way, to
+ascertain if the report was false or true. But Martha has gone with
+him."
+
+"I wish I could persuade the old lady to leave the house," said Jacob,
+thoughtfully. "I fear they will not pay her the respect that she
+calculates upon. Go up, Agatha, and say I wish to speak with her."
+
+"No, not I; I must be off, for it is dark already."
+
+"And where are you going, then?"
+
+"To Gossip Allwood's. It's a good mile, and I have to carry my
+things."
+
+"Well, Agatha, if you'll take me up to the old lady, I'll carry your
+things for you."
+
+Agatha consented, and as soon as she had taken up the lamp, for it was
+now quite dark, Jacob was once more introduced.
+
+"I wish, madam," said Jacob, "you would be persuaded to leave the
+house for this night."
+
+"Jacob Armitage, leave this house I will not, if it were filled with
+troopers; I have said so."
+
+"But, madam--"
+
+"No more, sir; you are too forward," replied the old lady, haughtily.
+
+"But, madam--"
+
+"Leave my presence, Jacob Armitage, and never appear again. Quit the
+room, and send Agatha here."
+
+"She has left, madam, and so has the cook, and Martha went away behind
+Benjamin; when I leave, you will be alone."
+
+"They have dared to leave?"
+
+"They dared not stay, madam."
+
+"Leave me, Jacob Armitage, and shut the door when you go out." Jacob
+still hesitated. "Obey me instantly," said the old lady; and the
+forester, finding all remonstrance useless, went out, and obeyed her
+last commands by shutting the door after him.
+
+Jacob found Agatha and the other maid in the court-yard; he took up
+their packages, and, as he promised, accompanied them to Gossip
+Allwood, who kept a small ale-house about a mile distant.
+
+"But, mercy on us! what will become of the children?" said Agatha, as
+they walked along, her fears for herself having up to this time made
+her utterly forgetful of them. "Poor things! and Martha has left
+them."
+
+"Yes, indeed; what will become of the dear babes?" said the cook, half
+crying.
+
+Now Jacob, knowing that the children of such a Malignant as Colonel
+Beverley would have sorry treatment if discovered, and knowing also
+that women were not always to be trusted, determined not to tell them
+how they were disposed of. He therefore replied,
+
+"Who would hurt such young children as those? No, no, they are safe
+enough; even the troopers would protect them."
+
+"I should hope so," replied Agatha.
+
+"You may be sure of that; no man would hurt babies," replied Jacob.
+"The troopers will take them with them to Lymington, I suppose. I've
+no fear for them; it's the proud old lady whom they will be uncivil
+to."
+
+The conversation here ended, and in due time they arrived at the inn.
+Jacob had just put the bundles down on the table, when the clattering
+of horses' hoofs was heard. Shortly afterward, the troopers pulled
+their horses up at the door, and dismounted. Jacob recognized the
+party he had met in the forest, and among them Southwold. The troopers
+called for ale, and remained some time in the house, talking and
+laughing with the women, especially Agatha, who was a very good-
+looking girl. Jacob would have retreated quietly, but he found a
+sentinel posted at the door to prevent the egress of any person. He
+reseated himself, and while he was listening to the conversation of
+the troopers he was recognized by Southwold, who accosted him. Jacob
+did not pretend not to know him, as it would have been useless; and
+Southwold put many questions to him as to who were resident at
+Arnwood. Jacob replied that the children were there, and a few
+servants, and he was about to mention Miss Judith Villiers, when a
+thought struck him--he might save the old lady.
+
+"You are going to Arnwood, I know," said Jacob, "and I have heard who
+you are in search of. Well, Southwold, I'll give you a hint. I may be
+wrong; but if you should fall in with an old lady or something like
+one when you go to Arnwood, mount her on your crupper and away with
+her to Lymington as fast as you can ride. You understand me?"
+Southwold nodded significantly, and squeezed Jacob's hand.
+
+"One word, Jacob Armitage; if I succeed in the capture by your means,
+it is but fair that you should have something for your hint. Where can
+I find you the day after to-morrow?"
+
+"I am leaving the country this night, and I must go. I am in trouble,
+that's the fact; when all is blown over, I will find you out. Don't
+speak to me any more just now." Southwold again squeezed Jacob's hand,
+and left him. Shortly afterward the order was given to mount, and the
+troopers set off.
+
+Armitage followed slowly and unobserved. They arrive at the mansion
+and surrounded it. Shortly afterward he perceived the glare of
+torches, and in a quarter of an hour more thick smoke rose up in the
+dark but clear sky; at last the flames burst forth from the lower
+windows of the mansion, and soon afterward they lighted up the country
+round to some distance.
+
+"It is done," thought Jacob; and he turned to bend his hasty steps
+toward his own cottage, when he heard the galloping of a horse and
+violent screams; a minute afterward James Southwold passed him with
+the old lady tied behind him, kicking and struggling as hard as she
+could. Jacob smiled as he thought that he had by his little stratagem
+saved the old woman's life, for that Southwold imagined that she was
+King Charles dressed up as an old woman was evident; and he then
+returned as fast as he could to the cottage.
+
+In half an hour Jacob had passed through the thick woods which were
+between the mansion and his own cottage, occasionally looking back, as
+the flames of the mansion rose higher and higher, throwing their light
+far and wide. He knocked at the cottage-door; Smoker, a large dog
+cross-bred between the fox and blood-hound, growled till Jacob spoke
+to him, and then Edward opened the door.
+
+"My sisters are in bed and fast asleep, Jacob," said Edward, "and
+Humphrey has been nodding this half hour; had he not better go to bed
+before we go back?"
+
+"Come out, Master Edward," replied Jacob, "and look." Edward beheld
+the flames and fierce light between the trees and was silent.
+
+"I told you that it would be so, and you would all have been burned in
+your beds, for they did not enter the house to see who was in it, but
+fired it as soon as they had surrounded it."
+
+"And my aunt!" exclaimed Edward, clasping his hands.
+
+"Is safe, Master Edward, and by this time at Lymington."
+
+"We will go to her to-morrow."
+
+"I fear not; you must not risk so much, Master Edward. These Levelers
+spare nobody, and you had better let it be supposed that you are all
+burned in the house."
+
+"But my aunt knows the contrary, Jacob."
+
+"Very true; I quite forgot that." And so Jacob had. He expected that
+the old woman would have been burned, and then nobody would have known
+of the existence of the children; he forgot, when he planned to save
+her, that she knew where the children were.
+
+"Well, Master Edward, I will go to Lymington to-morrow and see the old
+lady; but you must remain here, and take charge of your sisters till I
+come back, and then we will consider what is to be done. The flames
+are not so bright as they were."
+
+"No. It is my house that these Roundheads have burned down," said
+Edward, shaking his fist.
+
+"It was your house, Master Edward, and it was your property, but how
+long it will be so remains to be seen. I fear that it will be
+forfeited."
+
+"Wo to the people who dare take possession of it!" cried Edward; "I
+shall, if I live, be a man one of these days."
+
+"Yes, Master Edward, and then you will reflect more than you do now,
+and not be rash. Let us go into the cottage, for it's no use remaining
+out in the cold; the frost is sharp to-night."
+
+Edward slowly followed Jacob into the cottage. His little heart was
+full. He was a proud boy and a good boy, but the destruction of the
+mansion had raised up evil thoughts in his heart--hatred to the
+Covenanters, who had killed his father and now burned the property--
+revenge upon them (how he knew not); but his hand was ready to strike,
+young as he was. He lay down on the bed, but he could not sleep. He
+turned and turned again, and his brain was teeming with thoughts and
+plans of vengeance. Had he said his prayers that night he would have
+been obliged to repeat, "Forgive us as we forgive them who trespass
+against us." At last, he fell fast asleep, but his dreams were wild,
+and he often called out during the night and woke his brother and
+sisters.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+
+The next morning, as soon as Jacob had given the children their
+breakfast, he set off toward Arnwood. He knew that Benjamin had stated
+his intention to return with the horse and see what had taken place,
+and he knew him well enough to feel sure that he would do so. He
+thought it better to see him if possible, and ascertain the fate of
+Miss Judith. Jacob arrived at the still smoking ruins of the mansion,
+and found several people there, mostly residents within a few miles,
+some attracted by curiosity, others busy in collecting the heavy
+masses of lead which had been melted from the roof, and appropriating
+them to their own benefit; but much of it was still too hot to be
+touched, and they were throwing snow on it to cool it, for it had
+snowed during the night. At last, Jacob perceived Benjamin on
+horseback riding leisurely toward him, and immediately went up to him.
+
+"Well, Benjamin, this is a woeful sight. What is the news from
+Lymington?"
+
+"Lymington is full of troopers, and they are not over-civil," replied
+Benjamin. "And the old lady--where is she?"
+
+"Ah, that's a sad business," replied Benjamin, "and the poor children,
+too. Poor Master Edward! he would have made a brave gentleman."
+
+"But the old lady is safe," rejoined Jacob. "Did you see her?"
+
+"Yes, I saw her; they thought she was King Charles--poor old soul."
+
+"But they have found out their mistake by this time?"
+
+"Yes, and James Southwold has found it out too," replied Benjamin; "to
+think of the old lady breaking his neck!"
+
+"Breaking his neck? You don't say so! How was it?"
+
+"Why, it seems that Southwold thought that she was King Charles
+dressed up as an old woman, so he seized her and strapped her fast
+behind him, and galloped away with her to Lymington; but she struggled
+and kicked so manfully, that he could not hold on, and off they went
+together, and he broke his neck."
+
+"Indeed! A judgment--a judgment upon a traitor," said Jacob.
+
+"They were picked up, strapped together as they were, by the other
+troopers, and carried to Lymington."
+
+"Well, and where is the old lady, then? Did you see and speak to her?"
+
+"I saw her, Jacob, but I did not speak to her. I forgot to say that,
+when she broke Southwold's neck, she broke her own too."
+
+"Then the old lady is dead?"
+
+"Yes, that she is," replied Benjamin; "but who cares about her? it's
+the poor children that I pity. Martha has been crying ever since."
+
+"I don't wonder."
+
+"I was at the Cavalier, and the troopers were there, and they were
+boasting of what they had done, and called it a righteous work. I
+could not stand that, and I asked one of them if it were a righteous
+work to burn poor children in their beds? So he turned round, and
+struck his sword upon the floor, and asked me whether I was one of
+them--'Who are you, then?' and I--all my courage went away, and I
+answered, I was a poor rat-catcher. 'A rat-catcher; are you? Well,
+then, Mr. Ratcatcher, when you are killing rats, if you find a nest of
+young ones, don't you kill them too? or do you leave them to grow, and
+become mischievous, eh?' 'I kill the young ones, of course,' replied
+I. 'Well, so do we Malignants whenever we find them.' I didn't say a
+word more, so I went out of the house as fast as I could."
+
+"Have you heard any thing about the king?" inquired Jacob.
+
+"No, nothing; but the troopers are all out again, and, I hear, are
+gone to the forest."
+
+"Well, Benjamin, good-by, I shall be off from this part of the
+country--it's no use my staying here. Where's Agatha and cook?"
+
+"They came to Lymington early this morning."
+
+"Wish them good-by for me, Benjamin."
+
+"Where are you going, then?"
+
+"I can't exactly say, but I think London way. I only staid here to
+watch over the children; and now that they are gone, I shall leave
+Arnwood forever."
+
+Jacob, who was anxious, on account of the intelligence he had received
+of the troopers being in the forest, to return to the cottage, shook
+hands with Benjamin, and hastened away. "Well," thought Jacob, as he
+wended his way, "I'm sorry for the poor old lady, but still, perhaps,
+it's all for the best. Who knows what they might do with these
+children! Destroy the nest as well as the rats, indeed! they must find
+the nest first." And the old forester continued his journey in deep
+thought.
+
+We may here observe that, blood-thirsty as many of the Levelers were,
+we do not think that Jacob Armitage had grounds for the fears which he
+expressed and felt; that is to say, we believe that he might have made
+known the existence of the children to the Villiers family, and that
+they would never have been harmed by any body. That by the burning of
+the mansion they might have perished in the flames, had they been in
+bed, as they would have been at that hour, had he not obtained
+intelligence of what was about to be done, is true; but that there was
+any danger to them on account of their father having been such a
+stanch supporter of the king's cause, is very unlikely, and not borne
+out by the history of the times: but the old forester thought
+otherwise; he had a hatred of the Puritans, and their deeds had been
+so exaggerated by rumor, that he fully believed that the lives of the
+children were not safe. Under this conviction, and feeling himself
+bound by his promise to Colonel Beverley to protect them, Jacob
+resolved that they should live with him in the forest, and be brought
+up as his own grandchildren. He knew that there could be no better
+place for concealment; for, except the keepers, few people knew where
+his cottage was; and it was so out of the usual paths, and so
+imbosomed in lofty trees, that there was little chance of its being
+seen, or being known to exist. He resolved, therefore, that they
+should remain with him till better times; and then he would make known
+their existence to the other branches of the family, but not before.
+"I can hunt for them, and provide for them," thought he, "and I have a
+little money, when it is required; and I will teach them to be useful;
+they must learn to provide for themselves. There's the garden, and the
+patch of land: in two or three years, the boys will be able to do
+something. I can't teach them much; but I can teach them to fear God.
+We must get on how we can, and put our trust in Him who is a father to
+the fatherless."
+
+With such thoughts running in his head, Jacob arrived at the cottage,
+and found the children outside the door, watching for him. They all
+hastened to him, and the dog rushed before them, to welcome his
+master. "Down, Smoker, good dog! Well, Mr. Edward, I have been as
+quick as I could. How have Mr. Humphrey and your sisters behaved I But
+we must not remain outside to-day, for the troopers are scouring the
+forest, and may see you. Let us come in directly, for it would not do
+that they should come here."
+
+"Will they burn the cottage down?" inquired Alice, as she took Jacob's
+hand.
+
+"Yes, my dear, I think they would, if they found that you and your
+brothers were in it; but we must not let them see you."
+
+They all entered the cottage, which consisted of one large room in
+front, and two back rooms for bedrooms. There was also a third
+bedroom, which was behind the other two, but which had not any
+furniture in it.
+
+"Now, let's see what we can have for dinner--there's venison left, I
+know," said Jacob; "come, we must all be useful. Who will be cook?"
+
+"I will be cook," said Alice, "if you will show me how."
+
+"So you shall, my dear," said Jacob, and I will show you how. There's
+some potatoes in the basket in the corner, and some onions hanging on
+the string; we must have some water--who will fetch it?"
+
+"I will," said Edward, who took a pail, and went out to the spring.
+
+The potatoes were peeled and washed by the children--Jacob and Edward
+cut the venison into pieces--the iron pot was cleaned; and then the
+meat and potatoes put with water into the pot, and placed on the fire.
+
+"Now I'll cut up the onions, for they will make your eyes water."
+
+"I don't care," said Humphrey, "I'll cut and cry at the same time."
+
+And Humphrey took up a knife, and cut away most manfully, although he
+was obliged to wipe his eyes with his sleeve very often.
+
+"You are a fine fellow, Humphrey," said Jacob. "Now we'll put the
+onions in, and let it all boil up together. Now you see, you have
+cooked your own dinner; ain't that pleasant?"
+
+"Yes," cried they all; "and we will eat our own dinners as soon as it
+is ready."
+
+"Then, Humphrey, you must get some of the platters down which are on
+the drawer; and, Alice, you will find some knives in the drawer. And
+let me see, what can little Edith do? Oh, she can go to the cupboard
+and find the salt-cellar. Edward, just look out, and if you see any
+body coming or passing, let me know. We must put you on guard till the
+troopers leave the forest."
+
+The children set about their tasks, and Humphrey cried out, as he very
+often did, "Now, this is jolly!"
+
+While the dinner was cooking, Jacob amused the children by showing
+them how to put things in order; the floor was swept, the hearth was
+made tidy. He shewed Alice how to wash out a cloth, and Humphrey how
+to dust the chairs. They all worked merrily, while little Edith stood
+and clapped her hands.
+
+But just before dinner was ready, Edward came in and said, "Here are
+troopers galloping in the forest!" Jacob went out, and observed that
+they were coming in a direction that would lead near to the cottage.
+
+He walked in, and, after a moment's thought, he said, "My dear
+children, those men may come and search the cottage; you must do as I
+tell you, and mind that you are very quiet. Humphrey, you and your
+sisters must go to bed, and pretend to be very ill. Edward, take off
+your coat and put on this old hunting-frock of mine. You must be in
+the bedroom attending your sick brother and sisters. Come, Edith,
+dear, you must play at going to bed, and have your dinner afterward."
+
+Jacob took the children into the bedroom, and, removing the upper
+dress, which would have betrayed that they were not the children of
+poor people, put them in bed, and covered them up to the chins with
+the clothes. Edward had put on the old hunting-shirt, which came below
+his knees, and stood with a mug of water in his hand by the bedside of
+the two girls. Jacob went to the outer room, to remove the platters
+laid out for dinner; and he had hardly done so when he heard the noise
+of the troopers, and soon afterward a knock at the cottage-door.
+
+"Come in," said Jacob.
+
+"Who are you, my friend?" said the leader of the troop, entering the
+door.
+
+"A poor forester, sir," replied Jacob, "under great trouble."
+
+"What trouble, my man?"
+
+"I have the children all in bed with the small-pox."
+
+"Nevertheless, we must search your cottage."
+
+"You are welcome," replied Jacob; "only don't frighten the children,
+if you can help it."
+
+The man, who was now joined by others, commenced his search. Jacob
+opened all the doors of the rooms, and they passed through. Little
+Edith shrieked when she saw them; but Edward patted her, and told her
+not to be frightened. The troopers, however, took no notice of the
+children; they searched thoroughly, and then came back to the front
+room.
+
+"It's no use remaining here," said one of the troopers. "Shall we be
+off! I'm tired and hungry with the ride."
+
+"So am I, and there's something that smells well." said another.
+"What's this, my good man?" continued he, taking off the lid of the
+pot.
+
+"My dinner for a week," replied Jacob. "I have no one to cook for me
+now, and can't light a fire every day."
+
+"Well, you appear to live well, if you have such a mess as that every
+day in the week. I should like to try a spoonful or two."
+
+"And welcome, sir," replied Jacob; "I will cook some more for myself."
+
+The troopers took him at his word; they sat down to the table, and
+very soon the whole contents of the kettle had disappeared. Having
+satisfied themselves, they got up, told him that his rations were so
+good that they hoped to call again; and, laughing heartily, they
+mounted their horses, and rode away.
+
+"Well," said Jacob, "they are very welcome to the dinner; I little
+thought to get off so cheap." As soon as they were out of sight, Jacob
+called to Edward and the children to get up again, which they soon
+did. Alice put on Edith's frock, Humphrey put on his jacket, and
+Edward pulled off the hunting-shirt.
+
+"They're gone now," said Jacob, coming in from the door.
+
+"And our dinners are gone," said Humphrey, looking at the empty pot
+and dirty platters.
+
+"Yes; but we can cook another, and that will be more play you know,"
+said Jacob. "Edward, go for the water; Humphrey, cut the onions;
+Alice, wash the potatoes; and Edith, help every body, while I cut up
+some more meat."
+
+"I hope it will be as good," observed Humphrey; "that other did smell
+so nice!"
+
+"Quite as good, if not better; for we shall improve by practice, and
+we shall have a better appetite to eat it with," said Jacob.
+
+"Nasty men eat our dinner," said Edith. "Shan't have any more. Eat
+this ourselves."
+
+And so they did as soon as it was cooked; but they were very hungry
+before they sat down.
+
+"This is jolly!" said Humphrey with his mouth full.
+
+"Yes, Master Humphrey. I doubt if King Charles eats so good a dinner
+this day. Mr. Edward, you are very grave and silent."
+
+"Yes, I am, Jacob. Have I not cause? Oh, if I could but have mauled
+those troopers!" "But you could not; so you must make the best of it.
+They say that every dog has his day, and who knows but King Charles
+may be on the throne again!"
+
+There were no more visits to the cottage that day, and they all went
+to bed, and slept soundly.
+
+The next morning, Jacob, who was most anxious to learn the news,
+saddled the pony, having first given his injunctions to Edward how to
+behave in case any troopers should come to the cottage. He told him to
+pretend that the children were in bed with the small-pox, as they had
+done the day before. Jacob then traveled to Gossip Allwood's, and he
+there learned that King Charles had been taken prisoner, and was at
+the Isle of Wight, and that the troopers were all going back to London
+as fast as they came. Feeling that there was now no more danger to be
+apprehended from them, Jacob set off as fast as he could for
+Lymington. He went to one shop and purchased two peasant dresses which
+he thought would fit the two boys, and at another he bought similar
+apparel for the two girls. Then, with several other ready-made
+articles, and some other things which were required for the household,
+he made a large package, which he put upon the pony, and, taking the
+bridle, set off home, and arrived in time to superintend the cooking
+of the dinner, which was this day venison-steaks fried in a pan, and
+boiled potatoes.
+
+When dinner was over, he opened his bundle, and told the little ones
+that, now they were to live in a cottage, they ought to wear cottage
+clothes, and that he had bought them some to put on, which they might
+rove about the woods in, and not mind tearing them. Alice and Edith
+went into the bedroom, and Alice dressed Edith and herself, and came
+out quite pleased with their change of dress. Humphrey and Edward put
+theirs on in the sitting-room, and they all fitted pretty well, and
+certainly were very becoming to the children.
+
+"Now, recollect, you are all my grandchildren," said Jacob; "for I
+shall no longer call you Miss and Master--that we never do in a
+cottage. You understand me, Edward, of course?" added Jacob.
+
+Edward nodded his head; and Jacob telling the children that they might
+now go out of the cottage and play, they all set off, quite delighted
+with clothes which procured them their liberty.
+
+We must now describe the cottage of Jacob Armitage, in which the
+children have in future to dwell. As we said before, it contained a
+large sitting-room, or kitchen, in which was a spacious hearth and
+chimney, table, stools, cupboards, and dressers: the two bedrooms
+which adjoined it were now appropriated, one for Jacob and the other
+for the two boys; the third, or inner bedroom, was arranged for the
+two girls, as being more retired and secure. But there were outhouses
+belonging to it: a stall, in which White Billy, the pony, lived during
+the winter; a shed and pigsty rudely constructed, with an inclosed
+yard attached to them; and it had, moreover, a piece of ground of more
+than an acre, well fenced in to keep out the deer and game, the
+largest portion of which was cultivated as a garden and potato-ground,
+and the other, which remained in grass, contained some fine old apple
+and pear-trees. Such was the domicile; the pony, a few fowls, a sow
+and two young pigs, and the dog Smoker, were the animals on the
+establishment. Here Jacob Armitage had been born--for the cottage had
+been built by his grandfather--but he had not always remained at the
+cottage. When young, he felt an inclination to see more of the world,
+and had for several years served in the army. His father and brother
+had lived in the establishment at Arnwood, and he was constantly there
+as a boy The chaplain of Arnwood had taken a fancy to him, and taught
+him to read--writing he had not acquired. As soon as be grew up, he
+served, as we have said, in the troop commanded by Colonel Beverley's
+father; and, after his death, Colonel Beverley had procured him the
+situation of forest ranger, which had been held by his father, who was
+then alive, but too aged to do duty. Jacob Armitage married a good and
+devout young woman, with whom he lived several years, when she died,
+without bringing him any family; after which, his father being also
+dead, Jacob Armitage had lived alone until the period at which we have
+commenced this history.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+
+The old forester lay awake the whole of this night, reflecting how he
+should act relative to the children; he felt the great responsibility
+that he had incurred, and was alarmed when he considered what might be
+the consequences if his days were shortened. What would become of
+them--living in so sequestered a spot that few knew even of its
+existence--totally shut out from the world, and left to their own
+resources? He had no fear, if his life was spared, that they would do
+well; but if he should be called away before they had grown up and
+were able to help themselves, they might perish. Edward was not
+fourteen years old; it was true that he was an active, brave boy, and
+thoughtful for his years; but he had not yet strength or skill
+sufficient for what would be required. Humphrey, the second, also
+promised well; but still they were all children. "I must bring them up
+to be useful--to depend upon themselves; there is not a moment to be
+lost, and not a moment shall be lost; I will do my best, and trust to
+God; I ask but two or three years, and by that time I trust that they
+will be able to do without me. They must commence to-morrow the life
+of foresters' children."
+
+Acting upon this resolution, Jacob, as soon as the children were
+dressed, and in the sitting-room, opened his Bible, which he had put
+on the table, and said:
+
+"My dear children, you know that you must remain in this cottage, that
+the wicked troopers may not find you out; they killed your father, and
+if I had not taken you away, they would have burned you in your beds.
+You must, therefore, live here as my children, and you must call
+yourselves by the name of Armitage, and not that of Beverley; and you
+must dress like children of the forest, as you do now, and you must do
+as children of the forest do--that is, you must do every thing for
+yourselves, for you can have no servants to wait upon you. We must all
+work--but you will like to work if you all work together, for then the
+work will be nothing but play. Now, Edward is the oldest, and he must
+go out with me in the forest, and I must teach him to kill deer and
+other game for our support; and when he knows how, then Humphrey shall
+come out and learn how to shoot."
+
+"Yes," said Humphrey, "I'll soon learn."
+
+"But not yet, Humphrey, for you must do some work in the mean time;
+you must look after the pony and the pigs, and you must learn to dig
+in the garden with Edward and me when we do not go out to hunt; and
+sometimes I shall go by myself, and leave Edward to work with you when
+there is work to be done. Alice, dear, you must, with Humphrey, light
+the fire and clean the house in the morning. Humphrey will go to the
+spring for water, and do all the hard work; and you must learn to
+wash, my dear Alice--I will show you how; and you must learn to get
+dinner ready with Humphrey, who will assist you; and to make the beds.
+And little Edith shall take care of the fowls, and feed them every
+morning, and look for the eggs--will you, Edith?"
+
+"Yes," replied Edith, "and feed all the little chickens when they are
+hatched, as I did at Arnwood."
+
+"Yes, dear, and you'll be very useful. Now you know that you can not
+do all this at once. You will have to try and try again; but very soon
+you will, and then it will be all play. I must teach you all, and
+every day you will do it better, till you want no teaching at all. And
+now, my dear children, as there is no chaplain here, we must read the
+Bible every morning. Edward can read, I know; can you, Humphrey?"
+
+"Yes, all except the big words."
+
+"Well, you will learn them by-and-by. And Edward and I will teach
+Alice and Edith to read in the evenings, when we have nothing to do.
+It will be an amusement. Now tell me, do you all like what I have told
+you?"
+
+"Yes," they all replied; and then Jacob Armitage read a chapter in the
+Bible, after which they all knelt down and said the Lord's prayer. As
+this was done every morning and every evening, I need not repeat it
+again. Jacob then showed them again how to clean the house, and
+Humphrey and Alice soon finished their work under his directions; and
+then they all sat down to breakfast, which was a very plain one, being
+generally cold meat, and cakes baked on the embers, at which Alice was
+soon very expert; and little Edith was very useful in watching them
+for her, while she busied herself about her other work. But the
+venison was nearly all gone; and after breakfast Jacob and Edward,
+with the dog Smoker, went out into the woods. Edward had no gun, as he
+only went out to be taught how to approach the game, which required
+great caution; indeed Jacob had no second gun to give him, if he had
+wished so to do.
+
+"Now, Edward, we are going after a fine stag, if we can find him,
+which I doubt not; but the difficulty is, to get within shot of him.
+Recollect that you must always be hid, for his sight is very quick;
+never be heard, for his ear is sharp; and never come down to him with
+the wind, for his scent is very fine. Then you must hunt according to
+the hour of the day. At this time he is feeding; two hours hence he
+will be lying down in the high fern. The dog is no use unless the stag
+is badly wounded, when the dog will take him. Smoker knows his duty
+well, and will hide himself as close as we do. We are now going into
+the thick wood ahead of us, as there are many little spots of cleared
+ground in it where we may find the deer; but we must keep more to the
+left, for the wind is to the eastward, and we must walk up against it.
+And now that we are coming into the wood, recollect, not a word must
+be said, and you must walk as quietly as possible, keeping behind me.
+Smoker, to heel!" They proceeded through the wood for more than a
+mile, when Jacob made a sign to Edward, and dropped down into the
+fern, crawling along to an open spot, where, at some distance, were a
+stag and three deer grazing. The deer grazed quietly, but the stag was
+ever and anon raising up his head and snuffing the air as he looked
+round, evidently acting as a sentinel for the females.
+
+The stag was perhaps a long quarter of a mile from where they had
+crouched down in the fern. Jacob remained immovable till the animal
+began to feed again, and then he advanced, crawling through the fern,
+followed by Edward and the dog, who dragged himself on his stomach
+after Edward. This tedious approach was continued for some time, and
+they had neared the stag to within half the original distance, when
+the animal again lifted up his head and appeared uneasy. Jacob stopped
+and remained without motion. After a time the stag walked away,
+followed by the does, to the opposite side of the clear spot on which
+they had been feeding, and, to Edward's annoyance, the animal was half
+a mile from them. Jacob turned round and crawled into the wood, and
+when he knew that they were concealed, he rose on his feet and said,
+
+"You see, Edward, that it requires patience to stalk a deer. What a
+princely fellow! but he has probably been alarmed this morning, and is
+very uneasy. Now we must go through the woods till we come to the lee
+of him on the other side of the dell. You see he has led the does
+close to the thicket, and we shall have a better chance when we get
+there, if we are only quiet and cautious."
+
+"What startled him, do you think?" said Edward.
+
+"I think, when you were crawling through the fern after me, you broke
+a piece of rotten stick that was under you. Did you not?"
+
+"Yes, but that made but little noise."
+
+"Quite enough to startle a red deer, Edward, as you will find out
+before you have been long a forester. These checks will happen, and
+have happened to me a hundred times, and then all the work is to be
+done over again. Now then to make the circuit--we had better not say a
+word. If we get safe now to the other side, we are sure of him."
+
+They proceeded at a quick walk through the forest, and in half an hour
+had gained the side where the deer were feeding. When about three
+hundred yards from the game, Jacob again sunk down on his hands and
+knees, crawling from bush to bush, stopping whenever the stag raised
+his head, and advancing again when it resumed feeding; at last they
+came to the fern at the side of the wood, and crawled through it as
+before, but still more cautiously as they approached the stag. In this
+manner they arrived at last to within eighty yards of the animal, and
+then Jacob advanced his gun ready to put it to his shoulder, and, as
+he cocked the lock, raised himself to fire. The click occasioned by
+the cocking of the lock roused up the stag instantly, and he turned
+his head in the direction from whence the noise proceeded; as he did
+so Jacob fired, aiming behind the animal's shoulder: the stag made a
+bound, came down again, dropped on his knees, attempted to run, and
+fell dead, while the does fled away with the rapidity of the wind.
+
+Edward started up on his legs with a shout of exultation. Jacob
+commenced reloading his gun, and stopped Edward as he was about to run
+up to where the animal lay.
+
+"Edward, you must learn your craft," said Jacob; "never do that again;
+never shout in that way--on the contrary, you should have remained
+still in the fern."
+
+"Why so?--the stag is dead."
+
+"Yes, my dear boy, that stag is dead; but how do you know but what
+there may be another lying down in the fern close to us, or at some
+distance from us, which you have alarmed by your shout? Suppose that
+we both had guns, and that the report of mine had started another stag
+lying in the fern within shot, you would have been able to shoot it;
+or if a stag was lying at a distance, the report of the gun might have
+started him so as to induce him to move his head without rising. I
+should have seen his antlers move and have marked his lair, and we
+should then have gone after him and stalked him too."
+
+"I see," replied Edward, "I was wrong; but I shall know better another
+time."
+
+"That's why I tell you, my boy," replied Jacob. "Now let us go to our
+quarry. Ay, Edward, this is a noble beast. I thought that he was a
+hart royal, and so he is."
+
+"What is a hart royal, Jacob?"
+
+"Why, a stag is called a brocket until he is three years old, at four
+years he is a staggart; at five years a warrantable stag; and after
+five years he becomes a hart royal."
+
+"And how do you know his age?"
+
+"By his antlers: you see that this stag has nine antlers; now, a
+brocket has but two antlers, a staggart three, and a warrantable stag
+but four; at six years old, the antlers increase in number until they
+sometimes have twenty or thirty. This is a fine beast, and the venison
+is now getting very good. Now you must see me do the work of my
+craft."
+
+Jacob then cut the throat of the animal, and afterward cut off its
+head and took out its bowels.
+
+"Are you tired, Edward?" said Jacob, as he wiped his hunting-knife on
+the coat of the stag.
+
+"No, not the least."
+
+"Well, then, we are now, I should think, about four or five miles from
+the cottage. Could you find your way home? but that is of no
+consequence--Smoker will lead you home by the shortest path. I will
+stay here, and you can saddle White Billy and come back with him, for
+he must carry the venison back. It's more than we can manage--indeed,
+as much as we can manage with White Billy to help us. There's more
+than twenty stone of venison lying there, I can tell you."
+
+Edward immediately assented, and Jacob, desiring Smoker to go home,
+set about flaying and cutting up the animal for its more convenient
+transportation. In an hour and a half, Edward, attended by Smoker,
+returned with the pony, on whose back the chief portion of the venison
+was packed. Jacob took a large piece on his own shoulders, and Edward
+carried another, and Smoker, after regaling himself with a portion of
+the inside of the animal, came after them. During the walk home, Jacob
+initiated Edward into the terms of venery and many other points
+connected with deer-stalking, with which we shall not trouble our
+readers. As soon as they arrived at the cottage, the venison was hung
+up, the pony put in the stable, and then they sat down to dinner with
+an excellent appetite after their long morning's walk. Alice and
+Humphrey had cooked the dinner themselves, and it was in the pot,
+smoking hot, when they returned; and Jacob declared he never ate a
+better mess in his life. Alice was not a little proud of this, and of
+the praises she received from Edward and the old forester. The next
+day, Jacob stated his intention of going to Lymington to dispose of a
+large portion of the venison, and bring back a sack of oatmeal for
+their cakes. Edward asked to accompany him, but Jacob replied,
+
+"Edward, you must not think of showing yourself at Lymington, or any
+where else, for a long while, until you are grown out of memory. It
+would be folly, and you would risk your sisters' and brother's lives,
+perhaps, as well as your own. Never mention it again: the time will
+come when it will be necessary, perhaps; if so, it can not be helped.
+At present you would be known immediately. No, Edward, I tell you what
+I mean to do: I have a little money left, and I intend to buy you a
+gun, that you may learn to stalk deer yourself without me; for,
+recollect, if any accident should happen to me, who is there but you
+to provide for your brother and sisters? At Lymington I am known to
+many; but out of all who know me, there is not one who knows where my
+cottage is; they know that I live in the New Forest, and that I supply
+them venison, and purchase other articles in return. That is all that
+they know: and I may therefore go without fear. I shall sell the
+venison to-morrow, and bring you back a good gun; and Humphrey shall
+have the carpenters' tools which he wishes for, for I think, by what
+he does with his knife, that he has a turn that way, and it may be
+useful. I must also get some other tools for Humphrey and you, as we
+shall then be able to work all together; and some threads and needles
+for Alice, for she can sew a little, and practice will make her more
+perfect."
+
+Jacob went off to Lymington as he had proposed, and returned late at
+night with White Billy well loaded; he had a sack of oatmeal, some
+spades and hoes, a saw and chisels, and other tools; two scythes and
+two three-pronged forks; and when Edward came to meet him, he put into
+his hand a gun with a very long barrel.
+
+"I believe, Edward, that you will find that a good one, for I know
+where it came from. It belonged to one of the rangers, who was
+reckoned the best shot in the Forest. I know the gun, for I have seen
+it on his arm, and have taken it in my hand to examine it more than
+once. He was killed at Naseby, with your father, poor fellow! and his
+widow sold the gun to meet her wants."
+
+"Well," replied Edward, "I thank you much, Jacob, and I will try if I
+can not kill as much venison as will pay you back the purchase-money--
+I will, I assure you."
+
+"I shall be glad if you do, Edward; not because I want the money back,
+but because then I shall be more easy in my mind about you all, if any
+thing happens to me. As soon as you are perfect in your woodcraft, I
+shall take Humphrey in hand, for there is nothing like having two
+strings to your bow. To-morrow we will not go out: we have meat enough
+for three weeks or more; and now the frost has set in, it will keep
+well. You shall practice at a mark with your gun, that you may be
+accustomed to it; for all guns, even the best, require a little
+humoring."
+
+Edward, who had often fired a gun before, proved the next morning that
+he had a very good eye; and, after two or three hours' practice, hit
+the mark at a hundred yards almost every time.
+
+"I wish you would let me go out by myself," said Edward, overjoyed at
+his success.
+
+"You would bring home nothing, boy," replied Jacob. "No, no, you have
+a great deal to learn yet; but I tell you what you shall do: any time
+that we are not in great want of venison, you shall have the first
+fire."
+
+"Well, that will do," replied Edward.
+
+The winter now set in with great severity, and they remained almost
+altogether within doors. Jacob and the boys went out to get firewood,
+and dragged it home through the snow.
+
+"I wish, Jacob," said Humphrey, "that I was able to build a cart, for
+it would be very useful, and White Billy would then have something to
+do; but I can't make the wheels, and there is no harness."
+
+"That's not a bad idea of yours, Humphrey," replied Jacob; "we will
+think about it. If you can't build a cart, perhaps I can buy one. It
+would be useful if it were only to take the dung out of the yard on
+the potato-ground, for I have hitherto carried it out in baskets, and
+it's hard work."
+
+"Yes, and we might saw the wood into billets, and carry it home in the
+cart, instead of dragging it in this way; my shoulder is quite sore
+with the rope, it cuts me so."
+
+"Well, when the weather breaks up, I will see what I can do, Humphrey;
+but just now the roads are so blocked up, that I do not think we could
+get a cart from Lymington to the cottage, although we can a horse,
+perhaps."
+
+But if they remained in-doors during the inclement weather, they were
+not idle. Jacob took this opportunity to instruct the children in
+every thing. Alice learned how to wash and how to cook. It is true,
+that sometimes she scalded herself a little, sometimes burned her
+fingers; and other accidents did occur, from the articles employed
+being too heavy for them to lift by themselves; but practice and
+dexterity compensated for want of strength, and fewer accidents
+happened every day. Humphrey had his carpenters' tools; and although
+at first he had many failures, and wasted nails and wood, by degrees
+he learned to use his tools with more dexterity, and made several
+little useful articles. Little Edith could now do something, for she
+made and baked all the oatmeal cakes, which saved Alice a good deal of
+time and trouble in watching them. It was astonishing how much the
+children could do, now that there was no one to do it for them; and
+they had daily instruction from Jacob. In the evening Alice sat down
+with her needle and thread to mend the clothes; at first they were not
+very well done, but she improved every day. Edith and Humphrey learned
+to read while Alice worked, and then Alice learned; and thus passed
+the winter away so rapidly, that, although they had been five months
+at the cottage, it did not appear as if they had been there as many
+weeks. All were happy and contented, with the exception, perhaps, of
+Edward, who had fits of gloominess, and occasionally showed signs of
+impatience as to what was passing in the world, of which he remained
+in ignorance.
+
+That Edward Beverley had fits of gloominess and impatience is not
+surprising. Edward had been brought up as the heir of Arnwood; and a
+boy at a very early age imbibes notions of his position, if it
+promises to be a high one. He was not two miles from that property
+which by right was his own. His own mansion had been reduced to ashes
+--he himself was hidden in the forest; and he could but not feel his
+position. He sighed for the time when the king's cause should be again
+triumphant, and his arrival at that age when he could in person
+support and uphold the cause. He longed to be in command, as his
+father had been--to lead his men on to victory--to recover his
+property, and to revenge himself on those who had acted so cruelly
+toward him. This was human nature; and much as Jacob Armitage would
+expostulate with him, and try to divert his feelings into other
+channels--long as he would preach to him about forgiveness of
+injuries, and patience until better times should come, Edward could
+not help brooding over these thoughts, and if ever there was a breast
+animated with intense hatred against the Puritans, it was that of
+Edward Beverley. Although this was to be lamented, it could not create
+surprise or wonder in the old forester. All he could do was, as much
+as possible to reason with him, to soothe his irritated feelings, and
+by constant employment try to make him forget for a time the feelings
+of ill-will which he had conceived.
+
+One thing was, however, sufficiently plain to Edward, which was, that
+whatever might be his wrongs, he had not the power at present to
+redress them; and this feeling, perhaps, more than any other, held him
+in some sort of check; and as the time when he might have an
+opportunity appeared far distant, even to his own sanguine
+imagination, so by degrees did he contrive to dismiss from his
+thoughts what it was no use to think about at present.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+
+As we have before said, time passed rapidly; with the exception of one
+or two excursions after venison, they remained in the cottage, and
+Jacob never went to Lymington. The frost had broken up, the snow had
+long disappeared, and the trees began to bud. The sun became powerful,
+and in the month of May the forest began again to look green.
+
+"And now, Edward," said Jacob Armitage, one day at breakfast, "we will
+try for venison again to sell at Lymington, for I must purchase
+Humphrey's cart and harness; so let us get our guns, and go out this
+fine morning. The stags are mostly by themselves at this season, for
+the does are with their young calves. We must find the slot of a deer,
+and track him to his lair, and you shall have the first shot if you
+like; but, that, however, depends more upon the deer than upon me."
+
+They had walked four or five miles when they came upon the slot or
+track of a deer, but Jacob's practiced eye pointed out to Edward that
+it was the slot of a young one, and not worth following. He explained
+to Edward the difference in the hoof-marks and other signs by which
+this knowledge was gained, and they proceeded onward until they found
+another slot, which Jacob declared to be that of a warrantable stag--
+that is, one old enough to kill and to be good venison.
+
+"We must now track him to his lair, Edward."
+
+This took them about a mile farther, when they arrived at a small
+thicket of thorns about an acre in extent.
+
+"Here he is, you see, Edward; let me now see if he is harbored."
+
+They walked round the thicket, and could not find any slot or track by
+which the stag had left the covert, and Jacob pronounced that the
+animal must be hid in it.
+
+"Now, Edward, do you stay here while I go back to the lee side of the
+covert: I will enter it with Smoker, and the stag will, in all
+probability, when he is roused, come out to breast the wind. You will
+then have a good shot at him; recollect to fire so as to hit him
+behind the shoulder: if he is moving quick, fire a little before the
+shoulders; if slow, take aim accurately; but recollect, if I come upon
+him in the covert, I shall kill him if I can, for we want the venison,
+and then we will go after another to give you a chance."
+
+Jacob then left Edward, and went down to the lee side of the covert,
+where he entered it with Smoker. Edward was stationed behind a thorn-
+bush, which grew a few yards clear of the covert, and he soon heard
+the creaking of the branches.
+
+A short time elapsed, and a fine stag came out at a trot; he turned
+his head, and was just bounding away when Edward fired, and the animal
+fell. Remembering the advice of Jacob, Edward remained where he was,
+in silence reloading his piece, and was soon afterward joined by Jacob
+and the dog.
+
+"Well done, Edward!" said the forester, in a low voice; and, covering
+his forehead to keep off the glare of the sun, he looked earnestly at
+a high brake between some thorn-trees, about a half a mile to the
+windward. "I think I see something there--look Edward, your eyes are
+younger than mine. Is that the branch of a tree in the fern, or is it
+not?"
+
+"I see what you mean," replied Edward. "It is not, it moves."
+
+"I thought so, but my eyes are not so good as they once were. It's
+another stag, depend upon it; but how are we to get near him? We never
+can get across this patch of clear grass without being seen."
+
+"No, we can not get at him from this spot," replied Edward; "but if we
+were to fall back to leeward, and gain the forest again, I think that
+there are thorns sufficient from the forest to where he lies, to creep
+from behind one to the other, so as to get a shot at him, don't you?"
+
+"It will require care and patience to manage that; but I think it
+might be done. I will try it; it is my turn now, you know. You had
+better stay here with the dog, for only one can hide from thorn to
+thorn."
+
+Jacob, ordering Smoker to remain, then set off. He had to make a
+circuit of three miles to get to the spot where the thorns extended
+from the forest, and Edward saw no more of him, although he strained
+his eyes, until the stag sprung out, and the gun was discharged.
+Edward perceived that the stag was not killed, but severely wounded,
+running toward the covert near which he was hid. "Down, Smoker," said
+he, as he cocked his gun. The stag came within shot, and was coming
+nearer, when, seeing Edward, it turned. Edward fired, and then cheered
+on the dog, who sprung after the wounded animal, giving tongue, as he
+followed him. Edward, perceiving Jacob hastening toward him, waited
+for him.
+
+"He's hard hit, Edward," cried Jacob, "and Smoker will have him; but
+we must follow as fast as we can."
+
+They both caught up their guns and ran as fast as they could, when, as
+they entered the wood, they heard the dog at bay.
+
+"We shan't have far to go, Edward; the animal is done up: Smoker has
+him at bay."
+
+They hastened on another quarter of a mile, when they found that the
+stag had fallen on his knees, and had been seized by the throat by
+Smoker.
+
+"Mind, Edward, now, how I go up to him, for the wound from the horn of
+the deer is very dangerous."
+
+Jacob advanced from behind the stag, and cut his throat with his
+hunting-knife. "He is a fine beast, and we have done well to-day, but
+we shall have two journeys to make to get all this venison home. I
+could not get a fair shot at him--and see, I have hit him here in the
+flank."
+
+"And here is my ball in his throat," said Edward.
+
+"So it is. Then it was a good shot that you made, and you are master
+of the hunt this day, Edward. Now, I'll remain, and you go home for
+White Billy. Humphrey is right about the cart. If we had one, we could
+have carried all home at once; but I must go now and cut the throat of
+the other stag which you killed so cleverly. You will be a good hunter
+one of these days, Edward. A little more knowledge, and a little more
+practice, and I will leave it all to you, and hang up my gun over the
+chimney."
+
+It was late in the evening before they had made their two trips and
+taken all the venison home, and very tired were they before it was
+safely housed. Edward was delighted with his success, but not more so
+than was old Jacob. The next morning, Jacob set off for Lymington,
+with the pony loaded with venison, which he sold, as well as two more
+loads which he promised to bring the next day, and the day after. He
+then looked out for a cart, and was fortunate in finding a small one,
+just fitted to the size of the pony, who was not tall but very strong,
+as all the New Forest ponies are. He also procured harness, and then
+put Billy in the cart to draw him home; but Billy did not admire being
+put in a cart, and for some time was very restive, and backed and
+reared, and went every way but the right; but by dint of coaxing and
+leading, he at last submitted, and went straight on; but then the
+noise of the cart behind him frightened him, and he ran away. At last,
+having tired himself out, he thought that he might as well go quietly
+in harness, as he could not get out of it; and he did so, and arrived
+safe at the cottage. Humphrey was delighted at the sight of the cart,
+and said that now they should get on well. The next day, Jacob
+contrived to put all the remainder of the venison in the cart, and
+White Billy made no more difficulty; he dragged it all to Lymington,
+and returned with the cart as quietly and cleverly as if he had been
+in harness all his life.
+
+"Well, Edward, the venison paid for the cart at all events," said
+Jacob, "and now, I will tell you all the news I collected while I was
+at Lymington. Captain Burly, who attempted to incite the people to
+rescue the king, has been hung, drawn, and quartered, as a traitor."
+
+"They are traitors who condemned him," replied Edward, in wrath.
+
+"Yes, so they are; but there is better news, which is, that the Duke
+of York has escaped to Holland."
+
+"Yes, that is good news; and the king?"
+
+"He is still a prisoner in Carisbrook Castle. There are many rumors
+and talks, but no one knows what is true and what is false; but depend
+upon it, this can not last long, and the king will have his rights
+yet."
+
+Edward remained very grave for some time.
+
+"I trust in Heaven we all shall have our rights yet, Jacob," said he
+at last. "I wish I was a man!"
+
+Here the conversation ended, and they went to bed.
+
+This was now a busy time at the cottage. The manure had to be got out
+of the stable and pigsties, and carried out to the potato-ground and
+garden; the crops had to be put in, and the cart was now found
+valuable. After the manure had been carried out and spread, Edward and
+Humphrey helped Jacob to dig the ground, and then to put in the seed.
+The cabbage-plants of last year were then put out, and the turnips and
+carrots sown. Before the month was over, the garden and potato-field
+were cropped, and Humphrey took upon himself to weed and keep it
+clean. Little Edith had also employment now, for the hens began to lay
+eggs, and as soon as she heard them cackling, she ran for the eggs and
+brought them in; and before the month was over, Jacob had set four
+hens upon eggs. Billy, the pony, was now turned out to graze in the
+forest; he came home every night of his own accord.
+
+"I'll tell you what we want," said Humphrey, who took the command
+altogether over the farm: "we want a cow."
+
+"Oh yes, a cow," cried Alice, "I have plenty of time to milk her."
+
+"Whose cows are those which I see in the forest sometimes?" said
+Humphrey to Jacob.
+
+"If they belong to any body, they belong to the king," replied Jacob;
+"but they are cattle which have strayed and found their way to the
+forest, and have remained here ever since. They are rather wild and
+savage, and you must be careful how you go too near them, as the bulls
+will run at you. They increase very fast: there were but six a few
+years ago, and now there are at least fifty in the herd."
+
+"Well, I'll try and get one, if I can," said Humphrey.
+
+"You will be puzzled to do that, boy," replied Jacob, "and as I said
+before, beware of the bulls."
+
+"I don't want a bull," replied Humphrey, "but a cow would give us
+milk, and then we should have more manure for the garden. My garden
+will then grow more potatoes."
+
+"Well, Humphrey, if you can catch a cow, no one will interfere; but I
+think you will not find it very easy, and you may find it very
+dangerous."
+
+"I'll look out for one," replied Humphrey, "any how. Alice, if we only
+had a cow, wouldn't that be jolly?"
+
+The crops were now all up, and as the days began to be long, the work
+became comparatively light and easy. Humphrey was busy making a little
+wheelbarrow for Edith, that she might barrow away the weeds as he hoed
+them up; and at last this great performance was completed, much to the
+admiration of all, and much to his own satisfaction. Indeed, when it
+is recollected that Humphrey had only the hand-saw and ax, and that he
+had to cut down the tree; and then to saw it into plank, it must be
+acknowledged that it required great patience and perseverance even to
+make a wheelbarrow; but Humphrey was not only persevering, but was
+full of invention. He had built up a hen-house with fir-poles, and
+made the nests for the hens to lay and hatch in, and they now had
+between forty and fifty chickens running about. He had also divided
+the pigsty, so that the sow might be kept apart from the other pigs;
+and they expected very soon to have a litter of young pigs. He had
+transplanted the wild strawberries from the forest, and had, by
+manure, made them large and good; and he had also a fine crop of
+onions in the garden, from seed which Jacob had bought at Lymington;
+now Humphrey was very busy cutting down some poles in the forest to
+make a cow-house, for he declared that he would have a cow somehow or
+another. June arrived, and it was time to mow down grass to make into
+hay for the winter, and Jacob had two scythes. He showed the boys how
+to use them, and they soon became expert; and as there was plenty of
+long grass at this time of the year, and they could mow when they
+pleased, they soon bad White Billy in full employment carrying the hay
+home. The little girls helped to make it, for Humphrey had made them
+two rakes. Jacob thought that there was hay enough made, but Humphrey
+said that there was enough for the pony, but not enough for the cow.
+
+"But where is the cow to come from, Humphrey?"
+
+"Where the venison comes from," replied he: "out of the forest."
+
+So Humphrey continued to mow and make hay, while Edward and Jacob went
+out for venison. After all the hay was made and stacked, Humphrey
+found out a method of thatching with fern, which Jacob had never
+thought of; and when that was done, they commenced cutting down fern
+for fodder. Here again Humphrey would have twice as much as Jacob had
+ever cut before, because he wanted litter for the cow. At last it
+became quite a joke between him and Edward, who, when he brought home
+more venison than would keep in the hot weather, told Humphrey that
+the remainder was for the cow. Still Humphrey would not give up the
+point, and every morning and evening he would be certain to be absent
+an hour or two, and it was found out he was watching the herd of wild
+cattle who were feeding: sometimes they were very near, at others a
+long way off. He used to get up into the trees, and examine them as
+they passed under him without perceiving him. One night Humphrey
+returned very late, and the next morning he was off before daylight.
+Breakfast was over, and Humphrey did not make his appearance, and they
+could not tell what was the matter. Jacob felt uneasy, but Edward
+laughed, and said:
+
+"Oh, depend upon it, he'll come back and bring the cow with him."
+
+Hardly had Edward said these words when in came Humphrey, red with
+perspiration.
+
+"Now then, Jacob and Edward, come with me; we must put Billy in the
+cart, and take Smoker and a rope with us. Take your guns too, for fear
+of accident."
+
+"Why, what's the matter?"
+
+"I'll tell you as we go along; but I must put Billy in the cart, for
+there is no time to be lost."
+
+Humphrey disappeared, and Jacob said to Edward--
+
+"What can it be?"
+
+"It can be nothing but the cow he is so mad about," replied Edward.
+"However, when he comes with the pony, we shall know; let us take our
+guns and the dog Smoker as he wishes."
+
+Humphrey now drove up the pony and cart, and they set off.
+
+"Well, I suppose you'll tell us now what we are going for?" said
+Edward.
+
+"Yes, I will. You know I've been watching the cattle for a long while,
+because I wanted a cow. I have been in a tree when they have passed
+under me several times, and I observed that one or two of the heifers
+were very near calving. Yesterday evening I thought one could not help
+calving very soon indeed, and as I was watching, I saw that she was
+uneasy, and that she at last left the herd and went into a little
+copse of wood. I remained three hours to see if she came out again,
+and she did, not. It was dark when I came home, as you know. This
+morning I went before daylight and found the herd. She is very
+remarkable, being black and white spotted; and, after close
+examination, I found that she was not with the herd; so I am sure that
+she went into the copse to calve, and that she has calved before
+this."
+
+"Well, that may be," replied Jacob; "but now I do not understand what
+we are to do."
+
+"Nor I," replied Edward.
+
+"Well, then, I'll tell you what I hope to do. I have got the pony and
+cart to take the calf home with us, if we can get it--which I think we
+can. I have got Smoker to worry the heifer and keep her employed,
+while we put the calf in the cart; a rope that we may tie the cow if
+we can; and you with your guns must keep off the herd if they come to
+her assistance. Now do you understand my plan?"
+
+"Yes, and I think it very likely to succeed, Humphrey," replied Jacob,
+"and I give you credit for the scheme. We will help you all we can.
+Where is the copse?"
+
+"Not half a mile farther," replied Humphrey. "We shall soon be there."
+
+On their arrival, they found that the herd were feeding at a
+considerable distance from the copse, which was, perhaps, as well.
+
+"Now," said Jacob, "I and Edward will enter into the copse with
+Smoker, and you follow us, Humphrey. I will make Smoker seize the
+heifer, if necessary; at all events he will keep her at bay--that is,
+if she is here. First, let us walk round the copse and find her
+_slot_, as we call the track of a deer. See, here is her footing.
+Now let us go in."
+
+They advanced cautiously into the thicket, following the track of the
+heifer, and at last came upon her. Apparently she had not calved more
+than an hour, and was licking the calf, which was not yet on its legs.
+As soon as the animal perceived Jacob and Edward, she shook her head,
+and was about to run at them; but Jacob told Smoker to seize her, and
+the dog flew at her immediately. The attack of the dog drove back the
+heifer quite into the thicket, and as the dog bounded round her,
+springing this way and that way to escape her horns, the heifer was
+soon separated from the calf.
+
+"Now then, Edward and Humphrey," said Jacob, advancing between the
+heifer and the calf, "lift up the calf between you and put it in the
+cart. Leave Smoker and me to manage the mother."
+
+The boys put their arms under the stomach of the calf, and carried it
+away. The heifer was at first too busy defending herself against the
+dog to perceive that the calf was gone; when she did, Jacob called
+Smoker to him, so as to bring him between the heifer and where the
+boys were going out of the thicket. At last the heifer gave a loud
+bellow, and rushed out of the thicket in pursuit of her calf, checked
+by Smoker, who held on to her ear, and sometimes stopped her from
+advancing.
+
+"Hold her, Smoker," said Jacob, who now went back to help the boys.
+"Hold her, boy. Is the calf in the cart?"
+
+"Yes, and tied fast," replied Edward, "and we are in the cart, too."
+
+"That's right," replied Jacob. "Now I'll get in too, and let us drive
+off. She'll follow us, depend upon it. Here, Smoker! Smoker! let her
+alone."
+
+Smoker, at this command, came bounding out of the copse, followed by
+the heifer, lowing most anxiously. Her lowing was responded to by the
+calf in the cart, and she ran wildly up to it.
+
+"Drive off, Humphrey," said Jacob; "I think I heard the lowing of the
+heifer answered by some of the herd, and the sooner we are off the
+better."
+
+Humphrey, who had the reins, drove off; the heifer followed, at one
+time running at the dog, at another putting her head almost into the
+hind part of the cart; but the lowing of the heifer was now answered
+by deeper tones, and Jacob said,
+
+"Edward, get your gun ready, for I think the herd is following. Do not
+fire, however, until I tell you. We must be governed by circumstances.
+It won't do to lose the pony, or to run any serious risk, for the sake
+of the heifer and calf. Drive fast, Humphrey."
+
+A few minutes afterward they perceived, at about a quarter of a mile
+behind them, not the whole herd, but a single bull, who was coming up
+at a fast trot, with his tail in the air, and tossing his head, lowing
+deeply in answer to the heifer.
+
+"There's only one, after all," said Jacob; "I suppose the heifer is
+his favorite. Well, we can manage him. Smoker, come in. Come in, sir,
+directly," cried Jacob, perceiving that the dog was about to attack
+the bull.
+
+Smoker obeyed, and the bull advanced till he was within a hundred
+yards.
+
+"Now, Edward, do you fire first--aim for his shoulder. Humphrey, pull
+up."
+
+Humphrey stopped the pony and the bull continued to advance, but
+seemed puzzled who to attack, unless it was the dog. As soon as the
+bull was within sixty yards, Edward fired, and the animal fell down on
+its knees, tearing the ground with its horns.
+
+"That will do," said Jacob; "drive on again, Humphrey; we will have a
+look at that fellow by-and-by. At present we had better get home, as
+others may come. He's up again, but he is at a stand-still. I have an
+idea that he is hit hard."
+
+The cart drove on, followed by the heifer, but no more of the wild
+herd made their appearance, and they very soon gained the cottage.
+
+"Now, then, what shall we do?" said Jacob. "Come, Humphrey, you have
+had all the ordering of this, and have done it well."
+
+"Well, Jacob, we must now drive the cart into the yard, and shut the
+gate upon the cow, till I am ready."
+
+"That's easy done, by setting Smoker at her," replied Jacob; "but,
+mercy on us, there's Alice and Edith running out!--the heifer may kill
+them. Go back, Alice, run quite into the cottage, and shut the door
+till we come."
+
+Alice and Edith hearing this, and Edward also crying out to them, made
+a hasty retreat to the cottage. Humphrey then backed the cart against
+the paling of the yard, so as to enable Edward to get on the other
+side of it, ready to open the gate. Smoker was set at the heifer, and,
+as before, soon engaged her attention; so that the gate was opened and
+the cart drove in, and the gate closed again, before the heifer could
+follow.
+
+"Well, Humphrey, what next?"
+
+"Why, now lift the calf out, and put it into the cow-house. I will go
+into the cow-house with a rope and a slip-knot at the end of it, get
+upon the beam above, and drop it over her horns as she's busy with the
+calf, which she will be as soon as you let her in. I shall pass the
+end of the rope outside for you to haul up when I am ready, and then
+we shall have her fast, till we can secure her properly. When I call
+out Ready, do you open the gate and let her in. You can do that and
+jump into the cart afterward, for fear she may run at you; but I don't
+think that she will, for it's the calf she wants, and not either of
+you."
+
+As soon as Humphrey was ready with the rope, he gave the word, and the
+gate was opened; the cow ran in immediately, and, hearing her calf
+bleat, went into the cow-house, the door of which was shut upon her. A
+minute afterward Humphrey cried out to them to haul upon the rope,
+which they did.
+
+"That will do," said Humphrey from the inside; "now make the rope
+fast, and then you may come in."
+
+They went in and found the heifer drawn close to the side of the cow-
+house by the rope which was round her horns, and unable to move her
+head.
+
+"Well, Humphrey, that's very clever; but now what is to be done?"
+
+"First, I'll saw off the tips of her horns, and then if she does run
+at us, she won't hurt us much. Wait till I go for the saw."
+
+As soon as the ends of her horns were sawed off, Humphrey took another
+piece of rope, which he fastened securely round her horns, and then
+made the other end fast to the side of the building, so that the
+animal could move about a little and eat out of the crib.
+
+"There," said Humphrey, "now time and patience must do the rest. We
+must coax her and handle her, and we soon shall tame her. At present
+let us leave her with the calf. She has a yard of rope, and that is
+enough for her to lick her calf, which is all that she requires at
+present. To-morrow we will cut some grass for her."
+
+They then went out, shutting the cow-house door.
+
+"Well, Humphrey, you've beat us after all, and have the laugh on your
+side now," said Jacob. "'Where there's a will, there's a way,' that's
+certain; and I assure you, that when you were making so much hay, and
+gathering so much litter, and building a cow-house, I had no more idea
+that we should have a cow than that we should have an elephant; and I
+will say that you deserve great credit for your way of obtaining it."
+
+"That he certainly does," replied Edward. "You have more genius than I
+have, brother. But dinner must be ready, if Alice has done her duty.
+What think you Jacob, shall we after dinner go and look after that
+bull?"
+
+"Yes, by all means. He will not be bad eating, and I can sell all I
+can carry in the cart at Lymington. Besides, the skin is worth money."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+
+Alice and Edith were very anxious to see the cow, and especially to
+see the calf; but Humphrey told them that they must not go near till
+he went with them, and then they should see it. After dinner was over,
+Jacob and Edward took their guns, and Humphrey put Billy in the cart
+and followed them. They found the bull where they left him, standing
+quite still; he tossed, his head when they approached him, which they
+did carefully, but he did not attempt to run at them.
+
+"It's my idea that he has nearly bled to death," said Jacob; "but
+there's nothing like making sure. Edward, put a bullet just three
+inches behind his shoulder, and that will make all safe."
+
+Edward did so, and the animal fell dead. They went up to the carcass,
+which they estimated to weigh at least fifty stone.
+
+"It is a noble beast," said Edward; "I wonder we never thought of
+killing one before?"
+
+"They aren't game, Edward," replied Jacob.
+
+"No, they are not now, Jacob," said Humphrey; "as you and Edward claim
+all the game, I shall claim the cattle as my portion of the forest.
+Recollect, there are more, and I mean to have more of them yet."
+
+"Well, Humphrey, I give you up all my rights, if I have any,"
+
+"And I, all mine," added Edward.
+
+"Be it so. Some day you'll see what I shall do," replied Humphrey.
+"Recollect, I am to sell the cattle for my own self-advantage until I
+buy a gun, and one or two things which I want."
+
+"I agree to that too, Humphrey," replied Jacob; "and now to skin the
+beast."
+
+The skinning and quartering took up the whole afternoon, and Billy was
+heavy laden when he drew his cart home. The next day Jacob went to
+Lymington to sell the bull and the skin, and returned home well
+satisfied with the profit he had made. He had procured, as Humphrey
+requested, some milk-pans, a small churn, and milk-pail out of the
+proceeds, and had still money left. Humphrey told them that he had not
+been to see the heifer yet, as he thought it better not.
+
+"She will be tame to-morrow morning, depend upon it," said he.
+
+"But if you give her nothing to eat, will not the calf die?"
+
+"Oh no, I should think not. I shall not starve her, but I will make
+her thankful for her food before she gets it. I shall cut her some
+grass to-morrow morning."
+
+We may as well here say, that the next morning Humphrey went in to the
+heifer. At first she tossed about, and was very unruly. He gave her
+some grass, and patted her and coaxed her for a long while, till at
+last she allowed him to touch her gently. Every day for a fortnight he
+brought her food, and she became quieter every day, till at last if he
+went up to her, she never pushed with her horns. The calf became quite
+tame, and as the heifer perceived that the calf was quiet, she became
+more quiet herself. After the fortnight, Humphrey would not allow the
+heifer to receive any thing except from the hand of Alice, that the
+animal might know her well; and when the calf was a month old,
+Humphrey made the first attempt to milk her. This was resisted at
+first by kicking, but in the course of ten days she gave down her
+milk. Humphrey then let her loose for a few days to run about the
+yard, still keeping the calf in the cow-house, and putting the heifer
+in to her at night, milking her before the calf was allowed to suck.
+After this he adventured upon the last experiment, which was to turn
+her out of the yard to graze in the forest. She went away to some
+distance, and he was fearful that she would join the herd, but in the
+evening she came back again to her calf. After this he was satisfied,
+and turned her out every day, and they had no further trouble with
+her. He would not, however, wean the calf till the winter time, when
+she was shut up in the yard and fed on hay. He then weaned the calf,
+which was a cow calf, and they had no more trouble with the mother.
+Alice soon learned to milk her, and she became very tractable and
+good-tempered. Such was the commencement of the dairy at the cottage.
+
+"Jacob," said Humphrey, "when do you go to Lymington again?"
+
+"Why, I do not know. The end of August, as it is now, and the month of
+September, is not good for venison; and, therefore, I do not see what
+I shall have to go for."
+
+"Well, I wish when you do go, you would get something for Alice and
+something for me."
+
+"And what is it that Alice wants?"
+
+"She wants a kitten."
+
+"Well, I think I may find that. And what do you want, Humphrey?"
+
+"I want a dog. Smoker is yours altogether; I want a dog for myself, to
+bring up after my own fashion."
+
+"Well, I ought to look out for another dog: although Smoker is not
+old, yet one ought to have two dogs to one's gun in case of accident."
+
+"I think so too," replied Edward; "see if you can get two puppies, one
+for Humphrey and one for myself."
+
+"Well, I must not go to Lymington for them. I must cross the forest,
+to see some friends of mine whom I have not seen for a long while, and
+I may get some of the right sort of puppies there, just like Smoker.
+I'll do that at once, as I may have to wait for them, even if I do
+have the promise."
+
+"May I go with you, Jacob?" said Edward.
+
+"Why, I would rather not; they may ask questions?"
+
+"And so would I rather he would not, for he will shirk his work here."
+
+"Why, what is there to do, Humphrey?"
+
+"Plenty to do, and hard work, Edward; the acorns are fit for beating
+down, and we want a great many bushels for the pigs. We have to fatten
+three, and to feed the rest during the winter. I can not get on well
+with only Alice and Edith; so if you are not very lazy, you will stay
+with us and help us."
+
+"Humphrey, you think of nothing but your pigs and farmyard."
+
+"And you are too great a hunter to think of any thing but a stag; but
+a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush, in my opinion; and I'll
+make more by my farmyard than you ever will by the forest."
+
+"Humphrey has nothing to do with the poultry and eggs, has he, Edward"
+they belong to Edith and me, and Jacob shall take them to Lymington
+and sell them for us, and get us some new clothes for Sunday, for
+these begin to look rather worn--and no wonder."
+
+"No, dearest, the poultry are yours, and I will sell them for you as
+soon as you please, and buy what you wish with the money," replied
+Jacob. "Let Humphrey make all the money he can with his pigs."
+
+"Yes; and the butter belongs to me, if I make it," said Alice.
+
+"No no," replied Humphrey; "that's not fair; I find cows, and get
+nothing for them. We must go halves Alice."
+
+"Well, I've no objection to that," said Alice "because you find the
+cows and feed them. I made a pound of butter yesterday, just to try
+what I could do; but it's not firm, Jacob. How is that?"
+
+"I have seen the women make butter, and know how, Alice; so next time
+I will be with you. I suppose you did not wash your butter-milk well
+out, nor put any salt in it?"
+
+"I did not put any salt in it."
+
+"But you must, or the butter will not keep."
+
+It was arranged that Edward should stay at home to assist in
+collecting the acorns for the pigs, and that Jacob should cross the
+forest alone to see after the puppies, and he set off the next
+morning. He was away two days, and then returned; said that he had a
+promise of two puppies, and that he had chosen them; they were of the
+same breed as Smoker, but they were only a fortnight old, and could
+not be taken from the mother yet awhile, so that he had arranged to
+call again when they were three or four months old, and able to follow
+him across the forest. Jacob also said that he was very near being
+hurt by a stag that had made at him--for at that season of the year
+the stags were very dangerous and fierce--but that he had fired, and
+struck off one of the animal's horns, which made it turn.
+
+"You must be careful, Edward, how you go about the forest now."
+
+"I have no wish to go," replied Edward; "as we can not hunt, it is no
+use; but in November we shall begin again."
+
+"Yes," replied Jacob, "that will be soon enough. To-morrow I will help
+you with the acorns, and the day afterward, if I am spared, I will
+take Alice's poultry to Lymington for her."
+
+"Yes, and when you come back you will help me to churn for then I
+shall have a good deal of cream."
+
+"And don't forget to buy the kitten, Jacob," said Edith.
+
+"What's the good of a kitten?" said Humphrey, who was very busy making
+a bird-cage for Edith, having just finished one for Alice; "she will
+only steal your cream and eat up your birds."
+
+"No, she won't; for we'll shut the door fast where the milk and cream
+are, and we'll hang the cages so high that Miss Puss won't be able to
+get at them."
+
+"Well, then, a kitten will be useful," said Edward, "for she will
+teach you to be careful."
+
+"My coat is a little the worse for wear, and so is yours, Edward. We
+must try if we can not, like Alice, find means to pay for another."
+
+"Humphrey," said Jacob, "I'll buy all you want, and trust to you for
+paying me again as soon as you can."
+
+"That's just what I want," replied Humphrey. "Then you must buy me a
+gun and a new suit of clothes first; when I've paid for them, I shall
+want some more tools, and some nails and screws, and two or three
+other things; but I will say nothing about them just now. Get me my
+gun, and I'll try what the forest will do for me--especially after I
+have my dog."
+
+"Well, we shall see; perhaps you'll like to come out with me sometimes
+and learn woodcraft, for Edward knows as much as I do now, and can go
+out by himself."
+
+"Of course I will, Jacob: I want to learn every thing."
+
+"Well, there's a little money left in the bag yet, and I will go to
+Lymington to-morrow. Now I think it is time we were in bed; and if you
+are all as tired as I am, you will sleep soundly."
+
+Jacob put into the cart the next day about forty of the chickens which
+Alice had reared; the others were kept to increase the number in the
+poultry-yard. They had cost little or nothing bringing up; for when
+quite young, they only had a little oatmeal cake, and afterward, with
+the potatoes which were left, they found themselves, as fowls can
+always do when they have a great range of ground to go over.
+
+Jacob came back at sunset, with all the articles. He brought a new
+suit for Alice and Edith, with some needles and thread, and worsted,
+and gave her some money which was left from the sale of the chickens,
+after he had made the purchases. He also bought a new suit for Edward
+and Humphrey, and a gun, which was much approved of by Humphrey, as it
+had a larger bore and carried a heavier bullet than either Jacob's or
+Edward's; and there was a white kitten for Alice and Edith. There was
+no news, only that the Levelers had opposed Cromwell, and he had put
+them down with the other troops, and Jacob said that it appeared that
+they were all squabbling and fighting with each other.
+
+Time passed; the month of November came on without any thing to
+disturb the daily employments of the family in the forest: when one
+evening, Jacob, who had returned from hunting with Edward (the first
+time they had been out since the season commenced) told Alice that she
+must do all she could to give them a good dinner the next day, as it
+was to be a feast.
+
+"Why so, Jacob?"
+
+"If you can not guess, I won't tell you till the time comes," replied
+Jacob.
+
+"Well then, Humphrey must help us," replied Alice, "and we will do
+what we can. I will try, now that we have some meat, to make a grand
+dinner."
+
+Alice made all the preparations, and had for dinner the next day a
+piece of baked venison, a venison stew, a pair of roast chickens, and
+an apple pie--which, for them, was a very grand dinner indeed. And it
+was very well dressed: for Jacob had taught her to cook, and by
+degrees she improved upon Jacob's instruction. Humphrey was quite as
+clever at it as she was; and little Edith was very useful, as she
+plucked the fowls, and watched the things while they were cooking.
+
+"And now I'll tell you," said Jacob, after saying grace, "why I asked
+you for a feast this day. It is because exactly on this day
+twelvemonth I brought you all to the cottage. Now you know."
+
+"I did not know it, certainly, but I dare say you are right," replied
+Edward.
+
+"And now, children, tell me," said Jacob, "has not this year passed
+very quickly and very happily--quite as quickly and quite as happily
+as if you had been staying at Arnwood?"
+
+"Yes, more so," replied Humphrey; "for then very often I did not know
+what to do to amuse myself, and since I have been here the days have
+always been too short."
+
+"I agree with Humphrey," said Edward.
+
+"And I am sure I do," replied Alice; "I'm always busy and always
+happy, and I'm never scolded about dirtying my clothes or tearing
+them, as I used to be."
+
+"And what does little Edith say?"
+
+"I like to help Alice, and I like to play with the kitten," replied
+Edith.
+
+"Well, my children" said Jacob, "depend upon it, you are most happy
+when your days pass quickest, and that is only the case when you have
+plenty to do. Here you are in peace and safety; and may it please God
+that you may continue so! We want very few things in this world--that
+is, we really want very few things, although we wish and sigh for
+many. You have health and spirits, which are the greatest blessings in
+life. Who would believe, to look at you all, that you were the same
+children that I brought away from Arnwood? You were then very
+different from what you are now. You are strong and healthy, rosy and
+brown, instead of being fair and delicate. Look at your sisters,
+Edward. Do you think that any of your former friends--do you think
+that Martha, who had the care of them, would know them?"
+
+Edward smiled, and said, "Certainly not; especially in their present
+dresses."
+
+"Nor would, I think, Humphrey be known again. You, Edward, were always
+a stout boy; and, except that you have grown very much, and are more
+brown, there is no great difference. You would be known again, even in
+your present forester's dress; but what I say is, that we ought to be
+thankful to the Almighty that you, instead of being burned in your
+beds, have found health, and happiness, and security, in a forester's
+hut; and I ought to be, and am, most thankful to Heaven, that it has
+pleased it to spare my life, and enable me to teach you all to the
+present, how to gain your own livelihoods after I am called away. I
+have been able so far to fulfill my promise to your noble father; and
+you know not what a heavy load on my mind is every day lessened, as I
+see each day that you are more and more able to provide for
+yourselves. God bless you, dear children, and may you live to see many
+returns, and happy returns, of the day;" and Jacob was so much moved
+as he said this, that a tear was seen rolling down his furrowed cheek.
+
+The second winter now came on. Jacob and Edward went out hunting
+usually about twice a-week; for the old forester complained of
+stiffness and rheumatism, and not feeling so active as he used to be.
+Humphrey now accompanied Edward perhaps one day in the week, but not
+more, and they seldom returned without having procured venison, for
+Edward knew his business well, and no longer needed the advice of
+Jacob. As the winter advanced, Jacob gave up going out altogether. He
+went to Lymington to sell the venison and procure what was necessary
+for the household, such as oatmeal and flour, which were the principal
+wants, but even these journeys fatigued him, and it was evident that
+the old man's constitution was breaking fast. Humphrey was always
+busy. One evening he was making something which puzzled them all. They
+asked him what it was for, but he would not tell them.
+
+"It's an experiment that I am trying," said he as he was bending a
+hazel stick. "If it answers, you shall know: if it does not, I've only
+had a little trouble for nothing. Jacob, I hope you will not forget
+the salt to-morrow when you go to Lymington, for my pigs are ready for
+killing, and we must salt the greatest part of the pork. After the
+legs and shoulders have lain long enough in salt, I mean to try if I
+can not smoke them, and if I do, I'll then smoke some bacon. Won't
+that be jolly, Alice? Won't you like to have a great piece of bacon
+hanging up there, and only to have to get on a stool to cut off what
+you want, when Edward and I come home hungry, and you've nothing to
+give us to eat?"
+
+"I shall be very glad to have it, and I think so will you too, by the
+way you talk."
+
+"I shall, I assure you. Jacob, didn't you say the ash sticks were the
+best to smoke bacon with?"
+
+"Yes, boy: when you are ready, I'll tell you how to manage. My poor
+mother used to smoke very well up this very chimney."
+
+"I think that will do," said Humphrey, letting his hazel stick spring
+up, after he had bent it down, "but to-morrow I shall find out."
+
+"But what is it for, Humphrey?" said Edith.
+
+"Go away, puss, and play with your kitten," replied Humphrey, putting
+away his tools and his materials in a corner; "I've a great deal on my
+hands now, but I must kill my pigs before I think of any thing else."
+
+The next day Jacob took the venison into Lymington, and brought back
+the salt and other articles required. The pigs wore then killed, and
+salted down under Jacob's directions; his rheumatism did not allow him
+to assist, but Humphrey and Edward rubbed in the salt, and Alice took
+the pieces of pork away to the tub when they were finished. Humphrey
+had been out the day before with the unknown article he had been so
+long about. The next morning he went out early before breakfast and
+when he returned, he brought a hare in his hand, which he laid on the
+table.
+
+"There," said he, "my spring has answered, and this is the first
+fruits of it. Now I'll make some more, and we will have something by
+way of a change for dinner."
+
+They were very much pleased with Humphrey's success, and he was not a
+little proud of it.
+
+"How did you find out how to make it?"
+
+"Why, I read in the old book of travels which Jacob brought home with
+him last summer, of people catching rabbits and hares in some way like
+this; I could not make it out exactly, but it gave me the idea."
+
+We ought to have told the reader that Jacob had more than once brought
+home an old book or two which he had picked up, or had given him, and
+that these had been occasionally looked into by Humphrey and Edward,
+but only now and then, as they had too much to do to find much time
+for reading, although sometimes, in the evening, they did take them
+up. When it is considered how young they were, and what a practical
+and busy life they led, this can not be surprising.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+
+Humphrey was now after something else. He had made several traps, and
+brought in rabbits and hares almost every day. He had also made some
+bird-traps, and had caught two goldfinches for Alice and Edith, which
+they put in the cages he had made for them. But, as we said, Humphrey
+was about something else; he was out early in the morning, and in the
+evening, when the moon was up, he came home late, long after they had
+all gone to bed; but they never knew why, nor would he tell them. A
+heavy fall of snow took place, and Humphrey was more out than ever. At
+last, about a week after the snow had laid on the ground, one morning
+he came in with a hare and rabbit in his hand, and said,
+
+"Edward, I have caught something larger than a hare or a rabbit, and
+you must come and help me, and we must take our guns. Jacob, I suppose
+your rheumatism is too bad to let you come too?"
+
+"No; I think I can manage. It's the damp that hurts me so much. This
+frosty air will do me good, perhaps. I have been much' better since
+the snow fell. Now, then, let us see what you have caught."
+
+"You will have to walk two miles," said Humphrey, as they went out.
+
+"I can manage it, Humphrey, so lead the way."
+
+Humphrey went on till they came close to a clump of large trees, and
+then brought them to a pitfall which he had dug, about six feet wide
+and eight feet long, and nine feet deep.
+
+"There's my large trap," said Humphrey, "and see what I have caught in
+it."
+
+They looked down into the pit and perceived a young bull in it.
+Smoker, who was with him, began to bark furiously at it.
+
+"Now, what are we to do? I don't think it is hurt. Can we get it out?"
+said Humphrey.
+
+"No, not very well. If it was a calf, we might; but it is too heavy,
+and if we were to get it out alive, we must kill it after ward, so we
+had better shoot it at once."
+
+"So I think," replied Humphrey.
+
+"But how did you catch him?" said Edward.
+
+"I read of it in the same book I did about the traps for hares,"
+replied Humphrey. "I dug out the pit and covered it with brambles, and
+then put snow at the top. This is the thicket that the herd comes to
+chiefly in winter time; it is large and dry, and the large trees
+shelter it; so that is why I chose this spot. I took a large bundle of
+hay, put some on the snow about the pit, and then strewed some more
+about in small handfuls, so that the cattle must find it, and pick it
+up, which I knew they would be glad to do, now that the snow is on the
+ground. And now, you see, I have succeeded."
+
+"Well, Humphrey, you beat us, I will say," said Edward. "Shall I shoot
+him?"
+
+"Yes, now that he is looking up."
+
+Edward shot his ball through the forehead of the animal, which fell
+dead: but they were then obliged to go home for the pony and cart, and
+ropes to get the animal out of the pit, and a hard job they had of it
+too; but the pony helped them, and they did get it out at last.
+
+"I will do it easier next time," said Humphrey. "I will make a
+windlass as soon as I can, and we will soon hoist out another, like
+they turn a bucket of water up from a well"
+
+"It's nice young meat," said Jacob, who was skinning the bull, "not
+above eighteen months old, I should think. Had it been a full-grown
+one, like that we shot, it must have remained where it was, for we
+never could have got it out."
+
+"Yes, Jacob, we should, for I should have gone down and cut it up in
+the pit, so that we would have handed it out by bits, if we could not
+have managed him whole."
+
+They loaded the cart with the skin and quarters of the animal, and
+then drove home.
+
+"This will go far to pay for the gun, Humphrey," said Jacob, "if it
+don't pay for more." "I am glad of it," said Humphrey, "but I hope it
+will not be the last which I take."
+
+"That reminds me, Humphrey, of one thing; I think you must come back
+with the cart and carry away all the entrails of the beast, and remove
+all the blood which is on the snow, for I've observed that cattle are
+very scared with the smell and sight of blood. I found that out by
+once or twice seeing them come to where I have cut the throat of a
+stag, and as soon as they have put their noses down to where the blood
+was on the ground, they have put their tails up and galloped away,
+bellowing at a terrible rate. Indeed, I've heard say, that if a murder
+has been committed in a wood, and you want to find the body, that a
+herd of cattle drove into it will serve you better than even a
+bloodhound."
+
+"Thank you for telling me that, Jacob, for I should never have
+supposed it, and I'll tell you what I'll also do; I'll load the cart
+with fern litter, and put it at the bottom of the pit, so that if I
+could get a heifer or calf worth taking, it may not be hurt by the
+fall."
+
+"It must have taken you a long while to dig that pit, Humphrey."
+
+"Yes, it did, and as I got deeper the work was harder, and then I had
+to carry away all the earth and scatter it about. I was more than a
+month about it from the time that I began till it was finished, and I
+had a ladder to go up and down by at last, and carried the baskets of
+earth up, for it was too deep to throw it out."
+
+"Nothing like patience and perseverance, Humphrey. You've more than I
+have."
+
+"I'm sure he has more than I have, or shall ever have, I'm afraid,"
+replied Edward.
+
+During this winter, which passed rapidly way very few circumstances of
+any consequence occurred. Old Jacob was more or less confined to the
+cottage by the rheumatism, and Edward hunted either by himself or
+occasionally with Humphrey. Humphrey was fortunate enough to take a
+bull and a cow calf in his pitfall, both of them about a year or
+fifteen months old, and by a rude invention of his, by way of
+windlass, contrived, with the assistance of Edward, to hoist them
+uninjured out of the pit. They were put into the yard, and after
+having been starved till they were tamed, they followed the example of
+the heifer and calf, and became quite tame. These were an important
+addition to their stock, as may well be imagined. The only mishap
+under which they labored was, old Jacob's confinement to the cottage,
+which, as the winter advanced, prevented him from going to Lymington;
+they could not, therefore, sell any venison; and Humphrey, by way of
+experiment, smoked some venison hams, which he hung up with the
+others. There was another point on which they felt anxiety, which was,
+that Jacob could not cross the forest to get the puppies which had
+been promised them, and the time was passed, for it was now January,
+when he was to have called for them. Edward and Humphrey pressed the
+old man very hard to let one of them go, but the only answer they
+could obtain was "that he'd be better soon." At last, finding that he
+got worse instead of better, he consented that Edward should go. He
+gave directions how to proceed, the way he was to take, and a
+description of the keeper's lodge; cautioned him to call himself by
+the name of Armitage, and describe himself as his grandson. Edward
+promised to obey Jacob's directions, and the next morning he set off,
+mounted upon White Billy, with a little money in his pocket in case he
+should want it.
+
+"I wish I was going with you," said Humphrey, as he walked by the side
+of the pony.
+
+"I wish you were, Humphrey: for my part, I feel as if I were a slave
+set at liberty. I do justice to old Jacob's kindness and good will,
+and acknowledge how much we are indebted to him; but still to be
+housed up here in the forest, never seeing or speaking to any one,
+shut out from the world, does not sun Edward Beverley. Our father was
+a soldier, and a right good one, and if I were old enough I think even
+now I should escape and join the royal party, broken as it may be and
+by all accounts is, at this moment. Deer stalking is all very well,
+but I fly at higher game." "I feel the same as you do," replied
+Humphrey: "but recollect, Edward, that the old man's very infirm, and
+what would become of our sisters if we were to leave them?"
+
+"I know that well, Humphrey--I have no idea of leaving them, you may
+be sure; but I wish they were with our relations in safety, and then
+we should be free to act."
+
+"Yes, we should, Edward; but recollect that we are not yet men, and
+boys of fifteen and thirteen can not do much, although they may wish
+to do much."
+
+"It's true that I am only fifteen," replied Edward, "but I am strong
+enough, and so are you. I think if I had a fair cut at a man's head I
+would make him stagger under it, were he as big as a buffalo. As young
+as I have been to the wars, that I know well; and I recollect my
+father promising me that I should go with him as soon as I was
+fifteen."
+
+"What puzzles me," replied Humphrey, "is, the fear that old Jacob has
+of our being seen at Lymington."
+
+"Why, what fear is there?"
+
+"I can not tell more than you; in my opinion, the fear is only in his
+own imagination. They surely would not hurt us (if we walked about
+without arms like other people) because our father had fought for the
+king? That they have beheaded some people it is true, but then they
+were plotting in the king's favor, or in other ways opposed to
+Parliament. This I have gathered from Jacob: but I can not see what we
+have to fear if we remain quiet. But now comes the question, Edward,
+for Jacob has, I believe, said more to me on one subject than he has
+to you. Suppose you were to leave the forest, what would be the first
+step which you would take?"
+
+"I should, of course, state who I was, and take possession of my
+father's property at Arnwood, which is mine by descent."
+
+"Exactly; so Jacob thinks, and he says that would be your ruin, for
+the property is sequestered, as they call it, or forfeited to the
+Parliament, in consequence of your father having fought against it on
+the king's side. It no longer belongs to you, and you would not be
+allowed to take it: on the contrary, you would, in all probability, be
+imprisoned, and who knows what might then take place? You see there is
+danger."
+
+"Did Jacob say this to you?"
+
+"Yes, he did: he told me he dare not speak to you on the subject, you
+were so fiery; and if you heard that the property was confiscated, you
+would certainly do some rash act, and that any thing of the kind would
+be a pretense for laying hold of you; and then he said that he did not
+think that he would live long, for he was weaker every day; and that
+he only hoped his life would be spared another year or two, that he
+might keep you quiet till better times came. He said that if they
+supposed that we were all burned in the house when it was fired, it
+would give them a fair opportunity of calling you an impostor and
+treating you accordingly, and that there were so many anxious to have
+a gift of the property, that you would have thousands of people
+compassing your death. He said that your making known yourself and
+claiming your property would be the very conduct that your enemies
+would wish you to follow, and would be attended with most fatal
+consequences; for he said, to prove that you were Edward Beverley, you
+must declare that I and your sisters were in the forest with him, and
+this disclosure would put the whole family in the power of their
+bitterest enemies; and what would become of your sisters, it would be
+impossible to say, but most likely they would be put under the charge
+of some Puritan family who would have a pleasure in ill-treating and
+humiliating the daughters of such a man as Colonel Beverley."
+
+"And why did he not tell me all this?"
+
+"He was afraid to say any thing to you; he thought that you would be
+so mad at the idea of this injustice that you would do something rash:
+and he said, I pray every night that my otherwise useless life may be
+spared; for, were I to die, I know that Edward would quit the forest."
+
+"Never, while my sisters are under my protection," replied Edward;
+"were they safe, I would be out of it to-morrow."
+
+"I think, Edward, that there is great truth in what Jacob says; you
+could do no good (for they would not restore your property) by making
+your seclusion known at present, and you might do a great deal of
+harm--'bide your time' is good advice in such troubled times. I
+therefore think that I should be very wary if I were you; but I still
+think that there is no fear of either you or I going out of the
+forest, in our present dresses and under the name of Armitage. No one
+would recognize us; you are grown tall and so am I, and we are so
+tanned and sunburned with air and exercise, that we do look more like
+Children of the Forest than the sons of Colonel Beverley."
+
+"Humphrey, you speak very sensibly, and I agree with you. I am not
+quite so fiery as the old man thinks; and if my bosom burns with
+indignation, at all events I have sufficient power to conceal my
+feelings when it is necessary; I can oppose art to art, if it becomes
+requisite, and which, from what you have said, I believe now is really
+so. One thing is certain, that while King Charles is a prisoner, as he
+now is, and his party dispersed and gone abroad, I can do nothing, and
+to make myself known would only be to injure myself and all of us.
+Keep quiet, therefore, I certainly shall, and also remain as I am now,
+under a false name; but still I must and will mix up with other people
+and know what is going on. I am willing to live in this forest and
+protect my sisters as long as it is necessary so to do; but although I
+will reside here, I will not be confined to the forest altogether."
+
+"That's exactly what I think too, Edward--what I wish myself; but let
+us not be too hasty even in this. And now, I will wish you a pleasant
+ride; and, Edward, if you can, procure of the keepers some small shot
+for me; I much wish to have some."
+
+"I will not forget; good-by, brother."
+
+Humphrey returned home to attend his farmyard, while Edward continued
+his journey through the forest. Some estimate of the character of the
+two boys may be formed from the above conversation. Edward was
+courageous and impetuous hasty in his resolves, but still open to
+conviction. Brought up as the heir to the property, he felt, more than
+Humphrey could be expected to do, the mortification of being left a
+pauper, after such high prospects in his early days: his vindictive
+feelings against the opposite party were therefore more keen, and his
+spirit mounted more from the conviction under which he labored. His
+disposition was naturally warlike, and this disposition had been
+fostered by his father when he was a child--still a kinder heart or a
+more generous lad never existed.
+
+Humphrey was of a much more subdued and philosophical temperament, not
+perhaps so well calculated to lead as to advise; there was great
+prudence in him united with courage, but his was a passive courage
+rather than an active one--a courage which, if assailed, would defend
+itself valiantly, but would be wary and reflective before it would
+attack. Humphrey had not that spirit of chivalry possessed by Edward.
+He was a younger son, and had to earn, in a way, his own fortune, and
+he felt that his inclinations were more for peace than strife.
+Moreover, Humphrey had talents which Edward had not--a natural talent
+for mechanics, and an inquisitive research into science, as far as his
+limited education would permit him. He was more fitted for an engineer
+or an agriculturist than for a soldier, although there is no doubt
+that he would have made a very brave soldier, if such was to have
+become his avocation.
+
+For kindness and generosity of nature he was equal to his brother, and
+this was the reason why an angry word never passed between them; for
+the question between them was not which should have his way, but which
+should give up most to the wishes of the other. We hardly need say,
+that there never were two brothers who were more attached, and who so
+mutually respected each other.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+
+Edward put the pony to a trot, and in two hours was on the other side
+of the New Forest. The directions given to him by Jacob were not
+forgotten, and before it was noon he found himself at the gate of the
+keeper's house. Dismounting, and hanging the bridle of the pony over
+the rail, he walked through a small garden, neatly kept, but, so early
+in the year, not over gay, except that the crocus and snowdrops were
+peeping. He rapped at the door with his knuckles, and a girl of about
+fourteen, very neatly dressed, answered the summons.
+
+"Is Oswald Partridge at home, maiden," said Edward.
+
+"No, young man, he is not. He is in the forest?"
+
+"When will he return?"
+
+"Toward the evening is his time, unless he is more than usually
+successful."
+
+"I have come some distance to find him," replied Edward; "and it would
+vex me to return without seeing him. Has he a wife, or any one that I
+could speak to?"
+
+"He has no wife; but I am willing to deliver a message."
+
+"I am come about some dogs which he promised to Jacob Armitage, my
+relation; but the old man is too unwell, and has been for some time,
+to come himself for them, and he has sent me."
+
+"There are dogs, young and old, large and small, in the kennels; so
+far do I know, and no more."
+
+"I fear, then, I must wait till his return," replied Edward.
+
+"I will speak to my father," replied the young girl, "if you will wait
+one moment."
+
+In a minute or two the girl returned, saying that her father begged
+that he would walk in, and he would speak with him. Edward bowed, and
+followed the young girl, who led the way to a room, in which was
+seated a man dressed after the fashion of the Roundheads of the day.
+His steeple-crowned hat lay on the chair, with his sword beneath it.
+He was sitting at a table covered with papers.
+
+"Here is the youth, father," said the girl; and having said this, she
+crossed the room and took a seat by the side of the fire. The man, or
+we should rather say gentleman--for he had the appearance of one,
+notwithstanding the somber and peculiar dress he wore, continued to
+read a letter which he had just opened; and Edward, who feared himself
+the prisoner of a Roundhead, when he only expected to meet a keeper,
+was further irritated by the neglect shown toward him by the party.
+Forgetting that he was, by his own assertion, not Edward Beverley, but
+the relative of one Jacob Armitage, he colored up with anger as he
+stood at the door. Fortunately the time that it took the other party
+to read through the letter gave Edward also time for recollecting the
+disguise under which he appeared; the color subsided from his cheeks,
+and he remained in silence, occasionally meeting the look of the
+little girl, who, when their eyes met, immediately withdrew her
+glance.
+
+"What is your business, young man?" at last said the gentleman at the
+table.
+
+"I came, sir, on private business with the keeper, Oswald Partridge,
+to obtain two young hounds, which he promised to my grandfather, Jacob
+Armitage."
+
+"Armitage!" said the other party, referring to a list on the table;
+"Armitage--Jacob--yes--I see he is one of the verderers. Why has he
+not been here to call upon me?"
+
+"For what reason should he call upon you, sir?" replied Edward.
+
+"Simply, young man, because the New Forest is, by the Parliament,
+committed to my charge. Notice has been given for all those who were
+employed to come here, that they might be permitted to remain, or be
+discharged, as I may deem most advisable."
+
+"Jacob Armitage has heard nothing of this, sir," replied Edward. "He
+was a keeper, appointed under the king; for two or three years his
+allowances have never been paid, and he has lived on his own cottage,
+which was left to him by his father, being his own property."
+
+"And pray, may I ask, young man, do you live with Jacob Armitage?"
+
+"I have done so for more than a year."
+
+"And as your relation has received no pay and allowances, as you
+state, pray by what means has he maintained himself?"
+
+"How have the other keepers maintained themselves?" replied Edward.
+
+"Do not put questions to me, sir," replied the gentleman; "but be
+pleased to reply to mine. What has been the means of subsistence of
+Jacob Armitage?"
+
+"If you think he has no means of subsistence, sir, you are mistaken,"
+replied Edward. "We have land of our own, which we cultivate; we have
+our pony and our cart; we have our pigs and our cows."
+
+"And they have been sufficient?"
+
+"Had the patriarchs more?" replied Edward.
+
+"You are pithy at reply, young man; but I know something of Jacob
+Armitage, and we know," continued he, putting his finger close to some
+writing opposite the name on the list, "with whom he has associated,
+and with whom he has served. Now allow me to put one question. You
+have come, you say, for two young hounds. Are their services required
+for your pigs and cows, and to what uses are they to be put."
+
+"We have as good a dog as there is in the forest," replied Edward;
+"but we wished to have others in case we should lose him."
+
+"As good a dog as in the forest--good for what?"
+
+"For hunting."
+
+"Then you acknowledge that you do hunt?"
+
+"I acknowledge nothing for Jacob Armitage; he may answer for himself,"
+replied Edward; "but allow me to assure you that if he has killed
+venison, no one can blame him."
+
+"Perhaps you will explain why?"
+
+"Nothing is more easy. Jacob Armitage served King Charles, who
+employed him as a verderer in the forest, and paid him his wages.
+Those who should not have done so rebelled against the king, took his
+authority from him, and the means of paying those he employed. They
+were still servants of the king, for they were not dismissed; and,
+having no other means of support, they considered that their good
+master would be but too happy that they should support themselves by
+killing, for their subsistence, that venison which they could no
+longer preserve for him without eating some themselves."
+
+"Then you admit that Jacob Armitage has killed the deer in the
+forest?"
+
+"I admit nothing for Jacob Armitage."
+
+"You admit that you have killed it yourself."
+
+"I shall not answer that question, sir; in the first place, I am not
+here to criminate myself; and, in the next, I must know by what
+authority you have the right to inquire."
+
+"Young man," replied the other, in a severe tone, "if you wish to know
+my authority, malapert as you are (at this remark Edward started, yet,
+recollecting himself, he compressed his lips and stood still), this is
+my commission, appointing me the agent of Parliament to take charge
+and superintend the New Forest, with power to appoint and dismiss
+those whom I please. I presume you must take my word for it, as you
+can not read and write."
+
+Edward stepped up to the table, and very quietly took up the paper and
+read it. "You have stated what is correct, sir," said he, laying it
+down; "and the date of it is, I perceive, on the 20th of the last
+month--December. It is, therefore, but eighteen days old."
+
+"And what inference would you draw from that, young man ?" replied the
+gentleman, looking up to him with some astonishment.
+
+"Simply this, sir--that Jacob Armitage has been laid up with the
+rheumatism for three months, during which time he certainly has not
+killed any venison. Now, sir, until the Parliament took the forest
+into their hands, it undoubtedly belonged to his majesty, if it does
+not now; therefore Jacob Armitage, for whatever slaughter he may have
+committed, is, up to the present, only answerable to his sovereign,
+King Charles."
+
+"It is easy to perceive the school in which you have been brought up,
+young man, even if there was not evidence on this paper that your
+forefather nerved under the Cavalier, Colonel Beverley, and has been
+brought up to his way of thinking."
+
+"Sir, it is a base dog that bites the hand that feeds him," replied
+Edward, with warmth. "Jacob Armitage, and his father before him, were
+retainers in the family of Colonel Beverley; they were indebted to him
+for the situation they held in the forest; indebted to him for every
+thing; they revere his name, they uphold the cause for which he fell,
+as I do."
+
+"Young man, if you do not speak advisedly, at all events you speak
+gratefully; neither have I a word of disrespect to offer to the memory
+of Colonel Beverley, who was a gallant man, and true to the cause
+which he espoused, although it was not a holy one; but, in my
+position, I can not, in justice to those whom I serve, give places and
+emolument to those who have been, and still are, as I may judge by
+your expressions, adverse to the present government."
+
+"Sir," replied Edward, "your language, with respect to Colonel
+Beverley, has made me feel respect for you, which I confess I did not
+at first; what you say is very just, not that I think you harm Jacob
+Armitage, as, in the first place, I know that he would not serve under
+you; and, in the next, that he is too old and infirm to hold the
+situation; neither has he occasion for it, as his cottage and land are
+his own, and you can not remove him."
+
+"He has the title, I presume," replied the gentleman.
+
+"He has the title given to his grandfather, long before King Charles
+was born, and I presume the Parliament do not intend to invalidate the
+acts of former kings."
+
+"May I inquire what relation you are to Jacob Armitage?"
+
+"I believe I have said before, his grandson."
+
+"You live with him?"
+
+"I do."
+
+"And if the old man dies, will inherit his property?"
+
+Edward smiled, and looking at the young girl, said:
+
+"Now, I ask you, maiden, if your father does not presume upon his
+office."
+
+The young girl laughed, and said:
+
+"He is in authority."
+
+"Not over me, certainly, and not over my grandfather, for he has
+dismissed him."
+
+"Were you brought up at the cottage, young man?"
+
+"No, sir, I was brought up at Arnwood. I was playmate of the children
+of Colonel Beverley."
+
+"Educated with them?"
+
+"Yes, for as far as my willfulness would permit, the chaplain was
+always ready to give me instruction."
+
+"Where were you when Arnwood was burned down?"
+
+"I was at the cottage at that time," replied Edward, grinding his
+teeth and looking wildly.
+
+"Nay, nay, I can forgive any expression of feeling on your part, young
+man, when that dreadful and disgraceful deed is brought to your
+memory. It was a stain that can never be effaced--a deed most
+diabolical, and what we thought would call down the vengeance of
+Heaven. If prayers could avert, or did avert it, they were not wanting
+on our side."
+
+Edward remained silent: this admission on the part of the Roundhead
+prevented an explosion on his part. He felt that all were not so bad
+as he had imagined. After a long pause, he said:
+
+"When I came here, sir, it was to seek Oswald Partridge, and obtain
+the hounds which he had promised us; but I presume that my journey is
+now useless."
+
+"Why so?"
+
+"Because you have the control of the forest, and will not permit dogs
+for the chase to be given away to those who are not employed by the
+powers that now govern."
+
+"You have judged correctly, in so far that my duty is to prevent it;
+but as the promise was made previous to the date of my commission, I
+presume," said he, smiling, "you think I have no right to interfere,
+as it will be an _ex post facto_ case if I do: I shall not, therefore,
+interfere, only I must point out to you that the laws are still the
+same relative to those who take the deer in the forest by stealth--you
+understand me?"
+
+"Yes, sir, I do; and if you will not be offended, I will give you a
+candid reply."
+
+"Speak, then."
+
+"I consider that the deer in this forest belong to King Charles, who
+is my lawful sovereign, and I own no authority but from him. I hold
+myself answerable to him alone for any deer I may kill, and I feel
+sure of his permission and full forgiveness for what I may do."
+
+"That may be your opinion, my good sir, but it will not be the opinion
+of the ruling powers; but if caught, you will be punished, and that by
+me, in pursuance of the authority vested in me."
+
+"Well, sir, if so, so be it. You have dismissed the Armitages on
+account of their upholding the king, and you can not, therefore, be
+surprised that they uphold him more than ever. Nor can you be
+surprised if a dismissed verderer becomes a poacher."
+
+"Nor can you be surprised, if a poacher is caught, that he incurs the
+penalty," replied the Roundhead. "So now there's an end of our
+argument. If you go into the kitchen you will find wherewithal to
+refresh the outward man, and if you wish to remain till Oswald
+Partridge comes home, you are welcome."
+
+Edward, who felt indignant at being dismissed to the kitchen, nodded
+his head and smiled upon the little girl, and left the room. "Well,"
+thought he, as he went along the passage, "I came here for two
+puppies, and I have found a Roundhead. I don't know how it is, but I
+am not angry with him as I thought I should be. That little girl had a
+nice smile--she was quite handsome when she smiled. Oh, this is the
+kitchen, to which," thought he, "the Lord of Arnwood is dismissed by a
+Covenanter and Roundhead, probably a tradesman or outlaw, who has
+served the cause. Well, be it so; as Humphrey says, 'I'll bide my
+time.' But there is no one here, so I'll try if there is a stable for
+White Billy, who is tired, I presume, of being at the gate."
+
+Edward returned by the way he came, went out of the front door and
+through the garden to where the pony was made fast, and led him away
+in search of a stable. He found one behind the house, and filling the
+rack with hay, returned to the house and seated himself at a porch
+which was at the door which led to the back premises, for the keeper's
+house was large and commodious. Edward was in deep thought, when he
+was roused by the little girl, the daughter of the newly-appointed
+intendant of the forest, who said:
+
+"I am afraid, young sir, you have had but sorry welcome in the
+kitchen, as there was no one to receive you. I was not aware that
+Phoebe had gone out. If you will come with me, I may perhaps find you
+refreshment."
+
+"Thanks, maiden, you are kind and considerate to an avowed poacher,"
+replied Edward.
+
+"Oh, but you will not poach, I'm sure; and if you do, I'll beg you off
+if I can," replied the girl, laughing.
+
+Edward followed her into the kitchen, and she soon produced a cold
+fowl and a venison pasty, which she placed on the table; she then went
+out and returned with a jug of ale.
+
+"There," said she, putting it on the table, "that is all that I can
+find.".
+
+"Your father's name is Heatherstone, I believe. It was so on the
+warrant."
+
+"Yes, it is."
+
+"And yours?"
+
+"The same as my father's, I should presume."
+
+"Yes, but your baptismal name?"
+
+"You ask strange questions, young sir; but still I will answer you
+that: my baptismal name is Patience."
+
+"I thank you for your condescension," replied Edward "You live here?"
+
+"For the present, good sir; and now I leave you."
+
+"That's a nice little girl, thought Edward, although she is the
+daughter of a Roundhead; and she calls me 'Sir.' I can not, therefore,
+look like Jacob's grandson, and must be careful." Edward then set to
+with a good appetite at the viands which had been placed before him,
+and had just finished a hearty meal when Patience Heatherstone again
+came in and said:
+
+"Oswald Partridge is now coming home."
+
+"I thank you, maiden," replied Edward. "May I ask a question of you?
+Where is the king now?"
+
+"I have heard that he resides at Hurst Castle," replied the girl;
+"but," added she in a low tone, "all attempts to see him would be
+useless and only hurt him and those who made the attempt." Having said
+this, she left the room.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+
+Edward, having finished his meal, and had a good pull at the jug of
+ale, which was a liquor he had not tasted for a long while, rose from
+the table and went out of the back door, and found there Oswald
+Partridge. He accosted him, stating the reason for his coming over to
+him. "I did not know that Jacob had a grandson: indeed I never knew
+that he had a son. Have you been living with him long?"
+
+"More than a year," replied Edward; "before that, I was in the
+household at Arnwood."
+
+"Then you are of the king's side, I presume?" replied Oswald.
+
+"To death," replied Edward, "when the time comes."
+
+"And I am also; that you may suppose, for never would I give a hound
+to any one that was not. But we had better go to the kennels. Dogs may
+hear, but they can't repeat."
+
+"I little thought to have met any one but you here when I came," said
+Edward; "and I will now tell you all that passed between me and the
+new intendant." Edward then related the conversation.
+
+"You have been bold," said Oswald; "but perhaps it is all the better.
+I am to retain my situation, and so are two others; but there are many
+new hands coming in as rangers. I know nothing of them, but that they
+are little fitted for their places, and rail against the king all day
+long, which, I suppose, is their chief merit in the eyes of those who
+appoint them. However, one thing is certain, that if those fellows can
+not stalk a deer themselves, they will do all they can to prevent
+others; so you must be on the alert, for the punishment is severe."
+
+"I fear them not; the only difficulty is, that we shall not be able to
+find a sale for the venison now," replied Edward.
+
+"Oh never fear that; I will give you the names of those who will take
+all your venison off your hands without any risk on your part, except
+in the killing of it. They will meet you in the park, lay down ready
+money, and take it away. I don't know, but I have an idea, that this
+new intendant, or what you may call him, is not so severe as he
+pretends to be. Indeed, his permitting you to say what he did, and his
+own words relative to the colonel, convince me that I am right in the
+opinion that I formed."
+
+"Do you know who he is?"
+
+"Not much about him, but he is a great friend of General Cromwell, and
+they say has done good service to the Parliamentary cause; but we
+shall meet again, for the forest is free at all events."
+
+"If you come here," continued Oswald, "do not carry your gun--and see
+that you are not watched home. There are the dogs for your
+grandfather. Why, how old must you be, for Jacob is not more than
+sixty or thereabout?"
+
+"I am fifteen, past, nevertheless."
+
+"I should have put you down for eighteen or nineteen at least. You are
+well grown indeed for that age. Well, nothing like a forest life to
+turn a boy into a man! Can you stalk a deer?"
+
+"I seldom go out without bringing one down."
+
+"Indeed! That Jacob is a master of his craft, is certain; but you are
+young to have learned it so soon. Can you tell the slot of a brocket
+from a stag?"
+
+"Yes, and the slot of a brocket from a doe."
+
+"Better still. We must go out together; and besides, I must know where
+the old man's cottage is (for I do not exactly), in the first place,
+because I may want to come to you, and in the next, that I may put
+others on a false scent. Do you know the clump of large oaks which
+they call the Clump Royal?"
+
+"Yes, I do."
+
+"Will you meet me there the day after to-morrow, at early dawn?"
+
+"If I live and do well."
+
+"That's enough. Take the dogs in the leashes, and go away now."
+
+"Many thanks; but I must not leave the pony, he is in the stable."
+
+The keeper nodded adieu to Edward, who left him to go to the stable
+for the pony. Edward saddled White Billy, and rode away across the
+forest with the dogs trotting at the pony's heels.
+
+Edward had much to reflect upon as he rode back to the cottage. He
+felt that his position was one of more difficulty than before. That
+old Jacob Armitage would not last much longer, he was convinced; even
+now the poor old man was shrunk away to a skeleton with pain and
+disease. That the livelihood to be procured from the forest would be
+attended with peril, now that order had been restored, and the forest
+was no longer neglected, was certain; and he rejoiced that Humphrey
+had, by his assiduity and intelligence, made the farm so profitable as
+it promised to be. Indeed he felt that, if necessary, they could live
+upon the proceeds of the farm, and not run the risk of imprisonment by
+stalking the deer. But he had told the intendant that he considered
+the game as the king's property, and he was resolved that he would at
+all events run the risk, although he would no longer permit Humphrey
+so to do. "If any thing happens to me," thought Edward, "Humphrey will
+still be at the cottage to take care of my sisters; and if I am
+obliged to fly the country, it will suit well my feelings, as I can
+then offer my services to those who still support the king." With
+these thoughts and many others he amused himself until, late in the
+evening, he arrived at the cottage. He found all in bed except
+Humphrey, who had waited for him, and to whom he narrated all that had
+passed. Humphrey said little in reply; he wished to think it over
+before he gave any opinion. He told Edward that Jacob had been very
+ill the whole of the day, and had requested Alice to read the Bible to
+him during the evening.
+
+The next morning Edward went to Jacob, who for the last ten days had
+altogether kept his bed, and gave him the detail of what had happened
+at the keeper's lodge.
+
+"You have been more bold than prudent, Edward," replied Jacob; "but I
+could not expect you to have spoken otherwise. You are too proud and
+too manly to tell a lie, and I am glad that it is so. As for your
+upholding the king, although he is now a prisoner in their hands, they
+can not blame you or punish you for that, as long as you have not
+weapons in your hands; but now that they have taken the forest under
+their jurisdiction, you must be careful, for they are the ruling
+powers at present, and must be obeyed, or the forfeit must be paid.
+Still I do not ask you to promise me this or that; I only point out to
+you that your sisters will suffer by any imprudence on your part; and
+for their sakes be careful. I say this, Edward, because I feel that my
+days are numbered, and that in a short time I shall be called away.
+You will then have all the load on your shoulders which has been
+latterly on mine. I have no fear for the result if you are prudent;
+these few months past, during which I have only been a burden to you,
+have proved that you and Humphrey can find a living here for
+yourselves and your sisters; and it is fortunate, now that the forest
+laws are about to be put in force, that you have made the farm so
+profitable. If I might advise, let your hunting in the forest be
+confined to the wild cattle; they are not game, and the forest laws do
+not extend to them, and the meat is as valuable as venison--that is to
+say, it does not sell so dear, but there is more of it; but stick to
+the farm as much as you can; for you see, Edward, you do not look like
+a low-born forester, nor ought you to do so; and the more quiet you
+keep the better. As for Oswald Partridge, you may trust him; I know
+him well; and he will prove your friend for my sake, as soon as he
+hears that I am dead. Leave me now--I will talk to you again in the
+evening. Send Alice to me, my dear boy."
+
+Edward was much distressed to perceive the change which had taken
+place in old Jacob. He was evidently much worse; but Edward had no
+idea how much worse he was. Edward assisted Humphrey in the farm, and
+in the evening again went to Jacob, and then told him of the
+arrangement he had made to meet Oswald Partridge on the following
+morning.
+
+"Go, my boy," said Jacob; "be as intimate with him as you can, and
+make a friend of him--nay, if it should be necessary, you may tell him
+who you are; I did think of telling him myself, as it might be
+important to you one day as evidence. I think you had better bring him
+here to-morrow night, Edward; tell him I am dying, and wish to speak
+to him before I go. Alice will read the Bible to me now, and I will
+talk with you another time."
+
+Early the next morning Edward set off to the appointed rendezvous with
+Oswald Partridge. The Clump Royal, as it was called, from the peculiar
+size and beauty of the oaks, was about seven miles from the cottage;
+and at the hour and time indicated, Edward, with his gun in his hand,
+and Smoker lying beside him, was leaning against one of those monarchs
+of the forest. He did not wait long. Oswald Partridge, similarly
+provided, made his appearance, and Edward advanced to meet him.
+
+"Welcome, Oswald," said Edward.
+
+"And welcome to you also, my fine lad," replied Oswald. "I have been
+hard questioned about you since we parted--first by the Roundhead
+Heatherstone, who plied me in all manner of ways to find out whether
+you are what you assert, the grandson of Jacob--or some other person.
+I really believe that he fancies you are the Duke of York--but he,
+could not get any more from me than what I knew. I told him that your
+grandfather's cottage was his own property, and a grant to his
+forefathers; that you were brought up at Arnwood, and had joined your
+grandfather after the death of the colonel, and the murderous burning
+of the house and all within it by his party. But the pretty little
+daughter was more curious still. She cross-questioned me in every way
+when her father was not present, and at last begged me as a favor to
+tell you not to take the deer, as her father was very strict in his
+duty, and, if caught, you would be imprisoned."
+
+"Many thanks to her for her caution, but I hope to take one to-day,
+nevertheless," replied Edward; "a hart royal is not meat for
+Roundheads, although the king's servants may feast on them."
+
+"That's truly said. Well, now I must see your woodcraft. You shall be
+the leader of the chase."
+
+"Think you we can harbor a stag about here?"
+
+"Yes, in this month, no doubt."
+
+"Let us walk on," said Edward. "The wind is fresh from the eastern
+quarter; we will face it, if you please--or, rather, keep it blowing
+on our right cheek for the present."
+
+"'Tis well," replied Oswald; and they walked for about half an hour.
+
+"This is the slot of a doe," said Edward, in a low voice, pointing to
+the marks; "yonder thicket is a likely harbor for the stag." They
+proceeded, and Edward pointed out to Oswald the slot of the stag into
+the thicket. They then walked round, and found no marks of the animal
+having left his lair.
+
+"He is here," whispered Edward; and Oswald made a sign for Edward to
+enter the thicket, while he walked to the other side. Edward entered
+the thicket cautiously. In the center he perceived, through the trees,
+a small cleared spot, covered with high fern, and felt certain that
+the stag was lying there. He forced his way on his knees till he had a
+better view of the place, and then cocked his gun. The noise induced
+the stag to move his antlers, and discover his lair. Edward could just
+perceive the eye of the animal through the heath; he waited till the
+beast settled again, took steady aim, and fired. At the report of the
+gun another stag sprung up and burst away. Oswald fired and wounded
+it, but the animal made off, followed by the dogs. Edward, who hardly
+knew whether he had missed or not, but fait almost certain that he had
+not, hastened out of the thicket to join in the chase; and, as he
+passed through the fern patch, perceived that his quarry lay dead. He
+then followed the chase, and, being very fleet of foot, soon came up
+with Oswald, and passed him without speaking. The stag made for a
+swampy ground, and finally took to the water beyond it, and stood at
+bay. Edward then waited for Oswald, who came up with him."
+
+"He has soiled," said Edward, "and now you may go in and kill him."
+
+Oswald, eager in the chase, hastened up to where the dogs and stag
+were in the water, and put a bullet through the animal's head.
+
+Edward went to him, assisted him to drag the stag out of the water,
+and then Oswald cut its throat, and proceeded to perform the usual
+offices.
+
+"How did you happen to miss him?" said Oswald; "for these are my
+shots."
+
+"Because I never fired at him," said Edward; "my quarry lies dead in
+the fern--and a fine fellow he is."
+
+"This is a warrantable stag," said Oswald.
+
+"Yes, but mine is a hart royal, as you will see when we go back."
+
+As soon as Oswald had done his work, he hung the quarters of the
+animal on an oak-tree, and went back with Edward.
+
+"Where did you hit him, Edward?" said Oswald, as they walked along.
+
+"I could only see his eye through the fern, and I must have hit him
+thereabouts."
+
+On their arrival at the spot, Oswald found that Edward had put the
+ball right into the eye of the stag.
+
+"Well," said he, "you made me suppose that you knew something of our
+craft, but I did not believe that you were so apt as you thought
+yourself to be. I now confess that you are a master, as far as I can
+see, in all branches of the craft. This is indeed a hart royal.
+Twenty-five antlers, as I live! Come, out with your knife, and let us
+finish; for if we are to go to the cottage, we have no time to lose.
+It will be dark in half an hour." They hung all the quarters of the
+stag as before, and then set off for Jacob's cottage, Edward proposing
+that Oswald should take the cart and pony to carry the meat home next
+morning, and that he would accompany him to bring it back.
+
+"That will do capitally," said Oswald; "and here we are, if I
+recollect right, and I hope there is something to eat."
+
+"No fear of that--Alice will be prepared for us," replied Edward.
+
+Their dinner was ready for them, and Oswald praised the cooking. He
+was much surprised to see that Jacob had four grandchildren. After
+dinner, he went into Jacob's room, and remained with him more than an
+hour. During this conference, Jacob confided to Oswald that the four
+children were the sons and daughters of Colonel Beverley, supposed to
+have been burned in the firing of Arnwood. Oswald came out, much
+surprised as well as pleased with the information, and with the
+confidence reposed in him. He saluted Edward and Humphrey
+respectfully, and said, "I was not aware with whom I was in company,
+sir, as you may well imagine; but the knowledge of it has made my
+heart glad."
+
+"Nay, Oswald," replied Edward, "remember that I am still Edward
+Armitage, and that we are the grandchildren of old Jacob."
+
+"Certainly, sir, I will, for your own sake, not forget that such is to
+be supposed to be the case. I assure you, I think it very fortunate
+that Jacob has confided the secret to me, as it may be in my power to
+be useful. I little thought that I should ever have had my dinner
+cooked by the daughter of Colonel Beverley."
+
+They then entered into a long conversation, during which Oswald
+expressed his opinion that the old man was sinking fast, and would not
+last more than three or four days. Oswald had a bed made up for him on
+the floor of the room where Edward and Humphrey slept; and the next
+morning they set off, at an early hour, with the pony and cart, loaded
+it with venison, and took it across the forest to the keeper's lodge.
+It was so late when they arrived, that Edward consented to pass the
+night there, and return home on the following morning. Oswald went
+into the sitting-room to speak with the intendant of the forest,
+leaving Edward in the kitchen with Phoebe, the maid-servant. He told
+the intendant that he had brought home some fine venison, and wished
+his orders about it. He also stated that he had been assisted by
+Edward Armitage, who had brought the venison home for him in his cart,
+and who was now in the kitchen, as he would be obliged to pass the
+night there; and, on being questioned, he was lavish in his praises of
+Edward's skill and knowledge of woodcraft, which he declared to be
+superior to his own.
+
+"It proves that the young man has had much practice, at all events,"
+replied Mr. Heatherstone, smiling. "He has been living at the king's
+expense, but he must not follow it up at the cost of the Parliament.
+It would be well to take this young man as a ranger if we could; for
+although he is opposed to us, yet, if he once took our service, he
+would be faithful, I am sure. You can propose it to him, Oswald. The
+hunches of that hart royal must be sent up to General Cromwell to-
+morrow: the remainder we will give directions for, as soon as I have
+made up my mind how to dispose of it."
+
+Oswald left the room, and came back to Edward. "General Cromwell is to
+have the hunches of your stag," said he to Edward, smiling: "and the
+intendant proposes that you should take service as one of the
+rangers."
+
+"I thank you," replied Edward, "but I've no fancy to find venison for
+General Cromwell and his Roundheads; and so. you may tell the
+intendant, with many thanks for his good-will toward me,
+nevertheless."
+
+"I thought as much, but the man meant kindly, that I really think.
+Now, Phoebe, what can you give us to eat, for we are hungry?"
+
+"You shall be served directly," replied Phoebe. "I have some steaks on
+the fire."
+
+"And you must find a bed for my young friend here."
+
+"I have none in the house, but there is plenty of good straw over the
+stables."
+
+"That will do," replied Edward; "I'm not particular."
+
+"I suppose not. Why should you be?" replied Phoebe, who was rather old
+and rather cross. "If you mount the ladder that you will see against
+the wall, you will find a good bed when you are at the top of it."
+
+Oswald was about to remonstrate, but Edward held up his finger and no
+more was said.
+
+As soon as they had finished their supper, Phoebe proposed that they
+should go to bed. It was late, and she would sit up no longer. Edward
+rose and went out, followed by Oswald, who had given up the keeper's
+house to the intendant and his daughter, and slept in the cottage of
+one of the rangers, about a quarter of a mile off. After some
+conversation, they shook hands and parted, as Edward intended
+returning very early the next morning, being anxious about old Jacob.
+
+Edward went up the ladder into the loft. There was no door to shut out
+the wind, which blew piercingly cold and after a time he found himself
+so chilled that he could not sleep. He rose to see if he could not
+find some protection from the wind by getting more into a corner; for
+although Phoebe had told him that there was plenty of straw, it proved
+that there was very little indeed in the loft, barely enough to lie
+down upon. Edward, after a time, descended the ladder to walk in the
+yard, that by exercise he might recover the use of his limbs. At last,
+turning to and fro, he cast his eyes up to the window of the bedroom
+above the kitchen, where he perceived a light was still burning. He
+thought it was Phoebe, the maid, going to bed; and with no very
+gracious feelings toward her for having deprived him of his own
+night's rest, he was wishing that she might have the toothache or
+something else to keep her awake, when suddenly through the white
+window curtain he perceived a broad light in the room--it increased
+every moment--and he saw the figure of a female rush past it, and
+attempt to open the window--the drawing of the curtains showed him
+that the room was on fire. A moment's thought, and he ran for the
+ladder by which he had ascended to the loft, and placed it against the
+window. The flames were less bright, and he could not see the female
+who had been at the window when lie went for the ladder. He ascended
+quickly, and burst open the casement--the smoke poured out in such
+volumes that it neatly suffocated him, but he went in; and as soon as
+he was inside, he stumbled against the body of the person who had
+attempted to open the window, but who had fallen down senseless. As he
+raised the body, the fire, which had been smothered from want of air
+when all the windows and doors were closed, now burst out, and he was
+scorched before he could get on the ladder again, with the body in his
+arms; but he succeeded in getting it down safe. Perceiving that the
+clothes were on fire, he held them till they were extinguished, and
+then for the first time discovered that he had brought down the
+daughter of the intendant of the forest. There was no time to be lost,
+so Edward carried her into the stable and left her there, still
+insensible, upon the straw, in a spare stall, while he hastened to
+alarm the house. The watering-butt for the horses was outside the
+stable; Edward caught up the pail, filled it, and hastening up the
+ladder, threw it into the room, and then descended for more.
+
+By this time Edward's continual calls of "Fire! fire!" had aroused the
+people of the house, and also of the cottages adjacent. Mr.
+Heatherstone came out half dressed, and with horror on his
+countenance. Phoebe followed screaming, and the other people now
+hastened from the cottages.
+
+"Save her! my daughter is in the room!" exclaimed Mr. Heatherstone.
+"Oh, save her, or let me do so!" cried the poor man, in agony; but the
+fire burst out of the window in such force, that any attempt would
+have been in vain.
+
+"Oswald," cried Edward to him, "let the people pass the water up to me
+as fast as possible. They can do no good looking on."
+
+Oswald set the men to work, and Edward was now supplied with water so
+fast that the fire began to diminish. The window was now approachable,
+and a few more buckets enabled him to put one foot into the room, and
+then every moment the flames and smoke decreased.
+
+Meanwhile it would be impossible to describe the agony of the
+intendant, who would have rushed up the ladder into the flames, had he
+not been held by some of the men. "My daughter! my child!--burned--
+burned to death!" exclaimed he, clasping his hands.
+
+At that moment a voice in the crowd called out, "There were four
+burned at Arnwood!"
+
+"God of Heaven!" exclaimed Mr. Heatherstone, falling down in a swoon,
+in which state he was carried to a neighboring cottage.
+
+Meanwhile the supply of water enabled Edward to put out the fire
+altogether: the furniture of the room was burned, but the fire had
+extended no farther; and when Edward was satisfied that there was no
+more danger, he descended the ladder, and left it to others to see
+that all was safe. He then called Oswald to him, and desired that he
+would accompany him to the stable.
+
+"Oh, sir," replied Oswald, "this is dreadful! and such a sweet young
+lady too."
+
+"She is safe and well," replied Edward, "I think so, at least. I
+brought her down the ladder, and put her in the stable before I
+attempted to put out the fire. See, there she is; she has not
+recovered yet from her swoon. Bring some water. She breathes! thank
+God! There, that will do, Oswald, she is recovering. Now let us cover
+her up in your cloak, and carry her to your cottage. We will recover
+her there."
+
+Oswald folded up the still unconscious girl in his cloak, and earned
+her away in his arms, followed by Edward.
+
+As soon as they arrived at the cottage, the inmates of which were all
+busy at the keeper's lodge, they put her on a bed, and very soon
+restored her to consciousness.
+
+"Where is my father?" cried Patience, as soon as she was sufficiently
+recovered.
+
+"He is safe and well, miss," replied Oswald.
+
+"Is the house burned down?"
+
+"No. The fire is all out again."
+
+"Who saved me? tell me."
+
+"Young Armitage, miss."
+
+"Who is he? oh, I recollect now; but I must go to my father. Where is
+he?"
+
+"In the other cottage, miss."
+
+Patience attempted to stand, but found that she was too much
+exhausted, and she fell back again on the bed. "I can't stand," said
+she. "Bring my father to me."
+
+"I will, miss," replied Oswald. "Will you stay here, Edward?"
+
+"Yes," replied Edward. He went out of the cottage door, and remained
+there while Oswald went to Mr. Heatherstone.
+
+Oswald found him sensible, but in deep distress, as may be imagined.
+"The fire is all out, sir," said Oswald.
+
+"I care not for that. My poor, poor child!"
+
+"Your child is safe, sir," replied Oswald.
+
+"Safe, did you say?" cried Mr. Heatherstone, starting up. "Safe!
+where'?"
+
+"In my cottage. She has sent me for you."
+
+Mr. Heatherstone rushed out, passed by Edward, who was standing at the
+door of the other cottage, and was in his daughter's arms. Oswald came
+out to Edward, who then detailed to mm the way in which he had saved
+the girl.
+
+"Had it not been for the ill-nature of that woman Phoebe, in sending
+me to sleep where there was no straw, they would all have been
+burned," observed Edward.
+
+"She gave you an opportunity of rewarding good for evil," observed
+Oswald.
+
+"Yes, but I am burned very much in my arm," said Edward. "Have you any
+thing that will be good for it?"
+
+"Yes, I think I have: wait a moment."
+
+Oswald went into the cottage and returned with some salve, with which
+he dressed Edward's arm, which proved to be very severely burned.
+
+"How grateful the intendant ought to be--and will be, I have no
+doubt!" observed Oswald.
+
+"And for that very reason I shall saddle my pony and ride home as fast
+as I can; and, do you hear, Oswald, do not show him where I live."
+
+"I hardly know how I can refuse him, if he requires it."
+
+"But you must not. He will be offering me a situation in the forest,
+by way of showing his gratitude, and I will accept of none. I have no
+objection to save his daughter, as I would save the daughter of my
+worst enemy, or my worst enemy himself, from such a dreadful death;
+but I do not want their thanks or offers of service. I will accept
+nothing from a Roundhead; and as for the venison in the forest, it
+belongs to the king, and I shall help myself whenever I think proper.
+Good-by, Oswald, you will call and see us when you have time?"
+
+"I will be with you before the week is out, depend upon it," replied
+Oswald.
+
+Edward then asked Oswald to saddle his pony for him, as his arm
+prevented him from doing it himself, and, as soon as it was done, he
+rode away from the cottage.
+
+Edward rode fast, for he was anxious to get home and ascertain the
+state of poor old Jacob; and, moreover, his burned arm was very
+painful. He was met by Humphrey about a mile from the cottage, who
+told him that he did not think that the old man could last many hours,
+and that he was very anxious to see him. As the pony was quite tired
+with the fast pace that Edward had ridden, Edward pulled up to a walk,
+and as they went along acquainted Humphrey with what had passed.
+
+"Is your arm very painful?"
+
+"Yes, it is, indeed," replied Edward; "but it can't be helped."
+
+"No, of course not, but it may be made more easy. I know what will do
+it some good; for I recollect, when Benjamin burned his hand at
+Arnwood, what they applied to it, and it gave him great relief."
+
+"Yes, very likely; but I am not aware that we have any drugs or
+medicine in the cottage. But here we are: will you take Billy to the
+stable, while I go on to old Jacob?
+
+"Thank God that you are come, Edward," said the old forester, "for I
+was anxious to see you before I die; and something tells me that I
+have but a short time to remain here."
+
+"Why should you say so! Do you fed very ill?"
+
+"No, not ill; but I feel that I am sinking fast. Recollect that I am
+an old man, Edward."
+
+"Not so very old, Jacob; Oswald said that you were not more than sixty
+years old."
+
+"Oswald knows nothing about it. I am past seventy-six, Edward; and you
+know, Edward, the Bible says that the days of man are threescore years
+and ten; so that I am beyond the mark. And now, Edward, I have but few
+words to say. Be careful--if not for your own sake, at least for your
+little sisters'. You are young, but you are strong and powerful above
+your years, and can better protect them than I could. I see darker
+days yet coming--but it is His will, and who shall doubt that that is
+right? I pray you not to make your birth and lineage known as yet--it
+can do no good, and it may do harm--and if you can be persuaded to
+live in the cottage, and to live on the farm, which will now support
+you all, it will be better. Do not get into trouble about the venison,
+which they now claim as their own. You will find some money in the bag
+in my chest, sufficient to buy all you want for a long while--but take
+care of it; for there is no saying but you may require it. And now,
+Edward, call your brother and sisters to me, that I may bid them
+farewell. I am, as we all are, sinful, but I trust in the mercy of God
+through Jesus Christ. Edward, I have done my duty toward you, as well
+as I have been able; but promise me one thing--that you will read the
+Bible and prayers every morning and evening, as I have always done,
+after I am gone; promise me that, Edward."
+
+"I promise you that it shall be done, Jacob," replied Edward, "and I
+will not forget your other advice."
+
+"God bless you, Edward. Now call the children."
+
+Edward summoned his sisters and Humphrey.
+
+"Humphrey, my good boy," said Jacob, "recollect, that in the midst of
+life we are in death; and that there is no security for young or old.
+You or your brother may be cut off in your youth; one may be taken,
+and the other left. Recollect, your sisters depend upon you, and do
+not therefore be rash: I fear that you will run too much risk after
+the wild cattle, for you are always scheming after taking them. Be
+careful, Humphrey, for you can ill be spared. Hold to the farm as it
+now is: it will support you all. My dear Alice and Edith, I am dying;
+very soon I shall be laid by your brothers in my grave. Be good
+children, and look up to your brothers for every thing. And now kiss
+me, Alice; you have been a great comfort to me, for you have read the
+Bible to me when I could no longer read myself. May your death-bed be
+as well attended as mine has been, and may you live happily, and die
+the death of a Christian! Good-by, and may God bless you. Bless you,
+Edith; may you grow up as good and as innocent as you are now.
+Farewell, Humphrey--farewell, Edward--my eyes are dim--pray for me,
+children. O God of mercy, pardon my many sins, and receive my soul,
+through Jesus Christ. Amen, Amen."
+
+These were the last words spoken by the old forester. The children,
+who were kneeling by the side of the bed, praying as he had requested,
+when they rose up, found that he was dead. They all wept bitterly, for
+they dearly loved the good old man. Alice remained sobbing in Edward's
+arms, and Edith in Humphrey's, and it was long before the brothers
+could console them. Humphrey at last said to Alice, "You hurt poor
+Edward's arm--you don't know how painful it is! Come, dears, let us go
+into the other room, and get something to take the pain away."
+
+These requests diverted the attention, at the same time that it roused
+fresh sympathy in the little girls--they all went into the sitting-
+room. Humphrey gave his sisters some potatoes to scrape upon a piece
+of linen, while he took off Edward's coat, and turned up his shirt
+sleeves. The scraped potatoes were then laid on the burn, and Edward
+said they gave him great relief. Some more were then scraped by the
+little girls, who could not, however, repress their occasional sobs.
+Humphrey then told them that Edward had had nothing to eat, and that
+they must get him some supper. This again occupied them for some time;
+and when the supper was ready, they all sat down to it. They went to
+bed early, but not before Edward had read a chapter out of the Bible,
+and the prayers, as old Jacob had always done; and this again caused
+their tears to flow afresh.
+
+"Come, Alice, dear, you and Edith must go to bed," said Humphrey.
+
+The little girls threw themselves into their brothers' arms; and
+having wept for some time, Alice reused herself, and taking Edith by
+the hand, led her away to her bedroom.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+
+"Humphrey," said Edward, "the sooner all this is over the better. As
+long as poor Jacob's body remains in the cottage there will be nothing
+but distress with the poor girls."
+
+"I agree with you," replied Humphrey; "where shall we bury him?"
+
+"Under the great oak-tree, at the back of the cottage," replied
+Edward. "One day the old man said to me, that he should like to be
+buried under one of the oaks of the forest."
+
+"Well then, I will go and dig his grave to-night," replied Humphrey;
+"the moon is bright, and I shall have it finished before morning."
+
+"I am sorry that I can not help you, Humphrey."
+
+"I am sorry that you are hurt; but I want no help, Edward. If you will
+lie down a little, perhaps you will be able to sleep. Let us change
+the potato poultice before you go on."
+
+Humphrey put the fresh dressing on Edward's arm; and Edward, who was
+very much exhausted, lay down in his clothes on the bed. Humphrey went
+out, and having found his tools, set to his task--he worked hard, and,
+before morning, had finished. He then went in, and took his place on
+the bed, by the side of Edward, who was in a sound sleep. At daylight
+Humphrey rose, and waked Edward. "All is ready, Edward; but I fear you
+must help me to put poor Jacob in the cart: do you think you can?"
+
+"Oh, yes; my arm is much easier, and I feel very different from what I
+did last night. If you will go and get the cart, I will see what I can
+do in the mean time."
+
+When Humphrey returned, he found Edward had selected a sheet to wind
+the body in, but could not do more till Humphrey came to help him.
+They then wrapped it round the body, and earned it out of the cottage,
+and put it into the cart.
+
+"Now, Edward, shall we call our sisters?"
+
+"No, not yet; let us have the body laid in the grave first, and then
+we will call them."
+
+They dragged the body on the cart to the grave, and laid it in it, and
+then returned back and put the pony in the stable again.
+
+"Are there not prayers proper for reading over the dead?" said
+Humphrey.
+
+"I believe that there are, but they are not in the Bible, so we must
+read some portion of the Bible," said Edward.
+
+"Yes, I think there is one of the Psalms which it would be right to
+read, Edward," said Humphrey, turning over the leaves; "here it is,
+the ninetieth, in which you recollect it says, 'that the days of man
+are threescore years and ten.'"
+
+"Yes," replied Edward, "and we will read this one also, the 146th."
+
+"Are our sisters risen, do you think?"
+
+"I am sure that they are," replied Humphrey, "and I will go to them."
+
+Humphrey went to the door, and said, "Alice--Alice and Edith--come out
+immediately." They were both ready dressed.
+
+Edward took the Bible under his arm, and Alice by the hand. Humphrey
+led Edith until they arrived at the grave, when the two little girls
+saw the covered body of Jacob lying in it.
+
+"Kneel down," said Edward, opening the Bible. And they all knelt down
+by the grave. Edward read the two Psalms, and then closed the book.
+The little girls took one last look at the body, and then turned away
+weeping to the cottage. Edward and Humphrey filled up the grave, and
+then followed their sisters home.
+
+"I'm glad it's over," said Humphrey, wiping his eyes. "Poor old Jacob!
+I'll put a paling round his grave."
+
+"Come in, Humphrey," said Edward.
+
+Edward sat down upon old Jacob's chair, and took Alice and Edith to
+him. Putting his arm round each, he said--
+
+"Alice and Edith, my dear little sisters, we have lost a good friend,
+and one to whose memory we can not be too grateful. He saved us from
+perishing in the flames which burned down our father's house, and has
+protected us here ever since. He is gone, for it has pleased God to
+summon him to him, and we must bow to the will of Heaven; and here we
+are, brother and sisters, orphans, and with no one to look to for
+protection but Heaven. Here we are away from the rest of the world,
+living for one another. What, then, must we do? We must love one
+another dearly, and help one another. I will do my part, if my life is
+spared, and so will Humphrey, and so will you my dear sisters. I can
+answer for all. Now it is no use to lament--we must all work, and work
+cheerfully; and we will pray every morning and every night that God
+will bless our endeavors and enable us to provide for ourselves, and
+live here in peace and safety. Kiss me, dear Alice and Edith, and kiss
+Humphrey, and kiss one another. Let these kisses be the seals to our
+bond; and let us put our trust in Him who only is a father to the
+widow and the orphan. And now let us pray."
+
+Edward and the children repeated the Lord's Prayer, and then rose up.
+They went to their respective employments, and the labor of the day
+soon made them composed, although then, for many days afterward, it
+was but occasionally that a smile was seen upon their lips.
+
+Thus passed a week, by which time Edward's arm was so far well that it
+gave him no pain, and he was able to assist Humphrey in the work on
+the farm. The snow had disappeared, and the spring, although it had
+been checked for a time, now made rapid advances. Constant occupation,
+and the return of fine weather, both had the effect of returning the
+serenity of their minds; and while Humphrey was preparing the paling
+to fix round the grave of old Jacob, Alice and Edith collected the
+wild violets which now peeped forth on sheltered spots, and planted
+the roots over the grave. Edward also procured all the early flowers
+he could collect, and assisted his sisters in their task; and thus, in
+planting it, and putting up the paling, the grave of the old man
+became the constant work-ground; and when their labor was done, they
+would still remain there and talk over his worth. The Sunday following
+the burial, the weather being fine and warm, Edward proposed that they
+should read the usual service, which had been selected by old Jacob,
+at the grave, and not in the cottage, as formerly; and this they
+continued afterward to do, whenever the weather would permit: thus did
+old Jacob's resting-place become their church, and overpower them with
+those feelings of love and devotion which gave efficacy to prayer. As
+soon as the paling was finished, Humphrey put up a board against the
+oak-tree, with the simple words carved on it, "Jacob Armitage."
+
+Edward had, every day, expected that Oswald Partridge would have
+called upon him, as he had promised to do, before the week was out;
+but Oswald had not made his appearance, much to Edward's surprise. A
+month passed away; Edward's arm was now quite well, and still Oswald
+came not. One morning, Humphrey and Edward were conversing upon many
+points--the principal of which was upon Edward going to Lymington, for
+they were now in want of flour and meal, when Edward thought of what
+old Jacob had told him relative to the money that he would find in his
+chest. He went into Jacob's room and opened the chest, at the bottom
+of which, under the clothes, he found a leather bag, which he brought
+out to Humphrey; on opening it, they were much surprised to find in it
+more than sixty gold pieces, besides a great deal of silver coin.
+
+"Surely this is a great sum of money," observed Humphrey. "I don't
+know what is the price of things; but it appears to me, that it ought
+to last us a long while."
+
+"I think so too," replied Edward. "I wish Oswald Partridge would come,
+for I want to ask him many questions. I don't know the price of flour,
+or anything else we have to purchase, nor do I know what I ought to be
+paid for venison. I don't like to go to Lymington till I see him for
+that reason. If he does not come soon, I shall ride over and see what
+is the matter."
+
+Edward then replaced the money in the chest, and he and Humphrey then
+went out to the farmyard to go on with their work.
+
+It was not until six weeks after the death of old Jacob that Oswald
+Partridge made his appearance.
+
+"How is the old man, sir?" was his first question.
+
+"He was buried a few days after you left," replied Edward.
+
+"I expected as much," said the forester. "Peace be with him--he was a
+good man. And how is your arm?"
+
+"Nearly well," replied Edward. "Now sit down, Oswald, for I have a
+great deal to say to you; and first, let me ask you what has detained
+you from coming here according to your promise?"
+
+"Simply, and in few words--murder."
+
+"Murder!" exclaimed Edward.
+
+"Yes, deliberate murder, sir; in short, they have beheaded King
+Charles, our sovereign."
+
+"Have they dared to do it?"
+
+"They have," replied Oswald. "We in the forest know little that is
+going on; but when I saw you last, I heard that he was then in London,
+and was to be tried."
+
+"Tried!" exclaimed Edward. "How could they try a king? by the laws of
+our country, a man must be tried by his equals; and where were his
+equals?"
+
+"Majesty becomes naught, I suppose," replied Oswald; "but still it is
+as I say. Two days after you left, the intendant hastened up to
+London, and, from what I have understood, he was strongly opposed to
+the deed, and did all he could to prevent it; but it was of no use.
+When he left, he gave me strict injunctions not to go away from the
+cottage for an hour, as his daughter was left alone; and as I
+promised, I could not come to you; but, nevertheless, Patience
+received letters from him, and told me what I tell you."
+
+"You have not dined, Oswald?" said Edward.
+
+"No, that I have not."
+
+"Alice, dear, get some dinner, will you? And Oswald, while you dine,
+excuse me if I leave you for a while. Your intelligence has so
+astounded me that I can listen to nothing else till I have had a
+little while to commune with myself and subdue my feelings."
+
+Edward was indeed in a state of mind which required calming down. He
+quitted the cottage and walked out for some distance into the forest,
+in deep thought.
+
+"Murdered at last!" exclaimed he. "Yes, well may it be called murder,
+and no one to save him--not a blow struck in his defense--not an arm
+raised. How much gallant blood has been shed in vain! Spirit of my
+fathers, didst thou leave none of thy mettle and thy honour behind
+thee; or has all England become craven? Well, the time will come, and
+if I can no longer hope to fight for my king, at all events I can
+fight against those who have murdered him."
+
+Such were Edward's thoughts as he wandered through the forest, and
+more than an hour elapsed before his impetuous blood could return to
+its usual flow; at last, his mind having partially resumed its wonted
+calmness, he returned to the cottage and listened to the details which
+Oswald now gave to him of what he had heard.
+
+When Oswald had finished, Edward asked him whether the intendant had
+returned.
+
+"Yes, or I should not have been here," replied Oswald. "He came back
+yesterday, looking most disconsolate and grave, and I hear that he
+returns to London in a few days. Indeed, he told me so himself, for I
+requested permission to come over to see your grandfather. He said
+that I might go, but must return soon, as he must go back to London. I
+believe, from what Miss Patience told me, and what I have seen myself,
+that he is sincerely amazed and vexed at what has taken place; and so,
+indeed, are many more, who, although opposed to the king's method of
+government, never had an idea that things should have turned out as
+they have done. I have a message from him to you, which is, that he
+begs you will come to see him, that he may thank you for the
+preservation of his child."
+
+"I will take his thanks from you, Oswald: that will do as well as if
+he gave them me in person."
+
+"Yes, perhaps so; but I have another message from another party, which
+is--the young lady herself. She desires me to tell you that she will
+never be happy till she has seen you, and thanked you for your courage
+and kindness; and that you have no right to put her under such an
+obligation, and not give her an opportunity of expressing what she
+feels. Now, Mr. Edward, I am certain that she is earnest in what she
+says, and she made me promise that I would persuade you to come. I
+could not refuse her, for she is a dear little creature; as her father
+will go to London in a few days, you may ride over and see her without
+any fear of being affronted by any offers which he may make to you."
+
+"Well," replied Edward, "I have no great objection to see her again,
+for she was very kind to me; and as you say that the intendant will
+not be there, I perhaps may come. But now I must talk to you about
+other matters."
+
+Edward then put many questions to Oswald relative to the value of
+various articles, and to the best method of disposing of his venison.
+
+Oswald answered all his questions, and Edward took down notes and
+directions on paper.
+
+Oswald remained with them for two days, and then bade them farewell,
+exacting a promise from Edward that he would come to the ranger's
+cottage as soon as he could. "Should the intendant come back before he
+is expected I will come over and let you know; but I think, from what
+I heard him say he expected to be at least a month in London."
+
+Edward promised that Oswald should see him in less than ten days, and
+Oswald set out on his journey.
+
+"Humphrey," said Edward, as soon as Oswald was gone, "I have made up
+my mind to go to Lymington to-morrow We must have some flour, and many
+other articles, which Alice says she can no longer do without."
+
+"Why should we not both go, Edward?" replied Humphrey.
+
+"No, not this time," replied Edward. "I have to find out many things
+and many people, and I had rather go by myself; besides, I can not
+allow my sisters to be left alone. I do not consider there is any
+danger, I admit; but should any thing happen to them, I should never
+forgive myself. Still, it is necessary that you should go to Lymington
+with me some time or another, that you may know where to purchase and
+sell, if required. What I propose is, that I will ask Oswald to come
+and stay here a couple of days. We will then leave him in charge of
+our sisters, and go to Lymington together."
+
+"You are right, Edward, that will be the best plan."
+
+As Humphrey made this remark, Oswald re-entered the cottage.
+
+"I will tell you why I have returned, Mr. Edward," said Oswald. "It is
+of no consequence whether I return now or to-morrow. It is now early,
+and as you intend going to Lymington, it occurred to me that I had
+better go with you. I can then show you all you want, which will be
+much better than going by yourself."
+
+"Thank you, Oswald, I am much obliged to you," said Edward.
+
+"Humphrey, we will get the cart out immediately, or we shall be late.
+Will you get it, Humphrey, for I must go for some money, and speak to
+Alice."
+
+Humphrey went immediately to put the pony in the cart, when Edward
+said,
+
+"Oswald, you must not call me Mr. Edward, even when we are alone: if
+you do you will be calling me so before other people, and, therefore,
+recollect in future, it must be plain Edward."
+
+"Since you wish it, certainly," replied Oswald; "indeed it. would be
+better, for a slip of the tongue before other people might create
+suspicion."
+
+The pony and cart were soon at the door, and Edward having received
+further instructions from Alice, set off for Lymington, accompanied by
+Oswald.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI.
+
+
+"Would you have found your way to Lymington?" said Oswald, as the pony
+trotted along.
+
+"Yes; I think so," replied Edward; "but I must have first gone to
+Arnwood. Indeed, had I been alone I should have done so; but we have
+made a much shorter cut."
+
+"I did not think that you would have liked to have seen the ruins of
+Arnwood," replied Oswald.
+
+"Not a day passes without my thinking of them," replied Edward. "I
+should like to see them. I should like to see if any one has taken
+possession of the property, for they say it is confiscated."
+
+"I heard that it was to be, but not that it was yet," said Oswald;
+"but we shall know more when we get to Lymington. I have not seen it
+for more than a year. I hardly think that any one will recognize you."
+
+"I should think not; but I care little if they do. Indeed, who is thee
+to know me?"
+
+"Well, my introduction of you will save some surmises, probably; and I
+shall not take you among those who may be inclined to ask questions.
+See, there is the steeple; we have not more than a quarter of an
+hour's drive."
+
+As soon as they arrived at Lymington, Oswald directed the way to a
+small hostelry to which the keepers and verderers usually resorted. In
+fact, the landlord was the party who took all the venison off their
+hands, and disposed of it. They drove into the yard, and, giving the
+pony and cart in charge of the hostler, went into the inn, where they
+found the landlord, and one or two other people, who were drinking.
+
+"Well, Master Andrew, how fare you?" said Oswald.
+
+"Let me see," said the corpulent landlord, throwing back his head, and
+putting out his stomach, as he peered at Oswald. "Why, Oswald
+Partridge, as I am a born man. Where have you been this many a day!"
+
+"In the forest, Master Andrew, where there are no few chops and
+changes."
+
+"Yes, you have a sort of Parliamentary keeper, I'm told; and who is
+this with you?"
+
+"The grandson of an old friend of yours, now dead, poor old Jacob
+Armitage."
+
+"Jacob dead, poor fellow! As true as flint was Jacob Armitage, as I'm
+a born man! And so he is dead! Well, we all owe Heaven a death.
+Foresters and landlords, as well as kings, all must die!"
+
+"I have brought Edward Armitage over here to introduce him to you,
+Master Andrew. Now that the old man is dead, you must look to him for
+forest meat."
+
+"Oh, well, well, it is scarce now. I have not had any for some time.
+Old Jacob brought me the last. You are not one of the Parliamentary
+foresters, then, I presume?" continued the landlord, turning to
+Edward.
+
+"No," replied Edward, "I kill no venison for Roundheads."
+
+"Right, my sapling; right and well said. The Armitages were all good
+men and true, and followed the fortunes of the Beverleys; but there
+are no Beverleys to follow now. Cut off--root and branch--more's the
+pity. That was a sad business. But come in; we must not talk here, for
+walls have ears, they say, and one never knows who one dares to speak
+before now."
+
+Oswald and Edward then entered with the landlord, and arrangements
+were made between Master Andrew and the latter for a regular supply of
+venison during the season, at a certain price; but as it would now be
+dangerous to bring it into the town, it was agreed that when there was
+any ready, Edward should come to Lymington and give notice, and the
+landlord would send out people to bring it in during the night. This
+bargain concluded, they took a glass with the landlord, and then went
+into the town to make the necessary purchases. Oswald took Edward to
+all the shops where the articles he required were to be purchased;
+some they carried away with them; others, which were too heavy, they
+left, to be called for with the cart as they went away. Among other
+articles, Edward required powder and lead, and they went to a
+gunsmith's where it was to be procured. While making his purchases,
+Edward perceived a sword, which he thought he had seen before, hanging
+up against the wall among other weapons.
+
+"What sword is that?" said he, to the man who was measuring out the
+powder.
+
+"It's not my sword, exactly," replied the man; "and yet I can not
+return it to its owner or to the family. It was brought me to be
+cleaned by one of Colonel Beverley's people, and before it was called
+for the house was burned, and every soul perished. It was one of the
+colonel's swords, I am sure, as there is E. B. on a silver plate
+engraved on it. I have a bill owing me for work done at Arnwood, and I
+have no chance of its being paid now; so, whether I am to sell the
+sword, or what to do, I hardly know."
+
+Edward remained silent for some little while, for he could not trust
+himself to speak; at last he replied: "To be candid with you, I am,
+and all my family have been, followers of the Beverley family, and I
+should be sorry if the colonel's sword was to fall into any other
+hands. I think, therefore, if I pay the bill which is due, you may
+safely let me hold the sword as a security for the money, with the
+express understanding that if it is ever claimed by the Beverley
+family I am to give it up."
+
+"Certainly," said Oswald; "nothing can be fairer or more clearly put."
+
+"I think so, too, young man," replied the shopkeeper. "Of course you
+will leave your name and address?"
+
+"Yes; and my friend here will vouch for its being correct," replied
+Edward.
+
+The shopkeeper then produced the account, which Edward paid; and
+giving on the paper the name of Edward Armitage, he took possession of
+the sword. He then paid for the powder and lead, which Oswald took
+charge of, and, hardly able to conceal his joy, hastened out of the
+shop.
+
+"Oswald," cried Edward, "I would not part with it for thousands of
+pounds. I never will part with it but with my life."
+
+"I believe so," replied Oswald; "and I believe more, that it will
+never be disgraced in your hands; but do not talk so loud, for there
+are listeners and spies everywhere. Is there any thing else that you
+require?"
+
+"No, I think not; the fact is, that this sword has put every thing out
+of my head. If there was anything else, I have forgotten it. Let us go
+back to the inn, and we will harness the pony, and call for the flour
+and oatmeal."
+
+When they arrived at the inn, Oswald went out to the yard to get the
+cart ready, while Edward went into the landlord's room to make
+inquiries as to the quantity of venison he would be able to take off
+his hands at a time. Oswald had taken the sword from Edward, and had
+put it in the cart while he was fastening the harness, when a man came
+up to the cart and looked earnestly at the sword. He then examined it,
+and said to Oswald,
+
+"Why that was Colonel Beverley's, my old master's sword. I knowed it
+again directly. I took it to Phillips, the gun maker, to be cleaned."
+
+"Indeed!" replied Oswald; "I pray, what may be your name?"
+
+"Benjamin White," replied the man; "I served at Arnwood till the night
+it was burned down; and I have been here ever since."
+
+"And what are you doing now?"
+
+"I'm tapster at the 'Commonwealth,' in Fish-street--not much of a
+place."
+
+"Well, well, you stand by the pony, and look that nobody takes any
+thing out of the cart, while I go in for some parcels."
+
+"Yes, to be sure I will; but, I say, forester, how came you by that
+sword?'
+
+"I will tell you when I come out again," replied Oswald.
+
+Oswald then went in to Edward, and told him what had occurred.
+
+"He will certainly know you, sir, and you must not come out till I can
+get him away," said he.
+
+"You are right, Oswald; but before he goes, ask him what became of my
+aunt, and where she was buried; and also ask him where the other
+servants are--perhaps they are at Lymington as well as he."
+
+"I will find it all out," replied Oswald, who then left Edward, and
+returned to the landlord and recommenced conversation.
+
+Oswald on his return, told Benjamin in what manner the sword had been
+procured from the shopman, by the grandson of old Armitage.
+
+"I never knew that he had one," replied Benjamin; "nor did I know that
+old Jacob was dead."
+
+"What became of all the women who were at Arnwood?" inquired Oswald.
+
+"Why, Agatha married one of the troopers, and went away to London."
+
+"And the others?"
+
+"Why, cook went home to her friends, who live about ten miles from
+here, and I have never heard of her since."
+
+"But there were three of them," said Oswald.
+
+"Oh, yes; there was Phoebe," relied Benjamin, looking rather confused.
+"She married a trooper--the jilt!--and went off to London when Agatha
+did. If I'd have thought that she would have done so, I would not have
+earned her away from Arnwood behind me, on a pillion, as I did; she
+might have been burned with the poor children, for all as I cared."
+
+"Was not the old lady killed?"
+
+"Yes; that is to say, she killed herself, rather than not kill
+Southwold."
+
+"Where was she buried?"
+
+"In the church-yard at St. Faith's, by the mayor and the corporation;
+for there was not money enough found upon her person to pay the
+expenses of her burial."
+
+"And so you are tapster at the Commonwealth. Is it a good inn?"
+
+"Can't say much for it. I shan't stay longer than I can help, I can
+tell you."
+
+"Well, but you must have an easy place, if you can stay away as long
+as you do now."
+
+"Won't I be mobbed when I go back! but that's always the case, make
+haste or not, so it's all one. However, I do think I must be agoing
+now, so good-by, Mr. Forester; and tell Jacob Armitage's grandson that
+I shall be glad to see him, for old Jacob's sake; and it's hard, but
+I'll find him something to drink when he calls."
+
+"I will: I shall see him to-morrow." replied Oswald, getting into the
+cart; "so good-by, Benjamin," much to the satisfaction of Oswald, who
+thought that he would never go.
+
+They went away at a rapid pace to make up for lost time, and soon
+disappeared around the corner of the street. Oswald then got out
+again, summoned Edward, and having called for the flour and other
+heavy articles, they set off on their return.
+
+During the drive, Oswald made known to Edward the information which he
+had gained from Benjamin, and at a late hour they arrived safely at
+the cottage.
+
+They staid up but a short time, as they were tired; and Oswald had
+resolved upon setting off before daylight on the following morning,
+which he did without disturbing any one; for Humphrey was up and
+dressed as soon as Oswald was and gave him something to eat as he went
+along. All the others remained fast asleep. Humphrey walked about a
+mile with Oswald, and was returning to the farm when he thought, as he
+had not examined his pitfall for many days, that he might as well look
+at it before he went back. He therefore struck out in the direction in
+which it lay, and arrived there just as the day began to dawn.
+
+It was the end of March, and the weather was mild for the season.
+Humphrey arrived at the pit, and it was sufficiently light for him to
+perceive that the covering had been broken in, and therefore, in all
+probability, something must have been trapped. He sat down and waited
+for daylight, but at times he thought he heard a heavy breathing, and
+once a low groan. This made him more anxious, and he again and again
+peered into the pit, but could not for a long while discover any
+thing, until at last he thought that he could make out a human figure
+lying at the bottom. Humphrey called out, asking if there was any one
+there. A groan was the reply, and now Humphrey was horrified with the
+idea that somebody had fallen into the pit, and had perished, or was
+perishing for want of succor. Recollecting that the rough ladder which
+he had made to take the soil up out of the pit was against an oak-
+tree, close at hand, he ran for it, and put it down the pit, and then
+cautiously descended. On his arrival at the bottom, his fears were
+found to be verified, for he saw the body of a lad, half clothed,
+lying there. He turned it up as it was lying with its face to the
+ground, and attempted to remove it, and to ascertain if there was life
+in it, which he was delighted to find was the case. The lad groaned
+several times, and opened his eyes. Humphrey was afraid that he was
+not strong enough to lift him on his shoulders and carry him up the
+ladder; but, on making the attempt he found out, from exhaustion, the
+poor lad was light enough for him to carry him, which he did, and
+safely landed him by the side of the pit.
+
+Recollecting that the watering-place of the herd of cattle was not far
+off, Humphrey then hastened to it, and filled his hat half full of
+water. The lad, although he could not speak, drank eagerly, and in a
+few minutes appeared much recovered. Humphrey gave him some more, and
+bathed his face and temples. The sun had now risen, and it was broad
+daylight. The lad attempted to speak, but what he did say was in so
+low a tone, and evidently in a foreign language, that Humphrey could
+not make him out. He, therefore, made signs to the lad that he was
+going away, and would be back soon; and having, as he thought, made
+the lad comprehend this, Humphrey ran away to the cottage as fast as
+he could; and as soon as he arrived he called for Edward, who came
+out, and when Humphrey told him in few words what had happened, Edward
+went into the cottage again for some milk and some cake, while
+Humphrey put the pony into the cart.
+
+In a few moments they were off again, and soon arrived at the pitfall,
+where they found the lad, still lying where Humphrey had left him.
+They soaked the cake in the milk, and as soon as it was soft gave him
+some; after a time, he swallowed pretty freely, and was so much
+recovered as to be able to sit up. They then lifted him into the cart,
+and drove gently home to their cottage.
+
+"What do you think he is, Edward?" said Humphrey.
+
+"Some poor beggar lad, who has been crossing the forest."
+
+"No, not exactly: he appears to me to be one of the Zingaros or
+Gipsies, as they call them: he is very dark, and has black eyes and
+white teeth, just like those I saw once near Arnwood, when I was out
+with Jacob. Jacob said that no one knew where they came from, but that
+they were all over the country, and that they were great thieves, and
+told fortunes, and played all manner of tricks."
+
+"Perhaps it may be so; I do not think that he can speak English."
+
+"I am most thankful to Heaven that I chanced this morning to visit the
+pitfall. Only suppose that I had found the poor boy starved and dead!
+I should have been very unhappy, and never should have had any
+pleasure in looking at the cows, as they would always have reminded me
+of such a melancholy accident."
+
+"Very true, Humphrey; but you have been saved that misfortune, and
+ought to be grateful to Heaven that such is the case. What shall we do
+with him now we have him?"
+
+"Why if he chooses to remain with us, he will be very useful in the
+cow-yard," said Humphrey.
+
+"Of course," replied Edward, laughing, "as he was taken in the pit-
+fall, he must go into the yard with all the others who were captured
+in the same way."
+
+"Well, Edward, let us get him all right again first, and then we will
+see what is to be done with him; perhaps he will refuse to remain with
+us."
+
+As soon as they arrived at the cottage, they lifted the lad out of the
+cart, and carried him into Jacob's room, and laid him on the bed, for
+he was too weak to stand.
+
+Alice and Edith, who were much surprised at the new visitor and the
+way in which he had been caught, hastened to get some gruel ready for
+him. As soon as it was ready, they gave it to the boy, who then fell
+back on the bed with exhaustion, and was soon in a sound sleep. He
+slept soundly all that night; and the next morning, when he awoke, he
+appeared much better, although very hungry. This last complaint was
+easy to remedy, and then the lad got up, and walked into the sitting-
+room.
+
+"What's your name?" said Humphrey to the lad.
+
+"Pablo," replied the lad.
+
+"Can you speak English?"
+
+"Yes, little," replied he.
+
+"How did you happen to fall into the pit?"
+
+"Not see hole."
+
+"Are you a gipsy?"
+
+"Yes, gitano--same thing."
+
+Humphrey put a great many more questions to the lad, and elicited from
+him, in his imperfect English, the following particulars:
+
+That he was in company with several others of his race, going down to
+the sea-coast on one of their usual migrations, and that they had
+pitched their tents not far from the pitfall. That during the night he
+had gone out to set some snares for rabbits, and going back to the
+tents, it being quite dark, he had fallen into the hole; that he had
+remained there three days and nights, having in vain attempted to get
+out. His mother was with the party of gipsies to which he belonged,
+but he had no father. He did not know where to follow the gang, as
+they had not said where they were going, farther than to the sea-
+coast. That it was no use looking for them; and that he did not care
+much about leaving them, as he was very unkindly treated. In reply to
+the question as to whether he would like to remain with them, and work
+with them on the farm, he replied that he should like it very much if
+they would be kind to him, and not make him work too hard; that he
+would cook the dinner, and catch them rabbits and birds, and make a
+great many things.
+
+"Will you be honest, if we keep you, and not tell lies?" said Edward.
+
+The lad thought a little while, and then nodded his head in the
+affirmative.
+
+"Well, Pablo, we will try you, and if you are a good lad we will do
+all we can to make you happy," said Edward; "but if you behave ill we
+shall be obliged to turn you out of doors: do you understand?"
+
+"Be as good as I can," replied Pablo; and here the conversation ended
+for the present.
+
+Pablo was a very short-built lad, of apparently fifteen or sixteen
+years of age, very dark in complexion, but very handsome in features,
+with beautiful white teeth and large dark eyes; and there was
+certainly something in his intelligent countenance which recommended
+him, independent of his claim to their kindness from his having been
+left thus friendless in consequence of his misadventure. Humphrey was
+particularly pleased with and interested about him, as the lad had so
+nearly lost his life through his means.
+
+"I really think, Edward," said Humphrey, as they were standing outside
+of the door of the cottage, "that the lad may be very useful to us,
+and I sincerely hope that he may prove honest and true. We must first
+get him into health and spirits, and then I will see what he can do."
+
+"The fact is, my dear Humphrey, we can do no otherwise; he is
+separated from his friends, and does not know where to go. It would be
+inhuman, as we have been the cause of his misfortune, to turn him
+away; but although I feel this, I do not feel much security as to his
+good behavior and being very useful. I have always been told that
+these gipsies were vagrants, who lived by stealing all they could lay
+their hands upon; and, if he has been brought up in that way, I fear
+that he will not easily be reformed. However, we can but try, and hope
+for the best."
+
+"What you say is very just, Edward; at the same time there is an
+honest look about this lad, although he is a gipsy, that makes me put
+a sort of confidence in him. Admitting that he has been taught to do
+wrong, do you not think that when told the contrary he may be
+persuaded to do right?"
+
+"It is not impossible, certainly," replied Edward; "but, Humphrey, be
+on the safe side, and do not trust him too far until you know more of
+him."
+
+"That I most certainly will not," replied Humphrey. "When do you
+purpose going over to the keepers cottage, Edward?"
+
+"In a day or two; but I am not exactly in a humor now to be very civil
+to the Roundheads, although the one I have promised to visit is a
+lady, and a very amiable, pretty little girl in the bargain."
+
+"Why, Edward, what has made you feel more opposed to them than usual?"
+
+"In the first place, Humphrey, the murder of the king--for it was
+murder and nothing better--I can not get that out of my head; and
+yesterday I obtained what I consider as almost a gift from Heaven, and
+if it is so it was not given but with the intention that I should make
+use of it."
+
+"And what was that, Edward?"
+
+"Our gallant father's sword, which he drew so nobly and so well in
+defense of his sovereign, Humphrey, and which I trust his son may one
+day wield with equal distinction, and, it may be, better fortune. Come
+in with me, and I will show it to you."
+
+Edward and Humphrey went into the bedroom, and Edward brought out the
+sword, which he had placed by his side on the bed.
+
+"See, Humphrey, this was our father's sword; and," continued Edward,
+kissing the weapon, "I trust I may be permitted to draw it to revenge
+his death, and the death of one whose life ever should have been
+sacred."
+
+"I trust that you will, my dear brother," replied Humphrey; "you will
+have a strong arm and a good cause. Heaven grant that both may
+prosper! But tell me how you came by it."
+
+Edward then related all that had passed during his visit with Oswald
+to Lymington, not forgetting to tell him of Benjamin's appearance, and
+the arrangements he had made relative to the sale of the venison.
+
+As soon as dinner was over, Edward and Humphrey took down their guns,
+having agreed that they would go and hunt the wild cattle.
+
+"Humphrey, have you any idea where the herd of cattle are feeding at
+this time?"
+
+"I know where they were feeding yesterday and the day before, and I do
+not think that they will have changed their ground, for the grass is
+yet very young and only grown on the southern aspects. Depend upon it
+we shall fall in with them not four miles from where we now are, if
+not nearer."
+
+"We must stalk them as we do the deer, must we not? They won't allow
+us to approach within shot, Humphrey, will they?" said Edward.
+
+"We have to take our chance, Edward; they will allow us to advance
+within shot, but the bulls will then advance upon us, while the herd
+increase their distance. On the other hand, if we stalk them, we may
+kill one, and then the report of the gun will frighten the others
+away. In the first instance there is a risk; in the second there is
+none, but there is more fatigue and trouble. Choose as you please; I
+will act as you decide."
+
+"Well, Humphrey, since you give me the choice, I think that this time
+I shall take the bull by the horns, as the saying is; that is, if
+there are any trees near us, for if the herd are in an open place I
+would not run such a risk; but if we can fire upon them and fall back
+upon a tree in case of a bull charging, I will take them openly."
+
+"With all my heart, Edward; I think it will be very hard if, with our
+two guns and Smoker to back us, we do not manage to be masters of the
+field. However, we must survey well before we make our approach; and
+if we can get within shot without alarming or irritating them, we, of
+course, will do so."
+
+"The bulls are very savage at this spring time," observed Edward.
+
+"They are so at all times, as far as I can see of them," replied
+Humphrey; "but we are near to them now, I should think--yes, there is
+the herd."
+
+"There they are, sure enough," replied Edward; "now we have not to do
+with deer, and need not to be so very cautious; but still the animals
+are wary, and keep a sharp look-out. We must approach them quietly, by
+slipping from tree to tree. Smoker, to heel!--down---quiet, Smoker!--
+good dog!"
+
+Edward and Humphrey stopped to load their guns, and then approached
+the herd in manner which had been proposed, and were very soon within
+two hundred yards of the cattle, behind a large oak, when they stopped
+to reconnoiter. The herd contained about seventy head of cattle, of
+various sizes and ages. They were feeding in all directions,
+scattered, as the young grass was very short; but although the herd
+was spread over many acres of land, Edward pointed out to Humphrey
+that all the full-grown large bulls were on the outside, as if ready
+to defend the others in case of attack.
+
+"Humphrey," said Edward, "one thing is clear--as the herd is placed at
+present, we must have a bull or nothing. It is impossible to get
+within shot of the others without passing a bull, and depend upon it,
+our passage will be disputed; and moreover the herd will take to
+flight, and we shall get nothing at all."
+
+"Well," replied Humphrey, "beef is beef; and, as they say, beggars
+must not be choosers, so let it be a bull if it must be so."
+
+"Let us get nearer to them, and then we will decide what we shall do.
+Steady, Smoker!"
+
+They advanced gradually, hiding from tree to tree, until they were
+within eighty yards of one of the bulls. The animal did not perceive
+them, and as they were now within range, they again stepped behind the
+tree to consult.
+
+"Now, Edward, I think that it would be best to separate. You can fire
+from where we are, and I will crawl through the fern, and get behind
+another tree."
+
+"Very well, do so," replied Edward: "if you can manage, get to that
+tree with the low branches, and then perhaps you will be within shot
+of the white bull, which is coming down in this direction. Smoker, lie
+down! He can not go with you, Humphrey; it will not be safe."
+
+The distance of the tree which Humphrey ventured to get to was one
+about one hundred and fifty yards from where Edward was standing.
+Humphrey crawled along for some time in the fern, but at last he came
+to a bare spot of about ten yards wide, which they were not aware of,
+and where he could not be concealed. Humphrey hesitated, and at last
+decided upon attempting to cross it. Edward, who was one moment
+watching the motions of Humphrey, and at another that of the two
+animals nearest to them, perceived that the white bull farthest from
+him, but nearest to Humphrey, threw its head in the air, pawed with
+his foot, and then advanced with a roar to where Humphrey was on the
+ground, still crawling toward the tree, having passed the open spot,
+and being now not many yards from the tree. Perceiving the danger that
+his brother was in, and that, moreover, Humphrey himself was not aware
+of it, he hardly knew how to act. The bull was too far from him to
+fire at it with any chance of success; and how to let Humphrey know
+that the animal had discovered him and was making toward him, without
+calling out, he did not know. All this was the thought of a moment,
+and then Edward determined to fire at the bull nearest to him, which
+he had promised not to do till Humphrey was also ready to fire, and
+after firing to call to Humphrey. He therefore, for one moment, turned
+away from his brother, and, taking aim at the bull, fired his gun; but
+probably from his nerves being a little shaken at the idea of Humphrey
+being in danger, the wound was not mortal, and the bull galloped back
+to the herd, which formed a closed phalanx about a quarter of a mile
+distant. Edward then turned to where his brother was, and perceived
+that the bull had not made off with the rest of the cattle, but was
+within thirty yards of Humphrey, and advancing upon him, and that
+Humphrey was standing up beside the tree with his gun ready to file.
+Humphrey fired, and, as it appeared, he also missed his aim; the
+animal made at him; but Humphrey, with great quickness, dropped his
+gun, and, swinging by the lower boughs, was into the tree, and out of
+the bull's reach in a moment. Edward smiled when he perceived that
+Humphrey was safe; but still he was a prisoner, for the bull went
+round and round the tree roaring and looking up at Humphrey. Edward
+thought a minute, then loaded his gun, and ordered Smoker to run in to
+the bull. The dog, who had only been restrained by Edward's keeping
+him down at his feet, sprung forward to the attack. Edward had
+intended, by calling to the dog, to induce the bull to follow it till
+within gun-shot; but before the bull had been attacked, Edward
+observed that one or two more of the bulls had left the herd, and were
+coming at a rapid pace toward him. Under these circumstances, Edward
+perceived that his only chance was to climb into a tree himself, which
+he did, taking good care to take his gun and ammunition with him.
+Having safely fixed himself in a forked bough, Edward then surveyed
+the position of the parties. There was Humphrey in the tree, without
+his gun. The bull who had pursued Humphrey was now running at Smoker,
+who appeared to be aware that he was to decoy the bull toward Edward,
+for he kept retreating toward him. In the mean time, the two other
+bulls were quite close at hand, mingling their bellowing and roaring
+with the first; and one of them as near to Edward as the first bull,
+which was engaged with Smoker. At last, one of the advancing bulls
+stood still, pawing the ground as if disappointed at not finding an
+enemy, not forty yards from where Edward was perched. Edward took good
+aim, and when he fired the bull fell dead. Edward was reloading his
+piece when he heard a howl, and looking round, saw Smoker flying up in
+the air, having been tossed by the first bull; and at the same time he
+observed that Humphrey had descended from the tree, recovered his gun,
+and was now safe again upon the lower bough.
+
+The first bull was advancing again to attack Smoker, who appeared
+incapable of getting away, so much was he injured by the fall, when
+the other bull, who apparently must have been an old antagonist of the
+first, roared and attacked him; and now the two boys were up in the
+tree, the two bulls fighting between them, and Smoker lying on the
+ground, panting and exhausted. As the bulls, with locked horns, were
+furiously pressing each other, both guns were discharged, and both
+animals fell. After waiting a little while to see if they rose again,
+or if any more of the herd came up, Edward and Humphrey descended from
+the trees and heartily shook hands.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII.
+
+
+"A narrow escape, Humphrey!" said Edward as he held his brother's
+hand.
+
+"Yes, indeed, we may thank Heaven for our preservation," replied
+Humphrey; "and poor Smoker! let us see if he is much hurt."
+
+"I trust not," said Edward, going up to the dog, who remained quite
+still on the ground, with his tongue out, and panting violently.
+
+They examined poor Smoker all over very carefully, and found that
+there was no external wound; but on Edward pressing his side, the
+animal gave a low howl.
+
+"It is there where the horn of the bull took him," observed Humphrey.
+
+"Yes," said Edward, pressing and feeling softly: "and he has two of
+his ribs broken. Humphrey, see if you can get him a little water, that
+will recover him more than any thing else; the bull has knocked the
+breath out of his body. I think he will soon be well again, poor
+fellow."
+
+Humphrey soon returned with some water from a neighboring pool. He
+brought it in his hat and gave it to the dog, who lapped it slowly at
+first, but afterward much faster, and wagging his tail.
+
+"He will do now," said Edward; "we must give him time to recover
+himself. Now then, let us examine our quarry. Why, Humphrey, what a
+quantity of meat we have here! It will take three journeys to
+Lymington at least."
+
+"Yes, and no time to lose, for the weather is getting warm already,
+Edward. Now what to do? Will you remain while I go home for the cart?"
+
+"Yes, it's no use both going; I will stay here and watch poor Smoker,
+and take off the skins ready by the time you are back again. Leave me
+your knife as well as my own, for one will soon be blunt."
+
+Humphrey gave his knife to Edward, and taking up his gun, set off for
+the cottage. Edward had skinned two of the bulls before Humphrey's
+return; and Smoker, although he evidently was in great pain, was on
+his legs again. As soon as they had finished and quartered the beasts,
+the cart was loaded and they returned home; they had to return a
+second time, and both the pony and they were very tired before they
+sat down to supper They found the gipsy boy very much recovered and in
+good spirits. Alice said that he had been amusing Edith and her by
+tossing up three potatoes at a time, and playing them like balls; and
+that he has spun a platter upon an iron skewer and balanced it on his
+chin. They gave him some supper, which he ate in the chimney corner,
+looking up and staring every now and then at Edith, to whom he
+appeared very much attached already.
+
+"Is it good?" said Humphrey to the boy, giving him another venison
+steak.
+
+"Yes; not have so good supper in pithole," replied Pablo, laughing.
+
+Early on the following morning, Edward and Humphrey set off to
+Lymington with the cart laden with meat. Edward showed Humphrey all
+the shops and the streets they were in where the purchases were to be
+made--introduced him to the landlord of the hostelry--and having sold
+their meat, they returned home. The rest of the meat was taken to
+Lymington and disposed of by Humphrey on the following day; and the
+day after that the three skins were carried to the town and disposed
+of.
+
+"We made a good day's work, Edward," said Humphrey, as he reckoned up
+the money they had made.
+
+"We earned it with some risk, at all events," replied Edward; "and
+now, Humphrey, I think it is time that I keep my promise to Oswald,
+and go over to the intendant's house, and pay my visit to the young
+lady, as I presume she is--and certainly she has every appearance of
+being one. I want the visit to be over, as I want to be doing."
+
+"How do you mean, Edward?"
+
+"I mean that I want to go out and kill some deer, but I will not do it
+till after I have seen her: when I shall have acquitted myself of my
+visit, I intend to defy the intendant and all his verderers."
+
+"But why should this visit prevent you going out this very day, if so
+inclined?"
+
+"I don't know, but she may ask me if I have done so, and I do not want
+to tell her that I have; neither do I want to say that I have not, if
+I have; and therefore I shall not commence till after I have seen
+her."
+
+"When will you set off?"
+
+"To-morrow morning; and I shall take my gun, although Oswald desired
+me not; but after the fight we had with the wild cattle the other day,
+I don't think it prudent to be unarmed; indeed, I do not feel
+comfortable without I have my gun, at any time."
+
+"Well, I shall have plenty to do when you are away--the, potatoes must
+be hoed up, and I shall see what I can make of Master Pablo. He
+appears well enough, and he has played quite long enough, so I shall
+take him with me to the garden to-morrow, and set him to work. What a
+quantity of fruit there is a promise of in the orchard this year! And
+Edward, if this boy turns out of any use, and is a help to me, I think
+that I shall take all the orchard into garden, and then inclose
+another piece of ground, and see if we can not grow some corn for
+ourselves. It is the greatest expense that we have at present, and I
+should like to take my own corn to the mill to be ground."
+
+"But will not growing corn require plow and horses?" said Edward.
+
+"No; we will try it by hand: two of us can dig a great deal at odd
+times, and we shall have a better crop with the spade than with the
+plow. We have now so much manure that we can afford it."
+
+"Well, if it is to be done, it should be done at once, Humphrey,
+before the people from the other side of the forest come and find us
+out, or they will dispute our right to the inclosure."
+
+"The forest belongs to the king, brother, and not to the Parliament;
+and we are the king's liege men, and only look to him for permission,"
+replied Humphrey; "but what you say is true: the sooner it is done the
+better, and I will about it at once."
+
+"How much do you propose fencing in?"
+
+"About two or three acres."
+
+"But that is more than you can dig this year or the next."
+
+"I know that; but I will manure it without digging, and the grass will
+grow so rich to what it will outside of the inclosure. that they will
+suppose it has been inclosed a long while."
+
+"That's not a bad idea, Humphrey; but I advise you to look well after
+that boy, for he is of a bad race, and has not been brought up, I am
+afraid, with too strict notions of honesty. Be careful, and tell your
+sisters also to be cautious not to let him suppose that we have any
+money in the old chest, till we find out whether he is to be trusted
+or not."
+
+"Better not let him know it under any circumstances," replied
+Humphrey; "he may continue honest, if not tempted by the knowledge
+that there is any thing worth stealing."
+
+"You are right, Humphrey. Well, I will be off to-morrow morning and
+get this visit over. I hope to be able to get all the news from her,
+now that her father is away.
+
+"I hope to get some work out of this Pablo," replied Humphrey; "how
+many things I could do, if he would only work! Now, I'll tell you one
+thing--I will dig a sawpit and get a saw, and then I can cut out
+boards and build any thing we want. The first time I go to Lymington I
+will buy a saw--I can afford it now; and I'll make a carpenter's bench
+for the first thing, and then, with some more tools, I shall get on;
+and then, Edward, I'll tell you what else I will do."
+
+"Then, Humphrey," replied Edward, laughing, "you must tell me some
+other time, for it is now very late, and I must go to bed, as I have
+to rise early. I know you have so many projects in your mind that it
+would take half the night to listen to them."
+
+"Well, I believe what you say is true," replied Humphrey, "and it will
+be better to do one thing at a time than to talk about doing a
+hundred; so we will, as you say, to bed."
+
+At sunrise, Edward and Humphrey were both up; Alice came out when they
+tapped at her door, as she would not let Edward go without his
+breakfast. Edith joined them, and they went to prayers. While they
+were so employed, Pablo came out and listened to what was said. When
+prayers were over, Humphrey asked Pablo if he knew what they had been
+doing.
+
+"No, not much; suppose you pray sun to shine."
+
+"No, Pablo," said Edith, "pray to God to make us good."
+
+"You bad then?" said Pablo; "me not bad."
+
+"Yes, Pablo, every body very bad," said Alice; "but if we try to be
+good, God forgives us."
+
+The conversation was then dropped, and as soon as Edward had made his
+breakfast, he kissed his sisters, and wished Humphrey farewell.
+
+Edward threw his gun over his arm, and calling his puppy, which he had
+named Holdfast, bade Humphrey and his sisters farewell, and set off on
+his journey across the forest.
+
+Holdfast, as well as Humphrey's puppy, which had been named Watch, had
+grown very fine young animals. The first had been named Holdfast,
+because it would seize the pigs by the ears and lead them into the
+sty, and the other because it was so alert at the least noise; but, as
+Humphrey said, Watch ought to have learned to lead the pigs, it being
+more in his line of business than Holdfast's, which was to be brought
+up for hunting in the forest, while Watch was being educated as a
+house and farmyard dog.
+
+Edward had refused to take the pony, as Humphrey required it for the
+farm-work, and the weather was so fine that he preferred walking; the
+more so, as it would enable him on his return across the forest to try
+for some venison, which he could not have done if he had been mounted
+on Billy's back. Edward walked quick, followed by his dog, which he
+had taught to keep to heel. He felt happy, as people do who have no
+cares, from the fine weather--the deep green of the verdure checkered
+by the flowers in bloom, and the majestic scenery which met his eye on
+every side. His heart was as buoyant as his steps, as he walked along,
+the light summer breeze fanning his face. His thoughts, however, which
+had been more of the chase than any thing else, suddenly changed, and
+he became serious. For some time he had heard no political news of
+consequence, or what the Commons were doing with the king. This revery
+naturally brought to his mind his father's death, the burning of his
+property, and its sequestration. His cheeks colored with indignation,
+and his brow was moody. Then he built castles for the future. He
+imagined the king released from his prison, and leading an army
+against his oppressors; he fancied himself at the head of a troop of
+cavalry, charging the Parliamentary horse. Victory was on his side.
+The king was again on his throne, and he was again in possession of
+the family estate. He was rebuilding the hall, and somehow or another
+it appeared to him that Patience was standing by his side, as he gave
+directions to the artificers, when his revery was suddenly disturbed
+by Holdfast barking and springing forward in advance.
+
+Edward, who had by this time got over more than half his journey,
+looked up, and perceived himself confronted by a powerful man,
+apparently about forty years of age, and dressed as a verderer of the
+forest. He thought at the time that he had seldom seen a person with a
+more sinister and forbidding countenance.
+
+"How now, young fellow, what are you doing here?" said the man,
+walking up to him and cocking the gun which he held in hand as he
+advanced.
+
+Edward quietly cocked his own gun, which was loaded, when he perceived
+that hostile preparation on the part of the other person, and then
+replied, "I am walking across the forest, as you may perceive."
+
+"Yes, I perceive you are walking, and you are walking with a dog and a
+gun: you will now be pleased to walk with me. Deer-stealers are not
+any longer permitted to range this forest."
+
+"I am no deer-stealer," replied Edward. "It will be quite sufficient
+to give me that title when you find me with venison in my possession;
+and as for going with you, that I certainly shall not. Sheer off, or
+you may meet with harm."
+
+"Why, you young good-for-nothing, if you have not venison, it is not
+from any will not to take it; you are out in pursuit of it, that is
+clear. Come, come, you've the wrong person to deal with; my orders are
+to take up all poachers, and take you I will."
+
+"If you can," replied Edward; "but you must first prove that you are
+able so to do; my gun is as good and my aim is as sure as yours,
+whoever you may be. I tell you again, I am no poacher, nor have I come
+out to take the deer, but to cross over to the intendant's cottage,
+whither I am now going. I tell you thus much, that you may not do any
+thing foolish; and having said this, I advise you to think twice
+before you act once. Let me proceed in peace, or you may lose your
+place, if you do not, by your own rashness, lose your life."
+
+There was something so cool and so determined in Edward's quiet
+manner, that the verderer hesitated. He perceived that any attempt to
+take Edward would be at the risk of his own life; and he knew that his
+orders were to apprehend all poachers, but not to shoot people. It was
+true, that resistance with firearms would warrant his acting in self-
+defense; but admitting that be should succeed, which was doubtful,
+still Edward had not been caught in the act of killing venison, and he
+had no witnesses to prove what had occurred. He also knew that the
+intendant had given very strict orders as to the shedding of blood,
+which he was most averse to, under any circumstances; and there was
+something in Edward's appearance and manner so different from a common
+person, that he was puzzled. Moreover, Edward had stated that he was
+going to the intendant's house. All things considered, as he found
+that bullying would not succeed, he thought it advisable to change his
+tone, and therefore said, "You tell me that you are going to the
+intendant's house; you have business there, I presume? If I took you
+prisoner, it is there I should have conducted you, so, young man, you
+may now walk on before me."
+
+"I thank you," replied Edward, "but walk on before you I will not: but
+if you choose to half-cock your gun again, and walk by my side, I will
+do the same. Those are my terms, and I will listen to no other; so be
+pleased to make up your mind, as I am in haste."
+
+The verderer appeared very indignant at this reply, but after a time
+said, "Be it so."
+
+Edward then uncocked his gun, with his eyes fixed upon the man, and
+the verderer did the same: and then they walked side by side, Edward
+keeping at the distance of three yards from him, in case of treachery.
+
+After a few moments' silence, the verderer said, "You tell me you are
+going to the intendant's house; he is not at home."
+
+"But young Mistress Patience is, I presume," said Edward.
+
+"Yes," replied the man, who, finding that Edward appeared to know so
+much about the intendant's family, began to be more civil. "Yes, she
+is at home, for I saw her in the garden this morning."
+
+"And Oswald, is he at home?" rejoined Edward.
+
+"Yes, he is. You appear to know our people, young man; who may you be,
+if it is a fair question?"
+
+"It would have been a fair question had you treated me fairly,"
+replied Edward; "but as it is no concern of yours, I shall leave you
+to find it out."
+
+This reply puzzled the man still more; and he now, from the tone of
+authority assumed by Edward, began to imagine that he had made some
+mistake, and that he was speaking to a superior, although clad in a
+forester's dress. He therefore answered humbly, observing that he had
+only been doing his duty.
+
+Edward walked on without making any reply.
+
+As they arrived within a hundred yards of the intendant's house Edward
+said--
+
+"I have now arrived at my destination, and am going into that house,
+as I told you. Do you choose to enter it with me, or will you go to
+Oswald Partridge and tell him that you have met with Edward Armitage
+in the forest, and that I should be glad to see him? I believe you are
+under his orders, are you not?"
+
+"Yes I am" replied the verderer, "and as I suppose that all's right, I
+shall go and deliver your message."
+
+Edward then turned away from the man, and went into the wicket-gate of
+the garden, and knocked at the door of the House. The door was opened
+by Patience Heatherstone herself, who said, "Oh, how glad I am to see
+you! Come in." Edward took off his hat and bowed. Patience led the way
+into her father's study, where Edward had been first received.
+
+"And now," said Patience, extending her hand to Edward, "thanks, many
+thanks, for your preserving me from so dreadful a death. You don't
+know how unhappy I have been at not being able to give you my poor
+thanks for your courageous behavior."
+
+Her hand still remained in Edward's while she said this.
+
+"You rate what I did too highly," replied Edward; "I would have done
+the same for any one in such distress: it was my duty as a--man,"
+Cavalier he was about to say, but he checked himself.
+
+"Sit down," said Patience, taking a chair; "nay, no ceremony; I can
+not treat as an inferior one to whom I owe such a debt of gratitude."
+
+Edward smiled as he took his seat.
+
+"My father is as grateful to you as I am--I'm sure that he is--for I
+heard him, when at prayer, call down blessings on your head. What can
+he do for you? I begged Oswald Partridge to bring you here that I
+might find out. Oh, sir, do, pray, let me know how we can show our
+gratitude by something more than words."
+
+"You have shown it already, Mistress Patience," replied Edward; "have
+you not honored a poor forester with your hand in friendship, and even
+admitted him to sit down before you?"
+
+"He who has preserved my life at the risk of his own becomes to me as
+a brother--at least I feel as a sister toward him: a debt is still a
+debt, whether indebted to a king or to a--"
+
+"Forester, Mistress Patience; that is the real word that you should
+not have hesitated to have used. Do you imagine that I am ashamed of
+my calling?"
+
+"To tell you candidly the truth, then," replied Patience: "I can not
+believe that you are what you profess to be. I mean to say that,
+although a forester now, you were never brought up as such. My father
+has an opinion allied to mine."
+
+"I thank you both for your good opinion of me, but I fear that I can
+not raise myself above the condition of a forester; nay, from your
+father's coming down here, and the new regulations, I have every
+chance of sinking down to the lower grade of a deer-stealer and
+poacher; indeed, had it not been that I had my gun with me, I should
+have been seized as such this very day as I came over."
+
+"But you were not shooting the deer, were you, sir?" inquired
+Patience.
+
+"No, I was not; nor have I killed any since last I saw you."
+
+"I am glad that I can say that to my father," replied Patience; "it
+will much please him. He said to me that he thought you capable of
+much higher employment than any that could be offered here, and only
+wished to know what you would accept. He has interest--great interest
+--although just now at variance with the rulers of this country, on
+account of the--"
+
+"Murder of the king, you would or you should have said, Mistress
+Patience. I have heard how much he was opposed to that foul deed, and
+I honor him for it."
+
+"How kind, how truly kind you are to say so!" said Patience, the tears
+starting in her eyes; "what pleasure to hear my father's conduct
+praised by you!"
+
+"Why, of course, Mistress Patience, all of my way of thinking must
+praise him. Your father is in London, I hear?"
+
+"Yes, he is; and that reminds me that you must want some refreshment
+after your walk. I will call Phoebe." So saying, Patience left the
+room.
+
+The fact was, Mistress Patience was reminded that she had been sitting
+with a young man some time, and alone with him--which was not quite
+proper in those times; and when Phoebe appeared with the cold viands,
+she retreated out of hearing, but remained in the room.
+
+Edward partook of the meal offered him in silence, Patience occupying
+herself with her work, and keeping her eyes fixed on it, unless when
+she gave a slight glance at the table to see if any thing was
+required. When the meal was over, Phoebe removed the tray, and then
+Edward rose to take his leave.
+
+"Nay, do not go yet--I have much to say first; let me again ask you
+how we can serve you."
+
+"I never can take any office under the present rulers of the nation,
+so that question is at rest."
+
+"I was afraid that you would answer so," replied Patience, gravely:
+"do not think I blame you; for many are there already who would gladly
+retrace their steps if it were possible. They little thought, when
+they opposed the king, that affairs would have ended as they have
+done. Where do you live, sir?"
+
+"At the opposite side of the forest, in a house belonging to me now,
+but which was inherited by my grandfather."
+
+"Do you live alone--surely not?"
+
+"No, I do not."
+
+"Nay, you may tell me any thing, for I would never repeat what might
+hurt you, or you might not wish to have known."
+
+"I live with my brother and two sisters, for my grandfather is lately
+dead."
+
+"Is your brother younger than you are?"
+
+"He is."
+
+"And your sisters, what are their ages?"
+
+"They are younger still."
+
+"You told my father that you lived upon your farm?"
+
+"We do."
+
+"Is it a large farm?"
+
+"No; very small."
+
+"And does that support you?"
+
+"That and killing wild cattle has lately."
+
+"Yes, and killing deer also, until lately?"
+
+"You have guessed right."
+
+"You were brought up at Arnwood, you told my father; did you not?"
+
+"Yes, I was brought up there, and remained there until the death of
+Colonel Beverley."
+
+"And you were educated, were you not?"
+
+"Yes; the chaplain taught me what little I do know."
+
+"Then, if you were brought up in the house and educated by the
+chaplain, surely Colonel Beverley never intended you for a forester?"
+
+"He did not; I was to have been a soldier as soon as I was old enough
+to bear arms."
+
+"Perhaps you are distantly related to the late Colonel Beverley."
+
+"No; I am not _distantly_ related," replied Edward, who began to
+feel uneasy at this close cross-examination; "but still, had Colonel
+Beverley been alive, and the king still required his services, I have
+no doubt that I should have been serving under him at this time. And
+now, Mistress Patience, that I have answered so many questions of
+yours, may I be permitted to ask a little about yourself in return?
+Have you any brothers?"
+
+"None; I am an only child."
+
+"Have you only one parent alive?"
+
+"Only one."
+
+"What families are you connected with?"
+
+Patience looked up with surprise at this last question.
+
+"My mother's name was Cooper; she was sister to Sir Anthony Ashley
+Cooper, who is a person well known."
+
+"Indeed! then you are of gentle blood?"
+
+"I believe so," replied Patience, with surprise.
+
+"Thank you for your condescension, Mistress Patience; and now, if you
+will permit me, I will take my leave."
+
+"Before you go, let me once more thank you for saving a worthless
+life," said Patience. "Well, you must come again, when my father is
+here; he will be but too glad to have an opportunity of thanking one
+who has preserved his only child. Indeed, if you knew my father, you
+would feel as much regard for him as I do. He is very good, although
+he looks so stern and melancholy; but he has seldom smiled since my
+poor mother's death."
+
+"As to your father, Mistress Patience," I will think as well as I can
+of one who is joined to a party which I hold in detestation; I can say
+no more."
+
+"I must not say all that I know, or you would, perhaps, find out that
+he is not quite so wedded to that party as you suppose. Neither his
+brother-in-law nor he are great friends of Cromwell's, I can assure
+you; but this is in confidence."
+
+"That raises him in my estimation; but why then does he hold office?"
+
+"He did not ask it; it was given to him, I really believe, because
+they wished him out of the way; and he accepted it because he was
+opposed to what was going on, and wished himself to be away. At least
+I infer so much from what I have learned. It is not an office of power
+or trust which leagues him with the present government."
+
+"No; only one which opposes him to me and my malpractices," replied
+Edward, laughing. "Well, Mistress Patience, you have shown great
+condescension to a poor forester, and I return you many thanks for
+your kindness toward me: I will now take my leave."
+
+"And when will you come and see my father?"
+
+"I can not say; I fear that I shall not be able very soon to look in
+his injured face, and it will not be well for a poacher to come near
+him," replied Edward: "however, some day I may be taken and brought
+before you as a prisoner, you know, and then he is certain to see me."
+
+"I will not tell you to kill deer," replied Patience; "but if you do
+kill them no one shall harm you--or I know little of my power or my
+father's. Farewell then, sir, and once more gratitude and thanks."
+
+Patience held out her hand again to Edward, who this time, like a true
+Cavalier, raised it respectfully to his lips. Patience colored a
+little, but did not attempt to withdraw it, and Edward, with a low
+obeisance, quitted the room.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII.
+
+
+As soon as he was out of the intendant's house, Edward hastened to the
+cottage of Oswald Partridge, whom he found waiting for him, for the
+verderer had not failed to deliver his message.
+
+"You have had a long talk with Mistress Patience," said Oswald, after
+the first greeting, "and I am glad of it, as it gives you consequence
+here. The Roundhead rascal whom you met was inclined, to be very
+precise about doing his duty, and insisted that he was certain that
+you were on the look-out for deer; but I stopped his mouth by telling
+him that I often took you out with me, as you were the best shot in
+the whole forest, and that the intendant knew that I did so. I think
+that if you were caught in the act of killing a deer, you had better
+tell, them that you killed it by my request, and I will bear you out
+if they bring you to the intendant, who will, I'm sure, thank me for
+saying so; you might kill all the deer in the forest, after what you
+have done for him."
+
+"Many thanks; but I do not think I can take advantage of your offer.
+Let them catch me if they can, and if they do catch me, let them take
+me if they can."
+
+"I see, sir, that you will accept no favor from the Roundheads,"
+replied Oswald. "However, as I am now head keeper, I shall take care
+that my men do not interfere with you, if I can help it; all I wish is
+to prevent any insult or indignity being offered to you, they not
+being aware who you are, as I am."
+
+"Many thanks, Oswald; I must take my chance."
+
+Edward then told Oswald of their having taken the gipsy boy in the
+pit, at which he appeared much amused.
+
+"What is the name of the verderer whom I met in the forest?" inquired
+Edward.
+
+"James Corbould; he was discharged from the army," replied Oswald.
+
+"I do not like his appearance," said Edward.
+
+"No; his face tells against him," replied Oswald; "but I know nothing
+of him; he has been here little more than a fortnight."
+
+"Can you give me a corner to put my head in to-night, Oswald? for I
+shall not start till to-morrow morning."
+
+"You may command all I have, sir," replied Oswald; "but I fear there
+is little more than a hearty welcome; I have no doubt that you could
+be lodged at the intendant's house if you choose."
+
+"No, Oswald, the young lady is alone, and I will not trust to Phoebe's
+accommodation again; I will stay here, if you will permit me."
+
+"And welcome, sir; I will put your puppy in the kennel at once."
+
+Edward remained that night at Oswald's, and at daylight he rose, and
+having taken a slight breakfast, throwing his gun over his shoulder,
+went to the kennel for Holdfast, and set off on his return home.
+
+"That's a very nice little girl," were the words which Edward found
+himself constantly saying to himself as he walked along; "and she is
+of a grateful disposition, or she would not have behaved as she has
+done toward me--supposing me to be of mean birth;" and then he thought
+of what she had told him relative to her father, and Edward felt his
+animosity against a Roundhead wasting fast away. "I am not likely to
+see her again very soon," thought Edward, "unless, indeed, I am
+brought to the intendant as a prisoner." Thus thinking upon, one
+subject or another, Edward had gained above eight miles of his journey
+across the forest, when he thought that he was sufficiently far away
+to venture to look out for some venison. Remembering there was a
+thicket not far from him in which there was a clear pool of water,
+Edward thought it very likely that he might find a stag there cooling
+himself, for the weather was now very warm at noonday. He therefore
+called Holdfast to him, and proceeded cautiously toward the thicket.
+As soon as he arrived at the spot, he crouched and crept silently
+through the underwood. At last he arrived close to the cleared spot by
+the pool. There was no stag there, but fast asleep upon the turf lay
+James Corbould, the sinister-looking verderer who had accosted him in
+the forest on the previous day. Holdfast was about to bark, when
+Edward silenced him, and then advanced to where the verderer was
+lying; and who, having no dog with him to give notice of Edward's
+approach, still remained snoring with the sun shining on his face.
+Edward perceived that his gun was under him on the grass, he took it
+up, gently opened the pan and scattered the powder, and then laid it
+down again--for Edward said to himself, "That man has come out after
+me, that I am certain; and as there are no witnesses, he may be
+inclined to be mischievous, for a more wretched-looking person I never
+saw. Had he been deer-hunting, he would have brought his dog; but he
+is man-hunting, that is evident. Now I will leave him, and should he
+fall in with anything, he will not kill at first shot, that's certain;
+and if he follows me, I shall have the same chance of escape as
+anything else he may fire at." Edward then walked out of the covert,
+thinking that if ever there was a face which proclaimed a man to be a
+murderer, it was that of James Corbould. As he was threading his way,
+he heard the howl of a dog, and on looking round, perceived that
+Holdfast was not with him. He turned back, and Holdfast came running
+to him--the fact was, that Holdfast had smelled some meat in the
+pocket of the verderer, and had been putting his nose in to ascertain
+what it was: in so doing, he had wakened up Corbould, who had saluted
+him with a heavy blow on the head: this occasioned the puppy to give
+the howl, and also occasioned Corbould to seize his gun, and follow
+stealthily in the track of the dog, which he well knew to be the one
+he had seen the day before with Edward.
+
+Edward waited for a short time, and not perceiving that Corbould made
+his appearance, continued on his way home, having now given up all
+thoughts of killing any venison. He walked fast, and was within six
+miles of the cottage, when he stopped to drink at a small rill of
+water, and then sat down to rest himself for a short time. While so
+doing, he fell into one of his usual reveries, and forgot how time
+passed away. He was, however, aroused by a low growl on the part of
+Holdfast, and it immediately occurred to him that Corbould must have
+followed him. Thinking it as well to be prepared, he quietly loaded
+his gun, and then rose up to reconnoiter. Holdfast sprung forward, and
+Edward, looking in the direction, perceived Corbould partly hidden
+behind a tree, with his gun leveled at him. He heard the trigger
+pulled, and snap of the lock, but the gun did not go off; and then
+Corbould made his appearance, striking at Holdfast with the butt-end
+of his gun. Edward advanced to him and desired him to desist, or it
+would be the worse for him.
+
+"Indeed, younker! it may be the worse for you," cried Corbould.
+
+"It might have been if your gun had gone off," replied Edward.
+
+I did not aim at you. I aimed at the dog, and I will kill the brute if
+I can."
+
+"Not without danger to yourself; but it was not him that you aimed at
+--your gun was not pointed low enough to hit the dog--it was leveled
+at me, you sneaking wretch; and I have only to thank my own prudence
+and your sleepy head for having escaped with my life. I tell you
+candidly, that I threw the powder out of your pan while you were
+asleep. If I served you as you deserve, I should now put my bullet
+into you; but I can not kill a man who is defenseless--and that saves
+your life; but set off as fast as you can away from me, for if you
+follow me I will show no more forbearance. Away with you directly,"
+continued Edward, raising his gun to his shoulder and pointing it at
+Corbould; "if you do not be off, I'll fire."
+
+Corbould saw that Edward was resolute, and thought proper to comply
+with his request: he walked away till he considered himself out of
+gunshot, and then commenced a torrent of oaths and abusive language,
+with which we shall not offend our readers. Before he went farther, he
+swore that he would have Edward's life before many days had passed,
+and then shaking his fist, he went away. Edward remained where he was
+standing till the man was fairly out of sight, and then proceeded on
+his journey. It was now about four o'clock in the afternoon, and
+Edward, as he walked on, said to himself, "That man must be of a very
+wicked disposition, for I have offended him in nothing except in not
+submitting to be made his prisoner; and is that an offense to take a
+man's life for? He is a dangerous man, and will be more dangerous
+after being again foiled by me as he has been to-day. I doubt if he
+will go home; I am almost sure that he will turn and follow me when he
+thinks that he can without my seeing him; and if he does, he will find
+out where our cottage is--and who knows what mischief he may not do,
+and how he may alarm my little sisters? I'll not go home till dark;
+and I'll now walk in another direction, that I may mislead him."
+Edward then walked away more to the north, and every half hour shifted
+his course so as to be walking in a very different direction from
+where the cottage stood. In the mean time it grew gradually dark; and
+as it became so, every now and then when Edward passed a large tree,
+he turned round behind it and looked to see if Corbould was following
+him. At last, just as it was dark, he perceived the figure of a man at
+no great distance from him, who was following him, running from tree
+to tree, so as to make his approach. "Oh, you are there!" thought
+Edward; "now will I give you a nice dance, and we will see whose legs
+are tired soonest. Let me see, where am I?" Edward looked round, and
+then perceived that he was close to the clump of trees where Humphrey
+had made his pitfall for the cattle, and there was a clear spot of
+about a quarter of a mile between it and where he now stood. Edward
+made up his mind, and immediately walked out to cross the clearing,
+calling Holdfast to heel. It was now nearly dark, for there was only
+the light of the stars, but still there was sufficient light to see
+his way. As Edward crossed the cleared spot, he once looked round and
+perceived that Corbould was following him, and nearer than he was
+before, trusting probably to the increased darkness to hide his
+approach. "That will do," thought Edward; "come along, my fine
+fellow." And Edward walked on till he came to the pitfall; there he
+stopped and looked round, and soon discovered the verderer at a
+hundred yards' distance. Edward held his dog by the mouth, that he
+should not growl or bark, and then went on in a direction so as to
+bring the pitfall exactly between Corbould and himself. Having done
+so, he proceeded at a more rapid pace; and Corbould, following him,
+also increased his, till he arrived at the pitfall, which he could not
+perceive, and fell into it headlong; and as he fell into the pit, at
+the same time Edward heard the discharge of his gun, the crash of the
+small branches laid over it, and a cry on the part of Corbould. "That
+will do," thought Edward, "now you may lie there as long as the gipsy
+did, and that will cool your courage. Humphrey's pitfall is full of
+adventure. In this case it has done me a service. Now I may turn and
+go home as fast as I can. Come Holdfast, old boy, we both want our
+suppers. I can answer for one, for I could eat the whole of that pasty
+which Oswald set before me this morning." Edward walked at a rapid
+pace, quite delighted at the issue of the adventure. As he arrived
+near to the cottage he found Humphrey outside, with Pablo, on the
+look-out for him. He soon joined them, and soon after embraced Alice
+and Edith, who had been anxiously waiting for his return, and who had
+wondered at his being out so late. "Give me my supper, my dear girls,"
+said Edward, "and then you shall know all about it."
+
+As soon as Edward had satisfied his craving appetite--for he had not,
+as my readers must recollect, eaten any thing since his departure
+early in the morning from the house of Oswald Partridge--he entered
+into a narrative of the events of the day. They all listened with
+great interest; and when Edward had finished, Pablo, the gipsy boy,
+jumped up and said,
+
+"Now he is in the pit, to-morrow morning I take gun and shoot him."
+
+"No, no, Pablo, you must not do that," replied Edward, laughing.
+
+"Pablo," said little Edith, "go and sit down; you must not shoot
+people."
+
+"He shoot master then," said Pablo; "he very bad man."
+
+"But if you shoot him, you will be a bad boy, Pablo," replied Edith,
+who appeared to have assumed an authority over him. Pablo did not
+appear to understand this, but he obeyed the order of his little
+mistress, and resumed his seat at the chimney corner.
+
+"But, Edward," said Humphrey, "what do you propose to do?"
+
+"I hardly know; my idea was to let him remain there for a day or two,
+and then send to Oswald to let him know where the fellow was."
+
+"The only objection to that is," replied Humphrey, "that you say his
+gun went off as he fell into the pit; it may be probable that he is
+wounded, and if so, he might die if he is left there."
+
+"You are right, Humphrey, that is possible; and I would not have the
+life of a fellow-creature on my conscience."
+
+"I think it would be advisable, Edward, that I should set off early
+to-morrow on the pony, and see Oswald, tell him all that has occurred,
+and show him where the pitfall is."
+
+"I believe that would be the best plan, Humphrey."
+
+"Yes," said Alice, "it would be dreadful that a man should die in so
+wicked a state; let him be taken out, and perhaps he will repent."
+
+"Won't God punish him, brother?" said Edith.
+
+"Yes, my dear; sooner or later the vengeance of Heaven overtakes the
+wicked. But I am very tired after so long a walk to Prayers, and then
+to bed."
+
+The danger that Edward had incurred that day was felt strongly by the
+whole party; and, with the exception of Pablo there was earnest
+devotion and gratitude to Heaven when their orisons were offered up.
+
+Humphrey was off before daybreak, and at nine o'clock had arrived at
+the cottage of Oswald, by whom he was warmly greeted before the cause
+of his unexpected arrival was made known. Oswald was greatly annoyed
+at Humphrey's narration, and appeared to be very much of the opinion
+of Pablo, which was, to leave the scoundrel where he was; but, on the
+remonstrance of Humphrey, he set off, with two of the other verderers,
+and before nightfall Humphrey arrived at the pitfall, where they heard
+Corbould groaning below.
+
+"Who's there?" said Oswald, looking into the pit.
+
+"It's me, it's Corbould," replied the man.
+
+"Are you hurt?"
+
+"Yes, badly," replied Corbould; "when I fell, my gun went off, and the
+ball has gone through my thigh. I have almost bled to death."
+
+Humphrey went for the ladder, which was at hand, and, with much
+exertion on the part of the whole four of them, they contrived to drag
+out Corbould, who groaned heavily with pain. A handkerchief was tied
+tightly round his leg, to prevent any further bleeding, and they gave
+him some water, which revived him.
+
+"Now, what's to be done?" said Oswald; "we can never get him home."
+
+"I will tell you," said Humphrey, walking with him aside. "It will not
+do for any of these men to know our cottage, and we can not take them
+there. Desire them to remain with the man, while you go for a cart to
+carry him home. We will go to the cottage, give Billy his supper, and
+then return with him in the cart, and bring your men something to eat.
+Then I will go with you, and bring the cart back again before
+daylight. It will be a night's work, but it will be the safest plan."
+
+"I think so, too," replied Oswald, who desired the men to wait till
+his return, as he was going to borrow a cart, and then set off with
+Humphrey.
+
+As soon as they arrived at the cottage, Humphrey gave the pony to
+Pablo to put into the stable and feed, and then communicated to Edward
+the state of Corbould.
+
+"It's almost a pity that he had not killed himself outright." observed
+Oswald; "it would have been justice to him, for attempting your life
+without any cause; he is a bloodthirsty scoundrel, and I wish he was
+any where but where he is. However, the intendant shall know of it,
+and I have no doubt that he will be discharged.
+
+"Do nothing in a hurry, Oswald," replied Edward; "at present let him
+give his own version of the affair, for he may prove mote dangerous
+when discharged than when under your control. Now sit down and take
+your supper. Billy must have an hour to get his, and therefore there
+is no hurry for you."
+
+"That is your gipsy lad, Edward, is he not?" said Oswald.
+
+"Yes."
+
+"I like the boy's looks; but they are a queer race. You must not trust
+him too much," continued Oswald, in an undertone, "until you have
+tried him, and are satisfied of his fidelity. They are very excitable,
+and capable of strong attachment if well treated. That I know, for I
+did a gipsy a good turn once, and it proved to be the saving of my
+life afterward."
+
+"Oh, tell us how, Oswald," said Alice.
+
+"It is too long a story now, my dear little lady," replied Oswald;
+"but I will another time. Whatever he may do, do not strike him; for
+they never forgive a blow, I am told by those who know them, and it
+never does them any good; as I said before, they are a queer race."
+
+"He will not be beaten by us," replied Humphrey, "depend upon it,
+unless Edith slaps him, for she is the one who takes most pains with
+him, and I presume he would not care much about her little hand."
+
+"No, no," replied Oswald, laughing; "Edith may do as she pleases. What
+does he do for you?"
+
+"Oh, nothing as yet, for he is hardly recovered, poor fellow," replied
+Humphrey. "He follows Edith, and helps her to look for the eggs; and
+last night he set some springes after his own fashion, and certainly
+beat me, for he took three rabbits and a hare, while I, with all my
+traps, only took one rabbit."
+
+"I think you had better leave that part of your livelihood entirely to
+him; he has been bred up to it, Humphrey, and it will be his
+amusement. You must not expect him to work very hard; they are not
+accustomed to it. They live a roving and never work if they can help
+it: still, if you can make him fond of you, he may be very useful, for
+they are very clever and handy."
+
+"I hope to make him useful," replied Humphrey; "but still I will not
+force him to do what he does not like. He is very fond of the pony
+already, and likes to take care of him."
+
+"Bring him over to me one of these days, so that he may know where to
+find me. It may prove of consequence if you have a message to send,
+and can not come yourselves."
+
+"That is very true," replied Edward; "I shall not forget it. Humphrey,
+shall you or I go with the cart?"
+
+"Humphrey, by all means; it will not do for them to suppose I had the
+cart from you, Edward; they do not know Humphrey, and he will be off
+again in the morning before they are up."
+
+"Very true," replied Edward.
+
+"And it is time for us to set off," replied Oswald. "Will Mistress
+Alice oblige me with something for my men to eat, for they have fasted
+the whole day."
+
+"Yes," replied Alice; "I will have it ready before the pony is in the
+cart. Edith, dear, come with me."
+
+Humphrey then went out to harness the pony, and when all was ready, he
+and Oswald set off again.
+
+When they arrived at the pitfall, they found Corbould lying between
+the two other verderers, who were sitting by his side. Corbould was
+much recovered since his wound had been bound up, and he was raised up
+and put on the fodder which Humphrey had put into the cart; and they
+proceeded on their journey to the other side of the forest, the
+verderers eating what Humphrey had brought for them as they walked
+along. It was a tedious and painful journey for the wounded man, who
+shrieked out when the cart was jolted by the wheel getting into a rut
+or hole; but there was no help for it, and he was very much exhausted
+when they arrived, which was not till past midnight. Corbould was then
+taken to his cottage and put on the bed, and another verderer sent for
+a surgeon; those who had been with Oswald were glad to go to bed, for
+it had been a fatiguing day. Humphrey remained with Oswald for three
+hours, and then again returned with Billy, who, although he had
+crossed the forest three times in the twenty-four hours, appeared
+quite fresh and ready to go back again.
+
+"I will let you know how he gets on, Humphrey, and what account he
+gives of his falling into the pit; but you must not expect me for a
+fortnight at least."
+
+Humphrey wished Oswald good-by; and Billy was so anxious to get back
+to his stable, that Humphrey could not keep him at a quiet pace.
+"Horses, and all animals indeed, know that there is no place like
+home; it is a pity that men who consider themselves much wiser, have
+not the same consideration," thought Humphrey, as the pony trotted
+along. Humphrey thought a good deal about the danger that Edward had
+been subjected to, and said to himself, "I really think that I should
+be more comfortable if Edward was away. I am always in a fidget about
+him. I wish the new king, who is now in France would raise an army and
+come over. It is better that Edward should be fighting in the field
+than remain here and risk being shot as a deer-stealer, or put in
+prison. The farm is sufficient for us all; and when I have taken in
+more ground it will be much more than sufficient, even if I do not
+kill the wild cattle. I am fit for the farm, but Edward is not. He is
+thrown away, living in this obscurity, and he feels it. He will always
+be in hot water some way or another, that is certain. What a narrow
+escape he has had with that scoundrel, and yet how little he cares for
+it! He was intended for a soldier, that is evident; and, if ever he is
+one, he will be in his element, and distinguish himself, if it pleases
+God to spare his life. I'll persuade him to stay at home a little
+while to help me to inclose the other piece of ground; and, after that
+is done, I'll dig a saw-pit, and see if I can coax Pablo to saw with
+me. I must go to Lymington and buy a saw. If I once could get the
+trees sawed up into planks, what a quantity of things I could make,
+and how I could improve the place!"
+
+Thus thought Humphrey, as he went along; he was all for the farm and
+improvements, and was always calculating when he should have another
+calf, or a fresh litter of pigs. His first idea was that he would make
+Pablo work hard, but the advice he had received from Oswald was not
+forgotten; and he now was thinking how he should coax Pablo into
+standing below in the sawpit, which was not only hard work, but
+disagreeable from the sawdust falling into the eyes. Humphrey's
+cogitations were interrupted by a halloo, and turning round in the
+direction of the voice, he perceived Edward, and turned the cart to
+join him.
+
+"You've just come in time, Humphrey; I have some provision for Alice's
+larder. I took my gun and came on the path which I knew you would
+return by, and I have killed a young buck. He is good meat, and we are
+scarce of provisions."
+
+Humphrey helped Edward to put the venison in the cart, and they
+returned to the cottage, which was not more than three miles off.
+Humphrey told Edward the result of his journey, and then proposed that
+Edward should stop at home for a few days and help him with the new
+inclosure. To this Edward cheerfully consented; and as soon as they
+arrived at the cottage, and Humphrey had his breakfast, they took
+their axes and went out to fell at a cluster of small spruce-fir about
+a mile off.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV.
+
+
+"Now, Humphrey, what do you propose to do?"
+
+"This," replied Humphrey: "I have marked out three acres or thereabout
+of the land running in a straight line behind the garden. There is not
+a tree on it, and it is all good feeding-ground. What I intend to do
+is to inclose it with the spruce-fir posts and rails that we are about
+to cut down, and then set a hedge upon a low bank which I shall raise
+all round inside the rails. I know where there are thousands of
+seedling-thorns, which I shall take up in the winter, or early in the
+spring, to put in, as the bank will be ready for them by that time."
+
+"Well, that's all very good; but I fear it will be a long while before
+you have such a quantity of land dug up."
+
+"Yes, of course it will; but, Edward, I have plenty of manure to
+spare, and I shall put it all over this land, and then it will become
+a rich pasture, and also an earlier pasture than what we can get from
+the forest, and will be very handy to turn the cows and the calves
+upon; or even Billy, if we want him in a hurry."
+
+"All that is very true," replied Edward; "so that it will be useful at
+all events, if you do not dig it up."
+
+"Indeed it will," replied Humphrey; "I only wish it were six acres
+instead of three."
+
+"I can't say I do," replied Edward, laughing; "you are too grand in
+your ideas; only think what a quantity of spruces we shall have to cut
+down on it, to post and rail what you just propose. Let it be three
+acres first, Humphrey; and when they are inclosed, you may begin to
+talk of three more."
+
+"Well, perhaps you are right, Edward," said Humphrey.
+
+"Why, here's Pablo coming after us; he's not coming to work, I
+presume, but to amuse himself by looking on."
+
+"I don't think he's strong enough to do much hard work, Humphrey,
+although he appears very ingenious."
+
+"No, I agree with you; and if he is to work, depend upon it it must
+not be by having work set out for him; he would take a disgust to it
+directly. I have another plan for him."
+
+"And what is that, Humphrey?"
+
+"I shall not set him any thing to do, and shall make him believe that
+I do not think he is able to do any thing. That will pique him, and I
+think by that means I shall get more work out of him than you would
+think, especially when, after he has done it, I express my wonder and
+give him praise."
+
+"Not a bad idea, that; you will work upon his pride, which is probably
+stronger than his laziness."
+
+"I do not think him lazy, but I think him unused to hard work, and
+having lived a life of wandering and idleness, not very easy to be
+brought to constant and dayly work, except by degrees, and by the
+means which I propose. Here we are," continued Humphrey, throwing his
+ax and bill-hook down, and proceeding to take off his doublet; "now
+for an hour or two's fulfillment of the sentence of our first parents
+--to wit, 'the sweat of the brow.'"
+
+Edward followed Humphrey's example in taking off his doublet; they
+selected the long thin trees most fitted for rails, and were hard at
+work when Pablo came up to them. More than a dozen trees had fallen,
+and lay one upon the other, before they stopped a while to recover
+themselves a little.
+
+"Well, Pablo," said Humphrey, wiping his forehead, "I suppose you
+think looking on better than cutting down trees; and so it is."
+
+"What cut down trees for?"
+
+"To make posts and rails to fence in more ground. I shall not leave
+the boughs on."
+
+"No cut them off by-and-by, and then put poles on the cart and carry
+them home."
+
+Edward and Humphrey then recommenced their labor, and worked for
+another half hour, when they paused to recover their wind.
+
+"Hard work, Pablo," said Humphrey.
+
+"Yes, very hard work; Pablo not strong enough."
+
+"Oh no, you are not able to do any thing of this kind, I know. No work
+this for gipsies; they take birds' nests and catch rabbits."
+
+"Yes," replied Pablo, nodding, "and you eat them."
+
+"So he does, Pablo," said Edward, "so you are useful in your way; for
+if he had nothing to eat, he would not be able to work. Strong man cut
+down trees, weak man catch rabbits."
+
+"Both good," said Pablo.
+
+"Yes, but strong man like work; not strong man not like work, Pablo.
+So now look on again, for we must have another spell."
+
+"Strong man cut down trees, not strong man cut off branches," said
+Pablo, taking up the bill-hook and setting to work to cut off the
+boughs, which he did with great dexterity and rapidity.
+
+Edward and Humphrey exchanged glances and smiles, and then worked away
+in silence till it was, as they supposed, dinner time. They were not
+wrong in their supposition, although they had no other clock than
+their appetites, which, however, tell the time pretty correctly to
+those who work hard. Alice had the platters on the table, and was
+looking out to see if they were coming.
+
+"Why, Pablo, have you been at work?" said Edith.
+
+"Yes, little missy, work all the morning."
+
+"Indeed he has, and has worked very well, and been very useful," said
+Edward.
+
+"It has given you an appetite for your dinner, Pablo, has it not?"
+said Humphrey.
+
+"Have that without work," replied the boy.
+
+"Pablo, you are a very good gipsy boy," said Edith, patting his head
+with a patronizing air; "I shall let you walk out with me and carry
+the basket to put the eggs in when you come home in the evening."
+
+"That is a reward," said Humphrey, laughing.
+
+After dinner they continued their labor, and by supper time had so
+many trees cut down, that they determined to carry home the next day,
+and lay them along to see how many more they would want. While they
+put the trees in the cart and took them home, Pablo contrived to lop
+off the boughs and prepare the poles for them to take away. As soon as
+they had cut down sufficient and carted them home, they then selected
+shorter trees for posts; and when Pablo had cleared them of the
+boughs, they sawed them out the proper lengths, and then carted them
+home. This occupied nearly the whole week, and then they proceeded to
+dig holes and set the posts in. The railing was then to be nailed to
+the posts, and that occupied them three days more; so that it was
+altogether a fortnight of hard work before the three acres were
+inclosed.
+
+"There," said Humphrey, "that's a good job over; many thanks, Edward,
+for your assistance; and thank you, too, Pablo, for you really have
+helped us very much indeed, and are a very useful, good boy. Now for
+raising the bank; that I must do when I can spare time; but my garden
+is overrun with weeds, and I must get Edith and Alice to help me
+there."
+
+"If you don't want me any longer, Humphrey," said Edward, "I think I
+shall go over to see Oswald, and take Pablo with me. I want to know
+how that fellow Corbould is, and what he says; and whether the
+intendant has come back; not that I shall go near him or his good
+little daughter, but I think I may as well go, and it will be a good
+opportunity of showing Pablo the way to Oswald's cottage."
+
+"I think so too; and when you come back, Edward, one of us must go to
+Lymington, for I require some tools, and Pablo is very ragged. He must
+have some better clothes than these old ones of ours, if he is to be
+sent messages. Don't you think so?"
+
+"Certainly I do."
+
+"And I want a thousand things," said Alice.
+
+"Indeed, mistress, won't less than a thousand content you?"
+
+"Yes, perhaps not quite a thousand, but I really do want a great many,
+and I will make you a list of them. I have not pans enough for my
+milk; I want salt; I want tubs; but I will make out a list, and you
+will find it a very long one."
+
+"Well, I hope you have something to sell to pay for them?"
+
+"Yes; I have plenty of butter salted down."
+
+"What have you, Edith?"
+
+"Oh, my chickens are not large enough yet; as soon as they are
+Humphrey must get me some ducks and geese; for I mean to keep some;
+and by-and-by I will have some turkeys, but not yet. I must wait till
+Humphrey builds me the new house for them he has promised me."
+
+"I think you are right, Edith, about the ducks and geese; they will do
+well on the water behind the yard, and I will dig you out a bigger
+pool for them."
+
+"Edith, my dear, your little fingers are just made to weed my onions
+well, and I wish you would do it to-morrow morning, if you have time."
+
+"Yes, Humphrey, but my little fingers won't smell very nice
+afterward."
+
+"Not till you have washed them, I guess; but there is soap and water,
+you know."
+
+"Yes, I know there is; but if I weed the onions, I can not help Alice
+to make the butter; however, if Alice can do without me, I will do
+it."
+
+"I want some more seeds sadly," said Humphrey, "and I must make out my
+list. I must go to Lymington myself this time, Edward, for you will be
+puzzled with all our wants."
+
+"Not if I know exactly what you do want; but as I really do not, and
+probably should make mistakes, I think it will be better if you do go.
+But it is bedtime, and as I shall start early, good-night, sisters; I
+beg you will let me have something to eat before I start. I shall try
+for some venison as I come back, and shall take Smoker with me; he is
+quite well again, and his ribs are as stout as ever."
+
+"And, Edward," said Alice, "I wish, when you kill any venison, that
+you would bring home some of those parts which you usually throw away,
+for I assure you, now that we have three dogs, I hardly know how to
+find enough for them to eat."
+
+"I'll not fail, Alice," replied Edward, "and now once more good-
+night."
+
+Early the next morning Edward took his gun, and, with Pablo and
+Smoker, set off for Oswald's cottage.
+
+Edward talked a great deal with Pablo relative to his former life;
+and, by the answers which the boy gave him, was satisfied that,
+notwithstanding his doubtful way of bringing up, the lad was not
+corrupted, but was a well-minded boy. As they walked through a grove
+of trees, Edward still talking, Pablo stopped and put his hand before
+Edward's mouth, and then stooping down, at the same time seizing
+Smoker by the neck, he pointed with his finger. Edward at first could
+see nothing, but eventually he made out the horns of an animal just
+rising above a hillock. It was evidently one of the wild cattle.
+Edward cocked his gun and advanced cautiously, while Pablo remained
+where he was, holding Smoker. As soon as he was near enough to hit the
+head of the animal, Edward leveled and fired, and Pablo let Smoker
+loose, who bounded forward over the hillock. They followed the dog and
+found him about to seize a calf which stood by a heifer that Edward
+had shot. Edward called him over and went up to the animal; it was a
+fine young heifer, and the calf was not more than a fortnight old.
+
+"We can not stop now, Pablo," said Edward. "Humphrey would like to
+have the calf, and we must take our chance of its remaining by its
+mother till we come back. I think it will for a day or two, so let us
+push on."
+
+No further adventure happened, and they arrived a little after noon at
+Oswald's cottage. He was not at home, his wife saying that she
+believed that he was with the intendant, who had come back from London
+the day before.
+
+"But I will put on my hood and see," said the young woman.
+
+In a few minutes she returned with Oswald.
+
+"I am glad that you have come, sir," said Oswald, as Edward extended
+his hand, "as I have just seen the intendant, and he has been asking
+many questions about you. I am certain he thinks that you are not the
+grandson of Jacob Armitage, and that he supposes I know who you are.
+He asked me where your cottage was, and whether I could take him to
+it, as he wished to speak to you, and said that he felt great interest
+about you."
+
+"And what did you say?"
+
+"I said that your cottage was a good day's journey from here, and I
+was not certain that I knew the exact way, as I had been there but
+seldom, but that I knew where to find it after I saw the forests of
+Arnwood; I told him about Corbould and his attempt upon you, and he
+was very wroth. I never saw him moved before; and young Mistress
+Patience, she was indeed angry and perplexed, and begged her father to
+send the assailant away as soon as he could be moved. Master
+Heatherstone replied, 'Leave it to me, my dear;' and then asked me
+what account Corbould gave of himself, and his falling into the pit. I
+told him that Corbould stated that he was following a deer, which he
+had severely wounded about noonday, and having no dog with him he
+could not overtake it, although he knew by its bleeding track that it
+could not hold out much longer. That he followed it until nightfall,
+and had it in view and close to him, when he fell into the pit."
+
+"Well, the story was not badly made up," said Edward, "only for _a
+deer_ read _man:_ and what did the intendant say to that?"
+
+"He said that he believed you, and that Corbould's story was false--
+as, if it had been a stag that he was following, no one would have
+known that he had fallen into the pit, and he would have remained
+there till now. I quite forgot to say, that when the intendant said
+that he wished to call at your cottage, the young mistress said that
+she wished to go with him, as you had told her that you had two
+sisters living with you, and she wished very much to see them and make
+their acquaintance."
+
+"I am afraid that we shall not be able to prevent this visit, Oswald,"
+replied Edward. "He is in command here, and the forest is in his
+charge. We must see to it. I only should like, if possible, to have
+notice of his coming, that we may be prepared."
+
+"You need no preparation, sir, if he should come," replied Oswald.
+
+"Very true," said Edward; "we have nothing to conceal, and if he finds
+us in a pickle, it is of no consequence."
+
+"Rather the better, sir," replied Oswald. "Let your sisters be at the
+wash-tub, and you and your brother carting manure; he will then be
+more likely to have no suspicion of your being otherwise than what you
+assume to be."
+
+"Have you heard any news from London, Oswald?"
+
+"Not as yet. I was away yesterday evening, when Master Heatherstone
+came back, and I have not seen his man this morning. While you eat
+your dinner, I will go into the kitchen; and if he is not there,
+Phoebe will be sure to tell me all that she has heard."
+
+"Do not say that I am here, Oswald, as I do not wish to see the
+intendant."
+
+"Mum's the word, sir; but you must stay in the cottage, or others will
+see you, and it may come to his ears."
+
+Oswald's wife then put before him a large pie, and some wheaten bread,
+with a biggin of good beer. Edward helped Pablo to a large allowance,
+and then filled his own platter; while thus occupied, Oswald Partridge
+had left the cottage, as agreed.
+
+"What do you say, Pablo? do you think you can walk back to-night?"
+
+"Yes; like walking at night. My people always do; sleep in a daytime."
+
+"Well, I think it will be better to go home: Oswald has only one bed,
+and I do not wish them to know that I am here; so, Pablo, eat
+heartily, and then we shall not be so tired. I want to get home, that
+I may send Humphrey after the calf."
+
+"One bed here; you stay," replied Pablo. "I go home, and tell Master
+Humphrey."
+
+"Do you think you would be able to find your way, Pablo?"
+
+"Once go one way, always know same way again."
+
+"You are a clever fellow, Pablo, and I have a mind to try you. Now
+drink some beer. I think, Pablo, you shall go home, and tell Humphrey
+that I and Smoker will be where the heifer lies dead, and have it
+skinned by nine o'clock tomorrow morning; so, if he comes, he will
+find me there."
+
+"Yes, I go now."
+
+"No, not now; you must rest yourself a little more."
+
+"Pablo not tired," replied the gipsy, getting up; "be back before
+supper. As I go along, look at calf and dead cow--see if calf stay
+with mother."
+
+"Very well, then, if you wish it, you may go now," said Edward.
+
+Pablo nodded his head and disappeared.
+
+A few minutes afterward, Oswald made his appearance.
+
+"Is the boy gone?"
+
+"Yes; he is gone back to the cottage;" and Edward then stated how he
+had killed the heifer, and wanted to obtain the calf.
+
+"I've an idea that you will find that boy very useful, if he is
+properly managed."
+
+"I think so too," replied Edward; "and I am glad to perceive that he
+is already attached to all of us. We treat him as ourselves."
+
+"You are right; and now for the news that I have to tell you. The Duke
+Hamilton, the Earl of Holland, and Lord Capel have been tried,
+condemned, and executed."
+
+Edward sighed. "More murder! but we must expect it from those who have
+murdered their king. Is that all?"
+
+"No. King Charles the Second has been proclaimed in Scotland, and
+invited to come over."
+
+"That is indeed news," replied Edward. "Where is he now?"
+
+"At the Hague; but it was said that he was going to Paris."
+
+"That is all that you have heard?"
+
+"Yes; that was what was current when Master Heatherstone, was in town.
+His man, Samson, gave me the news; and he further said, 'that his
+master's journey to London was to oppose the execution of the three
+lords; but it was all in vain.'"
+
+"Well," replied Edward, after a pause, "if the king does come over,
+there will be some work cut out for some of us, I expect. Your news
+has put me in a fever," continued Edward, taking up the biggin and
+drinking a large draught of beer.
+
+"I thought it would," replied Oswald; "but until the time comes, the
+more quiet you keep the better."
+
+"Yes, Oswald; but I can't talk any more; I must be left alone to
+think. I will go to bed, as I shall be off early in the morning. Is
+that fellow, Corbould, getting well?"
+
+"Yes, sir; he is out of bed, and walks a little with a stick; but he
+is still very lame, and will be for some time."
+
+"Good-night, Oswald; if I have any thing to say, I will write and send
+the boy. I do not want to be seen here any more."
+
+"It will be best, sir. Good-night; I will put Smoker in the kennel to
+the right, as he will not be friendly with the other dogs."
+
+Edward retired to bed, but not to sleep. The Scots had proclaimed the
+king, and invited him over. "He will surely come," thought Edward,
+"and he will have an army round him as soon as he lands." Edward made
+up his resolution to join the army, as soon as he should hear that the
+king had landed; and what with considering how he should be able so to
+do, and afterward building castles as to what he would do, it was long
+before he fell asleep; and when he did he dreamed of battles and
+victory--he was charging at the head of his troops--he was surrounded
+by the dying and the dead. He was wounded, and he was somehow or other
+well again, as if by magic; and then the scene was changed, and he was
+rescuing Patience Heatherstone from his own lawless men, and
+preserving the life of her father, which was about to be sacrificed;
+and at last he awoke, and found that the daylight peeped through the
+windows, and that he had slept longer than he intended to do. He arose
+and dressed himself quickly, and, not waiting for breakfast, went to
+the kennel, released Smoker from his durance, and set off on his
+return.
+
+Before nine o'clock, he had arrived at the spot where the heifer lay
+dead. He found the calf still by its side, bleating and walking round
+uneasily. As he approached with the dog, it went to a farther
+distance, and there remained. Edward took out his knife and commenced
+skinning the heifer, and then took out the inside. The animal was
+quite fresh and good, but not very fat, as may be supposed. While thus
+occupied, Smoker growled and then sprung forward, bounding away in the
+direction of the cottage, and Edward thought Humphrey was at hand. In
+a few minutes, the pony and cart appeared between the trees, with
+Humphrey and Pablo in it, and Smoker leaping up at his friend Billy.
+
+"Good-morning, Humphrey," said Edward: "I am almost ready for you; but
+the question is, how are we to take the calf? It is as wild as a
+deer."
+
+"It will be a puzzler, without Smoker can run it down," said Humphrey.
+
+"I take him, with Smoker," said Pablo.
+
+"How will you take it?"
+
+Pablo went to the cart, and took out a long small cord, which Humphrey
+had brought with them, and made a noose at one end; he coiled the rope
+in his hand, and then threw it out to its full length, by way of
+trial. "This way I take him, suppose I get near enough. This way take
+bulls in Spain; call him Lasso. Now come with me." Pablo had his rope
+again coiled in his hand, and then went round to the other side of the
+calf, which still remained lowing at about two hundred yards'
+distance.
+
+"Now tell Smoker," cried Pablo.
+
+Humphrey set Smoker upon the calf, which retreated from the dog,
+presenting his head to run at it; and Pablo kept behind the animal,
+while Smoker attacked it, and drove it near to him.
+
+As soon as the calf, which was so busy with the dog that it did not
+perceive Pablo, came sufficiently near to him, Pablo threw his rope,
+and caught the loop round the animal's neck. The calf set off
+galloping toward Humphrey, and dragging Pablo after him, for the
+latter was not strong enough to hold it.
+
+Humphrey went to his assistance, and then Edward; and the calf was
+thrown down by Smoker, who seized it by the neck, and it was tied and
+put on the cart in a few minutes.
+
+"Well done, Pablo! you are a clever fellow," said Edward, "and this
+calf shall be yours."
+
+"It is a cow calf," said Humphrey, "which I am glad of. Pablo, you did
+that well, and, as Edward says, the calf belongs to you."
+
+Pablo look pleased, but said nothing.
+
+The meat and hide were put into the cart, with some of the offal which
+Alice had asked for the dogs, and they set off on their return home.
+
+Humphrey was very anxious to go to Lymington, and was not sorry that
+he had some meat to take with him: he determined to get off the next
+morning, and Edward proposed that he should take Pablo with him, that
+he might know the way there in case of any emergency, for they both
+felt that Pablo could be trusted. Edward said he would remain at home
+with his sisters, and see if he could be of any use to Alice; if not,
+there would be work in the garden. Humphrey and Pablo went away after
+breakfast, with Billy, and the meat and skin of the heifer in the
+cart. Humphrey had also a large basket of eggs and three dozen of
+chickens from Alice to be disposed of, and a list as long as the tail
+of a kite, of articles which she and Edith required; fortunately there
+was nothing very expensive on the list, long as it was--but women in
+those days required needles, pins, buttons, tapes, thread, worsted,
+and a hundred other little necessaries, as they do now. As soon as
+they were gone, Edward, who was still castle-building, instead of
+offering his services to Alice, brought out his father's sword and
+commenced cleaning it. When he had polished it up to his satisfaction,
+he felt less inclined than ever to do any thing; so after dinner he
+took his gun and walked out into the forest that he might indulge in
+his reveries. He walked on, quite unconscious of the direction in
+which he was going, and more than once finding his hat knocked off by
+the branch of a tree which he had not perceived--for the best of all
+possible reasons, because his eyes were cast on the ground--when his
+ears were saluted with the neighing of a horse. He looked up and
+perceived that he was near to a herd of forest ponies, the first that
+he had seen since he had lived in the forest.
+
+This roused him, and he looked about him. "Where can I have been
+wandering to?" thought Edward; "I never fell in with any of the forest
+ponies before; I must, therefore, have walked in a direction quite
+contrary to what I usually do. I do not know where I am--the scenery
+is new to me. What a fool I am! It's lucky that nobody except Humphrey
+digs pitfalls, or I should probably have been in one by this time; and
+I've brought out my gun and left the dog at home. Well, I suppose I
+can find my way back." Edward then surveyed the whole herd of ponies,
+which were at no great distance from him. There was a fine horse or
+two among them, which appeared to be the leaders of the herd. They
+allowed Edward to approach to within two hundred yards, and then, with
+manes and tails streaming in the air, they darted off with the
+rapidity of the wind.
+
+"Now I'll puzzle Humphrey when I go back," thought Edward. "He says
+that Billy is getting old, and that he wishes he could get another
+pony. I will tell him what a plenty there are, and propose that he
+should invent some way of catching one. That will be a poser for him;
+yet I'm sure that he will try, for he is very ingenious. And now,
+which way am I to turn to find my way home? I think it ought to be to
+the north; but which is north? for there is no sun out, and now I
+perceive it looks very like rain. I wonder how long I have been
+walking! I am sure I don't know." Edward then hurried in a direction
+which he considered might lead him homeward, and walked fast; but he
+once more fell into his habit of castle-building, and was talking to
+himself: "The king proclaimed in Scotland! he will come over of
+course: I will join his army, and then--" Thus he went on, again
+absorbed in the news which he had gained from Oswald, till on a sudden
+he again recollected himself, and perceived that he had lost sight of
+the copse of trees on a high hill, to which he had been directing his
+steps. Where was it? He turned round and round, and at last found out
+that he had been walking away from it. "I must dream no more," thought
+he, "or if I do indulge in any more daydreams, I certainly shall
+neither sleep nor dream to-night. It is getting dark already, and here
+I am lost in the forest, and all through my own foolishness. If the
+stars do not shine, I shall not know how to direct my steps; indeed,
+if they do, I don't know whether I have walked south or north, and I
+am in a pretty pickle; not that I care for being out in the forest on
+a night like this, but my sisters and Humphrey will be alarmed at my
+absence. The best thing that I can do, is to decide upon taking some
+straight line, and continue in it: I must then get out the forest at
+last, even if I walk right across it. That will be better than going
+backward and forward, or round and round, as I shall otherwise do,
+just like a puppy running alter its own tail. So now shine out,
+stars!" Edward waited until he could make out Charles's Wain, which he
+well knew, and then the Polar Star. As soon as he was certain of that,
+he resolved to travel by it due north, and he did so, sometimes
+walking fast, and at others keeping up a steady trot for a half a mile
+without stopping. As he was proceeding on his travels, he observed,
+under some trees ahead of him, a spark of fire emitted; he thought it
+was a glow-worm at first, but it was more like the striking of a flint
+against steel; and as he saw it a second time, he stopped that he
+might ascertain what it might be, before he advanced farther.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV.
+
+
+It was now very dark, as there was no moon, and the stars were often
+obscured by the clouds, which were heavy and borne along by the wind,
+which was very high. The light again appeared, and this time Edward
+heard the clash of the flint against the steel, and he was quite
+certain that it was somebody striking a light. He advanced very
+cautiously, and arrived at a large tree, behind which he remained to
+reconnoiter. The people, whoever they might be, were not more than
+thirty yards from him; a light spread its rays for a moment or two,
+and he could make out a figure kneeling and holding his hat to protect
+it from the wind; then it burned brighter, and he saw that a lantern
+had been lighted, and then again, of a sudden, all was dark: so Edward
+immediately satisfied himself that a dark lantern had been lighted and
+then closed. Who the parties might be, he of course had no idea; but
+he was resolved that he would ascertain, if he could, before he
+accosted them and asked his way.
+
+"They have no dog," thought Edward, "or it would have growled before
+this; and it's lucky that I have none either." Edward then crept
+softly nearer to them: the wind, which was strong, blew from where
+they were to where Edward stood, so that there was less chance of
+their hearing his approach.
+
+Edward went on his hands and knees, and crawled through the fern until
+he gained another tree, and within ten yards of them, and from where
+he could hear what they might say. He was thus cautious, as he had
+been told by Oswald that there were many disbanded soldiers who had
+taken up their quarters in the forest, and had committed several
+depredations upon the houses adjacent to it, always returning to the
+forest as a rendezvous. Edward listened, and heard one say--
+
+"It is not time yet! No, no: too soon by half an hour or more. The
+people from Lymington, who buy him what he wants, always bring it to
+him at night, that his retreat may not be discovered. They sometimes
+do not leave the cottage till two hours after dark, for they do not
+leave Lymington to go there till it is dark."
+
+"Do you know who it is who supplies him with food?"
+
+"Yes, the people at the inn in Parliament-street--I forget the sign."
+
+"Oh, I know. Yes, the landlord is a downright Malignant in his heart!
+We might squeeze him well, if we dared show ourselves in Lymington."
+
+"Yes, but they would squeeze our necks tighter than would be
+agreeable, I expect," replied the other.
+
+"Are you sure that he has money?"
+
+"Quite sure; for I peeped through the chinks of the window-shutters,
+and I saw him pay for the things brought to him; it was from a canvas
+bag, and it was gold that he took out."
+
+"And where did he put the bag after he had paid them?"
+
+"That I can't tell, for, as I knew that they would come out as soon as
+they were paid, I was obliged to beat a retreat, lest I should be
+seen."
+
+"Well, then, how is it to be managed?"
+
+"We must first tap at the door, and try if we can get in as benighted
+travelers; if that won't do--and I fear it will not--while you remain
+begging for admittance at the door, and keep him occupied, I will try
+the door behind, that leads into the garden; and if not the door, I
+will try the window. I have examined them both well, and have been
+outside when he has shut up his shutters, and I know the fastenings.
+With a pane out, I could open them immediately."
+
+"Is there any body else besides him in the cottage?"
+
+"Yes, a lad who attends him, and goes to Lymington for him."
+
+"No women?"
+
+"Not one."
+
+"But do you think we two are sufficient? Had we not better get more
+help? There is Broom, and Black the gipsy, at the rendezvous. I can go
+for them, and be back in time; they are stout and true."
+
+"Stout enough, but not true. No, no, I want no sharers in this
+business, and you know how ill they behaved in the last affair. I'll
+swear that they only produced half the swag. I like honor between
+gentlemen and soldiers; and that's why I have chosen you. I know I can
+trust you, Benjamin. It's time now--what do you say? We are two to
+one, for I count the boy as nothing. Shall we start?"
+
+"I am with you. You say there's a bag of gold, and that's worth
+fighting for."
+
+"Yes, Ben, and I'll tell you: with what I've got buried, and my share
+of that bag, I shall have enough, I think; and I'll start for the Low
+Countries, for England's getting rather too warm for me."
+
+"Well, I shan't go yet," replied Benjamin. "I don't like your foreign
+parts; they have no good ale, and I can't understand their talk. I'd
+sooner remain in jolly old England with a halter twisted ready for me,
+than pass my life with such a set of chaps, who drink nothing but
+scheidam, and wear twenty pair of breeches. Come, let's be off; if we
+get the money, you shall go to the Low Countries, Will, and I'll start
+for the North, where they don't know me; for if you go, I won't stay
+here."
+
+The two men then rose up; and the one whose name appeared to be Will
+first examined if the candle in his dark lantern burned well; and then
+they both set off, followed by Edward, who had heard quite enough to
+satisfy him that they were bent upon a burglary, if not murder. Edward
+followed them, so as to keep their forms indistinctly in sight, which
+was as much as he could do at twenty yards' distance; fortunately the
+wind was so high that they did not hear his footsteps, although he
+often trod upon a rotten stick, which snapped as it broke in twain. As
+near as Edward could guess, he had tracked them about three miles,
+when they stopped, and he perceived that they were examining their
+pistols, which they took from their belts. They then went on again,
+and entered a small plantation of oak-trees, of about forty years'
+growth--very thick and very dark, with close underwood below. They
+followed each other through a narrow path, until they came to a
+cleared place in the middle of the plantation, in which there stood a
+low cottage, surrounded with covert on every side, with the exception
+of some thirty yards of land around it. All was still, and as dark as
+pitch; Edward remained behind the trees, and when the two men again
+stopped, he was not six feet from them. They consulted in a low tone
+but the wind was so high that he could not distinguish what they said.
+At last they advanced to the cottage, and Edward, still keeping within
+the trees, shifted his position, so that he should be opposite the
+gable end of the cottage. He observed one man to go up to the front
+door, while the other went round to the door behind, as had been
+agreed. Edward threw open the pan of the lock of the gun, and reprimed
+it, that he might be sure, and then waited for what was to follow. He
+heard the man Will at the front door, talking and asking for shelter
+in a plaintive but loud voice; and shortly afterward he perceived a
+light through the chinks of the shutters--for Edward was continually
+altering his position to see what was going on in the front and in the
+back. At one time, he thought of leveling his gun and killing one of
+the men at once; but he could not make up his mind to do that, as a
+burglary, although intended, had not yet been committed; so he
+remained passive until the attack was really made, when he resolved
+that he would come to the rescue. After some minutes of entreaty that
+they would open the door, the man in front commenced thumping and
+beating against it, as if he would make them open the door by force;
+but this was to attract the attention of those within, and divert it
+from the attempts that the other was making to get in behind. Edward
+was aware of this; he now kept his eye upon what was going on at the
+back. Advancing nearer--which he ventured to do now that both the men
+were so occupied--he perceived that the fellow had contrived to open
+the window close to the back door, and was remaining quite close to it
+with a pistol in his hand, apparently not wishing to run the risk of
+climbing in. Edward slipped under the eaves of the cottage, not six
+feet from the man, who remained with his back partly turned to him.
+Edward then, finding he had obtained this position unperceived,
+crouched down with his gun ready pointed.
+
+As Edward remained in this position, he heard a shrill voice cry out,
+"They are getting in behind!" and a movement in cottage. The man near
+him, who had his pistol in his hand, put his arm through the window
+and fired inside. A shriek was given, and Edward fired his gun into
+the body of the man, who immediately fell. Edward lost no time in
+reloading his gun, during which he heard the bursting open of the
+front door and the report of firearms; then all was silent for a
+moment, excepting the wailing of somebody within. As soon as his gun
+was reloaded, Edward walked round to the front of the cottage, where
+he found the man who was called Ben, lying across the threshold of the
+open door. He stepped across the body, and, looking into the room
+within, perceived a body stretched on the floor, and a young lad
+weeping over it.
+
+"Don't be alarmed, I am a friend," said Edward, going in to where the
+body lay; and, taking the light which was at the farther end of the
+chamber, he placed it on the floor, that he might examine the state of
+the person, who was breathing heavily, and apparently badly wounded.
+"Rise up, my lad," said Edward, "and let me see if I can be of any
+use."
+
+"Ah, no!" cried the boy, throwing back his long hair from his temples,
+"he bleeds to death!"
+
+"Bring me some water, quick," said Edward, "there's a good lad, while
+I see where he is hurt."
+
+The boy ran up to fetch the water, and Edward discovered that the ball
+had entered the neck above the collar-bone, and that the blood poured
+out of the man's mouth, who was choking with the effusion. Although
+ignorant of surgery, Edward thought that such a wound must be mortal;
+but the man was not only alive but sensible, and although he could not
+utter a word, he spoke with his eyes and with signs. He raised his
+hand and pointed to himself first, and shook his head, as if to say
+that it was all over with him; and then he turned round his head, as
+if looking for the lad, who was now returning with the water. When the
+lad again knelt by his side, weeping bitterly, the man pointed to him,
+and gave such an imploring look that Edward immediately comprehended
+what he wished: it was to ask protection for the boy. It could not be
+misunderstood, and could Edward do otherwise than promise it to the
+dying man? His generous nature could not refuse it, and he said, "I
+understand you; you wish me to take care of your boy when you are
+gone. Is it not so?"
+
+The man signified assent.
+
+"I promise you I will do so. I will take him into my own family, and
+he shall share with us."
+
+The man raised his hand again, and a gleam of joy passed over his
+features, as he took the hand of the lad and put it into that of
+Edward. His eyes were then fixed upon Edward as if to scrutinize into
+his character by his features, while the former bathed his temples and
+washed the blood from his mouth with the water brought by the boy, who
+appeared in a state of grief so violent as to paralyze his senses.
+After a minute or two, another effusion of blood choked the wounded
+man, who, after a short struggle, fell back dead.
+
+"He is gone!" thought Edward, "and now what is to be done? I must
+first ascertain whether the two villains are dead or not. Edward took
+a light and examined the body of Ben, lying over the threshold of the
+door; the man was quite dead, the ball having entered his brain. He
+was proceeding round the outside of the cottage to examine the state
+of the other man, whom he had shot himself; but the wind nearly blew
+out the light, and he therefore returned to the chamber and placed it
+on the floor, near to where the boy lay insensible over the corpse of
+the man who had died in the arms of Edward; and then went out without
+a light, and with his gun, to the other side of the cottage, where the
+other robber had fallen. As he approached the man, a faint voice was
+heard to say--
+
+"Ben, Ben! some water, for the love of God! Ben, I'm done for!"
+
+Edward, without giving an answer, went back to the room for the water,
+which he took round to the man, and put it to his lips; he felt that
+he was bound by humanity so to do to a dying man, scoundrel though he
+might be. It was still dark, but not so dark as it had previously
+been, for the late moon was just rising.
+
+The man drank the water eagerly, and said, "Ben, I can speak now, but
+I shan't long." He then pulled the basin toward him again, and after
+he had drank, ho said, in broken sentences, "I feel--that I'm
+bleeding--to death--inside." Then he paused. "You know the oak--struck
+by lightning--a mile north--of this. Oh! I'm going fast. Three yards
+from it south--I buried all my--money; it's yours. Oh! another drink!"
+The man again attempted to drink out of the basin proffered by Edward,
+but as he made the attempt, he fell back with a groan.
+
+Edward perceiving that he was dead, returned to the cottage to look
+after the lad, who still remained prostrate and embracing the corpse
+in the chamber. Edward then reflected upon what had best be done.
+After a time, he decided upon dragging away the body of the robber
+named Ben outside of the threshold, and then securing the door. This,
+with some trouble, he effected, and he then made fast the window that
+had been forced open behind. Before he removed the boy, who lay with
+his face buried on the corpse, and appeared to be in a state of
+insensibility, Edward examined the corpse as it lay. Although plainly
+dressed, yet it was evident that it was not the body of a rustic; the
+features were fair, and the beard was carefully cut; the hands were
+white, and the fingers long, and evidently had never been employed in
+labor. That the body was that of some superior person disguised as a
+rustic, was evident, and this was corroborated by the conversation
+which took place between the two robbers. "Alas!" thought Edward, "the
+family of Arnwood appear not to be the only people who are in disguise
+in this forest. That poor boy! he must not remain there." Edward
+looked round, and perceived that there was a bed in the adjoining
+room, the door of which was open; he lifted up the boy, and carried
+him, still insensible, into the room, and laid him on the bed. He then
+went for some more water, which he found and threw into his face, and
+poured a little into his mouth. Gradually the boy stirred, and
+recovered from his stupor, and then Edward held the water to his
+mouth, and made him drink some, which he did; and then, suddenly
+aroused to a recollection of what had passed, the boy gave a shriek of
+woe, and burst into a paroxysm of tears. This ended in convulsive
+sobbings and low moanings. Edward felt that he could do no more at
+present, and that it would be better if he was left for a time to give
+vent to his grief. Edward sat down on a stool by the side of the
+orphan, and remained for some time in deep and melancholy thought.
+"How strange," thought he at last, "it is, that I should feel so
+little as I do now, surrounded by death, compared to what I did when
+good old Jacob Armitage died! Then I felt it deeply, and there was an
+awe in death. Now I no longer dread it. Is it because I loved the good
+old man, and felt that I had lost a friend? No, that can not be the
+cause; I may have felt more grief, but not awe or dread. Or is it
+because that was the first time that I had seen death, and it is the
+first sight of death which occasions awe? or is it because that every
+day I have fancied myself on the battle-field, with hundreds lying
+dead and wounded around me, in my dreamings? I know not. Poor old
+Jacob died peaceably in his bed, like a good Christian and trusting,
+after a blameless life, to find mercy through his Savior. Two of these
+who are now dead, out of the three, have been, summoned away in the
+height of their wickedness, and in the very commission of crime; the
+third has been foully murdered, and out of three lying dead, one has
+fallen by my own hand, and yet I feel not so much as when I attended
+the couch, and listened to the parting words of a dying Christian! I
+cannot account for it, or reason why; I only know that it is so, and I
+now look upon death unconcerned. Well, this is a kind of preparation
+for the wholesale murder and horrors of the battlefield, which I have
+so long sighed for: God forgive me if I am wrong! And this poor boy! I
+have promised to protect him, and I will. Could I fail my promise, I
+should imaging the spirit of his father (as I presume he was) looking
+down and upbraiding me. No, no, I will protect him. I and my brother
+and sisters have been preserved and protected, and I were indeed vile
+if I did not do to others as I have been done by. And now let me
+reflect what is to be done. I must not take the boy away, and bury the
+bodies; this person has friends at Lymington, and they will come here.
+The murder has taken place in the forest: then I must let the
+intendant know what has occurred. I will send over to Oswald; Humphrey
+shall go. Poor fellow! what a state of anxiety must he and my little
+sisters be in, at my not returning home! I had quite forgotten that,
+but it can not be helped. I will wait till sunrise, and then see if
+the boy will be more himself, and probably from him I shall be able to
+find out what part of the forest I am in."
+
+Edward took up the candle and went into the room in which he had laid
+the boy on the bed. He found him in a sound sleep. "Poor fellow," said
+Edward, "he has for a time forgotten his misery. What a beautiful boy
+he is! I long to know his history. Sleep on, my poor fellow! it will
+do you service."
+
+Edward then returned to the other room, and recollected, or, rather,
+was reminded, that he had had no supper, and it was now nearly dawn of
+day. He looked into a cupboard and found plenty of provisions, and
+some flasks of wine. "I have earned my supper," thought he, "and I
+will not, therefore, deny myself." So ho brought out the viands and a
+flask of wine, and made a hearty meal. "It is long since I have tasted
+wine," thought he, "and it maybe long ere I drink it again. I have
+little relish for it now: it is too fiery to the palate. I recollect,
+when a child, how my father used to have me at the table, and give me
+a stoup of claret, which I could hardly lift to my lips, to drink to
+the health of the king." The memory of the king raised other thoughts
+in Edward's mind, and he again sunk into one of his reveries, which
+lasted till he fell into a slumber. When he woke up, it was at the
+voice of the boy, who in his sleep had cried out "Father!" Edward
+started up, and found that the sun was an hour high, and that he must
+have slept some time. He gently opened the cottage door, looked at the
+bodies of the two men, and then walked out to survey the locality of
+the cottage, which he had but faintly made out during the night. He
+found that it was surrounded by a thicket of trees and underwood, so
+close and thick that there appeared to him no outlet in any direction.
+"What a place for concealment!" thought Edward, "but still these
+prowling thieves discovered it. Why, troops of horse might scour the
+forest for months, and never discover such a hiding-place." Edward
+walked round by the side of the thicket, to find out the track by
+which the robbers had entered when he followed them, and at last
+succeeded in doing so. He followed the path through the thicket until
+he was clear of it, and again in the forest; but the scenery outside
+was unknown to him, and he had not an idea as to what part of the
+forest it was in. "I must question the boy," thought Edward. "I will
+go back and wake him up, for it is time that I was moving." As he was
+again turning into the thicket, he heard a dog giving tongue, as if on
+a scent. It came nearer and nearer to him, and Edward remained to see
+what it might be. In a moment more, he perceived his own dog, Smoker,
+come bounding out of a neighboring copse, followed by Humphrey and
+Pablo. Edward hallooed. Smoker sprung toward him, leaping up, and
+loading him with caresses, and in another moment he was in Humphrey's
+arms.
+
+"Oh, Edward, let me first thank God!" said Humphrey, as the tears
+started and rolled down his cheeks. "What a night we have passed! What
+has happened? That dear fellow, Pablo, thought of putting Smoker on
+the scent; he brought out your jacket and showed it to Smoker, and
+gave it him to smell, and then led him along till he was on your
+footsteps; and the dog followed him, it seems, although it has been
+round and round in every direction, till at last he has brought us to
+you."
+
+Edward shook hands with Pablo, and thanked him. "How far are we from
+the cottage, Humphrey?"
+
+"About eight miles, I should say, Edward; not more."
+
+"Well, I have much to tell you, and I must tell it to you in few words
+before I go farther, and afterward I will tell you all in detail"
+
+Edward then gave a succinct narration of what had occurred, and,
+having thus prepared Humphrey and Pablo for what they were to see, led
+the way back through the thicket to the cottage inside of it. Humphrey
+and Pablo were much shocked at the scene of slaughter which presented
+itself to their eyes; and, after having viewed the bodies, they began
+to consult what had best be done.
+
+The proposal of Edward, that Humphrey should go over and make known
+the circumstances to Oswald, that they might be communicated to the
+intendant, was readily acceded to; and Pablo, it was agreed, should go
+home and tell Alice and Edith that Edward was safe.
+
+"But now, Humphrey, about this boy; we can not leave him here."
+
+"Where is he?"
+
+"He still sleeps, I believe. The question is, whether you should ride
+over with the pony, or walk, and leave Pablo to return with the pony
+and cart; for I will not take the boy away, or leave the house myself,
+without removing the property which belongs to the boy, and of which I
+will make inquiry when he awakes. Besides, there is money, by what the
+robbers stated in my hearing, which of course must be taken care of
+for him."
+
+"I think it will be best for me to walk over, Edward. If I ride, I
+should arrive too late in the afternoon for any thing to be done till
+next morning, and if I walk I shall be in time enough; so that is
+settled. Besides, it will give you more time to remove the boy's
+property, which, as his father was in all probability a Malignant, and
+denounced man, they might think right to secure for the government."
+
+"Very true; then be it so. Do you start for the intendant's; and,
+Pablo, go home and fetch the pony and cart, while I remain here with
+the boy, and get every thing ready."
+
+Humphrey and Pablo both set off, and then Edward went to waken the
+boy, still lying on the bed.
+
+"Come, you must get up now. You know that what's done can not be
+undone; and if you are a good boy, and have read the Bible, you must
+know that we must submit to the will of God, who is our kind father in
+heaven."
+
+"Ah me!" said the boy, who was awake when Edward went to him; "I know
+well it is my duty, but it is a hard duty, and I am heartbroken. I
+have lost my father, the only friend I had in the world; who is there
+to love and to cherish me now? What will become of me!"
+
+"I promised your father, before he died, that I would take care of
+you, my poor fellow; and a promise is sacred with me, even if it were
+not made to a dying man. I will do my best, depend upon it, for I have
+known myself what it is to want and to find a protector. You shall
+live with me and my brother and sisters, and you shall have all we
+have."
+
+"Have you sisters, then?" replied the boy.
+
+"Yes; I have sent for the cart to take you away from this, and to-
+night you shall be in our cottage; but now tell me--I do not ask who
+your father was, or why he was living here in secret, as I found it
+out by what I overheard the robbers say to one another--but how long
+have you lived here?"
+
+"More than a year."
+
+"Whose cottage is it?"
+
+"My father bought it when he came, as he thought it safer so, that he
+might not be discovered or betrayed; for he had escaped from prison
+after having been condemned to death by the Parliament."
+
+"Then he was a loyal man to his king?"
+
+"Yes, he was, and that was his only crime."
+
+"Then fear not, my good boy; we are all loyal as well as he was, and
+will never be otherwise. I tell you this that you may safely trust to
+us. Now, if the cottage was his, the furniture and property were his
+also?"
+
+"Yes, all was his."
+
+"And it is now yours, is it not?"
+
+"I suppose so," said the boy, bursting into tears.
+
+"Then listen to me: your father is safe from all persecution now; he
+is, I trust, in heaven; and you they can not touch, as you have done
+nothing to offend them; but still they will take possession of your
+father's property as soon as they know of his death, and find out who
+he was. This, for your sake I wish to prevent them from doing, and
+have therefore sent for the cart, that I may remove to my cottage
+every thing that is of value, that it may be held for your benefit;
+some day or another you may require it. The murder having been
+committed in the forest, and I having been a witness and, moreover,
+having shot one of the robbers, I have considered it right to send to
+the intendant of the forest, to give him notice of what has taken
+place within his jurisdiction. I do not think he is so bad a man as
+the rest; but still, when he comes here, he may consider it his duty
+to take possession of every thing for the Parliament, as I have no
+doubt such are his orders, or will be when he communicates with the
+Parliament. Now this is a robbery which I wish to prevent, by carrying
+away your property before they come over, which they will to-morrow;
+and I propose that you shall accompany me, with all that you can take
+away, or that may be useful, this evening."
+
+"You are very kind," replied the boy. "I will do all you wish, but I
+feel very weak, and very unwell."
+
+"You must exert yourself, for your own sake, my poor fellow. Come,
+now, sit up and put all your own clothes together. Collect every thing
+in this room, while I look about the house. And tell me, had not your
+father some money? for the robbers said that they saw him counting it
+out of a sack, through the chinks of the shutters, and that was why
+they made the attack."
+
+"Hateful money!" cried the boy. "Yes, he had, I believe, a great deal
+of money; but I can not say how much."
+
+"Now get up, and do as I request, my dear boy," said Edward, raising
+him up in his arms; "when your grief is lessened, you may have many
+happy days yet in store for you; you have a Father in heaven that you
+must put your trust in, and with him you will find peace."
+
+The boy rose up, and Edward closed the door of the chamber that he
+might not see his father's corpse.
+
+"I do put my trust in Heaven, good sir," replied the boy; "for it has
+already sent me a kind friend in my distress. You are good, I am sure;
+I see that in your face. Alas! how much more wretched would have been
+my condition if you had not fortunately come to our assistance! too
+late indeed to save my poor father, but not too late to succor and
+console his child. I will go away with you, for I can not stay here."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI.
+
+
+Edward then took the counterpane off the bed, and went with it into
+the next room. He gently drew the body to the corner of the room, and
+covered it up with the counterpane, and then proceeded to examine the
+cupboards, etc. In one he found a good store of books, in another
+there was linen of all sorts, a great many curious arms, two suits of
+bright armor such as was worn in those times, pistols, and guns, and
+ammunition. On the floor of one of the cupboards was an iron chest
+about two feet by eighteen inches. It was locked. Edward immediately
+concluded that this chest held the money of the unfortunate man; but
+where was the key? Most likely about his person. He did not like to
+afflict the poor boy by putting the question to him, but he went to
+the body and examined the pockets of the clothes; he found a bunch of
+several keys, which he took, and then replaced the coverlid. He tried
+one of the keys, which appeared to be of the right size, to the lock
+of the iron chest, and found that it fitted it. Satisfied with this,
+he did not raise the lid of the chest, but dragged it out into the
+center of the room. There were many things of value about the room;
+the candlesticks were silver, and there were goblets of the same
+metal. Edward collected all these articles, and a timepiece, and put
+them into a basket, of which there were two large ones at the end of
+the room, apparently used for holding firewood. Every thing that he
+thought could be useful, or of value, he gathered together for the
+benefit of the poor orphan boy. He afterward went into another small
+room, where he found sundry small trunks and cases locked up. These he
+brought out without examining, as he presumed that they contained what
+was of value, or they would not be locked. When he had collected every
+thing, he found that he had already more than the cart could carry in
+one trip; and he wanted to take some bedding with him, as he had not a
+spare bed in the cottage to give to the boy. Edward decided in his own
+mind that he would take the most valuable articles away that night,
+and return with the cart for the remainder early on the following
+morning. It was now past noon, and Edward took out of the cupboard
+what victuals were left, and then went into the chamber where the boy
+was, and begged that he would eat something. The poor boy said that he
+had no appetite; but Edward insisted and at last prevailed upon him to
+eat some bread and drink a glass of wine, which proved of great
+service to him. The poor fellow shuddered as he saw the body covered
+up in the corner of the room, but said nothing. Edward was trying to
+make him eat a little more, when Pablo made his appearance at the
+door.
+
+"Have you put up all that you want in the bedchamber?" said Edward.
+
+"Yes, I have put up every thing."
+
+"Then we will bring them out. Come, Pablo, you must help us."
+
+Pablo made signs, and pointed to the door. Edward went out.
+
+"First pull body away from this."
+
+"Yes," replied Edward, "we must do so."
+
+Edward and Pablo pulled the body of the robber on one side of the
+doorway, and threw over it some dried fern which lay by; they then
+backed the cart down to the door; the iron chest was first got in,
+then all the heavy articles, such as armor, guns, and books, etc., and
+by that time the cart was more than half loaded. Edward then went into
+the chamber, and brought out the packages the boy had made up, and put
+them all in the cart until it was loaded high up; they brought out
+some blankets, and laid over all to keep things steady; and then
+Edward told the boy that all was ready, and that they had better go.
+
+"Yes, I am willing," replied he, with streaming eyes; "but let me see
+him once more."
+
+"Come, then," said Edward, leading him to the corpse, and uncovering
+the face.
+
+The boy knelt down, kissed the forehead and cold lips, covered up the
+face again, and then rose and wept bitterly on Edward's shoulder.
+Edward did not attempt to check his sorrow, he thought it better it
+should have vent; but, after a time, he led the boy by degrees till
+they were out of the cottage.
+
+"Now then," said Edward, "we must go, or we shall be late. My poor
+little sisters have been dreadfully alarmed at my not having come home
+last night, and I long to clasp them in my arms."
+
+"Indeed you must," replied the boy, wiping away his tears, "and I am
+very selfish; let us go on."
+
+"No room for cart to get through wood," said Pablo; "hard work, cart
+empty--more hard work, cart full."
+
+And so it proved to be; and it required all the united efforts of
+Billy, Edward, and Pablo to force a passage for the cart through the
+narrow pathway; but at last it was effected, and then they went on at
+a quick pace, and in less than two hours the cottage was in sight.
+When within two hundred yards of it, Edith, who had been on the watch,
+came bounding out, and flew into Edward's arms, and covered him with
+kisses.
+
+"You naughty Edward, to frighten us so!"
+
+"Look, Edith, I have brought you a nice little playfellow. Welcome
+him, dearest."
+
+Edith extended her hand as she looked into the boy's face.
+
+"He is a pretty boy, Edward, much prettier than Pablo."
+
+"No, Missy Edith," said Pablo; "Pablo more man than he." "Yes, you may
+be more man, Pablo; but you are not so pretty."
+
+"And where is Alice?"
+
+"She was getting supper ready, and I did not tell her that I saw you
+coming, because I wanted first kiss."
+
+"You little jealous thing! but here comes Alice. Dear Alice, you have
+been very uneasy, but it was not my fault," said Edward, kissing her.
+"If I had not been where I was, this poor boy would have been killed
+as well as his father. Make him welcome, Alice, for he is an orphan
+now, and must live with us. I have brought many things in the cart,
+and tomorrow we will bring more, for we have no bed for him, and to-
+night he must sleep with me."
+
+"We will make him as happy as we can, Edward; and we will be sisters
+to him," said Alice, looking at the boy, who was blushing deeply. "How
+old are you, and what is your name?"
+
+"I shall be thirteen years old next January," replied the boy.
+
+"And your Christian name?"
+
+"I will tell you by-and-by," replied he, confused.
+
+They arrived at the cottage, and Edward and Pablo were busy unpacking
+the cart, and putting all the contents into the inner chamber, where
+Pablo now slept, when Alice, who, with Edith, had been talking to the
+boy, came to Edward and said,
+
+"Edward, she's a girl!"
+
+"A girl!" replied Edward, astonished.
+
+"Yes, she has told me so, and wished me to tell you."
+
+"But why does she wear boys' clothes?"
+
+"It was her father's wish, as he was very often obliged to send her to
+Lymington to a friend's house, and he was afraid of her getting into
+trouble; but she has not told me her story as yet--she says that she
+will to-night."
+
+"Well, then," replied Edward, "you must make up a bed for her in your
+room to-night. Take Pablo's bed, and he shall sleep with me. To-morrow
+morning I will bring some more bedding from her cottage."
+
+"How Humphrey will be surprised when he comes back!" said Alice,
+laughing..
+
+"Yes; she will make a nice little wife for him some years hence; and
+she may prove an heiress, perhaps, for there is an iron chest with
+money in it."
+
+Alice returned to her new companion, and Edward and Pablo continued to
+unload the cart.
+
+"Well, Pablo, I suppose you will allow that, now that you know she is
+a girl, she is handsomer than you?"
+
+"Oh yes," replied Pablo, "very handsome girl; but too much girl for
+handsome boy."
+
+At last every thing was out of the cart, the iron chest dragged into
+Pablo's room, and Billy put into his stable and given his supper,
+which he had well earned, for the cart had been very heavily loaded.
+They then all sat down to supper, Edward saying to their new
+acquaintance,
+
+"So I find that I am to have another sister instead of another
+brother. Now you will tell me your name?"
+
+"Yes; Clara is my name."
+
+"And why did you not tell me that you were a girl?"
+
+"I did not like, because I was in boys' clothes, and felt ashamed;
+indeed I was too unhappy to think about what I was. My poor dear
+father!" and she burst into tears.
+
+Alice and Edith kissed her and consoled her, and she became calm
+again. After supper was over, they busied themselves making
+arrangements for her sleeping in their room, and then they went to
+prayers.
+
+"We have much to be thankful for, my dears," said Edward. "I am sure I
+feel that I have been in great danger, and I only wish that I had been
+more useful than I have been; but it has been the will of God, and we
+must not arraign his decrees. Let us return thanks for his great
+mercies, and bow in submission to his dispensations, and pray that he
+will give peace to poor little Clara, and soften her affliction."
+
+And as Edward prayed, little Clara knelt and sobbed, while Alice
+caressed her with her arm round her waist, and stopped at times her
+prayer to kiss and console her. When they had finished, Alice led her
+away to her bedroom, followed by Edith, and they put her to bed.
+Edward and Pablo also retired, both worn out by the fatigue and
+excitement of the day.
+
+They were up on the following morning at day-dawn, and, putting Billy
+in the cart, set off for the cottage of Clara. They found every thing
+as they had left it, and, having loaded the cart with what had been
+left behind the day before, and bedding for two beds, with several
+articles of furniture which Edward thought might be useful, there
+being still a little room left, Edward packed up, in a wooden case
+with dried fern, all the wine that was in the cupboard; and, having
+assisted Pablo in forcing the cart once more through the path in the
+wood, he left him to return home with the cart, while he remained to
+wait the arrival of Humphrey, and whoever might come with him from the
+intendant's. About ten o'clock, as he was watching outside of the
+wood, he perceived several people approaching him, and soon made out
+that Humphrey, the intendant, and Oswald were among the number. When
+they came up to him, Edward saluted the intendant in a respectful
+manner, and shook hands with Oswald, and then led the way by the
+narrow path which led through the wood to the cottage. The intendant
+was on horseback, but all the rest were on foot.
+
+The intendant left his horse to the care of one of the verderers, and
+went through the wood on foot with the rest of the party, preceded by
+Edward. He appeared to be very grave and thoughtful, and Edward
+thought that there was a coolness in his manner toward himself--for it
+must be recollected that Mr. Heatherstone had not seen Edward since he
+had rendered him such service in saving the life of his daughter. The
+consequence was that Edward felt somewhat indignant; but he did not
+express his feelings, by his looks even, but conveyed the party in
+silence to the cottage. On their arrival, Edward pointed to the body
+of the robber, which had been covered with fern, and the verderers
+exposed it.
+
+"By whose hand did that man fall?" said the intendant.
+
+"By the hand of the party who lived in the cottage."
+
+Edward then led the way round to the back of the cottage where the
+other robber lay--
+
+"And this man was slain by my hand," replied Edward.
+
+"We have one more body to see," continued Edward, leading the way into
+the cottage, and uncovering the corpse of Clara's father.
+
+Mr. Heatherstone looked at the face and appeared much moved. "Cover it
+up," said he, turning away; and then sitting down on a chair close to
+the table--
+
+"And how was this found?" he said.
+
+"I neither saw this person killed, nor the robber you first saw, but I
+heard the report of the firearms at almost the same moment, and I
+presume that they fell by each other's hands."
+
+The intendant called his clerk, who had accompanied him, and desired
+him to get ready his writing materials, and then said--
+
+"Edward Armitage, we will now take down your deposition as to what has
+occurred."
+
+Edward then commenced by stating, "that he was out in the forest and
+had lost his way, and was seeking a path home."
+
+"You were out in the forest during the night?
+
+"Yes, sir, I was."
+
+"With your gun?"
+
+"I always carry my gun," replied Edward.
+
+"In pursuit of game?"
+
+"No, sir; I was not. I have never been out in pursuit of game during
+night-time in my life."
+
+"What were you then about? you did not go out for nothing?"
+
+"I went out to commune with my own thoughts; I was restless, and I
+wandered about without knowing where I went, and that is the reason
+why I lost my way."
+
+"And pray what may have excited you?"
+
+"I will tell you: I was over with Oswald Partridge the day before; you
+had just arrived from London, and he gave me the news that King
+Charles had been proclaimed in Scotland, and that news unsettled me."
+
+"Well, proceed."
+
+Edward met with no more interruption in his narrative. He stated
+briefly all that had taken place, from the time he fell in with the
+robbers till the winding up of the catastrophe.
+
+The clerk took down all that Edward had stated, and then read it over
+to him to ascertain if he had written it down correctly, and then
+inquired of Edward "if he could read and write?"
+
+"I should hope so," replied Edward, taking the pen and signing his
+name.
+
+The clerk stared, and then said--"People in your condition do not
+often know how to read and write, Mr. Forester, and therefore you need
+not be offended at the question."
+
+"Very true," replied Edward. "May I ask if my presence is considered
+any longer to be necessary?"
+
+"You stated that there was a boy in the house, young man," said the
+intendant: "what has become of him?"
+
+"He is removed to my cottage."
+
+"Why did you do so?"
+
+"Because when his father died I promised to him that I would take care
+of his child; and I intend to keep my word."
+
+"You had spoken with him, then, before he died?" said the intendant.
+
+"Not so; it was all carried on by signs on his part, but it was as
+intelligible as if he spoke, and what I replied he well understood;
+and I really think I removed a great anxiety off his mind by giving
+him the promise."
+
+The intendant paused, and then said--"I perceive that some articles
+have been removed--the bedding, for instance--have you taken any thing
+away?"
+
+"I have removed bedding, for I had no bed to offer to the lad, and he
+told me that the cottage and furniture belonged to his father; of
+course by his father's death it became his, and I felt that I was
+warranted in so doing."
+
+"May I ask, did you remove any papers?"
+
+"I can not tell; the lad packed up his own things; there were some
+boxes removed, which were locked up, and the contents are to me wholly
+unknown. I could not leave the boy here in this scene of death, and I
+could not well leave the property belonging to him to be at the mercy
+of any other plunderers of the forest. I did as I considered right for
+the benefit of the boy, and in accordance with the solemn promise
+which I made to his father."
+
+"Still the property should not have been removed. The party who now
+lies dead there is a well-known Malignant."
+
+"How do you know that, sir?" interrupted Edward; "did you recognize
+him when you saw the body?"
+
+"I did not say that I did," replied the intendant.
+
+"You either must have so done, sir." replied Edward, "or you must have
+been aware that he was residing in this cottage: you have to choose
+between."
+
+"You are bold, young man," replied the intendant, "and I will reply to
+your observation. I did recognize the party when I saw his face, and I
+knew him to be one who was condemned to death, and who escaped from
+prison a few days before the one appointed for his execution. I heard
+search had been made for him, but in vain, and it was supposed that he
+had escaped beyond the seas. Now his papers may be the means of giving
+the Parliament information against others as well as himself."
+
+"And enable them to commit a few more murders," added Edward.
+
+"Silence, young man; the authorities must not be spoken of in so
+irreverent a manner. Are you aware that your language is treasonable?"
+
+"According to act of Parliament, as now present constituted, it may
+be," replied Edward, "but as a loyal subject of King Charles the
+Second, I deny it."
+
+"I have no concern with your loyalty, young man, but I will not admit
+any language to be uttered in my presence against the ruling powers.
+The inquest is over. Let every one leave the house except Edward
+Armitage, to whom I would speak alone."
+
+"Excuse me one moment, sir," said Edward, "and I will return."
+
+Edward went out with the rest, and, calling Humphrey aside, said to
+him, "Contrive to slip away unperceived; here are the keys; haste to
+the cottage as fast as you can; look for all tho papers you can find
+in the packages taken there; bury them and the iron chest in the
+garden, or anywhere where they can not be discovered."
+
+Humphrey nodded and turned away, and Edward re-entered the cottage.
+
+He found the intendant was standing over the corpse; he had removed
+the coverlid, and was looking mournfully down on the face disfigured
+with blood. Perceiving the entrance of Edward, he again took his seat
+at the table, and after a pause said,
+
+"Edward Armitage, that you have been brought up very superior to your
+station in life is certain; and that you are loyal, bold, and resolute
+is equally so; you have put me under an obligation which I never can
+repay, even if you allowed me to exert myself in your behalf. I take
+this opportunity of acknowledging it; and now allow me to say, that,
+for these times, you are much too frank and impetuous. This is no time
+for people to give vent to their feelings and opinions. Even I am as
+much surrounded with spies as others, and am obliged to behave myself
+accordingly. Your avowed attachment to the king's cause has prevented
+me from showing that more than cordiality that I really feel for you,
+and to which you are in every way entitled."
+
+"I can not conceal my opinions, sir; I was brought up in the house of
+a loyal Cavalier, and never will be otherwise."
+
+"Granted--why should you be? but do you not yourself see that you do
+the cause more harm than good by thus avowing your opinions when such
+avowal is useless? If every other man in the county, who is of your
+opinion, was to express himself, now that your cause is hopeless, as
+you have done, the prisons would be crowded, the executions would be
+dayly, and the cause would be, in proportion, weakened by the loss of
+the most daring. 'Bide your time' is a good motto, and I recommend it
+to you. You must feel that, however we may be at variance in our
+opinions, Edward Armitage, my hand and my authority never can be used
+against one to whom I am so indebted; and, feeling this, you compel
+me, in the presence of others, to use a harshness and coldness toward
+you, contrary, wholly contrary, to what, you may believe me when I say
+it, I really feel for one who so nobly rescued my only child."
+
+"I thank you, sir, for your advice, which I feel to be good, and for
+your good opinion, which I value."
+
+"And which I feel that you deserve; and you shall have, young as you
+are, my confidence, which I know you will not abuse. I did know this
+man who now lies dead before us, and I did also know that he was
+concealed in this cottage; Major Ratcliffe was one of my earliest and
+dearest friends, and until this unhappy civil war, there never was any
+difference between us, and even afterward only in politics, and the
+cause we each espoused. I knew, before I came down here as intendant,
+where his place of concealment was, and have been most anxious for his
+safety."
+
+"Excuse me, Mr. Heatherstone, but each day I find more to make me like
+you than I did the day before; at first I felt most inimical; now I
+only wonder how you can be leagued with the party you now are."
+
+"Edward Armitage, I will now answer for myself and thousands more. You
+are too young a man to have known the cause of the insurrection, or,
+rather, opposition, to the unfortunate King Charles. He attempted to
+make himself absolute, and to wrest the liberties from the people of
+England: that his warmest adherents will admit. When I joined the
+party which opposed him, I little thought that matters would have been
+carried so far as they have been; I always considered it lawful to
+take up arms in defense of our liberties, but at the same time I
+equally felt that the person of the king was sacred."
+
+"I have heard so, sir."
+
+"Yes, and in truth; for never did any people strive more zealously to
+prevent the murder of the king--for murder it was--than my relative
+Ashley Cooper and myself--so much so, indeed, as to have incurred not
+only the suspicion but the ill-will of Cromwell, who, I fear, is now
+making rapid advances toward that absolute authority for which the
+king has suffered, and which he would now vest in his own person. I
+considered that our cause was just; and, had the power been left in
+the hands of those who would have exercised it with discretion and
+moderation, the king would even now have been on the throne, and the
+liberties of his subjects sacred; but it is easier to put a vast and
+powerful engine into motion than to stop it, and such has been the
+case in this unfortunate civil war. Thousands who took an active part
+against the king will, when the opportunity is ripe, retrace their
+steps; but I expect that we have much to suffer before that time will
+come. And now, Edward Armitage, I have said more to you than I have to
+any person breathing, except my own kinsman."
+
+"I thank you for your confidence, sir, which not only will not be
+betrayed, but will act as a warning to guide my future conduct."
+
+"I meant it should. Be no longer rash and careless in avowing your
+opinions. You can do no good to the cause, and may do yourself much
+harm. And now I must ask you another question, which I could not
+before the other people. You have surprised me by stating that Major
+Ratcliffe had a son here; there must be some mistake, or the boy must
+be an impostor. He had a daughter, an only daughter, as I have; but he
+never had a son."
+
+"It is a mistake that I fell into, sir, by finding a boy here, as I
+stated to you at the inquest; and I considered it to be a boy, until I
+brought her home, and she then discovered to my sisters that she was a
+girl dressed in boys' clothes. I did not give that as explanation at
+the inquest, as it was not necessary."
+
+"I am right, then. I must relieve you of that charge, Edward Armitage;
+she shall be to me as a daughter, and I trust that you will agree with
+me, without any disparagement to your feelings, that my house will be
+a more fit residence for her than your cottage."
+
+"I will not prevent her going, if she wishes it, after your
+explanation and confidence, Mr. Heatherstone."
+
+"One thing more. As I said to you before, Edward Armitage, I believe
+many of these verderers, all of which have been selected from the
+army, are spies upon me: I must therefore be careful. You said that
+you were not aware that there were any papers?"
+
+"I saw none, sir; but I suspect, from the many locked-up trunks and
+small boxes, that there may be; but when I went out with the others
+from the inquest, I dispatched my brother Humphrey to the cottage,
+advising him to open all the locks and to remove any papers which he
+might find."
+
+The intendant smiled.
+
+"Well, if such is the case, we have only to go to your cottage and
+make an examination. We shall find nothing, and I shall have performed
+my duty. I was not aware that your brother was here. I presume it was
+the young man who walked with Oswald Partridge."
+
+"It was, sir."
+
+"By his appearance, I presume that he, also, was brought up at
+Arnwood?"
+
+"He was, sir, as well as I," replied Edward.
+
+"Well, then, I have but one word more to say--recollect, if I appear
+harsh and severe in the presence of others, it is only assumed toward
+you, and not real. You understand that?"
+
+"I do, sir, and beg you will exercise your discretion."
+
+The intendant then went out and said to the party, "It appears from
+what I can extract from this lad Armitage, that there are boxes which
+he removed to his cottage; we will go there to see what they may
+contain. It is now noon. Have you any refreshment to offer us in your
+cottage, young man, when we arrive?"
+
+"I keep no hostelry, sir," replied Edward, somewhat gloomily; "my own
+labor and my brother's is sufficient for the support of my own family,
+but no more."
+
+"Let us move on; and two of you keep your eye upon that young man,"
+said the intendant aside.
+
+They then proceeded through the wood; the intendant mounted his horse,
+and they set off for the cottage, where they arrived at about two
+o'clock in the afternoon.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII.
+
+
+Humphrey came out as soon as he perceived the intendant and his party
+approaching, and whispered to Edward that all was safe. The intendant
+dismounted, and ordering every body but his clerk to wait outside, was
+ushered into the cottage by Edward. Alice, Edith, and Pablo were in
+the room; the two girls were not a little flushed and frightened by
+the unusual appearance of so large a party of strangers.
+
+"These are my sisters, sir," said Edward. "Where is Clara, Alice?"
+
+"She is alarmed, and has gone into our bedroom."
+
+"I hope you are not alarmed at my presence," said the intendant,
+looking earnestly at the two girls. "It is my duty which obliges me to
+pay this visit; but you have nothing to fear. Now, Edward Armitage,
+you must produce all the boxes and packages which you took from the
+cottage."
+
+"I will, sir," replied Edward, "and here are the keys. Humphrey, do
+you and Pablo bring them out."
+
+The boxes were brought out, opened, and examined by the intendant and
+his clerk, but of course no papers were found in them.
+
+"I must now send in two of my people to search the house," said the
+intendant. "Had you not better go to the little girl, that she may not
+be frightened?"
+
+"I will go to her," said Alice.
+
+Two of the people, assisted by the clerk, then searched the house;
+they found nothing worthy of notice, except the weapons and armor
+which Edward had removed, and which he stated to the intendant that he
+took away as valuable property belonging to the little girl.
+
+"It is sufficient," said the intendant to his clerk; "undoubtedly
+there are no papers; but I must, before I go, interrogate this child
+who has been removed thus; but she will be frightened, and I shall
+obtain no answer from her, if we are so many, so let every body leave
+the cottage while I speak to her."
+
+The clerk and the others left the cottage, and the intendant desired
+Edward to bring Clara from the bedroom. She came out, accompanied by
+and clinging indeed to Alice, for she was much alarmed.
+
+"Come here, Clara," said the intendant, gently; "you do not know
+perhaps that I am your sincere friend; and now that your father is
+dead, I want you to come and live with my daughter, who will be
+delighted to have you as a companion. Will you go with me, and I will
+take care of you and be a father to you?"
+
+"I do not like to leave Alice and Edith; they treat me so kindly, and
+call me sister," replied Clara, sobbing.
+
+"I am sure they do, and that you must be fond of them already, but
+still it is your duty to come with me; and if your father could speak
+to you now, he would tell you so. I will not force you away; but
+remember, you are born a lady, and must be brought up and educated as
+a lady, which can not be the case in this cottage, although they are
+very kind to you, and very nice young people. You do not recollect me,
+Clara; but you have often sat on my knee when you were a little girl
+and when your father lived in Dorsetshire. You recollect the great
+walnut-tree by the sitting-room window, which looked out in the
+garden; don't you?"
+
+"Yes," replied Clara, with surprise.
+
+"Yes, so do I too, and how you used to sit on my knee; and do you
+remember Jason, the big mastiff, and how you used to ride upon his
+back?"
+
+"Yes," replied Clara, "I do; but he died a long while ago."
+
+"He did, when you were not more than six years old. And now tell me,
+where did the old gardener bury him?"
+
+"Under the mulberry-tree," replied Clara.
+
+"Yes, so he did, and I was there when poor Jason was buried. You don't
+recollect me. But I will take off my hat, for I did not wear the same
+dress that I do now. Now look, Clara, and see if you remember me."
+
+Clara, who was no longer alarmed, looked on the intendant's face, and
+then said, "You called my father Philip, and he used to call you
+Charles."
+
+"You are right, my sweet one," replied the intendant, pressing Clara
+to his bosom; "I did so, and we were great friends. Now, will you come
+with me? and I have a little girl, older than you by three or four
+years, who will be your companion, and love you dearly."
+
+"May I come and see Alice and Edith sometimes?"
+
+"Yes, you shall, and she will come with you and make their
+acquaintance, if their brother will permit it. I will not take you
+away now, dearest; you shall remain here for a few days, and then we
+will come over and fetch you. I will send Oswald Partridge over to let
+you know the day, Edward Armitage, when we will come for her. Good-by,
+dear Clara; and good-by, my little girls. Humphrey Armitage, good-by.
+Who is this lad you have here?"
+
+"He is a gipsy whom Humphrey trapped in his pitfall, sir, and we have
+soon tamed him," replied Edward.
+
+"Well, then, Edward Armitage, good-by," said the intendant, extending
+his hand to him, "we must meet soon again."
+
+The intendant then went out of the cottage, and joined his people
+outside. Edward went out after him; and as the intendant mounted his
+horse, he said very coldly to Edward, "I shall keep a sharp look-out
+on your proceedings, sir, depend upon it; I tell you so decidedly, so
+fare you well."
+
+With these words the intendant put the spurs to his horse, and rode
+away.
+
+"What made him speak so sharply to you, Edward?" said Humphrey.
+
+"Because he means kindly, but does not want other people to know it,"
+replied Edward. "Come in, Humphrey; I have much to tell you and much
+to surprise you with."
+
+"I have been surprised already," replied Humphrey. "How did this
+Roundhead know Clara's father so well?"
+
+"I will explain all before we go to bed," replied Edward; "let us go
+in now."
+
+The two brothers had a long conversation that evening, in which Edward
+made Humphrey acquainted with all that had passed between him and the
+intendant.
+
+"It's my opinion, Edward," said Humphrey, "that he thinks matters have
+been carried too far, and that he is sorry that he belongs to the
+Parliamentary party. He finds out, now that it is too late, that he
+has allied himself with those who have very different feelings and
+motives than his own, and has assisted to put power into the hands of
+those who have not the scruples which he has."
+
+"Yes, and in ridding themselves of one tyranny, as they considered it,
+they have every prospect of falling into the hands of a greater tyrant
+than before; for, depend upon it, Cromwell will assume the sovereign
+power, and rule this kingdom with a rod of iron."
+
+"Well, many more are, I have no doubt, or soon will be, of his
+opinion; and the time will come, be it sooner or later, when the king
+will have his own again. They have proclaimed him in Scotland already.
+Why does he not come over and show himself? His presence would, I
+think, induce thousands to flock to him; I'm sure that it would me."
+
+"I am very glad of this good intelligence with the intendant, Edward,
+as it will not now be necessary for us to be so careful; we may go and
+come when we please. I almost wish you could be persuaded to accept
+any eligible offer he may make you. Many, no doubt, are in office, and
+serving the present government, who have the same feelings as the
+intendant, or even feelings as strong as your own."
+
+"I can not bear the idea of accepting any thing from them or their
+instruments, Humphrey; nor, indeed, could I leave my sisters."
+
+"On that score you may make your mind easy: Pablo and I are quite
+sufficient for the farm, or any thing else we may want to do. If you
+can be more useful elsewhere, have no scruple in leaving us. If the
+king was to come and raise an army, you would leave us, of course; and
+I see no reason why, if an eligible offer is made you, you should not
+do it now. You and your talents are thrown away in this forest; and
+you might serve the king and the king's cause better by going into the
+world and watching the times than you ever can by killing his
+venison."
+
+"Certainly," replied Edward, laughing, "I do not much help his cause
+by killing his deer, that must be admitted; all I shall say is this,
+if any thing is offered to me which I can accept without injury to my
+feelings and my honor, I shall not decline it, provided that I may, by
+accepting it, prove of service to the king's cause."
+
+"That is all I wish, Edward. And now I think we had better go to bed."
+
+The next day they dug up the iron chest and the box into which
+Humphrey had put all the papers he had collected together. Edward
+opened the iron chest, and found in it a considerable quantity of gold
+in bags, and many trinkets and jewels which he did not know the value
+of. The papers he did not open, but resolved that they should be given
+to the intendant, for Edward felt that he could trust in him. The
+other boxes and trunks were also opened and examined, and many other
+articles of apparent value discovered.
+
+"I should think all these jewels worth a great deal of money,
+Humphrey," said Edward; if so, all the better for poor little Clara. I
+am sorry to part with her, although we have known her so short a time;
+she appears to be such an amiable and affectionate child."
+
+"That she is; and certainly the handsomest little girl I ever saw.
+What beautiful eyes! Do you know that on one of her journeys to
+Lymington she was very nearly taken by a party of gipsies? and by what
+Pablo can make out, it would appear that it was by the party to which
+he belonged."
+
+"I wonder at her father permitting her to go alone such a distance."
+
+"Her father could not do otherwise. Necessity has no law. He could
+trust no other person, so he put her in boys' clothes that there might
+be less risk. Still, she must have been very intelligent to have done
+the office."
+
+"She is thirteen years old, although she is small," replied Edward.
+"And intelligent she certainly is, as you may see by her countenance.
+Who would ever have imagined that our sisters would have been able to
+do what they are doing now? It's an old saying, 'We never know what we
+can do till we try.' By-the-by Humphrey, I met a famous herd of forest
+ponies the other day, and I said to myself, 'I wonder whether Humphrey
+will be clever enough to take one of them, as he has the wild cattle?'
+For Billy is getting old, and we want a successor."
+
+"We want more than a successor to Billy, Edward: we want two more to
+help him--and I have the means of maintaining two more ponies if I
+could catch them."
+
+"I fear that you will never manage that, Humphrey," said Edward,
+laughing.
+
+"I know well what you mean," replied Humphrey: "you wish to dare me to
+it--well. I won't be dared to any thing, and I most certainly will try
+to catch a pony or two; but I must think about it first, and when I
+have arranged my plan in my mind, I will then make the attempt."
+
+"When I see the ponies in the yard, I will believe it, Humphrey. They
+are as wild as deer and as fleet as the wind, and you can not catch
+them in a pitfall."
+
+"I know that, good brother; but all I can say is, that I will try what
+I can do, and I can do no more--but not at present, for I am too
+busy."
+
+Three days after this conversation, Oswald Partridge made his
+appearance, having been sent by the intendant to tell Edward that he
+should come over on the following day to take away little Clara.
+
+"And how is she to go?" said Edward.
+
+"He will bring a little nag for her, if she can ride--if she can not,
+she must ride in the cart which will come for the baggage."
+
+"Clara, can you ride a horse?"
+
+"Yes," replied Clara, "if it does not jump about too much. I always
+rode one when I lived in Dorsetshire."
+
+"This won't jump about, my little lady," said Oswald, "for he is
+thirty years old, I believe, and as steady as an old gentleman ought
+to be."
+
+"I have had some conversation with Master Heatherstone," continued
+Oswald to Edward. "He is much pleased with you, I can tell you. He
+said that in times like these he required young men like you about
+him; and that, as you would not take the berth of verderer, he must
+find one better suited for you; for he said you were too good for such
+an office."
+
+"Many thanks to him for his good opinion," replied Edward; "but I do
+not think that he has any office in his gift which I can accept."
+
+"So I thought, but I said nothing. He again asked many questions
+relative to old Jacob Armitage, and he pressed me very hard. He said
+that Humphrey was as much above his position in appearance as you
+were, but as he was brought up at Arnwood, he presumed that he had had
+the same advantages. And then he said--'But were his two sisters
+brought up at Arnwood also?' I replied, that I believed not, although
+they were often there, and were allowed to play with the children of
+the house. He looked at me steadfastly, as if he would read my
+thoughts, and then went on writing. I can not help thinking that he
+has a suspicion that you are not the grandchildren of old Jacob; but
+at the same time I do not think that he has an idea who you really
+are."
+
+"You must keep our secret, Oswald," replied Edward. "I have a very
+good opinion of the intendant, I acknowledge; but I will trust
+nobody."
+
+"As I hope for future mercy, sir, I never will divulge it until you
+bid me," replied Oswald.
+
+"I trust to you, Oswald, and so there's an end of the matter. But tell
+me, Oswald, what do they say about his taking charge of this little
+girl?"
+
+"Why, they did begin to talk about it; but when he gave out that it
+was the order of Parliament that the child should remain with him
+until further directions, of course they said nothing, for they dared
+not. It seems that the Ratcliffe property is sequestrated, but not yet
+granted to any one; and the Parliament will most likely, as soon as
+she is old enough, give her as a wife, with the property, to one of
+their party; they have done it before now, as it secures the property
+under all changes."
+
+"I perceive," replied Edward. "When did you hear that the little girl
+was to live with him?"
+
+"Not till yesterday morning; and it was not till the evening that we
+knew it was the order of Parliament."
+
+Edward did not think it right to tell Oswald what he knew, as it was a
+secret confided to him by the intendant, and therefore merely
+observed--"I presumed that the child would not be permitted to remain
+on our hands;" and then the conversation dropped.
+
+As Oswald had informed them, the intendant made his appearance in the
+forenoon of the following day, and was accompanied by his daughter,
+who rode by his side. A groom, on horse, led a pony for Clara to ride;
+and a cart for the luggage followed at some distance. Edward went out
+to assist Miss Heatherstone to dismount, and she frankly extended her
+hand to him as she reached the ground. Edward was a little surprised
+as well as pleased, at this condescension on her part toward a
+forester.
+
+"You do me much honor, Mistress Patience," said he, bowing.
+
+"I can not forget that I owe my life to you, Master Armitage," replied
+Patience, "and I can not be too grateful. May I request another favor
+of you?"
+
+"Certainly, if it is in my power to do as you wish."
+
+"It is this," said she, in a low voice--"that you will not hastily
+reject any overtures which may be made to you by my father; that is
+all. And now let me go in and see your sisters, for my father has
+praised them very much, and I wish to know them."
+
+Edward led the way into the cottage, and Patience followed him, while
+the intendant was in conversation with Humphrey. Edward, having
+introduced his sisters and Clara, then went out to pay his respects to
+the intendant, who, now they were alone, was very candid toward both
+him and Humphrey.
+
+Edward then told the intendant that there was an iron chest with a
+good deal of money in it, and jewels also, and many other articles of
+value in the other boxes.
+
+"I fear, sir, that the cart will hardly hold all the goods."
+
+"I do not intend to take away the heavy or more bulky articles, such
+as the bedding, armor, &c. I will only take Clara's own packages, and
+the valuables and papers. The remainder may stay here, as they can be
+of no use, till they are demanded from you. Where is Oswald
+Partridge?"
+
+"In the stable with the horses, sir," replied Humphrey.
+
+"Then, when the cart is loaded--and it had better be done by you while
+the men are in the stable--Oswald shall take charge of it, and take
+the things to my house."
+
+"Here are the keys, sir," said Edward, presenting them.
+
+"Good. And now, Edward Armitage, that we are alone, I want to have a
+little conversation with you. You are aware how much I feel indebted
+to you for the service you have rendered me, and how anxious I am to
+show my gratitude. You are born for better things than to remain an
+obscure forester, and perhaps a deer-stalker. I have now an offer to
+make to you, which I trust, upon reflection, you will not refuse--and
+I say reflection, because I do not wish you to give an answer till you
+have well reflected. I know that you will not accept any thing under
+the present government; but a private situation you can raise no
+objection to; the more so as, so far from leaving your family, you
+will be more in a position to protect them. I am in want of a
+secretary, and I wish you to accept that office, to live entirely in
+my house, and to receive a handsome salary for your services, which
+will not, I trust, be too heavy. You will be near to your family here
+in the cottage, and be able to protect them and assist them; and what
+is more, you will mix with the world and know what is going on, as I
+am in the confidence of the government. Of course, I put implicit
+confidence in you, or I would not offer the situation. But you will
+not be always down here: I have my correspondents and friends, to whom
+I shall have to send you occasionally on most trusty missions. You, I
+am sure, will suit me in every respect, and I hope you will undertake
+the post which I now offer to you. Give me no answer just now; consult
+with your brother, and give the offer due consideration, and when you
+have made up your mind you can let me know."
+
+Edward bowed, and the intendant went into the cottage.
+
+Edward then assisted Humphrey and Pablo to get the iron chest on the
+cart, and covered it with the other packages and boxes, till the cart
+was well loaded. Leaving Pablo in charge till Oswald came from the
+stables, Edward and Humphrey then went into the cottage, where they
+found a very social party; Patience Heatherstone having succeeded in
+making great friends with the other three girls, and the intendant, to
+Edward's surprise, laughing and joking with them. Alice and Edith had
+brought out some milk, biscuits, and all the fruit that was ripe, with
+some bread, a cold piece of salt beef, and a ham; and they were eating
+as well as talking.
+
+"I have been praising your sisters' house-keeping, Armitage," said the
+intendant. "Your farm appears to be very productive."
+
+"Alice expected Miss Heatherstone, sir," replied Edward, "and made an
+unusual provision. You must not think that we live on such fare every
+day."
+
+"No," replied the intendant, dryly; "on other days I dare say you have
+other fare. I would almost make a bet that there is a pasty in the
+cupboard which you dare not show to the intendant of the New Forest."
+
+"You are mistaken, sir, for once," replied Humphrey. "Alice knows well
+how to make one, but she has not one just now."
+
+"Well, I must believe you, Master Humphrey," replied the intendant.
+"And now, my dear child, we must think of going, for it is a long
+ride, and the little girl is not used to a horse."
+
+"Mistress Alice, many thanks for your hospitality; and now, farewell.
+Edith, good-by, dear. Now, Clara, are you quite ready?"
+
+They all went out of the cottage. The intendant put Clara on the pony,
+after she had kissed Alice and Edith. Edward assisted Patience; and
+when she was mounted, she said--
+
+"I hope you will accept my father's offer--you will oblige me so much
+if you do."
+
+"I will give it every consideration it deserves," replied Edward.
+"Indeed, it will depend more upon my brother than myself whether I
+accept it or not."
+
+"Your brother is a very sensible young man, sir; therefore, I have
+hopes," replied Patience.
+
+"A quality which it appears you do not give me credit for, Miss
+Heatherstone."
+
+"Not when pride or vindictive feelings obtain the mastery," replied
+she.
+
+"Perhaps you will find that I am not quite so proud, or bear such ill-
+will, as I did when I first saw your father, Miss Heatherstone; and
+some allowance should be made, even if I did show such feelings, when
+you consider that I was brought up at Arnwood."
+
+"True--most true, Master Armitage. I had no right to speak so boldly,
+especially to you, who risked your own life to save the daughter of
+one of those Roundheads who treated the family of your protector so
+cruelly. You must forgive me; and now, farewell!"
+
+Edward bowed, and then turned to the intendant, who had apparently
+been waiting while the conversation was going on. The intendant bade
+him a cordial farewell; Edward shook Clara by the hand, and the
+cavalcade set off. They all remained outside of the cottage till the
+party were at some distance, and then Edward walked apart with
+Humphrey, to communicate to him the offer made by the intendant, and
+ask his opinion.
+
+"My opinion is made up, Edward, which is that you should accept it
+immediately. You are under no obligation to the government, and you
+have already conferred such an obligation upon the intendant that you
+have a right to expect a return. Why stay here, when you can safely
+mix with the world and know how things are going on? I do not require
+your assistance, now that I have Pablo, who is more useful every day.
+Do not lose such an opportunity of making a friend for yourself and
+all of us--a protector, I may say--and who is, by what he has confided
+to you, any thing but approving of the conduct of the present
+government. He has paid you a deserved compliment by saying that he
+can and will trust you. You must not refuse the offer, Edward--it
+would really be folly if you did."
+
+"I believe you are right, Humphrey; but I have been so accustomed to
+range the forest--I am so fond of the chase--I am so impatient of
+control or confinement, that I hardly know how to decide. A
+secretary's life is any thing but pleasing to me, sitting at a table
+writing and reading all day long. The pen is a poor exchange for the
+long-barreled gun."
+
+"It does more execution, nevertheless," replied Humphrey, "if what I
+have read is true. But you are not to suppose that your life will be
+such a sedentary one. Did he not say that he would have to trust you
+with missions of importance? Will you not, by going to London and
+other places, and mixing with people of importance, be preparing
+yourself for your proper station in life, which I trust that one day
+you will resume? And does it follow, that because you are appointed a
+secretary, you are not to go out in the forest and shoot a deer with
+Oswald, if you feel inclined--with this difference, that you may do it
+then without fear of being insulted or persecuted by such a wretch as
+that Corbould? Do not hesitate any longer, my dear brother; recollect
+that our sisters ought not to live this forest life as they advance in
+years--they were not born for it, although they have so well conformed
+to it. It depends upon you to release them eventually from their false
+position; and you can never have such an opening as is now offered
+you, by one whose gratitude alone will make him anxious to serve you."
+
+"You are right, Humphrey, and I will accept the offer; I can but
+return to you if things do not go on well."
+
+"I thank you sincerely for your decision, Edward," replied Humphrey.
+"What a sweet girl that Patience Heatherstone is! I think I never saw
+such an enchanting smile!"
+
+Edward thought of the smile she gave him when they parted but an hour
+ago, and agreed with Humphrey, but he replied--
+
+"Why, brother, you are really in love with the intendant's daughter."
+
+"Not so, my dear brother; but I am in love with her goodness and
+sweetness of disposition, and so are Alice and Edith, I can tell you.
+She has promised to come over and see them, and bring them flowers for
+their garden, and I hardly know what; and I am very glad of it, as my
+sisters have been buried here so long, that they can not but gain by
+her company now and then. No! I will leave Mistress Heatherstone for
+you; I am in love with little Clara."
+
+"Not a bad choice, Humphrey: we both aspire high, for two young
+foresters, do we not? However, they say 'Every dog has his day,' and
+Cromwell and his Parliament may have theirs. King Charles may be on
+his throne again now, long before you catch a forest pony, Humphrey."
+
+"I hope he will, Edward; but recollect how you laughed at the idea of
+my catching a cow--you may be surprised a second time. 'Where there is
+a will there is a way,' the saying is. But I must go and help Alice
+with the heifer: she is not very quiet yet, and I see her going out
+with her pail."
+
+The brothers then parted, and Edward then walked about, turning over
+in his mind the events of the day, and very often finding his thoughts
+broken in upon by sudden visions of Patience Heatherstone--and
+certainly the remembrance of her was to him the most satisfactory and
+pleasing portion of the prospect in his offered situation.
+
+"I shall live with her, and be continually in her company," thought
+he. "Well, I would take a less pleasing office if only for that. She
+requested me to accept it to oblige her, and I will do so. How hasty
+we are in our conclusions! When I first saw her father, what an
+aversion I felt for him! Now, the more I know him the more I like him,
+nay, more--respect him. He said that the king wished to be absolute,
+and wrest the liberties from his subjects, and that they were
+justified in opposing him; I never heard that when at Arnwood."
+
+"If so, was it lawful so to do?"
+
+"I think it was, but not to murder him; that I can never admit, nor
+does the intendant; on the contrary, he holds his murderers in as
+great detestation as I do. Why, then, we do not think far apart from
+one another. At the commencement, the two parties were those who
+supported him, not admitting that he was right, but too loyal to
+refuse to fight for their king; and those who opposed, hoping to force
+him to do right; the king for his supposed prerogatives, the people
+for their liberties. The king was obstinate, the people resolute,
+until virulent warfare inflamed both parties, and neither would listen
+to reason; and the people gained the upper hand--they wreaked their
+vengeance, instead of looking to the dictates of humanity and justice.
+How easy it had been to have deposed him, and have sent him beyond the
+seas! instead of which they detained him a prisoner and then murdered
+him. The punishment was greater than the offense, and dictated by
+malice and revenge; it was a diabolical act, and will soil the page of
+our nation's history." So thought Edward, as he paced before the
+cottage, until he was summoned in by Pablo to their evening meal.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII.
+
+
+"Edward," said Edith, "scold Pablo; he has been ill-treating my poor
+cat; he is a cruel boy."
+
+Pablo laughed.
+
+"See, Edward, he's laughing; put him in the pitfall again, and let him
+stay there till he says he's sorry."
+
+"I very sorry now, Missy Edith--but cat bite me," said Pablo.
+
+"Well, if pussy did, it didn't hurt you much; and what did I tell you
+this morning out of the Bible?--that you must forgive them who behave
+ill to you."
+
+"Yes, Missy Edith, you tell me all that, and so I do; I forgive pussy
+'cause she bite me, but I kick her for it."
+
+"That's not forgiveness, is it, Edward? You should have forgiven it at
+once, and not kicked it at all."
+
+"Miss Edith, when pussy bite me, pussy hurt me, make me angry, and I
+give her a kick; then I think what you tell me, and I do as you tell
+me. I forgive pussy with all my heart."
+
+"I think you must forgive Pablo, Edith," said Edward, "if it is only
+to set him a good example."
+
+"Well, I will this time; but if he kicks pussy again he must be put in
+the pitfall--mind that, Pablo."
+
+"Yes, Missy Edith, I go into pitfall, and then you cry, and ask Master
+Edward to take me out. When you have me put in pitfall, then you not
+good Christian, 'cause you not forgive; when you cry and take me out,
+then you good Christian once more."
+
+By this conversation it will appear to the reader that they had been
+trying to impress Pablo with the principles of the Christian religion
+--and such was the case; Edith having been one of the most active in
+the endeavor, although very young for a missionary. However, Alice and
+Humphrey had been more successful, and Pablo was now beginning to
+comprehend what they had attempted to instill, and was really
+progressing dayly.
+
+Edward remained at the cottage, expecting to bear some message from
+the intendant. He was right in his conjecture, for, on the third day,
+Oswald Partridge came over to say that the intendant would be happy to
+see him, if he could make it convenient to go over; which Edward
+assented to do on the following day. Oswald had ridden over on a pony;
+Edward arranged to take Billy and return with him. They started early
+the next morning, and Edward asked Oswald if he knew why the intendant
+had sent for him.
+
+"Not exactly," replied Oswald; "but I think, from what I heard Miss
+Patience say, it is to offer you some situation, if you could be
+prevailed upon to accept it."
+
+"Very true," replied Edward; "he offers me the post of secretary. What
+do you think?"
+
+"Why, sir, I think I would accept it; at all events, I would take it
+on trial--there can be no harm done. If you do not like it, you can
+only go back to the cottage again. One thing I am sure of, which is,
+that Master Heatherstone will make it as pleasant to you as he can,
+for he is most anxious to serve you."
+
+"That I really believe," replied Edward; "and I have pretty well made
+up my mind to accept the office. It is a post of confidence, and I
+shall know all that is going on, which I can not do while I am
+secluded in the forest; and, depend upon it, we shall have stirring
+news."
+
+"I suppose you think that the king will come over," replied Oswald.
+
+"I feel certain of it, Oswald; and that is the reason why I want to be
+where I can know all that is going on."
+
+"Well, sir, it is my opinion that the king will come over, as well as
+yours; yet I think at present he stands but a poor chance; but Master
+Heatherstone knows more on that score than any one, I should think;
+but he is very close."
+
+The conversation then changed, and, after a ride of eight hours, they
+arrived at the intendant's house. Edward gave Billy into Oswald's
+charge, and knocked at the door. Phoebe let him in, and asked him into
+the sitting-room, where he found the intendant alone.
+
+"Edward Armitage, I am glad to see you, and shall be still more so if
+I find that you have made up your mind to accept my proposition. What
+is your reply?"
+
+"I am very thankful to you for the offer, sir," replied Edward, "and
+will accept it if you think that I am fitting for it, and if I find
+that I am equal to it; I can but give it a trial, and leave if I find
+it too arduous or too irksome."
+
+"Too arduous it shall not be--that shall be my concern; and too
+irksome I hope you will not find it. My letters are not so many but
+that I could answer them myself, were it not that my eyes are getting
+weak, and I wish to save them as much as possible. You will therefore
+have to write chiefly what I shall dictate; but it is not only for
+that I require a person that I can confide in. I very often shall send
+you to London instead of going myself, and to that I presume you will
+have no objection!"
+
+"Certainly none, sir."
+
+"Well, then, it is no use saying any more just now; you will have a
+chamber in this house, and you will live with me, and at my table
+altogether. Neither shall I say any thing just now about remuneration,
+as I am convinced that you will be satisfied. All that I require now
+is, to know the day that you will come, that every thing may be
+ready."
+
+"I suppose, sir, I must change my attire?" replied Edward, looking at
+his forester's dress; "that will hardly accord with the office of
+secretary."
+
+"I agree with you that it will be better to keep that dress for your
+forest excursions, as I presume you will not altogether abandon them,"
+replied the intendant. "You can provide yourself with a suit at
+Lymington. I will furnish you the means."
+
+"I thank you, sir, I have means, much more than sufficient," replied
+Edward, "although not quite so wealthy as little Clara appeared to
+be."
+
+"Wealthy, indeed!" replied the intendant. "I had no idea that poor
+Ratcliffe possessed so much ready money and jewels. Well, then, this
+is Wednesday; can you come over next Monday ?"
+
+"Yes, sir," replied Edward; "I see no reason to the contrary."
+
+"Well, then, that is settled, and I suppose you would like to see your
+accommodation. Patience and Clara are in the next room. You can join
+them, and you will make my daughter very happy by telling her that you
+are to become a resident with us. You will, of course, dine with us
+to-day, and sleep here to-night."
+
+Mr. Heatherstone then opened the door, and saying to his daughter
+Patience, "My dear, I leave you to entertain Edward Armitage till
+dinner time," he ushered Edward in, and closed the door again. Clara
+ran up to Edward as soon as he went in, and having kissed him, Edward
+then took Patience's offered hand.
+
+"Then you have consented?" said Patience, inquiringly.
+
+"Yes, I could not refuse such kindness," replied Edward.
+
+"And when do you come?"
+
+"On Monday night, if I can be ready by that time."
+
+"Why, what have you to get ready?" said Clara.
+
+"I must not appear in a forester's dress, my little Clara. I can wear
+that with a gun in my hand, but not with a pen: so I must go to
+Lymington and see what a tailor can do for me."
+
+"You will feel as strange in a secretary's dress as I did in boys'
+clothes," said Clara. "Perhaps I may," said Edward, although he felt
+that such would not be the case, having been accustomed to much better
+clothes when at Arnwood than what were usually worn by secretaries;
+and this remembrance brought back Arnwood in its train, and Edward
+became silent and pensive.
+
+Patience observed it, and after a time said--
+
+"You will be able to watch over your sisters, Mr. Armitage, as well
+here, almost, as if you were at the cottage. You do not return till
+to-morrow? How did you come over?" "I rode the pony Billy, Mistress
+Patience."
+
+"Why do you call her Mistress Patience, Edward?" said Clara. "You call
+me Clara; why not call her Patience?"
+
+"You forget that I am only a forester, Clara," replied Edward, with a
+grave smile.
+
+"No, you are a secretary now," replied Clara.
+
+"Mistress Patience is older than you by several years. I call you
+Clara, because you are but a little girl; but I must not take that
+liberty with Mistress Heatherstone."
+
+"Do you think so, Patience?" said Clara.
+
+"I certainly do not think that it would be a liberty in a person,
+after being well acquainted with me, to call me Patience," replied
+she; "especially when that person lives in the house with us, eats and
+associates with us as one of the family, and is received on an
+equality; but I dare say, Clara, that Master Armitage will be guided
+by his own feelings, and act as he considers to be proper."
+
+"But you give him leave, and then it is proper," replied Clara.
+
+"Yes, if he gave himself leave, Clara," said Patience. "But we will
+now show him his own room, Clara," continued Patience, wishing to
+change the subject of conversation. "Will you follow us, sir?" said
+Patience, with a little mock ceremony.
+
+Edward did so without replying, and was ushered into a large airy
+room, very neatly furnished.
+
+"This is your future lodging," said Patience; "I hope you will like
+it."
+
+"Why, he never saw any thing like it before," said Clara.
+
+"Yes I have, Clara," replied Edward.
+
+"Where did you?"
+
+"At Arnwood; the apartments were on a much larger scale."
+
+"Arnwood! oh yes, I have heard my father speak of it," said Clara,
+with the tears starting in her eyes at his memory. "Yes, it was burned
+down, and all the children burned to death!"
+
+"So they say, Clara; but I was not there when it was burned."
+
+"Where were you then?"
+
+"I was at the cottage where I now live." Edward turned round to
+Patience, and perceived that her eyes were fixed upon him, as if she
+would have read his thoughts. Edward smiled, and said--
+
+"Do you doubt what I say?"
+
+"No, indeed!" said she, "I have no doubt that you were at the cottage
+at the time; but I was thinking that if the apartments at Arnwood were
+more splendid, those at your cottage are less comfortable. You have
+been used to better and to worse, and therefore will, I trust, be
+content with these."
+
+"I trust I have shown no signs of discontent. I should indeed be
+difficult to please if an apartment like this did not suit me.
+Besides, allow me to observe, that although I stated that the
+apartments at Arnwood were on a grander scale, I never said that I had
+ever been a possessor of one of them."
+
+Patience smiled and made no reply.
+
+"Now that you know your way to your apartment, Master Armitage, we
+will, if you please, go back to the sitting-room," said she. As they
+were going back into the sitting-room, she said--
+
+"When you come over on Monday, you will, I presume, bring your clothes
+in a cart? I ask it, because I promised some flowers and other things
+to your sisters, which I can send back by the cart."
+
+"You are very kind to think of them, Mistress Patience," replied
+Edward; "they are fond of flowers, and will be much pleased with
+possessing any."
+
+"You sleep here to-night, I think my father said?" inquired Patience.
+
+"He did make the proposal, and I shall gladly avail myself of it, as I
+am not to trust to Phoebe's ideas of comfort this time," said Edward,
+smiling.
+
+"Yes, that was a cross action of Phoebe's; and I can tell you, Master
+Armitage, that she is ashamed to look you in the face ever since; but
+how fortunate for me that she was cross, and turned you out as she
+did! You must forgive her, as she was the means of your performing a
+noble action; and I must forgive her, as she was the means of my life
+being saved."
+
+"I have no feeling except kindness toward Phoebe," replied Edward;
+"indeed I ought to feel grateful to her; for if she had not given me
+so bad a bed that night, I never should have been so comfortably
+lodged as it is proposed that I shall be now."
+
+"I hope you are hungry, Edward," said Clara; "dinner is almost ready."
+
+"I dare say I shall eat more than you do, Clara."
+
+"So you ought, a great big man like you. How old are you, Edward?"
+said Clara; "I am thirteen; Patience is past sixteen: now, how old are
+you?"
+
+"I am not yet eighteen, Clara, so that I can hardly be called a man."
+
+"Why, you are as tall as Mr. Heatherstone."
+
+"Yes, I believe I am."
+
+"And can't you do every thing that a man can do?"
+
+"I really don't know; but I certainly shall always try so to do."
+
+"Well, then, you must be a man."
+
+"Well, Clara, if it pleases you, I will be a man."
+
+"Here comes Mr. Heatherstone, so I know dinner is ready; is it not,
+sir?"
+
+"Yes, my child, it is," replied Mr. Heatherstone, kissing Clara, "so
+let us all go in."
+
+Mr. Heatherstone, as was usual at that time with the people to whose
+party he ostensibly belonged, said a grace before meat, of
+considerable length, and then they sat down to table. As soon as the
+repast was over, Mr. Heatherstone returned to his study, and Edward
+went out to find Oswald Partridge, with whom he remained the larger
+portion of the afternoon, going to the kennel and examining the dogs,
+and talking of matters connected with the chase.
+
+"I have not two men that can stalk a deer," observed Oswald "the men
+appointed here as verderers and keepers have not one of them been
+brought up to the business. Most of them are men who have been in the
+army, and I believe have been appointed to these situations to get rid
+of them because they were troublesome; and they are any thing but good
+characters: the consequence is, that we kill but few deer, for I have
+so much to attend to here, as none of them know their duties, that I
+can seldom take my own gun out. I stated so to the intendant, and he
+said that if you accepted an offer he had made you, and came over
+here, we should not want venison; so it is clear that he does not
+expect you to have your pen always in your hand."
+
+"I am glad to hear that," replied Edward; "depend upon it, his own
+table, at all events, shall be well supplied. Is not that fellow
+Corbould, who is leaning against the wall?"
+
+"Yes; he is to be discharged as he can not walk well, and the surgeon
+says he will always limp. He owes you a grudge, and I am glad that he
+is going away, for he is a dangerous man. But the sun is setting, Mr.
+Edward, and supper will soon be on the table; you had better go back
+to the house."
+
+Edward bade Oswald farewell, and returned to the intendant's, and
+found that Oswald was correct, as supper was being placed on the
+table.
+
+Soon after supper, Phoebe and the men-servants were summoned, and
+prayers offered up by the intendant, after which Patience and Clara
+retired. Edward remained in conversation with the intendant for about
+an hour, and then was conducted by him to his room, which had already
+been shown to him by Patience.
+
+Edward did not sleep much that night. The novelty of his situation--
+the novelty of his prospects, and his speculations thereon, kept him
+awake till near morning: he was, however, up in good time, and having
+assisted at the morning prayers, and afterward eaten a most
+substantial breakfast, he took his leave of the intendant and the two
+girls, and set off on his return to the cottage, having renewed his
+promise of coming on the following Monday to take up his abode with
+them. Billy was fresh, and cantered gayly along, so that Edward was
+back early in the afternoon, and once more welcomed by his household.
+He stated to Humphrey all that had occurred, and Humphrey was much
+pleased at Edward having accepted the offer of the intendant. Alice
+and Edith did not quite so much approve of it, and a few tears were
+shed at the idea of Edward leaving the cottage. The next day, Edward
+and Humphrey set off for Lymington, with Billy in the cart.
+
+"Do you know, Edward," said Humphrey, "what I am going to try and
+purchase? I will tell you: as many kids as I can, or goats and kids, I
+don't care which."
+
+"Why, have you not stock enough already? You will this year have four
+cows in milk, and you have two cow calves bringing up."
+
+"That is very true; but I do not intend to have goats for their milk,
+but simply for eating in lieu of mutton. Sheep I can not manage, but
+goats, with a little hay in winter, will do well, and will find
+themselves in the forest all the year round. I won't kill any of the
+females for the first year or two, and after that I expect we shall
+have a flock sufficient to meet any demand upon it."
+
+"It is not a bad idea, Humphrey; they will always come home if you
+have hay for them during the winter."
+
+"Yes, and a large shed for them to lie in when the snow is on the
+ground."
+
+"Now I recollect, when we used to go to Lymington, I saw a great many
+goats, and I have no doubt that they are to be purchased. I will soon
+ascertain that for you, from the landlord of the hostelry," replied
+Edward. "We will drive there first, as I must ask him to recommend me
+to a tailor."
+
+On their arrival at Lymington, they went straight to the hostelry, and
+found the landlord at home. He recommended a tailor to Edward, who
+sent for him to the inn, and was measured by him for a plain suit of
+dark cloth. Edward and Humphrey then went out, as Edward had to
+procure boots, and many other articles of dress, to correspond with
+the one which he was about to assume.
+
+"I am most puzzled about a hat, Humphrey," said Edward: "I hate those
+steeple-crowned hats worn by the Roundheads; yet the hat and feather
+is not proper for a secretary."
+
+"I would advise you to submit to wear the steeple-crowned hats,
+nevertheless," said Humphrey. "Your dress, as I consider, is a sort of
+disgrace to a Cavalier born, and the heir of Arnwood; why not,
+therefore, take its hat as well? As secretary to the intendant, you
+should dress like him; if not, you may occasion remarks, especially
+when you travel on his concerns."
+
+"You are right, Humphrey, I must not do things by halves; and unless I
+wear the hat, I might be suspected."
+
+"I doubt if the intendant wears it for any other reason," said
+Humphrey.
+
+"At all events, I will not go to the height of the fashion," replied
+Edward, laughing. "Some of the hats are not quite so tall as the
+others."
+
+"Here is the shop for the hat and for the sword-belt."
+
+Edward chose a hat and a plain sword-belt, paid for them, and desired
+the man to carry them to the hostelry.
+
+While all these purchases on the part of Edward, and many others by
+Humphrey, such as nails, saws, tools, and various articles which Alice
+required for the household, were gathered together, the landlord had
+sent out to inquire for the goats, and found out at what price they
+were to be procured. Humphrey left Edward to put away these in the
+cart, while he went out a second time to see the goats; he made an
+agreement with the man who had them for sale, for a male and three
+females with two kids each at their sides, and ten more female kids
+which had just been weaned. The man engaged to drive them from
+Lymington as far as the road went into the forest, on the following
+day, when Humphrey would meet them, pay him his money, and drive them
+to the cottage, which would be only three miles from the place agreed
+upon. Having settled that satisfactorily, he returned to Edward, who
+was all ready, and they went back home.
+
+"We have dipped somewhat into the bag to-day, Edward," said Humphrey,
+"but the money is well spent."
+
+"I think so, Humphrey; but I have no doubt that I shall be able to
+replace the money very soon, as the intendant will pay me for my
+services. The tailor has promised the clothes on Saturday without
+fail, so that you or I must go for them."
+
+"I will go, Edward; my sisters will wish you to stay with them now, as
+you are so soon to leave them; and I will take Pablo with me, that he
+may know his way to the town; and I will show him where to buy things,
+in case he goes there by himself."
+
+"It appears to me to have been a most fortunate thing, your having
+caught Pablo as you did, Humphrey, for I do not well know how I could
+have left you, if you had not."
+
+"At all events, I can do much better without you than I should have
+done," replied Humphrey; "although I think now that I could get on by
+myself; but still, Edward, you know we can not tell what a day may
+bring forth, and I might fall sick, or something happen which might
+prevent my attending to any thing; and then, without you or Pablo,
+every thing might have gone to rack and ruin. Certainly, when we think
+how we were left, by the death of old Jacob, to our own resources, we
+have much to thank God for, in having got on so well."
+
+"I agree with you, and also that it has pleased Heaven to grant us all
+such good health. However, I shall be close at hand if you want me,
+and Oswald will always call and see how you get on."
+
+"I hope you will manage that he calls once a-week."
+
+"I will if I can, Humphrey, for I shall be just as anxious as you are
+to know if all goes on well. Indeed, I shall insist upon coming over
+to you once a-fortnight; and I hardly think the intendant will refuse
+me--indeed, I am sure that he will not."
+
+"So am I," replied Humphrey. "I am certain that he wishes us all well,
+and has, in a measure, taken us under his protection; but, Edward,
+recollect, I shall never kill any venison after this, and so you may
+tell the intendant."
+
+"I will, and that will be an excuse for him to send some over, if he
+pleases. Indeed, as I know I shall be permitted to go out with Oswald,
+it will be hard if a stray buck does not find its way to the cottage."
+
+Thus did they continue talking over matters till they arrived at the
+cottage. Alice came out to them, saying to Humphrey,
+
+"Well, Humphrey, have you brought my geese and ducks?"
+
+Humphrey had forgotten them, but he replied, "You must wait till I go
+to Lymington again on Saturday, Alice, and then I hope to bring them
+with me. As it is, look how poor Billy is loaded. Where's Pablo?"
+
+"In the garden. He has been working there all day, and Edith is with
+him."
+
+"Well, then, we will unload the cart, while you get us something to
+eat, Alice, for we are not a little hungry. I can tell you."
+
+"I have some rabbit-stew on the fire, Humphrey, all ready for you, and
+you will find it very good."
+
+"Nothing I like better, my dear girl. Pablo won't thank me for
+bringing this home," continued Humphrey, taking the long saw out of
+the cart; "he will have to go to the bottom of the pit again, as soon
+as the pit is made."
+
+The cart was soon unloaded, Billy taken out and turned out to feed,
+and then they went in to the supper.
+
+Humphrey was off the next morning, with Pablo, at an early hour, to
+meet the farmer of whom he had purchased the goats and kids. He found
+them punctual to the time, at the place agreed upon; and being
+satisfied with the lot, paid the farmer his money, and drove them home
+through the forest.
+
+"Goat very good, kid better; always eat kid in Spain," said Pablo.
+
+"Were you born in Spain, Pablo?"
+
+"Not sure, but I think so. First recollect myself in that country."
+
+"Do you recollect your father?"
+
+"No; never see him."
+
+"Did your mother never talk about him?"
+
+"Call her mother, but think no mother at all. Custom with Gitanas."
+
+"Why did you call her mother?"
+
+"'Cause she feed me when little, beat me when I get big."
+
+"All mothers do that. What made you come to England?"
+
+"I don't know, but I hear people say, plenty of money in England--
+plenty to eat--plenty to drink; bring plenty money back to Spain."
+
+"How long have you been in England?"
+
+"One, two, three year; yes, three year and a bit."
+
+"Which did you like best--England or Spain?"
+
+"When with my people, like Spain best; warm sun--warm night. England,
+little sun, cold night, much rain, snow, and air always cold; but now
+I live with you, have warm bed, plenty victuals, like England best."
+
+"But when you were with the gipsies, they stole every thing, did they
+not?"
+
+"Not steal every thing," replied Pablo, laughing; "sometimes take and
+no pay when nobody there; farmer look very sharp--have big dog."
+
+"Did you ever go out to steal?"
+
+"Make me go out. Not bring back something, beat me very hard; suppose
+farmer catch me, beat hard too; nothing but beat, beat, beat."
+
+"Then they obliged you to steal?"
+
+"Suppose bring nothing home, first beat, and then not have to eat for
+one, two, three days. How you like that, Master Humphrey? I think you
+steal, after no victuals for three days!"
+
+"I should hope not," replied Humphrey, "although I have never been so
+severely punished: and I hope, Pablo, you will never steal any more."
+
+"Why steal any more?" replied Pablo. "I not like to steal, but because
+hungry I steal. Now, I never hungry, always have plenty to eat; no one
+beat me now; sleep warm all night. Why I steal, then? No, Master
+Humphrey, I never steal more, 'cause I have no reason why, and 'cause
+Missy Alice and Edith tell me how the good God up there say must not
+steal."
+
+"I am glad to hear you give that as a reason, Pablo," replied
+Humphrey, "as it proves that my sisters have not been teaching you in
+vain."
+
+"Like to hear Missy Alice talk; she talk grave. Missy Edith talk too,
+but she laugh very much; very fond Missy Edith, very happy little
+girl; jump about just like one of these kids we drive home; always
+merry. Hah! see cottage now; soon get home, Massa Humphrey. Missy
+Edith like see kids very much. Where we put them?"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX.
+
+
+"We will put them into the yard for the present. I mean that Holdfast
+shall take charge of them by-and-by. I will soon teach him."
+
+"Yes, he take charge of coat, or any thing I tell him; why not take
+charge of goats. Clever dog, Holdfast. Massa Humphrey, you think Massa
+Edward take away both his dogs, Smoker and Watch? I say better not
+take puppy. Take Smoker, and leave puppy."
+
+"I agree with you, Pablo. We ought to have two dogs here. I will speak
+to my brother. Now run forward and open the gate of the yard, and
+throw them some hay, Pablo, while I go and call my sisters."
+
+The flock of goats were much admired, and the next morning were driven
+out into the forest to feed, attended by Pablo and Holdfast. When it
+was dinner time, Pablo drove the flock near to the cottage, telling
+the dog to mind them. The sensible animal remained at once with the
+goats until Pablo's return from dinner; and it may be as well to
+observe here, that in a few days the dog took charge of them
+altogether, driving them home to the yard every evening; and as soon
+as the goats were put into the yard, the dog had his supper; and the
+dog took care, therefore, not to be too late. To return to our
+narrative.
+
+On Saturday, Humphrey and Pablo went to Lymington, to bring home
+Edward's clothes, and Humphrey made Pablo acquainted with all that he
+wanted to know, in case it might be necessary to send Pablo there
+alone.
+
+Edward remained with his sisters, as he was to leave them on the
+Monday.
+
+Sunday was passed as usual; they read the service at old Armitage's
+grave, and afterward they walked in the forest; for Sunday was the
+only day on which Alice could find time to leave her duties in the
+cottage. They were not more grave than usual at the idea of Edward's
+leaving them; but they kept up their spirits, as they were aware that
+it was for the advantage of all.
+
+On Monday morning, Edward, to please his sisters, put on his new
+clothes, and put his forester's dress in the bundle with his linen.
+Alice and Edith thought he looked very well in them, and said that it
+reminded them of the days of Arnwood. The fact was, that Edward
+appeared as he was--a gentleman born; that could not well be concealed
+under a forester's dress, and in his present attire it was undeniable.
+After breakfast, Billy was harnessed and brought to the cottage-door.
+Edward's linen was put in the cart, and as he had agreed with
+Humphrey, he took only Smoker with him, leaving the puppy at the
+cottage. Pablo went with him, to bring back the cart. Edward kissed
+his sisters, who wept at the idea of his leaving them, and, shaking
+hands with Humphrey, he set off to cross the forest.
+
+"Who would ever have believed this?" thought Edward, as he drove
+across the forest, "that I should put myself under the roof and under
+the protection of a Roundhead--one in outward appearance, and in the
+opinion of the world at least, if he is not so altogether in opinions.
+There is surely some spell upon me, and I almost feel as if I were a
+traitor to my principles. Why I know not, I feel a regard for that
+man, and a confidence in him. And why should I not? He knows my
+principles, my feelings against his party, and he respects them.
+Surely he can not wish to gain me over to his party; that were indeed
+ridiculous--a young forester--a youth unknown. No, he would gain
+nothing by that, for I am nobody. It must be from goodwill, and no
+other feeling. I have obliged him in the service I rendered his
+daughter, and he is grateful." Perhaps, had Edward put the question to
+himself, "Should I have been on such friendly terms with the
+intendant--should I have accepted his offer, if there had been no
+Patience Heatherstone?" he might then have discovered what was the
+"spell upon him" which had rendered him so tractable; but of that he
+had no idea. He only felt that his situation would be rendered more
+comfortable by the society of an amiable and handsome girl, and he
+inquired no further.
+
+His revery was broken by Pablo, who appeared tired of holding his
+tongue, and said, Massa Edward, you not like leave home--you think
+very much. Why you go there?"
+
+"I certainly do not like to leave home, Pablo, for I am very fond of
+my brother and sisters; but we can not always do as we wish in this
+world, and it is for their sakes, more than from my own inclinations,
+that I have done so."
+
+"Can't see what good you do Missy Alice and Missy Edith 'cause you go
+away. How it possible do good, and not with them? Suppose bad
+accident, and you away, how you do good? Suppose bad accident, and you
+at cottage, then you do good. I think, Massa Edward, you very
+foolish."
+
+Edward laughed at this blunt observation of Pablo's, and replied, "It
+is very true, Pablo, that I can not watch over my sisters, and protect
+them in person, when I am away; but there are reasons why I should go,
+nevertheless, and I may be more useful to them by going than by
+remaining with them. If I did not think so, I would not leave them.
+They know nobody, and have no friends in the world. Suppose anything
+was to happen to me--suppose both Humphrey and I were to die--for you
+know that we never know how soon that event may take place--who would
+there be to protect my poor sisters, and what would become of them? Is
+it not, therefore, wise that I should procure friends for them, in
+case of accident, who would look after them and protect them? and it
+is my hope, that by leaving them now, I shall make powerful and kind
+friends for them. Do you understand me?"
+
+"Yes, I see now; you think more than me, Massa Edward. I say just now,
+you foolish; I say now, Pablo great fool."
+
+"Besides, Pablo, recollect that I never would have left them as long
+as there was only Humphrey and I to look after them, because an
+accident might have happened to one of us; but when you came to live
+with us, and I found what a good, clever boy you were, and that you
+were fond of us all, I then said, 'Now I can leave my sisters, for
+Pablo shall take my place, and assist Humphrey to do what is required,
+and to take care of them.' Am I not right, Pablo?"
+
+"Yes, Massa Edward," replied Pablo, taking hold of Edward's wrist,
+"you quite right. Pablo does love Missy Alice, Missy Edith, Massa
+Humphrey, and you, Massa Edward; he love you all very much indeed; he
+love you so much that he die for you! Can do no more."
+
+"That is what I really thought of you, Pablo, and yet I am glad to
+hear it from your own mouth. If you had not come to live with us, and
+not proved so faithful, I could not have left to benefit my sisters;
+but you have induced me to leave, and they have to thank you if I am
+able to be of any service to them."
+
+"Well, Massa Edward, you go; never mind us, we make plenty of work; do
+every thing all the same as you."
+
+"I think you will, Pablo, and that is the reason why I have agreed to
+go away. But, Pablo, Billy is growing old, and you will want some more
+ponies." "Yes, Massa Edward; Massa Humphrey talk to me about ponies
+last night, and say plenty in the forest. Ask me if I think us able
+catch them. I say yes, catch one, two, twenty, suppose want them."
+
+"Ah! how will you do that, Pablo?"
+
+"Massa Edward, you tell Massa Humphrey no possible, so I no tell you
+how," replied Pablo, laughing. "Some day you come and see us, see five
+ponies in the stable. Massa Humphrey and I, we talk about, find out
+how; you see."
+
+"Well, then, I shall ask no more questions, Pablo; and when I see the
+ponies in the stable, then I'll believe it, and not before."
+
+"Suppose you want big horse for ride, catch big horse, Massa Edward,
+you see. Massa Humphrey very clever, he catch cow."
+
+"Catch gipsy," said Edward.
+
+"Yes," said Pablo, laughing, "catch cow, catch gipsy, and by-and-by
+catch horse."
+
+When Edward arrived at the intendant's house, he was very kindly
+received by the intendant and the two girls. Having deposited his
+wardrobe in his bedroom, he went out to Oswald and put Smoker in the
+kennel, and on his return found Pablo sitting on the carpet in the
+sitting-room, talking to Patience and Clara, and they all three
+appeared much amused. When Pablo and Billy had both had something to
+eat, the cart was filled with pots of flowers, and several, other
+little things as presents from Patience Heatherstone, and Pablo set
+off on his return.
+
+"Well, Edward, you do look like a--" said Clara, stopping.
+
+"Like a secretary, I hope," added Edward.
+
+"Well, you don't look like a forester; does he, Patience?" continued
+Clara.
+
+"You must not judge of people by their clothes, Clara."
+
+"Nor do I," replied Clara. "Those clothes would not look well upon
+Oswald, or the other men, for they would not suit them; but they do
+suit you: don't they, Patience?"
+
+Patience Heatherstone, however, did not make any answer to this second
+appeal made by Clara.
+
+"Why don't you answer me, Patience?", said Clara.
+
+"My dear Clara, it's not the custom for young maidens to make remarks
+upon people's attire. Little girls like you may do so."
+
+"Why, did you not tell Pablo that he looked well in his new clothes?"
+
+"Yes, but Pablo is not Mr. Armitage, Clara. That is very different."
+
+"Well, it may be, but still you might answer a question, if put to
+you, Patience: and I ask again, does not Edward look much better in
+the dress he has on than in the one that he has generally worn?"
+
+"I think it a becoming dress, Clara, since you will have an answer."
+
+"Fine feathers make fine birds, Clara," said Edward, laughing; "and so
+that is all we can say about it."
+
+Edward then changed the conversation. Soon afterward dinner was
+announced, and Clara again observed to Edward,
+
+"Why do you always call Patience Mistress Heatherstone? Ought he not
+to call her Patience, sir?" said Clara, appealing to the intendant.
+
+"That must depend upon his own feelings, my dear Clara," replied Mr.
+Heatherstone. "It is my intention to wave ceremony as much as
+possible. Edward Armitage has come to live with us as one of the
+family, and he will find himself treated by me as one of us. I shall,
+therefore, in future address him as Edward; and he has my full
+permission, and I may say it is my wish, that he should be on the same
+familiar terms with us all. When Edward feels inclined to address my
+daughter as he does you, by her name of baptism, he will, I dare say,
+now that he has heard my opinion, do so; and reserve 'Mistress
+Heatherstone,' for the time when they have a quarrel."
+
+"Then I hope he will never again address me that way," observed
+Patience, "for I am under too great obligations to him to bear even
+the idea of being on bad terms with him."
+
+"Do you hear that, Edward?" said Clara.
+
+"Yes, I do, Clara, and after such a remark you may be sure that I
+shall never address her in that way again."
+
+In a few days, Edward became quite at home. In the forenoon, Mr.
+Heatherstone dictated one or two letters to him, which he wrote; and
+after that his time was at his own disposal, and was chiefly passed in
+the company of Patience and Clara. With the first he had now become on
+the most intimate and brotherly footing; and when they addressed each
+other, Patience and Edward were the only appellations made use of.
+Once Mr. Heatherstone asked Edward whether he would not like to go out
+with Oswald to kill a deer, which he did; but the venison was hardly
+yet in season. There was a fine horse in the stable at Edward's order,
+and he often rode out with Patience and Clara; indeed his time passed
+so agreeably that he could hardly think it possible that a fortnight
+had passed away, when he asked permission to go over to the cottage
+and see his sisters. With the intendant's permission, Patience and
+Clara accompanied him; and the joy of Alice and Edith was great when
+they made their appearance. Oswald had, by Edward's request, gone over
+a day or two before, to tell them that they were coming, that they
+might be prepared; and the consequence was, that it was a holyday at
+the cottage. Alice had cooked her best dinner, and Humphrey and Pablo
+were at home to receive them.
+
+"How pleasant it will be, if we are to see you and Clara whenever we
+see Edward!" said Alice to Patience. "So far from being sorry that
+Edward is with you, I shall be quite glad of it."
+
+"I water the flowers every day," said Edith, "and they make the garden
+look so gay."
+
+"I will bring you plenty more in the autumn, Edith; but this is not
+the right time for transplanting flowers yet," replied Patience. "And
+now, Alice, you must take me to see your farm, for when I was here
+last I had no time; let us come now, and show me every thing."
+
+"But my dinner, Patience; I can not leave it, or it will be spoiled,
+and that will never do. You must either go with Edith now, or wait
+till after dinner, when I can get away."
+
+"Well, then, we will stay till after dinner, Alice, and we will help
+you to serve it up."
+
+"Thank you; Pablo generally does that, for Edith can not reach down
+the things. I don't know where he is."
+
+"He went away with Edward and Humphrey I think," said Edith. "I'll
+scold him when he comes back, for being out of the way."
+
+"Never mind, Edith, I can reach the dishes," said Patience, "and you
+and Clara can then take them, and the platters, and put them on the
+table for Alice."
+
+And Patience did as she proposed, and the dinner was soon afterward on
+the table. There was a ham, and two boiled fowls, and a piece of
+salted beef, and some roasted kid, besides potatoes and green peas;
+and when it is considered that such a dinner was bet on the table by
+such young people left entirely to their own exertions and. industry,
+it must be admitted that it did then and their farm great credit.
+
+In the mean time, Edward and Humphrey, after the first greetings were
+over, had walked out to converse, while Pablo had taken the horses
+into the stable.
+
+"Well, Humphrey how do you get on?"
+
+"Very well," replied Humphrey. "I have just finished a very tough job.
+I have dug out the saw-pit, and have sawed the slabs for the sides of
+the pit, and made it quite secure. The large fir-tree that was blown
+down is now at the pit, ready for sawing up into planks, and Pablo and
+I are to commence to-morrow. At first we made but a bad hand of sawing
+off the slabs, but before we had cut them all, we got on pretty well
+Pablo don't much like it, and indeed no more do I much, it is such
+mechanical work, and so tiring; but he does not complain--I do not
+intend that he shall saw more than two days in a week; that will be
+sufficient: we shall get on fast enough.
+
+"You are right, Humphrey; it is an old saying, that you must not work
+a willing horse to death. Pablo is very willing, but hard work he is
+not accustomed to.
+
+"Well, now you must come and look at my flock of goats, Edward, they
+are not far off. I have taught Holdfast to take care of them, and he
+never leaves them now, and brings them home at night. Watch always
+remains with me, and is an excellent dog, and very intelligent."
+
+"You have indeed a fine flock, Humphrey!" said Edward.
+
+"Yes, and they are improved in appearance already since they have been
+here. Alice has got her geese and ducks, and I have made a place large
+enough for them to wash in, until I have time to dig them out a pond."
+
+"I thought we had gathered more hay than you required; but with this
+addition, I think you will find none to spare before the spring."
+
+"So far from it, that I have been mowing down a great deal more,
+Edward, and it is almost ready to carry away. Poor Billy has had hard
+work of it, I assure you, since he came back, with one thing and
+another."
+
+"Poor fellow! but it won't last long, Humphrey," said Edward, smiling;
+"the other horses will soon take his place."
+
+"I trust they will," said Humphrey, "at all events by next spring;
+before that I do not expect that they will."
+
+"By-the-by, Humphrey, you recollect what I said to you that the robber
+I shot told me just before he died."
+
+"Yes, I do recollect it now," replied Humphrey; "but I had quite
+forgotten all about it till you mentioned it now, although I wrote it
+down that we might not forget it."
+
+"Well, I have been thinking all about it, Humphrey. The robber told me
+that the money was mine, taking me for another person; therefore I do
+not consider it was given to me, nor do I consider that it was his to
+give. I hardly know what to do about it, nor to whom the money can be
+said to belong."
+
+"Well, I think I can answer that question. The property of all
+malefactors belongs to the king; and therefore this money belongs to
+the king; and we may retain it for the king, or use it for his
+service."
+
+"Yes, it would have belonged to the king, had the man been condemned,
+and hung on the gallows as he deserved; but he was not, and therefore
+I think that it does not belong to the king."
+
+"Then it belongs to whoever finds it, and who keeps it till it is
+claimed--which will never be."
+
+"I think I must speak to the intendant about it," replied Edward; "I
+should feel more comfortable."
+
+"Then do so," replied Humphrey; "I think you are right to have no
+concealments from him."
+
+"But, Humphrey," replied Edward, laughing, "what silly fellows we are!
+we do not yet know whether we shall find any thing; we must first see
+if there is any thing buried there; and when we have done so, then we
+will decide how to act. I shall, if it please God, be over again in a
+fortnight, and in the mean time, do you find out the place, and
+ascertain if what the fellow said is true."
+
+"I will," replied Humphrey. "I will go to-morrow, with Billy and the
+cart, and take a spade and pickax with me. It may be a fool's errand,
+but still they say, and one would credit, for the honor of human
+nature, that the words of a dying man are those of truth. We had
+better go back now, for I think dinner must be ready."
+
+Now that they had become so intimate with Patience Heatherstone--and,
+I may add, so fond of her--there was no longer any restraint, and they
+had a very merry dinner party; and after dinner, Patience went out
+with Alice and Edith, and looked over the garden and farm. She wished
+very much to ascertain if there was any thing that they required, but
+she could discover but few things, and those only trifles; but she
+recollected them all, and sent them to the cottage a few days
+afterward. But the hour of parting arrived, for it was a long ride
+back, and they could not stay any longer if they wished to get home
+before dark, as Mr. Heatherstone had requested Edward that they should
+do; so the horses were brought out, and wishing good-by, they set off
+again--little Edith crying after them, "Come again soon! Patience, you
+must come again soon!"
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX.
+
+
+The summer had now advanced, when Oswald one day said to Edward,
+
+"Have you beard the news, sir?"
+
+"Nothing very particular," replied Edward; "I know that General
+Cromwell is over in Ireland, and they say very successful; but I have
+cared little for particulars."
+
+"They say a great deal more, sir," replied Oswald; "they say that the
+king is in Scotland, and that the Scotch have raised an army for him."
+
+"Indeed!" replied Edward, "that is news indeed! The intendant has
+never mentioned it to me."
+
+"I dare say not, sir; for he knows your feelings, and would sorry to
+part with you."
+
+"I will certainly speak to him on the subject," said Edward, at the
+"risk of his displeasure; and join the army I will, if I find what you
+say is true. I should hold myself a craven to remain here while the
+king is fighting for his own, and not to be at his side."
+
+"Well, sir, I think it is true, for I heard that the Parliament had
+sent over for General Cromwell to leave Ireland, and lead the troops
+against the Scotch army."
+
+"You drive me mad, Oswald! I will go to the intendant immediately!"
+
+Edward, much excited by the intelligence, went into the room where he
+usually sat with the intendant. The latter, who was at his desk,
+looked up, and saw how flushed Edward was, and said very quietly,
+
+"Edward, you are excited, I presume, from hearing the news which has
+arrived?"
+
+"Yes, sir, I am very much so; and I regret very much that I should be
+the last to whom such important news is made known."
+
+"It is, as you say, important news," replied the intendant; "but if
+you will sit down, we will talk a little upon the subject."
+
+Edward took a chair, and the intendant said,
+
+"I have no doubt that your present feeling is to go to Scotland, and
+join the army without delay."
+
+"Such is my intention, I candidly confess, sir. It is my duty."
+
+"Perhaps you may be persuaded to the contrary before we part," replied
+the intendant. "The first duty you owe is to your family in their
+present position; they depend upon you; and a false step on your part
+would be their ruin. How can you leave them, and leave my employ,
+without it being known for what purpose you are gone? It is
+impossible! I must myself make it known, and even then it would be
+very injurious to me, the very circumstance of my having one of your
+party in my service. I am suspected by many already, in consequence of
+the part I have taken against the murder of the late king, and also of
+the lords who have since suffered. But, Edward, I did not communicate
+this intelligence to you for many reasons. I knew that it would soon
+come to your ears, and I thought it better that I should be more
+prepared to show you that you may do yourself and me harm, and can do
+no good to the king. I will now show you that I do put confidence in
+you; and if you will read these letters, they will prove to you that I
+am correct in what I assert."
+
+The intendant handed three letters to Edward, by which it was evident
+that all the king's friends in England were of opinion that the time
+was not ripe for the attempt, and that it would be only a sacrifice to
+stir in the matter; that the Scotch army raised was composed of those
+who were the greatest enemies to the king, and that the best thing
+that could happen for the king's interest would be that they were
+destroyed by Cromwell; that it was impossible for the English
+adherents of Charles to join them, and that the Scotch did not wish
+them so to do.
+
+"You are no politician, Edward," said the intendant, smiling, as
+Edward laid the letters down on the table. "You must admit that, in
+showing you these letters, I have put the utmost confidence in you."
+
+"You have, indeed, sir; and, thanking you for having so done, I need
+hardly add that your confidence will never be betrayed."
+
+"That I am sure of; and I trust you will now agree with me and my
+friends that the best thing is to remain quiet."
+
+"Certainly, sir, and in future I will be guided by you."
+
+"That is all I require of you; and, after that promise, you shall hear
+all the news as soon as it arrives. There are thousands who are just
+as anxious to see the king on the throne again as you are, Edward--and
+you now know that I am one of them; but the hour is not yet come, and
+we must bide our time. Depend upon it, General Cromwell will scatter
+that army like chaff. He is on his march now. After what has passed
+between us this day, Edward, I shall talk unreserved to you on what is
+going on."
+
+"I thank you, sir, and I promise you faithfully, as I said before, not
+only to be guided by your advice, but to be most secret in all that
+you may trust me with."
+
+"I have confidence in you, Edward Armitage; and now we will drop the
+subject for the present; Patience and Clara want you to walk with
+them, so good-by for the present."
+
+Edward left the intendant, much pleased with the interview. The
+intendant kept his word, and concealed nothing from Edward. All turned
+out as the intendant had foretold. The Scotch army was cut to pieces
+by Cromwell, and the king retreated to the Highlands; and Edward now
+felt satisfied that he could do no better than be guided by the
+intendant in all his future undertakings.
+
+We must now pass over some time in a few words. Edward continued at
+the intendant's, and gave great satisfaction to Mr. Heatherstone. He
+passed his time very agreeably, sometimes going out to shoot deer with
+Oswald, and often supplying venison to his brother and sisters at the
+cottage. During the autumn, Patience very often went to the cottage,
+and occasionally Mr. Heatherstone paid them a visit; but after the
+winter set in, Edward came over by himself, shooting as he went; and
+when he and Smoker came to the cottage, Billy always had a journey to
+go for the venison left in the forest. Patience sent Alice many little
+things for the use of her and Edith, and some very good books for them
+to read; and Humphrey, during the evenings, read with his sisters,
+that they might learn what he could teach them. Pablo also learned to
+read and write. Humphrey and Pablo had worked at the saw-pit, and had
+sawed out a large quantity of boards and timber for building, but the
+building was put off till the spring.
+
+The reader may recollect that Edward had proposed to Humphrey that he
+should ascertain whether what the robber had stated before his death
+relative to his having concealed his ill-gotten wealth under the tree
+which was struck by lightning was true. About ten days afterward
+Humphrey set off on this expedition. He did not take Pablo with him,
+as, although he had a very good opinion of him, he agreed with Oswald
+that temptation should not be put in his way. Humphrey considered that
+it would be the best plan to go at once to Clara's cottage, and from
+that proceed to find the oak-tree mentioned by the robber. When he
+arrived at the thicket which surrounded the cottage, it occurred to
+him that he would just go through it and see if it was in the state
+which they had left it in; for after the intendant had been there, he
+had given directions to his men to remain and bury the bodies, and
+then to lock up the doors of the cottage, and bring the keys to him,
+which had been done. Humphrey tied Billy and the cart to a tree, and
+walked through the thicket. As he approached the cottage he heard
+voices; this induced him to advance very carefully, for he had not
+brought his gun with him. He crouched down as he came to the opening
+before the cottage. The doors and windows were open, and there were
+two men sitting outside, cleaning their guns; and in one of them
+Humphrey recognized the man Corbould, who had been discharged by the
+intendant as soon as his wound had been cured, and who was supposed to
+have gone to London. Humphrey was too far off to hear what they said;
+he remained there some time, and three more men came out of the
+cottage. Satisfied with what he had seen, Humphrey cautiously
+retreated, and, gaining the outside of the thicket, led away Billy and
+the cart over the turf, that the noise of the wheels might not be
+heard.
+
+"This bodes no good," thought Humphrey as he went along, every now and
+then looking back to ascertain if the men had come out and seen him.
+"That Corbould we know has vowed vengeance against Edward, and all of
+us; and has, no doubt, joined those robbers--for robbers they must be
+--that he may fulfill his vow. It is fortunate that I have made the
+discovery and I will send over immediately to the intendant." As soon
+as a clump of trees had shut out the thicket, and he had no longer any
+fear of being seen by these people, Humphrey went in the direction
+which the robber had mentioned, and soon afterward he perceived the
+oak scathed with lightning, which stood by itself on a green spot of
+about twenty acres. It had been a noble tree before it had been
+destroyed; now it spread its long naked arms, covering a large space
+of ground, but without the least sign of vegetation or life remaining.
+The trunk was many feet in diameter, and was apparently quite sound,
+although the tree was dead. Humphrey left Billy to feed on the herbage
+close by, and then, from the position of the sun in the heavens,
+ascertained the point at which he was to dig. First looking around him
+to see that he was not overlooked, he took his spade and pick-ax out
+of the cart and begun his task. There was a spot not quite so green as
+the rest. which Humphrey thought likely to be the very place that he
+should dig at, as probably it was not green from the soil having been
+removed. He commenced at this spot, and, after a few moments' labor,
+his pick-ax struck upon something hard, which, on clearing away the
+earth, he discovered to be a wooden lid of a box. Satisfied that he
+was right, Humphrey now worked hard, and in a few minutes he had
+cleared away sufficiently to be able to lift out the box and place it
+on the turf. He was about to examine it, when he perceived, at about
+five hundred yards' distance, three men coming toward him. "They have
+discovered me," thought Humphrey; "and I must be off as soon as I
+can." He ran to Billy, who was close to him, and bringing the cart to
+where the box lay, he lifted it in. As he was getting in himself, with
+the reins in his hands, he perceived that the three men were running
+toward him as fast as they could, and that they all had guns in their
+hands. They were not more than a hundred and fifty yards from him when
+Humphrey set off, putting Billy to a full trot.
+
+The three men, observing this, called out to Humphrey to stop, or they
+would fire; but Humphrey's only reply was giving a lash to Billy,
+which set him off at a gallop. The men immediately fired, and the
+bullets whistled past Humphrey without doing any harm. Humphrey looked
+round, and finding that he had increased his distance, pulled up the
+pony, and went at a more moderate pace. "You'll not catch me," thought
+Humphrey; "and your guns are not loaded, so I'll tantalize you a
+little." He made Billy walk, and turned round to see what the men were
+about; they had arrived at where he had dug out the box, and were
+standing round the hole, evidently aware that it was no use following
+him. "Now," thought Humphrey as he went along at a faster pace, "those
+fellows will wonder what I have been digging up. The villains little
+think that I know where to find them, and they have proved what they
+are by firing at me. Now, what must I do? They may follow me to the
+cottage, for I have no doubt that they know where we live, and that
+Edward is at the intendant's. They may come and attack us, and I dare
+not leave the cottage tonight, or send Pablo away, in case they
+should; but I will tomorrow morning." Humphrey considered, as he went
+along, all the circumstances and probabilities, and decided that he
+would act as he at first proposed to himself. In an hour he was at the
+cottage; and as soon as Alice had given him his dinner--for he was
+later than the usual dinner hour--he told her what had taken place.
+
+"Where is Pablo?"
+
+"He has been working in the garden with Edith all the day," replied
+Alice.
+
+"Well, dear, I hope they will not come tonight: tomorrow I will have
+them all in custody; but if they do come, we must do our best to beat
+them off. It is fortunate that Edward left the guns and pistols which
+he found in Clara's cottage, as we shall have no want of firearms; and
+we can barricade the doors and windows, so that they can not get in in
+a hurry; but I must have Pablo to help me, for there is no time to be
+lost."
+
+"But can not I help you, Humphrey?" said Alice. "Surely I can do
+something?" "We will see, Alice; but I think I can do without you. We
+have still plenty of daylight. I will take the box into your room."
+
+Humphrey, who had only taken the box out of the cart and carried it
+within the threshold of the door, now took it into his sisters'
+bedroom, and then went out and called Pablo, who came running to him.
+
+"Pablo," said Humphrey, "we must bring to the cottage some of the
+large pieces we sawed out for rafters; for I should not be surprised
+if the cottage were attacked this night." He then told Pablo what had
+taken place. "You see, Pablo, I dare not send to the intendant to-
+night, in case the robbers should come here."
+
+"No, not send to-night," said Pablo; "stay here and fight them; first
+make door fast, then cut hole to fire through."
+
+"Yes, that was my idea. You don't mind fighting them, Pablo?"
+
+"No; fight hard for Missy Alice and Missy Edith," said Pablo; "fight
+for you too, Massa Humphrey, and fight for myself," added Pablo,
+laughing.
+
+They then went for the pieces of squared timber, brought them from the
+saw-pit to the cottage, and very soon fitted them to the doors and
+windows, so as to prevent several men, with using all their strength,
+from forcing them open.
+
+"That will do," said Humphrey; "and now get me the small saw, Pablo,
+and I will cut a hole or two to fire through."
+
+It was dark before they had finished, and then they made all fast, and
+went to Pablo's room for the arms, which they got ready for service,
+and loaded.
+
+"Now we are all ready, Alice, so let us have our supper," said
+Humphrey. "We will make a fight for it, and they shall not get in so
+easily as they think."
+
+After they had had their supper, Humphrey said the prayers, and told
+his sisters to go to bed.
+
+"Yes, Humphrey, we will go to bed, but we will not undress, for if
+they come, I must be up to help you. I can load a gun, you know, and
+Edith can take them to you as fast as I load them. Won't you, Edith?"
+
+"Yes, I will bring you the guns, Humphrey, and you shall shoot them,"
+replied Edith.
+
+Humphrey kissed his sisters, and they went to their room. He then put
+a light in the chimney, that he might not have to get one in case the
+robbers came, and then desired Pablo to go and lie down on his bed, as
+he intended to do the same. Humphrey remained awake till past three
+o'clock in the morning, but no robbers came. Pablo was snoring loud,
+and at last Humphrey fell asleep himself, and did not wake till broad
+daylight. He got up, and found Alice and Edith were already in the
+sitting-room, lighting the fire.
+
+"I would not wake you, Humphrey, as you had been sitting up so long.
+The robbers have not made their appearance, that is clear; shall we
+unbar the door and window-shutters now?"
+
+"Yes, I think we may. Here, Pablo!"
+
+"Yes," replied Pablo, coming out half asleep; "what the matter? thief
+come?"
+
+"No," replied Edith, "thief not come, but sun shine, and lazy Pablo
+not get up."
+
+"Up now, Missy Edith."
+
+"Yes, but not awake yet."
+
+"Yes, Missy Edith, quite awake."
+
+"Well, then, help me to undo the door, Pablo."
+
+They took down the barricades, and Humphrey opened the door
+cautiously, and looked out.
+
+"They won't come now, at all events, I should think," observed
+Humphrey; "but there is no saying--they may be prowling about, and may
+think it easier to get in during daytime than at night. Go out, Pablo,
+and look about every where; take a pistol with you, and fire it off if
+there is any danger, and then come back as fast as you can."
+
+Pablo took the pistol, and then Humphrey went out of the door and
+looked well round in front of the cottage, but he would not leave the
+door till he was assured that no one was there. Pablo returned soon
+after, saying that he had looked round every where, and into the cow-
+house and yard, and there was nobody to be seen. This satisfied
+Humphrey, and they returned to the cottage.
+
+"Now, Pablo, get your breakfast, while I write the letter to the
+intendant," said Humphrey; "and then you must saddle Billy, and go
+over to him as fast as you can with the letter. You can tell him all I
+have not said in it. I shall expect you back at night, and some people
+with you."
+
+"I see," said Pablo, who immediately busied himself with some cold
+meat which Alice put before him. Pablo had finished his breakfast and
+brought Billy to the door, before Humphrey had finished his letter. As
+soon as it was written and folded, Pablo set off, as fast as Billy
+could go, to the other side of the forest.
+
+Humphrey continued on the look-out during the whole day, with his gun
+on his arm, and his two dogs by his side; for he knew the dogs would
+give notice of the approach of any one, long before he might see them;
+but nothing occurred during the whole day; and when the evening closed
+in he barricaded the doors and windows, and remained on the watch with
+the dogs, waiting for the coming of the robbers, or for the arrival of
+the party which he expected would be sent by the intendant to take the
+robbers. Just as it was dark, Pablo returned with a note from Edward,
+saying that he would be over, and at the cottage by ten o'clock, with
+a large party.
+
+Humphrey had said in his letter, that it would be better that any
+force sent by the intendant should not arrive till after dark, as the
+robbers might be near and perceive them, and then they might escape;
+he did not therefore expect them to come till some time after dark.
+Humphrey was reading a book--Pablo was dozing in the chimney corner--
+the two girls had retired into their room and had lain down on the bed
+in their clothes, when the dogs both gave a low growl.
+
+"Somebody come," said Pablo, starting up.
+
+Again the dogs growled, and Humphrey made a sign to Pablo to hold his
+tongue. A short time of anxious silence succeeded, for it was
+impossible to ascertain whether the parties were friends or enemies.
+The dogs now sprung up and barked furiously at the door, and as soon
+as Humphrey had silenced them, a voice was heard outside, begging for
+admission to a poor benighted traveler. This was sufficient; it could
+not be the party from the intendant's, but the robbers who wished to
+induce them to open the door. Pablo put a gun into Humphrey's hand,
+and took another for himself; he then removed the light into the
+chimney, and on the application from outside being repeated, Humphrey
+answered,
+
+"That he never opened the door at that hour of the night, and that it
+was useless their remaining."
+
+No answer or repetition of the request was made, but, as Humphrey
+retreated with Pablo into the fireplace, a gun was fired into the lock
+of the door, which was blown off into the room, and, had it not been
+for the barricades, the doors must have flown open. The robbers
+appeared surprised at such not being the case, and one of them
+inserted his arm into the hole made in the door, to ascertain what
+might be the further obstacle to open it, when Pablo slipped past
+Humphrey, and gaining the door, discharged his gun under the arm which
+had been thrust into the hole in the door. The party, whoever it might
+have been, gave a loud cry, and fell at the threshold outside.
+
+"I think that will do," said Humphrey: "we must not take more life
+than is necessary. I had rather that you had fired through his arm--it
+would have disabled him, and that would have sufficed."
+
+"Kill much better," said Pablo. "Corbould shot through leg, come again
+to rob; suppose shot dead, never rob more."
+
+The dogs now flew to the back of the cottage, evidently pointing out
+that the robbers were attempting that side. Humphrey put his gun
+through the hole in the door, and discharged it.
+
+"Why you do that, Massa Humphrey? nobody there!"
+
+"I know that, Pablo; but if the people are coming from the
+intendant's, they will see the flash and perhaps hear the report, and
+it will let them know what is going on."
+
+"There is another gun loaded, Humphrey," said Alice, who with Edith
+had joined them without Humphrey observing it.
+
+"Thanks, love; but you and Edith must not remain here; sit down on the
+hearth, and then you will be sheltered from any bullet which they may
+fire into the house. I have no fear of their getting in, and we shall
+have help directly, I have no doubt. Pablo, I shall fire through the
+back door; they must be there, for the dogs have their noses under it,
+and are so violent. Do you fire another gun, as a signal, through the
+hole in the front door."
+
+Humphrey stood within four feet of the back door, and fired just above
+where the dogs held their noses and barked. Pablo discharged his gun
+as directed, and then returned to reload the guns. The dogs were now
+more quiet, and it appeared as if the robbers had retreated from the
+back door. Pablo blew out the light, which had been put more in the
+center of the room when Alice and Edith took possession of the
+fireplace.
+
+"No fear, Missy Edith, I know where find every thing," said Pablo, who
+now went and peered through the hole in the front door, to see if the
+robbers were coming to it again; but he could see and hear nothing for
+some time.
+
+At last the attack was renewed; the dogs flew backward and forward,
+sometimes to one door and then to another, as if both were to be
+assailed; and at the same time a crash in Alice's bedchamber told them
+that the robbers had burst in the small window in that room, which
+Humphrey had not paid any attention to, as it was so small that a man
+could hardly introduce his body through it. Humphrey immediately
+called Holdfast and opened the door of the room, for he thought that a
+man forcing his way in would be driven back or held by the dog, and he
+and Pablo dared not leave the two doors. Watch, the other dog,
+followed Holdfast into the bedroom; and oaths and curses, mingled with
+the savage yells of the dogs, told them that a conflict was going on.
+Both doors were now battered with heavy pieces of timber at the same
+time, and Pablo said,
+
+"Great many robbers here."
+
+A moment or more had passed, during which Pablo and Humphrey had both
+again fired their guns through the door, when, of a sudden, other
+sounds were heard--shots were fired outside, loud cries, and angry
+oaths and exclamations.
+
+"The intendant's people are come," said Humphrey, "I am sure of it."
+
+Shortly afterward Humphrey heard his name called by Edward, and he
+replied, and went to the door and undid the barricades.
+
+"Get a light, Alice, dear," said Humphrey, "we are all safe now. I
+will open the door directly, Edward, but in the dark I can not see the
+fastenings."
+
+"Are you all safe, Humphrey?"
+
+"Yes, all safe, Edward. Wait till Alice brings a light,"
+
+Alice soon brought one, and then the door was unfastened. Edward
+stepped over the body of a man which lay at the threshold, saying--
+
+"You have settled somebody there, at all events," and then caught
+Edith and Alice in his arms.
+
+He was followed by Oswald and some other men, leading in the
+prisoners.
+
+"Bind that fellow fast, Oswald," said Edward. "Get another light,
+Pablo; let us see who it is that lies outside the door."
+
+"First see who is in my bedroom, Edward," said Alice, "for the dogs
+are still there."
+
+"In your bedroom, dearest? Well, then, let us go there first."
+
+Edward went in with Humphrey, and found a man half in the window and
+half out, held by the throat and apparently suffocated by the two
+dogs. He took the dogs off; and desiring the men to secure the robber,
+and ascertain whether he was alive or not, he returned to the sitting-
+room, and then went to examine the body outside the door.
+
+"Corbould, as I live!" cried Oswald.
+
+"Yes," replied Edward, "he has gone to his account. God forgive him!"
+
+On inquiry they found, that of all the robbers, to the number of ten,
+not one had escaped--eight they had made prisoners, Corbould, and the
+man whom the dogs had seized, and who was found to be quite dead, made
+up the number. The robbers were all bound and guarded; and then,
+leaving them under the charge of Oswald and five of his men, Edward
+and Humphrey set off with seven more to Clara's cottage, to ascertain
+if there were any more to be found there. They arrived by two o'clock
+in the morning, and, on knocking several times, the door was opened
+and they seized another man, the only one who was found in it. They
+then went back to the cottage with their prisoner, and by the time
+that they had arrived it was daylight. As soon as the party sent by
+the intendant had been supplied with a breakfast, Edward bade farewell
+to Humphrey and his sisters, that he might return and deliver up his
+prisoners. Pablo went with him to bring back the cart which carried
+the two dead bodies. This capture cleared the forest of the robbers
+which had so long infested it, for they never had any more attempts
+made from that time.
+
+Before Edward left, Humphrey and he examined the box which Humphrey
+had dug up from under the oak, and which had occasioned such danger to
+the inmates of the cottage; for one of the men stated to Edward that
+they suspected that the box which they had seen Humphrey dig out
+contained treasure, and that without they had seen him in possession
+of it, they never should have attacked the cottage, although Corbould
+had often persuaded them so to do; but as they knew that he was only
+seeking revenge--and they required money to stimulate them--they had
+refused, as they considered that there was nothing to be obtained in
+the cottage worth the risk, as they knew that the inmates had
+firearms, and would defend themselves. On examination of its contents,
+they found in the box a sum of 40 pounds in gold, a bag of silver, and
+some other valuables in silver spoons, candlesticks, and ornaments for
+women. Edward took a list of the contents, and when he returned he
+stated to the intendant all that had occurred, and requested to know
+what should be done with the money and other articles which Humphrey
+had found.
+
+"I wish you had said nothing to me about it," said the intendant,
+"although I am pleased with your open and fair dealing. I can not say
+any thing, except that you had better let Humphrey keep it till it is
+claimed--which, of course, it never will be. But, Edward, Humphrey
+must come over here and make his deposition, as I must report the
+capture of these robbers, and send them to trial. You had better go
+with the clerk and take the depositions of Pablo and your sisters,
+while Humphrey comes here. You can stay till his return. Their
+depositions are not of so much consequence as Humphrey's, as they can
+only speak as to the attack, but Humphrey's I must take down myself."
+
+When Patience and Clara heard that Edward was going over, they
+obtained leave to go with him to see Alice and Edith, and were to be
+escorted back by Humphrey. This the intendant consented to, and they
+had a very merry party. Humphrey remained two days at the intendant's
+house, and then returned to the cottage, where Edward had taken his
+place during his absence.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI.
+
+
+The winter set in very severe, and the falls of snow were very heavy
+and frequent. It was fortunate that Humphrey had been so provident in
+making so large a quantity of hay, or the stock would have been
+starved. The flock of goats, in a great part, subsisted themselves on
+the bark of trees and moss; at night they had some hay given to them,
+and they did very well. It was hardly possible for Edward to come over
+to see his brother and sisters, for the snow was so deep as to render
+such a long journey too fatiguing for a horse. Twice or thrice after
+the snow fell, he contrived to get over; but after that they knew it
+was impossible, and they did not expect him. Humphrey and Pablo had
+little to do except attending to the stock, and cutting firewood to
+keep up their supply, for they now burned it very fast. The snow lay
+several feet high round the cottage, being driven against it by the
+wind. They had kept a passage clear to the yard, and had kept the yard
+as clear of snow as possible: they could do no more. A sharp frost and
+clear weather succeeded to the snow-storms, and there appeared no
+chance of the snow melting away. The nights were dark and long, and
+their oil for their lamp was getting low. Humphrey was anxious to go
+to Lymington, as they required many things but it was impossible to go
+any where except on foot, and walking was, from the depth of the snow,
+a most fatiguing exercise. There was one thing, however, that Humphrey
+had not forgotten, which was, that he had told Edward that he would
+try and capture some of the forest ponies; and during the whole of the
+time since the heavy fall of snow had taken place he had been making
+his arrangements. The depth of the snow prevented the animals from
+obtaining any grass, and they were almost starved, as they could find
+nothing to subsist upon except the twigs and branches of trees which
+they could reach. Humphrey went out with Pablo, and found the herd,
+which was about five miles from the cottage, and near to Clara's
+cottage. He and Pablo brought with them as much hay as they could
+carry, and strewed it about, so as to draw the ponies nearer to them,
+and then Humphrey looked for a place which would answer his purpose.
+About three miles from the cottage, he found what he thought would
+suit him; there was a sort of avenue between the two thickets, about a
+hundred yards wide; and the wind blowing through this avenue, during
+the snow-storm, had drifted the snow at one end of it, and right
+across it raised a large mound several feet high. By strewing small
+bundles of hay, he drew the herd of ponies into this avenue; and in
+the avenue he left them a good quantity to feed upon every night for
+several nights, till at last the herd of ponies went there every
+morning.
+
+"Now, Pablo, we must make a trial," said Humphrey. "You must get your
+lassoes ready, in case they should be required. We must go to the
+avenue before daylight, with the two dogs, tie one upon one side of
+the avenue and the other on the other, that they may bark and prevent
+the ponies from attempting to escape through the thicket. Then we must
+get the ponies between us and the drift of snow which lies across the
+avenue, and try if we can not draw them into the drift. If so, they
+will plunge in so deep that some of them will not be able to get out
+before we have thrown the ropes round their necks."
+
+"I see," said Pablo; "very good--soon catch them."
+
+Before daylight they went with the dogs and a large bundle of hay,
+which they strewed nearer to the mound of drift-snow. They then tied
+the dogs up on each side, ordering them to lie down and be quiet. They
+then walked through the thicket so as not to be perceived, until they
+considered that they were far enough from the drift-snow. About
+daylight, the herd came to pick up the hay as usual, and after they
+had passed them Humphrey and Pablo followed in the thicket, not
+wishing to show themselves till the last moment. While the ponies were
+busy with the hay, they suddenly ran out into the avenue and
+separated, so as to prevent the ponies from attempting to gallop past
+them. Shouting as loud they could, as they ran up to the ponies, and
+calling to the dogs, who immediately set up barking on each side, the
+ponies, alarmed at the noise and the appearance of Humphrey and Pablo,
+naturally set off in the only direction which appeared to them to be
+clear, and galloped away over the mound of drift-snow, with their
+tails streaming, snorting and plunging in the snow as they hurried
+along; but as soon as they arrived at the mound of drift-snow, they
+plunged first up to their bellies, and afterward, as they attempted to
+force their way where the snow was deeper, many of them stuck fast
+altogether, and attempted to clear themselves in vain. Humphrey and
+Pablo, who had followed them as fast as they could run, now came up
+with them and threw the lasso over the neck of one, and ropes with
+slip-nooses over two more, which were floundering in the snow there
+together. The remainder of the herd, after great exertions, got clear
+of the snow by turning round and galloping back through the avenue.
+The three ponies captured made a furious struggle, but by drawing the
+ropes tight round their necks they were choked, and soon unable to
+move. They then tied their fore-legs, and loosed the ropes round their
+necks, that they might recover their breath.
+
+"Got them now, Massa Humphrey," said Pablo.
+
+"Yes; but our work is not yet over, Pablo; we must get them home; how
+shall we manage that?"
+
+"Suppose they no eat to-day and to-morrow, get very tame." "I believe
+that will be the best way; they can not get loose again, do all they
+can."
+
+"No, sir; but get one home to-day. This very fine pony; suppose we try
+him."
+
+Pablo then put the halter on, and tied the end short to the fore-leg
+of the pony, so that it could not walk without keeping its head close
+to the ground--if it raised its head, it was obliged to lift up its
+leg. Then he put the lasso round its neck, to choke it if it was too
+unruly, and having done that, he cast loose the ropes which had tied
+its fore-legs together.
+
+"Now, Massa Humphrey, we get him home somehow. First I go loose the
+dogs; he 'fraid of the dogs, and run t'other way."
+
+The pony, which was an iron-gray and very handsome, plunged furiously
+and kicked behind, but it could not do so without falling down, which
+it did several times before Pablo returned with the dogs. Humphrey
+held one part of the lasso on one side, and Pablo on the other,
+keeping the pony between them; and with the dogs barking at it behind,
+they contrived, with a great deal of exertion and trouble, to get the
+pony to the cottage. The poor animal, driven in this way on three
+legs, and every now and then choked with the lasso, was covered with
+foam before they arrived. Billy was turned out of his stable to make
+room for the new-comer, who was fastened securely to the manger and
+then left without food, that he might become tame. It was too late
+then, and they were too tired themselves to go for the other two
+ponies; so they were left lying on the snow all night, and the next
+morning they found they were much tamer than the first; and during the
+day, following the same plan, they were both brought to the stable and
+secured alongside of the other. One was a bay pony with black legs,
+and the other a brown one. The bay pony was a mare, and the other two
+horses. Alice and Edith were delighted with the new ponies, and
+Humphrey was not a little pleased that he had succeeded in capturing
+them, after what had passed between Edward and him. After two days'
+fasting, the poor animals were so tame that they ate out of Pablo's
+hand, and submitted to be stroked and caressed; and before they were a
+fortnight in the stable, Alice and Edith could go up to them without
+danger. They were soon broken in; for the yard being full of muck,
+Pablo took them into it and mounted them. They plunged and kicked at
+first, and tried all they could to get rid of him, but they sunk so
+deep into the muck that they were soon tired out; and after a month,
+they were all three tolerably quiet to ride.
+
+The snow was so deep all over the country that there was little
+communication with the metropolis. The intendant's letters spoke of
+King Charles raising another army in Holland, and that his adherents
+in England were preparing to join him as soon at he marched southward.
+
+"I think, Edward," said the intendant, "that the king's affairs do now
+wear a more promising aspect; but there is plenty of time yet. I know
+your anxiety to serve your king, and I can not blame it. I shall not
+prevent your going, although, of course, I must not appear to be
+cognizant of your having so done. When the winter breaks up I shall
+send you to London. You will then be better able to judge of what is
+going on, and your absence will not create any suspicion; but you must
+be guided by me."
+
+"I certainly will, sir," replied Edward. "I should, indeed, like to
+strike one blow for the king, come what will."
+
+"All depends upon whether they manage affairs well in Scotland; but
+there is so much jealousy and pride, and, I fear, treachery also, that
+it is hard to say how matters may end."
+
+It was soon after this conversation that a messenger arrived from
+London with letters, announcing that King Charles had been crowned in
+Scotland, with great solemnity and magnificence.
+
+"The plot thickens," said the intendant; "and by this letter from my
+correspondent, Ashley Cooper, I find that the king's army is well
+appointed, and that David Lesley is lieutenant-general; Middleton
+commands the horse, and Wemyss the artillery. That Wemyss is certainly
+a good officer, but was not true to the late king: may he behave
+better to the present! Now, Edward, I shall send you to London, and I
+will give you letters to those who will advise you how to proceed. You
+may take the black horse; he will bear you well. You will of course
+write to me, for Sampson will go with you, and you can send him back
+when you consider that you do not require or wish for his presence:
+there is no time to be lost, for, depend upon it, Cromwell, who is
+still at Edinburgh, will take the field as soon as he can. Are you
+ready to start to-morrow morning?"
+
+"Yes, sir, quite ready."
+
+"I fear that you can not go over to the cottage to bid farewell to
+your sisters; but, perhaps, it is better that you should not."
+
+"I think so too, sir," replied Edward; "now that the snow has nearly
+disappeared, I did think of going over, having been so long absent,
+but I must send Oswald over instead."
+
+"Well, then, leave me to write my letters, and do you prepare your
+saddle-bags. Patience and Clara will assist you. Tell Sampson to come
+to me."
+
+Edward went to Patience and Clara, and told them that he was to set
+off for London on the following morning, and was about to make his
+preparations.
+
+"How long do you remain, Edward?" inquired Patience.
+
+"I can not tell; Sampson goes with me, and I must, of course, be
+guided by your father. Do you know where the saddle-bags are,
+Patience?"
+
+"Yes; Phoebe shall bring them to your room."
+
+"And you and Clara must come and give me your assistance."
+
+"Certainly we will, if you require it; but I did not know that your
+wardrobe was so extensive."
+
+"You know that it is any thing but extensive, Patience; but that is
+the reason why your assistance is more required. A small wardrobe
+ought at least to be in good order; and what I would require is, that
+you would look over the linen, and where it requires a little repair,
+you will bestow upon it your charity."
+
+"That we will do, Clara;" replied Patience; "so get your needles and
+thread, and let us send him to London with whole linen. We will come
+when we are ready, sir."
+
+"I don't like his going to London at all," said Clara, "we shall be so
+lonely when he is gone."
+
+Edward had left the room, and having obtained the saddlebags from
+Phoebe had gone up to his chamber. The first thing that he laid hold
+of was his father's sword; he took it down, and having wiped it
+carefully, he kissed it, saying, "God grant that I may do credit to
+it, and prove as worthy to wield it as was my brave father!" He had
+uttered these words aloud; and again taking the sword, and laying it
+down on the bed, turned round, and perceived that Patience had,
+unknown to him, entered the room, and was standing close to him.
+Edward was not conscious that he had spoken aloud, and therefore
+merely said, "I was not aware of your presence, Patience. Your foot is
+so light."
+
+"Whose sword is that, Edward"?
+
+"It is mine; I bought it at Lymington."
+
+"But what makes you have such an affection for that sword?"
+
+"Affection for it?"
+
+"Yes; as I came into the room you kissed it as fervently as--"
+
+"As a lover would his mistress, I presume you would say," replied
+Edward.
+
+"Nay, I meant not to use such vain words. I was about to say, as a
+devout Catholic would a relic. I ask you again, Why so? A sword is but
+a sword. You are about to leave this on a mission of my father's. You
+are not a soldier, about to engage in strife and war; if you were, why
+kiss your sword?"
+
+"I will tell you. I do love this sword. I purchased it, as I told you,
+at Lymington, and they told me that it belonged to Colonel Beverley.
+It is for his sake that I love it. You know what obligations our
+family were under to him."
+
+"This sword was then wielded by Colonel Beverley, the celebrated
+Cavalier, was it?" said Patience, taking it off the bed, and examining
+it.
+
+"Yes, it was; and here, you see, are his initials upon the hilt."
+
+"And why do you take it to London with you? Surely it is not the
+weapon which should be worn by a secretary, Edward; it is too large
+and cumbrous, and out of character."
+
+"Recollect, that till these last few months I have been a forester,
+Patience, and not a secretary. Indeed, I feel that I am more fit for
+active life than the situation which your father's kindness has
+bestowed upon me. I was brought up, as you have heard, to follow to
+the wars, had my patron lived."
+
+Patience made no reply. Clara now joined them, and they commenced the
+task of examining the linen; and Edward left the room, as he wished to
+speak with Oswald. They did not meet again till dinner time. Edward's
+sudden departure had spread a gloom over them all--even the intendant
+was silent and thoughtful. In the evening he gave Edward the letters
+which he had written, and a considerable sum of money, telling him
+where he was to apply if he required more for his expenses. The
+intendant cautioned him on his behavior in many points, and also
+relative to his dress and carriage during his stay in the metropolis.
+
+"If you should leave London, there will be no occasion--nay, it would
+be dangerous to write to me. I shall take it for granted that you will
+retain Sampson till your departure, and when he returns here I shall
+presume that you have gone north. I will not detain you longer,
+Edward: may Heaven bless and protect you!"
+
+So saying, the intendant went away to his own room.
+
+"Kind and generous man!" thought Edward; "how much did I mistake you
+when we first met!"
+
+Taking up the letters and bag of money, which still remained on the
+table, Edward went to his room, and having placed the letters and
+money in the saddle-bag, he commended himself to the Divine Protector,
+and retired to rest.
+
+Before daylight, the sound of Sampson's heavy traveling-boots below
+roused up Edward, and he was soon dressed. Taking his saddle-bags on
+his arm, he walked softly down stairs, that he might not disturb any
+of the family; but when he was passing the sitting-room, he perceived
+that there was a light in it, and, on looking in, that Patience was up
+and dressed. Edward looked surprised, and was about to speak, when
+Patience said--
+
+"I rose early, Edward, because, when I took leave of you last night, I
+forgot a little parcel that I wanted to give you before you went. It
+will not take much room, and may beguile a weary hour. It is a little
+book of meditations. Will you accept it, and promise me to read it
+when you have time?"
+
+"I certainly will, my dear Patience--if I may venture on the
+expression--read it, and think of you."
+
+"Nay, you must read it, and think of what it contains," replied
+Patience.
+
+"I will, then. I shall not need the book to remind me of Patience
+Heatherstone, I assure you."
+
+"And now, Edward, I do not pretend to surmise the reason of your
+departure, nor would it be becoming in me to attempt to discover what
+my father thinks proper to be silent upon; but I must beg you to
+promise one thing."
+
+"Name it, dear Patience," replied Edward; "my heart is so full at the
+thought of leaving you, that I feel I can refuse you nothing."
+
+"It is this: I have a presentiment, I know not why, that you are about
+to encounter danger. If so, be prudent--be prudent for the sake of
+your dear sisters--be prudent for the sake of all your friends, who
+would regret you--promise me that."
+
+"I do promise you, most faithfully, Patience, that I will ever have my
+sisters and you in my thoughts, and will not be rash under any
+circumstances."
+
+"Thank you, Edward; may God bless you and preserve you!"
+
+Edward first kissed Patience's hand, that was held in his own; but,
+perceiving the tears starting in her eyes, he kissed them off, without
+any remonstrance on her part, and then left the room. In a few moments
+more he was mounted on a fine, powerful black horse, and, followed by
+Sampson, on his road to London.
+
+We will pass over the journey, which was accomplished without any
+event worthy of remark. Edward had, from the commencement, called
+Sampson to his side, that he might answer the questions he had to make
+upon all that he saw, and which, the reader must be aware, was quite
+new to one whose peregrinations had been confined to the New Forest
+and the town adjacent. Sampson was a very powerful man, of a cool and
+silent character, by no means deficient in intelligence, and
+trustworthy withal. He had long been a follower of the intendant, and
+had served in the army. He was very devout, and generally, when not
+addressed, was singing hymns in a low voice.
+
+On the evening of the second day, they were close to the metropolis,
+and Sampson pointed out to Edward St. Paul's Cathedral and Westminster
+Abbey, and other objects worthy of note.
+
+"And where are we to lodge, Sampson?" inquired Edward.
+
+"The best hotel that I know of for man and beast is the 'Swan with
+Three Necks,' in Holborn. It is not over-frequented by roisterers, and
+you will there be quiet, and, if your affairs demand it, unobserved."
+
+"That will suit me, Sampson: I wish to observe and not be observed,
+during my stay in London."
+
+Before dark they had arrived at the hotel, and the horses were in the
+stable. Edward had procured an apartment to his satisfaction, and,
+feeling fatigued with his two days' traveling, had gone to bed.
+
+The following morning he examined the letters which had been given to
+him by the intendant, and inquired of Sampson if he could direct him
+on his way. Sampson knew London well; and Edward set out to Spring
+Gardens, to deliver a letter, which the intendant informed him was
+confidential, to a person of the name of Langton. Edward knocked and
+was ushered in, Sampson taking a seat in the hall, while Edward was
+shown into a handsomely-furnished library, where he found himself in
+the presence of a tall, spare man, dressed after the fashion of the
+Roundheads of the time. He presented the letter. Mr. Langton bowed,
+and requested Edward to sit down; and, after Edward had taken a chair,
+he then seated himself and opened the letter.
+
+"You are right welcome, Master Armitage," said Mr. Langton; "I find
+that, young as you appear to be, you are in the whole confidence of
+our mutual friend, Master Heatherstone. He hints at your being
+probably obliged to take a journey to the north, and that you will be
+glad to take charge of any letters which I may have to send in that
+direction. I will have them ready for you; and, in case of need, they
+will be such as will give a coloring to your proceeding, provided you
+may not choose to reveal your true object. How wears our good friend
+Heatherstone and his daughter?"
+
+"Quite well, sir."
+
+"And he told me in one of his former letters that he had the daughter
+of our poor friend Ratcliffe with him. Is it not so?"
+
+"It is, Master Langton; and a gentle, pretty child as you would wish
+to see."
+
+"When did you arrive in London?"
+
+"Yesterday evening, sir."
+
+"And do you purpose any stay?"
+
+"That I can not answer, sir; I must be guided by your advice. I have
+naught to do here, unless it be to deliver some three or four letters,
+given me by Mr. Heatherstone."
+
+"It is my opinion, Master Armitage, that the less you are seen in this
+city the better; there are hundreds employed to find out new-comers,
+and to discover, from their people, or by other means, for what
+purpose they may have come; for you must be aware, Master Armitage,
+that the times are dangerous, and people's minds are various. In
+attempting to free ourselves from what we considered despotism, we
+have created for ourselves a worse despotism, and one that is less
+endurable. It is to be hoped that what has passed will make not only
+kings but subjects wiser than they have been. Now, what do you
+propose--to leave this instantly?"
+
+"Certainly, if you think it advisable."
+
+"My advice, then, is to leave London immediately. I will give you
+letters to some friends of mine in Lancashire and Yorkshire; in either
+county you can remain unnoticed, and make what preparations you think
+necessary. But do nothing in haste--consult well, and be guided by
+them, who will, if it is considered advisable and prudent, join with
+you in your project. I need say no more. Call upon me to-morrow
+morning, an hour before noon, and I will have letters ready for you."
+
+Edward rose to depart, and thanked Mr. Langton for his kindness.
+
+"Farewell, Master Armitage," said Langton; "to-morrow, at the eleventh
+hour!"
+
+Edward then quitted the house, and delivered the other letters of
+credence; the only one of importance at the moment was the one of
+credit; the others were to various members of the Parliament, desiring
+them to know Master Armitage as a confidential friend of the
+intendant, and, in case of need, to exert their good offices in his
+behalf. The letter of credit was upon a Hamburgh merchant, who asked
+Edward if he required money. Edward replied that he did not at
+present, but that he had business to do for his employer in the north,
+and might require some when there, if it was possible to obtain it so
+far from London.
+
+"When do you set out, and to what town do you go?"
+
+"That I can not well tell until to-morrow."
+
+"Call before you leave this, and I will find some means of providing
+for you as you wish."
+
+Edward then returned to the hotel. Before he went to bed, he told
+Sampson that he found that he had to leave London on Mr.
+Heatherstone's affairs, and might be absent some time; he concluded by
+observing that he did not consider it necessary to take him with him,
+as he could dispense with his services, and Mr. Heatherstone would be
+glad to have him back.
+
+"As you wish, sir," replied Sampson. "When am I to go back?"
+
+"You may leave to-morrow as soon as you please. I have no letter to
+send. You may tell them that I am well, and will write as soon as I
+have any thing positive to communicate."
+
+Edward then made Sampson a present, and wished him a pleasant journey.
+
+At the hour appointed on the following day, Edward repaired to Mr.
+Langton, who received him very cordially.
+
+"I am all ready for you, Master Armitage; there is a letter to two
+Catholic ladies in Lancashire, who will take great care of you; and
+here is one to a friend of mine in Yorkshire. The ladies live about
+four miles from the town of Bolton, and my Yorkshire friend in the
+city of York. You may trust to any of them. And now, farewell; and, if
+possible, leave London before nightfall--the sooner the better. Where
+is your servant?"
+
+"He has returned to Master Heatherstone this morning."
+
+"You have done right. Lose no time to leave London; and don't be in a
+hurry in your future plans. You understand me. If any one accosts you
+on the road, put no trust in any professions. You, of course, are
+going down to your relations in the north. Have you pistols?"
+
+"Yes, sir; I have a pair which did belong to the unfortunate Mr.
+Ratcliffe."
+
+"Then they are good ones, I'll answer for it; no man was more
+particular about his weapons, or knew how to use them better.
+Farewell, Master Armitage, and may success attend you!"
+
+Mr. Langton held out his hand to Edward, who respectfully took his
+leave.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII.
+
+
+Edward was certain that Mr. Langton would not have advised him to
+leave London if he had not considered that it was dangerous to remain.
+He therefore first called upon the Hamburgh merchant, who, upon his
+explanation, gave him a letter of credit to a friend who resided in
+the city of York; and then returned to the hotel, packed up his
+saddle-bags, paid his reckoning, and, mounting his horse, set off on
+the northern road. As it was late in the afternoon before he was clear
+of the metropolis, he did not proceed farther than Barnet, where he
+pulled up at the inn. As soon as he had seen his horse attended to,
+Edward, with his saddle-bags on his arm, went into the room in the inn
+where all the travelers congregated. Having procured a bed, and given
+his saddle-bags into the charge of the hostess, he sat down by the
+fire, which, although it was warm weather, was nevertheless kept
+alight.
+
+Edward had made no alteration in the dress which he had worn since he
+had been received in the house of Mr. Heatherstone. It was plain,
+although of good materials. He wore a high-crowned hat, and,
+altogether, would, from his attire, have been taken for one of the
+Roundhead party. His sword and shoulder-belt were indeed of more gay
+appearance than those usually worn by the Roundheads; but this was the
+only difference.
+
+When Edward first entered the room, there were three persons in it,
+whose appearance was not very prepossessing. They were dressed in what
+had once been gay attire, but which now exhibited tarnished lace,
+stains of wine, arid dust from traveling. They eyed him as he entered
+with his saddle-bags, and one of them said--
+
+"That's a fine horse you were riding, sir. Has he much speed?"
+
+"He has," replied Edward, as he turned away and went into the bar to
+speak with the hostess, and give his property into her care.
+
+"Going north, sir?" inquired the same person when Edward returned.
+
+"Not exactly," replied Edward, walking to the window to avoid further
+conversation.
+
+"The Roundhead is on the stilts," observed another of the party.
+
+"Yes," replied the first; "it is easy to see that he has not been
+accustomed to be addressed by gentlemen; for half a pin I would slit
+his ears!"
+
+Edward did not choose to reply; he folded his arms and looked at the
+man with contempt.
+
+The hostess, who had overheard the conversation, now called for her
+husband, and desired him to go into the room and prevent any further
+insults to the young gentleman who had just come in. The host, who
+knew the parties, entered the room, and said--
+
+"Now you'll clear out of this as fast as you can; be off with you, and
+go to the stables, or I'll send for somebody whom you will not like."
+
+The three men rose and swaggered, but obeyed the host's orders, and
+left the room.
+
+"I am sorry, young master, that these roisterers should have affronted
+you, as my wife tells me that they have. I did not know that they were
+in the house. We can not well refuse to take in their horses; but we
+know well who they are, and, if you are traveling far, you had better
+ride in company."
+
+"Thank you for your caution, my good host," replied Edward; "I thought
+that they were highwaymen, or something of that sort."
+
+"You have made a good guess, sir; but nothing has yet been proved
+against them, or they would not be here. In these times we have
+strange customers, and hardly know who we take in. You have a good
+sword there, sir, I have no doubt; but I trust that you have other
+arms."
+
+"I have," replied Ed ward, opening his doublet, and showing his
+pistols.
+
+"That's right, sir. Will you take any thing before you go to bed?"
+
+"Indeed I will, for I am hungry; any thing will do, with a pint of
+wine."
+
+As soon as he had supped, Edward asked the hostess for his saddle-
+bags, and went up to his bed.
+
+Early the next morning he rose and went to the stable to see his horse
+fed. The three men were in the stables, but they did not say any thing
+to him. Edward returned to the inn, called for breakfast, and as soon
+as he had finished, took out his pistols to renew the priming. While
+so occupied, he happened to look up, and perceived one of the men with
+his face against the window, watching him. "Well, now you see what you
+have to expect, if you try your trade with me," thought Edward. "I am
+very glad that you have been spying." Having replaced his pistols,
+Edward paid his reckoning, and went to the stable, desiring the
+hostler to saddle his horse and fix on his saddle-bags. As soon as
+this was done, he mounted and rode off. Before he was well clear of
+the town, the highwaymen cantered past him on three well-bred active
+horses. "I presume we shall meet again," thought Edward, who for some
+time cantered at a gentle pace, and then, as his horse was very fresh,
+he put him to a faster pace, intending to do a long day's work. He had
+ridden about fifteen miles, when he came to a heath, and, as he
+continued at a fast trot, he perceived the three highwaymen about a
+quarter of a mile in advance of him; they were descending a hill which
+was between them, and he soon lost sight of them again. Edward now
+pulled up his horse to let him recover his wind, and walked him gently
+up the hill. He had nearly gained the summit when he heard the report
+of firearms, and soon afterward a man on horseback, in full speed,
+galloped over the hill toward him. He had a pistol in his hand, and
+his head turned back. The reason for this was soon evident, as
+immediately after him appeared the three highwaymen in pursuit. One
+fired his pistol at the man who fled, and missed him. The man then
+fired in return, and with true aim, as one of the highwaymen fell. All
+this was so sudden, that Edward had hardly time to draw his pistol and
+put spurs to his horse, before the parties were upon him, and were
+passing him. Edward leveled at the second highwayman as he passed him,
+and the man fell. The third highwayman, perceiving this, turned his
+horse to the side of the road, cleared a ditch, and galloped away
+across the heath. The man who had been attacked had pulled up his
+horse when Edward came to his assistance, and now rode up to him,
+saying,
+
+"I have to thank you, sir, for your timely aid; for these rascals were
+too many for me."
+
+"You are not hurt, I trust, sir?" replied Edward. "No, not the least;
+the fellow singed my curls though, as you may perceive. They attacked
+me about half a mile from here. I was proceeding north when I heard
+the clatter of hoofs behind me; I looked round and saw at once what
+they were, and I sprung my horse out of the road to a thicket close to
+it, that they might not surround me. One of the three rode forward to
+stop my passage, and the other two rode round to the back of the
+thicket to get behind me. I then saw that I had separated them, and
+could gain a start upon them by riding back again, which I did, as
+fast as I could, and they immediately gave chase. The result you saw.
+Between us we have broken up the gang; for both these fellows seem
+dead, or nearly so."
+
+"What shall we do with them?"
+
+"Leave them where they are," replied the stranger. "I am in a hurry to
+get on. I have important business at the city of York, and can not
+waste my time in depositions, and such nonsense. It is only two
+scoundrels less in the world, and there's an end of the matter."
+
+As Edward was equally anxious to proceed, he agreed with the stranger,
+that it was best to do as he proposed.
+
+"I am also going north," replied Edward, "and am anxious to get there
+as soon as I can."
+
+"With your permission we will ride together," said the stranger. "I
+shall be the gainer, as I shall feel that I have one with me who is to
+be trusted to in case of any further attacks during our journey."
+
+There was such a gentlemanlike, frank, and courteous air about the
+stranger, that Edward immediately assented to his proposal, of their
+riding in company for mutual protection. He was a powerful, well-made
+man, of apparently about one or two-and-twenty, remarkably handsome in
+person, dressed richly, but not gaudily, in the Cavalier fashion, and
+wore a hat with a feather. As they proceeded, they entered into
+conversation on indifferent matters for some time, neither party
+attempting by any question to discover who his companion might be.
+Edward had more than once, when the conversation flagged for a minute,
+considered what reply he should give in case his companion should ask
+him the cause of his journey, and at last had made up his mind what to
+say.
+
+A little before noon they pulled up to bait their horses at a small
+village; the stranger observing that he avoided St. Alban's, and all
+other large towns, as he did not wish to satisfy the curiosity of
+people, or to have his motions watched; and therefore, if Edward had
+no objection, he knew the country so well, that he could save time by
+allowing him to direct their path. Edward was, as may be supposed,
+very agreeable to this, and, during their whole journey, they never
+entered a town, except they rode through it after dark; and put up at
+humble inns on the roadside, where, if not quite so well attended to,
+at all events they were free from observation.
+
+It was, however, impossible that this reserve could continue long, as
+they became more and more intimate every day. At last the stranger
+said,
+
+"Master Armitage, we have traveled together for some time,
+interchanging thoughts and feelings, but with due reserve as respects
+ourselves and our own plans. Is this to continue? If so, of course you
+have but to say so; but if you feel inclined to trust me, I have the
+same feeling toward you. By your dress I should imagine that you
+belonged to a party to which I am opposed; but your language and
+manners do not agree with your attire; and I think a hat and feathers
+would grace that head better than the steeple-crowned affair which now
+covers it. It may be that the dress is only assumed as a disguise: you
+know best. However, as I say, I feel confidence in you, to whatever
+party you may belong, and I give you credit for your prudence and
+reserve in these troubled times. I am a little older than you, and may
+advise you; and I am indebted to you, and can not therefore betray
+you--at least I trust you believe so."
+
+"I do believe it," replied Edward; "and I will so far answer you,
+Master Chaloner, that this attire of mine is not the one which I would
+wear, if I had my choice."
+
+"I believe that," replied Chaloner; "and I can not help thinking you
+are bound north on the same business as myself, which is, I confess to
+you honestly, to strike a blow for the king. If you are on the same
+errand, I have two old relations in Lancashire, who are stanch to the
+cause; and I am going to their house to remain until I can join the
+army. If you wish it, you shall come with me, and I will promise you
+kind treatment and safety while under their roof."
+
+"And the names of these relatives of yours, Master Chaloner?" said
+Edward.
+
+"Nay, you shall have them; for when I trust, I trust wholly. Their
+name is Conynghame."
+
+Edward took his letters from out of his side-pocket, and handed one of
+them to his fellow-traveler. The address was, "To the worthy Mistress
+Conynghame, of Portlake, near Bolton, county of Lancashire."
+
+"It is to that address that I am going myself," said Edward, smiling.
+"Whether it is the party you refer to, you best know."
+
+Chaloner burst out with a loud laugh.
+
+"This is excellent! Two people meet, both bound on the same business,
+both going to the same rendezvous, and for three days do not venture
+to trust each other."
+
+"The times require caution," replied Edward, as he replaced his
+letter.
+
+"You are right," answered Chaloner, "and you are of my opinion. I know
+now that you have both prudence and courage. The first quality has
+been scarcer with us Cavaliers than the last; however, now, all
+reserve is over, at least on my part."
+
+"And on mine also," replied Edward. Chaloner then talked about the
+chances of the war. He stated that King Charles's army was in a good
+state of discipline, and well found in everything; that there were
+hundreds in England who would join it, as soon as it had advanced far
+enough into England; and that every thing wore a promising appearance.
+
+"My father fell at the battle of Naseby, at the head of his
+retainers," said Chaloner, after a pause; "and they have contrived to
+fine the property, so that it has dwindled from thousands down to
+hundreds. Indeed, were it not for my good old aunts, who will leave me
+their estates, and who now supply me liberally, I should be but a poor
+gentleman."
+
+"Your father fell at Naseby?" said Edward. "Were you there?"
+
+"I was," replied Chaloner.
+
+"My father also fell at Naseby," said Edward.
+
+"Your father did?" replied Chaloner; "I do not recollect the name--
+Armitage--he was not in command there, was he?" continued Chaloner.
+
+"Yes, he was," replied Edward.
+
+"There was none of that name among the officers that I can recollect,
+young sir," replied Chaloner, with an air of distrust. "Surely you
+have been misinformed."
+
+"I have spoken the truth," replied Edward; "and have now said so much
+that I must, to remove your suspicion say more than perhaps I should
+have done. My name is not Armitage, although I have been so called for
+some time. You have set me the example of confidence, and I will
+follow it. My father was Colonel Beverley, of Prince Rupert's troop."
+
+Chaloner started with astonishment.
+
+"I'm sure that what you say is true," at last said he; "for I was
+thinking who it was that you reminded me of. You are the very picture
+of your father. Although a boy at the time, I knew him well, Master
+Beverley; a more gallant Cavalier never drew sword. Come, we must be
+sworn friends in life and death, Beverley," continued Chaloner,
+extending his hand, which was eagerly grasped by Edward, who then
+confided to Chaloner the history of his life. When he had concluded,
+Chaloner said,
+
+"We all heard of the firing of Arnwood, and it is at this moment
+believed that all the children perished. It is one of the tales of woe
+that our nurses repeat to the children, and many a child has wept at
+your supposed deaths. But tell me, now, had you not fallen in with me,
+was it your intention to have joined the army under your assumed name
+of Armitage?"
+
+"I hardly know what I intended to do. I wanted a friend to advise me."
+
+"And you have found one, Beverley. I owe my life to you, and I will
+repay the debt as far as is in my power. You must not conceal your
+name to your sovereign; the very name of Beverley is a passport, but
+the son of Colonel Beverley will be indeed welcomed. Why, the very
+name will be considered as a harbinger of good fortune. Your father
+was the best and truest soldier that ever drew sword; and his memory
+stands unrivaled for loyalty and devotion. We are near to the end of
+our journey; yonder is the steeple of Bolton church. The old ladies
+will be out of their wits when they find that they have a Beverley
+under their roof."
+
+Edward was much delighted at this tribute paid to his father's memory;
+and the tears more than once started into his eyes as Chaloner renewed
+his praise.
+
+Late in the evening they arrived at Portlake, a grand old mansion
+situated in a park crowded with fine old timber. Chaloner was
+recognized, as they rode up the avenue, by one of the keepers, who
+hastened forward to announce his arrival; and the domestics had opened
+the door for them before they arrived at it. In the hall they were met
+by the old ladies, who expressed their delight at seeing their nephew,
+as they had had great fear that something had happened to him.
+
+"And something did very nearly happen to me," replied Chaloner, "had
+it not been for the timely assistance of my friend here, who,
+notwithstanding his Puritan attire, I hardly need tell you, is a
+Cavalier devoted to the good cause, when I state that he is the son of
+Colonel Beverley, who fell at Naseby with my good father."
+
+"No one can be more welcome, then," replied the old ladies, who
+extended their hands to Edward. They then went into a sitting-room,
+and supper was ordered to be sent up immediately.
+
+"Our horses will be well attended to, Edward," said Chaloner; "we need
+not any longer look after them ourselves. And now, good aunts, have
+you no letters for me?"
+
+"Yes, there are several; but you had better eat first."
+
+"Not so; let me have the letters; we can read them before supper, and
+talk them over when at table."
+
+One of the ladies produced the letters, which Chaloner, as he read
+them, handed over to Edward for his perusal. They were from General
+Middleton, and some other friends of Chaloner's who were with the
+army, giving him information as to what was going on, and what their
+prospects were supposed to be.
+
+"You see that they have marched already," said Chaloner, "and I think
+the plan is a good one, and it has put General Cromwell in an awkward
+position. Our army is now between his and London, with three days'
+march in advance. And we shall now be able to pick up our English
+adherents, who can join us without risk, as we go along. It has been a
+bold step, but a good one; and if they only continue as well as they
+have begun, we shall succeed. The Parliamentary army is not equal to
+ours in numbers, as it is; and we shall add to ours dayly. The king
+has sent to the Isle of Man for the Earl of Derby, who is expected to
+join to-morrow."
+
+"And where is the army at this moment?" inquired Edward.
+
+"They will be but a few miles from us to-night, their march is so
+rapid; to-morrow we will join, if it pleases."
+
+"Most willingly," replied Edward.
+
+After an hour's more conversation, they were shown into their rooms,
+and retired for the night.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII.
+
+
+The next morning, before they had quitted their beds, a messenger
+arrived with letters from General Middleton, and from him they found
+that the king's army had encamped on the evening before not six miles
+from Portlake. As they hastily dressed themselves, Chaloner proposed
+to Edward that a little alteration in his dress would be necessary;
+and taking him to a wardrobe in which had been put aside some suits of
+his own, worn when he was a younger and slighter-made man than he now
+was, he requested Edward to make use of them. Edward, who was aware
+that Chaloner was right in his proposal, selected two suits of colors
+which pleased him most; and dressing in one, and changing his hat for
+one more befitting his new attire, was transformed into a handsome
+Cavalier. As soon as they had broken their fast they took leave of the
+old ladies, and mounting their horses set off for the camp. An hour's
+ride brought them to the outposts; and communicating with the officer
+on duty, they were conducted by an orderly to the tent of General
+Middleton, who received Chaloner with great warmth as an old friend,
+and was very courteous to Edward as soon as he heard that he was the
+son of Colonel Beverley.
+
+"I have wanted you, Chaloner," said Middleton; "we are raising a troop
+of horse; the Duke of Buckingham commands it, but Massey will be the
+real leader of it; you have influence in this county, and will, I have
+no doubt, bring us many good hands."
+
+"Where is the Earl of Derby?"
+
+"Joined us this morning; we have marched so quick that we have not had
+time to pick our adherents up."
+
+"And General Leslie?"
+
+"Is by no means in good spirits: why, I know not. We have too many
+ministers with the army, that is certain, and they do harm; but we can
+not help ourselves. His majesty must be visible by this time; if you
+are ready, I will introduce you; and, when that is done, we will talk
+matters over."
+
+General Middleton then walked with them to the house in which the king
+had taken up his quarters for the night; and after a few minutes'
+waiting in the anteroom, they were admitted into his presence.
+
+"Allow me, your majesty," said General Middleton, after the first
+salutations, "to present to you Major Chaloner, whose father's name is
+not unknown to you."
+
+"On the contrary, well known to us," replied the king, "as a loyal and
+faithful subject whose loss we must deplore. I have no doubt that his
+son inherits his courage and his fidelity."
+
+The king held out his hand, and Chaloner bent his knee and kissed it.
+
+"And now, your majesty will be surprised that I should present to you
+one of a house supposed to be extinct--the eldest son of Colonel
+Beverley."
+
+"Indeed!" replied his majesty; "I heard that all his family perished
+at the ruthless burning of Arnwood. I hold myself fortunate, as a
+king, that even one son of so loyal and brave a gentleman as Colonel
+Beverley has escaped. You are welcome, young sir--most welcome to us;
+you must be near us; the very name of Beverley will be pleasing to our
+ears by night or day."
+
+Edward knelt down and kissed his majesty's hand, and the king said--
+
+"What can we do for a Beverley? let us know, that we may show our
+feelings toward his father's memory."
+
+"All I request is, that your majesty will allow me to be near you in
+the hour of danger," replied Edward.
+
+"A right Beverley reply," said the king; "and so we shall see to it,
+Middleton."
+
+After a few more courteous words from his majesty, they withdrew, but
+General Middleton was recalled by the king for a minute or two to
+receive his commands. When he rejoined Edward and Chaloner, he said to
+Edward--
+
+"I have orders to send in for his majesty's signature your commission
+as captain of horse, and attached to the king's personal staff; it is
+a high compliment to the memory of your father, sir, and, I may add,
+your own personal appearance. Chaloner will see to your uniforms and
+accouterments; you are well mounted, I believe; you have no time to
+lose, as we march to-morrow for Warrington, in Cheshire."
+
+"Has any thing been heard of the Parliamentary army?"
+
+"Yes; they are on the march toward London by the Yorkshire road,
+intending to cut us off if they can. And now, gentlemen, farewell; for
+I have no idle time, I assure you."
+
+Edward was soon equipped, and now attended upon the king. When they
+arrived at Warrington, they found a body of horse drawn up to oppose
+their passage onward. These were charged, and fled with a trifling
+loss; and as they were known to be commanded by Lambert, one of
+Cromwell's best generals, there was great exultation in the king's
+army; but the fact was, that Lambert had acted upon Cromwell's orders,
+which were to harass and delay the march of the king as much as
+possible, but not to risk with his small force any thing like an
+engagement. After this skirmish it was considered advisable to send
+back the Earl of Derby and many other officers of importance into
+Lancashire, that they might collect the king's adherents in that
+quarter and in Cheshire. Accordingly the earl, with about two hundred
+officers and gentlemen, left the army with that intention. It was then
+considered that it would be advisable to march the army direct to
+London; but the men were so fatigued with the rapidity of the march up
+to the present time, and the weather was so warm, that it was decided
+in the negative; and as Worcester was a town well affected to the
+king, and the country abounded with provisions, it was resolved that
+the army should march there, and wait for English re-enforcements.
+This was done; the city opened the gates with every mark of
+satisfaction, and supplied the army with all that it required. The
+first bad news which reached them was the dispersion and defeat of the
+whole of the Earl of Derby's party, by a regiment of militia which had
+surprised them at Wigan during the night, when they were all asleep,
+and had no idea that any enemy was near to them. Although attacked at
+such disadvantage, they defended themselves till a large portion of
+them was killed, and the remainder were taken prisoners, and most of
+them brutally put to death. The Earl of Derby was made a prisoner, but
+not put to death with the others.
+
+"This is bad news, Chaloner," said Edward.
+
+"Yes; it is more than bad," replied the latter; "we have lost our best
+officers, who never should have left the army; and now the
+consequences of the defeat will be, that we shall not have any people
+come forward to join us. The winning side is the right side in this
+world; and there is more evil than that; the Duke of Buckingham has
+claimed the command of the army, which the king has refused, so that
+we are beginning to fight among ourselves. General Leslie is evidently
+dispirited, and thinks bad of the cause. Middleton is the only man who
+does his duty. Depend upon it, we shall have Cromwell upon us before
+we are aware of it; and we are in a state of sad confusion: officers
+quarreling, men disobedient, much talking, and little doing. Here we
+have been five days, and the works which have been proposed to be
+thrown up as defenses, not yet begun."
+
+"I can not but admire the patience of the king, with so much to harass
+and annoy him."
+
+"He must be patient, perforce," replied Chaloner; "he plays for a
+crown, and it is a high stake; but he can not command the minds of
+men, although he may the persons. I am no croaker, Beverley, but if we
+succeed with this army, as at present disorganized, we shall perform a
+miracle."
+
+"We must hope for the best," replied Edward; "common danger may cement
+those who would otherwise be asunder; and when they have the army of
+Cromwell before them, they may be induced to forget their private
+quarrels and jealousies, and unite in the good cause."
+
+"I wish I could be of your opinion, Beverley," replied Chaloner; "but
+I have mixed with the world longer than you have, and I think
+otherwise."
+
+Several more days passed, during which no defenses were thrown up, and
+the confusion and quarreling in the army continued to increase, until
+at last news arrived that Cromwell was within half a day's march of
+them, and that he had collected all the militia on his route, and was
+now in numbers nearly double to those in the king's army. All was
+amazement and confusion--nothing had been done--no arrangements had
+been made--Chaloner told Edward that all was lost if immediate steps
+were not taken.
+
+On the 3d of October, the army of Cromwell appeared in sight. Edward
+had been on horseback, attending the king, for the best part of the
+night; the disposition of the troops had been made as well as it
+could; and it was concluded, as Cromwell's army remained quiet, that
+no attempt would be made on that day. About noon the king returned to
+his lodging, to take some refreshment after his fatigue. Edward was
+with him; but before an hour had passed, the alarm came that the
+armies were engaged. The king mounted his horse, which was ready
+saddled at the door; but before he could ride out of the city, he was
+met and nearly beaten back by the whole body almost of his own
+cavalry, who came running on with such force that he could not stop
+them. His majesty called to several of the officers by name, but they
+paid no attention; and so great was the panic, that both the king and
+his staff, who attended him, were nearly overthrown, and trampled
+under foot.
+
+Cromwell had passed a large portion of his troops over the river
+without the knowledge of the opponents, and when tho attack was made
+in so unexpected a quarter, a panic ensued. Where General Middleton
+and the Duke Hamilton commanded, a very brave resistance was made; but
+Middleton being wounded, Duke Hamilton having his leg taken off by a
+round-shot, and many gentlemen having fallen, the troops, deserted by
+the remainder of the army, at last gave way, and the rout was general,
+the foot throwing away their muskets before they were discharged.
+
+His majesty rode back into the town, and found a body of horse, who
+had been persuaded by Chaloner to make a stand. "Follow me," said his
+majesty; "we will see what the enemy are about. I do not think they
+pursue, and if so, we may yet rally from this foolish panic."
+
+His majesty, followed by Edward, Chaloner, and several of his personal
+staff, then galloped out to reconnoiter; but to his mortification he
+found that the troops had not followed him, but gone out of the town
+by the other gate, and that the enemy's cavalry in pursuit were
+actually in the town. Under such circumstances, by the advice of
+Chaloner and Edward, his majesty withdrew, and, turning his horse's
+head, he made all haste to leave Worcester. After several hours'
+riding, the king found himself in company of about 4000 of the cavalry
+who had so disgracefully fled; but they were still so panic-struck
+that he could put no confidence in them, and having advised with those
+about him, he resolved to quit them. This he did without mentioning
+his intention to any of his staff, not even Chaloner or Edward--
+leaving at night with two of his servants, whom he dismissed as soon
+as it was daylight, considering that his chance of escape would be
+greater if he were quite alone.
+
+It was not till the next morning that they discovered that the king
+had left them, and then they determined to separate, and, as the major
+portion were from Scotland, to make what haste they could back to that
+country. And now Chaloner and Edward consulted as to their plans.
+
+"It appears to me," said Edward, laughing, "that the danger of this
+campaign of ours will consist in getting back again to our own homes,
+for I can most safely assert that I have not as yet struck a blow for
+the king."
+
+"That is true enough, Beverly. When do you purpose going back to the
+New Forest? I think, if you will permit me, I will accompany you,"
+said Chaloner. "All the pursuit will be to the northward, to intercept
+and overtake the retreat into Scotland. I can not therefore go to
+Lancashire; and, indeed, as they know that I am out, they will be
+looking for me every where."
+
+"Then come with me," said Edward, "I will find you protection till you
+can decide what to do. Let us ride on away from this, and we will talk
+over the matter as we go; but depend upon it. the further south we get
+the safer we shall be, but still not safe, unless we can change our
+costume. There will be a strict search for the king to the south, as
+they will presume that he will try to get safe to France. Hark! what
+is that? I heard the report of arms. Let us ride up this hill and see
+what is going on."
+
+They did so, and perceived that there was a skirmish between a party
+of Cavaliers and some of the Parliamentary cavalry, at about a quarter
+of a mile distant.
+
+"Come, Chaloner, let us at all events have one blow," said Edward.
+
+"Agreed," replied Chaloner, spurring his horse; and down they went at
+full speed, and in a minute were in the melee, coming on the rear of
+the Parliamentary troops.
+
+This sudden attack from behind decided the affair. The Parliamentary
+troopers, thinking that there were more than two coming upon them,
+made off after another minute's combat, leaving five or six of their
+men on the ground.
+
+"Thanks, Chaloner! thanks, Beverley!" said a voice which they
+immediately recognized. It was that of Grenville, one of the king's
+pages. "These fellows with me were just about to run, if you had not
+come to our aid. I will remain with them no longer, but join you if
+you will permit me. At all events, remain here till they go away--I
+will send them off."
+
+Grenville then said to the men, "My lads, you must all separate, or
+there will be no chance of escape. No more than two should ride
+together. Depend upon it, we shall have more of the troops here
+directly."
+
+The men, about fifteen in number, who had been in company with
+Grenville, considered that Chaloner's advice was good, and without
+ceremony set off, with their horses' heads to the northward, leaving
+Chaloner, Edward, and Grenville together on the field of the affray.
+About a dozen men were lying on the ground, either dead or severely
+wounded: seven of them were of the king's party, and the other five of
+the Parliamentary troops.
+
+"Now, what I propose," said Edward, "is this: let us do what we can
+for those who are wounded, and then strip off the dresses and
+accouterments of those Parliamentary dragoons who are dead, and dress
+ourselves in them, accouterments and all. We can then pass through the
+country in safety, as we shall be supposed to be one of the parties
+looking for the king."
+
+"That is a good idea," replied Chaloner, "and the sooner it is done
+the better."
+
+"Well," said Edward, wiping his sword, which he still held drawn, and
+then sheathing it, "I will take the spoils of this fellow nearest to
+me: he fell by my hand, and I am entitled to them by the laws of war
+and chivalry; but first, let us dismount and look to the wounded."
+
+They tied their horses to a tree, and having given what assistance
+they could to the wounded men, they proceeded to strip three of the
+Parliamentary troopers; and then laying aside their own habiliments,
+they dressed themselves in the uniform of the enemy, and, mounting
+their horses, made all haste from the place. Having gained about
+twelve miles, they pulled up their horses, and rode at a more
+leisurely pace. It was now eight o'clock in the evening, but still not
+very dark; they therefore rode on another five miles, till they came
+to a small village, where they dismounted at an ale-house, and put
+their horses into the stable.
+
+"We must be insolent and brutal in our manners, or we shall be
+suspected."
+
+"Very true," said Grenville, giving the hostler a kick, and telling
+him to bestir himself, if he did not want his ears cropped.
+
+They entered the ale-house, and soon found out they were held in great
+terror. They ordered every thing of the best to be produced, and
+threatened to set fire to the house if it was not; they turned the man
+and his wife out of their bed, and all three went to sleep in it; and,
+in short, they behaved in such an arbitrary manner, that nobody
+doubted that they were Cromwell's horse. In the morning they set off
+again by Chaloner's advice, paying for nothing that they had ordered,
+although they had all of them plenty of money. They now rode fast,
+inquiring at the places which they passed through, whether any
+fugitives had been seen, and, if they came to a town, inquiring,
+before they entered, whether there were any Parliamentary troops. So
+well did they manage, that after four days they had gained the skirts
+of the New Forest, and concealed themselves in a thicket till night-
+time, when Edward proposed that he should conduct his fellow-travelers
+to the cottage, where he would leave them till his plans were
+adjusted.
+
+Edward had already arranged his plans. His great object was to ward
+off any suspicion of where he had been, and, of course, any idea that
+the intendant had been a party to his acts; and the fortunate change
+of his dress enabled him now to do so with success. He had decided to
+conduct his two friends to the cottage that night, and the next
+morning to ride over in his Parliamentary costume to the intendant's
+house, and bring the first news of the success of Cromwell and the
+defeat at Worcester; by which stratagem it would appear as if he had
+been with the Parliamentary, and not with the Jacobite, army.
+
+As they had traveled along, they found that the news of Cromwell's
+success had not yet arrived: in those times there was not the rapidity
+of communication that we now have, and Edward thought it very probable
+that he would be the first to communicate the intelligence to the
+intendant and those who resided near him.
+
+As soon as it was dusk the three travelers left their retreat, and,
+guided by Edward, soon arrived at the cottage. Their appearance at
+first created no little consternation, for Humphrey and Pablo happened
+to be in the yard, when they heard the clattering of the swords and
+accouterments, and through the gloom observed, as they advanced, that
+the party were troopers. At first, Humphrey was for running on and
+barring the door; but, on a second reflection, he felt that he could
+not do a more imprudent thing if there was danger; and he therefore
+contented himself with hastily imparting the intelligence to his
+sisters, and then remaining at the threshold to meet the coming of the
+parties. The voice of Edward calling him by name dissipated all alarm,
+and in another minute he was in the arms of his brother and sisters.
+
+"First, let us take our horses to the stables, Humphrey," said Edward,
+after the first greeting was over, "and then we will come and partake
+of any thing that Alice can prepare for us, for we have not fared over
+well for the last three days."
+
+Accompanied by Humphrey and Pablo, they all went to the stables, and
+turned out the ponies to make room for the horses; and as soon as they
+were all fed and littered down, they returned to the cottage, and
+Chaloner and Grenville were introduced. Supper was soon on the table,
+and they were too hungry to talk while they were eating, so that but
+little information was gleaned from them that night. However, Humphrey
+ascertained that all was lost, and that they had escaped from the
+field previous to Alice and Edith leaving the room to prepare beds for
+the new-comers. When the beds were ready, Chaloner and Grenville
+retired, and then Edward remained half an hour with Humphrey, to
+communicate to him what had passed. Of course he could not enter into
+detail; but told him that he would get information from their new
+guests after he had left, which he must do early in the morning.
+
+"And now, Humphrey, my advice is this. My two friends can not remain
+in this cottage, for many reasons; but we have the key of Clara's
+cottage, and they can take up their lodging there, and we can supply
+them with all they want, until they find means of going abroad, which
+is their intention. I must be off to the intendant's to-morrow, and
+the day after I will come over to you. In the mean time, our guests
+can remain here, while you and Pablo prepare the cottage for them; and
+when I return every thing shall be settled, and we will conduct them
+to it. I do not think there is much danger of their being discovered
+while they remain there, certainly not so much as if they were here;
+for we must expect parties of troops in every direction now, as they
+were when the king's father made his escape from Hampton Court. And
+now to bed, my good brother; and call me early, for I much fear that I
+shall not wake up if you do not."
+
+The brothers then parted for the night.
+
+The next morning, long before their guests were awake, Edward had been
+called by Humphrey, and found Pablo at the door with his horse.
+Edward, who had put on his Parliamentary accouterments, bade a hasty
+farewell to them, and set off across the forest to the house of the
+intendant, where he arrived before they had left their bedrooms. The
+first person he encountered was, very fortunately, Oswald, who was at
+his cottage door. Edward beckoned to him, being then about one hundred
+yards off; but Oswald did not recognize him at first, and advanced
+toward him in a very leisurely manner, to ascertain what the trooper
+might wish to inquire. But Edward called him Oswald, and that was
+sufficient. In a few words Edward told him how all was lost, and how
+he had escaped by changing clothes with one of the enemy.
+
+"I am now come to bring the news to the intendant, Oswald. You
+understand me, of course?"
+
+"Of course I do, Master Edward, and will take care that it is well
+known that you have been fighting by the side of Cromwell all this
+time. I should recommend you to show yourself in this dress for the
+remainder of the day, and then every one will be satisfied. Shall I go
+to the intendant's before you?"
+
+"No, no, Oswald; the intendant does not require me to be introduced to
+him, of course. I must now gallop up to his house and announce myself.
+Farewell for the present--I shall see you during the day."
+
+Edward put spurs to his horse, and arrived at the intendant's at full
+speed, making no small clattering in the yard below as he went in,
+much to the surprise of Sampson, who came out to ascertain what was
+the cause, and who was not a little surprised at perceiving Edward,
+who threw himself off the horse, and desiring Sampson to take it to
+the stable, entered the kitchen, and disturbed Phoebe, who was
+preparing breakfast. Without speaking to her, Edward passed on to the
+intendant's room, and knocked.
+
+"Who is there?" said the intendant.
+
+"Edward Armitage," was the reply; and the door was opened. The
+intendant started back at the sight of Edward in the trooper's
+costume.
+
+"My dear Edward, I am glad to see you in any dress, but this requires
+explanation. Sit down and tell me all."
+
+"All is soon told, sir," replied Edward, taking off his iron skull-
+cap, and allowing his hair to fall down on his shoulders.
+
+He then, in a few words, stated what had happened, and by what means
+he had escaped, and the reason why he had kept on the trooper's
+accouterments, and made his appearance in them.
+
+"You have done very prudently," replied the intendant, "and you have
+probably saved me; at all events, you have warded off all suspicion,
+and those who are spies upon me will now have nothing to report,
+except to my favor. Your absence has been commented upon, and made
+known at high quarters, and suspicion has arisen in consequence. Your
+return as one of the Parliamentary forces will now put an end to all
+ill-natured remarks. My dear Edward, you have done me a service. As my
+secretary, and having been known to have been a follower of the
+Beverleys, your absence was considered strange, and it was intimated
+at high quarters that you had gone to join the king's forces, and that
+with my knowledge and consent. This I have from Langton; and it has in
+consequence injured me not a little: but now your appearance will make
+all right again. Now we will first to prayers, and then to breakfast;
+and after that we will have a more detailed account of what has taken
+place since your departure. Patience and Clara will not be sorry to
+recover their companion; but how they will like you in that dress I
+can not pretend to say. However, I thank God that you have returned
+safe to us; and I shall be most happy to see you once more attend in
+the more peaceful garb of a secretary."
+
+"I will, with your permission, sir, not quit this costume for one day,
+as it may be as well that I should be seen in it."
+
+"You are right, Edward: for this day retain it; to-morrow you will
+resume your usual costume. Go down to the parlor; you will find
+Patience and Clara anxiously waiting for you, I have no doubt. I will
+join you there in ten minutes."
+
+Edward left the room, and went down stairs. It hardly need be said how
+joyfully he was received by Patience and Clara. The former, however,
+expressed her joy in tears--the latter, in wild mirth.
+
+We will pass over the explanations and the narrative of what had
+occurred, which was given by Edward to Mr. Heatherstone in his own
+room. The intendant said, as he concluded.
+
+"Edward, you must now perceive that, for the present, nothing more can
+be done; if it pleases the Lord, the time will come when the monarch
+will be reseated on his throne; at present, we must bow to the powers
+that be; and I tell you frankly, it is my opinion that Cromwell aims
+at sovereignty and will obtain it. Perhaps it may be better that we
+should suffer the infliction for a time, as for a time only can it be
+upheld, and it may be the cause of the king being more schooled and
+more fitted to reign than, by what you have told me in the course of
+your narrative, he at present appears to be."
+
+"Perhaps so, sir," replied Edward. "I must say that the short campaign
+I have gone through has very much opened my eyes. I have seen but
+little true chivalric feeling, and much of interested motives, in
+those who have joined the king's forces. The army collected was
+composed of most discordant elements, and were so discontented, so
+full of jealousy and ill-will, that I am not surprised at the result.
+One thing is certain, that there must be a much better feeling
+existing between all parties before such a man as Cromwell can ever be
+moved from his position; and, for the present, the cause may be
+considered as lost."
+
+"You are right, Edward," replied the intendant; "I would they were
+better, but as they are, let us make the best of them. You have now
+seen enough to have subdued that fiery zeal for the cause which
+previously occupied your whole thoughts; now let us be prudent, and
+try if we can not be happy."
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV.
+
+
+It was only to Oswald that Edward made known what had occurred; he
+knew that he was to be trusted. The next day, Edward resumed his
+forester's dress, while another one was preparing for him, and went
+over to the cottage, where, with the consent of the intendant, he
+proposed remaining for a few days. Of course, Edward had not failed to
+acquaint the intendant with his proposed plans relative to Chaloner
+and Grenville, and received his consent; at the same time advising
+that they should gain the other side of the Channel as soon as they
+possibly could. Edward found them all very anxious for his arrival.
+Humphrey and Pablo had been to the cottage, which they had found
+undisturbed since the capture of the robbers, and made every thing
+ready for the reception of the two Cavaliers, as, on their first
+journey, they took with them a cart-load of what they knew would be
+necessary. Chaloner and Grenville appeared to be quite at home
+already, and not very willing to shift their quarters. They, of
+course, still retained their troopers' clothes, as they had no other
+to wear until they could be procured from Lymington; but, as we have
+before mentioned, they were in no want of money. They had been amusing
+the girls and Humphrey with a description of what had occurred during
+the campaign, and Edward found that he had but little to tell them, as
+Chaloner had commenced his narrative with an account of his first
+meeting with Edward when he had been attacked by the highwaymen. As
+soon as he could get away, Edward went out with Humphrey to have some
+conversation with him.
+
+"Now, Humphrey, as you have pretty well heard all my adventures since
+our separation, let me hear what you have been doing."
+
+"I have no such tales of stirring interest to narrate as Chaloner has
+been doing as your deputy, Edward," replied Humphrey. "All I can say
+is, that we have had no visitors--that we have longed for your return
+--and that we have not been idle since you quitted us."
+
+"What horses were those in the stable," said Ed ward, "that you turned
+out to make room for ours when we arrived?"
+
+Humphrey laughed, and then informed Edward of the manner in which they
+had succeeded in capturing them.
+
+"Well, you really deserve credit, Humphrey, and certainly were not
+born to be secluded in this forest."
+
+"I rather think that I have found that I was born for it," replied
+Humphrey, "although, I must confess, that since you have quitted us, I
+have not felt so contented here as I did before. You have returned,
+and you have no idea what an alteration I see in you since you have
+mixed with the world, and have been a party in such stirring scenes."
+
+"Perhaps so, Humphrey," replied Edward; "and yet do you know, that,
+although I so ardently wished to mix with the world, and to follow the
+wars, I am any thing but satisfied with what I have seen of it; and so
+far from feeling any inclination to return to it, I rather feel more
+inclined to remain here, and remain in quiet and in peace. I have been
+disappointed, that is the truth. There is a great difference between
+the world such as we fancy it when we are pining for it, and the world
+when we actually are placed within the vortex, and perceive the secret
+springs of men's actions. I have gained a lesson, but not a
+satisfactory one, Humphrey; it may be told in a very few words. It is
+a most deceitful and hollow world! and that is all said in a few
+words."
+
+"What very agreeable, pleasant young men are Master Chaloner and
+Grenville," observed Humphrey.
+
+"Chaloner I know well," replied Edward; "he is to be trusted, and he
+is the only one in whom I have been able to place confidence, and
+therefore I was most fortunate in falling in with him as I did on my
+first starting. Grenville, I know little about; we met often, it is
+true, but it was in the presence of the king, being both of us on his
+staff; at the same time, I must acknowledge that I know nothing
+against him; and this I do know, which is, that he is brave."
+
+Edward then narrated what had passed between the intendant and him
+since his return; and how well satisfied the intendant had been with
+his ruse in returning to him in the dress of a trooper.
+
+"Talking about that, Edward, do you not think it likely that we shall
+have the troopers down here in search of the king?"
+
+"I wonder you have not had them already," replied Edward.
+
+"And what shall we do if they arrive?"
+
+"That is all prepared for," replied Edward; "although, till you
+mentioned it, I had quite forgotten it. The intendant was talking with
+me on the subject last night, and here is an appointment for you as
+verderer, signed by him, which you are to use as you may find
+necessary; and here is another missive, ordering you to receive into
+your house two of the troopers who may be sent down here, and find
+them quarters and victuals, but not to be compelled to receive more.
+Until the search is over, Chaloner and Grenville must retain their
+accouterments and remain with us. And, Humphrey, if you have not made
+any use of the clothes which I left here--I mean the first dress I had
+made when I was appointed secretary, and which I thought rather too
+faded to wear any longer--I will put it on now, as should any military
+come here as scouters to the intendant, I shall have some authority
+over them."
+
+"It is in your chest, where you left it, Edward. The girls did propose
+to make two josephs out of it for winter wear, but they never have
+thought of it since, or have not had time. By-the-by, you have not
+told me what you think of Alice and Edith after your long absence."
+
+"I think they are both very much grown and very much improved,"
+replied Edward; "but I must confess to you that I think it is high
+time that they were, if possible, removed from their present homely
+occupations, and instructed as young ladies should be."
+
+"But how, Edward, is that to be?"
+
+"That I can not yet tell, and it grieves me that I can not; but still
+I see the necessity of it, if ever we are to return to our position in
+society."
+
+"And are we ever to return?"
+
+"I don't know. I thought little of it before I went away and mixed in
+society; but since I have been in the world, I have been compelled to
+feel that my dear sisters are not in their sphere, and I have resolved
+upon trying if I can not find a more suitable position for them. Had
+we been successful I should have had no difficulty, but now I hardly
+know what to do."
+
+"I have not inquired about Mistress Patience, brother; how is she?"
+
+"She is as good and as handsome as ever, and very much grown; indeed,
+she is becoming quite womanly."
+
+"And Clara?"
+
+"Oh, I do not perceive any difference in her: I think she is grown,
+but I hardly observed her. Here comes Chaloner; we will tell him of
+our arrangements in case we are disturbed by the military parties."
+
+"It is a most excellent arrangement," said Chaloner, when Edward had
+made the communication; "and it was a lucky day when I first fell in
+with you, Beverley."
+
+"Not Beverley, I pray you; that name is to be forgotten; it was only
+revived for the occasion."
+
+"Very true; then, Master Secretary Armitage, I think the arrangement
+excellent: the only point will be to find out what troops are sent
+down in this direction, as we must of course belong to some other
+regiment, and have been pursued from the field of battle. I should
+think that Lambert's squadrons will not be this way."
+
+"We will soon ascertain that; let your horses be saddled and
+accoutered, so that should any of them make their appearance, the
+horses may be at the door. It is my opinion that they will be here
+some time to-day."
+
+"I fear that it will be almost impossible for the king to escape,"
+observed Chaloner. "I hardly know what to think of his leaving us in
+that way."
+
+"I have reflected upon it," replied Edward, "and I think it was
+perhaps prudent: some were to be trusted and some not; it was
+impossible to know who were and who were not--he therefore trusted
+nobody. Besides, his chance of escape, if quite alone, is greater than
+if in company."
+
+"And yet I feel a little mortified that he did not trust me,"
+continued Edward; "my life was at his service."
+
+"He could no more read your heart, than he could mine or others,"
+observed Chaloner; "and any selection would have been invidious: on
+the whole, I think he acted wisely, and I trust that it will prove so.
+One thing is certain, which is, that all is over now, and that for a
+long while we may let our swords rest in their scabbards. Indeed, I am
+sickened with it, after what I have seen, and would gladly live here
+with you, and help to till the land, away from the world and all its
+vexations. What say you, Edward; will you and your brother take me as
+a laborer till all is quiet again?"
+
+"You would soon tire of it, Chaloner; you were made for active
+exertion and bustling in the world."
+
+"Nevertheless, I think, under two such amiable and pretty mistresses,
+I could stay well contented here; it is almost Arcadian. But still it
+is selfish for me to talk in this way; indeed, my feelings are
+contrary to my words."
+
+"How do you mean, Chaloner?"
+
+"To be candid with you, Edward, I was thinking what a pity it is that
+two such sweet girls as your sisters should be employed here in
+domestic drudgery, and remain in such an uncultivated state--if I may
+be pardoned for speaking so freely--but I do so because I am convinced
+that, if in proper hands, they would grace a court; and you must feel
+that I am right."
+
+"Do you not think that the same feelings have passed in my mind,
+Chaloner? Indeed, Humphrey will tell you that we were speaking on the
+same subject but an hour ago. You must, however, be aware of the
+difficulty I am in: were I in possession of Arnwood and its domain,
+then indeed--but that is all over now, and I presume I shall shortly
+see my own property, whose woods are now in sight of me, made over to
+some Roundhead, for good services against the Cavaliers at Worcester."
+
+"Edward," replied Chaloner, "I have this to say to you. and I can say
+it because you know that I am indebted to you for my life, and that is
+a debt that nothing can cancel: if at any time you determine upon
+removing your sisters from this, recollect my maiden aunts at
+Portlake. They can not be in better hands, and they can not be in the
+hands of any person who will more religiously do their duty toward
+them, and be pleased with the trust confided to them. They are rich,
+in spite of exactions; but in these times, women are not fined and
+plundered as men are; and they have been well able to afford all that
+has been taken from them, and all that they have voluntarily given to
+the assistance of our party. They are alone, and I really believe that
+nothing would make them more happy than to have the care of the two
+sisters of Edward Beverley--be sure of that. But I will be more sure
+of it if you will find means of sending to them a letter which I shall
+write to them. I tell you that you will do them a favor, and that if
+you do not accept the offer, you will sacrifice your sisters' welfare
+to your own pride--which I do not think you would do."
+
+"Most certainly I will not do that," replied Edward; "and I am fully
+sensible of your kind offer; but I can say no more until I hear what
+your good aunts may reply to your letter. You mistake me much,
+Chaloner, if you think that any sense of obligation would prevent me
+from seeing my sisters removed from a position so unworthy of them,
+but which circumstances have driven them to. That we are paupers, is
+undeniable, but I never shall forgot that my sisters are the daughters
+of Colonel Beverley."
+
+"I am delighted with your reply, Edward, and I fear not that of my
+good aunts. It will be a great happiness to me when I am wandering
+abroad to know that your sisters are under their roof, and are being
+educated as they ought to be."
+
+"What's the matter, Pablo?" said Humphrey to the former, who came
+running, out of breath.
+
+"Soldiers," said Pablo, "plenty of them, gallop this way--gallop every
+way."
+
+"Now, Chaloner, we must get ourselves out of this scrape, and I trust
+that afterward all be well," said Edward. "Bring the horses out to the
+door; and, Chaloner, you and Grenville must wait within; bring my
+horse out also, as it will appear as if I had just ridden over. I must
+in to change my dress. Humphrey, keep a look-out and let us know when
+they come."
+
+Chaloner and Edward went in, and Edward put on his dress of secretary.
+Shortly afterward, a party of Roundhead cavalry were seen galloping
+toward the cottage. They soon arrived there, and pulled up their
+horses. An officer who headed them addressed Humphrey in a haughty
+tone, and asked him who he was.
+
+"I am one of the verderers of the forest, sir," replied Humphrey,
+respectfully.
+
+"And whose cottage is that? and who have you there?"
+
+"The cottage is mine, sir; two of the horses at the door belong to two
+troopers who have come in quest of those who fled from Worcester, the
+other horse belongs to the secretary of the intendant of the forest,
+Master Heatherstone, who has come over with directions from the
+intendant as to the capture of the rebels."
+
+At this moment, Edward came out and saluted the officer.
+
+"This is the secretary, sir, Master Armitage," said Humphrey, falling
+back.
+
+Edward again saluted the officer, and said--
+
+"Master Heatherstone, the intendant, has sent me over here to make
+arrangements for the capture of the rebels. This man is ordered to
+lodge two troopers as long as they are considered necessary to remain;
+and I have directions to tell any officer whom I may meet, that Master
+Heatherstone and his verderers will take good care that none of the
+rebels are harbored in this direction; arid that it will be better
+that the troops scour the southern edge of the forest, as it is
+certain that the fugitives will try all that they can to embark for
+France."
+
+"What regiment do the troopers belong to that you have here?"
+
+"I believe to Lambert's troop, sir; but they shall come out and answer
+for themselves. Tell those men to come out," said Edward to Humphrey.
+
+"Yes, sir, but they are hard to wake, for they have ridden from
+Worcester; but I will rouse them."
+
+"Nay, I can not wait," replied the officer. "I know none of Lambert's
+troops, and they have no information to give."
+
+"Could you not take them with you, sir, and leave two of your men
+instead of them; for they are troublesome people to a poor man, and
+devour every thing?" said Humphrey, submissively.
+
+"No, no," replied the officer, laughing, "we all know Lambert's
+people--a friend or enemy is much the same to them. I have no power
+over them, and you must make the best of it. Forward! men," continued
+the officer, saluting Edward as he passed on; and in a minute or two
+they were far away.
+
+"That's well over," observed Edward. "Chaloner and Grenville are too
+young-looking and too good-looking for Lambert's villains; and a sight
+of them might have occasioned suspicion. We must, however, expect more
+visits. Keep a good look-out, Pablo."
+
+Edward and Humphrey then went in and joined the party inside the
+cottage, who were in a state of no little suspense during the colloquy
+outside.
+
+"Why, Alice, dearest! you look quite pale!" said Edward, as he came
+in.
+
+"I feared for our guests, Edward. I'm sure that if they had come into
+the cottage, Master Chaloner and Master Grenville would never have
+been believed to be troopers."
+
+"We thank you for the compliment, Mistress Alice," said Chaloner; "but
+I think, if necessary, I could ruffle and swear with the best, or
+rather the worst of them. We passed for troopers very well on the road
+here."
+
+"Yes, but you did not meet any other troopers."
+
+"That's very true, and shows your penetration. I must acknowledge
+that, with troopers, there would have been more difficulty; but still,
+among so many thousands, there must be many varieties, and it would be
+an awkward thing for an officer of one troop to arrest upon suspicion
+the men belonging to another. I think when we are visited again I
+shall sham intoxication--that will not be very suspicious."
+
+"No, not on either side," replied Edward. "Come, Alice, we will eat
+what dinner you may have ready for us."
+
+For three or four days the Parliamentary forces continued to scour the
+forest, and another visit or two was paid to the cottage, but without
+suspicion being created, in consequence of the presence of Edward and
+his explanations. The parties were invariably sent in another
+direction. Edward wrote to the intendant, informing him what had
+occurred, and requesting permission to remain a few days longer at the
+cottage; and Pablo, who took the letter, returned with one from the
+intendant, acquainting him that the king had not yet been taken; arid
+requesting the utmost vigilance on his part to insure his capture,
+with directions to search various places, in company with the troopers
+who had been stationed at the cottage; or, if he did not like to leave
+the cottage, to shew the letter to any officer commanding parties in
+search, that they might act upon the suggestions contained in it. This
+letter Edward had an opportunity of showing to one or two officers,
+commanding parties, who approached the cottage, and to whom Edward
+went out to communicate with, thereby preventing their stopping there.
+
+At last, in about a fortnight, there was not a party in the forest;
+all of them having gone down to the seaside, to look out for the
+fugitives, several of whom were taken.
+
+Humphrey took the cart to Lymington, to procure clothes for Chaloner
+and Grenville, and it was decided that they should assume those of
+verderers of the forest, which would enable them to carry a gun. As
+soon as Humphrey had obtained what was requisite, Chaloner and
+Grenville were conducted to Clara's cottage, and took possession, of
+course never showing themselves outside the wood which surrounded it.
+Humphrey lent them Holdfast as a watch, and they took leave of Alice
+and Edith with much regret. Humphrey and Edward accompanied them to
+their new abode. It was arranged that the horses should remain under
+the care of Humphrey, as they had no stable at Clara's cottage.
+
+On parting, Chaloner gave Edward the letter for his aunts; and then
+Edward once more bent his steps toward the intendant's house, and
+found himself in the company of Patience and Clara.
+
+Edward narrated to the intendant all that had occurred, and the
+intendant approved of what he had done, strongly advising that
+Chaloner and Grenville should not attempt to go to the Continent till
+all pursuit was over.
+
+"Here's a letter I have received from the government, Edward, highly
+commending my vigilance and activity in pursuit of the fugitives. It
+appears that the officers you fell in with have written up to state
+what admirable dispositions we had made. It is a pity, is it not,
+Edward, that we are compelled to be thus deceitful in this world?
+Nothing but the times, and the wish to do good, could warrant it. We
+meet the wicked, and fight them with their own weapons; but although
+it is treating them as they deserve, our conscience must tell us that
+it is not right."
+
+"Surely, sir, to save the lives of people who have committed no other
+fault except loyalty to their king, will warrant our so doing--at
+least, I hope so."
+
+"According to the Scriptures, I fear it will not, but it is a
+difficult, question for us to decide. Let us be guided by our own
+consciences; if they do not reproach us, we can not be far from
+right."
+
+Edward then produced the letter he had received from Chaloner,
+requesting that the intendant would have the kindness to forward it.
+
+"I see," replied the intendant; "I can forward these through Langton.
+I presume it is to obtain credit for money. It shall go on Thursday."
+
+The conference was then broken up, and Edward went to see Oswald.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXV.
+
+
+For several days Edward remained at home, anxiously awaiting every
+news which arrived; expecting every time that the capture of the king
+would be announced, and, with great joy, finding that hitherto all
+efforts had been unsuccessful. But there was a question which now
+arose in Edward's mind, and which was the cause of deep reflection.
+Since the proposal of sending his sisters away had been started, he
+felt the great inconvenience of his still representing himself to the
+intendant as the grandson of Armitage. His sisters, if sent to the
+ladies at Portlake, must be sent without the knowledge of the
+intendant; and if so, the discovery of their absence would soon take
+place, as Patience Heatherstone would be constantly going over to the
+cottage; and he now asked himself the question, whether, after all the
+kindness and confidence which the intendant had shown him, he was
+right in any longer concealing from him his birth and parentage. He
+felt that he was doing the intendant an injustice, in not showing to
+him that confidence which ho deserved.
+
+That he was justified in so doing at first, he felt; but since the
+joining the king's army, and the events which had followed, he
+considered that he was treating the intendant ill, and he now resolved
+to take the first opportunity of making the confession. But to do it
+formally, and without some opportunity which might offer, he felt
+awkward. At last he thought that he would at once make the confession
+to Patience, under the promise of secrecy. That he might do at once;
+and, after he had done so, the intendant could not tax him with want
+of confidence altogether. He had now analyzed his feelings toward
+Patience; and he felt how dear she had become to him. During the time
+he was with the army, she had seldom been out of his thoughts; and
+although he was often in the society of well bred women, he saw not
+one that, in his opinion, could compare with Patience Heatherstone;
+but still, what chance had he of supporting a wife? at present, at the
+age of nineteen, it was preposterous. Thoughts like these ran in his
+mind, chasing each other, and followed by others as vague and
+unsatisfactory; and, in the end, Edward came to the conclusion, that
+he was without a penny, and that being known as the heir of Beverley
+would be to his disadvantage; that he was in love with Patience
+Heatherstone, and had no chance at present of obtaining her; and that
+he done well up to the present time in concealing who he was from the
+intendant, who could safely attest that he knew not that he was
+protecting the son of so noted a Cavalier; and that he would confess
+to Patience who he was, and give as a reason for not telling her
+father, that he did not wish to commit him by letting him know who it
+was that was under his protection. How far the reader may be satisfied
+with the arguments which Edward was satisfied with, we can not pretend
+to say; but Edward was young, and hardly knew how to extricate himself
+from the cloak which necessity had first compelled him to put on.
+Edward was already satisfied that he was not quite looked upon with
+indifference by Patience Heatherstone; and he was not yet certain
+whether it was not a grateful feeling that she had toward him more
+than any other; that she believed him to be beneath her in birth, he
+felt convinced, and therefore she could have no idea that he was
+Edward Beverley. It was not till several days after he had made up his
+mind that he had an opportunity of being with her alone, as Clara
+Ratcliffe was their constant companion. However, one evening Clara
+went out, and staid out so long, carelessly wrapped up, that she
+caught cold; and the following evening she remained at home, leaving
+Edward and Patience to take their usual walk unaccompanied by her.
+They had walked for some minutes in silence, when Patience observed,
+
+"You are very grave, Edward, and have been very grave ever since your
+return; have you any thing to vex you beyond the failure of the
+attempt."
+
+"Yes, I have, Patience. I have much on my conscience, and do not know
+how to act. I want an adviser and a friend, and know not where to find
+one."
+
+"Surely, Edward, my father is your sincere friend, and not a bad
+adviser."
+
+"I grant it; but the question is between your father and me, and I can
+not advise with him for that reason."
+
+"Then advise with me, Edward, if it is not a secret of such moment
+that it is not to be trusted to a woman; at all events it will be the
+advice of a sincere friend; you will give me credit for that."
+
+"Yes, and for much more; for I think I shall have good advice, and
+will therefore accept your offer. I feel, Patience, that although I
+was justified, on my first acquaintance with your father, in not
+making known to him a secret of some importance, yet now that he has
+put such implicit confidence, in me, I am doing him and myself an
+injustice in not making the communication--that is, as far as
+confidence in him is concerned. I consider that he has a right to know
+all, and yet I feel that it would be prudent on my part that he should
+not know all, as the knowledge might implicate him with those with
+whom he is at present allied. A secret sometimes is dangerous; and if
+your father could not say that on his honor he knew not of the secret,
+it might harm him if the secret became afterward known. Do you
+understand me?"
+
+"I can not say that I exactly do; you have a secret that you wish to
+make known to my father, and you think the knowledge of it may harm
+him. I can not imagine what kind of secret that may be."
+
+"Well, I can give you a case in point. Suppose now that I knew that
+King Charles was hidden in your stable-loft: such might be the case,
+and your father be ignorant of it, and his assertion of his ignorance
+would be believed; but if I were to tell your father that the king was
+there, and it was afterward discovered, do you not see that, by
+confiding such a secret to him, I should do harm, and perhaps bring
+him into trouble?"
+
+"I perceive now, Edward; do you mean to say that you know where the
+king is concealed? for, if you do, I must beg of you not let my father
+know any thing about it. As you say, it would put him in a difficult
+position, and must eventually harm him much. There is a great
+difference between wishing well to a cause and supporting it in
+person. My father wishes the king well, I believe, but, at the same
+time, he will not take an active part, as you have already seen; at
+the same time, I am convinced that he would never betray the king if
+he knew where he was. I say, therefore, if that is your secret, keep
+it from him, for his sake and for mine, Edward, if you regard me."
+
+"You know not how much I regard you, Patience. I saw many highborn
+women when I was away, but none could I see equal to Patience
+Heatherstone, in my opinion; and Patience was ever in my thoughts
+during my long absence."
+
+"I thank you for your kind feelings toward me," replied Patience;
+"but, Master Armitage, we were talking about your secret."
+
+"Master Armitage!" rejoined Edward; "how well you know how to remind
+me, by that expression, of my obscure birth and parentage, whenever I
+am apt to forget the distance which I ought to observe!"
+
+"You are wrong!" replied Patience; "but you flattered me so grossly,
+that I called you Master Armitage to show that I disliked flattery,
+that was all. I dislike flattery from those who are above me in rank,
+as well as those who are below me; and I should have done the same to
+any other person, whatever his condition might be. But forget what I
+said, I did not mean to vex you, only to punish you for thinking me so
+silly as to believe such nonsense."
+
+"Your humility may construe that into flattery which was said by me in
+perfect sincerity and truth-that I can not help," replied Edward. "I
+might have added much more, and yet have been sincere; if you had not
+reminded me of my not being of gentle birth, I might have had the
+presumption to have told you much more; but I have been rebuked."
+
+Edward finished speaking, and Patience made no reply; they walked on
+for several moments without exchanging another syllable. At last
+Patience said,
+
+"I will not say who is wrong, Edward; but this I do know, that the one
+who first offers the olive branch after a misunderstanding, can not
+but be right. I offer it now, and ask you whether we are to quarrel
+about one little word. Let me ask you, and give me a candid answer:
+Have I ever been so base as to treat as an inferior one to whom I have
+been so much obliged?"
+
+"It is I who am in fault, Patience," replied Edward. "I have been
+dreaming for a long while, pleased with my dreams, and forgetting that
+they were dreams, and not likely to be realized. I must now speak
+plainly. I love you, Patience; love you so much, that to part from you
+would be misery-to know that my love was rejected, as bitter as death.
+That is the truth, and I can conceal it no longer. Now I admit you
+have a right to be angry."
+
+"I see no cause for anger, Edward," replied Patience. "I have not
+thought of you but as a friend and benefactor; it would have been
+wrong to have done otherwise. I am but a young person, and must be
+guided by my father. I would not offend him by disobedience. I thank
+you for your good opinion of me, and yet I wish you had not said what
+you have."
+
+"Am I to understand from your reply, that, if your father raised no
+objection, my lowly birth would be none in your opinion?"
+
+"Your birth has never come into my head, except when reminded of it by
+yourself."
+
+"Then, Patience, let me return for the present to what I had to
+confide to you. I was--"
+
+"Here comes my father, Edward," said Patience. "Surely I have done
+wrong, for I feel afraid to meet him."
+
+Mr. Heatherstone now joined them, and said to Edward--
+
+"I have been looking for you: I have news from London which has
+rejoiced me much. I have at last obtained what I have some time been
+trying for; and, indeed, I may say, that your prudence and boldness in
+returning home as a trooper, added to your conduct in the forest, has
+greatly advanced, and ultimately obtained for me, my suit. There was
+some suspense before that, but your conduct has removed it; and now we
+shall have plenty to do."
+
+They walked to the house, and the intendant, as soon as he had gained
+his own room, said to Edward--
+
+"There is a grant to me of a property which I have long solicited for
+my services--read it."
+
+Edward took up the letter in which the Parliament informed Mr.
+Heatherstone that his application to the property of Arnwood had been
+acceded to, and signed by the commissioners; and that he might take
+immediate possession. Edward turned pale as he laid the document down
+on the table.
+
+"We will ride to-morrow, Edward, and look it over. I intend to rebuild
+the house."
+
+Edward made no reply.
+
+"Are you not well?" said the intendant, with surprise.
+
+"Yes, sir," replied Edward, "I am well, I believe; but I confess to
+you that I am disappointed. I did not think that you would have
+accepted a property from such a source, and so unjustly sequestrated."
+
+"I am sorry, Edward," replied the intendant, "that I should have
+fallen in your good opinion; but allow me to observe that you are so
+far right that I never would have accepted a property to which there
+were living claimants; but this is a different case. For instance, the
+Ratcliffe property belongs to little Clara, and is sequestrated. Do
+you think I would accept it? Never! But here is property without an
+heir; the whole family perished in the flames of Arnwood! There is no
+living claimant! It must be given to somebody, or remain with the
+government. This property, therefore, and this property only, out of
+all sequestrated, I selected, as I felt that, in obtaining it, I did
+harm to no one. I have been offered others, but have refused them. I
+would accept of this, and this only; and that is the reason why my
+applications have hitherto been attended with no success. I trust you
+believe me, Edward, in what I assert?"
+
+"First answer me one question, Mr. Heatherstone. Suppose it were
+proved that the whole of the family did not, as it is supposed, perish
+at the conflagration of Arnwood? Suppose a rightful heir to it should
+at any time appear, would you then resign the property to him?"
+
+"As I hope for Heaven, Edward, I would!" replied the intendant,
+solemnly raising his eyes upward as he spoke. "I then should think
+that I had been an instrument to keep the property out of other hands
+less scrupulous, and should surrender it as a trust which had been
+confided to me for the time only."
+
+"With such feelings, Mr. Heatherstone, I can now congratulate you upon
+your having obtained possession of the property," replied Edward.
+
+"And yet I do not deserve so much credit, as there is little chance of
+my sincerity being put to the test, Edward. There is no doubt that the
+family all perished; and Arnwood will become the dower of Patience
+Heatherstone."
+
+Edward's heart beat quick. A moment's thought told him his situation.
+He had been prevented, by the interruption of Mr. Heatherstone, from
+making his confession to Patience; and now he could not make it to any
+body without a rupture with the intendant, or a compromise, by asking
+what he so earnestly desired--the hand of Patience. Mr. Heatherstone
+observing to Edward that he did not look well, said supper was ready,
+and that they had better go into the next room. Edward mechanically
+followed. At supper he was tormented by the incessant inquiries of
+Clara, as to what was the matter with him. He did not venture to look
+at Patience, and made a hasty retreat to bed, complaining, as he might
+well do, of a severe headache.
+
+Edward threw himself on his bed, but to sleep was impossible. He
+thought of the events of the day over and over again. Had he any
+reason to believe that Patience returned his affection? No; her reply
+was too calm, too composed to make him suppose that; and now that she
+would be an heiress, there would be no want of pretenders to her hand;
+and he would lose her and his property at the same time. It was true
+that the intendant had declared that he would renounce the property if
+the true heir appeared, but that was easy to say upon the conviction
+that no heir would appear; and even if he did renounce it, the
+Parliament would receive it again rather than it should fall into the
+hands of a Beverley. "Oh that I had never left the cottage!" thought
+Edward. "I might then, at least, have become resigned and contented
+with my lot. Now I am miserable, and, whichever way I turn, I see no
+prospect of being otherwise. One thing only I can decide upon, which
+is, that I will not remain any longer than I can help under this roof.
+I will go over and consult with Humphrey; and if I can only place my
+sisters as I want, Humphrey and I will seek our fortunes."
+
+Edward rose at daylight, and, dressing himself, went down and saddled
+his horse. Desiring Sampson to tell the intendant that he had gone
+over to the cottage and would return by the evening, he rode across
+the forest, and arrived just as they were sitting down to breakfast.
+His attempts to be cheerful before his sisters did not succeed, and
+they were all grieved to see him look so pale and haggard. As soon as
+breakfast was over, Edward made a sign, and he and Humphrey went out.
+
+"What is the matter, my dear brother?" said Humphrey.
+
+"I will tell you all. Listen to me," replied Edward, who then gave him
+the detail of all that had passed from the time he had walked out with
+Patience Heatherstone till he went to bed. "Now, Humphrey, you know
+all; and what shall I do? remain there I can not!"
+
+"If Patience Heatherstone had professed regard for you," replied
+Humphrey, "the affair had been simple enough. Her father could have no
+objections to the match; and he would at the same time have acquitted
+his conscience as to the retaining of the property: but you say she
+showed none."
+
+"She told me very calmly that she was sorry that I had said what I
+did."
+
+"But do women always mean what they say, brother?" said Humphrey.
+
+"She does, at all events," replied Edward; "she is truth itself. No, I
+can not deceive myself. She feels a deep debt of gratitude for the
+service I rendered her; and that prevented her from being more harsh
+in her reply than what she was."
+
+"But if she knew that you were Edward Beverley, do you not think it
+would make a difference in her?"
+
+"And if it did, it would be too humiliating to think that I was only
+married for my rank and station."
+
+"But, considering you of mean birth, may she not have checked those
+feelings which she considered under the circumstances improper to
+indulge?"
+
+"Where there is such a sense of propriety there can be little
+affection."
+
+"I know nothing about these things, Edward," replied Humphrey; "but I
+have been told that a woman's heart is not easily read; or if I have
+not been told it, I have read it or dreamed it."
+
+"What do you propose to do?"
+
+"What I fear you will not approve of, Humphrey; it is to break up our
+establishment altogether. If the answer is favorable from the Misses
+Conynghame my sisters shall go to them; but that we had agreed upon
+already. Then for myself--I intend to go abroad, resume my name, and
+obtain employment in some foreign service. I will trust to the king
+for assisting me to that."
+
+"That is the worst part of it, Edward; but if your peace of mind
+depends upon it, I will not oppose it."
+
+"You, Humphrey, may come with me and share my fortunes, or do what you
+think more preferable."
+
+"I think then, Edward, that I shall not decide rashly. I must have
+remained here with Pablo if my sisters had gone to the Ladies
+Conynghame and you had remained with the intendant; I shall,
+therefore, till I hear from you, remain where I am, and shall be able
+to observe what is going on here, and let you know."
+
+"Be it so," replied Edward; "let me only see my sisters well placed,
+and I shall be off the next day. It is misery to remain there now."
+
+After some more conversation, Edward mounted his horse and returned to
+the intendant's. He did not arrive till late, for supper was on the
+table. The intendant gave him a letter for Mr. Chaloner, which was
+inclosed in one from Mr. Langton; and further informed Edward that
+news had arrived of the king having made his escape to France.
+
+"Thank God for that!" exclaimed Edward. "With your leave, sir, I will
+to-morrow deliver this letter to the party to whom it is addressed, as
+I know it to be of consequence."
+
+The intendant having given his consent, Edward retired without having
+exchanged a word with Patience or Clara beyond the usual civilities of
+the table.
+
+The following morning, Edward, who had not slept an hour during the
+night, set off for Clara's cottage, and found Chaloner and Grenville
+still in bed. At the sound of his voice the door was opened, and he
+gave Chaloner the letter; the latter read it and then handed it to
+Edward. The Misses Conynghame were delighted at the idea of receiving
+the two daughters of Colonel Beverley, and would treat them as their
+own; they requested that they might be sent to London immediately,
+where the coach would meet them to convey them down to Lancashire.
+They begged to be kindly remembered to Captain Beverley, and to assure
+him that his sisters should be well cared for.
+
+"I am much indebted to you, Chaloner," said Edward; "I will send my
+brother off with my sisters as soon as possible. You will soon think
+of returning to France; and if you will permit me, I will accompany
+you."
+
+"You, Edward! that will be delightful; but you had no idea of the kind
+when last we met. What has induced you to alter your mind?"
+
+"I will tell you by-and-by; I do not think I shall be here again for
+some days. I must be a great deal at the cottage when Humphrey is
+away, for Pablo will have a great charge upon him--what with the
+dairy, and horses, and breed of goats, and other things--more than he
+can attend to; but as soon as Humphrey returns, I will come to you and
+make preparations for our departure. Till then, farewell, both of you.
+We must see to provision you for three weeks or a month, before
+Humphrey starts."
+
+Edward bade them a hearty farewell, and then rode to the cottage.
+
+Although Alice and Edith had been somewhat prepared for leaving the
+cottage, yet the time was so very uncertain, that the blow fell heavy
+upon them. They were to leave their brothers whom they loved so
+dearly, to go to strangers; and when they understood that they were to
+leave in two days, and that they should not see Edward again, their
+grief was very great; but Edward reasoned with Alice and consoled her,
+although with Edith it was a more difficult task. She not only
+lamented her brothers, but her cow, her pony, and her kids; all the
+dumb animals were friends and favorites of Edith; and even the idea of
+parting with Pablo, was the cause of a fresh burst of tears. Having
+made every arrangement with Humphrey, Edward once more took his leave,
+promising to come over and assist Pablo as soon as he could.
+
+The next day Humphrey was busied in his preparations. They supplied
+the provisions to Clara's cottage; and when Pablo took them over in
+the cart, Humphrey rode to Lymington and provided a conveyance to
+London for the following day. We may as well observe, that they set
+off at the hour appointed, and arrived safely at London in three days.
+There, at an address given in a letter, they found the coach waiting;
+and having given his sisters into the charge of an elderly waiting-
+woman, who had come up in the coach to take charge of them, they
+quitted him with many tears, and Humphrey hastened back to the New
+Forest.
+
+On his return, he found to his surprise that Edward had not called at
+the cottage as he had promised; and with a mind foreboding evil, he
+mounted a horse and set off across the forest to ascertain the cause.
+As he was close to the intendant's house he was met by Oswald, who
+informed him that Edward had been seized with a violent fever, and was
+in a very dangerous state, having been delirious for three or four
+days.
+
+Humphrey hastened to dismount, and knocked at the door of the house;
+it was opened by Sampson, and Humphrey requested to be shown up to his
+brother's room. He found Edward in the state described by Oswald, and
+wholly unconscious of his presence; the maid, Phoebe, was by his
+bedside.
+
+"You may leave," said Humphrey, rather abruptly; "I am his brother."
+
+Phoebe retired, and Humphrey was alone with his brother.
+
+"It was, indeed, an unhappy day when you came to this house,"
+exclaimed Humphrey, as the tears rolled down his cheeks; "my poor,
+poor Edward!"
+
+Edward now began to talk incoherently, and attempted to rise from the
+bed, but his efforts were unavailing--he was too weak; but he raved of
+Patience Heatherstone, and he called himself Edward Beverley more than
+once, and he talked of his father and of Arnwood.
+
+"If he has raved in this manner," thought Humphrey, "he has not many
+secrets left to disclose. I will not leave him, and will keep others
+away if I can."
+
+Humphrey had been sitting an hour with his brother, when the surgeon
+came to see his patient. He felt his pulse, and asked Humphrey if he
+was nursing him.
+
+"I am his brother, sir," replied Humphrey.
+
+"Then, my good sir, if you perceive any signs of perspiration--and I
+think now that there is a little--keep the clothes on him and let him
+perspire freely. If so, his life will be saved."
+
+The surgeon withdrew, saying that he would return again late in the
+evening.
+
+Humphrey remained for another two hours at the bedside, and then
+feeling that there was a sign of perspiration, he obeyed the
+injunctions of the surgeon, and held on the clothes against all
+Edward's endeavors to throw them off. For a short time the
+perspiration was profuse, and the restlessness of Edward subsided into
+a deep slumber.
+
+"Thank Heaven! there are then hopes."
+
+"Did you say there were hopes?" repeated a voice behind him.
+
+Humphrey turned round and perceived Patience and Clara behind him, who
+had come in without his observing it.
+
+"Yes," replied Humphrey, looking reproachfully at Patience, "there are
+hopes, by what the surgeon said to me--hopes that he may yet be able
+to quit this house which he was so unfortunate as to enter."
+
+This was a harsh and rude speech of Humphrey; but he considered that
+Patience Heatherstone had been the cause of his brother's dangerous
+state, and that she had not behaved well to him.
+
+Patience made no reply, but falling down on her knees by the bedside,
+prayed silently; and Humphrey's heart smote him for what he had said
+to her. "She can not be so bad," thought Humphrey, as Patience and
+Clara quitted the room without the least noise.
+
+Shortly afterward the intendant came up into the room and offered his
+hand to Humphrey, who pretended not to see it, and did not take it.
+
+"He has got Arnwood: that is enough for him," thought Humphrey; "but
+my hand in friendship he shall not receive."
+
+The intendant put his hand within the clothes, and feeling the high
+perspiration that Edward was in, said--
+
+"I thank thee, O God! for all thy mercies, and that thou hast been
+pleased to spare this valuable life. How are your sisters, Master
+Humphrey?" said the intendant; "my daughter bade me inquire. I will
+send over to them and let them know that your brother is better, if
+you do not leave this for the cottage yourself after the surgeon has
+called again."
+
+"My sisters are no longer at the cottage, Master Heatherstone,"
+replied Humphrey; "they have gone to some friends who have taken
+charge of them. I saw them safe to London myself, or I should have
+known of my brother's illness and have been here before this."
+
+"You indeed tell me news, Master Humphrey," replied the intendant.
+"With whom, may I ask, are your sisters placed, and in what capacity
+are they gone?"
+
+This reply of the intendant's reminded Humphrey that he had somewhat
+committed himself, as, being supposed to be the daughters of a
+forester, it was not to be thought that they had gone up to be
+educated; and he therefore replied--
+
+"They found it lonely in the forest, Master Heatherstone, and wished
+to see London; so we have taken them there, and put them into the care
+of those who have promised that they shall be well placed."
+
+The intendant appeared to be much disturbed and surprised, but he said
+nothing, and soon afterward quitted the room. He almost immediately
+returned with the surgeon, who, as soon as he felt Edward's pulse,
+declared that the crisis was over, and that when he awoke he would be
+quite sensible. Having given directions as to the drink of his
+patient, and some medicine which he was to take, the surgeon then
+left, stating that he should not call until the next evening, unless
+he was sent for, as he considered all danger over.
+
+Edward continued in a quiet slumber for the major portion of the
+night. It was just break of day when he opened his eyes. Humphrey
+offered him some drink, which Edward took greedily; and seeing
+Humphrey, said--
+
+"Oh, Humphrey, I had quite forgotten where I was--I'm so sleepy!" and
+with these words his head fell on the pillow, and he was again asleep.
+
+When it was broad daylight, Oswald came into the room:
+
+"Master Humphrey, they say that all danger is over now, but that you
+have remained here all night. I will relieve you now if you will let
+me. Go and take a walk in the fresh air--it will revive you."
+
+"I will, Oswald, and many thanks. My brother has woke up once, and, I
+thank God, is quite sensible. He will know you when he wakes again,
+and then do you send for me."
+
+Humphrey left the room, and was glad, after a night of close
+confinement in a sick-room, to feel the cool morning air fanning his
+cheeks. He had not been long out of the house before he perceived
+Clara coming toward him.
+
+"How d'ye do, Humphrey?" said Clara; "and how is your brother this
+morning?"
+
+"He is better, Clara, and I hope now out of danger."
+
+"But, Humphrey," continued Clara, "when we came into the room last
+night, what made you say what you did?"
+
+"I do not recollect that I said any thing."
+
+"Yes, you did; you said that there were now hopes that your brother
+would be able soon to quit this house which he had been so unfortunate
+as to enter. Do you recollect?"
+
+"I may have said so, Clara," replied Humphrey; "it was only speaking
+my thoughts aloud."
+
+"But why do you think so, Humphrey? Why has Edward been unfortunate in
+entering this house? That is what I want to know. Patience cried so
+much after she left the room because you said that. Why did you say
+so? You did not think so a short time ago."
+
+"No, my dear Clara, I did not, but I do now, and I can not give you my
+reasons; so you must say no more about it."
+
+Clara was silent for a time, and then said--
+
+"Patience tells me that your sisters have gone away from the cottage.
+You told her father so."
+
+"It is very true; they have gone."
+
+"But why have they gone? What have they gone for? Who is to look after
+the cows, and goats, and poultry? Who is to cook your dinner,
+Humphrey? What can you do without them, and why did you send them away
+without letting me or Patience know that they were going, so that at
+least we might have bid them farewell?"
+
+"My dear Clara," replied Humphrey--who, feeling no little difficulty
+in replying to all these questions, resolved to cut the matter short,
+by appearing to be angry--"you know that you are the daughter of a
+gentleman, and so is Patience Heatherstone. You are both of gentle
+birth, but my sisters, you know, are only the daughters of a forester,
+and my brother Edward and I are no better. It does not become Mistress
+Patience and you to be intimate with such as we are, especially now
+that Mistress Patience is a great heiress; for her father has obtained
+the large property of Arnwood, and it will be hers after his death. It
+is not fit that the heiress of Arnwood should mix herself up with
+foresters' daughters; and as we had friends near Lymington, who
+offered to assist us, and take our sisters under their charge, we
+thought it better that they should go; for what would become of them,
+if any accident was to happen to Edward or to me? Now they will be
+provided for. After they have been taught, they will make very nice
+tirewomen to some lady of quality," added Humphrey, with a sneer.
+"Don't you think they will, my pretty Clara?"
+
+Clara burst into tears.
+
+"You are very unkind, Humphrey," sobbed she. "You had no right to send
+away your sisters. I don't believe you--that's more!" and Clara ran
+away into the house.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVI.
+
+
+Our readers may think that Humphrey was very unkind, but it was to
+avoid being questioned by Clara, who was evidently sent for the
+purpose, that he was so harsh. At the same time it must be admitted,
+that Mr. Heatherstone having obtained possession of Arnwood, rankled,
+no doubt, in the minds of both the brothers, and every act now, on the
+part of him or his family, was viewed in a false medium. But our
+feelings are not always at our control, and Edward was naturally
+impetuous, and Humphrey so much attached, and so much alarmed at his
+brother's danger, that he was even more excited. The blow fell doubly
+heavy, as it appeared that at the very same time Patience had rejected
+his brother, and taken possession of their property, which had been
+held by the family for centuries. What made the case more annoying
+was, that explanation, if there was any to offer on either side, was,
+under present circumstances, almost impossible.
+
+Soon after Clara left him, Humphrey returned to his brother's room. He
+found him awake and talking to Oswald. Ardently pressing his brother's
+hand, Edward said--
+
+"My dear Humphrey, I shall soon be well now, and able, I trust, to
+quit this house. What I fear is, that some explanation will be asked
+for by the intendant, not only relative to my sisters having left us,
+but also upon other points. This is what I wish to avoid without
+giving offense. I do not think that the intendant is so much to blame
+in having obtained my property, as he does not know that a Beverley
+existed; but I can not bear to have any further intimacy with him,
+especially after what has taken place between me and his daughter.
+What I have to request is, that you will never quit this room while I
+am still here unless you are relieved by Oswald; so that the intendant
+or any body else may have no opportunity of having any private
+communication with me, or forcing me to listen to what they may have
+to say. I made this known to Oswald before you came in."
+
+"Depend upon it, it shall be so, Edward, for I am of your opinion.
+Clara came tome just now, and I had much trouble, and was compelled to
+be harsh, to get rid of her importunity."
+
+When the surgeon called, he pronounced Edward out of danger, and that
+his attendance would be no longer necessary. Edward felt the truth of
+this. All that he required was strength; and that he trusted in a few
+days to obtain.
+
+Oswald was sent over to the cottage, to ascertain how Pablo was going
+on by himself. He found that every thing was correct, and that Pablo,
+although he felt proud of his responsibility, was very anxious for
+Humphrey's return, as he found himself very lonely. During Oswald's
+absence on this day, Humphrey never quitted the room; and although the
+intendant came up several times, he never could find an opportunity of
+speaking to Edward, which he evidently wished to do.
+
+To the inquiries made as to how he was, Edward always complained of
+great weakness, for a reason which will soon be understood. Several
+days elapsed, and Edward had often been out of bed during the night,
+when not likely to be intruded upon, and he now felt himself strong
+enough to be removed; and his object was to leave the intendant's
+house without his knowledge, so as to avoid an explanation.
+
+One evening Pablo came over with the horses after it was dark. Oswald
+put them into the stable; and the morning proving fine and clear, a
+little before break of day, Edward came softly down stairs with
+Humphrey, and, mounting the horses, set off for the cottage, without
+any one in the intendant's house being aware of their departure.
+
+It must not be supposed, however, that Edward took this step without
+some degree of consideration as to the feelings of the intendant. On
+the contrary, he left a letter with Oswald, to be delivered after his
+departure, in which he thanked the intendant sincerely for all the
+kindness and compassion he had shown toward him; assured him of his
+gratitude and kind feelings toward him and his daughter, but said that
+circumstances had occurred, of which no explanation could be given
+without great pain to all parties, which rendered it advisable that he
+should take such an apparently unkind step as to leave without bidding
+them farewell in person; that he was about to embark immediately for
+the Continent, to seek his fortune in the wars; and that he wished all
+prosperity to the family, which would ever have his kindest wishes and
+remembrances.
+
+"Humphrey," said Edward, after they had ridden about two miles across
+the forest, and the sun had risen in an unclouded sky, "I feel like an
+emancipated slave. Thank God! my sickness has cured me of all my
+complaints, and all I want now is active employment. And now,
+Humphrey, Chaloner and Grenville are not a little tired of being mured
+up in the cottage, and I am as anxious as they are to be off. What
+will you do? Will you join us, or will you remain at the cottage?"
+
+"I have reflected upon it, Edward, and I have come to the
+determination of remaining at the cottage. You will find it expensive
+enough to support one where you are going, and you must appear as a
+Beverley should do. We have plenty of money saved to equip you, and
+maintain you well for a year or so, but after that you may require
+more. Leave me here. I can make money now that the farm is well
+stocked; and I have no doubt that I shall be able to send over a
+trifle every year, to support the honor of the family. Besides, I do
+not wish to leave this for another reason. I want to know what is
+going on, and watch the motions of the intendant and the heiress of
+Arnwood. I also do not wish to leave the country until I know how my
+sisters get on with the Ladies Conynghame: it is my duty to watch over
+them. I have made up my mind, so do not attempt to dissuade me."
+
+"I shall not, my dear Humphrey, as I think you have decided properly;
+but I beg you will not think of laying by money for me-a very little
+will suffice for my wants."
+
+"Not so, good brother; you must and shall, if I can help you, ruffle
+it with the best. You will be better received if you do; for, though
+poverty is no sin, as the saying is, it is scouted as sin should be,
+while sins are winked at. You know that I require no money, and,
+therefore, you must and shall, if you Jove me, take it all."
+
+"As you will, my dear Humphrey. Now then, let us put our horses to
+speed, for, if possible, we will, to-morrow morning, leave the
+forest."
+
+By this time all search for the fugitives from Worcester had long been
+over, and there was no difficulty in obtaining the means of
+embarkation. Early the next morning every thing was ready, and Edward,
+Humphrey, Chaloner, Grenville, and Pablo set off for Southampton, one
+of the horses carrying the little baggage which they had with them.
+Edward, as we have before mentioned, with the money he had saved, and
+the store at the cottage, which had been greatly increased, was well
+supplied with cash; and that evening they embarked, with their horses,
+in a small sailing vessel, and, with a favorable, light wind, arrived
+at a small port of France on the following day. Humphrey and Pablo
+returned to the cottage, we need hardly now say, very much out of
+spirits at the separation.
+
+"Oh, Massa Humphrey," said Pablo, as they rode along, "Missy Alice and
+Missy Edith go away-I wish go with them. Massa Edward go away--I wish
+go with him. You stay at cottage--I wish stay with you. Pablo can not
+be in three places."
+
+"No, Pablo; all you can do is to stay where you can be most useful."
+
+"Yes, I know that. You want me at cottage very much. Missy Alice and
+Edith and Massa Edward no want me, so I stay at cottage."
+
+"Yes, Pablo, we will stay at the cottage, but we can't do every thing
+now. I think we must give up the dairy, now that my sisters are gone.
+I'll tell you what I have been thinking of, Pablo. We will make a
+large inclosed place, to coax the ponies into during the winter, pick
+out as many as we think are good, and sell them at Lymington. That
+will be better than churning butter."
+
+"Yes, I see; plenty of work for Pablo."
+
+"And plenty for me, too, Pablo; but you know when the inclosure is
+once made it will last for a long while; and we will get the wild
+cattle into it if we can."
+
+"Yes, I see," said Pablo. "I like that very much; only not like
+trouble to build place."
+
+"We shan't have much trouble, Pablo; if we fell the trees inside the
+wood at each side, and let them lie one upon the other, the animals
+will never break through them."
+
+"That very good idea--save trouble," said Pablo. "And what you do with
+cows, suppose no make butter?"
+
+"Keep them, and sell their calves; keep them to entice the wild cattle
+into the pen."
+
+"Yes, that good. And turn out old Billy to 'tice ponies into pen,"
+continued Pablo, laughing.
+
+"Yes, we will try it."
+
+We must now return to the intendant's house. Oswald delivered the
+letter to the intendant, who read it with much astonishment.
+
+"Gone! is he actually gone?" said Mr. Heatherstone.
+
+"Yes, sir, before daylight this morning."
+
+"And why was I not informed of it?" said Mr. Heatherstone; "why have
+you been a party to this proceeding, being my servant?--may I inquire
+that?"
+
+"I knew Master Edward before I knew you, sir," replied Oswald.
+
+"Then you had better follow him," rejoined the intendant, in an angry
+tone.
+
+"Very well, sir," replied Oswald, who quitted the room.
+
+"Good Heaven! how all my plans have been frustrated!" exclaimed the
+intendant, when he was alone. He then read the letter over more
+carefully than he had done at first. "'Circumstances had occurred of
+which no explanation could be given by him.' I do not comprehend that
+--I must see Patience."
+
+Mr. Heatherstone opened the door, and called to his daughter.
+
+"Patience," said Mr. Heatherstone, "Edward has left the house this
+morning; here is a letter which he has written to me. Read it, and let
+me know if you can explain some portion of it, which to me is
+incomprehensible. Sit down and read it attentively."
+
+Patience, who was much agitated, gladly took the seat and perused
+Edward's letter. When she had done so, she let it drop in her lap and
+covered all her face, the tears trickling through her fingers. After a
+time, the intendant said,
+
+"Patience, has any thing passed between you and Edward Armitage?"
+
+Patience made no reply, but sobbed aloud. She might not have shown so
+much emotion, but it must be remembered that for the last three weeks
+since Edward had spoken to her, and during his subsequent illness, she
+had been very unhappy. The reserve of Humphrey, the expressions he had
+made use of, his repulse of Clara, and her not having seen anything of
+Edward during his illness, added to his sudden and unexpected
+departure without a word to her, had broken her spirits, and she sank
+beneath the load of sorrow.
+
+The intendant left her to recover herself before he again addressed
+her. When she had ceased sobbing, her father spoke to her in a very
+kind voice, begging her that she would not conceal any thing from him,
+as it was most important to him that the real facts should be known.
+
+"Now tell me, my child, what passed between Edward and you."
+
+"He told me, just before you came up to us that evening, that he loved
+me."
+
+"And what was your reply?"
+
+"I hardly know, my dear father, what it was that I said. I did not
+like to be unkind to one who saved my life, and I did not choose to
+say what I thought because--because--because he was of low birth; and
+how could I give encouragement to the son of a forester without your
+permission?"
+
+"Then you rejected him?"
+
+"I suppose I did, or that he considered that I did so. He had a secret
+of importance that he would have confided to me had you not
+interrupted us."
+
+"And now, Patience, I must request you to answer me one question
+candidly. I do not blame you for your conduct, which was correct under
+the circumstances. I also had a secret which I perhaps ought to have
+confided; but I did consider that the confidence and paternal kindness
+with which I treated Edward would have been sufficient to point out to
+you that I could not have been very averse to a union; indeed, the
+freedom of communication which I allowed between you, must have told
+you so: but your sense of duty and propriety has made you act as you
+ought to have done, I grant, although contrary to my real wishes."
+
+"Your wishes, my father?" said Patience.
+
+"Yes--my wishes; there is nothing that I so ardently desired as a
+union between you and Edward; but I wished you to love him for his own
+merits."
+
+"I have done so, father," replied Patience, sobbing again, "although I
+did not tell him so."
+
+The intendant remained silent for some time, and then said,
+
+"There is no cause for further concealment, Patience; I have only to
+regret that I was not more explicit sooner. I have long suspected, and
+have since been satisfied, that Edward Armitage is Edward Beverley,
+who with his brothers and sisters were supposed to have been burned to
+death at Arnwood."
+
+Patience removed her handkerchief from her face, and looked at her
+father with astonishment.
+
+"I tell you that I had a strong suspicion of it, my dear child, first,
+from the noble appearance, which no forest garb could disguise; but
+what gave me further conviction was, that when at Lymington I happened
+to fall in with one Benjamin, who had been a servant at Arnwood, and
+interrogated him closely. He really believed that the children were
+burned; it is true that I asked him particularly relative to the
+appearance of the children--how many were boys, and how many were
+girls, their ages, &c.--but the strongest proof was, that the names of
+the four children corresponded with the names of the Children of the
+Forest, as well as their ages, and I went to the church register and
+extracted them. Now this was almost amounting to proof; for it was not
+likely that four children in the forest cottage should have the same
+ages and names as those of Arnwood. After I had ascertained this
+point, I engaged Edward, as you know, wishing to secure him, for I was
+once acquainted with his father, and at all events well acquainted
+with the colonel's merits. You remained in the house together, and it
+was with pleasure that I watched the intimacy between you; and then I
+exerted myself to get Arnwood restored to him. I could not ask it for
+him, but I prevented it being given to any other by laying claim to it
+myself. Had Edward remained with us, all might have succeeded as I
+wished; but he would join in the unfortunate insurrection. I knew it
+was useless to prevent him, so I let him go. I found that he took the
+name of Beverley during the time he was with the king's army, and when
+I was last in town I was told so by the commissioners, who wondered
+where he had come from; but the effect was that it was now useless for
+me to request the estate for him, as I had wished to do--his having
+served in the royal army rendered it impossible. I therefore claimed
+it for myself, and succeeded. I had made up my mind that he was
+attached to you, and you were equally so to him; and as soon as I had
+the grant sent down, which was on the evening he addressed you, I made
+known to him that the property was given to me; and I added, on some
+dry questions being put to me by him, relative to the possibility of
+there being still existing an heir to the estate, that there was no
+chance of that, and that you would be the mistress of Arnwood. I threw
+it out as a hint to him, fancying that, as far as you were concerned,
+all would go well, and that I would explain to him my knowledge of who
+he was, after he had made known his regard for you."
+
+"Yes, I see it all now," replied Patience; "in one hour he is rejected
+by me, and in the next he is told that I have obtained possession of
+his property. No wonder that he is indignant, and looks upon us with
+scorn. And now he has left us; we have driven him into danger, and may
+never see him again. Oh, father! I am very, very miserable!"
+
+"We must hope for the best, Patience. It is true that he has gone to
+the wars, but it does not therefore follow that he is to be killed.
+You are both very young--much too young to marry--and all may be
+explained. I must see Humphrey and be candid with him.".
+
+"But Alice and Edith--where are they gone, father?"
+
+"That I can inform you. I have a letter from Langton on the subject,
+for I begged him to find out. He says that there are two young ladies
+of the name of Beverley, who have been placed under the charge of his
+friends, the Ladies Conynghame, who is aunt to Major Chaloner, who has
+been for some time concealed in the forest. But I have letters to
+write, my dear Patience. To-morrow, if I live and do well, I will ride
+over to the cottage to see Humphrey Beverley."
+
+The intendant kissed his daughter, and she left the room.
+
+Poor Patience! she was glad to be left to herself, and think over this
+strange communication. For many days she had felt how fond she had
+been of Edward, much more so than she had believed herself to be. "And
+now," she thought, "if he really loves me, and hears my father's
+explanation, he will come back again." By degrees she recovered her
+serenity, and employed herself in her quiet domestic duties.
+
+Mr. Heatherstone rode over to the cottage the next day, where he found
+Humphrey busily employed as usual, and, what was very unusual,
+extremely grave. It was not a pleasant task for Mr. Heatherstone to
+have to explain his conduct to so very young a man as Humphrey, but he
+felt that he could not be comfortable until the evil impression
+against him was removed, and he knew that Humphrey had a great deal of
+sterling good sense. His reception was cool; but when the explanation
+was made, Humphrey was more than satisfied, as it showed that the
+intendant had been their best friend, and that it was from a delicacy
+on the part of Patience, rather than from any other cause, that the
+misunderstanding had occurred. Humphrey inquired if he had permission
+to communicate the substance of their conversation to his brother, and
+Mr. Heatherstone stated that such was his wish and intention when he
+confided it to Humphrey. It is hardly necessary to say that Humphrey
+took the earliest opportunity of writing to Edward at the direction
+which Chaloner had left with him.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVII.
+
+
+But we must follow Edward for a time. On his arrival at Paris, he was
+kindly received by King Charles, who promised to assist his views in
+joining the army.
+
+"You have to choose between two generals, both great in the art of
+war--Conde and Turenne. I have no doubt that they will be opposed to
+each other soon--that will be the better for you, as you will learn
+tactics from such great players."
+
+"Which would your majesty recommend me to follow?" inquired Edward.
+
+"Conde is my favorite, and he will soon be opposed to this truculent
+and dishonest court, who have kept me here as an instrument to
+accomplish their own wishes, but who have never intended to keep their
+promises, and place me on the English throne. I will give you letters
+to Conde; and, recollect that whatever general you take service under,
+you will follow him without pretending to calculate how far his
+movements may be right or wrong--that is not your affair. Conde is
+just now released from Vincennes, but depend upon it he will be in
+arms very soon."
+
+As soon as he was furnished with the necessary credentials from the
+king, Edward presented himself at the levee of the Prince of Conde.
+
+"You are here highly spoken of," said the prince, "for so young a man.
+So you were at the affair of Worcester? We will retain you, for your
+services will be wanted by-and-by. Can you procure any of your
+countrymen?"
+
+"I know but of two. that I can recommend from personal knowledge; but
+these two officers I can venture to pledge myself for."
+
+"Any more?"
+
+"That I can not at present reply to your highness; but I should think
+it very possible."
+
+"Bring me the officers to-morrow at this hour, Monsieur Beverley--
+_au revoir_."
+
+The Prince of Conde then passed on to speak to other officers and
+gentlemen who were waiting to pay their respects. Edward went to
+Chaloner and Grenville, who were delighted with the intelligence which
+he brought them. The next day they were at the prince's levee, and
+introduced by Edward.
+
+"I am fortunate, gentlemen," said the prince, "in securing the
+services of such fine young men. You will oblige me by enlisting as
+many of your countrymen as you may consider likely to do good service,
+and then follow me to Guienne, to which province I am now about to
+depart. Be pleased to put yourself into communication with the parties
+named in this paper, and after my absence you will receive from them
+every assistance and necessary supplies which may be required."
+
+A month after this interview, Conde, who had been joined by a great
+number of nobles, and had been re-enforced by troops from Spain, set
+up the standard of revolt. Edward and his friends joined them, with
+about three hundred English and Scotchmen, which they had enlisted,
+and very soon afterward Conde obtained the victory at Blenan, and in
+April, 1652, advanced to Paris. Turenne, who had taken the command of
+the French army, followed him, and a severe action was fought in the
+streets of the suburb of St. Antoine, in which neither party had the
+advantage. But eventually Conde was beaten back by the superior force
+of Turenne; and, not receiving the assistance he expected from the
+Spaniards, he fell back to the frontiers of Champagne.
+
+Previous to his departure from Paris, Edward had received Humphrey's
+letter, explaining away the intendant's conduct; and the contents
+removed a heavy load from Edward's mind; but he now thought of nothing
+but war, and although he cherished the idea of Patience Heatherstone,
+he was resolved to follow the fortunes of the prince as long as he
+could. He wrote a letter to the intendant, thanking him for his kind
+feelings and intentions toward him, and he trusted that he might one
+day have the pleasure of seeing him again. He did not however think it
+advisable to mention the name of his daughter, except in inquiring
+after her health, and sending his respects. "It may be years before I
+see her again," thought Edward, "and who knows what may happen?"
+
+The Prince of Conde now had the command of the Spanish forces in the
+Netherlands; and Edward, with his friends, followed his fortunes, and
+gained his good-will: they were rapidly promoted.
+
+Time flew on, and in the year 1654 the court of France concluded an
+alliance with Cromwell, and expelled King Charles from the French
+frontiers. The war was still carried on in the Netherlands. Turenne
+bore down Conde, who had gained every campaign; and the court of
+Spain, wearied with reverses, made overtures of peace, which was
+gladly accepted by the French.
+
+During these wars, Cromwell had been named Protector, and had shortly
+afterward died.
+
+Edward, who but rarely heard from Humphrey, was now anxious to quit
+the army and go to the king, who was in Spain; but to leave his
+colors, while things were adverse, was impossible.
+
+After the peace and the pardon of Conde by the French king, the armies
+were disbanded, and the three adventurers were free. They took their
+leave of the prince, who thanked them for their long and meritorious
+services; and they then hastened to King Charles, who had left Spain
+and come to the Low Countries. At the time of their joining the king,
+Richard, the son of Cromwell, who had been nominated Protector, had
+resigned, and every thing was ready for the Restoration.
+
+On the 15th of May, 1660, the news arrived that Charles had been
+proclaimed king on the 8th, and a large body of gentlemen went to
+invite him over. The king sailed from Scheveling, was met at Dover by
+General Monk, and conducted to London, which he entered amid the
+acclamations of the people, on the 29th of the same month.
+
+We may leave the reader to suppose that Edward, Chaloner, and
+Grenville were among the most favored of those in his train. As the
+procession moved slowly along the Strand, through a countless
+multitude, the windows of all the houses were filled with well-dressed
+ladies, who waved their white kerchiefs to the king and his attendant
+suit. Chaloner, Edward, and Grenville, who rode side by side as
+gentlemen in waiting, were certainly the most distinguished among the
+king's retinue.
+
+"Look, Edward," said Chaloner, "at those lovely girls at yon window.
+Do you recognize them?"
+
+"Indeed I do not. Are they any of our Paris beauties?"
+
+"Why, thou insensible and unnatural animal! they are thy sisters,
+Alice and Edith; and do you not recognize behind them my good aunts
+Conynghame?"
+
+"It is so, I believe," replied Edward. "Yes, now that Edith smiles,
+I'm sure it is them."
+
+"Yes," replied Grenville, "there can be no doubt of that; but will
+they, think you, recognize us?"
+
+"We shall see," replied Edward, as they now approached within a few
+yards of the window; for while they had been speaking the procession
+had stopped.
+
+"Is it possible," thought Edward, "that these can be the two girls in
+russet gowns, that I left at the cottage? And yet it must be. Well,
+Chaloner, to all appearance, your good aunts have done justice to
+their charge."
+
+"Nature has done more, Edward. I never thought that they would have
+grown into such lovely girls as they have, although I always thought
+that they were handsome."
+
+As they passed, Edward caught the eye of Edith, and smiled.
+
+"Alice, that's Edward!" said Edith, so loud, as to be heard by the
+king, and all near him.
+
+Alice and Edith rose and waved their handkerchiefs, but they were soon
+obliged to cease, and put them to their eyes.
+
+"Are those your sisters, Edward?" said the king.
+
+"They are, your majesty."
+
+The king rose in his stirrups, and made a low obeisance to the window
+where they were standing.
+
+"We shall have some court beauties, Beverley," said the king, looking
+at him over his shoulder.
+
+As soon as the ceremonies were over, and they could escape from their
+personal attentions, Edward and his two friends went to the house in
+which resided the Ladies Conynghame and his sisters.
+
+We pass over the joy of this meeting after so many years' absence, and
+the pleasure which it gave to Edward to find his sisters grown such
+accomplished and elegant young women. That his two friends, who were,
+as the reader will recollect, old acquaintances of Alice and Edith,
+were warmly received, we hardly need say.
+
+"Now, Edward, who do you think was here to-day--the reigning belle,
+and the toast of all the gentlemen?"
+
+"Indeed! I must be careful of my heart. Dear Edith, who is she?"
+
+"No less than one with whom you were formerly well acquainted, Edward
+--Patience Heatherstone."
+
+"Patience Heatherstone," cried Edward, "the toast of all London!"
+
+"Yes; and deservedly so, I can assure you; but she is as good as she
+is handsome, and, moreover, treats all the gay gallants with perfect
+indifference. She is staying with her uncle, Sir Ashley Cooper; and
+her father is also in town, for he called here with her to-day."
+
+"When did you hear from Humphrey, Edith?"
+
+"A few days back. He has left the cottage now, altogether."
+
+"Indeed? Where does he reside then?"
+
+"At Arnwood. The house has been rebuilt, and I understand is a very
+princely mansion. Humphrey has charge of it until it is ascertained to
+whom it is to belong."
+
+"It belongs to Mr. Heatherstone, does it not?" replied Edward.
+
+"How can you say so, Edward! You received Humphrey's letters a long
+while ago."
+
+"Yes, I did; but let us not talk about it any more, my dear Edith. I
+am in great perplexity."
+
+"Nay, dear brother, let us talk about it," said Alice, who had come up
+and overheard the latter portion of the conversation. "What is your
+perplexity?"
+
+"Well," replied Edward, "since it is to be so, let us sit down and
+talk over the matter. I acknowledge the kindness of Mr. Heatherstone,
+and feel that all he asserted to Humphrey is true: still I do not like
+that I should be indebted to him for a property which is mine, and
+that he has no right to give. I acknowledge his generosity, but I do
+not acknowledge his right of possession. Nay, much as I admire, and I
+may say, fond as I am (for time has not effaced the feeling) of his
+daughter, it still appears to me that, although not said, it is
+expected that she is to be included in the transfer; and I will accept
+no wife on such conditions."
+
+"That is to say, because all you wish for, your property and a woman
+you love, are offered you in one lot, you will not accept them; they
+must be divided, and handed over to you in two!" said Alice, smiling.
+
+"You mistake, dearest; I am not so foolish; but I have a certain
+pride, which you can not blame. Accepting the property from Mr.
+Heatherstone is receiving a favor were it given as a marriage portion
+with his daughter. Now, why should I accept as a favor what I can
+claim as a right! It is my intention of appealing to the king and
+demanding the restoration of my property. He can not refuse it."
+
+"Put not your trust in princes, brother," replied Alice. "I doubt if
+the king, or his council, will consider it advisable to make so many
+discontented as to restore property which has been so long held by
+others, and by so doing create a host of enemies. Recollect also that
+Mr. Heatherstone, and his brother-in-law, Sir Ashley Cooper, have done
+the king much more service than you ever have or can do. They have
+been most important agents in his restoration, and the king's
+obligations to them are much greater than they are to you. Besides,
+merely for what may be called a point of honor, for it is no more, in
+what an unpleasant situation will you put his majesty! At all events,
+Edward, recollect you do not know what are the intentions of Mr.
+Heatherstone; wait and see what he proffers first."
+
+"But, my dear sister, it appears to me that his intentions are
+evident. Why has he rebuilt Arnwood I He is not going to surrender my
+property and make me a present of the house."
+
+"The reason for rebuilding the mansion was good. You were at the wars;
+it was possible that you might, or might not return. He said this to
+Humphrey, who has all along been acting as his factotum in the
+business; and recollect, at the time that Mr. Heatherstone commenced
+the rebuilding of the mansion, what prospect was there of the
+restoration of the king, or of your ever being in a position to apply
+for the restoration of your property! I believe, however, that
+Humphrey knows more of Mr. Heatherstone's intentions than he has made
+known to us; and I therefore say again, my dear Edward, make no
+application till you ascertain what Mr. Heatherstone's intentions may
+be."
+
+"Your advice is good, my dear Alice, and I will be guided by it,"
+replied Edward.
+
+"And now let me give you some advice for your friends, Masters
+Chaloner and Grenville. That much of their property has been taken
+away and put into other hands, I know; and probably they expect it
+will be restored upon their application to the king. Those who hold
+the property think so too, and so far it is fortunate. Now, from wiser
+heads than mine, I have been told that these applications will not be
+acceded to, HM is supposed; but, at the same time, if they were to
+meet the parties, and close with them at once, before the king's
+intentions are known, they would recover their property at a third or
+a quarter of the value. Now is their time: even a few days' delay may
+make a difference. They can easily obtain a delay for the payment of
+the moneys. Impress that upon them, my dear Edward, and let them, if
+possible, be off to their estates to-morrow and make the
+arrangements."
+
+"That is advice which must be followed," replied Edward. "We must go
+now, and I will not fail to communicate it to them this very night."
+
+We may as well here inform the reader that the advice was immediately
+acted upon, and that Chaloner and Grenville recovered all their
+estates at about five years' purchase.
+
+Edward remained at court several days. He had written to Humphrey, and
+had dispatched a messenger with the letter; but the messenger had not
+yet returned. The court was now one continual scene of fetes and
+gayety. On the following day a drawing-room was to be held, and
+Edward's sisters were to be presented. Edward was standing, with many
+others of the suit, behind the chair of the king, amusing himself with
+the presentations as they took place, and waiting for the arrival of
+his sisters--Chaloner and Grenville were not with him, they had
+obtained leave to go into the country, for the object we have before
+referred to--when his eyes caught, advancing toward the king, Mr.
+Heatherstone, who led his daughter, Patience. That they had not
+perceived him was evident; indeed her eyes were not raised once, from
+the natural timidity felt by a young woman in the presence of royalty.
+Edward half concealed himself behind one of his companions that he
+might gaze upon her without reserve. She was indeed a lovely young
+person, but little altered, except having grown taller and more
+rounded and perfect in her figure; and her court-dress displayed
+proportions which her humble costume at the New Forest had concealed,
+or which time had not matured. There was the same pensive, sweet
+expression in her face, which had altered little; but the beautiful
+rounded arms, the symmetrical fall of the shoulders, and the
+proportion of the whole figure was a surprise to him; and Edward, in
+his own mind, agreed that she might well be the reigning toast of the
+day.
+
+Mr. Heatherstone advanced and made his obeisance, and then his
+daughter was led forward, and introduced by a lady unknown to Edward.
+After he had saluted her, the king said, loud enough for Edward to
+hear,
+
+"My obligations to your father are great. I trust that the daughter
+will often grace our court."
+
+Patience made no reply, but passed on; and, soon afterward, Edward
+lost sight of her in the crowd.
+
+If there ever had been any check to Edward's feelings toward Patience
+--and time and absence have their effect upon the most ardent of
+lovers--the sight of her so resplendent in beauty acted upon him like
+magic; and he was uneasy till the ceremony was over and he was enabled
+to go to his sisters.
+
+When he entered the room, he found himself in the arms of Humphrey,
+who had arrived with the messenger. After the greetings were over,
+Edward said,
+
+"Alice and I have seen Patience, and I fear I must surrender at
+discretion. Mr. Heatherstone may make his own terms; I must wave all
+pride rather than lose her. I thought that I had more control over
+myself; but I have seen her, and feel that my future happiness depends
+upon obtaining her as a wife. Let her father but give me her, and
+Arnwood will be but a trifle in addition!"
+
+"With respect to the conditions upon which you are to possess
+Arnwood," said Humphrey, "I can inform you what they are. They are
+wholly unshackled, further than that you are to repay by installments
+the money expended in the building of the house. This I am empowered
+to state to you, and I think you will allow that Mr. Heatherstone has
+fully acted up to what he stated were his views when he first obtained
+a grant of the property."
+
+"He has, indeed," replied Edward.
+
+"As for his daughter, Edward, you have yet to 'win her and wear her,'
+as the saying is. Her father will resign the property to you as yours
+by right, but you have no property in his daughter, and I suspect that
+she will not be quite so easily handed over to you."
+
+"But why should you say so, Humphrey? Have we not been attached from
+our youth?"
+
+"Yes, it was a youthful passion, I grant; but recollect nothing came
+of it, and years have passed away. It is now seven years since you
+quitted the forest, and in your letters to Mr. Heatherstone you made
+no remark upon what had passed between you and Patience. Since that,
+you have never corresponded or sent any messages; and you can hardly
+expect that a girl, from the age of seventeen to twenty-four, will
+cherish the image of one, who, to say the least, had treated her with
+indifference. That is my view of the matter, Edward. It may be wrong."
+
+"And it may be true," replied Edward, mournfully.
+
+"Well, my view is different," replied Edith. "You know, Humphrey, how
+many offers Patience Heatherstone has had, and has every day, I may
+say. Why has she refused them all I In my opinion, because she has
+been constant to a proud brother of mine, who does not deserve her!"
+
+"It may be so, Edith," replied Humphrey. "Women are riddles--I only
+argued upon the common sense of the thing."
+
+"Much you know about women," replied Edith. "To be sure, you do not
+meet many in the New Forest, where you have lived all your life."
+
+"Very true, my dear sister; perhaps that is the reason that the New
+Forest has had such charms for me."
+
+"After that speech, sir, the sooner you get back again the better!"
+retorted Edith. But Edward made a sign to Humphrey, and they beat a
+retreat.
+
+"Have you seen the intendant, Humphrey?"
+
+"No; I was about to call upon him, but I wanted to see you first."
+
+"I will go with you. I have not done him justice," replied Edward;
+"and yet I hardly know how to explain to him."
+
+"Say nothing, but meet him cordially; that will be explanation
+sufficient."
+
+"I shall meet him as one whom I shall always revere and feel that I
+owe a deep debt of gratitude. What must he think of my not having
+called upon him!"
+
+"Nothing. You hold a place at court. You may not have known that he
+was in London, as you have never met him; your coming with me will
+make it appear so. Tell him that I have just made known to you his
+noble and disinterested conduct."
+
+"You are right--I will. I fear, however, Humphrey, that you are right
+and Edith wrong as regards his daughter."
+
+"Nay, Edward, recollect that I have, as Edith observed, passed my life
+in the woods."
+
+Edward was most kindly received by Mr. Heatherstone. Edward, on Mr.
+Heatherstone repeating to him his intentions relative to Arnwood,
+expressed his sense of that gentleman's conduct, simply adding--
+
+"You may think me impetuous, sir, but I trust you will believe me
+grateful."
+
+Patience colored up and trembled when Edward first saw her. Edward did
+not refer to the past for some time after they had renewed their
+acquaintance. He wooed her again, and won her. Then all was explained.
+
+About a year after the Restoration, there was a fete at Hampton Court,
+given in honor of three marriages taking place--Edward Beverley to
+Patience Heatherstone, Chaloner to Alice, and Grenville to Edith; and,
+as his majesty himself said, as he gave away the brides, "Could
+loyalty be better rewarded?"
+
+But our young readers will not be content if they do not hear some
+particulars about the other personages who have appeared in our little
+history. Humphrey must take the first place. His love of farming
+continued. Edward gave him a large farm, rent free; and in a few years
+Humphrey saved up sufficient to purchase a property for himself. He
+then married Clara Ratcliffe, who has not appeared lately on the
+scene, owing to her having been, about two years before the
+Restoration, claimed by an elderly relation, who lived in the country,
+and whose infirm state of health did not permit him to quit the house.
+He left his property to Clara, about a year after her marriage to
+Humphrey. The cottage in the New Forest was held by, and eventually
+made over to, Pablo, who became a very steady character, and in the
+course of time married a young girl from Arnwood, and had a houseful
+of young gipsies. Oswald, so soon as Edward came down to Arnwood, gave
+up his place in the New Forest, and lived entirely with Edward as his
+steward; and Phoebe also went to Arnwood, and lived to a good old age,
+in the capacity of housekeeper, her temper becoming rather worse than
+better as she advanced in years.
+
+This is all that we have been able to collect relative to the several
+parties; and so now we must say farewell.
+
+THE END.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's The Children of the New Forest, by Capt. Marryat
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK CHILDREN OF THE NEW FOREST ***
+
+This file should be named chnfs10.txt or chnfs10.zip
+Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, chnfs11.txt
+VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, chnfs10a.txt
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Charles Franks
+and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team.
+
+Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we usually do not
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance
+of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.
+Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections,
+even years after the official publication date.
+
+Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month.  A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so.
+
+Most people start at our Web sites at:
+http://gutenberg.net or
+http://promo.net/pg
+
+These Web sites include award-winning information about Project
+Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new
+eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!).
+
+
+Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement
+can get to them as follows, and just download by date.  This is
+also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the
+indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an
+announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter.
+
+http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 or
+ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03
+
+Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90
+
+Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want,
+as it appears in our Newsletters.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work.  The
+time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours
+to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc.   Our
+projected audience is one hundred million readers.  If the value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
+million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text
+files per month:  1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+
+We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002
+If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total
+will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks!
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users.
+
+Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated):
+
+eBooks Year Month
+
+    1  1971 July
+   10  1991 January
+  100  1994 January
+ 1000  1997 August
+ 1500  1998 October
+ 2000  1999 December
+ 2500  2000 December
+ 3000  2001 November
+ 4000  2001 October/November
+ 6000  2002 December*
+ 9000  2003 November*
+10000  2004 January*
+
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created
+to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people
+and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut,
+Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois,
+Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts,
+Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New
+Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio,
+Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South
+Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West
+Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.
+
+We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones
+that have responded.
+
+As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list
+will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states.
+Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state.
+
+In answer to various questions we have received on this:
+
+We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally
+request donations in all 50 states.  If your state is not listed and
+you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have,
+just ask.
+
+While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are
+not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting
+donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to
+donate.
+
+International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about
+how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made
+deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are
+ways.
+
+Donations by check or money order may be sent to:
+
+Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+PMB 113
+1739 University Ave.
+Oxford, MS 38655-4109
+
+Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment
+method other than by check or money order.
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by
+the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN
+[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154.  Donations are
+tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law.  As fund-raising
+requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be
+made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+You can get up to date donation information online at:
+
+http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html
+
+
+***
+
+If you can't reach Project Gutenberg,
+you can always email directly to:
+
+Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
+
+Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message.
+
+We would prefer to send you information by email.
+
+
+**The Legal Small Print**
+
+
+(Three Pages)
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
+you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks,
+is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart
+through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project").
+Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook
+under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market
+any commercial products without permission.
+
+To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may
+receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims
+all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from. If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation,
+and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated
+with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including
+legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the
+following that you do or cause:  [1] distribution of this eBook,
+[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook,
+or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1]  Only give exact copies of it.  Among other things, this
+     requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+     eBook or this "small print!" statement.  You may however,
+     if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable
+     binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+     including any form resulting from conversion by word
+     processing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+     *EITHER*:
+
+     [*]  The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+          does *not* contain characters other than those
+          intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+          (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+          be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+          author, and additional characters may be used to
+          indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+     [*]  The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at
+          no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+          form by the program that displays the eBook (as is
+          the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+          OR
+
+     [*]  You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+          no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+          eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+          or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2]  Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this
+     "Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3]  Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the
+     gross profits you derive calculated using the method you
+     already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  If you
+     don't derive profits, no royalty is due.  Royalties are
+     payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation"
+     the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were
+     legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent
+     periodic) tax return.  Please contact us beforehand to
+     let us know your plans and to work out the details.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of
+public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
+in machine readable form.
+
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time,
+public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses.
+Money should be paid to the:
+"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or
+software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at:
+hart@pobox.com
+
+[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only
+when distributed free of all fees.  Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by
+Michael S. Hart.  Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be
+used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be
+they hardware or software or any other related product without
+express permission.]
+
+*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END*
+
diff --git a/old/chnfs10.zip b/old/chnfs10.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..26e5fea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/chnfs10.zip